jBPMLogo

Getting Started

Introduction and getting started with jBPM

1. Overview

1.1. What is jBPM?

jBPM is a flexible Business Process Management (BPM) Suite. It is light-weight, fully open-source (distributed under Apache License 2.0) and written in Java. It allows you to model, execute, and monitor business processes and cases throughout their life cycle.

Process

A business process allows you to model your business goals by describing the steps that need to be executed to achieve those goals, and the order of those goals is depicted using a flow chart. This process greatly improves the visibility and agility of your business logic. jBPM focuses on executable business processes, which are business processes that contain enough detail so they can actually be executed on a BPM jBPM engine. Executable business processes bridge the gap between business users and developers as they are higher-level and use domain-specific concepts that are understood by business users but can also be executed directly.

Business processes need to be supported throughout their entire life cycle: authoring, deployment, process management and task lists, and dashboards and reporting.

The core of jBPM is a light-weight, extensible workflow engine written in pure Java that allows you to execute business processes using the latest BPMN 2.0 specification. It can run in any Java environment, embedded in your application or as a service.

On top of the jBPM engine, a lot of features and tools are offered to support business processes throughout their entire life cycle:

  • Pluggable human task service based on WS-HumanTask for including tasks that need to be performed by human actors.

  • Pluggable persistence and transactions (based on JPA / JTA).

  • Case management capabilities added to the jBPM engine to support more adaptive and flexible use cases

  • Web-based process designer to support the graphical creation and simulation of your business processes (drag and drop).

  • Web-based data modeler and form modeler to support the creation of data models and task forms

  • Web-based, customizable dashboards and reporting

  • All combined in one web-based Business Central application, supporting the complete BPM life cycle:

    • Modeling and deployment - author your processes, rules, data models, forms and other assets

    • Execution - execute processes, tasks, rules and events on the core runtime engine

    • Runtime Management - work on assigned task, manage process instances, etc

    • Reporting - keep track of the execution using Business Activity Monitoring capabilities

kie wb after login

  • Eclipse-based developer tools to support the modeling, testing and debugging of processes

  • Remote API to jBPM engine as a service (REST, JMS, Remote Java API)

  • Integration with Maven, Spring, OSGi, etc.

BPM creates the bridge between business analysts, developers and end users by offering process management features and tools in a way that both business users and developers like. Domain-specific nodes can be plugged into the palette, making the processes more easily understood by business users.

jBPM supports case management by offering more advanced features to support adaptive and dynamic processes that require flexibility to model complex, real-life situations that cannot easily be described using a rigid process. We bring control back to the end users by allowing them to control which parts of the process should be executed; this allows dynamic deviation from the process.

jBPM is not just an isolated jBPM engine. Complex business logic can be modeled as a combination of business processes with business rules and complex event processing. jBPM can be combined with the Drools project to support one unified environment that integrates these paradigms where you model your business logic as a combination of processes, rules and events.

1.2. Overview of jBPM

Overview

This figure gives an overview of the different components of the jBPM project.

  • The core engine is the heart of the project and allows you to execute business processes in a flexible manner. It is a pure Java component that you can choose to embed as part of your application or deploy it as a service and connect to it through the web-based UI or remote APIs.

    • An optional core service is the human task service that will take care of the human task life cycle if human actors participate in the process.

    • Another optional core service is runtime persistence; this will persist the state of all your process instances and log audit information about everything that is happening at runtime.

    • Applications can connect to the core engine through its Java API or as a set of CDI services, but also remotely through a REST and JMS API.

  • Web-based tools allow you to model, simulate and deploy your processes and other related artifacts (like data models, forms, rules, etc.):

    • The process designer allows business users to design and simulate business processes in a web-based environment.

    • The data modeler allows non-technical users to view, modify and create data models for use in your processes.

    • A web-based form modeler also allows you to create, generate or edit forms related to your processes (to start the process or to complete one of the user tasks).

    • Rule authoring allows you to specify different types of business rules (decision tables, guided rules, etc.) for combination with your processes.

    • All assets are stored and managed by the Guvnor repository (exposed through Git) and can be managed (versioning), built and deployed.

  • The web-based management console allows business users to manage their runtime (manage business processes like start new processes, inspect running instances, etc.), to manage their task list and to perform Business Activity Monitoring (BAM) and see reports.

  • The Eclipse-based developer tools are an extension to the Eclipse IDE, targeted towards developers, and allows you to create business processes using drag and drop, test and debug your processes, etc.

Each of the component is described in more detail below.

1.3. jBPM engine in jBPM

The jBPM engine implements the Business Process Management (BPM) paradigm in jBPM. BPM is a business methodology that enables modeling, measuring, and optimizing processes within an enterprise.

In BPM, a repeatable business process is represented as a workflow diagram. The Business Process Model and Notation (BPMN) specification defines the available elements of this diagram. The jBPM engine implements a large subset of the BPMN 2.0 specification.

With jBPM engine, business analysts can develop the diagram itself. Developers can implement the business logic of every element of the flow in code, making an executable business process. Users can execute the business process and interact with it as necessary. Analysts can generate metrics that reflect the efficiency of the process.

The workflow diagram consists of a number of nodes. The BPMN specification defined many kinds of nodes, including the following principal types:

  • Event: nodes representing something happening in the process or outside of the process. Typical events are the start and the end of a process. An event can throw messages to other processes and catch such messages. Circles on the diagram represent events.

  • Activity: nodes representing an action that must be taken (whether automatically or with user involvement). Typical events are a task, which represents an action taken within the process, and a call to a subprocess. Rounded rectangles on the diagram represent activities.

  • Gateway: a branching or merging node. A typical gateway evaluates an expression and, depending on the result, continues to one of several execution paths. Diamond shapes on the diagram represent gateways.

When a user starts the process, a process instance is created. The process instance contains a set of data, or context, stored in process variables. The state of a process instance includes all the context data and also the current active node (or, in some cases, several active nodes).

Some of these variables can be initialized when a user starts the process. An activity can read from process variables and write to process variables. A gateway can evaluate process variables to determine the execution path.

For example, a purchase process in a shop can be a business process. The content of the user’s cart can be the initial process context. At the end of execution, the process context can contain the payment confirmation and shipment tracking details.

Optionally, you can use the BPMN data modeler in Business Central to design the model for the data in process variables.

The workflow diagram is represented in code by an XML business process definition. The logic of events, gateways, and subprocess calls are defined within the business process definition.

Some task types (script tasks and standard decision engine rule task) are implemented in the engine. For other task types, including all custom tasks, when the task must be executed the jBPM engine executes a call using the Work Item Handler API. COde external to the engine can implement this API, providing a flexible mechanism for implementing various tasks.

The jBPM engine includes a number of predefined types of tasks. These types include a script task that runs user Java code, a service task that calls a Java method or a Web Service, a decision task that calls a decision engine service, and other custom tasks (for example, REST and database calls).

Another predefined type of task is a user task, which includes interaction with a user. User tasks in the process can be assigned to users and groups.

The jBPM engine uses the KIE API to interact with other software components. You can run business processes as services on a KIE Server and interact with them using a REST implementation of the KIE API. Alternatively, you can embed business processes in your application and interact with them using KIE API Java calls. In this case, you can run the jBPM engine in any Java environment.

Business Central includes a user interface for users executing human tasks and a form modeler for creating the web forms for human tasks. However, you can also implement a custom user interface that interacts with the jBPM engine using the KIE API.

The jBPM engine supports the following additional features:

  • Support for persistence of the process information using the JPA standard. Persistence preserves the state and context (data in process variables) of every process instance, so that they are not lost in case any components are restarted or taken offline for some time. You can use an SQL database engine to store the persistence information.

  • Pluggable support for transactional execution of process elements using the JTA standard. If you use a JTA transaction manager, every element of the business process starts as a transaction. If the element does not complete, the context of the process instance is restored to the state in which it was before the element started.

  • Support for custom extension code, including new node types and other process languages.

  • Support for custom listener classes that are notifies about various events.

  • Support for migrating running process instances to a new version of their process definition

The jBPM engine can also be integrated with other independent core services:

  • The human task service can manage user tasks when human actors need to participate in the process. It is fully pluggable and the default implementation is based on the WS-HumanTask specification. The human task service manages the lifecycle of the tasks, task lists, task forms, and some more advanced features like escalation, delegation, and rule-based assignments.

  • The history log can store all information about the execution of all the processes in the jBPM engine. While runtime persistence stores the current state of all active process instances, you need the history log to ensure access to historic information. The history log contains all current and historic states of all active and completed process instances. You can use the log to query for any information related to the execution of process instances for monitoring and analysis.

1.4. Business Central

The Business Central web-based application covers the complete life cycle of BPM projects starting at authoring phase, going through implementation, execution and monitoring. It combines a series web-based tools into one configurable solution to manage all assets and runtime data needed for the business solution.

It supports the following:

  • A repository service to store your business processes and related artifacts, using a Git repository, which supports versioning, remote Git access (as a file system) and access via REST.

  • A web-based user interface to manage your business processes, targeted towards business users; it also supports the visualization (and editing) of your artifacts (the web-based editors like designer, data and form modeler are integrated here), but also categorisation, build and deployment, etc..

  • Collaboration features which enable multiple actors (for example business users and developers) to work together on the same project.

kie wb after login
Figure 1. Business Central application

1.4.1. Process Designer

The web-based jBPM Designer allows you to model your business processes in a web-based environment. It is targeted towards business users and offers a graphical editor for viewing and editing your business processes (using drag and drop), similar to the Eclipse plugin. It supports round-tripping between the Eclipse editor and the web-based designer. It also supports simulation of processes.

Designer
Figure 2. Web-based designer for creating BPMN2 processes

1.4.2. Data Modeler

Processes almost always have some kind of data to work with. The data modeler allows non-technical users to view, edit or create these data models.

Typically, a business process analyst or data analyst will capture the requirements for a process or application and turn these into a formal set of interrelated data structures. The new Data Modeler tool provides an easy, straightforward and visual aid for building both logical and physical data models, without the need for advanced development skills or explicit coding. The data modeler is transparently integrated into Business Central. Its main goals are to make data models first class citizens in the process improvement cycle and allow for full process automation through the integrated use of data structures (and the forms that will be used to interact with them).

1.4.3. Process Management

Business processes and all its related runtime information can be managed through Business Central. It is targeted towards process administrators users and its main features include:

  • Process definitions management: view the entire list of process currently deployed into a Kie Server and its details.

  • Process instances management: the ability to start new process instances, get a filtered list of process instances, visually inspect the state of a specific process instances.

  • Human tasks management: being able to get a list of all tasks, view details such as current assignees, comments, activity logs as well as send reminders and forward tasks to different users and more.

  • Execution Errors management: allows administrators to view any execution error reported in the Kie Server instance, inspect its details including stacktrace and perform the error acknowledgement.

  • Jobs management: possibility to view currently scheduled and schedule new Jobs to run in the Kie Server instance.

ProcessInstanceDiagram
Figure 3. Managing your process instances

For more details around the entire management section please read the process management chapter.

1.4.4. Task Inbox

As often part of any process execution, human involvement is needed to review, approve or provide extra information. Business Central provides a Task Inbox section where any user potentially involved with these task can manage its workload. In there, users are able to get a list of all tasks, complete tasks using customizable task forms, collaborate using comments and more.

TaskInbox
Figure 4. Task Inbox

1.4.5. Business Activity Monitoring

As of version 6.0, jBPM comes with a full-featured BAM tooling which allows non-technical users to visually compose business dashboards. With this brand new module, to develop business activity monitoring and reporting solutions on top of jBPM has never been so easy!

BAM
Figure 5. Business Activity Monitoring

Key features:

  • Visual configuration of dashboards (Drag’n’drop).

  • Graphical representation of KPIs (Key Performance Indicators).

  • Configuration of interactive report tables.

  • Data export to Excel and CSV format.

  • Filtering and search, both in-memory or SQL based.

  • Data extraction from external systems, through different protocols.

  • Granular access control for different user profiles.

  • Look’n’feel customization tools.

  • Pluggable chart library architecture.

Target users:

  • Managers / Business owners. Consumer of dashboards and reports.

  • IT / System architects. Connectivity and data extraction.

  • Analysts / Developers. Dashboard composition & configuration.

To get further information about the new and noteworthy BAM capabilities of jBPM please read the chapter Business Activity Monitoring.

1.5. Eclipse Developer Tools

The Eclipse-based tools are a set of plugins to the Eclipse IDE and allow you to integrate your business processes in your development environment. It is targeted towards developers and has some wizards to get started, a graphical editor for creating your business processes (using drag and drop) and a lot of advanced testing and debugging capabilities.

EclipseFlow
Figure 6. Eclipse editor for creating BPMN2 processes

It includes the following features:

  • Wizard for creating a new jBPM project

  • A graphical editor for BPMN 2.0 processes

  • The ability to plug in your own domain-specific nodes

  • Validation

  • Runtime support (so you can select which version of jBPM you would like to use)

  • Graphical debugging to see all running process instances of a selected session, to visualize the current state of one specific process instance, etc.

2. Getting Started

We recommend taking a look at our Getting Start page as a starting point for getting a full environment up and running with all the components you need in order to design, deploy, run and monitor a process. Alternatively, you can also take a quick tutorial that will guide you through most of the components using a simple example available in the Installer Chapter. This will teach you how to download and use the installer to create a demo setup, including most of the components. It uses a simple example to guide you through the most important features. Screencasts are available to help you out as well.

If you like to read more information first, the following chapters first focus on the core jBPM engine (API, BPMN 2.0, etc.). Further chapters will then describe the other components and other more complex topics like domain-specific processes, flexible processes, etc. After reading the core chapters, you should be able to jump to other chapters that you might find interesting.

You can also start playing around with some examples that are offered in a separate download. Check out the Examples chapter to see how to start playing with these.

After reading through these chapters, you should be ready to start creating your own processes and integrate the jBPM engine with your application. These processes can be started from the installer or be started from scratch.

2.1. Downloads

Latest releases can be downloaded from jBPM.org. Just pick the artifact you want:

  • server: single zip distribution with jBPM server (including WildFly, Business Central, jBPM case management showcase and service repository)

  • bin: all the jBPM binaries (JARs) and their transitive dependencies

  • src: the sources of the core components

  • docs: the documentation

  • examples: some jBPM examples, can be imported into Eclipse

  • installer: the jBPM Installer, downloads and installs a demo setup of jBPM

  • installer-full: full jBPM Installer, downloads and installs a demo setup of jBPM, already contains a number of dependencies prepackaged (so they don’t need to be downloaded separately)

Older releases are archived at http://downloads.jboss.org/jbpm/release/.

Alternatively, you can also use one of the many Docker images available for use at the Download section.

2.2. Community

Here are a lot of useful links part of the jBPM community:

Please feel free to join us in our IRC channel at chat.freenode.net#jbpm. This is where most of the real-time discussion about the project takes place and where you can find most of the developers most of their time as well. Don’t have an IRC client installed? Simply go to http://webchat.freenode.net/, input your desired nickname, and specify #jbpm. Then click login to join the fun.

2.3. Sources

2.3.1. License

The jBPM code itself is using the Apache License v2.0.

Some other components we integrate with have their own license:

  • The new Eclipse BPMN2 plugin is Eclipse Public License (EPL) v1.0.

  • The legacy web-based designer is based on Oryx/Wapama and is MIT License

  • The Drools project is Apache License v2.0.

2.3.2. Source code

jBPM now uses git for its source code version control system. The sources of the jBPM project can be found here (including all releases starting from jBPM 5.0-CR1):

https://github.com/kiegroup/jbpm

The source of some of the other components can be found here:

2.3.3. Building from source

If you’re interested in building the source code, contributing, releasing, etc. make sure to read this README.

2.4. Getting Involved

We are often asked "How do I get involved". Luckily the answer is simple, just write some code and submit it :) There are no hoops you have to jump through or secret handshakes. We have a very minimal "overhead" that we do request to allow for scalable project development. Below we provide a general overview of the tools and "workflow" we request, along with some general advice.

If you contribute some good work, don’t forget to blog about it :)

2.4.1. Sign up to jboss.org

Signing to jboss.org will give you access to the JBoss wiki, forums and JIRA. Go to https://www.jboss.org/ and click "Register".

sign jbossorg

2.4.2. Sign the Contributor Agreement

The only form you need to sign is the contributor agreement, which is fully automated via the web. As the image below says "This establishes the terms and conditions for your contributions and ensures that source code can be licensed appropriately"

https://cla.jboss.org/

sign contributor

2.4.3. Submitting issues via JIRA

To be able to interact with the core development team you will need to use JIRA, the issue tracker. This ensures that all requests are logged and allocated to a release schedule and all discussions captured in one place. Bug reports, bug fixes, feature requests and feature submissions should all go here. General questions should be undertaken at the mailing lists.

Minor code submissions, like format or documentation fixes do not need an associated JIRA issue created.

https://issues.jboss.org/browse/DROOLS

https://issues.jboss.org/browse/JBPM

submit jira

2.4.4. Fork GitHub

With the contributor agreement signed and your requests submitted to JIRA you should now be ready to code :) Create a GitHub account and fork any of the Drools, jBPM or Guvnor repositories. The fork will create a copy in your own GitHub space which you can work on at your own pace. If you make a mistake, don’t worry blow it away and fork again. Note each GitHub repository provides you the clone (checkout) URL, GitHub will provide you URLs specific to your fork.

https://github.com/kiegroup

fork github

2.4.5. Writing Tests

When writing tests, try and keep them minimal and self contained. We prefer to keep the DRL fragments within the test, as it makes for quicker reviewing. If there are a large number of rules then using a String is not practical so then by all means place them in separate DRL files instead to be loaded from the classpath. If your tests need to use a model, please try to use those that already exist for other unit tests; such as Person, Cheese or Order. If no classes exist that have the fields you need, try and update fields of existing classes before adding a new class.

There are a vast number of tests to look over to get an idea, MiscTest is a good place to start.

https://github.com/kiegroup/drools/blob/master/drools-compiler/src/test/java/org/drools/integrationtests/MiscTest.java

unit test

2.4.6. Commit with Correct Conventions

When you commit, make sure you use the correct conventions. The commit must start with the JIRA issue id, such as DROOLS-1946. This ensures the commits are cross referenced via JIRA, so we can see all commits for a given issue in the same place. After the id the title of the issue should come next. Then use a newline, indented with a dash, to provide additional information related to this commit. Use an additional new line and dash for each separate point you wish to make. You may add additional JIRA cross references to the same commit, if it’s appropriate. In general try to avoid combining unrelated issues in the same commit.

Don’t forget to rebase your local fork from the original master and then push your commits back to your fork.

jira crossreferenced

2.4.7. Submit Pull Requests

With your code rebased from original master and pushed to your personal GitHub area, you can now submit your work as a pull request. If you look at the top of the page in GitHub for your work area there will be a "Pull Request" button. Selecting this will then provide a gui to automate the submission of your pull request.

The pull request then goes into a queue for everyone to see and comment on. Below you can see a typical pull request. The pull requests allow for discussions and it shows all associated commits and the diffs for each commit. The discussions typically involve code reviews which provide helpful suggestions for improvements, and allows for us to leave inline comments on specific parts of the code. Don’t be disheartened if we don’t merge straight away, it can often take several revisions before we accept a pull request. Luckily GitHub makes it very trivial to go back to your code, do some more commits and then update your pull request to your latest and greatest.

It can take time for us to get round to responding to pull requests, so please be patient. Submitted tests that come with a fix will generally be applied quite quickly, where as just tests will often way until we get time to also submit that with a fix. Don’t forget to rebase and resubmit your request from time to time, otherwise over time it will have merge conflicts and core developers will general ignore those.

submit pull request

2.5. What to do if I encounter problems or have questions?

You can always contact the jBPM community for assistance.

IRC: #jbpm at chat.freenode.net

jBPM Setup Google Group - Installation, configuration, setup and administration discussions for Business Central, Eclipse, runtime environments and general enterprise architectures.

jBPM Usage Google Group - Authoring, executing and managing processes with jBPM. Any questions regarding the use of jBPM. General API help and best practices in building BPM systems.

Visit our website for more options on how to get help.

Legacy jBPM User Forum - serves as an archive; post new questions to one of the Google Groups above

3. Business applications

3.1. Overview

Business application can be defined as an automated solution, built with selected frameworks and capabilities that implements business functions and/or business problems. Capabilities can be (among others):

  • persistence

  • messaging

  • transactions

  • business processes, business rules

  • planning solutions

Business application is more of a logical grouping of individual services that represent certain business capabilities. Usually they are deployed separately and can also be versioned individually. Overall goal is that the complete business application will allow particular domain to achieve their business goals e.g. order management, accommodation management, etc.

Business application is

  • Build on any runtime (most popular options)

    • SpringBoot

    • WildFly

    • Thorntail

  • deployable to cloud with just single command

    • OpenShift

    • Kubernetes

    • Docker

  • UI agnostic

    • Doesn’t enforce any UI frameworks and let users to make their own choice

  • Configurable database profiles

    • to allow smooth transition from one database to another with just single parameter/switch

  • Generated

    • makes it really easy to start for developers so they don’t get upset with initial failures usually related to configuration

Business application consists of

  • Many project

    • data model project - shared data model between business assets and service

    • business assets (kjar) project - easily importable into Business Central

    • service project - actual service with various capabilities

  • Configuration for

    • maven repository - settings.xml

    • database profiles

    • deployment setup

      • local

      • docker

      • OpenShift

Service project is the one that is deployable but will in most of the cases include business assets and data model projects. Data model project represents the common data structures that will be shared between service implementation and business assets. That enables proper encapsulation and promotes reuse and at the same time reduces shortcuts to make data model classes something more than they are - include too much of implementation into data models.

Business applications you build are not restricted to having only one of each project types. In order to build the solutions you need your business app can:

  • Have multiple data model projects - each service project can expose its own public data model

  • Have multiple business assets (kjar) projects - in case there is a business need for it

  • Have multiple service projects - to split services into smaller components for better manageability

  • Have UI modules - either per service (embedded in the service project) or a federated one (separate project for UI only)

  • Service projects can communicate with each other either directly or via business processes

Following diagram represents the sample business application

Business application diagram

3.2. Create your business application

Business application can be created in multiple ways, depending on the project types you need.

3.2.1. Generate business application

The fastest and recommended way to quickly generate your business application is by using the jBPM online service: start.jbpm.org

Generate application at start.jbpm.org

With the online service you can:

  • generate your business app using a default (most commonly used) configuration

  • configure your business application to include specific features that you need

The generated application will be delivered as a zip archive will following structure

generated application

To provide more information about individual steps, let’s review different options that user can choose from

3.2.1.1. Capabilities

Capabilities essentially define the features that your business application will be equipped with. Available options are:

  • Business automation covers features for process management, case management, decision management and optimisation. These will be by default configured in the service project of your business application. Although you can turn them off via configuration.

  • Decision management covers mainly decision and rules related features (backed by Drools project)

  • Business optimisation covers planning problems and solutions related features (backed by OptaPlanner project)

3.2.1.2. Application information

General information about the application that is

  • name - the name that will be used for the projects generated

  • package - valid Java package name that will be created in the projects and used as group of maven projects

  • version - selected version of jBPM/KIE that should be used for service project

3.2.1.3. Project types

Selection of project types to be included in the business application

  • data model - basic maven/jar project to keep the data structures

  • business assets - kjar project that can be easily imported into Business Central for development

  • service - service project that will include chosen capabilities with all bits configured

3.2.2. Manually create business application

In case you can’t use jBPM online service to generate the application you can manually create individual projects. jBPM provides maven archetypes that can be easily used to generate the application. In fact jBPM online service uses these archetypes behind the scenes to generate business application.

Business assets project archetype

org.kie:kie-kjar-archetype:7.44.0.Final

Service project archetype

org.kie:kie-service-spring-boot-archetype:7.44.0.Final

Data model archetype

org.apache.maven.archetypes:maven-archetype-quickstart:1.3

Example that allows to generate all three types of projects

mvn archetype:generate -B -DarchetypeGroupId=org.kie -DarchetypeArtifactId=kie-model-archetype -DarchetypeVersion=7.44.0.Final -DgroupId=com.company -DartifactId=test-model -Dversion=1.0-SNAPSHOT -Dpackage=com.company.model

mvn archetype:generate -B -DarchetypeGroupId=org.kie -DarchetypeArtifactId=kie-kjar-archetype -DarchetypeVersion=7.44.0.Final -DgroupId=com.company -DartifactId=test-kjar -Dversion=1.0-SNAPSHOT -Dpackage=com.company

mvn archetype:generate -B -DarchetypeGroupId=org.kie -DarchetypeArtifactId=kie-service-spring-boot-archetype -DarchetypeVersion=7.44.0.Final -DgroupId=com.company -DartifactId=test-service -Dversion=1.0-SNAPSHOT -Dpackage=com.company.service -DappType=bpm

When generating projects from the archetypes in same directory you should end up with exactly the same structure as generated by jBPM online service.

3.3. Run your business application

Once your business application is created, the next step is to actually run it.

3.3.1. Launch application

By default business application has a single runnable project - that is the service project. The service project is equipped with two scripts (both for linux and windows)

  • launch.sh/launch.bat

  • launch-dev.sh/launch-dev.bat

the main difference between these two scripts is the target execution

  • launch.sh/bat is dedicated to start application in standalone mode, without additional requirements.

  • launch-dev.sh/bat is dedicated to start application in sort of development mode (in other words managed mode) so it will require Business Central to be available as jBPM controller.

Development mode is meant to allow people to work on the business assets projects and dynamically deploy changes to the business application without the need to restart it. At the same time it provides a complete monitoring environment over business automation capabilities (process instances, tasks, jobs, etc).

To launch your application just go into service project ({your business application name}-service) and invoke

./launch.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install for Windows

the clean install part of the command is to tell maven how to build. It will then build projects in following order

  • Data model

  • Business assets

  • Service

the first time it might take a while as it will download all dependencies of the project. At the end of the build it will start the application and after few seconds you should see output similar to following..,

INFO  o.k.s.s.a.KieServerAutoConfiguration     : KieServer (id business-application-service (name business-application-service)) started initialization process
INFO  o.k.server.services.impl.KieServerImpl   : Server Default Extension has been successfully registered as server extension
INFO  o.k.server.services.impl.KieServerImpl   : Drools KIE Server extension has been successfully registered as server extension
INFO  o.k.server.services.impl.KieServerImpl   : DMN KIE Server extension has been successfully registered as server extension
INFO  o.k.s.api.marshalling.MarshallerFactory  : Marshaller extensions init
INFO  o.k.server.services.impl.KieServerImpl   : jBPM KIE Server extension has been successfully registered as server extension
INFO  o.k.server.services.impl.KieServerImpl   : Case-Mgmt KIE Server extension has been successfully registered as server extension
INFO  o.k.server.services.impl.KieServerImpl   : jBPM-UI KIE Server extension has been successfully registered as server extension
INFO  o.k.s.s.impl.policy.PolicyManager        : Registered KeepLatestContainerOnlyPolicy{interval=0 ms} policy under name KeepLatestOnly
INFO  o.k.s.s.impl.policy.PolicyManager        : Policy manager started successfully, activated policies are []
INFO  o.k.server.services.impl.KieServerImpl   : Selected startup strategy ControllerBasedStartupStrategy - deploys kie containers given by controller ignoring locally defined
INFO  o.k.s.services.impl.ContainerManager     : About to install containers '[]' on kie server 'KieServer{id='business-application-service'name='business-application-service'version='7.9.0.Final'location='http://localhost:8090/rest/server'}'
INFO  o.k.server.services.impl.KieServerImpl   : KieServer business-application-service is ready to receive requests
INFO  o.k.s.s.a.KieServerAutoConfiguration     : KieServer (id business-application-service) started successfully
INFO  o.s.j.e.a.AnnotationMBeanExporter        : Registering beans for JMX exposure on startup
INFO  s.b.c.e.t.TomcatEmbeddedServletContainer : Tomcat started on port(s): 8090 (http)
INFO  c.c.b.service.Application                : Started Application in 14.534 seconds (JVM running for 15.193)

and you should be able to access your business application at http://localhost:8090/

Business application landing page

3.3.2. Launch application in development mode

Development mode requires Business Central to be available, by default at http://localhost:8080/business-central. The easiest way to get that up and running is to use jBPM single distribution that can be downloaded at jbpm.org Look at the Getting Started guide to get yourself familiar with Business Central.

Make sure you have Business Central up and running before launching your business application in development mode.

3.3.3. Import your business assets project into Business Central

Business assets projects that was just created can be easily imported into Business Central as soon as it’s a valid git repository. To make it as such

  • Go into business assets project - {your business application name}-kjar

  • Execute git init

  • Execute git add -A

  • Execute git commit -m "Initial project structure"

  • Log in to Business Central and go to projects

  • Select import project and enter the following URL file:///{path to your business application}/{your business application name}-kjar

  • Click import and confirm project to be imported

3.3.3.1. Work on your business assets

Once the business assets project is imported into Business Central you can start working on it. Just go to the project and add assets such as business process, rules, decision tables etc.

3.3.3.2. Launch business application in development mode

To launch your application just go into service project ({your business application name}-service) and invoke

./launch-dev.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch-dev.bat clean install for Windows

this should print the first entry after the build as follows

Launching the application in development mode - requires connection to controller (Business Central)

and similar as to launching in the standalone more after couple of seconds should be able to access your business application at http://localhost:8090/

Once the application started, it should be successfully connect to jBPM controller and by that be visible in the servers perspective of Business Central.

Connected business application
3.3.3.3. Deploy business assets project into running business application

After adding assets to your project in Business Central you can just deploy it to a running server instance. Click the Deploy button on your project and in few seconds you should see the project deployed on your business application.

Connected business application with deployed project

You can use Process Definitions and Process Instance perspectives of Business Central to interact with your newly deployed business assets such as processes or user tasks.

3.4. Configure business application

There are several components that can be configured in the business application. Depending on selected capabilities during application generation, a number of components can differ.

Entire configuration of the business application (service project) is done via application.properties file that is a standard way to configure SpringBoot applications. It is located under the src/main/resources directory of {your business application}-service folder.

3.4.1. Configuring core components

3.4.1.1. Configuring server

One of the most important configuration is actually the server itself. That is the host, port and path for the REST endpoints.

# used for server binding
server.address=localhost
server.port=8090

# used to define path for REST apis
cxf.path=/rest
3.4.1.2. Configure authentication and authorization

Business application is secured by default by protecting all REST endpoints (URL pattern /rest/*).

Authentication is enabled for single test user named user with password user. Additionally there is a default kieserver user that allows to easily connect to Business Central in development mode.

Both authentication and authorization is based on Spring Security and can be configured in DefaultWebSecurityConfig.java that is included in the generated service project (src/main/java/com/company/service/DefaultWebSecurityConfig.java)

import org.springframework.beans.factory.annotation.Autowired;
import org.springframework.context.annotation.Configuration;
import org.springframework.security.config.annotation.authentication.builders.AuthenticationManagerBuilder;
import org.springframework.security.config.annotation.web.builders.HttpSecurity;
import org.springframework.security.config.annotation.web.configuration.EnableWebSecurity;
import org.springframework.security.config.annotation.web.configuration.WebSecurityConfigurerAdapter;


@Configuration("kieServerSecurity")
@EnableWebSecurity
public class DefaultWebSecurityConfig extends WebSecurityConfigurerAdapter {

    @Override
    protected void configure(HttpSecurity http) throws Exception {
        http
        .csrf().disable()
        .authorizeRequests()
        .antMatchers("/rest/*").authenticated()
        .and()
        .httpBasic();
    }

    @Autowired
    public void configureGlobal(AuthenticationManagerBuilder auth) throws Exception {
        auth.inMemoryAuthentication().withUser("user").password("user").roles("kie-server");
        auth.inMemoryAuthentication().withUser("kieserver").password("kieserver1!").roles("kie-server");
    }
}
This security configuration is just starting point and should be altered for all business applications going to production like setup.
Use Keycloak as authentication provider

Configuring business applications to use Keycloak as authentication and authorisation requires few steps

  • Install Keycloak - follow official documentation at keycloak.org

  • Configure Keycloak once started

    • Use default master realm or create new one

    • Create client named springboot-app and set its AccessType to public

    • Set Valid redirect URI and Web Origin according to your local setup - with default setup they should be set to

    • Valid Redirect URIs: http://localhost:8090/*

    • Web Origins: http://localhost:8090

    • Create realm roles that are used in the application

    • Create users used in the application and assign roles to them

  • Configure dependencies in service project pom.xml

<dependencyManagement>
  <dependencies>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.keycloak.bom</groupId>
      <artifactId>keycloak-adapter-bom</artifactId>
      <version>${version.org.keycloak}</version>
      <type>pom</type>
      <scope>import</scope>
    </dependency>
  </dependencies>
</dependencyManagement>

  ....

<dependency>
  <groupId>org.keycloak</groupId>
  <artifactId>keycloak-spring-boot-starter</artifactId>
</dependency>

Business application includes jBPM (KIE) execution server that can be configured to be better identified

kieserver.serverId=business-application-service
kieserver.serverName=business-application-service
kieserver.location=http://localhost:8090/rest/server
kieserver.controllers=http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller

  • Configure application.properties

# keycloak security setup
keycloak.auth-server-url=http://localhost:8100/auth
keycloak.realm=master
keycloak.resource=springboot-app
keycloak.public-client=true
keycloak.principal-attribute=preferred_username
keycloak.enable-basic-auth=true

  • Modify DefaultWebSecurityConfig.java to ensure that Spring Security will work correctly with Keycloak

import org.keycloak.adapters.KeycloakConfigResolver;
import org.keycloak.adapters.springboot.KeycloakSpringBootConfigResolver;
import org.keycloak.adapters.springsecurity.authentication.KeycloakAuthenticationProvider;
import org.keycloak.adapters.springsecurity.config.KeycloakWebSecurityConfigurerAdapter;
import org.springframework.beans.factory.annotation.Autowired;
import org.springframework.context.annotation.Bean;
import org.springframework.context.annotation.Configuration;
import org.springframework.security.config.annotation.authentication.builders.AuthenticationManagerBuilder;
import org.springframework.security.config.annotation.web.builders.HttpSecurity;
import org.springframework.security.config.annotation.web.configuration.EnableWebSecurity;
import org.springframework.security.core.authority.mapping.SimpleAuthorityMapper;
import org.springframework.security.core.session.SessionRegistryImpl;
import org.springframework.security.web.authentication.session.RegisterSessionAuthenticationStrategy;
import org.springframework.security.web.authentication.session.SessionAuthenticationStrategy;

@Configuration("kieServerSecurity")
@EnableWebSecurity
public class DefaultWebSecurityConfig extends KeycloakWebSecurityConfigurerAdapter {

    @Override
    protected void configure(HttpSecurity http) throws Exception {
        super.configure(http);
        http
        .csrf().disable()
        .authorizeRequests()
            .anyRequest().authenticated()
            .and()
        .httpBasic();
    }

    @Autowired
    public void configureGlobal(AuthenticationManagerBuilder auth) throws Exception {
        KeycloakAuthenticationProvider keycloakAuthenticationProvider = keycloakAuthenticationProvider();
        SimpleAuthorityMapper mapper = new SimpleAuthorityMapper();
        mapper.setPrefix("");
        keycloakAuthenticationProvider.setGrantedAuthoritiesMapper(mapper);
        auth.authenticationProvider(keycloakAuthenticationProvider);
    }

    @Bean
    public KeycloakConfigResolver KeycloakConfigResolver() {
       return new KeycloakSpringBootConfigResolver();
    }

    @Override
    protected SessionAuthenticationStrategy sessionAuthenticationStrategy() {
        return new RegisterSessionAuthenticationStrategy(new SessionRegistryImpl());
    }
}

These are the steps to configure you business application to use Keycloak as authentication and authorisation service.

3.4.1.3. Configuring execution server

server id and server name refer to how the business application will be identified when connecting to the jBPM controller (Business Central) and thus should provide as meaningful information as possible.

location is used to inform other components that might interact with REST api where the execution server is accessible. It should not be the exact same location as defined by server.address and server.port especially when running in containers (Docker/OpenShift).

controllers allows to specify a (comma separated) list of URLs.

3.4.1.4. Configuring capabilities

In case your business application selected 'Business Automation' as the capability then there you can control which of them should actually be turned on on runtime.

# used for decision management
kieserver.drools.enabled=true
kieserver.dmn.enabled=true

# used for business processes and cases
kieserver.jbpm.enabled=true
kieserver.jbpmui.enabled=true
kieserver.casemgmt.enabled=true

# used for planning
kieserver.optaplanner.enabled=true
3.4.1.5. Configuring data source
Data source configuration is only required for business automation (meaning when jBPM is used) 
spring.datasource.username=sa
spring.datasource.password=sa
spring.datasource.url=jdbc:h2:./target/spring-boot-jbpm;MVCC=true
spring.datasource.driver-class-name=org.h2.Driver

Above configures shows the basic data source settings, next section will deal with connection pooling for efficient data access.

Depending on the driver class selected, make sure your application adds correct dependency that include the JDBC driver class or data source class. 
narayana.dbcp.enabled=true
narayana.dbcp.maxTotal=20

this configuration enables the data source connection pool (that is based on commons-dbcp2 project) and a complete list of parameters can be found on configuration page. All parameters from the configuration page must be prefixed with narayana.dbcp.

3.4.1.6. Configuring JPA

jBPM uses Hibernate as the database access layer and thus needs to be properly configured

spring.jpa.properties.hibernate.dialect=org.hibernate.dialect.H2Dialect
spring.jpa.properties.hibernate.show_sql=false
spring.jpa.properties.hibernate.hbm2ddl.auto=update
spring.jpa.hibernate.naming.physical-strategy=org.hibernate.boot.model.naming.PhysicalNamingStrategyStandardImpl
JPA configuration is completely based on SpringBoot so all options for both hibernate and JPA can be found as SpringBoot configuration page

Application with business automation capability creates entity manager factory based on persistence.xml that comes with jBPM. In case there are more entities that should be added to this entity manager factory (e.g. custom entities for the business application) they can easily be added by specifying a comma separated list of packages to scan

spring.jpa.properties.entity-scan-packages=org.jbpm.springboot.samples.entities

All entities found in that package will be automatically added to entity manager factory and thus used in the same manner as any other JPA entity in the application.

3.4.1.7. Configuring jBPM executor

jBPM executor is the backbone for asynchronous execution in jBPM. By default it is disabled, but can easily be turned on by configuration parameters.

jbpm.executor.enabled=true
jbpm.executor.retries=5
jbpm.executor.interval=0
jbpm.executor.threadPoolSize=1
jbpm.executor.timeUnit=SECONDS

  • jbpm.executor.enabled = true|false - allows to completely disable executor component

  • jbpm.executor.threadPoolSize = Integer - allows to specify thread pool size where default is 1

  • jbpm.executor.retries = Integer - allows to specify number of retries in case of errors while running a job

  • jbpm.executor.interval = Integer - allows to specify interval (by default in seconds) that executor will use to synchronize with database - default is 0 seconds which means it is disabled

  • jbpm.executor.timeUnit = String - allows to specify timer unit used for calculating interval, value must be a valid constant of java.util.concurrent.TimeUnit, by default it’s SECONDS.

3.4.1.8. Configuring distributed timers - Quartz

In case you plan to run your application in a cluster (multiple instances of it at the same time) then you need to take into account the timer service setup. Since the business application is running on top of Tomcat web container the only option for timer service for distributed setup is Quartz based.

jbpm.quartz.enabled=true
jbpm.quartz.configuration=quartz.properties

Above are two mandatory parameters and the configuration file that need to be either on the classpath or on the file system (if the path is given).

For distributed timers database storage should be used and properly configured via quartz.properties file.

#============================================================================
# Configure Main Scheduler Properties
#============================================================================
org.quartz.scheduler.instanceName = SpringBootScheduler
org.quartz.scheduler.instanceId = AUTO
org.quartz.scheduler.skipUpdateCheck=true
org.quartz.scheduler.idleWaitTime=1000
#============================================================================
# Configure ThreadPool
#============================================================================
org.quartz.threadPool.class = org.quartz.simpl.SimpleThreadPool
org.quartz.threadPool.threadCount = 5
org.quartz.threadPool.threadPriority = 5
#============================================================================
# Configure JobStore
#============================================================================
org.quartz.jobStore.misfireThreshold = 60000
org.quartz.jobStore.class=org.quartz.impl.jdbcjobstore.JobStoreCMT
org.quartz.jobStore.driverDelegateClass=org.jbpm.process.core.timer.impl.quartz.DeploymentsAwareStdJDBCDelegate
org.quartz.jobStore.useProperties=false
org.quartz.jobStore.dataSource=myDS
org.quartz.jobStore.nonManagedTXDataSource=notManagedDS
org.quartz.jobStore.tablePrefix=QRTZ_
org.quartz.jobStore.isClustered=true
org.quartz.jobStore.clusterCheckinInterval = 5000
#============================================================================
# Configure Datasources
#============================================================================
org.quartz.dataSource.myDS.connectionProvider.class=org.jbpm.springboot.quartz.SpringConnectionProvider
org.quartz.dataSource.myDS.dataSourceName=quartzDataSource
org.quartz.dataSource.notManagedDS.connectionProvider.class=org.jbpm.springboot.quartz.SpringConnectionProvider
org.quartz.dataSource.notManagedDS.dataSourceName=quartzNotManagedDataSource
Data source names in quartz configuration file refer to Spring beans. Additionally connection provider needs to be set to org.jbpm.springboot.quartz.SpringConnectionProvider to allow integration with Spring based data sources.

By default Quartz requires two data sources:

  • managed data source so it can participate in transaction of the jBPM engine

  • not managed data source so it can look up for timers to trigger without any transaction handling

jBPM based business application assumes that quartz database (schema) will be collocated with jBPM tables and by that produces data source used for transactional operations for Quartz.

The other (non transactional) data source needs to be configured but it should point to the same database as the main data source.

# enable to use database as storage
jbpm.quartz.db=true

quartz.datasource.name=quartz
quartz.datasource.username=sa
quartz.datasource.password=sa
quartz.datasource.url=jdbc:h2:./target/spring-boot-jbpm;MVCC=true
quartz.datasource.driver-class-name=org.h2.Driver

# used to configure connection pool
quartz.datasource.dbcp2.maxTotal=15

# used to initialize quartz schema
quartz.datasource.initialization=true
spring.datasource.schema=classpath*:quartz_tables_h2.sql
spring.datasource.initialization-mode=always

The last three lines of the above configuration is responsible for initialising database schema automatically. When configured it should point to a proper DDL script.

3.4.1.9. Configuring different databases

Business application is generated with default H2 database - just to get started quickly and without any extra requirements. Since this default setup may not valid for production use the generated business applications come with configuration dedicated to:

  • MySQL

  • PostgreSQL

There are dedicated profiles - both Maven and Spring to get you started really fast without much work. The only thing you need to do is to alight the configuration with your databases.

MySQL configuration

spring.datasource.username=jbpm
spring.datasource.password=jbpm
spring.datasource.url=jdbc:mysql://localhost:3306/jbpm
spring.datasource.driver-class-name=com.mysql.jdbc.jdbc2.optional.MysqlXADataSource

#hibernate configuration
spring.jpa.properties.hibernate.dialect=org.hibernate.dialect.MySQL5InnoDBDialect

PostgreSQL configuration

spring.datasource.username=jbpm
spring.datasource.password=jbpm
spring.datasource.url=jdbc:postgresql://localhost:5432/jbpm
spring.datasource.driver-class-name=org.postgresql.xa.PGXADataSource

#hibernate configuration
spring.jpa.properties.hibernate.dialect=org.hibernate.dialect.PostgreSQLDialect

Once the updates to the configuration are done you can launch your application via

./launch.sh clean install -Pmysql for MySQL on Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install -Pmysql for MySQL on Windows

./launch.sh clean install -Ppostgres for MySQL on Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install -Ppostgres for MySQL on Windows

3.4.1.10. Configuring user group providers

Business automation capability supports human centric activities to be managed, to provide integration with user and group repositories there is a built in mechanism in jBPM. There are two entry points

  • UserGroupCallback - responsible for verification if user/group exists and for collecting groups for given user

  • UserInfo - responsible for collecting additional information about user/group such as email address, preferred language, etc

Both of these can be configured by providing alternative implementation - either one of the provided out of the box or custom developed.

When it comes to UserGroupCallback it is recommended to stick to the default one as it is based on the security context of the application. That means whatever backend store is used for authentication and authorisation (e.g. Keycloak) it will be used as source information for collecting user/group information.

UserInfo requires more advanced information to be collected and thus is a separate component. Not all user/group repositories will provide expect data especially those that are purely used for authentication and authorisation.

Following code is needed to provide alternative implementation of UserGroupCallback

@Bean(name = "userGroupCallback")
public UserGroupCallback userGroupCallback(IdentityProvider identityProvider) throws IOException {
    return new MyCustomUserGroupCallback(identityProvider);
}

Following code is needed to provide alternative implementation of UserInfo

@Bean(name = "userInfo")
public UserInfo userInfo() throws IOException {
    return new MyCustomUserInfo();
}
3.4.1.11. Enable Swagger documentation

Business application can easily enable Swagger based documentation for all endpoints available in the service project.

Add required dependencies to service project pom.xml
<dependency>
  <groupId>org.apache.cxf</groupId>
  <artifactId>cxf-rt-rs-service-description-swagger</artifactId>
  <version>3.1.11</version>
</dependency>
<dependency>
  <groupId>io.swagger</groupId>
  <artifactId>swagger-jaxrs</artifactId>
  <version>1.5.15</version>
  <exclusions>
    <exclusion>
      <groupId>javax.ws.rs</groupId>
      <artifactId>jsr311-api</artifactId>
    </exclusion>
  </exclusions>
</dependency>
Enable Swagger support in application.properties
kieserver.swagger.enabled=true

Swagger document can be found at http://localhost:8090/rest/swagger.json

Enable Swagger UI

To enable Swagger UI add following dependency to pom.xml of the service project.

<dependency>
  <groupId>org.webjars</groupId>
  <artifactId>swagger-ui</artifactId>
  <version>2.2.10</version>
</dependency>

Once the Swagger UI is enabled and server is started, complete set of endpoints can be found at http://localhost:8090/rest/api-docs/?url=http://localhost:8090/rest/swagger.json

3.5. Develop your business application

Developing custom logic in business application strictly depends on your specific requirements. In this guide we will provide some common steps that developers might need to get started.

3.5.1. Data model

The data model project in your generated business application promotes the idea (and best practice in fact) of designing data models with reuse in mind. At the same time it avoids putting too much in the model (which usually happens when model is colocated with the service itself).

Data model project should be seen as the API of the business application or one of its services. In case of application that is composed of several services it’s recommended that each service exposes its own data model (API).

That API then can be used by both service project and the business assets project.

Generated application model is not added as dependency to service nor business assets projects.

3.5.2. Business assets development

Business assets are usually developed in Business Central, where developers can create different assets types such as

  • Business processes

  • Case definitions

  • Rules

  • Decision tables

  • Data objects

  • Forms

  • Others

Before these assets can be created the business assets project needs to be imported into Business Central as described in Import your business assets project into Business Central

Whenever working with business assets you can easily try them out in your business application by running the application in development mode. That allows developer to build and deploy the assets project directly to a running application. Moreover Business Central can also be used to quickly interact with processes, tasks and cases. To learn more see Launch application in development mode

Once the work on business assets is finished it should be fetch back to your business application source.

  • go into business assets project - {your business application name}-kjar

  • execute git fetch origin

  • execute git rebase origin/master

With this your business assets are now part of the business application source tree and can be launched in standalone mode - without Business Central as jBPM controller.

To launch your application just go into service project ({your business application name}-service) and invoke

./launch.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install for Windows

In case the version of your business assets project changes you will have to update that information in the service project. Locate the configuration file that is used for standalone mode {your business application name}-service.xml Edit it and update the version for the specific container.

Business assets project has two special files

  • pom.xml

  • src/main/resources/META-INF/kie-deployment-descriptor.xml

The first one is Apache Maven project file and is managed via Project Settings in Business Central. It allows to define project information (group id, artifact id, version, name, description). In addition it allows to define dependencies the project will have e.g. data model project.

Whenever dependencies are added from the following group ids they should be marked as scope provided

  • org.kie

  • org.drools

  • org.jbpm

  • org.optaplanner

Deployment descriptor allows to configure various components of the business automation capability such as

  • Persistence for jBPM

  • Runtime strategy

  • Event listeners

  • Work item handlers

  • Marshalling strategies

  • And more

for complete description of the deployment descriptor see Deployment descriptor

3.5.3. Work Item Handlers

Business processes can take advantage of so-called domain specific services which are implemented as work items and their actual execution is carried out by work item handlers. Work items defined in the process or case definition are linked by name with work item handler (the implementation).

Work item handlers can be registered in three ways

  • via deployment descriptor - use this approach if you want to decouple life cycle of the handler from your business application

  • via auto registration of Spring Components - use this when you have your handlers implemented as Spring beans (components) that are bound to the life cycle of the application

  • via manual registration of any work handler implementation - use this when the handler is not implemented by you and thus there is no way to use the Spring Component approach or it has advanced initialisation logic that does not fit the deployment descriptor approach

3.5.3.1. Register Work Item Handler via deployment descriptor

Registration in deployment descriptor can be done directly in Business Central via Project settings → Deployments

Add the work item handler mapped to the name of the work item

deployment descriptor work item handler

this will result in following source code of the deployment descriptor

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<deployment-descriptor xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.jboss.org/jbpm deployment-descriptor.xsd" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">
    <persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</persistence-unit>
    <audit-persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</audit-persistence-unit>
    <audit-mode>JPA</audit-mode>
    <persistence-mode>JPA</persistence-mode>
    <runtime-strategy>SINGLETON</runtime-strategy>
    <marshalling-strategies/>
    <event-listeners/>
    <task-event-listeners/>
    <globals/>
    <work-item-handlers>
        <work-item-handler>
            <resolver>mvel</resolver>
            <identifier>new org.jbpm.process.workitem.rest.RESTWorkItemHandler("user", "password", classLoader)</identifier>
            <parameters/>
            <name>Rest</name>
        </work-item-handler>
    </work-item-handlers>
    <environment-entries/>
    <configurations/>
    <required-roles/>
    <remoteable-classes/>
    <limit-serialization-classes>true</limit-serialization-classes>
</deployment-descriptor>
3.5.3.2. Register Work Item Handler via auto registration of Spring Components

The easiest way to register work item handlers is to rely on Spring discovery and configuration of beans. It’s enough to annotate your work item handler class with @Component("WorkItemName") and that bean will be automatically registered in jBPM.

import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItem;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItemHandler;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItemManager;
import org.springframework.stereotype.Component;

@Component("Custom")
public class CustomWorkItemHandler implements WorkItemHandler {

    @Override
    public void executeWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {

        manager.completeWorkItem(workItem.getId(), null);
    }

    @Override
    public void abortWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {

    }

}

This will register CustomWorkItemHandler under Custom name so every work item named Custom will use that handler to execute it’s logic.

The name attribute of @Component annotations is mandatory for registration to happen. In case the name is missing work item handler won’t be registered and warning will be logged.
3.5.3.3. Register Work Item Handler programmatically

Last resort option is to get hold of DeploymentService and register handlers programmatically

@Autowire
private SpringKModuleDeploymentService deploymentService;

...

@PostConstruct
public void configure() {

    deploymentService.registerWorkItemHandler("Custom", new CustomWorkItemHandler());
}

3.5.4. Event listeners

jBPM allows to register various event listeners that will be invoked upon various events triggered by the jBPM engine. Supported event listener types are

  • ProcessEventListener

  • AgendaEventListener

  • RuleRuntimeEventListener

  • TaskLifeCycleEventListener

  • CaseEventListener

Similar to work item handlers, event listeners can be registered in three ways

  • via deployment descriptor - use this approach if you want to decouple life cycle of the listener from your business application

  • via auto registration of Spring Components - use this when you have your listeners implemented as Spring beans (components) that are bound to the life cycle of the application

  • via manual registration of any work handler implementation - use this when the listener is not implemented by you and thus there is no way to use the Spring Component approach or it has advanced initialisation logic that does not fit the deployment descriptor approach

3.5.4.1. Register event listener via deployment descriptor

Registration in deployment descriptor can be done directly in Business Central via Project settings → Deployments

deployment descriptor event listener

this will result in following source code of the deployment descriptor

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<deployment-descriptor xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.jboss.org/jbpm deployment-descriptor.xsd" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">
    <persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</persistence-unit>
    <audit-persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</audit-persistence-unit>
    <audit-mode>JPA</audit-mode>
    <persistence-mode>JPA</persistence-mode>
    <runtime-strategy>SINGLETON</runtime-strategy>
    <marshalling-strategies/>
    <event-listeners>
        <event-listener>
            <resolver>mvel</resolver>
            <identifier>new org.jbpm.listeners.CustomProcessEventListener</identifier>
            <parameters/>
        </event-listener>
    </event-listeners>
    <task-event-listeners/>
    <globals/>
    <work-item-handlers/>
    <environment-entries/>
    <configurations/>
    <required-roles/>
    <remoteable-classes/>
    <limit-serialization-classes>true</limit-serialization-classes>
</deployment-descriptor>
3.5.4.2. Register event listener via auto registration of Spring Components

The easiest way to register event listeners is to rely on Spring discovery and configuration of beans. It’s enough to annotate your event listener implementation class with @Component() and that bean will be automatically registered in jBPM.

import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessCompletedEvent;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessEventListener;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessNodeLeftEvent;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessNodeTriggeredEvent;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessStartedEvent;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessVariableChangedEvent;
import org.springframework.stereotype.Component;

@Component
public class CustomProcessEventListener implements ProcessEventListener {

    @Override
    public void beforeProcessStarted(ProcessStartedEvent event) {

    }

    ...

}
Event listener can extend default implementation of given event listener to avoid implementing all methods e.g. org.kie.api.event.process.DefaultProcessEventListener

Type of the event listeners is determined by the interface (or super class) it implements.

3.5.4.3. Register event listener programmatically

Last resort option is to get hold of DeploymentService and register handlers programmatically

@Autowire
private SpringKModuleDeploymentService deploymentService;

...

@PostConstruct
public void configure() {

    deploymentService.registerProcessEventListener(new CustomProcessEventListener());
}

3.5.5. Custom REST endpoints

In many (if not all) cases there will be a need to expose additional REST endpoints for your business application (in your service project). This can be easily achieved by creating a JAX-RS compatible class (with JAX-RS annotations). It will automatically be registered with the running service when the following scanning option is configured in your apps application.properties config file:

cxf.jaxrs.classes-scan=true
cxf.jaxrs.classes-scan-packages=org.kie.server.springboot.samples.rest

The endpoint will be bound to the global REST api path defined in the cxf.path property.

An example of a custom endpoint can be found below

package org.kie.server.springboot.samples.rest;

import javax.ws.rs.GET;
import javax.ws.rs.Path;
import javax.ws.rs.Produces;
import javax.ws.rs.core.MediaType;
import javax.ws.rs.core.Response;

@Path("extra")
public class AdditionalEndpoint {

    @GET
    @Produces({MediaType.APPLICATION_XML, MediaType.APPLICATION_JSON})
    public Response listContainers() {

        return Response.ok().build();
    }
}

3.6. Deploy business application

Business applications are designed to run in pretty much any environment but for production the usual target is cloud-based runtimes that allow scalability and operational efficiency.

Business application deployable components are composed of services. Every application consists of one or more services that are deployed in isolation and in many cases will follow different release cycle.

3.6.1. OpenShift deployment

Business applications can be easily deployed to OpenShift Container Platform. It’s as easy as starting the application locally, meaning by using launch.sh/bat scripts.

You need to have OpenShift installed (good choice for local installation is minishift) or remote installation that can be accessed over network.

So first of all login to OpenShift Cluster

oc login -u system:admin

once successfully logged in following output (or similar) should be displayed

Logged into "https://192.168.64.2:8443" as "system:admin" using existing credentials.

You have access to the following projects and can switch between them with 'oc project <projectname>':

    default
    kube-public
    kube-system
  * myproject
    openshift
    openshift-infra
    openshift-node
    openshift-web-console

Using project "myproject".

To deploy your application as to OpenShift Container Platform just go into service project ({your business application name}-service) and invoke

./launch.sh clean install -Popenshift,h2 for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install -Popenshift,h2 for Windows

The launch script will perform the build with openshift profile (see pom.xml in the business assets project and service project for details). The significant difference that is done for openshift is that the business assets project will generate an offline maven repository with the project itself and all its dependencies. Next this maven repository will be included in the image itself and maven (used by business automation capability) will work in offline mode - meaning no access to internet will be attempted.

Launching the application on OpenShift...
--> Found image ef440f7 (15 seconds old) in image stream "myproject/business-application-service" under tag "1.0-SNAPSHOT" for "business-application-service:1.0-SNAPSHOT"

    * This image will be deployed in deployment config "business-application-service"
    * Ports 8090/tcp, 8778/tcp, 9779/tcp will be load balanced by service "business-application-service"
      * Other containers can access this service through the hostname "business-application-service"

--> Creating resources ...
    deploymentconfig "business-application-service" created
    service "business-application-service" created
--> Success
    Application is not exposed. You can expose services to the outside world by executing one or more of the commands below:
     'oc expose svc/business-application-service'
    Run 'oc status' to view your app.
route "business-application-service" exposed

You can then go to OpenShift Web Console and look at the Overview of your project (myproject by default)

Business application on OpenShift

By clicking on the route url (in this case http://business-application-service-myproject.192.168.64.2.nip.io) you can go to the application already deployed and running.

3.6.2. Docker deployment

Business applications are by default configured with option to deploy service as docker container.

This is done in very similar way as launching the service locally - via launch.sh/bat script.

You must have Docker installed on your machine to make this work!

To deploy your application as docker container just go into service project ({your business application name}-service) and invoke

./launch.sh clean install -Pdocker,h2 for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install -Pdocker,h2 for Windows

When building with docker proper database profile needs to be selected as well - this is done via -Pdocker,{db} so the image and the application gets proper JDBC driver selected.

The launch script will perform the build with docker profile (see pom.xml in the business assets project and service project for details). The significant difference that is done for docker container is that the business assets project will generate an offline maven repository with the project itself and all its dependencies. Next this maven repository will be included in the docker image itself and maven (used by business automation capability) will work in offline mode - meaning no access to internet will be attempted.

Once the build is complete launch script will directly create container and start it, this should be done once the following line is printed to console

Launching the application as docker container...
d40e4cdb662d3b1d9ddee27c5a843be31cb6e7dc4936b0fc1937ce8e48f440ae

the second line is the container id that can be later on used to interact with the container, for instance to follow the logs

docker logs -f d40e4cdb662d3b1d9ddee27c5a843be31cb6e7dc4936b0fc1937ce8e48f440ae

the business application will be accessible at the same port as configured by default that is 8090, simply go to http://localhost:8090 to see your application running as docker container.

3.6.3. Using external database

Currently business applications that require an external database need to provide the database in advance - before the application is launched and properly configured within the application configuration files.

Further releases will improve this by relying on docker compose/OpenShift templates.

3.7. Tutorials

3.7.1. My First Business Application

3.7.1.1. What will you do

You will build a simple but fully functional business application. Once you build it you will explore basic services exposed by the application.

3.7.1.2. What do you need

  • About 10 minutes of your time

  • Java (JDK) 8 or later

  • Maven 3.5.x

  • Access to the Internet

3.7.1.3. What should I do

To get started with business applications the easiest way is to generate the,. Go to start.jbpm.org and click button Generate default business application.

This will generate and download a business-application.zip file that will consists of three projects

  • business-application-model

  • business-application-kjar

  • business-application-service

Unzip the business-application.zip file into desired location and go into business-application-service directory. There you will find launch scripts (for both linux/unix and windows).

./launch.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install for Windows

Execute one applicable to your operating system and wait for it to finish.

It might take quite some time (depending on your network) as it will download bunch of dependencies required to execute both build and application itself.
3.7.1.4. Results

Once the build and launch is complete you can open your browser http://localhost:8090 to see your first business application up and running.

It presents with a welcome screen that is mainly for verification purpose to illustrate that application started successfully.

You can point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server to see the actual Business Automation capability services

By default all REST endpoints (url pattern /rest/*) are secured and require authentication. Default user that can be used to logon is user with password user

Business Automation service supports three types of data format

  • XML (JAXB based)

  • JSON

  • XML (XStream based)

To display Business Automation capability service details in different format set HTTP headers

  • Accept: application/json for JSON format

  • Accept: application/xml for XML (JAXB based) format

  • X-KIE-ContentType: XSTREAM for XML (XStream based) format

3.7.1.5. Summary

Congratulations! you have just built and started your first business application.

3.7.1.6. Source code of the tutorial

Here is the complete source code of the tutorial.

3.7.2. Business Application with Business Assets

3.7.2.1. What will you do

You will enhance your business application with some business assets

  • business process (BPMN2)

and execute this business assets

  • via REST api of your business application

  • via Business Central UI

3.7.2.2. What do you need

  • About 15 minutes of your time

  • Java (JDK) 8 or later

  • Maven 3.5.x

  • Access to the Internet

  • Business Central deployed - see single distribution for instructions

3.7.2.3. What should I do

If you haven’t done it already, complete tutorial My First Business Application.

Start Business Central (if not already started) and open your browser at http://localhost:8080/business-central and logon as user wbadmin with password wbadmin

Import your business assets project into Business Central

  • Go into business assets project - business-application-kjar

  • Execute git init

  • Execute git add -A

  • Execute git commit -m "my business assets project"

  • Log in to Business Central and go to projects

  • Select import project and enter the following URL file:///{path to your business application}/business-application-kjar

  • Click import and confirm project to be imported

Create Business Process

In browser where you logged into Business Central go to Projects. You will see your newly imported project named business-application-kjar, go into that project.

  • go into business-application-kjar project

  • click Add asset button

  • select Business Process asset

  • provide name for this asset

  • create your business process

Sample business process could be a single user task that will be assigned to user wbadmin.

Business process - sample
Pull back your business assets to business application source code

  • Go to business-application-kjar

  • Execute git remote add origin ssh://wbadmin@localhost:8001/MySpace/business-application-kjar

  • Execute git pull origin master - when prompted enter wbadmin as password

Go to business-application-service directory and launch the application

./launch.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install for Windows

3.7.2.4. Results

Once the build and launch is complete you can open your browser http://localhost:8090

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers to see that your business assets project has been properly deployed and is running.

By default all REST endpoints (url pattern /rest/*) are secured and require authentication. Default user that can be used to logon is wbadmin with password wbadmin

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes to see business processes available for execution.

Execute business process

You can execute business process via REST api exposed by your business application (in fact by Business Automation capability).

URL: http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes/{processid}/instances HTTP method: POST

Optionally HTTP headers can be set to change the format of data returned

  • Accept: application/json for JSON format

  • Accept: application/xml for XML (JAXB based) format

  • X-KIE-ContentType: XSTREAM for XML (XStream based) format

{processid} needs to be replaced with actual process id that is returned from the endpoint http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes

Remember that endpoints are protected so make sure you provide user name and password when making the request.

In response to this request, a process instance id should be returned.

<long-type>
    <value>1</value>
</long-type>

You can examine details of that process instance by pointing your browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes/instances/1

<process-instance>
  <process-instance-id>1</process-instance-id>
  <process-id>business-application-kjar.process</process-id>
  <process-name>process</process-name>
  <process-version>1.0</process-version>
  <process-instance-state>1</process-instance-state>
  <container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</container-id>
  <initiator>wbadmin</initiator>
  <start-date>2018-09-14T11:39:39.622+02:00</start-date>
  <process-instance-desc>process</process-instance-desc>
  <correlation-key>1</correlation-key>
  <parent-instance-id>-1</parent-instance-id>
  <sla-compliance>0</sla-compliance>
  <active-user-tasks>
    <task-summary>
      <task-id>1</task-id>
      <task-name>Task</task-name>
      <task-description/>
      <task-status>Reserved</task-status>
      <task-priority>0</task-priority>
      <task-actual-owner>wbadmin</task-actual-owner>
      <task-created-by>wbadmin</task-created-by>
      <task-created-on>2018-09-14T11:39:39.661+02:00</task-created-on>
      <task-activation-time>2018-09-14T11:39:39.661+02:00</task-activation-time>
      <task-proc-inst-id>1</task-proc-inst-id>
      <task-proc-def-id>business-application-kjar.process</task-proc-def-id>
      <task-container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</task-container-id>
    </task-summary>
  </active-user-tasks>
</process-instance>
Execute business process from Business Central UI

Stop the application if it’s running.

Go to business-application-service directory and launch the application in development mode

./launch-dev.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch-dev.bat clean install for Windows

this will connect your business application to Business Central so can be administered from within its UI.

Go to Business Central in the browser and navigate to servers (from the home screen).

tutorial 2 empty server

As you can see the business-application-service Dev is there and connected. Although it does not have any kjars deployed. This is because it’s now running in managed mode meaning it’s Business Central that decides what kjars it should run.

So let’s deploy the business-application-kjar to our running application.

  • Go to projects from home screen of Business Central

  • Go into business-application-kjar project

  • Click Deploy button

  • Make sure that Server configuration is set to business-application-service-dev and click ok

The project should be successfully deployed and you can examine that state by going back to servers from home screen.

Next, go to process definitions (in Manage section of the Home screen) and select server configuration (top right corner) - again it should be business-application-service-dev the list of available process definition will be loaded and you should see your single process definition from the project business-application-kjar.

tutorial 2 process def

Examine details of that process definition by clicking on the row in the table. Switch to Diagram tab to see the visual representation of your process definition.

Start new instance of the business process by clicking on New instance button. This will bring up form (depending on your process definition) it might or might not have any fields. Just click on Submit button to start process instance.

Once started process instance details will be opened, you can examine different sections to learn more about your active process instance

tutorial 2 process instance

  • Instance details - base information about process instance

  • Process variables - latest values for process variables

  • Documents - list of documents managed by the process

  • Logs - detailed logs about what has been done within the process instance

  • Diagram - annotated diagram with completed (greyed out) and active (red borders) nodes

To look at user tasks, go to task inbox (in Track section of the Home screen). List of available tasks will be presented. This time there is no need to select server configuration because Business Central keeps track of recently selected configuration on different screens.

tutorial 2 task list
3.7.2.5. Summary

Congratulations! you have enhanced your business application to actually do something - execute business processes. At the same time you have created your first business process and made successful integration between your business application and Business Central.

3.7.2.6. Source code of the tutorial

Here is the complete source code of the tutorial.

3.7.3. Business Application with custom work item handlers and event listeners

3.7.3.1. What will you do

You will enhance your business application with business assets that execute custom business logic and monitors execution via event listeners.

  • business process (BPMN2) with custom service task (aka work item)

  • develop work item handler for the custom service task

  • develop process event listener that will receive events from the jBPM engine

and execute this business assets

  • via REST api of your business application

  • via Business Central UI

3.7.3.2. What do you need

  • About 20 minutes of your time

  • Java (JDK) 8 or later

  • Maven 3.5.x

  • IDE of your choice

  • Access to the Internet

  • Business Central deployed - see single distribution for instructions

3.7.3.3. What should I do

If you haven’t done it already, complete tutorial Business Application with Business Assets.

If you would like directly start with this tutorial you can get complete source of the Business Application with Business Assets tutorial from here

Start Business Central (if not already started) and open your browser at http://localhost:8080/business-central and logon as user wbadmin with password wbadmin

Import your business assets project into Business Central

if not already imported proceed with points below to import business asset project

  • Go into business assets project - business-application-kjar

  • Execute git init

  • Execute git add -A

  • Execute git commit -m "my business assets project"

  • Log in to Business Central and go to projects

  • Select import project and enter the following URL file:///{path to your business application}/business-application-kjar

  • Click import and confirm project to be imported

Create custom service task in Business Central

  • Go to Projects → business-application-kjar project

  • Click Add asset and select WorkItem Definition

  • Give it a name CustomTask

It should look like the following snippet

[
  [
    "name" : "MyTask",
    "parameters" : [
        "MyFirstParam" : new StringDataType(),
        "MySecondParam" : new StringDataType(),
        "MyThirdParam" : new ObjectDataType()
    ],
    "results" : [
        "Result" : new ObjectDataType("java.util.Map")
    ],
    "displayName" : "My Task",
    "icon" : ""
  ]
]

  • Save and close the editor

Create new process with service task (MyTask)

  • Click Add Asset button and select Business Process

  • Give it a name CustomTaskProcess

  • Open Service Tasks on the palette (cogs icon)

  • Drag and Drop the MyTask service task into the canvas

  • Connect it with start event and finish it with end event

It should look like this

tutorial 3 process with custom task

  • Save and close the editor

Implement custom work item handler

  • Import business-application-service project into IDE of your choice

  • Create new class MyTaskWorkItemHandler that implements org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItemHandler

  • Implement the executeWorkItemHandler by simply printing out work item and complete the work item

@Override
public void executeWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {
    System.out.println("Work item being executed " + workItem);
    manager.completeWorkItem(workItem.getId(), null);
}

  • annotate the class with @Component annotation with name that matches the work item defined in Business Central

Complete class of the handler should look like this

package com.company.service.handlers;

import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItem;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItemHandler;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItemManager;
import org.springframework.stereotype.Component;

@Component("MyTask")
public class MyTaskWorkItemHandler implements WorkItemHandler {

    @Override
    public void executeWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {
        System.out.println("Work item being executed " + workItem);
        manager.completeWorkItem(workItem.getId(), null);
    }

    @Override
    public void abortWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {

    }

}
Implement custom event listener

To be able to monitor execution of our business assets such as business process an event listener can be implemented. In this tutorial we focus on ProcessEventListener but there are other types such as:

  • TaskLifeCycleEventListener

  • CaseEventListener

  • RuleRuntimeEventListener

  • AgendaEventListener

Go back to IDE where the business-application-service is imported

  • Create class MyProcessEventListener that implements org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessEventListener

  • Implement methods with simple print outs

  • Annotate the class with Component - in this case the name is not relevant

Complete class of the event listener should look like this

package com.company.service.listeners;

import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessCompletedEvent;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessEventListener;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessNodeLeftEvent;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessNodeTriggeredEvent;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessStartedEvent;
import org.kie.api.event.process.ProcessVariableChangedEvent;
import org.springframework.stereotype.Component;

@Component
public class MyProcessEventListener implements ProcessEventListener {

    @Override
    public void beforeProcessStarted(ProcessStartedEvent event) {
        System.out.println("beforeProcessStarted " + event);
    }

    @Override
    public void afterProcessStarted(ProcessStartedEvent event) {
        System.out.println("afterProcessStarted " + event);
    }

    @Override
    public void beforeProcessCompleted(ProcessCompletedEvent event) {
        System.out.println("beforeProcessCompleted " + event);
    }

    @Override
    public void afterProcessCompleted(ProcessCompletedEvent event) {
        System.out.println("afterProcessCompleted " + event);
    }

    @Override
    public void beforeNodeTriggered(ProcessNodeTriggeredEvent event) {
        System.out.println("beforeNodeTriggered " + event);
    }

    @Override
    public void afterNodeTriggered(ProcessNodeTriggeredEvent event) {
        System.out.println("afterNodeTriggered " + event);
    }

    @Override
    public void beforeNodeLeft(ProcessNodeLeftEvent event) {
        System.out.println("beforeNodeLeft " + event);
    }

    @Override
    public void afterNodeLeft(ProcessNodeLeftEvent event) {
        System.out.println("afterNodeLeft " + event);
    }

    @Override
    public void beforeVariableChanged(ProcessVariableChangedEvent event) {
        System.out.println("beforeVariableChanged " + event);
    }

    @Override
    public void afterVariableChanged(ProcessVariableChangedEvent event) {
        System.out.println("afterVariableChanged " + event);
    }

}
Run the application

At this point all development effort is done, the last remaining thing is to pull back the business assets project into the business-application-kjar project

  • Go to business-application-kjar

  • Execute git remote add origin ssh://wbadmin@localhost:8001/MySpace/business-application-kjar (if not already added)

  • Execute git pull origin master - when prompted enter wbadmin as password

Go to business-application-service directory and launch the application

./launch.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install for Windows

3.7.3.4. Results

Once the build and launch is complete you can open your browser http://localhost:8090

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers to see that your business assets project has been properly deployed and is running.

By default all REST endpoints (url pattern /rest/*) are secured and require authentication. Default user that can be used to logon is wbadmin with password wbadmin

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes to see business processes available for execution. You should see two of them.

Execute business process

You can execute business process via REST api exposed by your business application (in fact by Business Automation capability).

URL: http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes/{processid}/instances HTTP method: POST

Optionally HTTP headers can be set to change the format of data returned

  • Accept: application/json for JSON format

  • Accept: application/xml for XML (JAXB based) format

  • X-KIE-ContentType: XSTREAM for XML (XStream based) format

{processid} needs to be replaced with actual process id that is returned from the endpoint http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes

Remember that endpoints are protected so make sure you provide user name and password when making the request.

In response to this request, a process instance id should be returned.

<long-type>
    <value>1</value>
</long-type>

You can examine details of that process instance by pointing your browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes/instances/1

<process-instance>
  <process-instance-id>1</process-instance-id>
  <process-id>business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess</process-id>
  <process-name>CustomTaskProcess</process-name>
  <process-version>1.0</process-version>
  <process-instance-state>2</process-instance-state>
  <container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</container-id>
  <initiator>wbadmin</initiator>
  <start-date>2018-10-11T13:29:55.807+02:00</start-date>
  <process-instance-desc>CustomTaskProcess</process-instance-desc>
  <correlation-key>1</correlation-key>
  <parent-instance-id>-1</parent-instance-id>
  <sla-compliance>0</sla-compliance>
</process-instance>

Looking into the application logs (console) you should see that both the handler has been executed and event listener was notified about various events

beforeVariableChanged ==>[ProcessVariableChanged(id=initiator; instanceId=initiator; oldValue=null; newValue=wbadmin; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
afterVariableChanged ==>[ProcessVariableChanged(id=initiator; instanceId=initiator; oldValue=null; newValue=wbadmin; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
beforeProcessStarted ==>[ProcessStarted(name=CustomTaskProcess; id=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
beforeNodeTriggered ==>[ProcessNodeTriggered(nodeId=3; id=0; nodeName=null; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
beforeNodeLeft ==>[ProcessNodeLeft(nodeId=3; id=0; nodeName=null; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
beforeNodeTriggered ==>[ProcessNodeTriggered(nodeId=1; id=1; nodeName=My Task; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]

Work item being executed WorkItem 1 [name=MyTask, state=0, processInstanceId=1, parameters{}]

beforeNodeLeft ==>[ProcessNodeLeft(nodeId=1; id=1; nodeName=My Task; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
beforeNodeTriggered ==>[ProcessNodeTriggered(nodeId=2; id=2; nodeName=null; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
beforeNodeLeft ==>[ProcessNodeLeft(nodeId=2; id=2; nodeName=null; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
beforeProcessCompleted ==>[ProcessCompleted(name=CustomTaskProcess; id=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
afterProcessCompleted ==>[ProcessCompleted(name=CustomTaskProcess; id=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
afterNodeLeft ==>[ProcessNodeLeft(nodeId=2; id=2; nodeName=null; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
afterNodeTriggered ==>[ProcessNodeTriggered(nodeId=2; id=2; nodeName=null; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
afterNodeLeft ==>[ProcessNodeLeft(nodeId=1; id=1; nodeName=My Task; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
afterNodeTriggered ==>[ProcessNodeTriggered(nodeId=1; id=1; nodeName=My Task; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
afterNodeLeft ==>[ProcessNodeLeft(nodeId=3; id=0; nodeName=null; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
afterNodeTriggered ==>[ProcessNodeTriggered(nodeId=3; id=0; nodeName=null; processName=CustomTaskProcess; processId=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
afterProcessStarted ==>[ProcessStarted(name=CustomTaskProcess; id=business-application-kjar.CustomTaskProcess)]
Execute business process from Business Central UI

Follow the same procedure as described in Execute business process from Business Central UI

3.7.3.5. Summary

Congratulations! you have enhanced your business application to take advantage of custom service tasks and you learned how to keep an eye on what is actually being executed by your business application. With this knowledge you can start doing more advanced service tasks that will integrate your application with the outside world.

3.7.3.6. Source code of the tutorial

Here is the complete source code of the tutorial.

3.7.4. Business Application with JPA entity

3.7.4.1. What will you do

You will enhance your business application with JPA entity that will be used both by your business application service and business assets.

  • develop JPA entity as part of your business-application-model project

  • business process (BPMN2) with user task that will display JPA entity

and execute this business assets

  • via REST api of your business application

  • via Business Central UI

3.7.4.2. What do you need

  • About 20 minutes of your time

  • Java (JDK) 8 or later

  • Maven 3.5.x

  • IDE of your choice

  • Access to the Internet

  • Business Central deployed - see single distribution for instructions

3.7.4.3. What should I do

If you haven’t done it already, complete tutorial Business Application with Business Assets.

If you would like directly start with this tutorial you can get complete source of the Business Application with Business Assets tutorial from here

Start Business Central (if not already started) and open your browser at http://localhost:8080/business-central and logon as user wbadmin with password wbadmin

Import your business assets project into Business Central

if not already imported proceed with points below to import business asset project

  • Go into business assets project - business-application-kjar

  • Execute git init

  • Execute git add -A

  • Execute git commit -m "my business assets project"

  • Log in to Business Central and go to projects

  • Select import project and enter the following URL file:///{path to your business application}/business-application-kjar

  • Click import and confirm project to be imported

Implement JPA entity

  • Import business-application-model project into IDE of your choice

  • Add to pom.xml of the model project dependency to JPA api (in scope provided)

<dependencies>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.hibernate.javax.persistence</groupId>
    <artifactId>hibernate-jpa-2.1-api</artifactId>
    <version>1.0.0.Final</version>
    <scope>provided</scope>
  </dependency>
</dependencies>

  • Implement class as JPA Entity Person

  • Create three fields in the class

    • id (of type Long)

    • firstName (of type String)

    • lastName (of type String)

  • Annotate the class with @Entity

  • Annotate the id field with @Id and @GeneratedValue(strategy = GenerationType.AUTO)

Complete class of the entity should look like this

package com.company.model;

import javax.persistence.Entity;
import javax.persistence.GeneratedValue;
import javax.persistence.GenerationType;
import javax.persistence.Id;

@Entity
public class Person {

    @Id
    @GeneratedValue(strategy = GenerationType.AUTO)
    private Long id;

    private String firstName;

    private String lastName;

    public Long getId() {
        return id;
    }

    public void setId(Long id) {
        this.id = id;
    }

    public String getFirstName() {
        return firstName;
    }

    public void setFirstName(String firstName) {
        this.firstName = firstName;
    }

    public String getLastName() {
        return lastName;
    }

    public void setLastName(String lastName) {
        this.lastName = lastName;
    }

    @Override
    public String toString() {
        return "Person [id=" + id + ", firstName=" + firstName + ", lastName=" + lastName + "]";
    }

}
Configure service project to use the JPA entity

  • Import business-application-service project into IDE of your choice

  • Add dependency to the business-application-model in your service pom.xml

<dependency>
  <groupId>com.company</groupId>
  <artifactId>business-application-model</artifactId>
  <version>1.0-SNAPSHOT</version>
</dependency>

  • Edit application.properties file (that is located in src/main/resources)

  • Add spring.jpa.properties.entity-scan-packages=com.company.model into the file

Adjust the package if you did not use the default com.company.model package

  • Add the same entry into application-dev.properties file

Create new process that use JPA entity

  • Log in to Business Central

  • Go to Projects → business-application-kjar project

  • Go to Settings tab

  • Go to Dependencies

  • Add dependency to business-application-model - make sure it is in provided scope

  • Go to Deployment → Marshalling strategy

  • Add new marshalling strategy with following value new org.drools.persistence.jpa.marshaller.JPAPlaceholderResolverStrategy(entityManagerFactory)

  • Go back to assets

  • Click Add Asset button and select Business Process

  • Give it a name JPAProcess

  • Open Tasks on the palette

  • Drag and Drop the User Task into the canvas

  • Connect it with start event and finish it with end event

  • Create variable named person with type (custom) com.company.model.Person

It should look like this

tutorial 4 process with jpa user task

  • Map the variable as input and output of user task - use same name for input and output variable

tutorial 4 process with jpa user task vars

  • Save and close the editor

Run the application

At this point all development effort is done, the last remaining thing is to pull back the business assets project into the business-application-kjar project

  • Go to business-application-kjar

  • Execute git remote add origin ssh://wbadmin@localhost:8001/MySpace/business-application-kjar (if not already added)

  • Execute git pull origin master - when prompted enter wbadmin as password

Go to business-application-service directory and launch the application

./launch.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install for Windows

3.7.4.4. Results

Once the build and launch is complete you can open your browser http://localhost:8090

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers to see that your business assets project has been properly deployed and is running.

By default all REST endpoints (url pattern /rest/*) are secured and require authentication. Default user that can be used to logon is wbadmin with password wbadmin

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes to see business processes available for execution. You should see two of them.

Execute business process

You can execute business process via REST api exposed by your business application (in fact by Business Automation capability).

URL: http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes/{processid}/instances

HTTP method: POST

HTTP headers:

  • Accept: application/json

  • Content-Type: application/json

Body:

{
  "person" : {
    "Person" : {
      "firstName":"WB",
      "lastName":"Admin"
    }
  }
}

{processid} needs to be replaced with actual process id that is returned from the endpoint http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes

Remember that endpoints are protected so make sure you provide user name and password when making the request.

In response to this request, a process instance id should be returned.

1

You can examine details of that process instance by pointing your browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes/instances/1?withVars=true

<process-instance>
  <process-instance-id>1</process-instance-id>
  <process-id>business-application-kjar.JPAProcess</process-id>
  <process-name>JPAProcess</process-name>
  <process-version>1.0</process-version>
  <process-instance-state>1</process-instance-state>
  <container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</container-id>
  <initiator>wbadmin</initiator>
  <start-date>2018-10-11T14:42:23.053+02:00</start-date>
  <process-instance-desc>JPAProcess</process-instance-desc>
  <correlation-key>1</correlation-key>
  <parent-instance-id>-1</parent-instance-id>
  <sla-compliance>0</sla-compliance>
  <active-user-tasks>
    <task-summary>
      <task-id>1</task-id>
      <task-name>Task</task-name>
      <task-description/>
      <task-status>Reserved</task-status>
      <task-priority>0</task-priority>
      <task-actual-owner>wbadmin</task-actual-owner>
      <task-created-by>wbadmin</task-created-by>
      <task-created-on>2018-10-11T14:42:23.058+02:00</task-created-on>
      <task-activation-time>2018-10-11T14:42:23.058+02:00</task-activation-time>
      <task-proc-inst-id>2</task-proc-inst-id>
      <task-proc-def-id>business-application-kjar.JPAProcess</task-proc-def-id>
      <task-container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</task-container-id>
    </task-summary>
  </active-user-tasks>
  <variables>
    <entry>
      <key>person</key>
      <value xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="person">
        <firstName>WB</firstName>
        <id>1</id>
        <lastName>Admin</lastName>
      </value>
    </entry>
    <entry>
      <key>initiator</key>
      <value xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="xs:string">wbadmin</value>
    </entry>
  </variables>
</process-instance>

This illustrates that an instance has been created, it has one user task assigned (the owner is wbadmin) and it has two process variables

  • initiator - set to the user who initiated the request

  • person - our JPA entity that was created based on the payload - but note that the id was generated automatically by the database

You can also examine user task by opening following URL in your browser http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/tasks/1?withInputData=true

<task-instance>
  <task-id>1</task-id>
  <task-priority>0</task-priority>
  <task-name>Task</task-name>
  <task-subject/>
  <task-description/>
  <task-form>Task</task-form>
  <task-status>Reserved</task-status>
  <task-actual-owner>wbadmin</task-actual-owner>
  <task-created-by>wbadmin</task-created-by>
  <task-created-on>2018-10-11T14:42:23.058+02:00</task-created-on>
  <task-activation-time>2018-10-11T14:42:23.058+02:00</task-activation-time>
  <task-skippable>false</task-skippable>
  <task-workitem-id>1</task-workitem-id>
  <task-process-instance-id>1</task-process-instance-id>
  <task-parent-id>-1</task-parent-id>
  <task-process-id>business-application-kjar.JPAProcess</task-process-id>
  <task-container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</task-container-id>
  <inputData>
    <entry>
      <key>TaskName</key>
      <value xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="xs:string">Task</value>
    </entry>
    <entry>
      <key>NodeName</key>
      <value xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="xs:string">Task</value>
    </entry>
    <entry>
      <key>person</key>
      <value xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="person">
        <firstName>WB</firstName>
        <id>1</id>
        <lastName>Admin</lastName>
      </value>
    </entry>
    <entry>
      <key>Skippable</key>
      <value xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="xs:string">false</value>
    </entry>
    <entry>
      <key>ActorId</key>
      <value xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="xs:string">wbadmin</value>
    </entry>
  </inputData>
</task-instance>

Same person JPA entity is available on the task assigned to wbadmin

3.7.4.5. Summary

Congratulations! you have enhanced your business application to take advantage of a JPA entity as shared model between your business assets and service projects. With the power of business automation and JPA you learned how to externalise data managed by automated by business processes.

3.7.4.6. Source code of the tutorial

Here is the complete source code of the tutorial.

3.7.5. Business Application with ElasticSearch

3.7.5.1. What will you do

You will build business application that pushes out information about your business automation (processes, cases, tasks) directly to an ElasticSearch server. You can then use ElasticSearch REST api to perform advanced queries on top of your business data.

3.7.5.2. What do you need

  • About 20 minutes of your time

  • Java (JDK) 8 or later

  • Maven 3.5.x

  • IDE of your choice

  • Access to the Internet

  • Business Central deployed - see single distribution for instructions

3.7.5.3. What should I do
Install ElasticSearch

To get quickly up and running with ElasticSearch, make use of docker images provided by ElasticSearch.

docker pull docker.elastic.co/elasticsearch/elasticsearch:6.4.2

Once pulled, start it with basic settings recommended for development and test.

docker run -p 9200:9200 -p 9300:9300 -e "discovery.type=single-node" docker.elastic.co/elasticsearch/elasticsearch:6.4.2

Wait a bit and your ElasticSearch will be up and running, to verify if it is working as expected, open you browser at http://localhost:9200 and you should see similar content

{
  "name" : "IKXT4Z_",
  "cluster_name" : "docker-cluster",
  "cluster_uuid" : "G7q7D2zgQy6JzLZBCzbtTQ",
  "version" : {
    "number" : "6.4.2",
    "build_flavor" : "default",
    "build_type" : "tar",
    "build_hash" : "04711c2",
    "build_date" : "2018-09-26T13:34:09.098244Z",
    "build_snapshot" : false,
    "lucene_version" : "7.4.0",
    "minimum_wire_compatibility_version" : "5.6.0",
    "minimum_index_compatibility_version" : "5.0.0"
  },
  "tagline" : "You Know, for Search"
}
when prompted for user name and password use elastic/changeme
Build business application

To get started with business applications the easiest way is to generate it. Go to start.jbpm.org and click button Generate default business application.

This will generate and download a business-application.zip file that will consists of three projects

  • business-application-model

  • business-application-kjar

  • business-application-service

Unzip the business-application.zip file into desired location and go into business-application-service directory. There you will find launch scripts (for both linux/unix and windows).

Start Business Central (if not already started) and open your browser at http://localhost:8080/business-central and logon as user wbadmin with password wbadmin

Import your business assets project into Business Central

if not already imported proceed with points below to import business asset project

  • Go into business assets project - business-application-kjar

  • Execute git init

  • Execute git add -A

  • Execute git commit -m "my business assets project"

  • Log in to Business Central and go to projects

  • Select import project and enter the following URL file:///{path to your business application}/business-application-kjar

  • Click import and confirm project to be imported

Create Business Process

In browser where you logged into Business Central go to Projects. You will see your newly imported project named business-application-kjar, go into that project.

  • go into business-application-kjar project

  • click Add asset button

  • select Business Process asset

  • provide name for this asset

  • create your business process

Sample business process could be a single user task that will be assigned to user wbadmin.

Business process - sample
Configure service project to use the ElasticSearch

  • Import business-application-service project into IDE of your choice

  • Add dependency to the jbpm-event-emitters-elasticsearch in your service pom.xml

<dependency>
  <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
  <artifactId>jbpm-event-emitters-elasticsearch</artifactId>
  <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
</dependency>

There are several configuration parameters that define how business application will connect to ElasticSearch server

  • jbpm.addons.event.emitters.elasticsearch.url - location of the ElasticSearch server, defaults to http://localhost:9200

  • jbpm.addons.event.emitters.elasticsearch.date_format - date format to be used for dates defaults to yyyy-MM-dd’T’hh:mm:ss.SSSZ

  • jbpm.addons.event.emitters.elasticsearch.user - optional user name to be used to authenticate in ElasticSearch server

  • jbpm.addons.event.emitters.elasticsearch.password - optional password to be used to authenticate in ElasticSearch server

If the defaults fit your ElasticSearch setup then you don’t need to set any properties in application.properties.

For the default setup we use in this tutorial, user and password need to be set

  • Edit application.properties file (that is located in src/main/resources)

  • Add jbpm.addons.event.emitters.elasticsearch.user=elastic into the file

  • Add jbpm.addons.event.emitters.elasticsearch.password=changeme into the file

Add the same entry into application-dev.properties file
Run the application

At this point all development effort is done, the last remaining thing is to pull back the business assets project into the business-application-kjar project

  • Go to business-application-kjar

  • Execute git remote add origin ssh://wbadmin@localhost:8001/MySpace/business-application-kjar (if not already added)

  • Execute git pull origin master - when prompted enter wbadmin as password

Go to business-application-service directory and launch the application

./launch.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install for Windows

3.7.5.4. Results

Once the build and launch is complete you can open your browser http://localhost:8090 to see your business application up and running.

It presents with a welcome screen that is mainly for verification purpose to illustrate that application started successfully.

You can point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server to see the actual Business Automation capability services

By default all REST endpoints (url pattern /rest/*) are secured and require authentication. Default user that can be used to logon is wbadmin with password wbadmin

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes to see business processes available for execution. You should see just one.

Execute business process

You can execute business process via REST api exposed by your business application (in fact by Business Automation capability).

URL: http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes/{processid}/instances

HTTP method: POST

HTTP headers:

  • Accept: application/json

  • Content-Type: application/json

Body:

{
  "name":"wbadmin",
  "age":25
}

{processid} needs to be replaced with actual process id that is returned from the endpoint http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes

Remember that endpoints are protected so make sure you provide user name and password when making the request.

Once executed you can verify the integration with ElasticSearch simply by pointing your browser to http://localhost:9200/processes/_search?pretty=true and the result should be as follows

{
  "took" : 1,
  "timed_out" : false,
  "_shards" : {
    "total" : 5,
    "successful" : 5,
    "skipped" : 0,
    "failed" : 0
  },
  "hits" : {
    "total" : 1,
    "max_score" : 1.0,
    "hits" : [
      {
        "_index" : "processes",
        "_type" : "process",
        "_id" : "business-application-service-dev_1",
        "_score" : 1.0,
        "_source" : {
          "compositeId" : "business-application-service-dev_1",
          "id" : 1,
          "processId" : "usertaskprocess",
          "processName" : "usertaskprocess",
          "processVersion" : "1.0",
          "state" : 1,
          "containerId" : "business-application-kjar_1.0-SNAPSHOT",
          "initiator" : "wbadmin",
          "date" : "2018-10-25T02:41:55.205+0200",
          "processInstanceDescription" : "usertaskprocess",
          "correlationKey" : "1",
          "parentId" : -1,
          "variables" : {
            "initiator" : "wbadmin",
            "name" : "wbadmin",
            "age" : 25
          }
        }
      }
    ]
  }
}

and to see user tasks stored in ElasticSearch point your browser to http://localhost:9200/tasks/_search?pretty=true

{
  "took" : 1,
  "timed_out" : false,
  "_shards" : {
    "total" : 5,
    "successful" : 5,
    "skipped" : 0,
    "failed" : 0
  },
  "hits" : {
    "total" : 1,
    "max_score" : 1.0,
    "hits" : [
      {
        "_index" : "tasks",
        "_type" : "task",
        "_id" : "business-application-service-dev_1",
        "_score" : 1.0,
        "_source" : {
          "compositeId" : "business-application-service-dev_1",
          "id" : 1,
          "priority" : 8,
          "name" : "Complete me",
          "subject" : "TaskSubject",
          "description" : "Here is a task for wbadmin",
          "taskType" : null,
          "formName" : "CompleteMe",
          "status" : "Reserved",
          "actualOwner" : "wbadmin",
          "createdBy" : "wbadmin",
          "createdOn" : "2018-10-25T02:41:54.942+0200",
          "activationTime" : "2018-10-25T02:41:54.942+0200",
          "expirationDate" : null,
          "skipable" : false,
          "workItemId" : 1,
          "processInstanceId" : 1,
          "parentId" : -1,
          "processId" : "usertaskprocess",
          "containerId" : "business-application-kjar_1.0-SNAPSHOT",
          "potentialOwners" : [
            "wbadmin"
          ],
          "excludedOwners" : [ ],
          "businessAdmins" : [
            "Administrator",
            "Administrators"
          ],
          "inputData" : {
            "Comment" : "TaskSubject",
            "Description" : "Here is a task for wbadmin",
            "TaskName" : "CompleteMe",
            "NodeName" : "Complete me",
            "Priority" : "8",
            "name" : "wbadmin",
            "Skippable" : "false",
            "ActorId" : "wbadmin",
            "age" : 25
          },
          "outputData" : null
        }
      }
    ]
  }
}

When you complete a task or abort a process instance data in ElasticSearch will be immediately updated.

{
  "took" : 1,
  "timed_out" : false,
  "_shards" : {
    "total" : 5,
    "successful" : 5,
    "skipped" : 0,
    "failed" : 0
  },
  "hits" : {
    "total" : 1,
    "max_score" : 1.0,
    "hits" : [
      {
        "_index" : "processes",
        "_type" : "process",
        "_id" : "business-application-service-dev_2",
        "_score" : 1.0,
        "_source" : {
          "compositeId" : "business-application-service-dev_2",
          "id" : 2,
          "processId" : "usertaskprocess",
          "processName" : "usertaskprocess",
          "processVersion" : "1.0",
          "state" : 3,
          "containerId" : "business-application-kjar_1.0-SNAPSHOT",
          "initiator" : "wbadmin",
          "date" : "2018-10-25T03:01:02.557+0200",
          "processInstanceDescription" : "usertaskprocess",
          "correlationKey" : "2",
          "parentId" : -1,
          "variables" : {
            "initiator" : "wbadmin",
            "name" : "bartek",
            "age" : 5
          }
        }
      }
    ]
  }
}
3.7.5.5. Summary

Congratulations! you have integrated your business application with ElasticSearch. Now you can take advantage of all the good things ElasticSearch provides you with such as full text search by process variables, task assignees, case participants and more.

3.7.5.6. Source code of the tutorial

Here is the complete source code of the tutorial.

3.7.6. Business Application with JMS

3.7.6.1. What will you do

You will build business application that uses JMS to send information between your business processes. It combines process logic and messaging to provide comprehensive solution to common problems such as - how to notify other participants of particular event.

3.7.6.2. What do you need

  • About 20 minutes of your time

  • Java (JDK) 8 or later

  • Maven 3.5.x

  • IDE of your choice

  • Access to the Internet

  • Business Central deployed - see single distribution for instructions

3.7.6.3. What should I do
Install Apache Artemis

Download and unzip Apache Artemis distribution. Refer to the location where you unzip it as ${ARTEMIS_HOME}.

Once downloaded, navigate to the location where you want to store your broker data and create new broker

${ARTEMIS_HOME}/bin/artemis create business-app-broker

You will be prompted for some required information during creation, that should look like this

Creating ActiveMQ Artemis instance at: /.../business-app-broker

--user: is a mandatory property!
Please provide the default username:
admin

--password: is mandatory with this configuration:
Please provide the default password:


--allow-anonymous | --require-login: is a mandatory property!
Allow anonymous access?, valid values are Y,N,True,False
Y

Next, start the broker instance, go to business-app-broker/bin and issue following command

./artemis run

Open your browser at http://localhost:8161/console to logon to management console of Apache Artemis with user name and password provided at the time you created the broker.

For more detailed instruction on how to configure Apache Artemis visit its website

Last step in configuring JMS service is to create a queue (or an address as it’s called in Apache Artemis).

Once logged into Management Console

  • Go to Artemis in the menu

  • Expand the tree view and click addresses

  • On right hand side click Create

  • Create new address with name ExternalSignalQueue

  • Select Anycast

All steps are done for installing and configuring Apache Artemis for this tutorial.

Build business application

To get started with business applications the easiest way is to generate it. Go to start.jbpm.org and click button Generate default business application.

This will generate and download a business-application.zip file that will consists of three projects

  • business-application-model

  • business-application-kjar

  • business-application-service

Unzip the business-application.zip file into desired location and go into business-application-service directory. There you will find launch scripts (for both linux/unix and windows).

Start Business Central (if not already started) and open your browser at http://localhost:8080/business-central and logon as user wbadmin with password wbadmin

Import your business assets project into Business Central

if not already imported proceed with points below to import business asset project

  • Go into business assets project - business-application-kjar

  • Execute git init

  • Execute git add -A

  • Execute git commit -m "my business assets project"

  • Log in to Business Central and go to projects

  • Select import project and enter the following URL file:///{path to your business application}/business-application-kjar

  • Click import and confirm project to be imported

Create Business Processes

In browser where you logged into Business Central go to Projects. You will see your newly imported project named business-application-kjar, go into that project.

  • go into business-application-kjar project

  • click Add asset button

  • select Business Process asset

  • provide name for this asset (throwsignalprocess)

  • create your business process

Sample business process should be a single script task and end signal event. Signal event should use external scope and define a signal IamDone

Business process - sample

Process should define single process variable input that is then mapped as data output of the end event.

Business process - sample

Next create another business process that will receive that signal.

  • go into business-application-kjar project

  • click Add asset button

  • select Business Process asset

  • provide name for this asset (catchsignalprocess)

  • create your business process

Sample business process should be a signal catch event and single user task assigned to wbadmin. The catch signal event should use the signal same as throwing one and that is IamDone

Business process - sample

Process should define single process variable data that is then mapped as data input of the catch event.

Business process - sample
Configure service project to use the Apache Artemis

  • Import business-application-service project into IDE of your choice

  • Add dependency to the spring-boot-starter-artemis in your service pom.xml

<dependency>
  <groupId>org.springframework.boot</groupId>
  <artifactId>spring-boot-starter-artemis</artifactId>
</dependency>

  • Add dependency to the jbpm-workitems-jms in your service pom.xml

<dependency>
  <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
  <artifactId>jbpm-workitems-jms</artifactId>
  <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
</dependency>

There are several configuration parameters that define how business application will connect to Apache Artemis

  • Edit application.properties file (that is located in src/main/resources)

spring.artemis.mode=native
spring.artemis.host=localhost
spring.artemis.port=61616
spring.artemis.user=admin
spring.artemis.password=admin
Use the user credentials you provided when creating the broker in the configuration
Add the same entry into application-dev.properties file
Develop JMS components of your Business Application

First of all, you need to enable jms on the service level.

  • Open Application class (located in src/main/java/com/company/service directory)

  • Add @EnableJms on the class level (next to @SpringBootApplication)

Then create a new class that will be responsible for sending signals over JMS. This will be really small extension to out of the box JMS work item handler. ConfiguredJMSSendTaskWorkItemHandler needs to extend org.jbpm.process.workitem.jms.JMSSendTaskWorkItemHandler and this is where the most of the logic comes from.

This class needs to autowire

  • ConnectionFactory - used to connect to Apache Artemis

  • JmsTemplate - used to send messages

Overload executeWorkItem method to take advantage of JmsTemplate instead of direct JMS API.

Last but not least, annotate the class with @Component annotation so it will be automatically registered as work item handler. Below is the complete source code of the handler implementation.

package com.company.service.jms;

import javax.jms.ConnectionFactory;

import org.jbpm.process.workitem.jms.JMSSendTaskWorkItemHandler;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItem;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItemManager;
import org.springframework.jms.core.JmsTemplate;
import org.springframework.stereotype.Component;

@Component("External Send Task")
public class ConfiguredJMSSendTaskWorkItemHandler extends JMSSendTaskWorkItemHandler {

    private JmsTemplate jmsTemplate;

    public ConfiguredJMSSendTaskWorkItemHandler(ConnectionFactory connectionFactory, JmsTemplate jmsTemplate) {
        super(connectionFactory, null);
        this.jmsTemplate = jmsTemplate;
    }

    @Override
    public void executeWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {
        try {
            jmsTemplate.send("ExternalSignalQueue", (session) -> createMessage(workItem, session));
            manager.completeWorkItem(workItem.getId(), null);
        } catch (Exception e) {
            handleException(e);
        }
    }
}

Last development activity is to create the message receiver. This is even easier than sender as there is out of the box receiver from jBPM - org.jbpm.process.workitem.jms.JMSSignalReceiver

package com.company.service.jms;

import javax.jms.BytesMessage;

import org.jbpm.process.workitem.jms.JMSSignalReceiver;
import org.springframework.jms.annotation.JmsListener;
import org.springframework.stereotype.Component;

@Component
public class ReceiveJMSEvents extends JMSSignalReceiver {

    @JmsListener(destination = "ExternalSignalQueue")
    public void processMessage(BytesMessage content) {
        super.onMessage(content);
    }

}

And that’s it, you’re all set to communicate between business processes via JMS.

Run the application

At this point all development effort is done, the last remaining thing is to pull back the business assets project into the business-application-kjar project

  • Go to business-application-kjar

  • Execute git remote add origin ssh://wbadmin@localhost:8001/MySpace/business-application-kjar (if not already added)

  • Execute git pull origin master - when prompted enter wbadmin as password

Go to business-application-service directory and launch the application

./launch.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install for Windows

3.7.6.4. Results

Once the build and launch is complete you can open your browser http://localhost:8090 to see your business application up and running.

It presents with a welcome screen that is mainly for verification purpose to illustrate that application started successfully.

You can point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server to see the actual Business Automation capability services

By default all REST endpoints (url pattern /rest/*) are secured and require authentication. Default user that can be used to logon is wbadmin with password wbadmin

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes to see business processes available for execution. You should see two processes:

  • catchsignalprocess

  • throwsignalprocess

Execute business process

You can execute business process via REST api exposed by your business application (in fact by Business Automation capability).

First start process instance that will wait for a signal

URL: http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes/catchsignalprocess/instances

HTTP method: POST

HTTP headers:

  • Accept: application/json

  • Content-Type: application/json

And then start process instance that will throw (send) signal via JMS

URL: http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/processes/throwsignalprocess/instances

HTTP method: POST

HTTP headers:

  • Accept: application/json

  • Content-Type: application/json

Body:

{
  "input":"hello"
}
Remember that endpoints are protected so make sure you provide user name and password when making the request.

Verify that there is a user task assigned to wbadmin user with information coming from second process instance - hello

Execute business process from Business Central UI

Stop the application if it’s running.

Go to business-application-service directory and launch the application in development mode

./launch-dev.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch-dev.bat clean install for Windows

this will connect your business application to Business Central so can be administered from within its UI.

Go to Business Central in the browser and navigate to servers (from the home screen).

Let’s deploy the business-application-kjar to our running application.

  • Go to projects from home screen of Business Central

  • Go into business-application-kjar project

  • Click Deploy button

  • Make sure that Server configuration is set to business-application-service-dev and click ok

The project should be successfully deployed and you can examine that state by going back to servers from home screen.

Next, go to process definitions (in Manage section of the Home screen) and select server configuration (top right corner) - again it should be business-application-service-dev the list of available process definition will be loaded and you should see your single process definitions from the project business-application-kjar.

First start process instance that will wait for a signal (catchsignalprocess), then start process instance that will throw (send) signal via JMS (throwsignalprocess). When starting second process specify the input you want to send together with signal.

Go to Task inbox from home screen to see that task is created with input provided on the second process instance.

3.7.6.5. Summary

Congratulations! you have integrated your business application with JMS. Moreover, you made business processes to talk to each other (over signals). This allows you to build more advanced interactions based on your business logic.

3.7.6.6. Source code of the tutorial

Here is the complete source code of the tutorial.

3.7.7. Business Application with Dynamic Assets

3.7.7.1. What will you do

You will enhance your business application with some dynamic assets that allow more adaptive approach to business logic compared with structured business processes.

Next execute these dynamic assets

  • via REST api of your business application

  • via jBPM Case Management showcase

3.7.7.2. What do you need

  • About 15 minutes of your time

  • Java (JDK) 8 or later

  • Maven 3.5.x

  • Access to the Internet

  • Business Central deployed - see single distribution for instructions

3.7.7.3. What should I do

To get started with business applications the easiest way is to generate it. Go to start.jbpm.org and click button Configure your business application.

Business process - sample

  • First step: Select Business Automation (selected by default)

  • Second step: Provide details for your business application

  • Third step: Select Dynamic Assets, Data Model and Service projects

  • Click Generate business application button

Start Business Central (if not already started) and open your browser at http://localhost:8080/business-central and logon as user wbadmin with password wbadmin

Import your business assets project into Business Central

  • Go into business assets project - business-application-kjar

  • Execute git init

  • Execute git add -A

  • Execute git commit -m "my business assets project"

  • Log in to Business Central and go to projects

  • Select import project and enter the following URL file:///{path to your business application}/business-application-kjar

  • Click import and confirm project to be imported

Create Dynamic Asset - Case definition

In browser where you logged into Business Central go to Projects. You will see your newly imported project named business-application-kjar.

  • go into business-application-kjar project

  • click Add asset button

  • select Case definition asset

  • provide name for this asset e.g. myfirstcase

  • optionally you can provide prefix for case ids - if not given it will default to CASE-XXX where XXX is generated number

  • create your case definition

Case definition is designed in the so-called legacy process designer.

You can now create your dynamic case definition that does not have to have connected process activities.

Sample case definition could be a two user tasks that will be assigned to user wbadmin and not connected to anything else.

Case definition - sample

This sample case definition consists of two user tasks

  • Dynamic User Task

  • Another task that is started automatically

Both of them are assigned to wbadmin user although only one (second) will be created automatically when case instance is created. This is because it is marked as autostart and thus will be directly created.

The first one can be dynamically created on ad hoc basis.

Pull back your business assets to business application source code

  • Go to business-application-kjar

  • Execute git remote add origin ssh://wbadmin@localhost:8001/MySpace/business-application-kjar

  • Execute git pull origin master - when prompted enter wbadmin as password

Go to business-application-service directory and launch the application

./launch.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch.bat clean install for Windows

3.7.7.4. Results

Once the build and launch is complete you can open your browser http://localhost:8090

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers to see that your business assets project has been properly deployed and is running.

By default all REST endpoints (url pattern /rest/*) are secured and require authentication. Default user that can be used to logon is wbadmin with password wbadmin

Next, point the browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/cases/definitions to see dynamic assets (cases) available for execution.

Execute business process

You can execute business process via REST api exposed by your business application (in fact by Business Automation capability).

URL: http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/cases/{casedefid}/instances HTTP method: POST

HTTP headers can be set to change the format of data returned

  • Accept: application/json for JSON format

  • Accept: application/xml for XML (JAXB based) format

  • X-KIE-ContentType: XSTREAM for XML (XStream based) format

{casedefid} needs to be replaced with actual case definition id that is returned from the endpoint http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/cases/definitions

Remember that endpoints are protected so make sure you provide user name and password when making the request.

In response to this request, a case instance id should be returned.

<string-type>
    <value>CASE-0000000001</value>
</string-type>

You can examine details of that case instance by pointing your browser to http://localhost:8090/rest/server/containers/business-application-kjar/cases/instances/CASE-0000000001

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<case-instance>
    <case-id>CASE-0000000001</case-id>
    <case-description>myfirstcase</case-description>
    <case-owner>wbadmin</case-owner>
    <case-status>1</case-status>
    <case-definition-id>myfirstcase</case-definition-id>
    <container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</container-id>
    <case-started-at>2018-10-30T09:54:45.747+01:00</case-started-at>
    <case-completion-msg></case-completion-msg>
    <case-sla-compliance>0</case-sla-compliance>
</case-instance>

Load tasks for given case instance that are assigned to wbadmin user

http://localhost:8090/rest/server/queries/cases/instances/CASE-0000000001/tasks/instances/pot-owners

you should see second task from case definition

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<task-summary-list>
    <task-summary>
        <task-id>1</task-id>
        <task-name>Another task that is started automatically</task-name>
        <task-subject></task-subject>
        <task-description></task-description>
        <task-status>Reserved</task-status>
        <task-priority>0</task-priority>
        <task-is-skipable>true</task-is-skipable>
        <task-actual-owner>wbadmin</task-actual-owner>
        <task-created-by>wbadmin</task-created-by>
        <task-created-on>2018-10-30T09:54:45.790+01:00</task-created-on>
        <task-activation-time>2018-10-30T09:54:45.790+01:00</task-activation-time>
        <task-proc-inst-id>1</task-proc-inst-id>
        <task-proc-def-id>myfirstcase</task-proc-def-id>
        <task-container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</task-container-id>
        <task-parent-id>-1</task-parent-id>
    </task-summary>
</task-summary-list>

You can trigger dynamically the other user task by issuing request to

Optionally you can send data as payload of the request.

Load tasks again for given case instance that are assigned to wbadmin user

http://localhost:8090/rest/server/queries/cases/instances/CASE-0000000001/tasks/instances/pot-owners

you should see both tasks from case definition

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<task-summary-list>
    <task-summary>
        <task-id>1</task-id>
        <task-name>Another task that is started automatically</task-name>
        <task-subject></task-subject>
        <task-description></task-description>
        <task-status>Reserved</task-status>
        <task-priority>0</task-priority>
        <task-is-skipable>true</task-is-skipable>
        <task-actual-owner>wbadmin</task-actual-owner>
        <task-created-by>wbadmin</task-created-by>
        <task-created-on>2018-10-30T09:54:45.790+01:00</task-created-on>
        <task-activation-time>2018-10-30T09:54:45.790+01:00</task-activation-time>
        <task-proc-inst-id>1</task-proc-inst-id>
        <task-proc-def-id>myfirstcase</task-proc-def-id>
        <task-container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</task-container-id>
        <task-parent-id>-1</task-parent-id>
    </task-summary>
    <task-summary>
        <task-id>3</task-id>
        <task-name>Dynamic User Task</task-name>
        <task-subject></task-subject>
        <task-description></task-description>
        <task-status>Reserved</task-status>
        <task-priority>0</task-priority>
        <task-is-skipable>true</task-is-skipable>
        <task-actual-owner>wbadmin</task-actual-owner>
        <task-created-by>wbadmin</task-created-by>
        <task-created-on>2018-10-30T10:08:01.257+01:00</task-created-on>
        <task-activation-time>2018-10-30T10:08:01.257+01:00</task-activation-time>
        <task-proc-inst-id>1</task-proc-inst-id>
        <task-proc-def-id>myfirstcase</task-proc-def-id>
        <task-container-id>business-application-kjar-1_0-SNAPSHOT</task-container-id>
        <task-parent-id>-1</task-parent-id>
    </task-summary>
</task-summary-list>
Execute business process from jBPM Case Management Showcase

There is a need to repoint the jBPM Case Management Showcase application to use business application instead of the KIE Server bundled with single zip distribution of jBPM. To do so, edit standalone.xml file of jbpm server (JBPM_SERVER/standalone/configuration) and change the value of org.kie.server.location system property

<property name="org.kie.server.location" value="http://localhost:8090/rest/server"/>

Once done, restart jBPM server.

Stop the application if it’s running.

Go to business-application-service directory and launch the application in development mode

./launch-dev.sh clean install for Linux/Unix

./launch-dev.bat clean install for Windows

this will connect your business application to Business Central so can be administered from within its UI.

Go to Business Central in the browser and navigate to servers (from the home screen).

tutorial 7 empty server

As you can see the business-application-service Dev is there and connected. Although it does not have any kjars deployed. This is because it’s now running in managed mode meaning it’s Business Central that decides what kjars it should run.

So let’s deploy the business-application-kjar to our running application.

  • Go to projects from home screen of Business Central

  • Go into business-application-kjar project

  • Click Deploy button

  • Make sure that Server configuration is set to business-application-service-dev and click ok

The project should be successfully deployed and you can examine that state by going back to servers from home screen.

Next, go to process definitions (in Manage section of the Home screen) and select server configuration (top right corner) - again it should be business-application-service-dev the list of available process definition will be loaded and you should see your single case definition from the project business-application-kjar.

tutorial 7 process defs

Examine details of that case definition by clicking on the row in the table. Switch to Diagram tab to see the visual representation of your case definition.

Business Central does not allow to start case instances and thus you need to switch to Case Management showcase application. It is accessible from the Apps launcher icon (top right corner) next to logout button.

Launch the application and login with wbadmin. Once logged in you can start a new case instance.

tutorial 7 case app

Go into newly started case instance by clicking on the row of the active cases list.

tutorial 7 case instance

From there you can start a new instance of Dynamic User Task as the other one is already there.

3.7.7.5. Summary

Congratulations! you have enhanced your business application to take advantage of dynamic and adaptive business assets that allow to do much more than structured processes. You could see how easy it is to add additional user tasks and that’s just the beginning.

3.7.7.6. Source code of the tutorial

Here is the complete source code of the tutorial.

4. jBPM Installer

4.1. Prerequisites

This script assumes you have Java JDK 1.8+ (set as JAVA_HOME), and Ant 1.9+ installed. If you don’t, use the following links to download and install them:

Java: http://java.sun.com/javase/downloads/index.jsp

Ant: http://ant.apache.org/bindownload.cgi

To check whether Java and Ant are installed correctly, type the following commands inside a command prompt:

java -version

ant -version

This should return information about which version of Java and Ant you are currently using.

4.2. Downloading the Installer

First of all, you need to download the installer and unzip it on your local file system. There are two versions

  • full installer - already contains a lot of the dependencies that are necessary during the installation

  • minimal installer - contains only the installer and will download all required dependencies on the fly

In general, it is probably best to download the full installer: jBPM-7.45.0.Final-installer-full.zip

You can also download the latest build (only for the minimal installer).

4.3. Demo Setup

The easiest way to get started is to simply run the installation script to install the demo setup. The demo install will setup all the web tooling (on top of WildFly) and Eclipse tooling in a pre-configured setup. Go into the jbpm-installer folder where you unzipped the installer and (from a command prompt) run:

ant install.demo

This will:

  • Download WildFly application server

  • Configure and deploy a process execution server

  • Configure and deploy Business Central

  • Configure and deploy the case management application

  • Download Eclipse

  • Install the Drools and jBPM Eclipse plugin

  • Install the Eclipse BPMN 2.0 Modeler

Running this command could take a while (REALLY, not kidding, we are for example downloading an Eclipse installation, even if you downloaded the full installer, specifically for your operating system).

The script always shows which file it is downloading (you could for example check whether it is still downloading by checking whether the size of the file in question in the jbpm-installer/lib folder is still increasing). If you want to avoid downloading specific components (because you will not be using them or you already have them installed somewhere else), check below for running only specific parts of the demo or directing the installer to an already installed component.

Once the demo setup has finished, you can start playing with the various components by starting the demo setup:

ant start.demo

This will:

  • Start H2 database server

  • Start WildFly application server

  • Start Eclipse

Now wait until the process management console comes up:

http://localhost:8080/business-central

The case management UI will be available on:

http://localhost:8080/jbpm-casemgmt

It could take a minute to start up the application server and web application. If the web page doesn’t show up after a while, make sure you don’t have a firewall blocking that port, or another application already using the port 8080. You can always take a look at the server log {jbpm-installer-folder}/wildfly-{version}/standalone/log/server.log

Once everything is started, you can start playing with the Eclipse and web tooling, as explained in the following sections.

If you only want to try out the web tooling and do not wish to download and install the Eclipse tooling, you can use these alternative commands:

ant install.demo.noeclipse
ant start.demo.noeclipse

Similarly, if you only want to try out the Eclipse tooling and do not wish to download and install the web tooling, you can use these alternative commands:

ant install.demo.eclipse
ant start.demo.eclipse

Now continue with the 10-minute tutorials. Once you’re done playing and you want to shut down the demo setup, you can use:

ant stop.demo

If at any point in time would like to start over with a clean demo setup - meaning all changes you did inside the web tooling and/or saved in the database will be lost, you can run the following command (after which you can run the installer again from scratch, note that this cannot be undone):

ant clean.demo

4.4. 10-Minute Tutorial using Business Central

Open up the process management console:

http://localhost:8080/business-central

It could take a minute to start up the application server and web application. If the web page doesn’t show up after a while, make sure you don’t have a firewall blocking that port, or another application already using the port 8080. You can always take a look at the server log {jbpm-installer-folder}/wildfly-{version}/standalone/log/server.log

Log in, using krisv / krisv as user name / password.

Using a prebuilt Evaluation example, the following screencast gives an overview of how to manage your process instances. It shows you:

  • How to log in to Business Central

  • How to import an existing example project and build and deploy it

  • How to start a new process instance

  • How to look up the current status of a running process instance

  • How to look up your tasks

  • How to complete a task

  • How to look at reports to monitor your process execution

    ScreencastConsole

Business Central supports the entire life cycle of your business processes: authoring, deployment, process management, tasks and dashboards.

  • The project authoring page allows you to look at existing repositories, where each project can contain business processes (but also business rules, data models, forms, etc.). It allows you to create your own project, or you could import an existing example to take a look at.

    • In this screencast, we start by importing the Evaluation project

  • The project explorer shows all available artifacts:

    • evaluation: business process describing the evaluation process as a sequence of tasks

    • evaluation-taskform: process form to start the evaluation process

    • PerformanceEvaluation-taskform: task form to perform the evaluation tasks

  • To make a process available for execution, you need to successfully build and deploy it first. To do so, open the selected project (in the project authoring page) and click Build & Deploy (top right corner).

  • To manage your process definitions and instances, click the "Process Management" menu option at the top menu bar and select one of the available options depending on you interest:

    • Process Definitions - lists all available process definitions

    • Process Instances - lists all active process instances (allows to show completed, aborted as well by changing filter criteria)

  • The process definitions view allows you to start a new process instance by clicking on the Start button. The process form (as defined in the project) will be shown, where you need to fill in the necessary information to start the process. In this case, you need to fill the user you want to start an evaluation for (for example use "krisv") and a reason for the request, after which you can complete the form. Some details about the process instance that was just started will be shown in the process instance details panel. From there you can access additional details:

    • Process model - to visualize the current state of the process

    • Process variables - to see current values of process variables

    • Documents - documents related to the process instance

    • Logs - overview of all process events for that instance

    The process instance that you just started is first requiring a self-evaluation of the user and is waiting until the user has completed this task.

  • To see the tasks that have been assigned to you, choose the "Tasks" menu option on the top bar. By default, it will show all active tasks, and a "Performance Evaluation" (that was created by the process instance you just started) should be available for you. When you click a task, the task details will be shown, including the task form related to this task. After starting the task, you can fill in the necessary information and complete the task. After completing the task, you could check the "Process Instances" once more to check the progress of your process instance. You should be able to see that the process is now waiting for your HR manager and project manager to also perform an evaluation. You could log in as "john" / "john" and "mary" / "mary" to complete these tasks.

  • After starting and/or completing a few process instances and human tasks, you can generate a report of what has happened so far. Under "Dashboards", select "Process & Task Dashboard". This is a set of predefined charts that allow users to spot what is going on in the system. Charts can be fully customized as well, as explained in the Business Activity Monitoring chapter.

4.5. 10-Minute Tutorial using Eclipse

The following screencast gives an overview of how to use the Eclipse tooling. It shows you:

  • How to import and execute the evaluation sample project

    • Import the evaluation project (included in the jbpm-installer)

    • Open the Evaluation.bpmn process

    • Open the com.sample.ProcessTest Java class

    • Execute the ProcessTest class to run the process

  • How to create a new jBPM project (including sample process and JUnit test)

    ScreencastEclipse

You can import the evaluation project - a sample included in the jbpm-installer - by selecting "File → Import …​", select "Existing Projects into Workspace" and browse to the jbpm-installer/sample/evaluation folder and click "Finish". You can open up the evaluation process and the ProcessTest class. To execute the class, right-click it and select "Run as …​ - Java Application". The console should show how the process was started and how the different actors in the process completed the tasks assigned to them, to complete the process instance.

You could also create a new project using the jBPM project wizard. The sample projects contain a process and an associated Java file to start the process. Select "File - New …​ - Project …​" and under the "jBPM" category and select "jBPM project". Select to create a project with some example files to get you started quickly and click next. Give the project a name. You can choose from a simple HelloWorld example or a slightly more advanced example using persistence and human tasks. If you select the latter and click Finish, you should see a new project containing a "sample.bpmn" process and a "com.sample.ProcessTest" JUnit test class. You can open the BPMN2 process by double-clicking it. To execute the process, right-click ProcessTest.java and select "Run As - Java Application".

4.6. Configuration

4.6.1. Business Central Authentication

The Business Central web application is using the pre-installed other security domain for authenticating and authorizing users (as specified in the WEB-INF/jboss-web.xml inside the WARs).

The application server uses by default property files based realms - Please note that this configuration is intended only for demo purposes (users, roles and passwords are stored in simple property files on the filesystem).

Authentication is configured in the standalone.xml file as follows:

<security-domain name="other" cache-type="default">
    <authentication>
        <login-module code="Remoting" flag="optional">
            <module-option name="password-stacking" value="useFirstPass"/>
        </login-module>
        <login-module code="RealmDirect" flag="required">
            <module-option name="password-stacking" value="useFirstPass"/>
        </login-module>
        <login-module code="org.kie.security.jaas.KieLoginModule" flag="optional" module="deployment.jbpm-console.war"/>
    </authentication>
</security-domain>
<security-realm name="ApplicationRealm">
    <authentication>
        <local default-user="$local" allowed-users="*" skip-group-loading="true"/>
        <properties path="users.properties" relative-to="jboss.server.config.dir"/>
    </authentication>
    <authorization>
        <properties path="roles.properties" relative-to="jboss.server.config.dir"/>
    </authorization>
</security-realm>

These are the default users:

Table 1. Default users
Name Password Business Central roles Task roles

admin

admin

admin,analyst,kiemgmt,rest-all,kie-server

krisv

krisv

admin,analyst,rest-all,kie-server

john

john

analyst,kie-server

Accounting,PM

mary

mary

analyst,kie-server

HR

sales-rep

sales-rep

analyst,kie-server

sales

jack

jack

analyst,kie-server

IT

katy

katy

analyst,kie-server

HR

salaboy

salaboy

admin,analyst,rest-all,kie-server

IT,HR,Accounting

kieserver

kieserver1!

kie-server

Authentication can be customized by using any of the following options:

  • The users and groups management screens on the Business Central web application.

Navigate into the Business Central web application and click the menu Home → Admin and selecting Users.

  • The add-user script that comes by default on Wildfly/EAP.

Example for Linux platforms - run the following command and follow the script instructions:

/bin/sh $JBOSS_HOME/bin/add-user.sh
  --user-properties $JBOSS_HOME/standalone/configuration/users.properties
  --group-properties $JBOSS_HOME/standalone/configuration/roles.properties
  --realm ApplicationRealm

4.6.2. Using your own database with the jBPM installer

4.6.2.1. Introduction

jBPM uses the Java Persistence API specification (v2) to allow users to configure whatever datasource they want to use to persist runtime data. As a result, the instructions below describe how you should configure a datasource when using JPA on JBoss application server (e.g. EAP7 or Wildfly10) using a persistence.xml file and configuring your datasource and driver in your application server’s standalone.xml , similar to how you would configure any other application using JPA on the application server. The installer automates some of this (like copying the right files to the right location after installation).

By default, the jbpm-installer uses an H2 database for persisting runtime data. In this section we will:

  1. modify the persistence settings for runtime persistence of process instance state

  2. test the startup with our new settings!

You will need a local instance of a database, in this case we will use MySQL.

4.6.2.2. Database setup

In the MySQL database used in this quickstart, create a single user:

  • user/schema "jbpm" with password "jbpm" (which will be used to persist all entities)

If you end up using different names for your user/schemas, please make a note of where we insert "jbpm" in the configuration files.

If you want to try this quickstart with another database, a section at the end of this quickstart describes what you may need to modify.

4.6.2.3. Configuration

The following files define the persistence settings for the jbpm-installer demo:

  • jbpm-installer/db/jbpm-persistence-JPA2.xml

  • Application server configuration

    • standalone-*.xml

There are multiple standalone.xml files available (depending on whether you are using JBoss EAP or Wildfly and whether you are running the normal or full profile). The full profile is required to use the JMS component for remote integration, so will be used by default by the installer. Best practice is to update all standalone.xml files to have consistent setup but most important is to have standalone-full-wildfly-{version}.xml properly configured as this is used by default by the installer.

Do the following:

  • Disable H2 default database and enable MySQL database in build.properties

    # default is H2
# H2.version=1.3.168
# db.name=h2
# db.driver.jar.name=${db.name}.jar
# db.driver.download.url=http://repo1.maven.org/maven2/com/h2database/h2/${H2.version}/h2-${H2.version}.jar
#mysql
db.name=mysql
db.driver.module.prefix=com/mysql
db.driver.jar.name=mysql-connector-java-5.1.18.jar
db.driver.download.url=https://repository.jboss.org/nexus/service/local/repositories/central/content/mysql/mysql-connector-java/5.1.18/mysql-connector-java-5.1.18.jar
org.kie.server.persistence.dialect=org.hibernate.dialect.MySQLDialect

    You might want to update the db driver jar name and download url to whatever version of the jar matches your installation. Look to also update the dialect to what matches your installation if needed (for example change to MySQL5Dialect for MySQL 5.x specific features).

  • db/jbpm-persistence-JPA2.xml :

    This is the JPA persistence file that defines the persistence settings used by jBPM for the jBPM engine information, the logging/BAM information, and task service.

    In this file, you will have to change the name of the hibernate dialect used for your database.

    The original line is:

    <property name="hibernate.dialect" value="org.hibernate.dialect.H2Dialect"/>

    In the case of a MySQL database, you need to change it to:

    <property name="hibernate.dialect" value="org.hibernate.dialect.MySQLDialect"/>

    For those of you who decided to use another database, a list of the available hibernate dialect classes can be found here.

  • standalone-full-wildfly-{version}.xml :

    Standalone.xml and standalone-full.xml are the configuration for the standalone JBoss application server. When the installer installs the demo, it copies these files to the standalone/configuration directory in the JBoss server directory. Since the installer uses Wildfly by default as application server, you probably need to change standalone-full-wildfly-{version}.xml .

    We need to change the datasource configuration in standalone-full.xml so that the jBPM engine can use our MySQL database. The original file contains (something very similar to) the following lines:

    <datasource jta="true" jndi-name="java:jboss/datasources/jbpmDS" pool-name="H2DS" enabled="true" use-java-context="true" use-ccm="true">
    <connection-url>jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost/~/jbpm-db;MVCC=TRUE</connection-url>
    <driver>h2</driver>
    <security>
       <user-name>sa</user-name>
    </security>
</datasource>
<drivers>
    <driver name="h2" module="com.h2database.h2">
        <xa-datasource-class>org.h2.jdbcx.JdbcDataSource</xa-datasource-class>
    </driver>
</drivers>

    Change the lines to the following:

    <datasource jta="true" jndi-name="java:jboss/datasources/jbpmDS" pool-name="MySQLDS" enabled="true" use-java-context="true" use-ccm="true">
    <connection-url>jdbc:mysql://localhost:3306/jbpm</connection-url>
    <driver>mysql</driver>
    <security>
       <user-name>jbpm</user-name>
       <password>jbpm</password>
    </security>
</datasource>

    and add an additional driver configuration:

    <driver name="mysql" module="com.mysql">
    <xa-datasource-class>com.mysql.jdbc.jdbc2.optional.MysqlXADataSource</xa-datasource-class>
</driver>

  • To install driver jars in JBoss application server (Wildfly, EAP, etc.), it is recommended to install the driver jar as a module. The installer already takes care of this mostly: it will copy the driver jar (you specified in the build.properties ) to the right folder inside the modules directory of your server and put a matching module.xml next to it. For MySQL, this file is called db/mysql_module.xml . Open this file and make sure that the file name of the driver jar listed there is identical the driver jar name you specified in the build.properties (including the version). Note that, even if you simply uncommented the default MySQL configuration, you will still need to add the right version here.

  • Starting the demo

    We’ve modified all the necessary files at this point. Now would be a good time to make sure your database is started up as well!

    The installer script copies this file into the jbpm-console WAR before the WAR is installed on the server. If you have already run the installer, it is recommended to stop the installer and clean it first using

    ant stop.demo

    and

    ant clean.demo

    before continuing.

    Run

    ant install.demo

    to (re)install the wars and copy the necessary configuration files. Once you’ve done that, (re)start the demo using

    ant start.demo

  • Problems?

    If this isn’t working for you, please try the following:

    • Please double check the files you’ve modified: I wrote this, but still made mistakes when changing files!

    • Please make sure that you don’t secretly have another (unmodified) instance of JBoss AS running.

    • If neither of those work (and you’re using MySQL), then please do let us know.

4.6.2.4. Using a different database

If you decide to use a different database with this demo, you need to remember the following when going through the steps above:

  • Configuring the jBPM datasource in standalone.xml:

    • After locating the java:jboss/datasources/jbpmDS datasource, you need to provide the following properties specific to your database:

      • Change the url of your database

      • Change the user-name and password

      • Change the name of the driver (which you’ll create next)

        For example:

        <datasource jta="true" jndi-name="java:jboss/datasources/jbpmDS" pool-name="PostgreSQLDS" enabled="true" use-java-context="true" use-ccm="true">
    <connection-url>jdbc:postgresql://localhost:5432/jbpm</connection-url>
    <driver>postgresql</driver>
    <security>
        <user-name>jbpm</user-name>
        <password>jbpm</password>
    </security>
</datasource>

    • Add an additional driver configuration:

      • Change the name of the driver to match the name you specified when configuring the datasource in the previous step

      • Change the module of the driver: the database driver jar should be installed as a module (see below) and here you should reference the unique name of the module. Since the installer can take care of automatically generating this module for you (see below), this should match the db.driver.module.prefix property in build.properties (where forward slashes are replaced by a point). In the example below, I used org/postgresql as db.driver.module.prefix which means that I should then use org.postgresql as module name for the driver.

      • Fill in the correct name of the XA datasource class to use.

    For example:

    +

    <driver name="postgresql" module="org.postgresql">
    <xa-datasource-class>org.postgresql.xa.PGXADataSource</xa-datasource-class>
</driver>

  • You need to change the dialect in persistence.xml to the dialect for your database, for example:

    <property name="hibernate.dialect" value="org.hibernate.dialect.PostgreSQLDialect"/>

  • In order to make sure your driver will be correctly installed in the JBoss application server, there are typically multiple options, like install as a module or as a deployment. It is recommended to install the driver as a module for EAP and Wildfly.

    • Install the driver JAR as a module, which is what the install script does.

    • Otherwise, you can modify and install the downloaded JAR as a deployment. In this case you will have to copy the JAR yourself to the standalone/deployments directory.

    If you choose to install driver as JBoss module (recommended), please do the following:

    • In build.properties, disable the default H2 driver properties

      # default is H2
# H2.version=1.3.168
# db.name=h2
# db.driver.jar.name=h2-${H2.version}.jar
# db.driver.download.url=http://repo1.maven.org/maven2/com/h2database/h2/${H2.version}/h2-${H2.version}.jar

    • Uncomment one of the other example configs (mysql or postgresql) or create your own:

      #postgresql
db.name=postgresql
db.driver.module.prefix=org/postgresql
db.driver.jar.name=postgresql-9.1-902.jdbc4.jar
db.driver.download.url=https://repository.jboss.org/nexus/content/repositories/thirdparty-uploads/postgresql/postgresql/9.1-902.jdbc4/postgresql-9.1-902.jdbc4.jar

      • Change the db.name property in build.properties to a name for your database.

      • Change the db.driver.module.prefix property to a name for the module of your driver. Note that this should match the module property when configuring the driver in standalone.xml (where forward slashes in the prefix here are replaced by a point). In the example above, I used org/postgresql as db.driver.module.prefix which means that I should then use org.postgresql as module name for the driver.

      • Change the db.driver.jar.name property to the name of the jar that contains your database driver.

      • Change the db.driver.download.url property to where the driver jar can be downloaded. Alternatively, you could manually download the jar yourself, and place it in the db/drivers folder, using the same name as you specified in the db.driver.jar.name property.

    • Lastly, you’ll have to create the db/${db.name}_module.xml file. As an example you can use db/mysql_module.xml, so just make a copy of it and:

      • Change the name of the module to match the driver module name above

      • Change the name of the module resource path to the name of the db.driver.jar.name property.

    • For example, the top of the file would look like:

<module xmlns="urn:jboss:module:1.0" name="org.postgresql">
   <resources>
     <resource-root path="postgresql-9.1-902.jdbc4.jar"/>
   </resources>

4.6.3. jBPM database schema scripts (DDL scripts)

By default the demo setup makes use of Hibernate auto DDL generation capabilities to build up the complete database schema, including all tables, sequences, etc. This might not always be welcomed (by your database administrator), and thus the installer provides DDL scripts for most popular databases.

Table 2. DDL scripts
Database name Location

db2

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/db2

derby

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/derby

h2

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/h2

hsqldb

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/hsqldb

mysql5

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/mysql5

mysqlinnodb

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/mysqlinnodb

oracle

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/oracle

postgresql

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/postgresql

sqlserver

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/sqlserver

sqlserver2008

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/sqlserver2008

sybase

jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/sybase

DDL scripts are provided for both jBPM and Quartz schemas although Quartz schema DDL script is only required when the timer service should be configured with Quartz database job store. See the section on timers for additional details.

This can be used to initially create the database schema, but it can also serve as the basis for any\ optimization that needs to be applied - such as indexes, etc.

If you use MySQL 5.7 or earlier (MariaDB 10.2.3 or earlier), you also need to run jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/mysql5/mysql-jbpm-amend-auto-increment-procedure.sql

This script creates a procedure for jBPM tables (ProcessInstanceInfo/WorkItemInfo/Task) to protect AUTO_INCREMENT counter. Without the procedure, ID values of those tables could be reset on MySQL/MariaDB restart (https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/8.0/en/innodb-auto-increment-handling.html#innodb-auto-increment-initialization). It would introduce further side effects.

In addition to creating the procedure, you have to call the procedure on MySQL/MariaDB restart. For example,

/etc/my.cnf

init-file=/path/to/mysql-jbpm-amend-auto-increment-call.sql

Write mysql-jbpm-amend-auto-increment-call.sql

call mydatabase.JbpmAmendAutoIncrement;

If you use PostgreSQL with jBPM, you also need to run jbpm-installer/db/ddl-scripts/postgresql/postgresql-jbpm-lo-trigger-clob.sql

This script creates triggers for jBPM tables to protect CLOB references of large objects. Without the triggers, vacuumlo tool (https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/vacuumlo.html) deletes active large objects so causes an issue to jBPM. If you are already running jBPM without the triggers, you also need to run the following SQLs after applying the triggers to protect existing CLOB.

insert into jbpm_active_clob ( loid ) select cast(expression as oid) from booleanexpression where expression is not null;
insert into jbpm_active_clob ( loid ) select cast(body as oid) from email_header where body is not null;
insert into jbpm_active_clob ( loid ) select cast(text as oid) from i18ntext where text is not null;
insert into jbpm_active_clob ( loid ) select cast(text as oid) from task_comment where text is not null;
insert into jbpm_active_clob ( loid ) select cast(qexpression as oid) from querydefinitionstore where qexpression is not null;
insert into jbpm_active_clob ( loid ) select cast(deploymentunit as oid) from deploymentstore where deploymentunit is not null;

4.6.4. jBPM installer script

jBPM installer ant script performs most of the work automatically and usually does not require additional attention but in case it does, here is a list of available targets that might be needed to perform some of the steps manually.

Table 3. jBPM installer available targets
Target Description

clean.db

cleans up database used by jBPM demo (applies only to H2 database)

clean.demo

cleans up entire installation so new installation can be performed

clean.demo.noeclipse

same as clean.demo but does not remove Eclipse

clean.eclipse

removes Eclipse and its workspace

clean.generated.ddl

removes DDL scripts generated if any

clean.jboss

removes application server with all its deployments

clean.jboss.repository

removes repository content for demo setup (guvnor Maven repo, niogit, etc)

download.db.driver

downloads DB driver configured in build.properties

download.ddl.dependencies

downloads all dependencies required to run DDL script generation tool

download.droolsjbpm.eclipse

downloads Drools and jBPM Eclipse plugin

download.eclipse

downloads Eclipse distribution

download.eclipse.gef

downloads Eclipse GEF feature

download.jboss

downloads JBoss Application Server

download.jBPM.bin

downloads jBPM binary distribution (jBPM libs and its dependencies)

download.jBPM.casemgmt

downloads jBPM case management console

download.jBPM.console

downloads jBPM process management console

download.kie.server

downloads jBPM process execution server

install.db.files

installs DB driver as JBoss module

install.demo

installs complete demo environment

install.demo.eclipse

installs Eclipse with all jBPM plugins, no server installation

install.demo.noeclipse

similar to install.demo but skips Eclipse installation

install.droolsjbpm-eclipse.into.eclipse

installs droolsjbpm Eclipse plugin into Eclipse

install.eclipse

install Eclipse IDE

install.jboss

installs JBoss AS

install.jBPM-casemgmt.into.jboss

installs jBPM case management application

install.jBPM-console.into.jboss

installs jBPM process management console

install.kie-server.into.jboss

installs jBPM process execution server

4.7. Frequently Asked Questions

Some common issues are explained below.

  1. What if the installer complains it cannot download component X?

    Are you connected to the Internet? Do you have a firewall turned on? Do you require a proxy? It might be possible that one of the locations we’re downloading the components from is temporarily offline. Try downloading the components manually (possibly from alternate locations) and put them in the jbpm-installer/lib folder.

  2. What if the installer complains it cannot extract / unzip a certain JAR/WAR/zip?

    If your download failed while downloading a component, it is possible that the installer is trying to use an incomplete file. Try deleting the component in question from the jbpm-installer/lib folder and reinstall, so it will be downloaded again.

  3. What if I have been changing my installation (and it no longer works) and I want to start over again with a clean installation?

    You can use ant clean.demo to remove all the installed components, so you end up with a fresh installation again.

  4. I sometimes see exceptions when trying to stop or restart certain services, what should I do?

    If you see errors during shutdown, are you sure the services were still running? If you see exceptions during restart, are you sure the service you started earlier was successfully shutdown? Maybe try killing the services manually if necessary.

  5. Something seems to be going wrong when running Eclipse but I have no idea what. What can I do?

    Always check the consoles for output like error messages or stack traces. You can also check the Eclipse Error Log for exceptions. Try adding an audit logger to your session to figure out what’s happening at runtime, or try debugging your application.

  6. Something seems to be going wrong when running the web-based application like the jbpm-console. What can I do?

    You can check the server log for possible exceptions: jbpm-installer/jboss-as-{version}/standalone/log/server.log (for JBoss AS7).

For all other questions, try contacting the jBPM community as described in the Getting Started chapter.

5. Examples

5.1. Introduction

Business Central provides various sample projects that will help you in getting started with automating business processes. These are bundled together with the application and you can easily try them out by navigating to Design  Projects and clicking on Try Samples.

This section shows the different examples that can be found in the jbpm-playground repository. All these examples are high level and business oriented.

If you want to contribute with these examples please get in touch with any member of the jBPM/Drools Team.

5.2. Importing Projects through Git

To import the Human Resources example, as well as other examples, follow these steps:

  1. Logging in to Business Central

    1. On the command line, change into the $SERVER_HOME/bin/ directory and execute the following command:

      • for Unix environment:

        ./standalone.sh

      • for Windows environment:

        ./standalone.bat

    2. Once your server is up and running, open the following address in a web browser:

      http://localhost:8080/business-central

      This opens the login page.

    3. Log in to Business Central with the user credentials created during installation.

  2. Importing Projects Through Git

    1. Click Design  Projects.

    2. Click Import Project.

      1. If your current space contains at least one project, the Import Project option is available under the dropdown menu in the space menu bar.

    3. In the Import Project dialogue, enter the following information:

      • Repository URL : enter the Git URL you want to import, for example: https://github.com/kiegroup/jbpm-playground.

      • Authentication Options: If the target git repository requires authentication, you can specify the user name and password using the expanded dialog option.

    4. Click Import.

project import

This will import a number of examples into your instance of jBPM.

5.3. Human Resources Example

The Human Resource Example’s use case can be described as follows: A company wants to hire new developers. In this process, three departments (that is the Human resources, IT, and Accounting) are involved. These departments are represented by three users: Katy, Jack, and John respectively.

human resources high level
Business process designed for the Human Resource Example's use caseBusiness Process

Note that only four out of the six defined activities within the business process are User Tasks. User Tasks require human interaction. The other two tasks are Service Tasks, which are automated and connected to other systems.

Each instance of the process will follow certain actions:

  • The human resources team performs the initial interview with the candidate.

  • The IT department team performs the technical interview.

  • Based on the output from the previous two steps, the accounting team creates a job proposal.

  • When the proposal has been drafted, it is automatically sent to the candidate via email.

  • If the candidate accepts the proposal, a new meeting to sign the contract is scheduled.

  • Finally, if the candidate accepts the proposal, the system posts a message about the new hire using Twitter service connector.

Note, that Jack, John, and Katy represent any employee within the company with appropriate role assigned.

5.3.1. The Kie Project: human-resources

To start exploring the project:

  1. Click Design  Projects.

  2. Click Human Resources Kjar Example  hiring.

The asset list page contains the hiring.bpmn2 process and a set of forms for each human task. Click these assets to explore. Notice that different editors open for different types of assets.

human resources hiring bpmn

5.3.2. Building the Human Resources Example

To build the Project:

  1. Click Design  Projects.

  2. Click Human Resources Kjar Example.

  3. Click Deploy.

Deploy creates a new JAR artifact that is deployed to the runtime environment as a new deployment unit.

human resources build and deploy

After successfully building and deploying your project, you can verify its presence in the Execution Servers tab. Click Deploy  Execution Servers to do so.

human resources deployment screen
Figure 7. Deployment Units

When you Deploy a project from the Project Editor, it is deployed using the default configuration which means using the Singleton strategy, the default Kie Base and the default Kie session.

If you want to change these settings, you can make the necessary adjustments on the Settings tab for the specific project. Then, you will be able to set a different strategy, or use a non-default Kie Base or Kie Session. Once you saved your settings you can redeploy the project as a new Deployment Unit.

human resources settings screen
Figure 8. Project Settings

Once your artifact that contains the process definition is deployed, the Process Definition will become available in Manage  Process Definitions.

5.3.3. Create a new Process Instance

To create new process instances:

Click Manage  Process Definitions.

Start your instance:

human resources process definitions
Figure 9. Starting Process Instances

The Process Definitions section contains all the available process definitions in the runtime environment. In order to add new process definitions, build and deploy a new project.

Most processes require additional information to create a new process instance. This is done through forms. For this project, fill in the name of the candidate that is to be interviewed.

When you click Submit, you create a new process instance. This creates the first task, that is available for the Human Resources team. To see the task, you need to logout and log in as a user with the appropriate role assigned, that is someone from the Human Resources.

When you start the process, you can interact with the human tasks. To do so, click Track  Task Inbox.

Note that in order to see the tasks in the task list, you need to belong to specific user groups, for which the task is designed. For example, the HR Interview task is visible only for the members of the HR group, and the Tech Interview Task is visible only to the members of the IT group.

5.4. Examples zip

A zip file of examples can also be downloaded from the downloads page, containing various examples that can be opened in the Eclipse-based Developers Tools. Simply download and unzip the examples artefact and import into your Eclipse workspace.

6. jBPM Version Migration Guide

6.1. Deprecated in jBPM 7

Table 4. Deprecated properties
Property Description jBPM 7 Behavior

jbpm.v5.id.strategy

This property is responsible for how the id value of NodeInstance instances was generated. Setting this property to true meant that the same strategy used in jBPM 5 was still used, even though this (jBPM 5) strategy meant that NodeInstance ids were not unique.

In jBPM 7, this is no longer possible: all NodeInstance id’s are unique.

6.2. Changed in jBPM 7

Table 5. Migration information
Jira Description What to do

https://issues.jboss.org/browse/JBPM-7693

Value of constant DAYS_PER_WEEK in class org.jbpm.process.core.timer.BusinessCalendarImpl was updated to business.days.per.week to correctly reflect its meaning.

Update your code to reflect this change - from old value business.hours.per.week to new value business.days.per.week.

jBPM Core

Using the jBPM Core Engine

7. Core Engine API

7.1. Core engine API for the jBPM engine

The jBPM engine executes business processes. To define the processes, you create business assets, including process definitions and custom tasks.

You can use the Core Engine API to load, execute, and manage processes in the jBPM engine.

Several levels of control are available:

  • At the lowest level, you can directly create a KIE base and a KIE session. A KIE base represents all the assets in a business process. A KIE session is an entity in the jBPM engine that runs instances of a business process. This level provides fine-grained control, but requires explicit declaration and configuration of process instances, task handlers, event handlers, and other jBPM engine entities in your code.

  • You can use the RuntimeManager class to manage sessions and processes. This class provides sessions for required process instances using a configurable strategy. It automatically configures the interaction between the KIE session and task services. It disposes of jBPM engine entities that are no longer necessary, ensuring optimal use of resources. You can use a fluent API to instantiate RuntimeManager with the necessary business assets and to configure its environment.

  • You can use the Services API to manage the execution of processes. For example, the Deployment service deploys business assets into the engine, forming a deployment unit. The Process service runs a process from this deployment unit.

    If you want to embed the jBPM engine in your application, the Services API is the most convenient option, because it hides the internal details of configuring and managing the engine.

  • Finally, you can deploy a KIE Server that loads business assets from KJAR files and runs processes. The KIE Server provides a REST API for loading and managing the processes. You can also use Business Central to manage a KIE Server.

    If you use a KIE Server, you do not need to use the Core Engine API.

For the full reference information for all public jBPM engine API calls, see the Java documentation. Other API classes also exist in the code, but they are internal APIs that can be changed in later versions. Use public APIs in applications that you develop and maintain.

7.2. KIE base and KIE session

A KIE base contains a reference to all process definitions and other assets relevant for a process. The engine uses this KIE base to look up all information for the process, or for several processes, whenever necessary.

You can load assets into a KIE base from various sources, such as a class path, file system, or process repository. Creating a KIE base is a resource-heavy operation, as it involves loading and parsing assets from various sources. You can dynamically modify the KIE base to add or remove process definitions and other assets at run time.

After you create a KIE base, you can instantiate a KIE session based on this KIE base. Use this KIE session to run processes based on the definitions in the KIE base.

When you use the KIE session to start a process, a new process instance is created. This instance maintains a specific process state. Different instances in the same KIE session can use the same process definition but have different states.

KnowledgeBaseAndSession
Figure 10. KIE base and KIE session in the jBPM engine

For example, if you develop an application to process sales orders, you can define one or more process definitions that determine how an order should be processed. When starting the application, you first need to create a KIE base that contains those process definitions. You can then create a session based on this KIE base. When a new sales order comes in, start a new process instance for the order. This process instance contains the state of the process for the specific sales request.

You can create many KIE sessions for the same KIE base and you can create many instances of the process within the same KIE session. Creating a KIE session, and also creating a process instance within the KIE session, uses far fewer resources than creating a KIE base. If you modify a KIE base, all the KIE sessions that use it can use the modifications automatically.

In most simple use cases, you can use a single KIE session to execute all processes. You can also use several sessions if needed. For example, if you want order processing for different customers to be completely independent, you can create a KIE session for each customer. You can also use multiple sessions for scalability reasons.

In typical applications you do not need to create a KIE base or KIE session directly. However, when you use other levels of the jBPM engine API, you can interact with elements of the API that this level defines.

7.2.1. KIE base

The KIE base includes all process definitions and other assets that your application might need to execute a business process.

To create a KIE base, use a KieHelper to load processes from various resources, such as the class path or the file system, and to create a new KIE base.

The following code snippet shows how to create a KIE base consisting of only one process definition, which is loaded from from the class path.

Creating a KIE base containing one process definition
  KieHelper kieHelper = new KieHelper();
  KieBase kieBase = kieHelper
                    .addResource(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("MyProcess.bpmn"))
                    .build();

The ResourceFactory class has similar methods to load resources from a file, a URL, an InputStream, a Reader, and other sources.

This "manual" process of creating a KIE base is simpler than other alernatives, but can make an application hard to maintain. Use other methods of creating a KIE base, such as the RuntimeManager class or the Services API, for applications that you expect to develop and maintain over long periods of time.

7.2.2. KIE session

After creating and loading the KIE base, you can create a KIE session to interact with the jBPM engine. You can use this session to start and manage processes and to signal events.

The following code snippet creates a session based on the KIE base that you created previously and then starts a process instance, referencing the ID in the process definition.

Creating a KIE session and starting a process instance
KieSession ksession = kbase.newKieSession();
ProcessInstance processInstance = ksession.startProcess("com.sample.MyProcess");

7.2.3. ProcessRuntime interface

The KieSession class exposes the ProcessRuntime interface, which defines all the session methods for interacting with processes, as the following definition shows.

Definition of the ProcessRuntime interface
  /**
	 * Start a new process instance.  Use the process (definition) that
	 * is referenced by the given process id.
	 *
	 * @param processId  The id of the process to start
	 * @return the ProcessInstance that represents the instance of the process that was started
	 */
    ProcessInstance startProcess(String processId);

    /**
	 * Start a new process instance.  Use the process (definition) that
	 * is referenced by the given process id.  You can pass parameters
	 * to the process instance as name-value pairs, and these parameters set
	 * variables of the process instance.
   *
	 * @param processId  the id of the process to start
   * @param parameters  the process variables to set when starting the process instance
	 * @return the ProcessInstance that represents the instance of the process that was started
     */
    ProcessInstance startProcess(String processId,
                                 Map<String, Object> parameters);

    /**
     * Signals the jBPM engine that an event has occurred. The type parameter defines
     * which type of event and the event parameter can contain additional information
     * related to the event.  All process instances that are listening to this type
     * of (external) event will be notified.  For performance reasons, this type of event
     * signaling should only be used if one process instance should be able to notify
     * other process instances. For internal event within one process instance, use the
     * signalEvent method that also include the processInstanceId of the process instance
     * in question.
     *
     * @param type the type of event
     * @param event the data associated with this event
     */
    void signalEvent(String type,
                     Object event);

    /**
     * Signals the process instance that an event has occurred. The type parameter defines
     * which type of event and the event parameter can contain additional information
     * related to the event.  All node instances inside the given process instance that
     * are listening to this type of (internal) event will be notified.  Note that the event
     * will only be processed inside the given process instance.  All other process instances
     * waiting for this type of event will not be notified.
     *
     * @param type the type of event
     * @param event the data associated with this event
     * @param processInstanceId the id of the process instance that should be signaled
     */
    void signalEvent(String type,
                     Object event,
                     long processInstanceId);

    /**
     * Returns a collection of currently active process instances.  Note that only process
     * instances that are currently loaded and active inside the jBPM engine will be returned.
     * When using persistence, it is likely not all running process instances will be loaded
     * as their state will be stored persistently.  It is recommended not to use this
     * method to collect information about the state of your process instances but to use
     * a history log for that purpose.
     *
     * @return a collection of process instances currently active in the session
     */
    Collection<ProcessInstance> getProcessInstances();

    /**
     * Returns the process instance with the given id.  Note that only active process instances
     * will be returned.  If a process instance has been completed already, this method will return
     * null.
     *
     * @param id the id of the process instance
     * @return the process instance with the given id or null if it cannot be found
     */
    ProcessInstance getProcessInstance(long processInstanceId);

    /**
     * Aborts the process instance with the given id.  If the process instance has been completed
     * (or aborted), or the process instance cannot be found, this method will throw an
     * IllegalArgumentException.
     *
     * @param id the id of the process instance
     */
    void abortProcessInstance(long processInstanceId);

    /**
     * Returns the WorkItemManager related to this session.  This can be used to
     * register new WorkItemHandlers or to complete (or abort) WorkItems.
     *
     * @return the WorkItemManager related to this session
     */
    WorkItemManager getWorkItemManager();

7.2.4. Correlation Keys

When working with processes, you might need to assign a business identifier to a process instance and then use the identifier to reference the instance without storing the generated instance ID.

To provide such capabilities, the jBPM engine uses the CorrelationKey interface, which can define CorrelationProperties. A class that implements CorrelationKey can have either a single property describing it or a multi-property set. The value of the property or a combination of values of several properties refer to a unique instance.

KieSession implements the CorrelationAwareProcessRuntime interface to support correlation capabilities. This interface exposes the following methods:

Methods of the CorrelationAwareProcessRuntime interface
      /**
      * Start a new process instance.  Use the process (definition) that
      * is referenced by the given process id.  You can pass parameters
      * to the process instance (as name-value pairs), and these parameters set
      * variables of the process instance.
      *
      * @param processId  the id of the process to start
      * @param correlationKey custom correlation key that can be used to identify the process instance
      * @param parameters  the process variables to set when starting the process instance
      * @return the ProcessInstance that represents the instance of the process that was started
      */
      ProcessInstance startProcess(String processId, CorrelationKey correlationKey, Map<String, Object> parameters);

      /**
      * Create a new process instance (but do not yet start it).  Use the process
      * (definition) that is referenced by the given process id.
      * You can pass to the process instance (as name-value pairs),
      * and these parameters set variables of the process instance.
      * Use this method if you need a reference to the process instance before actually
      * starting it.  Otherwise, use startProcess.
      *
      * @param processId  the id of the process to start
      * @param correlationKey custom correlation key that can be used to identify the process instance
      * @param parameters  the process variables to set when creating the process instance
      * @return the ProcessInstance that represents the instance of the process that was created (but not yet started)
      */
      ProcessInstance createProcessInstance(String processId, CorrelationKey correlationKey, Map<String, Object> parameters);

      /**
      * Returns the process instance with the given correlationKey.  Note that only active process instances
      * are returned.  If a process instance has been completed already, this method will return
      * null.
      *
      * @param correlationKey the custom correlation key assigned when the process instance was created
      * @return the process instance identified by the key or null if it cannot be found
      */
      ProcessInstance getProcessInstance(CorrelationKey correlationKey);

Correlation is usually used with long-running processes. You must enable persistence if you want to store correlation information permanently.

7.3. Runtime manager

The RuntimeManager class provides a layer in the jBPM engine API that simplifies and empowers its usage.

This class encapsulates and manages the KIE base and KIE session, as well as the task service that provides handlers for all tasks in the process. The KIE session and the task service within the runtime manager are already configured to work with each other and you do not need to provide such configuration. For example, you do not need to register a human task handler and to ensure that it is connected to the required service.

The runtime manager manages the KIE session according to a predefined strategy. The following strategies are defined by default:

  • Singleton: The runtime manager maintains a single KieSession and uses it for all the requested processes

  • Per Request: The runtime manager creates a new KieSession for every request

  • Per Process Instance: The runtime manager maintains mapping between process instance and KieSession and always provides the same KieSession whenever working with a given process instance

Regardless of the strategy, the RuntimeManager class ensures the same capabilities in initialization and configuration of the jBPM engine components:

  • KieSession instances are loaded with the same factories (either in memory or JPA based)

  • Work item handlers are registered on every KieSession instance (either loaded from the database or newly created)

  • Event listeners (Process, Agenda, WorkingMemory) are registered on every KieSession, whether the session is loaded from the database or newly created

  • The task service is configured with the following required components:

    • The JTA transaction manager

    • The same entity manager factory as the one used for KieSession instances

    • The UserGroupCallback instance that can be configured in the environment

The runtime manager also enables disposing the jBPM engine cleanly. It provides dedicated methods to dispose a RuntimeEngine instance when it is no longer needed, releasing any resources it might have acquired.

The following code shows the definition of RuntimeManager.

Definition of the RuntimeManager interface
public interface RuntimeManager {

	/**
	 * Returns a <code>RuntimeEngine</code> instance that is fully initialized:
	 * <ul>
	 * 	<li>KieSession is created or loaded depending on the strategy</li>
	 * 	<li>TaskService is initialized and attached to ksession (via listener)</li>
	 * 	<li>WorkItemHandlers are initialized and registered on ksession</li>
	 * 	<li>EventListeners (process, agenda, working memory) are initialized and added to ksession</li>
	 * </ul>
	 * @param context the concrete implementation of the context that is supported by given <code>RuntimeManager</code>
	 * @return instance of the <code>RuntimeEngine</code>
	 */
    RuntimeEngine getRuntimeEngine(Context<?> context);

    /**
     * Unique identifier of the <code>RuntimeManager</code>
     * @return
     */
    String getIdentifier();

    /**
     * Disposes <code>RuntimeEngine</code> and notifies all listeners about that fact.
     * This method should always be used to dispose <code>RuntimeEngine</code> that is not needed
     * anymore. <br/>
     * ksession.dispose() shall never be used with RuntimeManager as it will break the internal
     * mechanisms of the manager responsible for clear and efficient disposal.<br/>
     * Dispose is not needed if <code>RuntimeEngine</code> was obtained within active JTA transaction,
     * this means that when getRuntimeEngine method was invoked during active JTA transaction then dispose of
     * the runtime engine will happen automatically on transaction completion.
     * @param runtime
     */
    void disposeRuntimeEngine(RuntimeEngine runtime);

    /**
     * Closes <code>RuntimeManager</code> and releases its resources. Call this method when
     * a runtime manager is not needed anymore. Otherwise it will still be active and operational.
     */
    void close();

}

The RuntimeManager class also provides the RuntimeEngine class, which includes methods to get access to underlying jBPM engine components:

Definition of the RuntimeEngine interface
public interface RuntimeEngine {

	/**
	 * Returns the <code>KieSession</code> configured for this <code>RuntimeEngine</code>
	 * @return
	 */
    KieSession getKieSession();

    /**
	 * Returns the <code>TaskService</code> configured for this <code>RuntimeEngine</code>
	 * @return
	 */
    TaskService getTaskService();
}

An identifier of the RuntimeManager class is used as deploymentId during runtime execution. For example, the identifier is persisted as deploymentId of a Task when the Task is persisted. The deploymentID of a Task associates it with the RuntimeManager when the Task is completed and the process instance is resumed.

The same deploymentId is also persisted as externalId in history log tables.

If you don’t specify an identifier when creating a RuntimeManager instance, a default value is applied, depending on the strategy (for example, default-per-pinstance for PerProcessInstanceRuntimeManager). That means your application uses the same deployment of the RuntimeManager class in its entire lifecycle.

If you maintain multiple runtime managers in your application, you must specify a unique identifier for every RuntimeManager instance.

For example, the deployment service maintains multiple runtime manager and uses the GAV value of the KJAR file as an identifier. The same logic is used in Business Central and in KIE Server, because they depend on the deployment service.

When you need to interact with the jBPM engine or task service from within a handler or a listener, you can use RuntimeManager to retrieve RuntimeEngine for the given process instance, and then use RuntimeEngine to retrieve KieSession or TaskService. This approach ensures that the proper state of the engine, managed according to the selected strategy, is preserved.

7.3.1. Runtime manager strategies

The RuntimeManager class supports the following strategies for managing KIE sessions.

Singleton strategy

This strategy instructs the runtime manager to maintain a single instance of RuntimeEngine (and in turn single instances of KieSession and TaskService). Access to the runtime engine is synchronized and, therefore, thread safe, although it comes with a performance penalty due to synchronization.

This strategy is similar to what was available by default in jBPM version 5.x. Use this strategy for simple use cases.

This strategy has the following characteristics:

  • It has a small memory footprint, with single instances of the runtime engine and the task service.

  • It is simple and compact in design and usage.

  • It is a good fit for low to medium load on the jBPM engine because of synchronized access.

  • In this strategy, because of the single KieSession instance, all state objects (such as facts) are directly visible to all process instances and vice versa.

  • The strategy is not contextual. When you retrieve instances of RuntimeEngine from a singleton RuntimeManager, you do not need to take the Context instance into account. Usually, you can use EmptyContext.get() as the context, although a null argument is acceptable as well

  • In this strategy, the runtime manager keeps track of the ID of the KieSession, so that the same session remains in use after a RuntimeManager restart. The ID is stored as a serialized file in a temporary location in the file system that, depending on the environment, can be one of the following directories:

    • The value of the jbpm.data.dir system property

    • The value of the jboss.server.data.dir system property

    • The value of the java.io.tmpdir system property

A combination of the Singleton strategy and the EJB Timer Scheduler might raise Hibernate issues under load. The combination is not recommended for production use. The EJB Timer Scheduler is the default scheduler in the KIE Server.
Per request strategy

This strategy instructs the runtime manager to provide a new instance of RuntimeEngine for every request. One or more invocations of the jBPM engine within a single transaction are considered a single request.

The same instance of RuntimeEngine must be used within single transaction to ensure correctness of state. Otherwise, an operation completed in one call would not be visible in the next call.

This strategy is stateless, as process state is preserved only within the request. When a request is completed, the RuntimeEngine is permanently destroyed. If persistence is used, information related to the KIE session is removed from the persistence database as well.

This strategy has the following characteristics:

  • It provides completely isolated jBPM engine and task service operations for every request.

  • It is completely stateless, because facts are stored only for the duration of the request.

  • It is a good fit for high-load, stateless processes, where no facts or timers must be preserved between requests.

  • In this strategy, the KieSession is only available during the life of a request and is destroyed at the end of the request.

  • The strategy is not contextual. When you retrieve instances of RuntimeEngine from a singleton RuntimeManager, you do not need to take the Context instance into account. Usually, you can use EmptyContext.get() as the context, although a null argument is acceptable as well

Per process instance strategy

This strategy instructs RuntimeManager to maintain a strict relationship between a KIE session and a process instance. Each KieSession is available as long as the ProcessInstance to which it belongs is active.

This strategy provides the most flexible approach for using advanced capabilities of the jBPM engine, such as rule evaluation and isolation between process instances. It maximizes performance and reduces potential bottlenecks introduced by synchronization. At the same time, unlike the request strategy, it reduces the number of KIE sessions to the actual number of process instances, rather than the total number of requests.

This strategy has the following characteristics:

  • It provides isolation for every process instance.

  • It maintains a strict relationship between KieSession and ProcessInstance to ensure that it will always deliver the same KieSession for a given ProcessInstance.

  • It merges the lifecycle of KieSession with ProcessInstance, and both are disposed when the process instance completes or aborts.

  • It enables maintenance of data, such as facts and timers, in the scope of the process instance. Only the process instance has access to the data.

  • It introduces some overhead because of the need to look up and load the KieSession for the process instance.

  • It validates every usage of a KieSession so it cannot be used for other process instances. An exception is thrown if another process instance uses the same KieSession.

  • The strategy is contextual and accepts the following context instances:

    • EmptyContext or null: Used when starting a process instance because no process instance ID is available yet

    • ProcessInstanceIdContext: Used after the process instance is created

    • CorrelationKeyContext: Used as an alternative to ProcessInstanceIdContext to use a custom (business) key instead of the process instance ID

7.3.2. Typical usage scenario for the runtime manager

The typical usage scenario for the runtime manager consists of the following stages:

  • At application startup time, complete the following stage:

    • Build a RuntimeManager instance and keep it for the entire lifetime of the application, as it is thread-safe and can be accessed concurrently

  • At request time, complete the following stages:

    • Get RuntimeEngine from the RuntimeManager, using the proper context instance as determined by the strategy that you configured for the RuntimeManager class

    • Get the KieSession and TaskService objects from the RuntimeEngine

    • Use the KieSession and TaskService objects for operations such as startProcess or completeTask

    • After completing processing, dispose RuntimeEngine using the RuntimeManager.disposeRuntimeEngine method

  • At application shutdown time, complete the following stage:

    • close the RuntimeManager instance

When RuntimeEngine is obtained from RuntimeManager within an active JTA transaction, you do not need to dispose RuntimeEngine at the end, as RuntimeManager will automatically dispose the RuntimeEngine on transaction completion (regardless of the completion status: commit or rollback).

The following example shows how you can build a RuntimeManager instance and get RuntimeEngine (that encapsulates KieSession and TaskService) from it:

Building a RuntimeManager instance and then getting RuntimeEngine and KieSession
    // first, configure the environment to be used by RuntimeManager
    RuntimeEnvironment environment = RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder.Factory.get()
    .newDefaultInMemoryBuilder()
    .addAsset(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("BPMN2-ScriptTask.bpmn2"), ResourceType.BPMN2)
    .get();

    // next, create the RuntimeManager - in this case the singleton strategy is chosen
    RuntimeManager manager = RuntimeManagerFactory.Factory.get().newSingletonRuntimeManager(environment);

    // then get RuntimeEngine from the runtime manager, using an empty context because singleton does not keep track
    // of runtime engine as there is only one
    RuntimeEngine runtime = manager.getRuntimeEngine(EmptyContext.get());

    // get the KieSession from the RuntimeEngine - already initialized with all handlers, listeners, and other requirements
    // configured on the environment
    KieSession ksession = runtimeEngine.getKieSession();

    // add invocations of the jBPM engine here,
    // e.g. ksession.startProcess(processId);

    // finally, dispose the runtime engine
    manager.disposeRuntimeEngine(runtimeEngine);

This example provides the simplest, or minimal, way of using RuntimeManager and RuntimeEngine classes. It has the following characteristics:

  • The KieSession instance is created in memory, using the newDefaultInMemoryBuilder builder

  • A single process, which is added as an asset, is available for execution

  • The TaskService class is configured and attached to the KieSession via LocalHTWorkItemHandler to support user task capabilities within processes

7.3.3. Runtime environment configuration object

The RuntimeManager class encapsulates internal jBPM engine complexity, such as creating, disposing, and registering handlers.

It also provides fine-grained control over jBPM engine configuration. To set this configuration. you must create a RuntimeEnvironment object and then use it to create the RuntimeManager object.

The following definition shows the methods available in the RuntimeEnvironment.

Methods in the RuntimeEnvironment interface
  public interface RuntimeEnvironment {

	/**
	 * Returns <code>KieBase</code> that is to be used by the manager
	 * @return
	 */
    KieBase getKieBase();

    /**
     * KieSession environment that is to be used to create instances of <code>KieSession</code>
     * @return
     */
    Environment getEnvironment();

    /**
     * KieSession configuration that is to be used to create instances of <code>KieSession</code>
     * @return
     */
    KieSessionConfiguration getConfiguration();

    /**
     * Indicates if persistence is to be used for the KieSession instances
     * @return
     */
    boolean usePersistence();

    /**
     * Delivers a concrete implementation of <code>RegisterableItemsFactory</code> to obtain handlers and listeners
     * that is to be registered on instances of <code>KieSession</code>
     * @return
     */
    RegisterableItemsFactory getRegisterableItemsFactory();

    /**
     * Delivers a concrete implementation of <code>UserGroupCallback</code> that is to be registered on instances
     * of <code>TaskService</code> for managing users and groups.
     * @return
     */
    UserGroupCallback getUserGroupCallback();

    /**
     * Delivers a custom class loader that is to be used by the jBPM engine and task service instances
     * @return
     */
    ClassLoader getClassLoader();

    /**
     * Closes the environment, permitting closing of all dependent components such as ksession factories
     */
    void close();

7.3.4. Runtime environment builder

To create an instance of RuntimeEnvironment that contains the required data, use the RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder class. This class provides a fluent API to configure RuntimeEnvironment with predefined settings.

The following definition shows the methods in RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder.

Methods in the RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder interface
public interface RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder {

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder persistence(boolean persistenceEnabled);

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder entityManagerFactory(Object emf);

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder addAsset(Resource asset, ResourceType type);

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder addEnvironmentEntry(String name, Object value);

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder addConfiguration(String name, String value);

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder knowledgeBase(KieBase kbase);

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder userGroupCallback(UserGroupCallback callback);

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder registerableItemsFactory(RegisterableItemsFactory factory);

	public RuntimeEnvironment get();

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder classLoader(ClassLoader cl);

	public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder schedulerService(Object globalScheduler);

Use the RuntimeEnvironmentBuilderFactory class to obtain instances of RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder. Along with empty instances with no settings, you can get builders with several preconfigured sets of configuration options for the runtime manager.

The following definition shows the methods in RuntimeEnvironmentBuilderFactory.

Methods in the RuntimeEnvironmentBuilderFactory interface
public interface RuntimeEnvironmentBuilderFactory {

	/**
     * Provides a completely empty <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> instance to manually
     * set all required components instead of relying on any defaults.
     * @return new instance of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code>
     */
    public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder newEmptyBuilder();

    /**
     * Provides default configuration of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is based on:
     * <ul>
     * 	<li>DefaultRuntimeEnvironment</li>
     * </ul>
     * @return new instance of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is already preconfigured with defaults
     *
     * @see DefaultRuntimeEnvironment
     */
    public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder newDefaultBuilder();

    /**
     * Provides default configuration of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is based on:
     * <ul>
     * 	<li>DefaultRuntimeEnvironment</li>
     * </ul>
     * but does not have persistence for the jBPM engine configured so it will only store process instances in memory
     * @return new instance of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is already preconfigured with defaults
     *
     * @see DefaultRuntimeEnvironment
     */
    public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder newDefaultInMemoryBuilder();

    /**
     * Provides default configuration of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is based on:
     * <ul>
     * 	<li>DefaultRuntimeEnvironment</li>
     * </ul>
     * This method is tailored to work smoothly with KJAR files
     * @param groupId group id of kjar
     * @param artifactId artifact id of kjar
     * @param version version number of kjar
     * @return new instance of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is already preconfigured with defaults
     *
     * @see DefaultRuntimeEnvironment
     */
    public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder newDefaultBuilder(String groupId, String artifactId, String version);

    /**
     * Provides default configuration of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is based on:
     * <ul>
     * 	<li>DefaultRuntimeEnvironment</li>
     * </ul>
     * This method is tailored to work smoothly with KJAR files and use the kbase and ksession settings in the KJAR
     * @param groupId group id of kjar
     * @param artifactId artifact id of kjar
     * @param version version number of kjar
     * @param kbaseName name of the kbase defined in kmodule.xml stored in kjar
     * @param ksessionName name of the ksession define in kmodule.xml stored in kjar
     * @return new instance of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is already preconfigured with defaults
     *
     * @see DefaultRuntimeEnvironment
     */
    public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder newDefaultBuilder(String groupId, String artifactId, String version, String kbaseName, String ksessionName);

    /**
     * Provides default configuration of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is based on:
     * <ul>
     * 	<li>DefaultRuntimeEnvironment</li>
     * </ul>
     * This method is tailored to work smoothly with KJAR files and use the release ID defined in the KJAR
     * @param releaseId <code>ReleaseId</code> that described the kjar
     * @return new instance of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is already preconfigured with defaults
     *
     * @see DefaultRuntimeEnvironment
     */
    public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder newDefaultBuilder(ReleaseId releaseId);

    /**
     * Provides default configuration of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is based on:
     * <ul>
     * 	<li>DefaultRuntimeEnvironment</li>
     * </ul>
		 * This method is tailored to work smoothly with KJAR files and use the kbase, ksession, and release ID settings in the KJAR
     * @param releaseId <code>ReleaseId</code> that described the kjar
     * @param kbaseName name of the kbase defined in kmodule.xml stored in kjar
     * @param ksessionName name of the ksession define in kmodule.xml stored in kjar
     * @return new instance of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is already preconfigured with defaults
     *
     * @see DefaultRuntimeEnvironment
     */
    public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder newDefaultBuilder(ReleaseId releaseId, String kbaseName, String ksessionName);

    /**
     * Provides default configuration of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is based on:
     * <ul>
     * 	<li>DefaultRuntimeEnvironment</li>
     * </ul>
     * It relies on KieClasspathContainer that requires the presence of kmodule.xml in the META-INF folder which
     * defines the kjar itself.
     * Expects to use default kbase and ksession from kmodule.
     * @return new instance of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is already preconfigured with defaults
     *
     * @see DefaultRuntimeEnvironment
     */
    public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder newClasspathKmoduleDefaultBuilder();

    /**
     * Provides default configuration of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is based on:
     * <ul>
     * 	<li>DefaultRuntimeEnvironment</li>
     * </ul>
		 * It relies on KieClasspathContainer that requires the presence of kmodule.xml in the META-INF folder which
     * defines the kjar itself.
     * @param kbaseName name of the kbase defined in kmodule.xml
     * @param ksessionName name of the ksession define in kmodule.xml
     * @return new instance of <code>RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder</code> that is already preconfigured with defaults
     *
     * @see DefaultRuntimeEnvironment
     */
    public RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder newClasspathKmoduleDefaultBuilder(String kbaseName, String ksessionName);

The runtime manager also provides access to a TaskService object as an integrated component of a RuntimeEngine object, configured to communicate with the KIE session. If you use one of the default builders, the following configuration settings for the task service are present:

  • The persistence unit name is set to org.jbpm.persistence.jpa (for both jBPM engine and task service)

  • The human task handler is registered on the KIE session

  • The JPA based history log event listener is registered on the KIE session

  • An event listener to trigger rule task evaluation (fireAllRules) is registered on the KIE session

7.3.5. Registering handlers and listeners for runtime engines

If you use the runtime manager API, the runtime engine object represents the jBPM engine.

To extend runtime engines with your own handlers or listeners, you can implement the RegisterableItemsFactory interface and then include it in the runtime environment using the RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder.registerableItemsFactory() method. Then the runtime manager automatically adds the handlers or listeners to every runtime engine it creates.

The following definition shows the methods in RegisterableItemsFactory.

Methods in the RegisterableItemsFactory interface
	/**
	 * Returns new instances of <code>WorkItemHandler</code> that will be registered on <code>RuntimeEngine</code>
	 * @param runtime provides <code>RuntimeEngine</code> in case handler need to make use of it internally
	 * @return map of handlers to be registered - in case of no handlers empty map shall be returned.
	 */
    Map<String, WorkItemHandler> getWorkItemHandlers(RuntimeEngine runtime);

    /**
	 * Returns new instances of <code>ProcessEventListener</code> that will be registered on <code>RuntimeEngine</code>
	 * @param runtime provides <code>RuntimeEngine</code> in case listeners need to make use of it internally
	 * @return list of listeners to be registered - in case of no listeners empty list shall be returned.
	 */
    List<ProcessEventListener> getProcessEventListeners(RuntimeEngine runtime);

    /**
	 * Returns new instances of <code>AgendaEventListener</code> that will be registered on <code>RuntimeEngine</code>
	 * @param runtime provides <code>RuntimeEngine</code> in case listeners need to make use of it internally
	 * @return list of listeners to be registered - in case of no listeners empty list shall be returned.
	 */
    List<AgendaEventListener> getAgendaEventListeners(RuntimeEngine runtime);

    /**
	 * Returns new instances of <code>WorkingMemoryEventListener</code> that will be registered on <code>RuntimeEngine</code>
	 * @param runtime provides <code>RuntimeEngine</code> in case listeners need to make use of it internally
	 * @return list of listeners to be registered - in case of no listeners empty list shall be returned.
	 */
    List<WorkingMemoryEventListener> getWorkingMemoryEventListeners(RuntimeEngine runtime);

The jBPM engine provides default implementations of RegisterableItemsFactory. You can extend these implementations to define custom handlers and listeners.

The following available implementations might be useful:

  • org.jbpm.runtime.manager.impl.SimpleRegisterableItemsFactory: The simplest possible implementation. It does not have any predefined content and uses reflection to produce instances of handlers and listeners based on given class names.

  • org.jbpm.runtime.manager.impl.DefaultRegisterableItemsFactory: An extension of the Simple implementation that introduces the same defaults as the default runtime environment builder and still provides the same capabilities as the Simple implementation.

  • org.jbpm.runtime.manager.impl.cdi.InjectableRegisterableItemsFactory: An extension of the Default implementation that is tailored for CDI environments and provides a CDI style approach to finding handlers and listeners via producers.

7.3.5.1. Registering work item handlers using a file

You can register simple work item handlers, which are stateless or rely on the KieSession state, by defining them in the CustomWorkItem.conf file and placing the file on the class path.

Procedure

  1. Create a file named drools.session.conf in the META-INF subdirectory of the root of the class path. For web applications the directory is WEB-INF/classes/META-INF.

    • Add the following line to the drools.session.conf file:

      drools.workItemHandlers = CustomWorkItemHandlers.conf

    • Create a file named CustomWorkItemHandlers.conf in the same directory.

    • In the CustomWorkItemHandlers.conf file, define custom work item handlers using the MVEL style, similar to the following example:

      [
  "Log": new org.jbpm.process.instance.impl.demo.SystemOutWorkItemHandler(),
  "WebService": new org.jbpm.process.workitem.webservice.WebServiceWorkItemHandler(ksession),
  "Rest": new org.jbpm.process.workitem.rest.RESTWorkItemHandler(),
  "Service Task" : new org.jbpm.process.workitem.bpmn2.ServiceTaskHandler(ksession)
]
Result

The work item handlers that you listed are registered for any KIE session created by the application, regardless of whether the application uses the runtime manager API.

7.3.5.2. Registering handlers and listeners in CDI environment

If your application uses the runtime manager API and runs in a CDI environment, your classes can implement the dedicated producer interfaces to provide custom work item handlers and event listeners to all runtime engines.

To create a work item handler, implement the WorkItemHandlerProducer interface.

Definition of the WorkItemHandlerProducer interface
public interface WorkItemHandlerProducer {

    /**
     * Returns map of (key = work item name, value work item handler instance) of work items
     * to be registered on the KieSession
     * <br/>
     * Parameters that might be given are as follows:
     * <ul>
     *  <li>ksession</li>
     *  <li>taskService</li>
     *  <li>runtimeManager</li>
     * </ul>
     *
     * @param identifier - identifier of the owner - usually RuntimeManager that allows the producer to filter out
     * and provide valid instances for given owner
     * @param params - owner might provide some parameters, usually KieSession, TaskService, RuntimeManager instances
     * @return map of work item handler instances (recommendation is to always return new instances when this method is invoked)
     */
    Map<String, WorkItemHandler> getWorkItemHandlers(String identifier, Map<String, Object> params);
}

To create an event listener, implement the EventListenerProducer interface. Annotate the event listener producer with the proper qualifier to indicate the type of listeners that it provides. Use one of the following annotations:

  • @Process for ProcessEventListener

  • @Agenda for AgendaEventListener

  • @WorkingMemory for WorkingMemoryEventListener

public interface EventListenerProducer<T> {

    /**
     * Returns list of instances for given (T) type of listeners
     * <br/>
     * Parameters that might be given are as follows:
     * <ul>
     *  <li>ksession</li>
     *  <li>taskService</li>
     *  <li>runtimeManager</li>
     * </ul>
     * @param identifier - identifier of the owner - usually RuntimeManager that allows the producer to filter out
     * and provide valid instances for given owner
     * @param params - owner might provide some parameters, usually KieSession, TaskService, RuntimeManager instances
     * @return list of listener instances (recommendation is to always return new instances when this method is invoked)
     */
    List<T> getEventListeners(String identifier, Map<String, Object>  params);
}

Package your implementations of these interfaces as a bean archive by including beans.xml in the META-INF subdirectory. Place the bean archive on the application class path, for example, in WEB-INF/lib for a web application. The CDI-based runtime manager discovers the packages and registers the work item handlers and event listeners in every KieSession that is creates or loads from the data store.

The jBPM engine provides certain parameters to the producers to enable stateful and advanced operation. For example, the handlers or listeners can use the parameters to signal the jBPM engine or the process instance in case of an error. The jBPM engine provides the following components as parameters:

  • KieSession

  • TaskService

  • RuntimeManager

In addition, the identifier of the RuntimeManager class instance is provided as a parameter. You can apply filtering to the identifier to decide whether this RuntimeManager instance receives the handlers and listeners.

7.4. Services in the jBPM engine

The jBPM engine provides a set of high-level services, running on top of the runtime manager API. This API is available since jBPM version 6.2.

The services provide the most convenient way to embed the jBPM engine in your application. The KIE Server also uses these services internally.

When you use services, you do not need to implement your own handling of the runtime manager, runtime engines, sessions, and other jBPM engine entities. However, you can access the underlying RuntimeManager objects through the services when necessary.

If you use the EJB remote client for the services API, the RuntimeManager objects are not available, because they would not operate correctly on the client side after serialization.

7.4.1. Modules for jBPM engine services

The jBPM engine services are provided as a set of modules. These modules are grouped by their framework dependencies. You can choose the suitable modules and use only these modules, without making your application dependent on the frameworks that other modules use.

The following modules are available:

  • jbpm-services-api: Only API classes and interfaces

  • jbpm-kie-services: A code implementation of the services API in pure Java without any framework dependencies

  • jbpm-services-cdi: A CDI wrapper on top of the core services implementation

  • jbpm-services-ejb-api: An extension to the services API to support EJB requirements

  • jbpm-services-ejb-impl: EJB wrappers on top of the core services implementation

  • jbpm-services-ejb-timer: A scheduler service based on the EJB timer service to support time based operations, such as timer events and deadlines

  • jbpm-services-ejb-client: An EJB remote client implementation, currently supporting only Red Hat JBoss EAP

7.4.2. Deployment service

The deployment service deploys and undeploys units in the jBPM engine.

A deployment unit represents the contents of a KJAR file. A deployment unit includes business assets, such as process definitions, rules, forms, and data models. After deploying the unit you can execute the processes it defines. You can also query the available deployment units.

Every deployment unit has a unique identifier string, deploymentId, also known as deploymentUnitId. You can use this identifier to apply anys ervice actions to the deployment unit.

In a typical use case for this service, you can load and unload multiple KJARs at the same time and, when necessary, execute processes simultaneously.

The following code sample shows simple use of the deployment service.

Using the deployment service
// create deployment unit by providing the GAV of the KJAR
DeploymentUnit deploymentUnit = new KModuleDeploymentUnit(GROUP_ID, ARTIFACT_ID, VERSION);
// get the deploymendId for the deployed unit
String deploymentId = deploymentUnit.getIdentifier();
// deploy the unit
deploymentService.deploy(deploymentUnit);
// retrieve the deployed unit
DeployedUnit deployed = deploymentService.getDeployedUnit(deploymentId);
// get the runtime manager
RuntimeManager manager = deployed.getRuntimeManager();

The following definition shows the complete DeploymentService interface:

Definition of the DeploymentService interface
public interface DeploymentService {

    void deploy(DeploymentUnit unit);

    void undeploy(DeploymentUnit unit);

    RuntimeManager getRuntimeManager(String deploymentUnitId);

    DeployedUnit getDeployedUnit(String deploymentUnitId);

    Collection<DeployedUnit> getDeployedUnits();

    void activate(String deploymentId);

    void deactivate(String deploymentId);

    boolean isDeployed(String deploymentUnitId);
}

7.4.3. Definition service

When you deploy a process definition using the deployment service, the definition service automatically scans the definition, parses the process, and extracts the information that the jBPM engine requires.

You can use the definition service API to retrieve information about the process definition. The service extracts this information directly from the BPMN2 process definition. The following information is available:

  • Process definition such as ID, name, and description

  • Process variables including the name and type of every variable

  • Reusable subprocesses used in the process (if any)

  • Service tasks that represent domain specific activities

  • User tasks including assignment information

  • Task data with input and output information

The following code sample shows simple use of the definition service. The processID must correspond to the ID of a process definition in a KJAR file that you already deployed using the deployment service.

Using the definition service
String processId = "org.jbpm.writedocument";

Collection<UserTaskDefinition> processTasks =
bpmn2Service.getTasksDefinitions(deploymentUnit.getIdentifier(), processId);

Map<String, String> processData =
bpmn2Service.getProcessVariables(deploymentUnit.getIdentifier(), processId);

Map<String, String> taskInputMappings =
bpmn2Service.getTaskInputMappings(deploymentUnit.getIdentifier(), processId, "Write a Document" );

You can also use the definition service to scan a definition that you provide as BPMN2-compliant XML content, without the use of a KJAR file. The buildProcessDefinition method provides this capability.

The following definition shows the complete DefinitionService interface:

Definition of the DefinitionService interface
public interface DefinitionService {

    ProcessDefinition buildProcessDefinition(String deploymentId, String bpmn2Content,
			ClassLoader classLoader, boolean cache) throws IllegalArgumentException;

    ProcessDefinition getProcessDefinition(String deploymentId, String processId);

    Collection<String> getReusableSubProcesses(String deploymentId, String processId);

    Map<String, String> getProcessVariables(String deploymentId, String processId);

    Map<String, String> getServiceTasks(String deploymentId, String processId);

    Map<String, Collection<String>> getAssociatedEntities(String deploymentId, String processId);

    Collection<UserTaskDefinition> getTasksDefinitions(String deploymentId, String processId);

    Map<String, String> getTaskInputMappings(String deploymentId, String processId, String taskName);

    Map<String, String> getTaskOutputMappings(String deploymentId, String processId, String taskName);

}

7.4.4. Process service

The deployment and definition services prepare process data in the jBPM engine. To execute processes based on this data, use the process service. The process service supports interaction with the jBPM engine execution environment, including the following actions:

  • Starting a new process instance

  • Working with an existing process instance, for example, signalling events, getting information details, and setting values of variables

  • Working with work items

The process service is also a command executor. You can use it to execute commands on the ksession to extend its capabilities.

The process service is optimized for runtime operations. Use it when you need to alter the process instance, for example, signal events or change variables. For read operations, for example, showing available process instances, use the runtime data service.

The following code sample shows deploying and running a process:

Deploying and runing a process using the deployment and process services
KModuleDeploymentUnit deploymentUnit = new KModuleDeploymentUnit(GROUP_ID, ARTIFACT_ID, VERSION);

deploymentService.deploy(deploymentUnit);

long processInstanceId = processService.startProcess(deploymentUnit.getIdentifier(), "customtask");

ProcessInstance pi = processService.getProcessInstance(processInstanceId);

The startProcess method expects deploymentId as first argument. Using this argument, you can start processes in a certain deployment when your application might have multiple deployments.

For example, you might deploy different versions of the same process from different KJAR files. You can then start the required version using the correct deploymentId.

The following definition shows the complete ProcessService interface:

Definition of the ProcessService interface
public interface ProcessService {

	/**
	 * Starts a process with no variables
	 *
	 * @param deploymentId deployment identifier
	 * @param processId process identifier
	 * @return process instance identifier
	 * @throws RuntimeException in case of encountered errors
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case a deployment with the given deployment identifier does not exist
	 * @throws DeploymentNotActiveException in case the deployment with the given deployment identifier is not active
	 */
	Long startProcess(String deploymentId, String processId);

	/**
	 * Starts a process and sets variables
	 *
	 * @param deploymentId deployment identifier
	 * @param processId process identifier
	 * @param params process variables
	 * @return process instance identifier
	 * @throws RuntimeException in case of encountered errors
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case a deployment with the given deployment identifier does not exist
	 * @throws DeploymentNotActiveException in case the deployment with the given deployment identifier is not active
	 */
    Long startProcess(String deploymentId, String processId, Map<String, Object> params);

	/**
	 * Starts a process with no variables and assigns a correlation key
	 *
	 * @param deploymentId deployment identifier
	 * @param processId process identifier
	 * @param correlationKey correlation key to be assigned to process instance - must be unique
	 * @return process instance identifier
	 * @throws RuntimeException in case of encountered errors
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case a deployment with the given deployment identifier does not exist
     * @throws DeploymentNotActiveException in case the deployment with the given deployment identifier is not active
	 */
	Long startProcess(String deploymentId, String processId, CorrelationKey correlationKey);

	/**
	 * Starts a process, sets variables, and assigns a correlation key
	 *
	 * @param deploymentId deployment identifier
	 * @param processId process identifier
	 * @param correlationKey correlation key to be assigned to process instance - must be unique
	 * @param params process variables
	 * @return process instance identifier
	 * @throws RuntimeException in case of encountered errors
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case a deployment with the given deployment identifier does not exist
     * @throws DeploymentNotActiveException in case the deployment with the given deployment identifier is not active
	 */
    Long startProcess(String deploymentId, String processId, CorrelationKey correlationKey, Map<String, Object> params);

    /**
     * Starts a process at the listed nodes, instead of the normal starting point.
     * This method can be used for restarting a process that was aborted. However,
     * it does not restore the context of a previous process instance. You must
     * supply all necessary variables when calling this method.
     * This method does not guarantee that the process is started in a valid state.
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment identifier
     * @param processId process identifier
     * @param params process variables
     * @param nodeIds list of bpmn node identifiers where the process must start
     * @return process instance identifier
     * @throws RuntimeException in case of encountered errors
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case a deployment with the given deployment identifier does not exist
     * @throws DeploymentNotActiveException in case the deployment with the given deployment identifier is not active
     */
    Long startProcessFromNodeIds(String deploymentId, String processId, Map<String, Object> params, String... nodeIds);

    /**
    * Starts a process at the listed nodes, instead of the normal starting point,
    * and assigns a correlation key.
    * This method can be used for restarting a process that was aborted. However,
    * it does not restore the context of a previous process instance. You must
    * supply all necessary variables when calling this method.
    * This method does not guarantee that the process is started in a valid state.
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment identifier
     * @param processId process identifier
     * @param key correlation key (must be unique)
     * @param params process variables
     * @param nodeIds list of bpmn node id list where the process is going to start.
     * @return process instance identifier
     * @throws RuntimeException in case of encountered errors
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case a deployment with the given deployment identifier does not exist
     * @throws DeploymentNotActiveException in case the deployment with the given deployment identifier is not active
     */
    Long startProcessFromNodeIds(String deploymentId, String processId, CorrelationKey key, Map<String, Object> params, String... nodeIds);

    /**
     * Aborts the specified process
     *
     * @param processInstanceId process instance unique identifier
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
     */
    void abortProcessInstance(Long processInstanceId);

    /**
     * Aborts the specified process
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId process instance unique identifier
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
     */
    void abortProcessInstance(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId);

    /**
	 * Aborts all specified processes
	 *
	 * @param processInstanceIds list of process instance unique identifiers
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
	 */
    void abortProcessInstances(List<Long> processInstanceIds);

    /**
     * Aborts all specified processes
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceIds list of process instance unique identifiers
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
     */
    void abortProcessInstances(String deploymentId, List<Long> processInstanceIds);

    /**
	 * Signal an event to a single process instance
	 *
	 * @param processInstanceId the process instance unique identifier
	 * @param signalName the signal's id in the process
	 * @param event the event object to be passed in with the event
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
	 */
    void signalProcessInstance(Long processInstanceId, String signalName, Object event);

    /**
     * Signal an event to a single process instance
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId the process instance unique identifier
     * @param signalName the signal's id in the process
     * @param event the event object to be passed in with the event
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
     */
    void signalProcessInstance(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId, String signalName, Object event);

    /**
	 * Signal an event to given list of process instances
	 *
	 * @param processInstanceIds list of process instance unique identifiers
	 * @param signalName the signal's id in the process
	 * @param event the event object to be passed in with the event
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
	 */
    void signalProcessInstances(List<Long> processInstanceIds, String signalName, Object event);

    /**
     * Signal an event to given list of process instances
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceIds list of process instance unique identifiers
     * @param signalName the signal's id in the process
     * @param event the event object to be passed in with the event
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
     */
    void signalProcessInstances(String deploymentId, List<Long> processInstanceIds, String signalName, Object event);

    /**
     * Signal an event to a any process instance that listens to give signal that belongs to given deployment
     *
     * @param deployment identifier
     * @param signalName the signal's id in the process
     * @param event the event object to be passed in with the event
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     */
    void signalEvent(String deployment, String signalName, Object event);

    /**
	 * Returns process instance information. Will return null if no
	 * active process with that id is found
	 *
	 * @param processInstanceId The process instance unique identifier
	 * @return Process instance information
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 */
    ProcessInstance getProcessInstance(Long processInstanceId);

    /**
     * Returns process instance information. Will return null if no
     * active process with that id is found
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId The process instance unique identifier
     * @return Process instance information
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     */
    ProcessInstance getProcessInstance(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId);

    /**
	 * Returns process instance information. Will return null if no
	 * active process with that correlation key is found
	 *
	 * @param correlationKey correlation key assigned to process instance
	 * @return Process instance information
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 */
    ProcessInstance getProcessInstance(CorrelationKey correlationKey);

    /**
     * Returns process instance information. Will return null if no
     * active process with that correlation key is found
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param correlationKey correlation key assigned to process instance
     * @return Process instance information
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     */
    ProcessInstance getProcessInstance(String deploymentId, CorrelationKey correlationKey);

    /**
	 * Sets a process variable.
	 * @param processInstanceId The process instance unique identifier.
	 * @param variableId The variable id to set.
	 * @param value The variable value.
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
	 */
    void setProcessVariable(Long processInstanceId, String variableId, Object value);

    /**
     * Sets a process variable.
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId The process instance unique identifier.
     * @param variableId The variable id to set.
     * @param value The variable value.
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
     */
    void setProcessVariable(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId, String variableId, Object value);

    /**
	 * Sets process variables.
	 *
	 * @param processInstanceId The process instance unique identifier.
	 * @param variables map of process variables (key - variable name, value - variable value)
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
	 */
    void setProcessVariables(Long processInstanceId, Map<String, Object> variables);

    /**
     * Sets process variables.
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId The process instance unique identifier.
     * @param variables map of process variables (key - variable name, value - variable value)
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
     */
    void setProcessVariables(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId, Map<String, Object> variables);

    /**
	 * Gets a process instance variable.
	 *
	 * @param processInstanceId the process instance unique identifier.
	 * @param variableName the variable name to get from the process.
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
	*/
    Object getProcessInstanceVariable(Long processInstanceId, String variableName);

    /**
     * Gets a process instance variable.
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId the process instance unique identifier.
     * @param variableName the variable name to get from the process.
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
    */
    Object getProcessInstanceVariable(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId, String variableName);

	/**
	 * Gets a process instance variable values.
	 *
	 * @param processInstanceId The process instance unique identifier.
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
	*/
	Map<String, Object> getProcessInstanceVariables(Long processInstanceId);

	/**
     * Gets a process instance variable values.
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId The process instance unique identifier.
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
    */
    Map<String, Object> getProcessInstanceVariables(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId);

	/**
	 * Returns all signals available in current state of given process instance
	 *
	 * @param processInstanceId process instance id
	 * @return list of available signals or empty list if no signals are available
	 */
    Collection<String> getAvailableSignals(Long processInstanceId);

    /**
     * Returns all signals available in current state of given process instance
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId process instance id
     * @return list of available signals or empty list if no signals are available
     */
    Collection<String> getAvailableSignals(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId);

	/**
	 * Completes the specified WorkItem with the given results
	 *
	 * @param id workItem id
	 * @param results results of the workItem
	 * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws WorkItemNotFoundException in case work item with given id was not found
	 */
    void completeWorkItem(Long id, Map<String, Object> results);

    /**
     * Completes the specified WorkItem with the given results
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId process instance id that work item belongs to
     * @param id workItem id
     * @param results results of the workItem
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws WorkItemNotFoundException in case work item with given id was not found
     */
    void completeWorkItem(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId, Long id, Map<String, Object> results);

    /**
     * Abort the specified workItem
     *
     * @param id workItem id
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws WorkItemNotFoundException in case work item with given id was not found
     */
    void abortWorkItem(Long id);

    /**
     * Abort the specified workItem
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId process instance id that work item belongs to
     * @param id workItem id
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws WorkItemNotFoundException in case work item with given id was not found
     */
    void abortWorkItem(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId, Long id);

    /**
     * Returns the specified workItem
     *
     * @param id workItem id
     * @return The specified workItem
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws WorkItemNotFoundException in case work item with given id was not found
     */
    WorkItem getWorkItem(Long id);

    /**
     * Returns the specified workItem
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId process instance id that work item belongs to
     * @param id workItem id
     * @return The specified workItem
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws WorkItemNotFoundException in case work item with given id was not found
     */
    WorkItem getWorkItem(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId, Long id);

    /**
     * Returns active work items by process instance id.
     *
     * @param processInstanceId process instance id
     * @return The list of active workItems for the process instance
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
	 * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
     */
    List<WorkItem> getWorkItemByProcessInstance(Long processInstanceId);

    /**
     * Returns active work items by process instance id.
     *
     * @param deploymentId deployment that process instance belongs to
     * @param processInstanceId process instance id
     * @return The list of active workItems for the process instance
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case deployment unit was not found
     * @throws ProcessInstanceNotFoundException in case process instance with given id was not found
     */
    List<WorkItem> getWorkItemByProcessInstance(String deploymentId, Long processInstanceId);


    /**
     * Executes provided command on the underlying command executor (usually KieSession)
     * @param deploymentId deployment identifier
     * @param command actual command for execution
     * @return results of command execution
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case a deployment with the given deployment identifier does not exist
     * @throws DeploymentNotActiveException in case the deployment with the given deployment identifier is not active for restricted commands (e.g. start process)
     */
    public <T> T execute(String deploymentId, Command<T> command);

    /**
     * Executes provided command on the underlying command executor (usually KieSession)
     * @param deploymentId deployment identifier
     * @param context context implementation to be used to get runtime engine
     * @param command actual command for execution
     * @return results of command execution
     * @throws DeploymentNotFoundException in case a deployment with the given deployment identifier does not exist
     * @throws DeploymentNotActiveException in case the deployment with the given deployment identifier is not active for restricted commands (e.g. start process)
     */
    public <T> T execute(String deploymentId, Context<?> context, Command<T> command);

}
7.4.4.1. Runtime Data Service

You can use the runtime data service to retrieve all runtime information about processes, such as started process instances and executed node instances.

For example, you can build a list-based UI to show process definitions, process instances, tasks for a given user, and other data, based on information provided by the runtime data service.

This service is optimised to be as efficient as possible while providing all required information.

The following examples show various usage of this service.

Retrieving all process definitions
Collection definitions = runtimeDataService.getProcesses(new QueryContext());
Retrieving active process instances
Collection<processinstancedesc> instances = runtimeDataService.getProcessInstances(new QueryContext());
Retrieving active nodes for a particular process instance
Collection<nodeinstancedesc> instances = runtimeDataService.getProcessInstanceHistoryActive(processInstanceId, new QueryContext());
Retrieving tasks assigned to the user john
List<tasksummary> taskSummaries = runtimeDataService.getTasksAssignedAsPotentialOwner("john", new QueryFilter(0, 10));

The runtime data service methods support two important parameters, QueryContext and QueryFilter. QueryFilter is an extension of QueryContext. You can use these parameters to manage the result set, providing pagination, sorting, and ordering. You can also use them to apply additional filtering when searching for user tasks.

The following definition shows the complete RuntimeDataService interface:

Definition of the RuntimeDataService interface
public interface RuntimeDataService {

    // Process instance information

    Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> getProcessInstances(QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> getProcessInstances(List<Integer> states, String initiator, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> getProcessInstancesByProcessId(List<Integer> states, String processId, String initiator, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> getProcessInstancesByProcessName(List<Integer> states, String processName, String initiator, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> getProcessInstancesByDeploymentId(String deploymentId, List<Integer> states, QueryContext queryContext);

    ProcessInstanceDesc getProcessInstanceById(long processInstanceId);

    Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> getProcessInstancesByProcessDefinition(String processDefId, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> getProcessInstancesByProcessDefinition(String processDefId, List<Integer> states, QueryContext queryContext);


    // Node and Variable instance information

    NodeInstanceDesc getNodeInstanceForWorkItem(Long workItemId);

    Collection<NodeInstanceDesc> getProcessInstanceHistoryActive(long processInstanceId, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<NodeInstanceDesc> getProcessInstanceHistoryCompleted(long processInstanceId, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<NodeInstanceDesc> getProcessInstanceFullHistory(long processInstanceId, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<NodeInstanceDesc> getProcessInstanceFullHistoryByType(long processInstanceId, EntryType type, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<VariableDesc> getVariablesCurrentState(long processInstanceId);

    Collection<VariableDesc> getVariableHistory(long processInstanceId, String variableId, QueryContext queryContext);


    // Process information

    Collection<ProcessDefinition> getProcessesByDeploymentId(String deploymentId, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<ProcessDefinition> getProcessesByFilter(String filter, QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<ProcessDefinition> getProcesses(QueryContext queryContext);

    Collection<String> getProcessIds(String deploymentId, QueryContext queryContext);

    ProcessDefinition getProcessById(String processId);

    ProcessDefinition getProcessesByDeploymentIdProcessId(String deploymentId, String processId);

	// user task query operations

    UserTaskInstanceDesc getTaskByWorkItemId(Long workItemId);

    UserTaskInstanceDesc getTaskById(Long taskId);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksAssignedAsBusinessAdministrator(String userId, QueryFilter filter);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksAssignedAsBusinessAdministratorByStatus(String userId, List<Status> statuses, QueryFilter filter);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksAssignedAsPotentialOwner(String userId, QueryFilter filter);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksAssignedAsPotentialOwner(String userId, List<String> groupIds, QueryFilter filter);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksAssignedAsPotentialOwnerByStatus(String userId, List<Status> status, QueryFilter filter);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksAssignedAsPotentialOwner(String userId, List<String> groupIds, List<Status> status, QueryFilter filter);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksAssignedAsPotentialOwnerByExpirationDateOptional(String userId, List<Status> status, Date from, QueryFilter filter);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksOwnedByExpirationDateOptional(String userId, List<Status> strStatuses, Date from, QueryFilter filter);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksOwned(String userId, QueryFilter filter);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksOwnedByStatus(String userId, List<Status> status, QueryFilter filter);

    List<Long> getTasksByProcessInstanceId(Long processInstanceId);

    List<TaskSummary> getTasksByStatusByProcessInstanceId(Long processInstanceId, List<Status> status, QueryFilter filter);

    List<AuditTask> getAllAuditTask(String userId, QueryFilter filter);

}
7.4.4.2. User Task Service

The user task service covers the complete life cycle of an individual task, and you can use the service to manage a user task from start to end.

Task queries are not a part of the user task service. Use the runtime data service to query for tasks. Use the user task service for scoped operations on one task, including the following actions:

  • Modification of selected properties

  • Access to task variables

  • Access to task attachments

  • Access to task comments

The user task service is also a command executor. You can use it to execute custom task commands.

The following example shows starting a process and interacting with a task in the process:

Starting a process and interacting with a user task in this process
long processInstanceId =
processService.startProcess(deployUnit.getIdentifier(), "org.jbpm.writedocument");

List<Long> taskIds =
runtimeDataService.getTasksByProcessInstanceId(processInstanceId);

Long taskId = taskIds.get(0);

userTaskService.start(taskId, "john");
UserTaskInstanceDesc task = runtimeDataService.getTaskById(taskId);

Map<String, Object> results = new HashMap<String, Object>();
results.put("Result", "some document data");
userTaskService.complete(taskId, "john", results);

7.4.5. Quartz-based Timer Service

The jBPM engine provides a cluster-ready timer service via Quartz. You can use the service to dispose or load your KIE session at any time. The service can manage how long a KIE session is active in order to fire each timer appropriately.

The following example shows a basic Quartz configuration file for a clustered environment:

Quartz configuration file for a clustered environment
#============================================================================
# Configure Main Scheduler Properties
#============================================================================

org.quartz.scheduler.instanceName = jBPMClusteredScheduler
org.quartz.scheduler.instanceId = AUTO

#============================================================================
# Configure ThreadPool
#============================================================================

org.quartz.threadPool.class = org.quartz.simpl.SimpleThreadPool
org.quartz.threadPool.threadCount = 5
org.quartz.threadPool.threadPriority = 5

#============================================================================
# Configure JobStore
#============================================================================

org.quartz.jobStore.misfireThreshold = 60000

org.quartz.jobStore.class=org.quartz.impl.jdbcjobstore.JobStoreCMT
org.quartz.jobStore.driverDelegateClass=org.quartz.impl.jdbcjobstore.StdJDBCDelegate
org.quartz.jobStore.useProperties=false
org.quartz.jobStore.dataSource=managedDS
org.quartz.jobStore.nonManagedTXDataSource=nonManagedDS
org.quartz.jobStore.tablePrefix=QRTZ_
org.quartz.jobStore.isClustered=true
org.quartz.jobStore.clusterCheckinInterval = 20000

#============================================================================
# TODO: Configure Datasources
#============================================================================
#org.quartz.dataSource.managedDS.jndiURL=
#org.quartz.dataSource.nonManagedDS.jndiURL=

For more information about configuring a Quartz scheduler, see the documentation for the Quartz 1.8.5 distribution archive.

7.4.6. Query service

The query service provides advanced search capabilities that are based on Dashbuilder DataSets.

With this approach, you can control how to retrieve data from underlying data store. You can use complex JOIN statements with external tables such as JPA entities tables or custom systems database tables.

The query service is build around the following two sets of operations:

  • Management operations:

    • Register query definition

    • Replace query definition

    • Unregister (remove) query definition

    • Get query definition

    • Get all registered query definitions

  • Runtime operations:

    • simple query based on QueryParam as filter provider

    • advanced query based on QueryParamBuilder as filter provider

DashBuilder DataSets provide support for multiple data sources, such as CSV, SQL, and Elastic Search. However, the jBPM engine uses a RDBMS based backend and focuses on SQL-based data sets.

Therefore, the jBPM engine query service is a subset of DashBuilder DataSets capabilities that enables efficient queries with a simple API.

Key classes of the query service

  • QueryDefinition: Represents the definition of a data set that consists of a unique name, an SQL expression (the query) and the source, the JNDI name of the data source to use when performing queries.

  • QueryParam: The basic structure that represents an individual query parameter or condition. This structure consists of the column name, operator, and expected values.

  • QueryResultMapper: The class that maps raw dataset data (rows and columns) to an object representation.

  • QueryParamBuilder: The class that builds query filters that are applied to the query definition to invoke the query.

QueryResultMapper

QueryResultMapper maps data taken from a database (dataset) to an object representation. It is similar to ORM providers such as hibernate, which map tables to entities.

Many object types can be used for representing dataset results. Therefore, existing mappers might not always suit your needs. Mappers in QueryResultMapper are pluggable and you can provide your own mapper when necessary, in order to transform dataset data into any type you need.

The jBPM engine supplies the following mappers:

  • org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.query.mapper.ProcessInstanceQueryMapper, registered with the name ProcessInstances

  • org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.query.mapper.ProcessInstanceWithVarsQueryMapper, registered with the name ProcessInstancesWithVariables

  • org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.query.mapper.ProcessInstanceWithCustomVarsQueryMapper, registered with the name ProcessInstancesWithCustomVariables

  • org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.query.mapper.UserTaskInstanceQueryMapper, registered with the name UserTasks

  • org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.query.mapper.UserTaskInstanceWithVarsQueryMapper, registered with the name UserTasksWithVariables

  • org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.query.mapper.UserTaskInstanceWithCustomVarsQueryMapper, registered with name UserTasksWithCustomVariables

  • org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.query.mapper.TaskSummaryQueryMapper, registered with the name TaskSummaries

  • org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.query.mapper.RawListQueryMapper, registered with the name RawList

Each QueryResultMapper is registered with a unique string name. You can look up mappers by this name instead of referencing the full class name. This feature is especially important when using the EJB remote flavor of services, because it avoids relying on a particular implementation on the client side.

To reference a QueryResultMapper by the string name, use NamedQueryMapper, which is a part of the jbpm-services-api module. This class acts as a delegate (lazy delegate) and looks up the actual mapper when the query is performed.

Using NamedQueryMapper
queryService.query("my query def", new NamedQueryMapper<Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc>>("ProcessInstances"), new QueryContext());
QueryParamBuilder

QueryParamBuilder provides an advanced way of building filters for data sets.

By default, when you use a query method of QueryService that accepts zero or more QueryParam instances, all of these parameters are joined with an AND operator, so a data entry must match all of them.

However, sometimes more complicated relationships between parameters are required. You can use QueryParamBuilder to build custom builders that provide filters at the time the query is issued.

One existing implementation of QueryParamBuilder is available in the jBPM engine. It covers default QueryParams that are based on the core functions.

These core functions are SQL-based conditions, including the following conditions:

  • IS_NULL

  • NOT_NULL

  • EQUALS_TO

  • NOT_EQUALS_TO

  • LIKE_TO

  • GREATER_THAN

  • GREATER_OR_EQUALS_TO

  • LOWER_THAN

  • LOWER_OR_EQUALS_TO

  • BETWEEN

  • IN

  • NOT_IN

Before invoking a query, the jBPM engine invokes the build method of the QueryParamBuilder interface as many times as necessary while the method returns a non-null value. Because of this approach, you can build up complex filter options that could not be expressed by a simple list of QueryParams.

The following example shows a basic implementation of QueryParamBuilder. It relies on the DashBuilder Dataset API.

Basic implementation of QueryParamBuilder
public class TestQueryParamBuilder implements QueryParamBuilder<ColumnFilter> {

    private Map<String, Object> parameters;
    private boolean built = false;
    public TestQueryParamBuilder(Map<String, Object> parameters) {
        this.parameters = parameters;
    }

    @Override
    public ColumnFilter build() {
        // return null if it was already invoked
        if (built) {
            return null;
        }

        String columnName = "processInstanceId";

        ColumnFilter filter = FilterFactory.OR(
                FilterFactory.greaterOrEqualsTo((Long)parameters.get("min")),
                FilterFactory.lowerOrEqualsTo((Long)parameters.get("max")));
        filter.setColumnId(columnName);

        built = true;
        return filter;
    }

}

After implementing the builder, you can use an instance of this class when performing a query via QueryService, as shown in the following example:

Running a query via QueryService
queryService.query("my query def", ProcessInstanceQueryMapper.get(), new QueryContext(), paramBuilder);
7.4.6.1. Using the query service in a typical scenario

The following procedure outlines the typical way in which your code might use the query service.

Procedure

  1. Define the data set, which is a view of the data you want to use. Use the QueryDefinition class in the in services API to complete this operation:

    Defining the data set
    SqlQueryDefinition query = new SqlQueryDefinition("getAllProcessInstances", "java:jboss/datasources/ExampleDS");
query.setExpression("select * from processinstancelog");

    This example represents the simplest possible query definition.

    The constructor requires the following parameters:

    • A unique name that identifies the query at run time

    • A JNDI data source name to use for performing queries with this definition

      The parameter of the setExpression method is the SQL statement that builds up the data set view. Queries in the query service use data from this view and filter this data as necessary.

  2. Register the query:

    Registering a query
    queryService.registerQuery(query);

  3. If required, collect all the data from the dataset, without any filtering:

    Collecting all he data from the dataset
    Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> instances = queryService.query("getAllProcessInstances", ProcessInstanceQueryMapper.get(), new QueryContext());

    This simple query uses defaults from QueryContext for paging and sorting.

  4. If required, use a QueryContext object that changes the defaults of the paging and sorting:

    Changing defaults using a QueryContext object
    QueryContext ctx = new QueryContext(0, 100, "start_date", true);
         
Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> instances = queryService.query("getAllProcessInstances", ProcessInstanceQueryMapper.get(), ctx);

  5. If required, use the query to filter data:

    Using a query to filter data
    // single filter param
Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> instances = queryService.query("getAllProcessInstances", ProcessInstanceQueryMapper.get(), new QueryContext(), QueryParam.likeTo(COLUMN_PROCESSID, true, "org.jbpm%"));
 
// multiple filter params (AND)
Collection<ProcessInstanceDesc> instances = queryService.query("getAllProcessInstances", ProcessInstanceQueryMapper.get(), new QueryContext(),
 QueryParam.likeTo(COLUMN_PROCESSID, true, "org.jbpm%"),
 QueryParam.in(COLUMN_STATUS, 1, 3));

With the query service, you can define what data to fetch and how to filter it. Limitation of the JPA provider or other similar limitations do not apply. You can tailor database queries to yoru environment to increase performance.

Further examples can be found here.

7.4.7. Advanced query service

The advanced query service provides capabilities to search for processes and tasks, based on process and task attributes, process variables, and internal variables of user tasks. The search automatically covers all existing processes in the jBPM engine.

The names and required values of attributes and variables are defined in QueryParam objects.

Process attributes include process instance ID, correlation key, process definition ID, and deployment ID. Task attributes include task name, owner, and status.

The following search methods are available:

  • queryProcessByVariables: Search for process instances based on a list of process attributes and process variable values. To be included in the result, a process instance must have the listed attributes and the listed values in its process variables.

  • queryProcessByVariablesAndTask: Search for process instances based on a list of process attributes, process variable values, and task variable values. To be included in the result, a process instance must have the listed attributes and the listed values in its process variables. It also must include a task with the listed values in its task variables.

  • queryUserTasksByVariables: Search for user tasks based on a list of task attributes, task variable values, and process variable values. To be included in the result, a task must have the listed attributes and listed values in its task variables. It also must be includes in a process with the listed values in its process variables.

The service is provided by the AdvanceRuntimeDataService class. The interface for this class also defines predefined task and process attribute names.

Definition of the AdvanceRuntimeDataService interface
public interface AdvanceRuntimeDataService {

    String TASK_ATTR_NAME = "TASK_NAME";
    String TASK_ATTR_OWNER = "TASK_OWNER";
    String TASK_ATTR_STATUS = "TASK_STATUS";
    String PROCESS_ATTR_INSTANCE_ID = "PROCESS_INSTANCE_ID";
    String PROCESS_ATTR_CORRELATION_KEY = "PROCESS_CORRELATION_KEY";
    String PROCESS_ATTR_DEFINITION_ID = "PROCESS_DEFINITION_ID";
    String PROCESS_ATTR_DEPLOYMENT_ID = "PROCESS_DEPLOYMENT_ID";

    List<ProcessInstanceWithVarsDesc> queryProcessByVariables(List<QueryParam> attributes,
                                                              List<QueryParam> processVariables,
                                                              QueryContext queryContext);

    List<ProcessInstanceWithVarsDesc> queryProcessByVariablesAndTask(List<QueryParam> attributes,
                                                                     List<QueryParam> processVariables,
                                                                     List<QueryParam> taskVariables,
                                                                     List<String> potentialOwners,
                                                                     QueryContext queryContext);

    List<UserTaskInstanceWithPotOwnerDesc> queryUserTasksByVariables(List<QueryParam> attributes,
                                                                     List<QueryParam> taskVariables,
                                                                     List<QueryParam> processVariables,
                                                                     List<String> potentialOwners,
                                                                     QueryContext queryContext);
}

7.4.8. Process instance migration service

The ProcessInstanceMigrationService service is a utility for migrating process instances from one deployment to another. Process or task variables are not affected by the migration. However, the new deployment can use a different process definition.

For the simplest approach to process migration, let active process instances finish and start new process instances in the new deployment. If this approach is not suitable to your needs, consider the following issues before starting process instance migration:

  • Backward compatibility

  • Data change

  • Need for node mapping

Whenever possible, create backward compatible processes by extending process definitions. For example, removing nodes from the process definition breaks compatibility. In such cases, you must provide node mapping in case an active process instance is in a node that has been removed.

A node map contains source node IDs from the old process definition mapped to target node IDs in the new process definition. You can map nodes of the same type only, such as a user task to a user task.

jBPM offers several implementations of the migration service:

Methods in the ProcessInstanceMigrationService interface that implement the migration service
public interface ProcessInstanceMigrationService {
 /**
 * Migrates a given process instance that belongs to the source deployment into the target process ID that belongs to the target deployment.
 * The following rules are enforced:
 * <ul>
 * <li>the source deployment ID must point to an existing deployment</li>
 * <li>the process instance ID must point to an existing and active process instance</li>
 * <li>the target deployment must exist</li>
 * <li>the target process ID must exist in the target deployment</li>
 * </ul>
 * Returns a migration report regardless of migration being successful or not; examine the report for the outcome of the migration.
 * @param sourceDeploymentId deployment to which the process instance to be migrated belongs
 * @param processInstanceId ID of the process instance to be migrated
 * @param targetDeploymentId ID of deployment to which the target process belongs
 * @param targetProcessId ID of the process to which the process instance should be migrated
 * @return returns complete migration report
 */
 MigrationReport migrate(String sourceDeploymentId, Long processInstanceId, String targetDeploymentId, String targetProcessId);
 /**
 * Migrates a given process instance (with node mapping) that belongs to source deployment into the target process ID that belongs to the target deployment.
 * The following rules are enforced:
 * <ul>
 * <li>the source deployment ID must point to an existing deployment</li>
 * <li>the process instance ID must point to an existing and active process instance</li>
 * <li>the target deployment must exist</li>
 * <li>the target process ID must exist in the target deployment</li>
 * </ul>
 * Returns a migration report regardless of migration being successful or not; examine the report for the outcome of the migration.
 * @param sourceDeploymentId deployment to which the process instance to be migrated belongs
 * @param processInstanceId ID of the process instance to be migrated
 * @param targetDeploymentId ID of deployment to which the target process belongs
 * @param targetProcessId ID of the process to which the process instance should be migrated
 * @param nodeMapping node mapping - source and target unique IDs of nodes to be mapped - from process instance active nodes to new process nodes
 * @return returns complete migration report
 */
 MigrationReport migrate(String sourceDeploymentId, Long processInstanceId, String targetDeploymentId, String targetProcessId, Map<String, String> nodeMapping);
 /**
 * Migrates given process instances that belong to the source deployment into a target process ID that belongs to the target deployment.
 * The following rules are enforced:
 * <ul>
 * <li>the source deployment ID must point to an existing deployment</li>
 * <li>the process instance ID must point to an existing and active process instance</li>
 * <li>the target deployment must exist</li>
 * <li>the target process ID must exist in the target deployment</li>
 * </ul>
 * Returns a migration report regardless of migration being successful or not; examine the report for the outcome of the migration.
 * @param sourceDeploymentId deployment to which the process instances to be migrated belong
 * @param processInstanceIds list of process instance IDs to be migrated
 * @param targetDeploymentId ID of deployment to which the target process belongs
 * @param targetProcessId ID of the process to which the process instances should be migrated
 * @return returns complete migration report
 */
 List<MigrationReport> migrate(String sourceDeploymentId, List<Long> processInstanceIds, String targetDeploymentId, String targetProcessId);
 /**
 * Migrates given process instances (with node mapping) that belong to the source deployment into a target process ID that belongs to the target deployment.
 * The following rules are enforced:
 * <ul>
 * <li>the source deployment ID must point to an existing deployment</li>
 * <li>the process instance ID must point to an existing and active process instance</li>
 * <li>the target deployment must exist</li>
 * <li>the target process ID must exist in the target deployment</li>
 * </ul>
 * Returns a migration report regardless of migration being successful or not; examine the report for the outcome of the migration.
 * @param sourceDeploymentId deployment to which the process instances to be migrated belong
 * @param processInstanceIds list of process instance ID to be migrated
 * @param targetDeploymentId ID of deployment to which the target process belongs
 * @param targetProcessId ID of the process to which the process instances should be migrated
 * @param nodeMapping node mapping - source and target unique IDs of nodes to be mapped - from process instance active nodes to new process nodes
 * @return returns list of migration reports one per each process instance
 */
 List<MigrationReport> migrate(String sourceDeploymentId, List<Long> processInstanceIds, String targetDeploymentId, String targetProcessId, Map<String, String> nodeMapping);
}

To migrate process instances on a KIE Server, use the following implementations. These methods are similar to the methods in the ProcessInstanceMigrationService interface, providing the same migration implementations for KIE Server deployments.

Methods in the ProcessAdminServicesClient interface that implement the migration service for KIE Server deployments
public interface ProcessAdminServicesClient {

    MigrationReportInstance migrateProcessInstance(String containerId, Long processInstanceId, String targetContainerId, String targetProcessId);

    MigrationReportInstance migrateProcessInstance(String containerId, Long processInstanceId, String targetContainerId, String targetProcessId, Map<String, String> nodeMapping);

    List<MigrationReportInstance> migrateProcessInstances(String containerId, List<Long> processInstancesId, String targetContainerId, String targetProcessId);

    List<MigrationReportInstance> migrateProcessInstances(String containerId, List<Long> processInstancesId, String targetContainerId, String targetProcessId, Map<String, String> nodeMapping);
}

You can migrate a single process instance or multiple process instances at once. If you migrate multiple process instances, each instance is migrated in a separate transaction to ensure that the migrations do not affect each other.

After migration is completed, the migrate method returns a MigrationReport object that contains the following information:

  • The start and end dates of the migration.

  • The migration outcome (success or failure).

  • A log entry of the INFO, WARN, or ERROR type. The ERROR message terminates the migration.

The following example shows a process instance migration:

Migrating a process instance in a KIE Server deployment
import org.kie.server.api.model.admin.MigrationReportInstance;
import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesConfiguration;

public class ProcessInstanceMigrationTest{

	private static final String SOURCE_CONTAINER = "com.redhat:MigrateMe:1.0";
  private static final String SOURCE_PROCESS_ID = "MigrateMe.MigrateMev1";
	private static final String TARGET_CONTAINER = "com.redhat:MigrateMe:2";
  private static final String TARGET_PROCESS_ID = "MigrateMe.MigrateMeV2";

	public static void main(String[] args) {

		KieServicesConfiguration config = KieServicesFactory.newRestConfiguration("http://HOST:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/server", "USERNAME", "PASSWORD");
		config.setMarshallingFormat(MarshallingFormat.JSON);
		KieServicesClient client = KieServicesFactory.newKieServicesClient(config);

		long sourcePid = client.getProcessClient().startProcess(SOURCE_CONTAINER, SOURCE_PROCESS_ID);

    // Use the 'report' object to return migration results.
		MigrationReportInstance report = client.getAdminClient().migrateProcessInstance(SOURCE_CONTAINER, sourcePid,TARGET_CONTAINER, TARGET_PROCESS_ID);

		System.out.println("Was migration successful:" + report.isSuccessful());

		client.getProcessClient().abortProcessInstance(TARGET_CONTAINER, sourcePid);

	}
}
Known limitations of process instance migration

The following situations can cause a failure of the migration of incorrect migration:

  • A new or modified task requires inputs which are not available in the migrated process instance.

  • You modify the tasks prior to the active task where the changes have an impact on further processing.

  • You remove a human task which is currently active. To replace a human task, you must map it to another human task.

  • You add a new task parallel to the single active task. As all branches in an AND gateway are not activated, the process gets stuck.

  • You remove active timer events (these events are not changed in the database).

  • You fix or update inputs and outputs in an active task (the task data is not migrated)

If you apply mapping to a task node, only the task node name and description are mapped. Other task fields, including the TaskName variable, are not mapped to the new task.

7.4.9. Deployments and different process versions

The deployment service puts business assets into an execution environment. However, in some cases additional management is required to make the assets available in the correct context. Notably, if you deploy several versions of the same process, you must ensure that process instances use the correct version.

Activation and Deactivation of deployments

In some cases, a number of process instances are running on a deployment, and then you add a new version of the same process to the runtime environment.

You might decide that new instances of this process definition must use the new version while the existing active instances should continue with the previous version.

To enable this scenario, use the following methods of the deployment service:

  • activate: activates a given deployment so it can be available for interaction. You can list its process definitions and start new process instances for this deployment.

  • deactivate: deactivates a deployment. Disables the option to list process definitions and to start new process instances of processes in the deployment. However, you can continue working with the process instances that are already active, for example, signal events and interact with user tasks.

You can use this feature for smooth transition between project versions without the need for process instance migration.

Invoking the latest version of a process

If you need to use the latest version of the project’s process, you can use the latest keyword to interact with several operations in services. This approach is supported only when the process identifier remains the same in all versions.

The following example explains the feature.

The initial deployment unit is org.jbpm:HR:1.0. It contains the first version of a hiring process.

After several weeks, you develop a new version and deploy it to the execution server as org.jbpm:HR.2.0. It includes version 2 of the hiring process.

If you want to call the process and enxure that you use the latest version, you can use following deployment ID:

org.jbpm.HR:latest

If you use this deployment ID, the jBPM engine finds the latest available version of the project. It uses the following identifiers:

  • groupId: org.jbpm

  • artifactId: HR

The version numbers are compared by Maven rules to find the latest version.

The following code example shows deployment of multiple versions and interacting with the latest version:

Deploying multiple versions of a process and interacting with the latest version
KModuleDeploymentUnit deploymentUnitV1 = new KModuleDeploymentUnit("org.jbpm", "HR", "1.0");
deploymentService.deploy(deploymentUnitV1);

long processInstanceId = processService.startProcess("org.jbpm:HR:LATEST", "customtask");
ProcessInstanceDesc piDesc = runtimeDataService.getProcessInstanceById(processInstanceId);

// we have started process with project's version 1
assertEquals(deploymentUnitV1.getIdentifier(), piDesc.getDeploymentId());

// next we deploy version 1
KModuleDeploymentUnit deploymentUnitV2 = new KModuleDeploymentUnit("org.jbpm", "HR", "2.0");
deploymentService.deploy(deploymentUnitV2);

processInstanceId = processService.startProcess("org.jbpm:HR:LATEST", "customtask");
piDesc = runtimeDataService.getProcessInstanceById(processInstanceId);

// this time we have started process with project's version 2
assertEquals(deploymentUnitV2.getIdentifier(), piDesc.getDeploymentId());

This feature is also available in the REST KIE API. When sending a request with a deployment ID, you can use LATEST as the version identifier.

7.4.10. Deployment synchronization

Prior to jBPM 6.2, jBPM services did not have a deployment store by default. When embedded in jbpm-console/kie-wb, they utilized the sistem.git VFS repository to preserve deployed units across server restarts. While that approach works, it causes some drawbacks:

  • It is not available for custom systems that use services

  • It requires a complex setup process in a cluster deployment, involving zookeeper and helix

Since version 6.2, jBPM services include a deployment synchronizer that stores available deployments into a database, including the deployment descriptor for every deployment.

The synhronizer also monitors this table to keep it in sync with other installations that might be using the same data source. This functionality is especially important when running in a cluster or when Business Central and a custom application must operate on the same artifacts.

By default, when running core services, you must configure synchronization. For EJB and CDI extensions, synchronization is enabled automatically.

The following code sample configures synchronization:

Configuring synchronization
TransactionalCommandService commandService = new TransactionalCommandService(emf);

DeploymentStore store = new DeploymentStore();
store.setCommandService(commandService);

DeploymentSynchronizer sync = new DeploymentSynchronizer();
sync.setDeploymentService(deploymentService);
sync.setDeploymentStore(store);

DeploymentSyncInvoker invoker = new DeploymentSyncInvoker(sync, 2L, 3L, TimeUnit.SECONDS);
invoker.start();
....
invoker.stop();

With this configuration, deployments are synchronized every three seconds with an initial delay of two seconds.

7.5. Threads in the jBPM engine

We can refer to two types of "multi-threading": logical and technical. Technical multi-threading involves multiple threads or processes that are started, for example, by a Java or C program. Logical multi-threading happens in a BPM process, for example, after the process reaches a parallel gateway. In execution logic, the original process splits into two processes that run in a parallel fashion.

jBPM engine code implements logical multi-threading using one technical thread.

The reason for this design choice is that multiple (technical) threads must be able to communicate state information to each other if they are working on the same process. This requirement brings a number of complications. The extra logic required for safe communication between threads, as well as the extra overhead required to avoid race conditions and deadlocks, can negate any performance benefit of using such threads.

In general, the jBPM engine executes actions in series. For example, when the jBPM engine encounters a script task in a process, it executes the script synchronously and waits for it to complete before continuing execution. In the same way, if a process encounters a parallel gateway, the jBPM engine sequentially triggers each of the outgoing branches, one after the other.

This is possible because execution is almost always instantaneous, meaning that it is extremely fast and produces almost no overhead. As a result, sequential execution does not create any effects that a user can notice.

Any code in a process that you supply is also executed synchronously and the jBPM engine waits for it to finish before continuing the process. For example, if you use a Thread.sleep(…​) as part of a custom script, the jBPM engine thread is blocked during thre sleep period.

When a process reaches a service task, the jBPM engine also invokes the handler for the task synchronously amd waits for the completeWorkItem(…​) method to return before continuing execution. If your service handler is not instantaneous, implement the asynchronous execution independently in your code.

For example, your service task might invoke an external service. The delay in invoking this service remotely and waiting for the results might be significant. Therefore, invoke this service asynchronously. Your handler must only invoke the service and then return from the methos, then notify the jBPM engine later when the results are available. In the meantime, the jBPM engine can continue execution of the process.

Human tasks are a typical example of a service that needs to be invoked asynchronously. A human task requires a human actor to respond to a request, and the jBPM engine must not wait for this response.

When a human task node is triggered, the human task handler only creates a new task on the task list of the assigned actor. The jBPM engine is then able to continue execution on the rest of the process, if necessary. The handler notifies the jBPM engine asynchronously when the user has completed the task.

7.6. Event Listeners in the jBPM engine

You can develop a class that implements the ProcessEventListener interface. This class can listen to process-related events, such starting or completing a process or entering and leaving a node.

The jBPM engine passes an event object to this class. The object provides access to related information, like the process instance and node instance linked to the event.

The following list shows the different methods of the ProcessEventListener interface.

Methods of the ProcessEventListener interface
public interface ProcessEventListener {

  void beforeProcessStarted( ProcessStartedEvent event );
  void afterProcessStarted( ProcessStartedEvent event );
  void beforeProcessCompleted( ProcessCompletedEvent event );
  void afterProcessCompleted( ProcessCompletedEvent event );
  void beforeNodeTriggered( ProcessNodeTriggeredEvent event );
  void afterNodeTriggered( ProcessNodeTriggeredEvent event );
  void beforeNodeLeft( ProcessNodeLeftEvent event );
  void afterNodeLeft( ProcessNodeLeftEvent event );
  void beforeVariableChanged(ProcessVariableChangedEvent event);
  void afterVariableChanged(ProcessVariableChangedEvent event);

}

The before and after event calls typically act like a stack. If event A directly causes event B, the following sequence of calls happens:

  • Before A

  • Before B

  • After B

  • After A

For example, if leaving node X triggers node Y, all event calls related to triggering node Y occur between the beforeNodeLeft and afterNodeLeft calls for node X.

In the same way, if starting a process directly causes some nodes to start, all nodeTriggered and nodeLeft event calls occur between the beforeProcessStarted and afterProcessStarted calls.

This approach reflects cause and effect relationships between events. However, the timing and order of after event calls are not always intuitive. For example, an afterProcessStarted call can happen after the afterNodeLeft calls for some nodes in the process.

In general, to be notified when a particular event occurs, use the before call for the event. Use an after call only if you want to make sure that all processing related to this event has ended, for example, when you want to be notified when all steps associated with starting a particular process instance have been completed.

Depending on the type of node, some nodes might only generate nodeLeft calls and others might only generate nodeTriggered calls. For example, "catch intermediate event" nodes do not generate nodeTriggered calls, because they are not triggered by another process node. Similarly, "throw intermediate events" nodes do not generate nodeLeft calls, as these nodes do not have an outgoing connection to another node.

The KieSession class implements the RuleRuntimeEventManager interface that provides methods for registering, removing, and listing event listeners, as shown in the following list.

Methods of the RuleRuntimeEventManager interface
    void addEventListener(AgendaEventListener listener);
    void addEventListener(RuleRuntimeEventListener listener);
    void removeEventListener(AgendaEventListener listener);
    void removeEventListener(RuleRuntimeEventListener listener);
    Collection<AgendaEventListener>	getAgendaEventListeners();
    Collection<RuleRuntimeEventListener> getRuleRintimeEventListeners();

However, in a typical case, do not use these methods.

If you are using the RuntimeManager interface, you can use the RuntimeEnvironment class to register event listeners.

If you are using the Services API, you can add fully qualified class names of event listeners to the META-INF/services/org.jbpm.services.task.deadlines.NotificationListener file in your project. The Services API also registers some default listeners, including org.jbpm.services.task.deadlines.notifications.impl.email.EmailNotificationListener, which can send email notifications for event.

To exclude a default listener, you can add the fully qualified name of the listener to the org.kie.jbpm.notification_listeners.exclude JVM system property.

7.6.1. KieRuntimeLogger event listener

The KieServices package contains the KieRuntimeLogger event listener that you can add to your session. You can use this listener to create an audit log. This log contains all the different events that occurred at runtime.

These loggers are intended for debugging purposes. They might be too detailed for business-level process analysis.

The listener implements the following logger types:

  • Console logger: This logger writes out all the events to the console. The fully qualified class name for this logger is org.drools.core.audit.WorkingMemoryConsoleLogger.

  • File logger: This logger writes out all the events to a file using an XML representation. You can use the log file in an IDE to generate a tree-based visualization of the events that occurred during execution. The fully qualified class name for this logger is org.drools.core.audit.WorkingMemoryFileLogger.

    The file logger writes the events to disk only when closing the logger or when the number of events in the logger reaches a predefined level. Therefore, it is not suitable for debugging processes at runtime.

  • Threaded file logger: This logger writes the events to a file after a specified time interval. You can use this logger to visualize the progress in real time while debugging processes. The fully qualified class name for this logger is org.drools.core.audit.ThreadedWorkingMemoryFileLogger.

When creating a logger, you must pass the KIE session as an argument. The file loggers also require the name of the log file to be created. The threaded file logger requires the interval in milliseconds after which the events are saved.

Always close the logger at the end of your application.

The following example shows the use of the file logger.

Using the file logger
  import org.kie.api.KieServices;
  import org.kie.api.logger.KieRuntimeLogger;
  ...
  KieRuntimeLogger logger = KieServices.Factory.get().getLoggers().newFileLogger(ksession, "test");
  // add invocations to the jBPM engine here,
  // e.g. ksession.startProcess(processId);
  ...
  logger.close();

The log file that is created by the file-based loggers contains an XML-based overview of all the events that occurred during the runtime of the process. You can use the Audit View in the Drools Eclipse plugin to open the file and visualize the events as a tree. Events that occur between the before and after calls of an event are shown as children of that event.

The following screenshot shows a simple example. A process is started, resulting in the activation of the Start node, an Action node, and an End node, after which the process is completed.

AuditView
Figure 11. Audit view of a jBPM engine runtime log

7.7. jBPM engine configuration

You can use several control parameters available to alter the jBPM engine default behavior to suit the requirements of your environment.

Set these parameters as JVM system properties, usually with the -D option when starting a program such as an application server.

Table 6. Control parameters
Name Possible values Default value Description

jbpm.ut.jndi.lookup

String

Alternative JNDI name to be used when there is no access to the default one (java:comp/UserTransaction).

Note: Must be valid for the given runtime environment. Do not use this variable if there is no access to the default user transaction JNDI name.

jbpm.enable.multi.con

true|false

false

Enable multiple incoming/outgoing sequence flows support for activities

jbpm.business.calendar.properties

String

/jbpm.business.calendar.properties

Alternative class path location of the business calendar configuration file

jbpm.overdue.timer.delay

Long

2000

Specifies the delay for overdue timers to allow proper initialization, in milliseconds

jbpm.process.name.comparator

String

Alternative comparator class to enable starting a process by name, by default the NumberVersionComparator comparator is used

jbpm.loop.level.disabled

true|false

true

Enable or disable loop iteration tracking for advanced loop support when using XOR gateways

org.kie.mail.session

String

mail/jbpmMailSession

Alternative JNDI name for the mail session used by Task Deadlines

jbpm.usergroup.callback.properties

String

/jbpm.usergroup.callback.properties

Alternative class path location for a user group callback implementation (LDAP, DB)

jbpm.user.group.mapping

String

${jboss.server.config.dir}/roles.properties

Alternative location of the roles.properties file for JBossUserGroupCallbackImpl

jbpm.user.info.properties

String

/jbpm.user.info.properties

Alternative class path location of the user info configuration (used by LDAPUserInfoImpl)

org.jbpm.ht.user.separator

String

,

Alternative separator of actors and groups for user tasks

org.quartz.properties

String

Location of the quartz config file to activate the quartz based timer service

jbpm.data.dir

String

${jboss.server.data.dir} if available, otherwise ${java.io.tmpdir}

Location to store data files produced by the jBPM engine

org.kie.executor.pool.size

Integer

1

Thread pool size for jbpm executor

org.kie.executor.retry.count

Integer

3

Number of retries attempted by the jBPM engine executor in case of an error

org.kie.executor.interval

Integer

0

Frequency used to check for pending jobs by the jBPM engine executor, in seconds

org.kie.executor.disabled

true|false

true

Disable the jBPM engine executor

org.kie.store.services.class

String

org.drools.persistence.jpa.KnowledgeStoreServiceImpl

Fully qualified name of the class that implements KieStoreServices that will be responsible for bootstrapping KieSession instances

org.kie.jbpm.notification_listeners.exclude

String

Fully qualified names of event listeners that must be excluded even if they would otherwise be used. Separate multiple names with commas. For example, you can add org.jbpm.services.task.deadlines.notifications.impl.email.EmailNotificationListener to exclude the default email notification listener.

org.kie.jbpm.notification_listeners.include

String

Fully qualified names of event listeners that must be included. Separate multiple names with commas. If you set this property, only the listeners in this property are included and all other listeners are excluded.

8. Processes

8.1. What is BPMN 2.0

"The primary goal of BPMN is to provide a notation that is readily understandable by all business users, from the business analysts that create the initial drafts of the processes, to the technical developers responsible for implementing the technology that will perform those processes, and finally, to the business people who will manage and monitor those processes."

The Business Process Model and Notation (BPMN) 2.0 specification is an OMG specification that not only defines a standard on how to graphically represent a business process (like BPMN 1.x), but now also includes execution semantics for the elements defined, and an XML format on how to store (and share) process definitions.

jBPM6 allows you to execute processes defined using the BPMN 2.0 XML format. That means that you can use all the different jBPM6 tooling to model, execute, manage and monitor your business processes using the BPMN 2.0 format for specifying your executable business processes. Actually, the full BPMN 2.0 specification also includes details on how to represent things like choreographies and collaboration. The jBPM project however focuses on that part of the specification that can be used to specify executable processes.

Executable processes in BPMN consist of different types of nodes being connected to each other using sequence flows. The BPMN 2.0 specification defines three main types of nodes:

  • Events: They are used to model the occurrence of a particular event. This could be a start event (that is used to indicate the start of the process), end events (that define the end of the process, or of that subflow) and intermediate events (that indicate events that might occur during the execution of the process).

  • Activities: These define the different actions that need to be performed during the execution of the process. Different types of tasks exist, depending on the type of activity you are trying to model (e.g. human task, service task, etc.) and activities could also be nested (using different types of sub-processes).

  • Gateways: Can be used to define multiple paths in the process. Depending on the type of gateway, these might indicate parallel execution, choice, etc.

jBPM6 does not implement all elements and attributes as defined in the BPMN 2.0 specification. We do however support a significant subset, including the most common node types that can be used inside executable processes. This includes (almost) all elements and attributes as defined in the "Common Executable" subclass of the BPMN 2.0 specification, extended with some additional elements and attributes we believe are valuable in that context as well. The full set of elements and attributes that are supported can be found below, but it includes elements like:

  • Flow objects

    • Events

      • Start Event (None, Conditional, Signal, Message, Timer)

      • End Event (None, Terminate, Error, Escalation, Signal, Message, Compensation)

      • Intermediate Catch Event (Signal, Timer, Conditional, Message)

      • Intermediate Throw Event (None, Signal, Escalation, Message, Compensation)

      • Non-interrupting Boundary Event (Escalation, Signal, Timer, Conditional, Message)

      • Interrupting Boundary Event (Escalation, Error, Signal, Timer, Conditional, Message, Compensation)

    • Activities

      • Script Task

      • Task

      • Service Task

      • User Task

      • Business Rule Task

      • Manual Task

      • Send Task

      • Receive Task

      • Reusable Sub-Process (Call Activity)

      • Embedded Sub-Process

      • Event Sub-Process

      • Ad-Hoc Sub-Process

      • Data-Object

    • Gateways

      • Diverging

        • Exclusive

        • Inclusive

        • Parallel

        • Event-Based

      • Converging

        • Exclusive

        • Inclusive

        • Parallel

    • Lanes

  • Data

    • Java type language

    • Process properties

    • Embedded Sub-Process properties

    • Activity properties

  • Connecting objects

    • Sequence flow

For example, consider the following "Hello World" BPMN 2.0 process, which does nothing more than writing out a "Hello World" statement when the process is started.

HelloWorld

An executable version of this process expressed using BPMN 2.0 XML would look something like this:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<definitions id="Definition"
             targetNamespace="http://www.example.org/MinimalExample"
             typeLanguage="http://www.java.com/javaTypes"
             expressionLanguage="http://www.mvel.org/2.0"
             xmlns="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/MODEL"
             xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
             xs:schemaLocation="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/MODEL BPMN20.xsd"
             xmlns:bpmndi="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/DI"
             xmlns:dc="http://www.omg.org/spec/DD/20100524/DC"
             xmlns:di="http://www.omg.org/spec/DD/20100524/DI"
             xmlns:tns="http://www.jboss.org/drools">

  <process processType="Private" isExecutable="true" id="com.sample.HelloWorld" name="Hello World" >

    <!-- nodes -->
    <startEvent id="_1" name="StartProcess" />
    <scriptTask id="_2" name="Hello" >
      <script>System.out.println("Hello World");</script>
    </scriptTask>
    <endEvent id="_3" name="EndProcess" >
        <terminateEventDefinition/>
    </endEvent>

    <!-- connections -->
    <sequenceFlow id="_1-_2" sourceRef="_1" targetRef="_2" />
    <sequenceFlow id="_2-_3" sourceRef="_2" targetRef="_3" />

  </process>

  <bpmndi:BPMNDiagram>
    <bpmndi:BPMNPlane bpmnElement="Minimal" >
      <bpmndi:BPMNShape bpmnElement="_1" >
        <dc:Bounds x="15" y="91" width="48" height="48" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNShape>
      <bpmndi:BPMNShape bpmnElement="_2" >
        <dc:Bounds x="95" y="88" width="83" height="48" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNShape>
      <bpmndi:BPMNShape bpmnElement="_3" >
        <dc:Bounds x="258" y="86" width="48" height="48" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNShape>
      <bpmndi:BPMNEdge bpmnElement="_1-_2" >
        <di:waypoint x="39" y="115" />
        <di:waypoint x="75" y="46" />
        <di:waypoint x="136" y="112" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNEdge>
      <bpmndi:BPMNEdge bpmnElement="_2-_3" >
        <di:waypoint x="136" y="112" />
        <di:waypoint x="240" y="240" />
        <di:waypoint x="282" y="110" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNEdge>
    </bpmndi:BPMNPlane>
  </bpmndi:BPMNDiagram>

</definitions>

To create your own process using BPMN 2.0 format, you can

  • The jBPM Designer is an open-source web-based editor that supports the BPMN 2.0 format. We have embedded it into Business Central for BPMN 2.0 process visualization and editing. You could use the Designer (either standalone or integrated) to create / edit BPMN 2.0 processes and then export them to BPMN 2.0 format or save them into repository and import them so they can be executed.

  • A new BPMN2 Eclipse plugin is being created to support the full BPMN2 specification.

  • You can always manually create your BPMN 2.0 process files by writing the XML directly. You can validate the syntax of your processes against the BPMN 2.0 XSD, or use the validator in the Eclipse plugin to check both syntax and completeness of your model.

  • Drools Eclipse Process editor has been deprecated in favor of BPMN2 Modeler for process modeling. It can still be used for limited number of supported elements but should be faced out as it is not being developed any more.

    Create a new Process file using the Drools Eclipse plugin wizard and in the last page of the wizard, make sure you select Drools 5.1 code compatibility. This will create a new process using the BPMN 2.0 XML format. Note however that this is not exactly a BPMN 2.0 editor, as it still uses different attributes names etc. It does however save the process using valid BPMN 2.0 syntax. Also note that the editor does not support all node types and attributes that are already supported in the jBPM engine.

The following code fragment shows you how to load a BPMN2 process into your KIE base …​

private static KnowledgeBase createKnowledgeBase() throws Exception {
    KieHelper kieHelper = new KieHelper();
    KieBase kieBase = kieHelper
    .addResource(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("sample.bpmn2"))
    .build();

    return kieBase;
}

... and how to execute this process …​

KieBase kbase = createKnowledgeBase();
KieSession ksession = kbase.newKieSession();
ksession.startProcess("com.sample.HelloWorld");

For more detail, check out the chapter on the API and the basics.

8.2. Business processes

A business process is a diagram that describes the order for a series of steps that must be executed and consists of predefined nodes and connections. Each node represents one step in the process while the connections specify how to transition from one node to another.

A typical business process consists of the following components:

  • The header section that comprises global elements such as the name of the process, imports, and variables

  • The nodes section that contains all the different nodes that are part of the process

  • The connections section that links these nodes to each other to create a flow chart

This image shows the steps of "self evaluation" through the project manager and HR manager.
Figure 12. Business process

jBPM contains the legacy process designer and the new process designer for creating business process diagrams. The new process designer has an improved layout and feature set and continues to be developed. Until all features of the legacy process designer are completely implemented in the new process designer, both designers are available in Business Central for you to use.

8.2.1. Creating a business process in Business Central

The process designer is the jBPM process modeler. The output of the modeler is a BPMN 2.0 process definition file. The definition is used as input for the jBPM jBPM engine, which creates a process instance based on the definition.

The procedures in this section provide a general overview of how to create a simple business process.

Prerequisites

  • You have created or imported a jBPM project.

  • You have created the required users. User privileges and settings are controlled by the roles assigned to a user and the groups that a user belongs to.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, go to Menu → Design → Projects.

  2. Click the project name to open the project’s asset list.

  3. Click Add Asset → Business Process.

  4. In the Create new Business Process wizard, enter the following values:

    • Business Process: New business process name

    • Package: Package location for your new business process, for example com.myspace.myProject

  5. Click Ok to open the process designer.

  6. In the upper-right corner, click the Properties diagram properties icon and add your business process property information, such as process data and variables:

    1. Scroll down and expand Process Data.

    2. Click btn plus next to Process Variables and define the process variables that you want to use in your business process.

    Table 7. General process properties
    Label Description

    Name

    Enter the name of the process.

    Documentation

    Describes the process. The text in this field is included in the process documentation, if applicable.

    ID

    Enter an identifier for this process, such as orderItems.

    Package

    Enter the package location for this process in your jBPM project, such as org.acme.

    ProcessType

    Specify whether the process is public or private (or null, if not applicable).

    Version

    Enter the artifact version for the process.

    Ad hoc

    Select this option if this process is an ad hoc subprocess.

    Process Instance Description

    Enter a description of the purpose of the process.

    Imports

    Click to open the Imports window and add any data object classes required for your process.

    Executable

    Select this option to make the process executable part of your jBPM project.

    SLA Due Date

    Enter the service level agreement (SLA) expiration date.

    Process Variables

    Add any process variables for the process. Process variables are visible within the specific process instance. Process variables are initialized at process creation and destroyed on process completion. Variable Tags provide greater control over variable behavior, for example whether the variable is required or readonly. For more information about variable tags, see [variables-con_business-processes].

    Metadata Attributes

    Add any custom metadata attribute name and value that you want to use for custom event listeners, such as a listener to implement some action when a metadata attribute is present.

    Global Variables

    Add any global variables for the process. Global variables are visible to all process instances and assets in a project. Global variables are typically used by business rules and constraints, and are created dynamically by the rules or constraints.

    The Metadata Attributes entries are similar to Process Variables tags in that they enable new metaData extensions to BPMN diagrams. However, process variable tags modify the behavior of specific process variables, such as whether a certain variable is required or readonly, whereas metadata attributes are key-value definitions that modify the behavior of the overall process.

    For example, the following custom metadata attribute riskLevel and value low in a BPMN process correspond to a custom event listener for starting the process:

    Image of custom metadata attribute and value
    Figure 13. Example metadata attribute and value in the BPMN modeler
    Example metadata attribute and value in the BPMN file
    <bpmn2:process id="approvals" name="approvals" isExecutable="true" processType="Public">
  <bpmn2:extensionElements>
    <tns:metaData name="riskLevel">
      <tns:metaValue><![CDATA[low]]></tns:metaValue>
    </tns:metaData>
  </bpmn2:extensionElements>
    Example event listener with metadata value
    public class MyListener implements ProcessEventListener {
    ...
    @Override
    public void beforeProcessStarted(ProcessStartedEvent event) {
        Map < String, Object > metadata = event.getProcessInstance().getProcess().getMetaData();
        if (metadata.containsKey("low")) {
            // Implement some action for that metadata attribute
        }
    }
}

  7. In the process designer canvas, use the left toolbar to drag and drop BPMN components to define your business process logic, connections, events, tasks, or other elements.

    A task and event in jBPM expect one incoming and one outgoing flow. If you want to design a business process with multiple incoming and multiple outgoing flows, then consider redesigning the business process using gateways. Using gateways makes the logic apparent, which a sequence flow is executing. Therefore, gateways are considered as a best practice for multiple connections.

    However, if it is a must to use multiple connections for a task or an event, then you must set the JVM (Java virtual machine) system property jbpm.enable.multi.con to true. When Business Central and KIE Server run on different servers, then ensure that both of them contains the jbpm.enable.multi.con system property as enabled otherwise, the jBPM engine throws an exception.

  8. After you add and define all components of the business process, click Save to save the completed business process.

8.2.1.1. Creating business rules tasks

Business rules tasks are used to make decisions through a Decision Model and Notation (DMN) model or rule flow group.

Procedure

  1. Create a business process.

  2. In the process designer, select the Activities tool from the tool palette.

  3. Select Business Rule.

  4. Click a blank area of the process designer canvas.

  5. If necessary, in the upper-right corner of the screen, click the Properties icon.

  6. Add or define the task information listed in the following table as required.

    Table 8. Business rule task parameters
    Label Description

    Name

    The name of the business rule task. You can also double-click the business rule task shape to edit the name.

    Rule Language

    The output language for the task. Select Decision Model and Notation (DMN) or Drools (DRL).

    Rule Flow Group

    The rule flow group associated with this business task. Select a rule flow group from the list or specify a new rule flow group.

    On Entry Action

    A Java, JavaScript, or MVEL script that specifies an action at the start of the task.

    On Exit Action

    A Java, JavaScript, or MVEL script that specifies an action at the end of the task.

    Is Async

    Select if this task should be invoked asynchronously. Make tasks asynchronous if they cannot be executed instantaneously, for example a task performed by an outside service.

    AdHoc Autostart

    Select if this is an ad hoc task that should be started automatically. AdHoc Autostart enables the task to automatically start when the process or case instance is created instead of being starting by a start task. It is often used in case management.

    SLA Due Date

    The date that the service level agreement (SLA) expires.

    Assignments

    Click to add local variables.

  7. Click Save.

8.2.1.2. Creating script tasks

Script tasks are used to execute a piece of code written in Java, JavaScript, or MVEL. They contain code snippets that specify the action of the script task. You can include global and process variables in your scripts.

Note that MVEL accepts any valid Java code and additionally provides support for nested access of parameters. For example, the MVEL equivalent of the Java call person.getName() is person.name. MVEL also provides other improvements over Java and MVEL expressions are generally more convenient for business users.

Procedure

  1. Create a business process.

  2. In the process designer, select the Activities tool from the tool palette.

  3. Select Script.

  4. Click a blank area of the process designer canvas.

  5. If necessary, in the upper-right corner of the screen, click the Properties icon.

  6. Add or define the task information listed in the following table as required.

    Table 9. Script task parameters
    Label Description

    Name

    The name of the script task. You can also double-click the script task shape to edit the name.

    Documentation

    Enter a description of the task. The text in this field is included in the process documentation. Click the Documentation tab in the upper-left side of the process designer canvas to view the process documentation.

    Script

    Enter a script in Java, JavaScript, or MVEL to be excuted by the task, and select the script type.

    Is Async

    Select if this task should be invoked asynchronously. Make tasks asynchronous if they cannot be executed instantaneously, for example a task performed by an outside service.

    AdHoc Autostart

    Select if this is an ad hoc task that should be started automatically. AdHoc Autostart enables the task to automatically start when the process or case instance is created instead of being starting by a start task. It is often used in case management.

  7. Click Save.

8.2.1.3. Creating service tasks

A service task is a task that executes an action based on a web service call or in a Java class method. Examples of service tasks include sending an email and logging a message when these tasks are performed by systems. You can define the parameters (input) and results (output) that are associated with a service task. A Service Task should have one incoming connection and one outgoing connection.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, select the Admin icon in the top-right corner of the screen and select Artifacts.

  2. Click Upload to open the Artifact upload window.

  3. Choose the .jar file and click upload button.

    The .jar file contains data types (data objects) and Java classes for web service and Java service tasks respectively.

  4. Create a project you want to use.

  5. Go to your project Settings → Dependencies.

  6. Click Add from repository, locate the uploaded .jar file, and click Select.

  7. Save the project.

    Example of creating web service task

    The default implementation of a service task in the BPMN2 specification is a web service. The web service support is based on the Apache CXF dynamic client, which provides a dedicated service task handler that implements the WorkItemHandler interface:

    org.jbpm.process.workitem.bpmn2.ServiceTaskHandler

    To create a service task using web service, you must configure the web service:

    1. Create a business process.

    2. If necessary, in the upper-right corner of the screen, click the Properties icon.

    3. Click import property icon in the Imports property to open the Imports window.

    4. Click +Add next to the WSDL Imports to import the required WSDL (Web Services Description Language) values. For example:

    5. In the process designer, select the Activities tool from the tool palette.

    6. Select Service Task.

    7. Click a blank area of the process designer canvas.

    8. Add or define the task information listed in the following table as required.

      Table 10. Web service task parameters
      Label Description

      Name

      The name of the service task. You can also double-click the service task shape to edit the name.

      Documentation

      Enter a description of the task. The text in this field is included in the process documentation. Click the Documentation tab in the upper-left side of the process designer canvas to view the process documentation.

      Implementation

      Specify a web service.

      Interface

      The service used to implement the script, such as CountriesPortService.

      Operation

      The operation that is called by the interface, such as getCountry.

      Assignments

      Click to add local variables.

      AdHoc Autostart

      Select if this is an ad hoc task that should be started automatically. AdHoc Autostart enables the task to automatically start when the process or case instance is created instead of being starting by a start task. It is often used in case management.

      Is Async

      Select if this task should be invoked asynchronously. Make tasks asynchronous if they cannot be executed instantaneously, for example a task performed by an outside service.

      Is Multiple Instance

      Select if this task has multiple instances.

      MI Execution mode

      Select if the multiple instances execute in parallel or sequentially.

      MI Collection input

      Specify a variable that represents a collection of elements for which new instances are created, such as inputCountryNames.

      MI Data Input

      Specify the input data assignment that is transferred to a web service, such as Parameter.

      MI Collection output

      The array list in which values returned from the web service task is stored, such as outputCountries.

      MI Data Output

      Specify the output data assignment for the web service task, which stores the result of class execution on the server, such as Result.

      MI Completion Condition (mvel)

      Specify the MVEL expression that is evaluated on each completed instance to check if the specified multiple instance node can complete.

      On Entry Action

      A Java, JavaScript, or MVEL script that specifies an action at the start of the task.

      On Exit Action

      A Java, JavaScript, or MVEL script that specifies an action at the end of the task.

      SLA Due Date

      The date that the service level agreement (SLA) expires.
    Example of creating Java service task

    When you create a service task using Java method, then the method can only contain one parameter and returns a single value. To create a service task using a Java method, you must add the Java class to the dependencies of the project:

    1. Create a business process.

    2. In the process designer, select the Activities tool from the tool palette.

    3. Select Service Task.

    4. Click a blank area of the process designer canvas.

    5. If necessary, in the upper-right corner of the screen, click the Properties icon.

    6. Add or define the task information listed in the following table as required.

      Table 11. Java service task parameters
      Label Description

      Name

      The name of the service task. You can also double-click the service task shape to edit the name.

      Documentation

      Enter a description of the task. The text in this field is included in the process documentation. Click the Documentation tab in the upper-left side of the process designer canvas to view the process documentation.

      Implementation

      Specify the task is implemented in Java.

      Interface

      The class used to implement the script, such as org.xyz.HelloWorld.

      Operation

      The method that is called by the interface, such as sayHello.

      Assignments

      Click to add local variables.

      AdHoc Autostart

      Select if this is an ad hoc task that should be started automatically. AdHoc Autostart enables the task to automatically start when the process or case instance is created instead of being starting by a start task. It is often used in case management.

      Is Async

      Select if this task should be invoked asynchronously. Make tasks asynchronous if they cannot be executed instantaneously, for example a task performed by an outside service.

      Is Multiple Instance

      Select if this task has multiple instances.

      MI Execution mode

      Select if the multiple instances execute in parallel or sequentially.

      MI Collection input

      Specify a variable that represents a collection of elements for which new instances are created, such as InputCollection.

      MI Data Input

      Specify the input data assignment that is transferred to a Java class, such as Parameter.

      MI Collection output

      The array list in which values returned from the Java class is stored, such as OutputCollection.

      MI Data Output

      Specify the output data assignment for Java service task, which stores the result of class execution on the server, such as Result.

      MI Completion Condition (mvel)

      Specify the MVEL expression that is evaluated on each completed instance to check if the specified multiple instance node can complete. For example, OutputCollection.size() == 3 indicates more than three people are not addressed.

      On Entry Action

      A Java, JavaScript, or MVEL script that specifies an action at the start of the task.

      On Exit Action

      A Java, JavaScript, or MVEL script that specifies an action at the end of the task.

      SLA Due Date

      The date that the service level agreement (SLA) expires.

  8. Click Save.

8.2.1.4. Creating user tasks

User tasks are used to include human actions as input to the business process.

Procedure

  1. Create a business process.

  2. In the process designer, select the Activities tool from the tool palette.

  3. Select User.

  4. Either drag and drop a user task onto the process designer canvas or click a blank area of the canvas.

  5. If necessary, in the upper-right corner of the screen, click the Properties icon.

  6. Add or define the task information listed in the following table as required.

    Table 12. User task parameters
    Label Description

    Name

    The name of the user task. You can also double-click the user task shape to edit the name.

    Documentation

    Enter a description of the task. The text in this field is included in the process documentation. Click the Documentation tab in the upper-left side of the process designer canvas to view the process documentation.

    Task Name

    The name of the human task.

    Subject

    Enter a subject for the task.

    Actors

    The actors responsible for executing the human task. Click Add to add a row then select an actor from the list or click New to add a new actor.

    Groups

    The groups responsible for executing the human task. Click Add to add a row then select a group from the list or click New to add a new group.

    Assignments

    Local variables for this task. Click to open the Task Data I/O window then add data inputs and outputs as required.

    Reassignments

    Specify a different actor to complete this task.

    Notifications

    Click to specify notifications associated with the task.

    Is Async

    Select if this task should be invoked asynchronously. Make tasks asynchronous if they cannot be executed instantaneously, for example a task performed by an outside service.

    Skippable

    Select if this task is not mandatory.

    Priority

    Specify a priority for the task.

    Description

    Enter a description for the human task.

    Created By

    The user that created this task.

    AdHoc Autostart

    Select if this is an ad hoc task that should be started automatically. AdHoc Autostart enables the task to automatically start when the process or case instance is created instead of being starting by a start task. It is often used in case management.

    Multiple Instance

    Select if this task has multiple instances.

    On Entry Action

    A Java, JavaScript, or MVEL script that specifies an action at the start of the task.

    On Exit Action

    A Java, JavaScript, or MVEL script that specifies an action at the end of the task.

    Content

    The content of the script.

    SLA Due Date

    The date that the service level agreement (SLA) expires.

  7. Click Save.

8.2.1.5. Copying elements from one business process to another business process

You can copy individual elements from one business process to another business process in Business Central.

Procedure

  1. In the business process designer canvas, click and drag the cursor to select the elements that you want to copy.

  2. Click 3417 in the upper-right toolbar to copy your selection.

  3. Switch into the second business process where you want to add the copied elements.

  4. In the second business process, create any process variables that are used in the business process that you want to copy. The variable Name and Type parameters must be identical in order to preserve variable mapping.

  5. Click 3418 to paste your selection.

  6. Click Save to save the updated business process.

8.2.1.6. Making a copy of a business process

You can make a copy of a business process in Business Central and modify the copied process as needed.

Procedure

  1. In the business process designer, click Copy in the upper-right toolbar.

  2. In the Make a Copy window, enter a new name for the copied business process, select the target package, and optionally add a comment.

  3. Click Make a Copy.

  4. Modify the copied business process as needed and click Save to save the updated business process.

8.2.1.7. Resizing elements and using the zoom function to view business processes

You can resize individual elements in a business process and zoom in or out to modify the view of your business process.

Procedure

  1. In the business process designer, select the element and click the red dot in the lower-right corner of the element.

  2. Drag the red dot to resize the element.

    Resizing an element
    Figure 14. Resize an element

  3. To zoom in or out to view the entire diagram, click the plus or minus sign on the lower-right side of the canvas.

    Zooming to view the entire diagram
    Figure 15. Enlarge or shrink a business process

8.2.2. Deploying a business process in Business Central

After you design your business process in Business Central, you can build and deploy your project in Business Central to make the process available to KIE Server.

Prerequisites

  • KIE Server is deployed and connected to Business Central.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, go to Menu → Design → Projects.

  2. Click the project that you want to deploy.

  3. Click Deploy.

    You can also select the Build & Install option to build the project and publish the KJAR file to the configured Maven repository without deploying to a KIE Server. In a development environment, you can click Deploy to deploy the built KJAR file to a KIE Server without stopping any running instances (if applicable), or click Redeploy to deploy the built KJAR file and replace all instances. The next time you deploy or redeploy the built KJAR, the previous deployment unit (KIE container) is automatically updated in the same target KIE Server. In a production environment, the Redeploy option is disabled and you can click Deploy only to deploy the built KJAR file to a new deployment unit (KIE container) on a KIE Server.

    To configure the KIE Server environment mode, set the org.kie.server.mode system property to org.kie.server.mode=development or org.kie.server.mode=production. To configure the deployment behavior for a corresponding project in Business Central, go to project Settings → General Settings → Version and toggle the Development Mode option. By default, KIE Server and all new projects in Business Central are in development mode. You cannot deploy a project with Development Mode turned on or with a manually added SNAPSHOT version suffix to a KIE Server that is in production mode.

    To review project deployment details, click View deployment details in the deployment banner at the top of the screen or in the Deploy drop-down menu. This option directs you to the Menu → Deploy → Execution Servers page.

8.2.3. Executing a business process in Business Central

After you build and deploy the project that contains your business process, you can execute the defined functionality for the business process.

As an example, this procedure uses the Mortgage_Process sample project in Business Central. In this scenario, you input data into a mortgage application form acting as the mortgage broker. The MortgageApprovalProcess business process runs and determines whether or not the applicant has offered an acceptable down payment based on the decision rules defined in the project. The business process either ends the rule testing or requests that the applicant increase the down payment to proceed. If the application passes the business rule testing, the bank approver reviews the application and either approves or denies the loan.

Prerequisites

  • KIE Server is deployed and connected to Business Central.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, go to Menu → Projects and select a space. The default space is MySpace.

  2. In the upper-right corner of the window, click the arrow next to Add Project and select Try Samples.

  3. Select the Mortgage_Process sample and click Ok.

  4. On the project page, select Mortgage_Process.

  5. On the Mortgage_Process page, click Build.

  6. After the project has built, click Deploy.

  7. Go to Menu → Manage → Process Definitions.

  8. Click anywhere in the MortgageApprovalProcess row to view the process details.

  9. Click the Diagram tab to view the business process diagram in the editor.

  10. Click New Process Instance to open the Application form and input the following values into the form fields:

    • Down Payment: 30000

    • Years of amortization: 10

    • Name: Ivo

    • Annual Income: 60000

    • SSN: 123456789

    • Age of property: 8

    • Address of property: Brno

    • Locale: Rural

    • Property Sale Price: 50000

  11. Click Submit to start a new process instance. After starting the process instance, the Instance Details view opens.

  12. Click the Diagram tab to view the process flow within the process diagram. The state of the process is highlighted as it moves through each task.

  13. Click Menu → Manage → Tasks.

    For this example, the user or users working on the corresponding tasks are members of the following groups:

    • approver: For the Qualify task

    • broker: For the Correct Data and Increase Down Payment tasks

    • manager: For the Final Approval task

  14. As the approver, review the Qualify task information, click Claim and then Start to start the task, and then select Is mortgage application in limit? and click Complete to complete the task flow.

  15. In the Tasks page, click anywhere in the Final Approval row to open the Final Approval task.

  16. Click Claim to claim responsibility for the task, and click Complete to finalize the loan approval process.

The Save and Release buttons are only used to either pause the approval process and save the instance if you are waiting on a field value, or to release the task for another user to modify.

8.2.4. Process definitions and process instances in Business Central

A process definition is a Business Process Model and Notation (BPMN) 2.0 file that serves as a container for a process and its BPMN diagram. The process definition shows all of the available information about the business process, such as any associated subprocesses or the number of users and groups that are participating in the selected definition.

A process definition also defines the import entry for imported processes that the process definition uses, and the relationship entries.

BPMN2 source of a process definition
<definitions id="Definition"
               targetNamespace="http://www.jboss.org/drools"
               typeLanguage="http://www.java.com/javaTypes"
               expressionLanguage="http://www.mvel.org/2.0"
               xmlns="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/MODEL"Rule Task
               xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
               xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/MODEL BPMN20.xsd"
               xmlns:g="http://www.jboss.org/drools/flow/gpd"
               xmlns:bpmndi="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/DI"
               xmlns:dc="http://www.omg.org/spec/DD/20100524/DC"
               xmlns:di="http://www.omg.org/spec/DD/20100524/DI"
               xmlns:tns="http://www.jboss.org/drools">

    <process>
      PROCESS
    </process>

    <bpmndi:BPMNDiagram>
     BPMN DIAGRAM DEFINITION
    </bpmndi:BPMNDiagram>

    </definitions>

After you have created, configured, and deployed your project that includes your business processes, you can view the list of all the process definitions in Business Central Menu → Manage → Process Definitions. You can refresh the list of deployed process definitions at any time by clicking the refresh button in the upper-right corner.

The process definition list shows all the available process definitions that are deployed into the platform. Click any of the process definitions listed to show the corresponding process definition details. This displays information about the process definition, such as if there is a sub-process associated with it, or how many users and groups exist in the process definition. The Diagram tab in the process definition details page contains the BPMN2-based diagram of the process definition.

Within each selected process definition, you can start a new process instance for the process definition by clicking the New Process Instance button in the upper-right corner. Process instances that you start from the available process definitions are listed in Menu → Manage → Process Instances.

You can also define the default pagination option for all users under the Manage drop-down menu (Process Definition, Process Instances, Tasks, Jobs, and Execution Errors) and in Menu → Track → Task Inbox.

8.2.4.1. Process definitions in XML

You can create processes directly in XML format using the BPMN 2.0 specifications. The syntax of these XML processes is defined using the BPMN 2.0 XML Schema Definition.

A process XML file consists of the following core sections:

  • process: This is the top part of the process XML that contains the definition of the different nodes and their properties. The process XML file consists of exactly one <process> element. This element contains parameters related to the process (its type, name, ID, and package name), and consists of three subsections: a header section where process-level information such as variables, globals, imports, and lanes are defined, a nodes section that defines each of the nodes in the process, and a connections section that contains the connections between all the nodes in the process.

  • BPMNDiagram: This is the lower part of the process XML file that contains all graphical information, such as the location of the nodes. The nodes section contains a specific element for each node and defines the various parameters and any sub-elements for that node type.

The following process XML file fragment shows a simple process that contains a sequence of a start event, a script task that prints "Hello World" to the console, and an end event:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<definitions
  id="Definition"
  targetNamespace="http://www.jboss.org/drools"
  typeLanguage="http://www.java.com/javaTypes"
  expressionLanguage="http://www.mvel.org/2.0"
  xmlns="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/MODEL"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/MODEL BPMN20.xsd"
  xmlns:g="http://www.jboss.org/drools/flow/gpd"
  xmlns:bpmndi="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/DI"
  xmlns:dc="http://www.omg.org/spec/DD/20100524/DC"
  xmlns:di="http://www.omg.org/spec/DD/20100524/DI"
  xmlns:tns="http://www.jboss.org/drools">

  <process processType="Private" isExecutable="true" id="com.sample.hello" name="Hello Process">
    <!-- nodes -->
    <startEvent id="_1" name="Start" />

    <scriptTask id="_2" name="Hello">
      <script>System.out.println("Hello World");</script>
    </scriptTask>

    <endEvent id="_3" name="End" >
      <terminateEventDefinition/>
    </endEvent>

    <!-- connections -->

    <sequenceFlow id="_1-_2" sourceRef="_1" targetRef="_2" />
    <sequenceFlow id="_2-_3" sourceRef="_2" targetRef="_3" />
  </process>

  <bpmndi:BPMNDiagram>
    <bpmndi:BPMNPlane bpmnElement="com.sample.hello" >

      <bpmndi:BPMNShape bpmnElement="_1" >
        <dc:Bounds x="16" y="16" width="48" height="48" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNShape>

      <bpmndi:BPMNShape bpmnElement="_2" >
        <dc:Bounds x="96" y="16" width="80" height="48" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNShape>

      <bpmndi:BPMNShape bpmnElement="_3" >
        <dc:Bounds x="208" y="16" width="48" height="48" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNShape>

      <bpmndi:BPMNEdge bpmnElement="_1-_2" >
        <di:waypoint x="40" y="40" />
        <di:waypoint x="136" y="40" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNEdge>

      <bpmndi:BPMNEdge bpmnElement="_2-_3" >
        <di:waypoint x="136" y="40" />
        <di:waypoint x="232" y="40" />
      </bpmndi:BPMNEdge>

    </bpmndi:BPMNPlane>
  </bpmndi:BPMNDiagram>

</definitions>

8.2.5. Invoking a Decision Model and Notation (DMN) service in a business process

You can use Decision Model and Notation (DMN) to model a decision service graphically in a decision requirements diagram (DRD) in Business Central and then invoke that DMN service as part of a business process in Business Central. Business processes interact with DMN services by identifying the DMN service and mapping business data between DMN inputs and the business process properties.

As an illustration, this procedure uses an example TrainStation project that defines train routing logic. This example project contains the following data object and DMN components designed in Business Central for the routing decision logic:

Example Train object
public class Train {

     private String departureStation;

     private String destinationStation;

     private BigDecimal railNumber;

     // Getters and setters
}
dmn execution graph
Figure 16. Example Compute Rail DMN model
dmn execution expression
Figure 17. Example Rail DMN decision table
dmn execution data type
Figure 18. Example tTrain DMN data type

For more information about creating DMN models in Business Central, see Decision Model and Notation (DMN) in the Drools documentation.

Prerequisites

  • All required data objects and DMN model components are defined in the project.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, go to Menu → Design → Projects and click the project name.

  2. Select or create the business process asset in which you want to invoke the DMN service.

  3. In the process designer, use the left toolbar to drag and drop BPMN components as usual to define your overall business process logic, connections, events, tasks, or other elements.

  4. To incorporate a DMN service in the business process, add a Business Rule task from the left toolbar or from the start-node options and insert the task in the relevant location in the process flow.

    For this example, the following Accept Train business process incorporates the DMN service in the Route To Rail node:

    dmn execution business process
    Figure 19. Example Accept Train business process with a DMN service

  5. Select the business rule task node that you want to use for the DMN service, click Properties in the upper-right corner of the process designer, and under Implementation/Execution, define the following fields:

    • Rule Language: Select DMN.

    • Namespace: Enter the unique namespace from the DMN model file. Example: https://www.drools.org/kie-dmn

    • Decision Name: Enter the name of the DMN decision node that you want to invoke in the selected process node. Example: Rail

    • DMN Model Name: Enter the DMN model name. Example: Compute Rail

      When you explore the root node, ensure that the Namespace and DMN Model Name fields consist of the same value in BPMN as DMN diagram.

  6. Under Data Assignments → Assignments, click the Edit icon and add the DMN input and output data to define the mapping between the DMN service and the process data.

    For the Route To Rail DMN service node in this example, you add an input assignment for Train that corresponds to the input node in the DMN model, and add an output assignment for Rail that corresponds to the decision node in the DMN model. The Data Type must match the type that you set for that node in the DMN model, and the Source and Target definition is the relevant variable or field for the specified object.

    dmn execution io mapping
    Figure 20. Example input and output mapping for the Route To Rail DMN service node

  7. Click Save to save the data input and output data.

  8. Define the remainder of your business process according to how you want the completed DMN service to be handled.

    For this example, the Properties → Implementation/Execution → On Exit Action value is set to the following code to store the rail number after the Route To Rail DMN service is complete:

    Example code for On Exit Action
    train.setRailNumber(rail);

    If the rail number is not computed, the process reaches a No Appropriate Rail end error node that is defined with the following condition expression:

    dmn execution negative condition
    Figure 21. Example condition for No Appropriate Rail end error node

    If the rail number is computed, the process reaches an Accept Train script task that is defined with the following condition expression:

    dmn execution positive condition
    Figure 22. Example condition for Accept Train script task node

    The Accept Train script task also uses the following script in Properties → Implementation/Execution → Script to print a message about the train route and current rail:

    com.myspace.trainstation.Train t =
    (com.myspace.trainstation.Train) kcontext.getVariable("train");
System.out.println("Train from: " + t.getDepartureStation() +
                   ", to: " + t.getDestinationStation() +
                   ",  is on rail: " + t.getRailNumber());

  9. After you define your business process with the incorporated DMN service, save your process in the process designer, deploy the project, and run the corresponding process definition to invoke the DMN service.

    For this example, when you deploy the TrainStation project and run the corresponding process definition, you open the process instance form for the Accept Train process definition and set the departure station and destination station fields to test the execution:

    dmn execution process instance form
    Figure 23. Example process instance form for the Accept Train process definition

    After the process is executed, a message appears in the server log with the train route that you specified:

    Example server log output for the Accept Train process
    Train from: Zagreb, to: Belgrade,  is on rail: 1

8.3. Activities

8.3.1. Script task

ScriptTask
Figure 24. Script task

Represents a script that should be executed in this process. A Script Task should have one incoming connection and one outgoing connection. The associated action specifies what should be executed, the dialect used for coding the action (i.e., Java, JavaScript or MVEL), and the actual action code. This code can access any variables and globals. There is also a predefined variable kcontext that references the ProcessContext object (which can, for example, be used to access the current ProcessInstance or NodeInstance, and to get and set variables, or get access to the ksession using kcontext.getKieRuntime()). When a Script Task is reached in the process, it will execute the action and then continue with the next node. It contains the following properties:

  • Id: The id of the node (which is unique within one node container).

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • Action: The action script associated with this action node.

Note that you can write any valid Java code inside a script node. This basically allows you to do anything inside such a script node. There are some caveats however:

  • When trying to create a higher-level business process, that should also be understood by business users, it is probably wise to avoid low-level implementation details inside the process, including inside these script tasks. A Script Task could still be used to quickly manipulate variables etc. but other concepts like a Service Task could be used to model more complex behaviour in a higher-level manner.

  • Scripts should be immediate. They are using the jBPM engine thread to execute the script. Scripts that could take some time to execute should probably be modeled as an asynchronous Service Task.

  • You should try to avoid contacting external services through a script node. Not only does this usually violate the first two caveats, it is also interacting with external services without the knowledge of the jBPM engine, which can be problematic, especially when using persistence and transactions. In general, it is probably wiser to model communication with an external service using a service task.

  • Scripts should not throw exceptions. Runtime exceptions should be caught and for example managed inside the script or transformed into signals or errors that can then be handled inside the process.

8.3.2. Service task

ServiceTask
Figure 25. Service task

Represents an (abstract) unit of work that should be executed in this process. All work that is executed outside the jBPM engine should be represented (in a declarative way) using a Service Task. Different types of services are predefined, e.g., sending an email, logging a message, etc. Users can define domain-specific services or work items, using a unique name and by defining the parameters (input) and results (output) that are associated with this type of work. Check the chapter on domain-specific processes for a detailed explanation and illustrative examples of how to define and use work items in your processes. When a Service Task is reached in the process, the associated work is executed. A Service Task should have one incoming connection and one outgoing connection.

  • Id: The id of the node (which is unique within one node container).

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • Parameter mapping: Allows copying the value of process variables to parameters of the work item. Upon creation of the work item, the values will be copied.

  • Result mapping: Allows copying the value of result parameters of the work item to a process variable. Each type of work can define result parameters that will (potentially) be returned after the work item has been completed. A result mapping can be used to copy the value of the given result parameter to the given variable in this process. For example, the "FileFinder" work item returns a list of files that match the given search criteria within the result parameter Files. This list of files can then be bound to a process variable for use within the process. Upon completion of the work item, the values will be copied.

  • On-entry and on-exit actions: Actions that are executed upon entry or exit of this node, respectively.

  • Additional parameters: Each type of work item can define additional parameters that are relevant for that type of work. For example, the "Email" work item defines additional parameters such as From, To, Subject and Body. The user can either provide values for these parameters directly, or define a parameter mapping that will copy the value of the given variable in this process to the given parameter; if both are specified, the mapping will have precedence. Parameters of type String can use #{expression} to embed a value in the string. The value will be retrieved when creating the work item, and the substitution expression will be replaced by the result of calling toString() on the variable. The expression could simply be the name of a variable (in which case it resolves to the value of the variable), but more advanced MVEL expressions are possible as well, e.g., \#{person.name.firstname}.

8.3.3. User task

UserTask
Figure 26. User task

Processes can also involve tasks that need to be executed by human actors. A User Task represents an atomic task to be executed by a human actor. It should have one incoming connection and one outgoing connection. User Tasks can be used in combination with Swimlanes to assign multiple human tasks to similar actors. Refer to the chapter on human tasks for more details. A User Task is actually nothing more than a specific type of service node (of type "Human Task"). A User Task contains the following properties:

  • Id: The id of the node (which is unique within one node container).

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • TaskName: The name of the human task.

  • Priority: An integer indicating the priority of the human task.

  • Comment: A comment associated with the human task.

  • ActorId: The actor id that is responsible for executing the human task. A list of actor id’s can be specified using a comma (',') as separator.

  • GroupId: The group id that is responsible for executing the human task. A list of group id’s can be specified using a comma (',') as separator.

  • Skippable: Specifies whether the human task can be skipped, i.e., whether the actor may decide not to execute the task.

  • Content: The data associated with this task.

  • Swimlane: The swimlane this human task node is part of. Swimlanes make it easy to assign multiple human tasks to the same actor. See the human tasks chapter for more detail on how to use swimlanes.

  • On entry and on exit actions: Action scripts that are executed upon entry and exit of this node, respectively.

  • Parameter mapping: Allows copying the value of process variables to parameters of the human task. Upon creation of the human tasks, the values will be copied.

  • Result mapping: Allows copying the value of result parameters of the human task to a process variable. Upon completion of the human task, the values will be copied. A human task has a result variable "Result" that contains the data returned by the human actor. The variable "ActorId" contains the id of the actor that actually executed the task.

A user task should define the type of task that needs to be executed (using properties like TaskName, Comment, etc.) and who needs to perform it (using either actorId or groupId). Note that if there is data related to this specific process instance that the end user needs when performing the task, this data should be passed as the content of the task. The task for example does not have access to process variables. Check out the chapter on human tasks to get more detail on how to pass data between human tasks and the process instance.

8.3.4. Reusable sub-process

ReusableSubProcess
Figure 27. Reusable sub-process - Call activity

Represents the invocation of another process from within this process. A sub-process node should have one incoming connection and one outgoing connection. When a Reusable Sub-Process node is reached in the process, the jBPM engine will start the process with the given id. It contains the following properties:

  • Id: The id of the node (which is unique within one node container).

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • ProcessId: The id of the process that should be executed.

  • Wait for completion (by default true): If this property is true, this sub-process node will only continue if the child process that was started has terminated its execution (completed or aborted); otherwise it will continue immediately after starting the subprocess (so it will not wait for its completion).

  • Independent (by default true): If this property is true, the child process is started as an independent process, which means that the child process will not be terminated if this parent process is completed (or this sub-process node is canceled for some other reason); otherwise the active sub-process will be canceled on termination of the parent process (or cancellation of the sub-process node). Note that you can only set independent to "false" only when "Wait for completion" is set to true.

  • On-entry and on-exit actions: Actions that are executed upon entry or exit of this node, respectively.

  • Parameter in/out mapping: A sub-process node can also define in- and out-mappings for variables. The variables given in the "in" mapping will be used as parameters (with the associated parameter name) when starting the process. The variables of the child process that are defined for the "out" mappings will be copied to the variables of this process when the child process has been completed. Note that you can use "out" mappings only when "Wait for completion" is set to true.

8.3.5. Business rule task

BusinessRuleTask
Figure 28. Business rule task

A Business Rule Task Represents a set of rules that need to be evaluated. The rules are evaluated when the node is reached. A Rule Task should have one incoming connection and one outgoing connection. Rules are defined in separate files using the Drools rule format. Rules can become part of a specific ruleflow group using the ruleflow-group attribute in the header of the rule.

When a Rule Task is reached in the process, the jBPM engine will start executing rules that are part of the corresponding ruleflow-group (if any). Execution will automatically continue to the next node if there are no more active rules in this ruleflow group. As a result, during the execution of a ruleflow group, new activations belonging to the currently active ruleflow group can be added to the Agenda due to changes made to the facts by the other rules. Note that the process will immediately continue with the next node if it encounters a ruleflow group where there are no active rules at that time.

If the ruleflow group was already active, the ruleflow group will remain active and execution will only continue if all active rules of the ruleflow group has been completed. It contains the following properties:

  • Id: The id of the node (which is unique within one node container).

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • RuleFlowGroup: The name of the ruleflow group that represents the set of rules of this RuleFlowGroup node.

8.3.6. Embedded sub-process

EmbeddedSubProcess
Figure 29. Embedded sub-process

A Sub-Process is a node that can contain other nodes so that it acts as a node container. This allows not only the embedding of a part of the process within such a sub-process node, but also the definition of additional variables that are accessible for all nodes inside this container. A sub-process should have one incoming connection and one outgoing connection. It should also contain one start node that defines where to start (inside the Sub-Process) when you reach the sub-process. It should also contain one or more end events. Note that, if you use a terminating event node inside a sub-process, you are terminating just that sub-process. A sub-process ends when there are no more active nodes inside the sub-process. It contains the following properties:

  • Id: The id of the node (which is unique within one node container).

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • Variables: Additional variables can be defined to store data during the execution of this node.

8.3.7. Multi-instance sub-process

MultipleInstances
Figure 30. Multi-instance sub-process

A Multiple Instance sub-process is a special kind of sub-process that allows you to execute the contained process segment multiple times, once for each element in a collection. A multiple instance sub-process should have one incoming connection and one outgoing connection. It waits until the embedded process fragment is completed for each of the elements in the given collection before continuing. It contains the following properties:

  • Id: The id of the node (which is unique within one node container).

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • CollectionExpression: The name of a variable that represents the collection of elements that should be iterated over. The collection variable should be an array or of type java.util.Collection. If the collection expression evaluates to null or an empty collection, the multiple instances sub-process will be completed immediately and follow its outgoing connection.

  • VariableName: The name of the variable to contain the current element from the collection. This gives nodes within the composite node access to the selected element.

  • CollectionOutput: The name of a variable that represents a collection of elements that will gather all output of the multi instance sub process

  • OutputVariableName: The name of the variable to contain the current output from the multi instance activity

  • CompletionCondition: MVEL expression that will be evaluated on each instance completion to check if given multi instance activity can already be completed. In case it evaluates to true all other remaining instances within multi instance activity will be canceled.

8.4. BPMN2 events in process designer

An event is something that happens to a business process. BPMN2 supports three categories of events:

  • Start

  • End

  • Intermediate

A start event catches an event trigger, an end event throws an event trigger, and an intermediate event can both catch and throw event triggers.

The following business process diagram shows examples of events: events

In this example, the following events occurred:

  • The ATM Card Inserted signal start event is triggered when the signal is received.

  • The timeout intermediate event is an interrupting event based on a timer trigger. This means that the Wait for PIN subprocess is canceled when the timer event is triggered.

  • Depending on the inputs to the process, either end event associated with the Validate User Pin task or the end event associated with the Inform User of Timeout task ends the process.

8.4.1. Start events

Use start events to indicate the start of a business process. A start event cannot have an incoming sequence flow and must have only one outgoing sequence flow. You can use none start events in top-level processes, embedded subprocess, callable subprocesses, and event subprocesses.

All start events, with the exception of the none start event, are catch events. For example, a signal start event starts the process only when the referenced signal (event trigger) is received. You can configure start events in event subprocesses to be interrupting or non-interrupting. An interrupting start event for an event subprocess stops or interrupts the execution of the containing or parent process. A non-interrupting start event does not stop or interrupt the execution of the containing or parent process.

Table 13. Start events
Start event type Top-level Subprocesses

Interrupt

Non-interrupt

None

bpmn start node

Conditional

bpmn conditional start

bpmn conditional start

bpmn conditional non interrupt

Compensation

bpmn compensation start

bpmn compensation start

Error

bpmn error start

Escalation

bpmn escalation start

bpmn escalation start

bpmn escalation non interrupt

Message

bpmn message node

bpmn message node

bpmn message non interrupt

Signal

bpmn signal start

bpmn signal start

bpmn signal non interrupt

Timer

bpmn timer start

bpmn timer start

bpmn timer non interrupt
None

The none start event is a start event without a trigger condition. A process or a subprocess can contain at most one none start event, which is triggered on process or subprocess start by default, and the outgoing flow is taken immediately.

When you use a none start event in a subprocess, the execution of the process flow is transferred from the parent process into the subprocess and the none start event is triggered. This means that the token (the current location within the process flow) is passed from the parent process into the subprocess activity and the none start event of the subprocess generates a token of its own.

Conditional

The conditional start event is a start event with a Boolean condition definition. The execution is triggered when the condition is first evaluated to false and then to true. The process execution starts only if the condition is evaluated to true after the start event has been instantiated.

A process can contain multiple conditional start events.

Compensation

A compensation start event is used to start a compensation event subprocess when using a subprocess as the target activity of a compensation intermediate event.

Error

A process or subprocess can contain multiple error start events, which are triggered when an error object with a particular ErrorRef property is received. The error object can be produced by an error end event. It indicates an incorrect process ending. The process instance with the error start event starts execution after it has received the respective error object. The error start event is executed immediately upon receiving the error object and its outgoing flow is taken.

Escalation

The escalation start event is a start event that is triggered by an escalation with a particular escalation code. Processes can contain multiple escalation start events. The process instance with an escalation start event starts its execution when it receives the defined escalation object. The process is instantiated and the escalation start event is executed immediately and its outgoing flow is taken.

Message

A process or an event subprocess can contain multiple message start events, which are triggered by a particular message. The process instance with a message start event only starts its execution from this event after it has received the respective message. After the message is received, the process is instantiated and its message start event is executed immediately (its outgoing flow is taken).

Because a message can be consumed by an arbitrary number of processes and process elements, including no elements, one message can trigger multiple message start events and therefore instantiate multiple processes.

Signal

The signal start event is triggered by a signal with a particular signal code. A process can contain multiple signal start events. The signal start event only starts its execution within the process instance after the instance has received the respective signal. Then, the signal start event is executed and its outgoing flow is taken.

Timer

The timer start event is a start event with a timing mechanism. A process can contain multiple timer start events, which are triggered at the start of the process, after which the timing mechanism is applied.

When you use a timer start event in a subprocess, execution of the process flow is transferred from the parent process into the subprocess and the timer start event is triggered. The token is taken from the parent subprocess activity and the timer start event of the subprocess is triggered and waits for the timer to trigger. After the time defined by the timing definition has been reached, the outgoing flow is taken.

8.4.2. Intermediate events

Intermediate events drive the flow of a business process. Intermediate events are used to either catch or throw an event during the execution of the business process. These events are placed between the start and end events and can also be used on the boundary of an activity, like a subprocess or a human task, as a catch event. The boundary catch events can be configured as interrupting or non-interrupting. An interrupting boundary catch event cancels the bound activity whereas a non-interrupting event does not.

An intermediate event handles a particular situation that occurs during process execution. The situation is a trigger for an intermediate event. In a process, intermediate events with one outgoing flow can be placed on an activity boundary.

If the event occurs while the activity is being executed, the event triggers its execution to the outgoing flow. One activity may have multiple boundary intermediate events. Note that depending on the behavior you require from the activity with the boundary intermediate event, you can use either of the following intermediate event types:

  • Interrupting: The activity execution is interrupted and the execution of the intermediate event is triggered.

  • Non-interrupting: The intermediate event is triggered and the activity execution continues.

Table 14. Intermediate events
Intermediate event type Catching Boundary Throwing

Interrupt

Non-interrupt

Message

bpmn intermediate message

bpmn intermediate message

bpmn message noninterrupt

bpmn message throwing

Timer

bpmn intermediate timer

bpmn intermediate timer

bpmn timer noninterrupt

Error

bpmn intermediate error

Signal

bpmn intermediate signal

bpmn intermediate signal

bpmn signal noninterrupt

bpmn signal throwing

Conditional

bpmn intermediate conditional

bpmn intermediate conditional

bpmn conditional noninterrupt

Compensation

bpmn intermediate catch

bpmn intermediate catch

bpmn intermediate compensation throwing

Escalation

bpmn intermediate escalation

bpmn intermediate escalation

bpmn intermediate escalation non interrupting

bpmn intermediate escalation throwing

Link

bpmn intermediate link

bpmn intermediate link throwing
Message

A message intermediate event is an intermediate event that enables you to manage a message object. Use one of the following events:

  • A throwing message intermediate event produces a message object based on the defined properties.

  • A catching message intermediate event listens for a message object with the defined properties.

Timer

A timer intermediate event enables you to delay workflow execution or to trigger the workflow execution periodically. It represents a timer that can trigger one or multiple times after a specified period of time. When the timer intermediate event is triggered, the timer condition, which is the defined time, is checked and the outgoing flow is taken. When the timer intermediate event is placed in the process workflow, it has one incoming flow and one outgoing flow. Its execution starts when the incoming flow transfers to the event. When a timer intermediate event is placed on an activity boundary, the execution is triggered at the same time as the activity execution.

The timer is canceled if the timer element is canceled, for example by completing or aborting the enclosing process instance.

Conditional

A conditional intermediate event is an intermediate event with a boolean condition as its trigger. The event triggers further workflow execution when the condition evaluates to true and its outgoing flow is taken.

The event must define the Expression property. When a conditional intermediate event is placed in the process workflow, it has one incoming flow, one outgoing flow, and its execution starts when the incoming flow transfers to the event. When a conditional intermediate event is placed on an activity boundary, the execution is triggered at the same time as the activity execution. Note that if the event is non-interrupting, the event triggers continuously while the condition is true.

Signal

A signal intermediate event enables you to produce or consume a signal object. Use either of the following options:

  • A throwing signal intermediate event produces a signal object based on the defined properties.

  • A catching signal intermediate event listens for a signal object with the defined properties.

Error

An error intermediate event is an intermediate event that can be used only on an activity boundary. It enables the process to react to an error end event in the respective activity. The activity must not be atomic. When the activity finishes with an error end event that produces an error object with the respective ErrorCode property, the error intermediate event catches the error object and execution continues to its outgoing flow.

Compensation

A compensation intermediate event is a boundary event attached to an activity in a transaction subprocess. It can finish with a compensation end event or a cancel end event. The compensation intermediate event must be associated with a flow, which is connected to the compensation activity.

The activity associated with the boundary compensation intermediate event is executed if the transaction subprocess finishes with the compensation end event. The execution continues with the respective flow.

Escalation

An escalation intermediate event is an intermediate event that enables you to produce or consume an escalation object. Depending on the action the event element should perform, you need to use either of the following options:

  • A throwing escalation intermediate event produces an escalation object based on the defined properties.

  • A catching escalation intermediate event listens for an escalation object with the defined properties.

Link

A link intermediate event is an intermediate event that makes the process diagram easier to understand without adding additional logic to the process. Link intermediate event is limited to a single process level, for example, link intermediate event cannot connect a parent process with a subprocess.

Use either of the following options:

  • A throwing link intermediate event produces a link object based on the defined properties.

  • A catching link intermediate event listens for a link object with the defined properties.

8.4.3. End events

End events are used to end a business process and may not have any outgoing sequence flows. There may be multiple end events in a business process. All end events, with the exception of the none and terminate end events, are throw events.

End events indicate the completion of a business process. An end event is a node that ends a particular workflow. It has one or more incoming sequence flows and no outgoing flow.

A process must contain at least one end event.

During run time, an end event finishes the process workflow. The end event can finish only the workflow that reached it, or all workflows in the process instance, depending on the end event type.

Table 15. End events
End event Icon

None

bpmn end node

Message

bpmn end message

Signal

bpmn end signal

Error

bpmn end error

Compensation

bpmn end compensation

Escalation

bpmn end escalation

Terminate

bpmn end terminate
None

The none end event specifies that no other special behavior is associated with the end of the process.

Message

When a flow enters a message end event, the flow finishes and the end event produces a message as defined in its properties.

Signal

A throwing signal end event is used to finish a process or subprocess flow. When the execution flow enters the element, the execution flow finishes and produces a signal identified by its SignalRef property.

Error

The throwing error end event finishes the incoming workflow, which means consumes the incoming token, and produces an error object. Any other running workflows in the process or subprocess remain uninfluenced.

Compensation

A compensation end event is used to finish a transaction subprocess and trigger the compensation defined by the compensation intermediate event attached to the boundary of the subprocess activities.

Escalation

The escalation end event finishes the incoming workflow, which means consumes the incoming token, and produces an escalation signal as defined in its properties, triggering the escalation process.

Terminate

The terminate end event finishes all execution flows in the specified process instance. Activities being executed are canceled. The subprocess instance terminates if it reaches a terminate end event.

8.5. Gateways

8.5.1. Diverging gateway

DivergingGateway
Figure 31. Diverging gateway

Allows you to create branches in your process. A Diverging Gateway should have one incoming connection and two or more outgoing connections. There are three types of gateway nodes currently supported:

  • AND or parallel means that the control flow will continue in all outgoing connections simultaneously.

  • XOR or exclusive means that exactly one of the outgoing connections will be chosen. The decision is made by evaluating the constraints that are linked to each of the outgoing connections. The constraint with the lowest priority number that evaluates to true is selected. Constraints can be specified using different dialects. Note that you should always make sure that at least one of the outgoing connections will evaluate to true at runtime (the jBPM engine will throw an exception at runtime if it cannot find at least one outgoing connection).

  • OR or inclusive means that all outgoing connections whose condition evaluates to true are selected. Conditions are similar to the exclusive gateway, except that no priorities are taken into account. Note that you should make sure that at least one of the outgoing connections will evaluate to true at runtime because the jBPM engine will throw an exception at runtime if it cannot determine an outgoing connection.

It contains the following properties:

  • Id: The id of the node (which is unique within one node container).

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • Type: The type of the split node, i.e., AND, XOR or OR (see above).

  • Constraints: The constraints linked to each of the outgoing connections (in case of an exclusive or inclusive gateway).

8.5.2. Converging gateway

ConvergingGateway
Figure 32. Converging gateway

Allows you to synchronize multiple branches. A Converging Gateway should have two or more incoming connections and one outgoing connection. There are three types of splits currently supported:

  • AND or parallel means that is will wait until all incoming branches are completed before continuing.

  • XOR or exclusive means that it continues as soon as one of its incoming branches has been completed. If it is triggered from more than one incoming connection, it will trigger the next node for each of those triggers.

  • OR or inclusive means that it continues as soon as all direct active paths of its incoming branches has been completed. This is a complex merge behaviour that is described in BPMN2 specification but in most cases it means that OR join will wait for all active flows that started in OR split. Some advanced cases (including other gateways in between or repeatable timers) will be causing different "direct active path" calculation.

It contains the following properties:

  • Id: The id of the node (which is unique within one node container).

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • Type: The type of the Join node, i.e. AND, OR or XOR.

8.6. BPMN2 artifacts in process designer

Artifacts are used to provide additional information about a process. An artifact is any object depicted in the BPMN2 diagram that is not part of the process workflow. Artifacts have no incoming or outgoing flow objects.The purpose of artifacts is to provide additional information required to understand the diagram. The artifacts table lists the artifacts supported in the legacy process designer.

Table 16. Artifacts
Artifact type Description

Group

Organizes tasks or processes that have significance in the overall process. Group artifacts are not supported in the new process designer.

Text annotation

Provides additional textual information for the BPMN2 diagram.

Data object

Displays the data flowing through a process in the BPMN2 diagram.

8.6.1. Creating data object

Data objects represent, for example, documents used in a process in physical and digital form. Data objects appear as a page with a folded top right corner. The following procedure is a generic overview of creating a data object.

In jBPM 7.44.0, limited support for data objects is provided that excludes support for data inputs, data outputs, and associations.
Procedure

  1. Create a business process.

  2. In the process designer, select the Artifacts → Data Object from the tool palette.

  3. Either drag and drop a data object onto the process designer canvas or click a blank area of the canvas.

  4. If necessary, in the upper-right corner of the screen, click the Properties icon.

  5. Add or define the data object information listed in the following table as required.

    Table 17. Data object parameters
    Label Description

    Name

    The name of the data object. You can also double-click the data object shape to edit the name.

    Type

    Select a type of the data object.

  6. Click Save.

8.7. Others

8.7.1. Variables

While the flow chart focuses on specifying the control flow of the process, it is usually also necessary to look at the process from a data perspective. Throughout the execution of a process, data can be retrieved, stored, passed on and used.

For storing runtime data, during the execution of the process, process variables can be used. A variable is defined by a name and a data type. This could be a basic data type, such as boolean, int, or String, or any kind of Object subclass (it must implement Serializable interface). Variables can be defined inside a variable scope. The top-level scope is the variable scope of the process itself. Subscopes can be defined using a Sub-Process. Variables that are defined in a subscope are only accessible for nodes within that scope.

Whenever a variable is accessed, the process will search for the appropriate variable scope that defines the variable. Nesting of variable scopes is allowed. A node will always search for a variable in its parent container. If the variable cannot be found, it will look in that one’s parent container, and so on, until the process instance itself is reached. If the variable cannot be found, a read access yields null, and a write access produces an error message, with the process continuing its execution.

Variables can be used in various ways:

  • Process-level variables can be set when starting a process by providing a map of parameters to the invocation of the startProcess method. These parameters will be set as variables on the process scope.

  • Script actions can access variables directly, simply by using the name of the variable as a local parameter in their script. For example, if the process defines a variable of type "org.jbpm.Person" in the process, a script in the process could access this directly:

    // call method on the process variable "person"
person.setAge(10);

    Changing the value of a variable in a script can be done through the knowledge context:

    kcontext.setVariable(variableName, value);

  • Service tasks (and reusable sub-processes) can pass the value of process variables to the outside world (or another process instance) by mapping the variable to an outgoing parameter. For example, the parameter mapping of a service task could define that the value of the process variable x should be mapped to a task parameter y right before the service is being invoked. You can also inject the value of process variable into a hard-coded parameter String using \#{expression}. For example, the description of a human task could be defined as You need to contact person #{person.getName()} (where person is a process variable), which will replace this expression by the actual name of the person when the service needs to be invoked. Similarly results of a service (or reusable sub-process) can also be copied back to a variable using a result mapping.

  • Various other nodes can also access data. Event nodes for example can store the data associated to the event in a variable, etc. Check the properties of the different node types for more information.

  • Process variables can be accessed also from the Java code of your application. It is done by casting of ProcessInstance to WorkflowProcessInstance. See the following example:

    variable = ((WorkflowProcessInstance) processInstance).getVariable("variableName");

    To list all the process variables see the following code snippet:

    org.jbpm.process.instance.ProcessInstance processInstance = ...;
VariableScopeInstance variableScope = (VariableScopeInstance) processInstance.getContextInstance(VariableScope.VARIABLE_SCOPE);
Map<String, Object> variables = variableScope.getVariables();

    Note that when you use persistence then you have to use a command based approach to get all process variables:

    Map<String, Object> variables = ksession.execute(new GenericCommand<Map<String, Object>>() {
    public Map<String, Object> execute(Context context) {
        KieSession ksession = ((KnowledgeCommandContext) context).getStatefulKnowledgesession();
        org.jbpm.process.instance.ProcessInstance processInstance = (org.jbpm.process.instance.ProcessInstance) ksession.getProcessInstance(piId);
        VariableScopeInstance variableScope = (VariableScopeInstance) processInstance.getContextInstance(VariableScope.VARIABLE_SCOPE);
        Map<String, Object> variables = variableScope.getVariables();
        return variables;
    }
});

Finally, processes (and rules) all have access to globals, i.e. globally defined variables and data in the KIE session. Globals are directly accessible in actions just like variables. Globals need to be defined as part of the process before they can be used. You can for example define globals by clicking the globals button when specifying an action script in the Eclipse action property editor. You can also set the value of a global from the outside using ksession.setGlobal(name, value) or from inside process scripts using kcontext.getKieRuntime().setGlobal(name,value);.

8.7.2. Scripts

Action scripts can be used in different ways:

  • Within a Script Task,

  • As entry or exit actions, with a number of nodes.

Actions have access to globals and the variables that are defined for the process and the predefined variable kcontext. This variable is of type ProcessContext and can be used for several tasks:

  • Getting the current node instance (if applicable). The node instance could be queried for data, such as its name and type. You can also cancel the current node instance.

    NodeInstance node = kcontext.getNodeInstance();
String name = node.getNodeName();

  • Getting the current process instance. A process instance can be queried for data (name, id, processId, etc.), aborted or signaled an internal event.

    ProcessInstance proc = kcontext.getProcessInstance();
proc.signalEvent( type, eventObject );

  • Getting or setting the value of variables.

  • Accessing the Knowledge Runtime allows you do things like starting a process, signaling (external) events, inserting data, etc.

jBPM supports multiple dialects, like Java, JavaScript and MVEL. Java actions should be valid Java code, same for JavaScript. MVEL actions can use the business scripting language MVEL to express the action. MVEL accepts any valid Java code but additionally provides support for nested accesses of parameters (e.g., person.name instead of person.getName()), and many other scripting improvements. Thus, MVEL expressions are more convenient for the business user. For example, an action that prints out the name of the person in the "requester" variable of the process would look like this:

// Java dialect
System.out.println( person.getName() );

// JavaScript dialect
print(person.name + '\n);

//  MVEL dialect
System.out.println( person.name );

8.7.3. Constraints

Constraints can be used in various locations in your processes, for example in a diverging gateway. jBPM supports two types of constraints:

  • Code constraints are boolean expressions, evaluated directly whenever they are reached. We support multiple dialects for expressing these code constraints: Java, JavaScript and MVEL. All code constraints have direct access to the globals and variables defined in the process. Here is an example of a valid Java code constraint, person being a variable in the process:

    return person.getAge() > 20;

    A similar example of a valid MVEL code constraint is:

    return person.age > 20;

    And for JavaScript:

    person.age > 20

  • Rule constraints are equals to normal Drools rule conditions. They use the Drools Rule Language syntax to express possibly complex constraints. These rules can, like any other rule, refer to data in the Working Memory. They can also refer to globals directly. Here is an example of a valid rule constraint:

    Person( age > 20 )

    This tests for a person older than 20 being in the Working Memory.

Rule constraints do not have direct access to variables defined inside the process. It is however possible to refer to the current process instance inside a rule constraint, by adding the process instance to the Working Memory and matching for the process instance in your rule constraint. We have added special logic to make sure that a variable processInstance of type WorkflowProcessInstance will only match to the current process instance and not to other process instances in the Working Memory. Note that you are however responsible yourself to insert the process instance into the session and, possibly, to update it, for example, using Java code or an on-entry or on-exit or explicit action in your process. The following example of a rule constraint will search for a person with the same name as the value stored in the variable "name" of the process:

processInstance : WorkflowProcessInstance()
Person( name == ( processInstance.getVariable("name") ) )
# add more constraints here ...

8.7.4. Timers

Timers wait for a predefined amount of time, before triggering, once or repeatedly. They can be used to trigger certain logic after a certain period, or to repeat some action at regular intervals.

8.7.4.1. Configure timer with delay and period

A Timer node is set up with a delay and a period. The delay specifies the amount of time to wait after node activation before triggering the timer the first time. The period defines the time between subsequent trigger activations. A period of 0 results in a one-shot timer.

The (period and delay) expression should be of the form [d][#h][#m][#s][[ms]]. You can specify the amount of days, hours, minutes, seconds and milliseconds (which is the default if you don’t specify anything). For example, the expression "1h" will wait one hour before triggering the timer (again).

8.7.4.2. Configure timer with CRON like expression

Timer events can be configured with CRON like expression when timeCycle is used as timer event definition. Important is that the language attribute of timeCycle definition must be set to cron. With that such cycle of a timer is controlled in the same way as CRON jobs. CRON like expression is supported for:

  • start event timers

  • intermediate event timers

  • boundary event timers

Following is an example of a definition of a boundary timer with CRON like expression

<bpmn2:boundaryEvent id="1" name="Send Update Timer" attachedToRef="_77A94B54-8B7C-4F8A-84EE-C1D310A343A6" cancelActivity="false">
   <bpmn2:outgoing>2</bpmn2:outgoing>
   <bpmn2:timerEventDefinition id="_erIyiJZ7EeSDh8PHobjSSA">
     <bpmn2:timeCycle xsi:type="bpmn2:tFormalExpression" id="_erIyiZZ7EeSDh8PHobjSSA" language="cron">0/1 * * * * ?</bpmn2:timeCycle>
   </bpmn2:timerEventDefinition>
</bpmn2:boundaryEvent>

This timer will fire every second and will continue until activity this boundary event is attached to is active.

8.7.4.3. Configure timer ISO-8601 date format

since version 6 timers can be configured with valid ISO8601 date format that supports both one shot timers and repeatable timers. Timers can be defined as date and time representation, time duration or repeating intervals

  • Date - 2013-12-24T20:00:00.000+02:00 - fires exactly at Christmas Eve at 8PM

  • Duration - PT1S - fires once after 1 second

  • Repeatable intervals - R/PT1S - fires every second, no limit, alternatively R5/PT1S will fire 5 times every second

8.7.4.4. Configure timer with process variables

The timer service is responsible for making sure that timers get triggered at the appropriate times. Timers can also be canceled, meaning that the timer will no longer be triggered.

Timers can be used in two ways inside a process:

  • A Timer Event may be added to the process flow. Its activation starts the timer, and when it triggers, once or repeatedly, it activates the Timer node’s successor. Subsequently, the outgoing connection of a timer with a positive period is triggered multiple times. Canceling a Timer node also cancels the associated timer, after which no more triggers will occur.

  • Timers can be associated with a Sub-Process or tasks as a boundary event.

8.7.4.5. Update timer within running process instance

In some cases timer that has been already scheduled should be rescheduled to accommodate new requirements (prolong or shorten timer expiration time, change delay, period or repeat limit).

As this involves several low level steps, jBPM comes with a dedicated command to perform these operations as an atomic operation to make sure all is done within the same transaction.

org.jbpm.process.instance.command.UpdateTimerCommand

Following timer events are supported to be updated:

  • boundary timer event

  • intermediate timer event

Timers can be rescheduled by providing the following information to the UpdateTimerCommand

  • processInstanceId - mandatory

  • timer node name - mandatory

Next one of following three parameters set needs to be used:

  • delay

  • period and repeatLimit

  • delay, period and repeatLimit

Example on how to updated timer event:

// first start process instance and record its id
long id = kieSession.startProcess(BOUNDARY_PROCESS_NAME).getId();

//set timer delay to 3s
kieSession.execute(new UpdateTimerCommand(id, BOUNDARY_TIMER_ATTACHED_TO_NAME, 3));

Important is that the update command is executed via ksession executor to ensure it’s done in transaction (when persistence is used).

8.8. BPMN process fluent API for Business Central processes

jBPM provides a BPMN process fluent API that enables you to create business processes using factories. You can also manually validate the business process that you created using process fluent API. The process fluent API is defined in the org.kie.api.fluent package.

Therefore, instead of using BPMN2 XML standard, you can use the process fluent API to create business processes in a few lines of code.

8.8.1. Example requests with the BPMN process fluent API

The following example includes BPMN process fluent API requests for basic interactions with a business process. For more examples, see the process fluent API source in GitHub.

Creating and interacting with Business Central business processes

The following example shows basic business process with a script task, an exception handler, and a variable:

Example request to create and interact with a Business Central business process
Process process =
                // Create process builder
                factory.processBuilder(processId)
                       // package and name
                       .packageName("org.jbpm")
                       .name("My process")
                       // start node
                       .startNode(1).name("Start").done()
                       // Add variable of type string
                       .variable(var("pepe", String.class))
                       // Add exception handler
                       .exceptionHandler(IllegalArgumentException.class, Dialect.JAVA, "System.out.println(\"Exception\");")
                       // script node in Java language that prints "action"
                       .actionNode(2).name("Action")
                       .action(Dialect.JAVA,
                               "System.out.println(\"Action\");").done()
                       // end node
                       .endNode(3).name("End").done()
                       // connections
                       .connection(1,
                                   2)
                       .connection(2,
                                   3)
                       .build();

In this example, a ProcessBuilderFactory reference is obtained and then, using processBuilder(String processId) method, a ProcessBuilder instance is created, which is associated with the given process Id. The ProcessBuilder instance enables you to build a definition of the created process using the fluent API.

A business process consists of three components:

  • Header: The header section contains global elements such as the name of the process, imports, and variables.

    In the previous example, the header contains the name and version of the process and the package name.

  • Nodes: The nodes section contains all the different nodes that are part of the process.

    In the previous example, nodes are added to the process by calling the startNode(), actionNode(), and endNode() methods. These methods return a specific NodeBuilder that allows you to set the properties of that node. After the code finishes configuring that specific node, the done() method returns the NodeContainerBuilder to add more nodes, if necessary.

  • Connections: The connections section links the nodes to create a flow chart.

    In the previous example, once you add all the nodes, you must connect them by creating connections between them. You can call the connection() method, which links the nodes.

Finally, you can call the build() method and obtain the generated process definition. The build() method also validates the process definition and throws an exception if the process definition is not valid.

8.8.2. Example requests to execute a business process

Once you create a valid process definition instance, you can execute it using a combination of public and internal KIE APIs. To execute a process, create a Resource, which is used to create a KieBase. Using the KieBase, you can create a KieSession to execute the process.

The following example uses ProcessBuilderFactory.toBytes process to create a ByteArrayResource resource.

Example request to execute a process
// Build resource from Process
KieResources resources = ServiceRegistry.getInstance().get(KieResources.class);
Resource res = resources
                        .newByteArrayResource(factory.toBytes(process))
                        ​.setSourcePath("/tmp/processFactory.bpmn2"); // source path or target path must be set to be added into kbase
​// Build kie base from this resource using KIE API
​KieServices ks = KieServices.Factory.get();
​KieRepository kr = ks.getRepository();
​KieFileSystem kfs = ks.newKieFileSystem();
​kfs.write(res);
​KieBuilder kb = ks.newKieBuilder(kfs);
​kb.buildAll(); // kieModule is automatically deployed to KieRepository if successfully built.
​KieContainer kContainer = ks.newKieContainer(kr.getDefaultReleaseId());
​KieBase kbase = kContainer.getKieBase();
​// Create kie session using KieBase
​KieSessionConfiguration conf = ...;
​Environment env = ....;
​KieSession ksession = kbase.newKieSession(conf,env);
​// execute process using same process Id that is used to obtain ProcessBuilder instance
​ksession.startProcess(processId)

8.9. Testing

Even though business processes aren’t code (we even recommend you to make them as high-level as possible and to avoid adding implementation details), they also have a life cycle like other development artefacts. And since business processes can be updated dynamically, testing them (so that you don’t break any use cases when doing a modification) is really important as well.

8.9.1. Unit testing

When unit testing your process, you test whether the process behaves as expected in specific use cases, for example test the output based on the existing input. To simplify unit testing, jBPM includes a helper class called JbpmJUnitBaseTestCase (in the jbpm-test module) that you can use to greatly simplify your JUnit testing, by offering:

  • helper methods to create a new RuntimeManager and RuntimeEngine for a given (set of) process(es)

    • you can select whether you want to use persistence or not

  • assert statements to check

    • the state of a process instance (active, completed, aborted)

    • which node instances are currently active

    • which nodes have been triggered (to check the path that has been followed)

    • get the value of variables

For example, consider the following "hello world" process containing a start event, a script task and an end event. The following JUnit test will create a new session, start the process and then verify whether the process instance completed successfully and whether these three nodes have been executed.

HelloWorld 
public class ProcessPersistenceTest extends JbpmJUnitBaseTestCase {

    public ProcessPersistenceTest() {
        // setup data source, enable persistence
        super(true, true);
    }

    @Test
    public void testProcess() {
        // create runtime manager with single process - hello.bpmn
        createRuntimeManager("hello.bpmn");

        // take RuntimeManager to work with jBPM engine
        RuntimeEngine runtimeEngine = getRuntimeEngine();

        // get access to KieSession instance
        KieSession ksession = runtimeEngine.getKieSession();

        // start process
        ProcessInstance processInstance = ksession.startProcess("com.sample.bpmn.hello");

        // check whether the process instance has completed successfully
        assertProcessInstanceCompleted(processInstance.getId(), ksession);

        // check what nodes have been triggered
        assertNodeTriggered(processInstance.getId(), "StartProcess", "Hello", "EndProcess");
    }
}

JbpmJUnitBaseTestCase acts as base test case class that shall be used for jBPM related tests. It provides four usage areas:

  • JUnit life cycle methods

    • setUp: executed @Before and configures data source and EntityManagerFactory, cleans up Singleton’s session id

    • tearDown: executed @After and clears out history, closes EntityManagerFactory and data source, disposes RuntimeEngines and RuntimeManager

  • KIE base and KnowledgeSession management methods

    • createRuntimeManager creates RuntimeManager for given set of assets and selected strategy

    • disposeRuntimeManager disposes RuntimeManager currently active in the scope of test

    • getRuntimeEngine creates new RuntimeEngine for given context

  • Assertions

    • assertProcessInstanceCompleted

    • assertProcessInstanceAborted

    • assertProcessInstanceActive

    • assertNodeActive

    • assertNodeTriggered

    • assertProcessVarExists

    • assertNodeExists

    • assertVersionEquals

    • assertProcessNameEquals

  • Helper methods

    • getDs - returns currently configured data source

    • getEmf - returns currently configured EntityManagerFactory

    • getTestWorkItemHandler - returns test work item handler that might be registered in addition to what is registered by default

    • clearHistory - clears history log

    • setupPoolingDataSource - sets up data source

JbpmJUnitBaseTestCase supports all three predefined RuntimeManager strategies as part of the unit testing. It’s enough to specify which strategy shall be used whenever creating runtime manager as part of single test:

public class ProcessHumanTaskTest extends JbpmJUnitBaseTestCase {

    private static final Logger logger = LoggerFactory.getLogger(ProcessHumanTaskTest.class);

    public ProcessHumanTaskTest() {
        super(true, false);
    }

    @Test
    public void testProcessProcessInstanceStrategy() {
        RuntimeManager manager = createRuntimeManager(Strategy.PROCESS_INSTANCE, "manager", "humantask.bpmn");
        RuntimeEngine runtimeEngine = getRuntimeEngine(ProcessInstanceIdContext.get());
        KieSession ksession = runtimeEngine.getKieSession();
        TaskService taskService = runtimeEngine.getTaskService();

        int ksessionID = ksession.getId();
        ProcessInstance processInstance = ksession.startProcess("com.sample.bpmn.hello");

        assertProcessInstanceActive(processInstance.getId(), ksession);
        assertNodeTriggered(processInstance.getId(), "Start", "Task 1");

        manager.disposeRuntimeEngine(runtimeEngine);
        runtimeEngine = getRuntimeEngine(ProcessInstanceIdContext.get(processInstance.getId()));

        ksession = runtimeEngine.getKieSession();
        taskService = runtimeEngine.getTaskService();

        assertEquals(ksessionID, ksession.getId());

        // let john execute Task 1
        List<TaskSummary> list = taskService.getTasksAssignedAsPotentialOwner("john", "en-UK");
        TaskSummary task = list.get(0);
        logger.info("John is executing task {}", task.getName());
        taskService.start(task.getId(), "john");
        taskService.complete(task.getId(), "john", null);

        assertNodeTriggered(processInstance.getId(), "Task 2");

        // let mary execute Task 2
        list = taskService.getTasksAssignedAsPotentialOwner("mary", "en-UK");
        task = list.get(0);
        logger.info("Mary is executing task {}", task.getName());
        taskService.start(task.getId(), "mary");
        taskService.complete(task.getId(), "mary", null);

        assertNodeTriggered(processInstance.getId(), "End");
        assertProcessInstanceCompleted(processInstance.getId(), ksession);
    }
}

Mentioned above is a more complete example that uses PerProcessInstance runtime manager strategy and uses task service to deal with user tasks.

8.9.1.1. Testing integration with external services

Real-life business processes typically include the invocation of external services (like for example a human task service, an email server or your own domain-specific services). One of the advantages of our domain-specific process approach is that you can specify yourself how to actually execute your own domain-specific nodes, by registering a handler. And this handler can be different depending on your context, allowing you to use testing handlers for unit testing your process. When you are unit testing your business process, you can register test handlers that then verify whether specific services are requested correctly, and provide test responses for those services. For example, imagine you have an email node or a human task as part of your process. When unit testing, you don’t want to send out an actual email but rather test whether the email that is requested contains the correct information (for example the right to email, a personalized body, etc.).

A TestWorkItemHandler is provided by default that can be registered to collect all work items (a work item represents one unit of work, like for example sending one specific email or invoking one specific service and contains all the data related to that task) for a given type. This test handler can then be queried during unit testing to check whether specific work was actually requested during the execution of the process and that the data associated with the work was correct.

The following example describes how a process that sends out an email could be tested. This test case in particular will test whether an exception is raised when the email could not be sent (which is simulated by notifying the jBPM engine that sending the email could not be completed). The test case uses a test handler that simply registers when an email was requested (and allows you to test the data related to the email like from, to, etc.). Once the jBPM engine has been notified the email could not be sent (using abortWorkItem(..)), the unit test verifies that the process handles this case successfully by logging this and generating an error, which aborts the process instance in this case.

HelloWorld2 
public void testProcess2() {

    // create runtime manager with single process - hello.bpmn
    createRuntimeManager("sample-process.bpmn");
    // take RuntimeManager to work with jBPM engine
    RuntimeEngine runtimeEngine = getRuntimeEngine();

    // get access to KieSession instance
    KieSession ksession = runtimeEngine.getKieSession();

    // register a test handler for "Email"
    TestWorkItemHandler testHandler = getTestWorkItemHandler();

    ksession.getWorkItemManager().registerWorkItemHandler("Email", testHandler);

    // start the process
    ProcessInstance processInstance = ksession.startProcess("com.sample.bpmn.hello2");

    assertProcessInstanceActive(processInstance.getId(), ksession);
    assertNodeTriggered(processInstance.getId(), "StartProcess", "Email");

    // check whether the email has been requested
    WorkItem workItem = testHandler.getWorkItem();
    assertNotNull(workItem);
    assertEquals("Email", workItem.getName());
    assertEquals("me@mail.com", workItem.getParameter("From"));
    assertEquals("you@mail.com", workItem.getParameter("To"));

    // notify the jBPM engine the email has been sent
    ksession.getWorkItemManager().abortWorkItem(workItem.getId());
    assertProcessInstanceAborted(processInstance.getId(), ksession);
    assertNodeTriggered(processInstance.getId(), "Gateway", "Failed", "Error");

}
8.9.1.2. Configuring persistence

You can configure whether you want to execute the JUnit tests using persistence or not. By default, the JUnit tests will use persistence, meaning that the state of all process instances will be stored in a (in-memory H2) database (which is started by the JUnit test during setup) and a history log will be used to check assertions related to execution history. When persistence is not used, process instances will only live in memory and an in-memory logger is used for history assertions.

Persistence (and setup of data source) is controlled by the super constructor and allows following

  • default, no arg constructor - the most simple test case configuration (does NOT initialize data source and does NOT configure session persistence) - this is usually used for in memory process management, without human task interaction

  • super(boolean, boolean) - allows to explicitly configure persistence and data source. This is the most common way of bootstrapping test cases for jBPM

    • super(true, false) - to execute with in memory process management with human tasks persistence

    • super(true, true) - to execute with persistent process management with human tasks persistence

  • super(boolean, boolean, string) - same as super(boolean, boolean) but allows to use another persistence unit name than default (org.jbpm.persistence.jpa)

public class ProcessHumanTaskTest extends JbpmJUnitBaseTestCase {

    private static final Logger logger = LoggerFactory.getLogger(ProcessHumanTaskTest.class);

    public ProcessHumanTaskTest() {
        // configure this tests to not use persistence for jBPM engine but still use it for human tasks
        super(true, false);
    }
}

9. Human Tasks

9.1. Introduction

An important aspect of business processes is human task management. While some of the work performed in a process can be executed automatically, some tasks need to be executed by human actors.

jBPM supports a special human task node inside processes for modeling this interaction with human users. This human task node allows process designers to define the properties related to the task that the human actor needs to execute, like for example the type of task, the actor(s), or the data associated with the task.

jBPM also includes a so-called human task service, a back-end service that manages the life cycle of these tasks at runtime. The jBPM implementation is based on the WS-HumanTask specification. Note however that this implementation is fully pluggable, meaning that users can integrate their own human task solution if necessary.

In order to have human actors participate in your processes, you first need to (1) include human task nodes inside your process to model the interaction with human actors, (2) integrate a task management component (like for example the WS-HumanTask based implementation provided by jBPM) and (3) have end users interact with a human task client to request their task list and claim and complete the tasks assigned to them. Each of these three elements will be discussed in more detail in the next sections.

9.2. Using User Tasks in our Processes

jBPM supports the use of human tasks inside processes using a special User Task node defined by the BPMN2 Specification(as shown in the figure above). A User Task node represents an atomic task that needs to be executed by a human actor.

user task

[Although jBPM has a special user task node for including human tasks inside a process, human tasks are considered the same as any other kind of external service that needs to be invoked and are therefore simply implemented as a domain-specific service. See the chapter on domain-specific processes to learn more about this.]

A User Task node contains the following core properties:

  • Actors: The actors that are responsible for executing the human task. A list of actor id’s can be specified using a comma (',') as separator.

  • Group: The group id that is responsible for executing the human task. A list of group id’s can be specified using a comma (',') as separator.

  • Name: The display name of the node.

  • TaskName: The name of the human task. This name is used to link the task to a Form. It also represents the internal name of the Task that can be used for other purposes.

  • DataInputSet: all the input variables that the task will receive to work on. Usually you will be interested in copying variables from the scope of the process to the scope of the task. (Look at the data mappings section for an example)

  • DataOutputSet: all the output variables that will be generated by the execution of the task. Here you specify all the names of the variables in the context of the task that you are interested to copy to the context of the process. (Look at the data mappings section for an example)

  • Assignments: here you specify which process variable will be linked to each Data Input and Data Output mapping. (Look at the data mappings section for an example)

You can edit these variables in the properties view (see below) when selecting the User Task node.

properties panel

A User Task node also contains the following extra properties:

  • Comment: A comment associated with the human task. Here you can use expressions.

  • Content: The data associated with this task.

  • Priority: An integer indicating the priority of the human task.

  • Skippable: Specifies whether the human task can be skipped, i.e., whether the actor may decide not to execute the task.

  • On entry and on exit actions: Action scripts that are executed upon entry and exit of this node, respectively.

properties panel extra

9.2.1. Swimlanes

User tasks can be used in combination with swimlanes to assign multiple human tasks to the same actor. Whenever the first task in a swimlane is created, and that task has an actorId specified, that actorId will be assigned to (all other tasks of) that swimlane as well. Note that this would override the actorId of subsequent tasks in that swimlane (if specified), so only the actorId of the first human task in a swimlane will be taken into account, all others will then take the actorId as assigned in the first one.

ActorId assignment will work only when there is a single actor specified. Since ActorId field can contain multiple actors (john,mary,peter) auto assignment for the first task will not be performed when multiple values are found.

Whenever a human task that is part of a swimlane is completed, the actorId of that swimlane is set to the actorId that executed that human task. This allows for example to assign a human task to a group of users, and to assign future tasks of that swimlane to the user that claimed the first task. This will also automatically change the assignment of tasks if at some point one of the tasks is reassigned to another user.

Also exists the possibility to disable the autoclaim functionality of the swimlanes. In such case, the swimlane works like a visual element to group tasks in the process diagram, but the task which belong to any swimlane won’t be assigned automatically. The Autoclaim functionality is set to true by default. If you require the property Autoclaim set to false by default, set the following runtime environment entry in your deployment descriptor on a global or a project level:

  • Name: Autoclaim

  • Value: "false"

For example, if you want to set the entry in the XML deployment descriptor on the project level, add the following to the kie-deployment-descriptor.xml file:

<environment-entries>
  ..
    <environment-entry>
        <resolver>mvel</resolver>
        <identifier>new String ("false")</identifier>
        <parameters/>
        <name>Autoclaim</name>
    </environment-entry>
  ..
</environment-entries>

If you are setting the runtime environment property using the API, note that the value is a String, not a Boolean type.

For more information about deployment descriptors, see Deployment descriptors.

9.3. Task escalations and notifications

There are a number of situations that can raise the need for task escalation. For example, if a user is assigned to a task, but is unavailable, the task should be automatically reassigned to another user or group. Escalation can be defined for tasks that are in one of the following states:

  • not started (READY or RESERVED)

  • not completed (IN_PROGRESS)

Whenever an escalation is reached its associated users/groups will be assigned to the task as potential owners, replacing those that were previously set. In case the task had an actual owner assigned, it will be reset and the task will be placed in READY state.

9.3.1. Designing a task escalation

You must set the following attribute values when designing a task escalation in the BPMN2 editor:

editor reassignment

  • Users: Comma-separated list of user IDs that must be assigned to the task during escalation. Acceptable values are strings and expressions, such as #{user-id}.

  • Groups: Comma-separated list of group IDs that must be assigned to the task during escalation. Acceptable values are strings and expressions such as #{group-id}.

  • Expires At: Time or duration definition stating when the escalation should start. For a detailed description, see the Time and Duration definitions section.

  • Type: Identifies the type of task state that the escalation should start. For example, not-started or not-completed.

9.3.2. Email notifications

In addition to defining task escalation values, email notifications can be defined and sent for tasks that are in one of the following states:

  • not started (READY or RESERVED)

  • not completed (IN_PROGRESS)

9.3.3. Designing email notifications

The following attributes must be set when designing an email notification in the BPMN2 editor:

editor notification

  • Type: Identifies the type of task state that the escalation should start. For example, not-started or not-completed.

  • Task expiration definition: This definition states about the time or duration of escalation. For more information, see the Time and Duration definitions section.

  • From: (Optional) user or group ID. Acceptable values are strings and expressions.

  • To Users: Comma-separated list of user IDs that are the recipients of the notification.

  • To Groups: Comma-separated list of group IDs that are recipients of the notification.

  • Reply To: (Optional) user or group ID that will receive replies from the notification.

  • Subject: Subject of the notification. Acceptable values are strings and expressions.

  • Body: Body of the notification. Acceptable values are strings and expressions.

A Notification can reference process variables using the #{processVariable} expression and task variables using the ${taskVariable} expression. The process variables are resolved during task creation time and task variables are resolved at notification time. The following additional task variables can be defined for notifications:

  • taskId: Internal ID of a task instance

  • processInstanceId: Internal ID of a process instance that the task belongs to

  • workItemId: Internal ID of a work item that created this task

  • owners: List of users and groups that are potential owners of the task

  • doc: Map that contains regular task variables

The following illustration contains the body of a simple notification message and shows how the different variables can be accessed:

<html>
	<body>
		<b>${owners[0].id} you have been assigned to a task (task-id ${taskId})</b><br>
		You can access it in your task
		<a href="http://localhost:8080/business-central/app.html#errai_ToolSet_Tasks;Group_Tasks.3">inbox</a><br/>
		Important technical information that can be of use when working on it<br/>
		- process instance id - ${processInstanceId}<br/>
		- work item id - ${workItemId}<br/>

		<hr/>

		Here are some task variables available
		<ul>
			<li>ActorId = ${doc['ActorId']}</li>
			<li>GroupId = ${doc['GroupId']}</li>
			<li>Comment = ${doc['Comment']}</li>
		</ul>
		<hr/>
		Here are all potential owners for this task
		<ul>
		$foreach{orgEntity : owners}
			<li>Potential owner = ${orgEntity.id}</li>
		$end{}
		</ul>

		<i>Regards from jBPM team</i>
	</body>
</html>

9.3.4. Time and Duration definitions

With the ISO 8601 format addition, duration definition such as "2s" or "4h" became single time executions. In order to define repeatable executions you must now use the ISO 8601 repeatable format (see Repeatable execution below.)

Use the Task expiration definition attribute for both task escalations and notifications to define when the escalation or notification will occur. The Task expiration definition attribute can be set in several ways: as Time period, as Date/time and as Expression.

9.3.4.1. Time period

In default mode the Time period widget will generate One time execution (see One time execution below.), if needed, the Notification repeat switch allows to set Repeatable execution of two types: until Task state changes (like R/P1Y ) and until Repeat count reaches (like R4/P1Y) (see Repeatable execution below.)

9.3.4.2. Date/time

Notify after task expiration can be set by choosing the date and time in dateTime picker and by choosing the timezone. If needed, time zone can be switched from timezone offset to time zone naming and back. It is possible to set Notification repeat by switching on Notification repeat like it works for Time period and it is also possible to set how often notify will fire.

9.3.4.3. Expression

In other cases it is possible to set Task expiration as a string value or an expression. For example, #{expiresAt}. The following options are available to define your escalation or notification definitions:

9.3.4.4. One time execution

Can be defined with both time format, for example:

  • 2m - in two minutes

  • 4h - in four hours

  • 6d - in 6 days

or with ISO 8601 date and time format, for example:

  • PT2M - in two minutes

  • PT4H - in four hours

  • P6D - in six days

9.3.4.5. Repeatable execution

When using the ISO 8601 format, you can define the rescheduling of your task escalation or notification using one of the following options that follow the ISO 8601 repeating intervals specification:

  • R/duration - First triggers at current time, plus duration and repeats at each duration time interval. For example, "R5/PT4H" triggers four hours from now and repeats five times in four hour intervals. "R/PT2S" is an unbounded interval and triggers every two seconds until the task is no longer in the not-started or not-completed states.

  • R/startDate/duration - First triggers at the startDate with the repeat period using the set duration. For example "R2/2019-01-01T13:00:00Z/PT6H" is a trigger that first fires on January 1st 2019 at 1pm and re-fires two times six and twelve hours from the first fire.

  • R/duration/endDate - First triggers at endDate - duration with the repeat period using the set duration. For example "R2/PT6H/2019-01-01T13:00:00Z" is a trigger that first fires on January 1st 2019 at 7am and re-fires two times six and twelve hours from the first fire.

  • R/startDate/endDate - First triggers at the startDate and the duration set at endDate - startDate. For example: "R2/2019-01-01T13:00:00Z/2019-01-01T16:00:00Z" is a trigger that fires on January 1st 2019 at 1pm and re-fires two times three and six hours from the first fire.

You can use one unbounded or multiple bounded (non-ISO8601) definitions for each escalation or notification type (such as not-completed or not-started). You cannot mix unbounded and bounded notifications and escalations. For example, you cannot use R2/PT1S for a not-completed notification and R/PT2S for a not-completed escalation because both are of the not-completed type. However, you can use R2/PT1S for a not-started escalation and R/PT2S for a not-completed escalation. Whether a definition is an escalation or a notification is irrelevant, but the type distinction is important.

9.4. Data Mappings

Human tasks typically present some data related to the task that needs to be performed to the actor that is executing the task and usually also request the actor to provide some result data related to the execution of the task. Task forms are typically used to present this data to the actor and request results.

The data that will be used by the Task needs to be specified when we define the User Task in our Process. In order to do that we need to define which data will be copied from the process context to the task context. Notice that the data is copied, so it can be modified inside the Task context but it will not affect the process variables unless we decide to copy back the value from the task to the process context.

Most of the times Forms are used to display data to the end user. Allowing them to generate/create new data that will be propagated to the process context to be used by future activities. In order to decide how the information flow from the process to a particular task and from the task to the process we need to define which pieces of information will be automatically copied by the jBPM engine. The following section shows how to do these mappings by configuring the DataInputSet, DataOutputSet and the Assignments properties of a User Task.

Let’s start defining the Task DataInputSet:

data input

Both GroupId and Comment are automatically generated, so you don’t need to worry about that. In this case the only user defined Data Input is called: in_name. This means that the task will be receiving information from the process context and internally this variable will be called in_name. The type is also specified here.

In the Data Outputs represent the data that will be generated by the tasks. In this case we have two variables of type String called: out_name and out_mail and two Integer variables called: out_age and out_score are defined. This means that inside the task context we will need to set the value to these variables.

data output

Finally all the connections with the process context needs to be done in the Data Assignments. The main idea here is to define how Data Inputs and Data Outputs will be associated with process variables.

data assignments

As shown in the previous screenshot, the assignments between the process variables (in this case (name, age, mail and hr_score)) and the Data Inputs and Outputs are done in the Data Assignments screen. Notice that the example uses a convention that makes it easy to know which is an internal Task variables (Data Input/Output) using the "in_" and "out_" prefix to the variable names. Using this convention you can quickly understand the Assignments screen. The first row maps the process variable called name to the data input called in_name. The second row maps the data output called out_mail to the process variable called mail, and so on.

These mappings at runtime will automatically copy the variables content from one context (process and task) to the other automatically for us.

9.5. Task Lifecycle

From the perspective of a process, when a user task node is encountered during the execution, a human task is created. The process will then only leave the user task node when the associated human task has been completed or aborted.

The human task itself usually has a complete life cycle itself as well. For details beyond what is described below, please check out the WS-HumanTask specification. The following diagram is from the WS-HumanTask specification and describes the human task life cycle.

WSHT lifecycle

A newly created task starts in the "Created" stage. Usually, it will then automatically become "Ready", after which the task will show up on the task list of all the actors that are allowed to execute the task. The task will stay "Ready" until one of these actors claims the task, indicating that he or she will be executing it.

When a user then eventually claims the task, the status will change to "Reserved". Note that a task that only has one potential (specific) actor will automatically be assigned to that actor upon creation of the task. When the user who has claimed the task starts executing it, the task status will change from "Reserved" to "InProgress".

Lastly, once the user has performed and completed the task, the task status will change to "Completed". In this step, the user can optionally specify the result data related to the task. If the task could not be completed, the user could also indicate this by using a fault response, possibly including fault data, in which case the status would change to "Failed".

While the life cycle explained above is the normal life cycle, the specification also describes a number of other life cycle methods, including:

  • Delegating or forwarding a task, so that the task is assigned to another actor

  • Revoking a task, so that it is no longer claimed by one specific actor but is (re)available to all actors allowed to take it

  • Temporarily suspending and resuming a task

  • Stopping a task in progress

  • Skipping a task (if the task has been marked as skippable), in which case the task will not be executed

9.6. Task Permissions

Only users associated with a specific task are allowed to modify or retrieve information about the task. This allows users to create a jBPM workflow with multiple tasks and yet still be assured of both the confidentiality and integrity of the task status and information associated with a task.

Some task operations will end up throwing a org.jbpm.services.task.exception.PermissionDeniedException when used with information about an unauthorized user. For example, when a user is trying to directly modify the task (for example, by trying to claim or complete the task), the PermissionDeniedException will be thrown if that user does not have the correct role for that operation. Furthermore, a user will not be able to view or retrieve tasks that the user is not involved with, especially if this is via the Business Central application.

User 'Administrator' and group 'Administrators' are automatically added to each Human Task.

9.6.1. Task Permissions Matrix

The permissions matrix below summarizes the actions that specific user roles are allowed to do. On the left side, possible operations are listed while user roles are listed across the top of the matrix.

The cells of the permissions matrix contain one of three possible characters, each of which indicate the user role permissions for that operation:

  • a "+ indicates that the user role CAN do the specified operation

  • a “-” indicates that the user role MAY NOT do the specified operation

  • a “0” indicates that the user role MAY NOT do the specified operation, and that it is also not an operation that matches the user’s role ("not applicable")

Furthermore, the following words or abbreviations in the table header refer to the following roles:

Table 18. Task roles in the permissions table
Word Role Description

Initiator

Task Initiator

The user who creates the task instance

Stakeholder

Task Stakeholder

The user involved in the task: this user can influence the progress of a task, by performing administrative actions on the task instance

Potential

Potential Owner

The user who can claim the task before it has been claimed, or after it has been released or forward: only tasks that have the status "Ready" may be claimed; a potential owner becomes the actual owner of a task by claiming the task

Actual

Actual Owner

The user who has claimed the task and will progress the task to completion or failure

Administrator

Business Administrator

A "super user" who may modify the status or progress of a task at any point in a task’s lifecycle

User roles are assigned to users by the definition of the task in the jBPM (BPMN2) process definition.

Permissions Matrices

The following matrix describes the authorizations for all operations which modify a task:

Table 19. Main operations permissions matrix
Operation Role Initiator Stakeholder Potential Actual Administrator

activate

+

+

0

0

+

claim

-

+

+

0

+

complete

-

+

0

+

+

delegate

+

+

+

+

+

fail

-

+

0

+

+

forward

+

+

+

+

+

nominate

+

+

+

+

+

release

+

+

+

+

+

remove

-

0

0

0

+

resume

+

+

+

+

+

skip

+

+

+

+

+

start

-

+

+

+

+

stop

-

+

0

+

+

suspend

+

+

+

+

+

The matrix below describes the authorizations used when retrieving task information. In short, it says that all users which have any role with regards to the specific task, are allowed to see the task. This applies to all operations that are used to retrieve any type of information about the task.

Table 20. Retrieval operations permissions matrix
Operation Role Initiator Stakeholder Potential Actual Administrator

get

+

+

+

+

+

9.7. Task Service and The jBPM engine

As far as the jBPM engine is concerned, human tasks are similar to any other external service that needs to be invoked and are implemented as a domain-specific service. (For more on domain-specific services, see the chapter on them here.) Because a human task is an example of such a domain-specific service, the process itself only contains a high-level, abstract description of the human task to be executed and a work item handler that is responsible for binding this (abstract) task to a specific implementation.

Users can plug in any human task service implementation, such as the one that’s provided by jBPM, or they may register their own implementation. In the next paragraphs, we will describe the human task service implementation provided by jBPM.

The jBPM project provides a default implementation of a human task service based on the WS-HumanTask specification. If you do not need to integrate jBPM with another existing implementation of a human task service, you can use this service. The jBPM implementation manages the life cycle of the tasks (creation, claiming, completion, etc.) and stores the state of all the tasks, task lists, and other associated information. It also supports features like internationalization, calendar integration, different types of assignments, delegation, escalation and deadlines. The code for the implementation itself can be found in the jbpm-human-task module.

The jBPM task service implementation is based on the WS-HumanTask (WS-HT) specification. This specification defines (in detail) the model of the tasks, the life cycle, and many other features. It is very comprehensive and the first version can be found here.

9.8. Task Service API

The human task service exposes a Java API for managing the life cycle of tasks. This allows clients to integrate (at a low level) with the human task service. Note that end users should probably not interact with this low-level API directly, but use one of the more user-friendly task clients (see below) instead. These clients offer a graphical user interface to request task lists, claim and complete tasks, and manage tasks in general. The task clients listed below use the Java API to internally interact with the human task service. Of course, the low-level API is also available so that developers can use it in their code to interact with the human task service directly.

A task service (interface org.kie.api.task.TaskService) offers the following methods (among others) for managing the life cycle of human tasks:

              ...

              void start( long taskId, String userId );

              void stop( long taskId, String userId );

              void release( long taskId, String userId );

              void suspend( long taskId, String userId );

              void resume( long taskId, String userId );

              void skip( long taskId, String userId );

              void delegate(long taskId, String userId, String targetUserId);

              void complete( long taskId, String userId, Map<String, Object> results );

              ...

If you take a look at the method signatures you will notice that almost all of these methods take the following arguments:

  • taskId: The id of the task that we are working with. This is usually extracted from the currently selected task in the user task list in the user interface.

  • userId: The id of the user that is executing the action. This is usually the id of the user that is logged in into the application.

There is also an internal interface that you should check for more methods to interact with the Task Service, this interface is internal until it gets tested. Future version of the External (public) interface can include some of the methods proposed in the InternalTaskService interface. If you want to make use of the methods provided by this interface you need to manually cast to InternalTaskService. One method that can be useful from this interface is getTaskContent():

               Map<String, Object> getTaskContent( long taskId );

This method saves you from doing all the boiler plate of getting the ContentMarshallerContext to unmarshall the serialized version of the task content. If you only want to use the stable/public API’s you can just copy what this method does:

              Task taskById = taskQueryService.getTaskInstanceById(taskId);
              Content contentById = taskContentService.getContentById(taskById.getTaskData().getDocumentContentId());
              ContentMarshallerContext context = getMarshallerContext(taskById);
              Object unmarshalledObject = ContentMarshallerHelper.unmarshall(contentById.getContent(), context.getEnvironment(), context.getClassloader());
              if (!(unmarshalledObject instanceof Map)) {
                  throw new IllegalStateException(" The Task Content Needs to be a Map in order to use this method and it was: "+unmarshalledObject.getClass());

              }
              Map<String, Object> content = (Map<String, Object>) unmarshalledObject;
              return content;

Because the content of the Task can be any Object, the previous method assume that you are storing a Map of objects to work. If you are storing other than a Map you should do the correspondent checks.

9.8.1. Task event listener

Task service supports task listeners to be invoked upon various life cycle events happening on given task instance. In majority of cases task event listeners are used to intercept certain operation to perform additional logic - like storing task information in separate tables for business activity monitoring needs.

Task event listeners are pluggable and users can provide their own implementation of org.kie.api.task.TaskLifeCycleEventListener interface. There are beforeTask* and afterTask* methods that are invoked upon given event occurred on a task instance.

TaskEvent (org.kie.api.task.TaskEvent) is the only argument available to the listener that provides access to:

  • Task instance that the event correspond to

  • TaskContext that provides access to services for further processing needs such as TaskPersistenceContext

In many cases implementors of task event listener need to have access to task variables (either input or output or both) to perform required operations. It can be done as described above (using various services and content marshaller helper) though that in many cases leads to code duplication in multiple listeners thus an extended support was added in 6.5 to simply use TaskContext to obtain that information.

loadTaskVariables(Task task);

Method loadTaskVariables can be used to populate both input and output variables of a given task by simple and single method call. That method is "no op" in case task variables are already set on a task.

To improve performance task variables are automatically set when they are available - usually given by caller on task service:

  • when task is created it usually has input variables, these variables are then set on Task instance so there is no need to use loadTaskVariables method as only task input variables are available when task is being created - applies to beforeTaskAdded and afterTaskAdded events handling

  • when task is completed it usually has output variables, these variables are set on a task so there is no need to use loadTaskVariables method if only task output variables are required.

Other than that loadTaskVariables should be used to populate task variables.

It’s enough to call it once (like in beforeTask) method of the listener as they will be available to both beforeTask* and afterTask* methods then.

9.8.2. Data model of task service

Below is the database model used by task service with all tables and their relationship illustrated.

task schema

9.9. Interacting with the Task Service

In order to get access to the Task Service API it is recommended to let the Runtime Manager to make sure that everything is setup correctly. Look at the Runtime Manager section for more information. From the API perspective you should be doing something like this:

// ...

RuntimeEngine engine = runtimeManager.getRuntimeEngine(EmptyContext.get());
KieSession kieSession = engine.getKieSession();
// Start a process
kieSession.startProcess("CustomersRelationship.customers", params);
// Do Task Operations
TaskService taskService = engine.getTaskService();
List<TaskSummary> tasksAssignedAsPotentialOwner = taskService.getTasksAssignedAsPotentialOwner("mary", "en-UK");

// Claim Task
taskService.claim(taskSummary.getId(), "mary");
// Start Task
taskService.start(taskSummary.getId(), "mary");

// ...

If you use this approach, there is no need to register the Task Service with the jBPM engine. The Runtime Manager will do that for you automatically. If you don’t use the Runtime Manager, you will be responsible for setting the LocalHTWorkItemHandler in the session in order to get the Task Service notifying the jBPM engine when a task is completed, or the jBPM engine notifying that a task has been created.

In jBPM 6.x the Task Service runs locally to the jBPM engine and for that reason multiple light clients can be created for different jBPM engine instances. All the clients will be sharing the same database (backend storage for the tasks).

9.10. Experimental features

9.10.1. SubTasks

The "Subtasks" feature is an experimental feature in the task service. This feature allows one task to have sub-tasks in a parent-child relationship. The parent task can auto-complete depending on the state of its children (and the subtask strategy used).

You can use it by setting the parentId of a task, either when creating the task manually via the task service or otherwise by setting the ParentId parameter of the task definition in the BPMN2 process definition.

10. Persistence and Transactions

10.1. Persistence and transactions in the jBPM engine

The jBPM engine implements persistence for process states. The implementation uses the JPA framework with a SQL database backend. It can also store audit log information in the database.

The jBPM engine also enables transactional execution of processes using the JTA framework, relying on the persistence backend to support the transactions.

10.2. Persistence of process runtime states

The jBPM engine supports persistent storage of the runtime state of running process instances. Because it stores the runtime states, it can continue execution of a process instance if the jBPM engine stopped or encountered a problem at any point.

The jBPM engine also persistently stores the process definitions and the history logs of current and previous process states.

You can use the persistence.xml file, specified by the JPA framework, to configure persistence in an SQL database. You can plug in different persistence strategies. For mofre information about the persistence.xml file, see Configuration in the persistence.xml file.

By default, if you do not configure persistence in the jBPM engine, process information, including process instance states, is not made persistent.

When the jBPM engine starts a process, it creates a process instance, which represents the execution of the process in that specific context. For example, when executing a process that processes a sales order, one process instance is created for each sales request.

The process instance contains the current runtime state and context of a process, including current values of any process variables. However, it does not include information about the history of past states of the process, as this information is not required for ongoing execution of a process.

When the runtime state of process instances is made persistent, you can restore the state of execution of all running processes in case the jBPM engine fails or is stopped. You can also remove a particular process instance from memory and then restore it at a later time.

If you configure the jBPM engine to use persistence, it automatically stores the runtime state into the database. You do not need to trigger persistence in the code.

When you restore the state of the jBPM engine from a database, all instances are automatically restored to their last recorded state. Process instances automatically resume execution if they are triggered, for example, by an expired timer, the completion of a task that was requested by the process instance, or a signal being sent to the process instance. You do not need to load separate instances and trigger their execution manually.

The jBPM engine also automatically reloads process instances on demand.

10.2.1. Safe points for persistence

The jBPM engine saves the state of a process instance to persistent storage at safe points during the execution of the process.

When a process instance is started or resumes execution from a previous wait state, the jBPM engine continues the execution until no more actions can be performed. If no more actions can be performed, it means that the process has completed or else has reached a wait state. If there are several parallel paths in the process, all the paths must reach a wait state.

This point in the execution of the process is considered a safe point. At this point, the jBPM engine stores the state of the process instance, and of any other process instances that were affected by the execution, to persistent storage.

10.2.2. Binary runtime persistence data model

The runtime persistence data is internal. As a general rule, do not access the database tables directly and, most importantly, do not modify it. Changing the runtime state information for process instances without using the jBPM engine might have unexpected consequences. Use a history log to analyze information about the current or past states of process instances.

In rare cases it might be useful to query internal database tables directly if you have a specific need to do so.

The jBPM engine uses a binary persistence mechanism, otherwise known as marshalling, which converts the state of the process instance into a binary dataset. The same mechanism is also applied to the session state and any work item states.

When the process instance state is persisted, the jBPM engine completes two steps:

  • First, it transforms the process instance information into a binary blob. For performance reasons, the jBPM engine uses a custom serialization mechanism and not standard Java serialization.

  • Next, it stores the blob alongside metadata about this process instance. This metadata includes the process instance ID, process ID, and process start date, as well as other data.

Apart from process instance states, the jBPM engine stores some state information for the session, including the state of timer jobs and the session data for evaluating business rules. The jBPM engine stores the session state as a separate binary blob, along with metadata that includes the ID of the session.

To restore the state of a session, reload the session with a particular ID using the ksession.getId() method.

Binary datasets that represent process instance states are usually relatively small, because they contain only the minimal execution state of the process instance. For a simple process instance, the state usually includes the nodes that are currently executing and any existing variable values.

jbpm schema doc
Figure 33. Data model for jBPM engine persistence

The sessioninfo entity contains the state of the knowledge session in which the process instance is running.

Table 21. SessionInfo
Field Description Nullable

id

The primary key

NOT NULL

lastmodificationdate

The last time that the entity was saved to the database

rulesbytearray

The binary dataset containing the state of the session

NOT NULL

startdate

The start time of the session

optlock

The version field that serves as its optimistic lock value

The processinstanceinfo entity contains the state of the process instance.

Table 22. ProcessInstanceInfo
Field Description Nullable

instanceid

The primary key

NOT NULL

lastmodificationdate

The last time that the entity was saved to the database

lastreaddate

The last time that the entity was retrieved (read) from the database

processid

The name (ID) of the process

processinstancebytearray

The binary dataset containing the state of the process instance

NOT NULL

startdate

The start time of the process

state

An integer representing the state of the process instance

NOT NULL

optlock

The version field that serves as its optimistic lock value

The eventtypes entity contains information about events that a process instance will undergo or has undergone.

Table 23. EventTypes
Field Description Nullable

instanceid

This column references the processinstanceinfo primary key. There is a foreign key constraint on this column.

NOT NULL

element

A text field related to an event that the process has undergone

The workiteminfo entity contains the state of a work item.

Table 24. WorkItemInfo
Field Description Nullable

workitemid

The primary key

NOT NULL

creationDate

The creation date of the work item

name

The name of the work item

processinstanceid

The (primary key) ID of the process. There is no foreign key constraint on this field.

NOT NULL

state

An integer representing the state of the work item

NOT NULL

optlock

The version field that serves as its optimistic lock value

workitembytearay

The binary dataset containing the state of the work item

NOT NULL

The CorrelationKeyInfo entity contains information about correlation keys assigned to the given process instance. The relationship is loose, because this table is optional, used only when correlation capabilities are required.

Table 25. CorrelationKeyInfo
Field Description Nullable

keyid

The primary key

NOT NULL

name

The assigned name of the correlation key

processinstanceid

The ID of the process instance which is assigned to this correlation key

NOT NULL

optlock

The version field that serves as its optimistic lock value

The CorrelationPropertyInfo entity contains information about correlation properties for the given correlation key that is assigned to the given process instance.

Table 26. CorrelationPropertyInfo
Field Description Nullable

propertyid

The primary key

NOT NULL

name

The name of the property

value

The value of the property

NOT NULL

optlock

The version field that serves as its optimistic lock value

correlationKey-keyid

Foreign key to map to the correlation key

NOT NULL

The ContextMappingInfo entity contains information about contextual information mapped to a ksession. This entity is an internal part of the RuntimeManager class and can be considered optional when RuntimeManager is not used.

Table 27. ContextMappingInfo
Field Description Nullable

mappingid

The primary key

NOT NULL

context_id

Identifier of the context

NOT NULL

ksession_id

Identifier of the ksession mapped to this context

NOT NULL

owner_id

Identifier of the runtime manager

NOT NULL

optlock

The version field that serves as its optimistic lock value

10.3. The persistent audit log

The jBPM engine can store information about the execution of process instances, including the successive historical states of the instances.

This information can be useful in many cases. For example, you might want to verify which actions have been executed for a particular process instance or to monitor and analyze the efficiency of a particular process.

However, storing history information in the runtime database would result in the database rapidly increasing in size and would also affect the performance of the persistence layer. Therefore, history log information is stored separately.

The jBPM engine creates a log based on events that it generates during execution of processes. It uses the event listener mechanism to receive events and extract the necessary information, then persists this information to a database. The jbpm-audit module contains an event listener that stores process-related information in a database using JPA.

You can use filters to limit the scope of the logged information.

10.3.1. The jBPM engine audit log data model

You can query jBPM engine audit log information to use it in different scenarios, for example, creating a history log for one specific process instance or analyzing the performance of all instances of a specific process.

The audit log data model is a default implementation. Depending on your use cases, you might also define your own data model for storing the information you require. You can use process event listeners to extract the information.

The data model contains three entities: one for process instance information, one for node instance information, and one for process variable instance information.

The ProcessInstanceLog table contains the basic log information about a process instance.

Table 28. ProcessInstanceLog
Field Description Nullable

id

The primary key and ID of the log entity

NOT NULL

correlationKey

The correlation of this process instance

duration

Actual duration of this process instance since its start date

end_date

When applicable, the end date of the process instance

externalId

Optional external identifier used to correlate to some elements, for example, a deployment ID

user_identity

Optional identifier of the user who started the process instance

outcome

The outcome of the process instance. This field contains the error code if the process instance was finished with an error event.

parentProcessInstanceId

The process instance ID of the parent process instance, if applicable

processid

The ID of the process

processinstanceid

The process instance ID

NOT NULL

processname

The name of the process

processtype

The type of the instance (process or case)

processversion

The version of the process

sla_due_date

The due date of the process according to the service level agreement (SLA)

slaCompliance

The level of compliance with the SLA

start_date

The start date of the process instance

status

The status of the process instance that maps to the process instance state

The NodeInstanceLog table contains more information about which nodes were executed inside each process instance. Whenever a node instance is entered from one of its incoming connections or is exited through one of its outgoing connections, information about the event is stored in this table.

Table 29. NodeInstanceLog
Field Description Nullable

id

The primary key and ID of the log entity

NOT NULL

connection

Actual identifier of the sequence flow that led to this node instance

log_date

The date of the event

externalId

Optional external identifier used to correlate to some elements, for example, a deployment ID

nodeid

The node ID of the corresponding node in the process definition

nodeinstanceid

The node instance ID

nodename

The name of the node

nodetype

The type of the node

processid

The ID of the process that the process instance is executing

processinstanceid

The process instance ID

NOT NULL

sla_due_date

The due date of the node according to the service level agreement (SLA)

slaCompliance

The level of compliance with the SLA

type

The type of the event (0 = enter, 1 = exit)

NOT NULL

workItemId

Optional, only for certain node types: The identifier of the work item

nodeContainerId

The identifier of the container, if the node is inside an embedded sub-process node

referenceId

The reference identifier

The VariableInstanceLog table contains information about changes in variable instances. By default, the jBPM engine generates generate log entries after a variable changes its value. It is also possible to log entries before the changes.

Table 30. VariableInstanceLog
Field Description Nullable

id

The primary key and ID of the log entity

NOT NULL

externalId

Optional external identifier used to correlate to some elements, for example, a deployment ID

log_date

The date of the event

processid

The ID of the process that the process instance is executing

processinstanceid

The process instance ID

NOT NULL

oldvalue

The previous value of the variable at the time that the log is made

value

The value of the variable at the time that the log is made

variableid

The variable ID in the process definition

variableinstanceid

The ID of the variable instance

The AuditTaskImpl table contains information about user tasks.

Table 31. AuditTaskImpl
Field Description Nullable

id

The primary key and ID of the task log entity

activationTime

Time when this task was activated

actualOwner

Actual owner assigned to this task, This value is set set only when the owner claims the task.

createdBy

User who created this task

createdOn

Date when the task was created

deploymentId

Deployment ID this task is part of

description

Description of the task

dueDate

Due date set on this task

name

Name of the task

parentId

Parent task id

priority

Priority of the task

processId

Process definition ID to which this task belongs

processInstanceId

Process instance ID with which this task is associated

processSessionId

KieSession ID used to create this task

status

Current status of the task

taskId

Identifier of the task

workItemId

Identifier of the work item assigned on the process side to this task ID

lastModificationDate

The date and time when the process instance state was last recorded in the persistence database

The BAMTaskSummary table collects information about tasks that is used by the BAM engine to build charts and dashboards.

Table 32. BAMTaskSummary
Field Description Nullable

pk

The primary key and ID of the log entity

NOT NULL

createdDate

Date when the task was created

duration

Duration since the task was created

endDate

Date when the task reached an end state (complete, exit, fail, skip)

processinstanceid

The process instance ID

startDate

Date when the task was started

status

Current status of the task

taskId

Identifier of the task

taskName

Name of the task

userId

User ID assigned to the task

optlock

The version field that serves as its optimistic lock value

The TaskVariableImpl table contains information about task variable instances.

Table 33. TaskVariableImpl
Field Description Nullable

id

The primary key and ID of the log entity

NOT NULL

modificationDate

Date when the variable was modified most recently

name

Name of the task

processid

The ID of the process that the process instance is executing

processinstanceid

The process instance ID

taskId

Identifier of the task

type

Type of the variable: either input or output of the task

value

Variable value

The TaskEvent table contains information about changes in task instances. Operations such as claim, start, and stop are stored in this table to provide a timeline view of events that happened to the given task.

Table 34. TaskEvent
Field Description Nullable

id

The primary key and ID of the log entity

NOT NULL

logTime

Date when this event was saved

message

Log event message

processinstanceid

The process instance ID

taskId

Identifier of the task

type

Type of the event. Types correspond to life cycle phases of the task

userId

User ID assigned to the task

workItemId

Identifier of the work item to which the task is assigned

optlock

The version field that serves as its optimistic lock value

correlationKey

Correlation key of the process instance

processType

Type of the process instance (process or case)

10.3.2. Configuration for storing the process events log in a database

To log process history information in a database with a default data model, you must register the logger on your session.

Registering the logger on your KIE session
KieSession ksession = ...;
ksession.addProcessEventListener(AuditLoggerFactory.newInstance(Type.JPA, ksession, null));

// invoke methods for your session here

To specify the database for storing the information, you must modify the persistence.xml file to include the audit log classes: ProcessInstanceLog, NodeInstanceLog, and VariableInstanceLog.

Modified persistence.xml file that includes the audit log classes
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>

<persistence
  version="2.0"
  xsi:schemaLocation="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/persistence_2_0.xsd
  http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/orm http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/orm_2_0.xsd"
  xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence"
  xmlns:orm="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/orm"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">

  <persistence-unit name="org.jbpm.persistence.jpa" transaction-type="JTA">
    <provider>org.hibernate.ejb.HibernatePersistence</provider>
    <jta-data-source>jdbc/jbpm-ds</jta-data-source>
    <mapping-file>META-INF/JBPMorm.xml</mapping-file>
    <class>org.drools.persistence.info.SessionInfo</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.persistence.processinstance.ProcessInstanceInfo</class>
    <class>org.drools.persistence.info.WorkItemInfo</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.persistence.correlation.CorrelationKeyInfo</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.persistence.correlation.CorrelationPropertyInfo</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.runtime.manager.impl.jpa.ContextMappingInfo</class>

    <class>org.jbpm.process.audit.ProcessInstanceLog</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.process.audit.NodeInstanceLog</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.process.audit.VariableInstanceLog</class>

    <properties>
      <property name="hibernate.dialect" value="org.hibernate.dialect.H2Dialect"/>
      <property name="hibernate.max_fetch_depth" value="3"/>
      <property name="hibernate.hbm2ddl.auto" value="update"/>
      <property name="hibernate.show_sql" value="true"/>
      <property name="hibernate.connection.release_mode" value="after_transaction"/>
      <property name="hibernate.transaction.jta.platform" value="org.hibernate.service.jta.platform.internal.JBossStandAloneJtaPlatform"/>
    </properties>
  </persistence-unit>
</persistence>

10.3.3. Configuration for sending the process events log to a JMS queue

When the jBPM engine stores events in the database with the default audit log implementation, the database operation is completed synchronously, within the same transaction as the actual execution of the process instance. This operation takes time, and on highly loaded systems it might have some impact on database performance, especially when both the history log and the runtime data stored kept in the same database.

As an alternative, you can use the JMS based logger that the jBPM engine provides. You can configure this logger to submit process log entries as messages to a JMS queue, instead of directly persisting them in the database.

You can configure the JMS logger to be transactional, in order to avoid data inconsistencies if a jBPM engine transaction is rolled back.

Using the JMS audit logger
ConnectionFactory factory = ...;
Queue queue = ...;
StatefulKnowledgeSession ksession = ...;
Map<String, Object> jmsProps = new HashMap<String, Object>();
jmsProps.put("jbpm.audit.jms.transacted", true);
jmsProps.put("jbpm.audit.jms.connection.factory", factory);
jmsProps.put("jbpm.audit.jms.queue", queue);
ksession.addProcessEventListener(AuditLoggerFactory.newInstance(Type.JMS, ksession, jmsProps));

// invoke methods one your session here

This is just one of the possible ways to configure JMS audit logger. You can use the AuditLoggerFactory class to set additional configuration.

10.3.4. Auditing of variables

By default, values of process and task variables are stored in audit tables as string representations. To create string representations of non-string variable types, the jBPM engine calls the variable.toString() method. If you use a custom class for a variable, you can implement this method for the class. In many cases this representation is sufficient.

However, sometimes a string representation in the logs might not be sufficient, especially when there is a need for efficient queries by process or task variables. For example, a Person object, used as a value for a variable, might have the following structure:

Example Person object, used as a process or task variable value
public class Person implements Serializable {

    private static final long serialVersionUID = -5172443495317321032L;
    private String name;
    private int age;

    public Person(String name, int age) {
        this.name = name;
        this.age = age;
    }

    public String getName() {
        return name;
    }

    public void setName(String name) {
        this.name = name;
    }

    public int getAge() {
        return age;
    }

    public void setAge(int age) {
        this.age = age;
    }

    @Override
    public String toString() {
        return "Person [name=" + name + ", age=" + age + "]";
    }
}

The toString() method provides a human-readable format. However, it might not be sufficient for a search. A sample string value is Person [name="john", age="34"]. Searching through a large number of such strings to find people of age 34 would make a database query inefficient.

To enable more efficient searching, you can audit variables using VariableIndexer objects, which extract relevant parts of the variable for storage in the audit log.

Definition of the VariableIndexer interface
/**
 * Variable indexer that to transform a variable instance into another representation (usually string)
 * for use in log queries.
 *
 * @param <V> type of the object that will represent indexed variable
 */
public interface VariableIndexer<V> {

    /**
     * Tests if a given variable can be indexed by this indexer
     *
     * NOTE: only one indexer can be used for a given variable
     *
     * @param variable variable to be indexed
     * @return true if the variable should be indexed with this indexer
     */
    boolean accept(Object variable);

    /**
     * Performs an index/transform operation of the variable. The result of this operation can be
     * either a single value or a list of values, to support complex type separation.
     * For example, when the variable is of the type Person that has name, address, and phone fields,
     * the indexer could build three entries out of it to represent individual fields:
     * person = person.name
     * address = person.address.street
     * phone = person.phone
     * this configureation allows advanced queries for finding relevant entries.
     * @param name name of the variable
     * @param variable actual variable value
     * @return
     */
    List<V> index(String name, Object variable);
}

The default indexer uses the toString() method to produce a single audit entry for a single variable. Other indexers can returns a list of objects from indexing a single variable.

To enable efficient queries for the Person type, you can build a custom indexer that indexes a Person instance into separate audit entries, one representing name and another representing age.

Sample indexer for the Person type
public class PersonTaskVariablesIndexer implements TaskVariableIndexer {

    @Override
    public boolean accept(Object variable) {
        if (variable instanceof Person) {
            return true;
        }
        return false;
    }

    @Override
    public List<TaskVariable> index(String name, Object variable) {

        Person person = (Person) variable;
        List<TaskVariable> indexed = new ArrayList<TaskVariable>();

        TaskVariableImpl personNameVar = new TaskVariableImpl();
        personNameVar.setName("person.name");
        personNameVar.setValue(person.getName());

        indexed.add(personNameVar);

        TaskVariableImpl personAgeVar = new TaskVariableImpl();
        personAgeVar.setName("person.age");
        personAgeVar.setValue(person.getAge()+"");

        indexed.add(personAgeVar);

        return indexed;
    }

}

The jBPM engine can use this indexer to index values when they are of the Person type, while all other variables are indexed with the default toString() method. Now, to query for process instances or tasks that refer to a person with age 34, you can use the following query:

  • variable name: person.age

  • variable value: 34

As a LIKE type query is not used, the database server can optimize the query and make it efficient on a big set of data.

Custom indexers

The jBPM engine supports indexers for both process and task variables. However, it uses different interfaces for the indexers, because they must produce different types of objects that represent an audit view of the variable.

You must implement the following interfaces to build custom indexers:

  • For process variables: org.kie.internal.process.ProcessVariableIndexer

  • For task variables: org.kie.internal.task.api.TaskVariableIndexer

You must implement two methods for either of the interfaces:

  • accept: Indicates whether a type is handled by this indexer. The jBPM engine expects that only one indexer can index a given variable value, so it uses the first indexer that accepts the type.

  • index: Indexes a value, producing a object or listy of objects (usually strings) for inclusion in the audit log.

After implementing the interface, you must package this implementation as a JAR file and list the implementation in one of the following files:

  • For process variables, the META-INF/services/org.kie.internal.process.ProcessVariableIndexer file, which lists fully qualified class names of process variable indexers (single class name per line)

  • For task variables, the META-INF/services/org.kie.internal.task.api.TaskVariableIndexer file, which lists fully qualified class names of task variable indexers (single class name per line)

The ServiceLoader mechanism discovers the indexers using these files. When indexing a process or task variable, the jBPM engine examines the registered indexers to find any indexer that accepts the value of the variable. If no other indexer accepts the value, the jBPM engine applies the default indexer that uses the toString() method.

10.4. Transactions in the jBPM engine

The jBPM engine supports Java Transaction API (JTA) transactions.

It also supports local transactions only when using Spring. For more information about using Spring to set up persistence, please see the Spring chapter in the Drools integration guide. The current version of the jBPM engine does not support pure local transactions.

If you do not provide transaction boundaries inside your application, the jBPM engine automatically executes each method invocation on the jBPM engine in a separate transaction.

Optionally, you can specify the transaction boundaries in the application code, for example, to combine multiple commands into one transaction.

10.4.1. Registration of a transaction manager

You must register a transaction manager at the environment to use user-defined transactions.

The following sample code registers the transaction manager. Then it uses JTA calls to specify transaction boundaries.

Registering a transaction manager and using transactions
// create the entity manager factory
EntityManagerFactory emf = EntityManagerFactoryManager.get().getOrCreate("org.jbpm.persistence.jpa");
TransactionManager tm = TransactionManagerServices.getTransactionManager();

// set up the runtime environment
RuntimeEnvironment environment = RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder.Factory.get()
.newDefaultBuilder()
.addAsset(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("MyProcessDefinition.bpmn2"), ResourceType.BPMN2)
    .addEnvironmentEntry(EnvironmentName.TRANSACTION_MANAGER, tm)
    .get();

// get the KIE session
RuntimeManager manager = RuntimeManagerFactory.Factory.get().newPerRequestRuntimeManager(environment);
RuntimeEngine runtime = manager.getRuntimeEngine(ProcessInstanceIdContext.get());
KieSession ksession = runtime.getKieSession();

// start the transaction
UserTransaction ut = InitialContext.doLookup("java:comp/UserTransaction");
ut.begin();

// perform multiple commands inside one transaction
ksession.insert( new Person( "John Doe" ) );
ksession.startProcess("MyProcess");

// commit the transaction
ut.commit();

You must provide a jndi.properties file in you root class path to create a JNDI InitialContextFactory object, because transaction-related objects like UserTransaction, TransactionManager, and TransactionSynchronizationRegistry are registered in JNDI.

If your project includes the jbpm-test module, this file is already included by default.

Otherwise, you must create the jndi.properties file with the following content:

Content of the jndi.properties file
java.naming.factory.initial=org.jbpm.test.util.CloseSafeMemoryContextFactory
org.osjava.sj.root=target/test-classes/config
org.osjava.jndi.delimiter=/
org.osjava.sj.jndi.shared=true

This configuration assumes that the simple-jndi:simple-jndi artifact is present in the class path of your project. You can also use a different JNDI implementation.

By default, the Narayana JTA transaction manager is used. If you want to use a different JTA transaction manager, you can change the persistence.xml file to use the required transaction manager. For example, if your application runs on Red Hat JBoss EAP version 7 or later, you can use the JBoss transaction manager. In this case, change the transaction manager property in the persistence.xml file:

Transaction manager property in the persistence.xml file for the JBoss transaction manager
<property name="hibernate.transaction.jta.platform" value="org.hibernate.transaction.JBossTransactionManagerLookup" />

Using the Singleton strategy of the RuntimeManager class with JTA transactions (UserTransaction or CMT) creates a race condition. This race condition can result in an IllegalStateException exception with a message similar to Process instance XXX is disconnected.

To avoid this race condition, explicitly synchronize around the KieSession instance when invoking the transaction in the user application code.

synchronized (ksession) {
    try {
        tx.begin();

        // use ksession
        // application logic

        tx.commit();
    } catch (Exception e) {
        //...
    }
}

10.4.2. Configuring container-managed transactions

If you embed the jBPM engine in an application that executes in Container-managed transaction (CMT) mode, for example, EJB beans, you must complete additional configuration. This configuration is especially important if the application runs on an application server that does not allow a CMT application to access a UserTransaction instance from JNDI, for example, WebSphere Application Server.

The default transaction manager implementation in the jBPM engine relies on UserTransaction to query transaction status and then uses the status to determine whether to start a transaction. In environments that prevent access to a UserTransaction instance, this implementation fails.

To enable proper execution in CMT environments, the jBPM engine provides a dedicated transaction manager implementation: org.jbpm.persistence.jta.ContainerManagedTransactionManager. This transaction manager expects that the transaction is active and always returns ACTIVE when the getStatus() method is invoked. Operations such as begin, commit, and rollback are no-op methods, because the transaction manager can not affect these operations in container-managed transaction mode.

During process execution your code must popagate any exceptions thrown by the engine to the container to ensure that the container rolls transactions back when necessary.

To configure this transaction manager, complete the steps in this procedure.

Procedure

  1. In your code, insert the transaction manager and persistence context manager into the environment before creating or loading a session:

    Inserting the transaction manager and persistence context manager into the environment
    Environment env = EnvironmentFactory.newEnvironment();
env.set(EnvironmentName.ENTITY_MANAGER_FACTORY, emf);
env.set(EnvironmentName.TRANSACTION_MANAGER, new ContainerManagedTransactionManager());
env.set(EnvironmentName.PERSISTENCE_CONTEXT_MANAGER, new JpaProcessPersistenceContextManager(env));
env.set(EnvironmentName.TASK_PERSISTENCE_CONTEXT_MANAGER, new JPATaskPersistenceContextManager(env));

  2. In the persistence.xml file, configure the JPA provider. The following example uses hibernate and WebSphere Application Server.

    Configuring the JPA provider in the persistence.xml file
    <property name="hibernate.transaction.factory_class" value="org.hibernate.transaction.CMTTransactionFactory"/>
<property name="hibernate.transaction.jta.platform" value="org.hibernate.service.jta.platform.internal.WebSphereJtaPlatform"/>

  3. To dispose a KIE session, do not dispose it directly. Instead, execute the org.jbpm.persistence.jta.ContainerManagedTransactionDisposeCommand command. This commands ensures that the session is disposed at the completion of the current transaction. In the following example, ksession is the KieSession object that you want to dispose.

    Disposing a KIE session using the ContainerManagedTransactionDisposeCommand command
    ksession.execute(new ContainerManagedTransactionDisposeCommand());

    Directly disposing the session causes an exception at the completion of the transaction, beacuse the jBPM engine registers transaction synchronization to clean up the session state.

10.5. Configuration of persistence in the jBPM engine

If you use the jBPM engine without configuring any persistence, it does not save runtime data to any database; no im-memory database is available by default. You can use this mode if it is required for performance reasons or when you want to manage persistence yourself.

To use JPA persistence in the jBPM engine, you must configure it.

Configuration usually requires adding the necessary dependencies, configuring a data source, and creating the jBPM engine with persistence configured.

10.5.1. Configuration in the persistence.xml file

To use JPA persistence, you must add a persistence.xml persistence configuration to your class path to configure JPA to use Hibernate and the H2 database (or any other database that you prefer). Place this file in the META-INF directory of your project.

Sample persistence.xml file
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<persistence
      version="2.0"
      xsi:schemaLocation="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/persistence_2_0.xsd
      http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/orm http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/orm_2_0.xsd"
      xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence"
      xmlns:orm="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/orm"
      xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">

  <persistence-unit name="org.jbpm.persistence.jpa" transaction-type="JTA">
    <provider>org.hibernate.ejb.HibernatePersistence</provider>
    <jta-data-source>jdbc/jbpm-ds</jta-data-source>
    <mapping-file>META-INF/JBPMorm.xml</mapping-file>
    <class>org.drools.persistence.info.SessionInfo</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.persistence.processinstance.ProcessInstanceInfo</class>
    <class>org.drools.persistence.info.WorkItemInfo</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.persistence.correlation.CorrelationKeyInfo</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.persistence.correlation.CorrelationPropertyInfo</class>
    <class>org.jbpm.runtime.manager.impl.jpa.ContextMappingInfo</class>

    <properties>
      <property name="hibernate.dialect" value="org.hibernate.dialect.H2Dialect"/>
      <property name="hibernate.max_fetch_depth" value="3"/>
      <property name="hibernate.hbm2ddl.auto" value="update"/>
      <property name="hibernate.show_sql" value="true"/>
      <property name="hibernate.connection.release_mode" value="after_transaction"/>
            <property name="hibernate.transaction.jta.platform" value="org.hibernate.service.jta.platform.internal.JBossStandAloneJtaPlatform"/>
    </properties>
  </persistence-unit>
</persistence>

The example refers to a jdbc/jbpm-ds data source. For instructions about configuring a data source, see Configuration of data sources for jBPM engine persistence.

10.5.2. Configuration of data sources for jBPM engine persistence

To configure JPA persistence in the jBPM engine, you must provide a data source, which represents a database backend.

If you run your application in an application server, such as Red Hat JBoss EAP, you can use the application server to set up data sources, for example, by adding a data source configuration file in the deploy directory. For instructions about creating data sources, see the documentaion for the application server.

If you deploy your application to Red Hat JBoss EAP, you can create a data source by creating a configuration file in the deploy directory, for example:

Example data source configuration file for Red Hat JBoss EAP
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<datasources>
  <local-tx-datasource>
    <jndi-name>jdbc/jbpm-ds</jndi-name>
    <connection-url>jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost/~/test</connection-url>
    <driver-class>org.h2.jdbcx.JdbcDataSource</driver-class>
    <user-name>sa</user-name>
    <password></password>
  </local-tx-datasource>
</datasources>

If your application runs in a plain Java environment, you can use Narayana and Tomcat DBCP by using the DataSourceFactory class from the kie-test-util module supplied by jBPM. See the following code fragment. This example uses the H2 in-memory database in combination with Narayana and Tomcat DBCP.

Example code configuring an H2 in-memory database data source
Properties driverProperties = new Properties();
driverProperties.put("user", "sa");
driverProperties.put("password", "sa");
driverProperties.put("url", "jdbc:h2:mem:jbpm-db;MVCC=true");
driverProperties.put("driverClassName", "org.h2.Driver");
driverProperties.put("className", "org.h2.jdbcx.JdbcDataSource");
PoolingDataSourceWrapper pdsw = DataSourceFactory.setupPoolingDataSource("jdbc/jbpm-ds", driverProperties);

10.5.3. Dependencies for persistence

Persistence requires certain JAR artifact dependencies.

The jbpm-persistence-jpa.jar file is always required. This file contains the code for saving the runtime state whenever necessary.

Depending on the persistence solution and database you are using, you might need additional dependencies. The default configuration combination includes the following components:

  • Hibernate as the JPA persistence provider

  • H2 in-memory database

  • Narayana for JTA-based transaction management

  • Tomcat DBCP for connection pooling capabilities

This configuration requires the following additional dependencies:

  • jbpm-persistence-jpa (org.jbpm)

  • drools-persistence-jpa (org.drools)

  • persistence-api (javax.persistence)

  • hibernate-entitymanager (org.hibernate)

  • hibernate-annotations (org.hibernate)

  • hibernate-commons-annotations (org.hibernate)

  • hibernate-core (org.hibernate)

  • commons-collections (commons-collections)

  • dom4j (org.dom4j)

  • jta (javax.transaction)

  • narayana-jta (org.jboss.narayana.jta)

  • tomcat-dbcp (org.apache.tomcat)

  • jboss-transaction-api_1.2_spec (org.jboss.spec.javax.transaction)

  • javassist (javassist)

  • slf4j-api (org.slf4j)

  • slf4j-jdk14 (org.slf4j)

  • simple-jndi (simple-jndi)

  • h2 (com.h2database)

  • jbpm-test (org.jbpm) only for testing, do not include this artifact in the production application

10.5.4. Creating a KIE session with persistence

If your code creates KIE sessions directly, you can use the JPAKnowledgeService class to create your KIE session. This approach provides full access to the underlying configuration.

Procedure

  1. Create a new KIE session using the JPAKnowledgeService class, based on a KIE base, a KIE session configuration (if necessary), and an environment. The environment must contain a reference to the Entity Manager Factory that you use for persistence.

Creating a KIE session with persistence
// create the entity manager factory and register it in the environment
EntityManagerFactory emf =
    Persistence.createEntityManagerFactory( "org.jbpm.persistence.jpa" );
Environment env = KnowledgeBaseFactory.newEnvironment();
env.set( EnvironmentName.ENTITY_MANAGER_FACTORY, emf );

// create a new KIE session that uses JPA to store the runtime state
StatefulKnowledgeSession ksession = JPAKnowledgeService.newStatefulKnowledgeSession( kbase, null, env );
int sessionId = ksession.getId();

// invoke methods on your method here
ksession.startProcess( "MyProcess" );
ksession.dispose();

  1. To re-create a session from the database based on a specific session ID, use the JPAKnowledgeService.loadStatefulKnowledgeSession() method:

Re-creating a KIE session from the persistence database
// re-create the session from database using the sessionId
ksession = JPAKnowledgeService.loadStatefulKnowledgeSession(sessionId, kbase, null, env );

10.5.5. Persistence in the runtime manager

If your code uses the RuntimeManager class, use the RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder class to configure the environment for persistence. By default, the runtime manager searches for the jdbc/jbpm-ds data source for persistence.

The following example creates a KieSession with an empty context.

Creating a KIE session with an empty context using the runtime manager
RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder builder = RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder.Factory.get()
        .newDefaultBuilder()
        .knowledgeBase(kbase);
RuntimeManager manager = RuntimeManagerFactory.Factory.get()
        .newSingletonRuntimeManager(builder.get(), "com.sample:example:1.0");
RuntimeEngine engine = manager.getRuntimeEngine(EmptyContext.get());
KieSession ksession = engine.getKieSession();

The prevous example requires a KIE base as the kbase parameter. You can use a kmodule.xml KJAR descriptor on the class path to buld the KIE base.

Building a KIE base from a kmodule.xml KJAR descriptor
KieServices ks = KieServices.Factory.get();
KieContainer kContainer = ks.getKieClasspathContainer();
KieBase kbase = kContainer.getKieBase("kbase");

A kmodule.xml descriptor file can include an attribute for resource packages to scan to find and deploy jBPM engine workflows.

Sample kmodule.xml descriptor file
<kmodule xmlns="http://jboss.org/kie/6.0.0/kmodule">
  <kbase name="kbase" packages="com.sample"/>
</kmodule>

To control the persistence, you can use the RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder::entityManagerFactory methods.

Controlling configuration of persistence in the runtime manager
EntityManagerFactory emf = Persistence.createEntityManagerFactory("org.jbpm.persistence.jpa");

RuntimeEnvironment runtimeEnv = RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder.Factory
        .get()
        .newDefaultBuilder()
        .entityManagerFactory(emf)
        .knowledgeBase(kbase)
        .get();

StatefulKnowledgeSession ksession = (StatefulKnowledgeSession) RuntimeManagerFactory.Factory.get()
        .newSingletonRuntimeManager(runtimeEnv)
        .getRuntimeEngine(EmptyContext.get())
        .getKieSession();

After creating the ksession KIE session in this example, you can call methods in ksession, for example, StartProcess(). The jBPM engine persists all runtime state in the configured data source.

You can restore a process instance from persistent storage by using the process instance ID. The runtime manager automatically re-created the required session.

Re-creating a KIE session from the persistence database using a process instance ID
RuntimeEngine runtime = manager.getRuntimeEngine(ProcessInstanceIdContext.get(processInstanceId));

KieSession session = runtime.getKieSession();

10.6. Persisting process variables in a separate database schema in jBPM

When you create process variables in jBPM to use within the processes that you define, jBPM stores those process variables as binary data in a default database schema. You can persist process variables in a separate database schema for greater flexibility in maintaining and implementing your process data.

For example, persisting your process variables in a separate database schema can help you perform the following tasks:

  • Maintain process variables in human-readable format

  • Make the variables available to services outside of jBPM

  • Clear the log of the default database tables in jBPM without losing process variable data

This procedure applies to process variables only. This procedure does not apply to case variables.
Prerequisites

  • You have defined processes in jBPM for which you want to implement variables.

  • If you want to persist variables in a database schema outside of jBPM, you have created a data source and the separate database schema that you want to use. For information about creating data sources, see Data Source Management.

Procedure

  1. In the data object file that you use as a process variable, add the following elements to configure variable persistence:

    Example Person.java object configured for variable persistence
    @javax.persistence.Entity  (1)
@javax.persistence.Table(name = "Person")  (2)
public class Person extends org.drools.persistence.jpa.marshaller.VariableEntity  (3)
implements java.io.Serializable {  (4)

	static final long serialVersionUID = 1L;

	@javax.persistence.GeneratedValue(strategy = javax.persistence.GenerationType.AUTO, generator = "PERSON_ID_GENERATOR")
	@javax.persistence.Id  (5)
	@javax.persistence.SequenceGenerator(name = "PERSON_ID_GENERATOR", sequenceName = "PERSON_ID_SEQ")
	private java.lang.Long id;

	private java.lang.String name;

	private java.lang.Integer age;

	public Person() {
	}

	public java.lang.Long getId() {
		return this.id;
	}

	public void setId(java.lang.Long id) {
		this.id = id;
	}

	public java.lang.String getName() {
		return this.name;
	}

	public void setName(java.lang.String name) {
		this.name = name;
	}

	public java.lang.Integer getAge() {
		return this.age;
	}

	public void setAge(java.lang.Integer age) {
		this.age = age;
	}

	public Person(java.lang.Long id, java.lang.String name,
			java.lang.Integer age) {
		this.id = id;
		this.name = name;
		this.age = age;
	}

}
    1 Configures the data object as a persistence entity.
    2 Defines the database table name used for the data object.
    3 Creates a separate MappedVariable mapping table that maintains the relationship between this data object and the associated process instance. If you do not need this relationship maintained, you do not need to extend the VariableEntity class. Without this extension, the data object is still persisted, but contains no additional data.
    4 Configures the data object as a serializable object.
    5 Sets a persistence ID for the object.

    To make the data object persistable using Business Central, navigate to the data object file in your project, click the Persistence icon in the upper-right corner of the window, and configure the persistence behavior:

    persistence in central
    Figure 34. Persistence configuration in Business Central

  2. In the pom.xml file of your project, add the following dependency for persistence support. This dependency contains the VariableEntity class that you configured in your data object.

    Project dependency for persistence
    <dependency>
  <groupId>org.drools</groupId>
  <artifactId>drools-persistence-jpa</artifactId>
  <version>${jbpm.version}</version>
  <scope>provided</scope>
</dependency>

  3. In the ~/META-INF/kie-deployment-descriptor.xml file of your project, configure the JPA marshalling strategy and a persistence unit to be used with the marshaller. The JPA marshalling strategy and persistence unit are required for objects defined as entities.

    JPA marshaller and persistence unit configured in the kie-deployment-descriptor.xml file
    <marshalling-strategy>
  <resolver>mvel</resolver>
  <identifier>new org.drools.persistence.jpa.marshaller.JPAPlaceholderResolverStrategy("myPersistenceUnit", classLoader)</identifier>
  <parameters/>
</marshalling-strategy>

  4. In the ~/META-INF directory of your project, create a persistence.xml file that specifies in which data source you want to persist the process variable:

    Example persistence.xml file with data source configuration
    <persistence xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence" xmlns:orm="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/orm" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" version="2.0" xsi:schemaLocation="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/persistence_2_0.xsd http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/orm http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence/orm_2_0.xsd">
    <persistence-unit name="myPersistenceUnit" transaction-type="JTA">
        <provider>org.hibernate.jpa.HibernatePersistenceProvider</provider>
        <jta-data-source>java:jboss/datasources/ExampleDS</jta-data-source>  (1)
        <class>org.space.example.Person</class>
        <exclude-unlisted-classes>true</exclude-unlisted-classes>
        <properties>
            <property name="hibernate.dialect" value="org.hibernate.dialect.PostgreSQLDialect"/>
            <property name="hibernate.max_fetch_depth" value="3"/>
            <property name="hibernate.hbm2ddl.auto" value="update"/>
            <property name="hibernate.show_sql" value="true"/>
            <property name="hibernate.id.new_generator_mappings" value="false"/>
            <property name="hibernate.transaction.jta.platform" value="org.hibernate.service.jta.platform.internal.JBossAppServerJtaPlatform"/>
        </properties>
    </persistence-unit>
</persistence>
    1 Sets the data source in which the process variable is persisted

    To configure the marshalling strategy, persistence unit, and data source using Business Central, navigate to project Settings → Deployments → Marshalling Strategies and to project Settings → Persistence:

    jpa marhsalling strategy
    Figure 35. JPA marshaller configuration in Business Central
    persistence unit
    Figure 36. Persistence unit and data source configuration in Business Central

Business Central

How to use the web-based Business Central application

11. Business Central (General)

11.1. Installation

11.1.1. War installation

Use the war from the Business Central distribution zip that corresponds to your application server. The differences between these war files are mainly superficial. For example, some JARs might be excluded if the application server already supplies them.

  • eap7: tailored for Red Hat JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 7

  • wildfly14: tailored for Wildfly 14

11.1.2. Business Central data

Business Central stores its data, by default in the directory $WORKING_DIRECTORY/.niogit, for example wildfly-14.0.1.Final/bin/.niogit, but it can be overridden with the system property-Dorg.uberfire.nio.git.dir.

In production, make sure to back up the Business Central data directory.

11.1.3. Troubleshooting

11.1.3.1. Loading.. does not disappear and Business Central fails to show

There have been reports that Firewalls in between the server and the browser can interfere with Server Sent Events (SSE) used by Business Central.

The issue results in the "Loading…​" spinner remaining visible and Business Central failing to materialize.

The workaround is to disable the Business Central’s use of Server Sent Events by adding file /WEB-INF/classes/ErraiService.properties to the exploded WAR containing the value errai.bus.enable_sse_support=false. Re-package the WAR and re-deploy.

Some Users have also reported disabling Server Sent Events does not resolve the issue. The solution found to work is to configure the JVM to use a different Entropy Gathering Device on Linux for SecureRandom. This can be configured by setting System Property java.security.egd to file:/dev/./urandom. See this Stack Overflow post for details.

Please note however this affects the JVM’s random number generation and may present other challenges where strong cryptography is required. Configure with caution.

11.1.3.2. Not able to clone Business Central Git repository using ssh protocol.

Git clients using ssh to interact with the Git server that is bundled with Business Central are authenticated and authorized to perform git commands by the security API that is part of the Uberfire backend server. When using an LDAP security realm, some git clients were not being authorized as expected. This was due to the fact that for non-web clients such as Git via ssh, the principal (i.e., user or group) name assigned to a user by the application server’s user registry is the more complex DN associated to that principal by LDAP. The logic of the Uberfire backend server looked for on exact match of roles allowed with the principal name returned and therefore failed.

It is now possible to control the role-principal matching via the system property

org.uberfire.ldap.regex.role_mapper

which takes as its value a Regex pattern to be applied when matching LDAP principal to role names. The pattern must contain the literal word variable 'role'. During authorization the variable is replaced by each of the allow application roles. If the pattern is matched the role is added to the user.

For instance, if the DN for the admin group in LDAP is

DN: cn=admin,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com

and its intended role is admin, then setting org.uberfire.ldap.regex.role_mapper with value

cn[\\ ]*=[\\ ]*role

will find a match on role 'admin'.

11.2. Business Central system properties

The Business Central system properties listed in this section are passed to standalone*.xml files.

Git directory

Use the following properties to set the location and name for the Business Central Git directory:

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.dir: Location of the Business Central Git directory.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.dirname: Name of the Business Central Git directory. Default value: .niogit.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ketch: Enables or disables Git ketch.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.hooks: Location of the Git hooks directory.

Git over HTTP

Use the following properties to configure access to the Git repository over HTTP:

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.proxy.ssh.over.http: Specifies whether SSH should use an HTTP proxy. Default value: false.

  • http.proxyHost: Defines the host name of the HTTP proxy. Default value: null.

  • http.proxyPort: Defines the host port (integer value) of the HTTP proxy. Default value: null.

  • http.proxyUser: Defines the user name of the HTTP proxy.

  • http.proxyPassword: Defines the user password of the HTTP proxy.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.http.enabled: Enables or disables the HTTP daemon. Default value: true.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.http.host: If the HTTP daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the host identifier. This is an informative property that is used to display how to access the Git repository over HTTP. The HTTP still relies on the servlet container. Default value: localhost.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.http.hostname: If the HTTP daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the host name identifier. This is an informative property that is used to display how to access the Git repository over HTTP. The HTTP still relies on the servlet container. Default value: localhost.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.http.port: If the HTTP daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the port number. This is an informative property that is used to display how to access the Git repository over HTTP. The HTTP still relies on the servlet container. Default value: 8080.

Git over HTTPS

Use the following properties to configure access to the Git repository over HTTPS:

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.proxy.ssh.over.https: Specifies whether SSH uses an HTTPS proxy. Default value: false.

  • https.proxyHost: Defines the host name of the HTTPS proxy. Default value: null.

  • https.proxyPort: Defines the host port (integer value) of the HTTPS proxy. Default value: null.

  • https.proxyUser: Defines the user name of the HTTPS proxy.

  • https.proxyPassword: Defines the user password of the HTTPS proxy.

  • user.dir: Location of the user directory.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.https.enabled: Enables or disables the HTTPS daemon. Default value: false

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.https.host: If the HTTPS daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the host identifier. This is an informative property that is used to display how to access the Git repository over HTTPS. The HTTPS still relies on the servlet container. Default value: localhost.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.https.hostname: If the HTTPS daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the host name identifier. This is an informative property that is used to display how to access the Git repository over HTTPS. The HTTPS still relies on the servlet container. Default value: localhost.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.https.port: If the HTTPS daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the port number. This is an informative property that is used to display how to access the Git repository over HTTPS. The HTTPS still relies on the servlet container. Default value: 8080.

JGit

  • org.uberfire.nio.jgit.cache.instances: Defines the JGit cache size.

  • org.uberfire.nio.jgit.cache.overflow.cleanup.size: Defines the JGit cache overflow cleanup size.

  • org.uberfire.nio.jgit.remove.eldest.iterations: Enables or disables whether to remove eldest JGit iterations.

  • org.uberfire.nio.jgit.cache.evict.threshold.duration: Defines the JGit evict threshold duration.

  • org.uberfire.nio.jgit.cache.evict.threshold.time.unit: Defines the JGit evict threshold time unit.

Git daemon

Use the following properties to enable and configure the Git daemon:

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.daemon.enabled: Enables or disables the Git daemon. Default value: true.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.daemon.host: If the Git daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the local host identifier. Default value: localhost.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.daemon.hostname: If the Git daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the local host name identifier. Default value: localhost

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.daemon.port: If the Git daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the port number. Default value: 9418.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.http.sslVerify: Enables or disables SSL certificate checking for Git repositories. Default value: true.

    If the default or assigned port is already in use, a new port is automatically selected. Ensure that the ports are available and check the log for more information.
Git SSH

Use the following properties to enable and configure the Git SSH daemon:

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.enabled: Enables or disables the SSH daemon. Default value: true.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.host: If the SSH daemon enabled, it uses this property as the local host identifier. Default value: localhost.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.hostname: If the SSH daemon is enabled, it uses this property as local host name identifier. Default value: localhost.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.port: If the SSH daemon is enabled, it uses this property as the port number. Default value: 8001.

    If the default or assigned port is already in use, a new port is automatically selected. Ensure that the ports are available and check the log for more information.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.cert.dir: Location of the .security directory where local certificates are stored. Default value: Working directory.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.idle.timeout: Sets the SSH idle timeout.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.passphrase: Pass phrase used to access the public key store of your operating system when cloning git repositories with SCP style URLs. Example: git@github.com:user/repository.git.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.algorithm: Algorithm used by SSH. Default value: RSA.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.gc.limit: Sets the GC limit.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.ciphers: A comma-separated string of ciphers. The available ciphers are aes128-ctr, aes192-ctr, aes256-ctr, arcfour128, arcfour256, aes192-cbc, aes256-cbc. If the property is not used, all available ciphers are loaded.

  • org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.macs: A comma-separated string of message authentication codes (MACs). The available MACs are hmac-md5, hmac-md5-96, hmac-sha1, hmac-sha1-96, hmac-sha2-256, hmac-sha2-512. If the property is not used, all available MACs are loaded.

    If you plan to use RSA or any algorithm other than DSA, make sure you set up your application server to use the Bouncy Castle JCE library.
KIE Server nodes and jBPM controller

Use the following properties to configure the connections with the KIE Server nodes from the jBPM controller:

  • org.kie.server.controller: The URL is used to connect to the jBPM controller. For example, ws://localhost:8080/business-central/websocket/controller.

  • org.kie.server.user: User name used to connect to the KIE Server nodes from the jBPM controller. This property is only required when using this Business Central installation as a jBPM controller.

  • org.kie.server.pwd: Password used to connect to the KIE Server nodes from the jBPM controller. This property is only required when using this Business Central installation as a jBPM controller.

Maven and miscellaneous

Use the following properties to configure Maven and other miscellaneous functions:

  • kie.maven.offline.force: Forces Maven to behave as if offline. If true, disables online dependency resolution. Default value: false.

    Use this property for Business Central only. If you share a runtime environment with any other component, isolate the configuration and apply it only to Business Central.

  • org.uberfire.gzip.enable: Enables or disables Gzip compression on the GzipFilter compression filter. Default value: true.

  • org.kie.workbench.profile: Selects the Business Central profile. Possible values are FULL or PLANNER_AND_RULES. A prefix FULL_ sets the profile and hides the profile preferences from the administrator preferences. Default value: FULL

  • org.appformer.m2repo.url: Business Central uses the default location of the Maven repository when looking for dependencies. It directs to the Maven repository inside Business Central, for example, http://localhost:8080/business-central/maven2. Set this property before starting Business Central. Default value: File path to the inner m2 repository.

  • appformer.ssh.keystore: Defines the custom SSH keystore to be used with Business Central by specifying a class name. If the property is not available, the default SSH keystore is used.

  • appformer.ssh.keys.storage.folder: When using the default SSH keystore, this property defines the storage folder for the user’s SSH public keys. If the property is not available, the keys are stored in the Business Central .security folder.

  • appformer.experimental.features: Enables the experimental features framework. Default value: false.

  • org.kie.demo: Enables an external clone of a demo application from GitHub.

  • org.uberfire.metadata.index.dir: Place where the Lucene .index directory is stored. Default value: Working directory.

  • org.uberfire.ldap.regex.role_mapper: Regex pattern used to map LDAP principal names to the application role name. Note that the variable role must be a part of the pattern as the application role name substitutes the variable role when matching a principle value and role name.

  • org.uberfire.sys.repo.monitor.disabled: Disables the configuration monitor. Do not disable unless you are sure. Default value: false.

  • org.uberfire.secure.key: Password used by password encryption. Default value: org.uberfire.admin.

  • org.uberfire.secure.alg: Crypto algorithm used by password encryption. Default value: PBEWithMD5AndDES.

  • org.uberfire.domain: Security-domain name used by uberfire. Default value: ApplicationRealm.

  • org.guvnor.m2repo.dir: Place where the Maven repository folder is stored. Default value: <working-directory>/repositories/kie.

  • org.guvnor.project.gav.check.disabled: Disables group ID, artifact ID, and version (GAV) checks. Default value: false.

  • org.kie.build.disable-project-explorer: Disables automatic build of a selected project in Project Explorer. Default value: false.

  • org.kie.builder.cache.size: Defines the cache size of the project builder. Default value: 20.

  • org.kie.verification.disable-dtable-realtime-verification: Disables the real-time validation and verification of decision tables. Default value: false.

jBPM controller

Use the following properties to configure how to connect to the jBPM controller:

  • org.kie.workbench.controller: The URL used to connect to the jBPM controller, for example, ws://localhost:8080/kie-server-controller/websocket/controller.

  • org.kie.workbench.controller.user: The jBPM controller user. Default value: kieserver.

  • org.kie.workbench.controller.pwd: The jBPM controller password. Default value: kieserver1!.

  • org.kie.workbench.controller.token: The token string used to connect to the jBPM controller.

    For more information about how to use token-based authentication, see Using token-based authentication.
Java Cryptography Extension KeyStore (JCEKS)

Use the following properties to configure JCEKS:

  • kie.keystore.keyStoreURL: The URL used to load a Java Cryptography Extension KeyStore (JCEKS). For example, file:///home/kie/keystores/keystore.jceks.

  • kie.keystore.keyStorePwd: The password used for the JCEKS.

  • kie.keystore.key.ctrl.alias: The alias of the key for the default REST jBPM controller.

  • kie.keystore.key.ctrl.pwd: The password of the alias for the default REST jBPM controller.

Rendering

Use the following properties to switch between Business Central and KIE Server rendered forms:

  • org.jbpm.wb.forms.renderer.ext: Switches the form rendering between Business Central and KIE Server. By default, the form rendering is performed by Business Central. Default value: false.

  • org.jbpm.wb.forms.renderer.name: Enables you to switch between Business Central and KIE Server rendered forms. Default value: workbench.

11.3. Quick Start

These steps help you get started with minimum of effort.

They should not be a substitute for reading the documentation in full.

11.3.1. Importing examples

Import Examples - Quick install examples

If Business Central is empty you are shown an empty Space page. Clicking "Try Samples" button below will show the examples that are available.

QuickStart example1

Once "Try Samples" page opens, you can select one or more examples and click "Ok".

QuickStart example2

If Business Central already contains Projects the examples can be imported with the "Try Samples" button found from the menu.

QuickStart import with pre existing projects

11.3.2. Add Project

Alternatively, to importing an example, a new empty project can be created from the Space page with "Add Project".

QuickStart example1
Figure 37. New Project button

Give the Project a name and optional description.

QuickStart new project wizard
Figure 38. Giving Project a name

11.3.3. Define Data Model

After a Project has been created you need to define Types to be used by your rules.

Select "Data Object" from the "Add Asset" menu.

You can also use types contained in existing JARs.

Please consult the full documentation for details.
QuickStart create a data model
Figure 39. Creating "Data Object"

Set the name and select a package for the new type.

QuickStart create data object popup
Figure 40. Creating a new type

Click "+ add field" button and set a field name and type and click "Create" to create a field for the type.

QuickStart create field
Figure 41. Click "Create" and add the field

Click "Save" to update the model.

QuickStart confirm save
Figure 42. Clicking "Save"

11.3.4. Define Rule

Select "DRL file" (for example) from the "Add Asset" menu.

QuickStart create drl file
Figure 43. Selecting "DRL file" from the "Add Asset" menu

Enter a file name for the new rule.

Make sure you select the same package as the rule had. It is possible to have rules and data models in different packages, but let’s keep things simple for demo purposes.
QuickStart new rule popup
Figure 44. Entering a file name for rule

Enter a definition for the rule.

The definition process differs from asset type to asset type.

The full documentation has details about the different editors.

QuickStart writing a rule
Figure 45. Defining a rule

Once the rule has been defined it will need to be saved in the same way we saved the model.

11.3.5. Build and Deploy

Once rules have been defined within a project; the project can be built and deployed to the Business Central’s Maven Artifact Repository.

To build a project select the "Build & Deploy" from the Project Authoring.

QuickStart build and deploy
Figure 46. Building a project

Click "Build & Deploy" to build the project and deploy it to the Business Central’s Maven Artifact Repository.

When you select Build & Deploy Business Central will deploy to any repositories defined in the Dependency Management section of the pom in your Business Central project. You can edit the pom.xml file associated with your Business Central project under the Repository View of the project explorer. Details on dependency management in maven can be found here : http://maven.apache.org/guides/introduction/introduction-to-dependency-mechanism.html

If there are errors during the build process they will be reported in the "Messages" panel.

Now the project has been built and deployed; it can be referenced from your own projects as any other Maven Artifact.

The full documentation contains details about integrating projects with your own applications.

11.4. Configuration

11.4.1. Basic user management

Business Central authenticates its users against the application server’s authentication and authorization (JAAS).

On JBoss EAP and WildFly, add a user with the script $JBOSS_HOME/bin/add-user.sh (or .bat):

$ ./add-user.sh
// Type: Application User
// Realm: empty (defaults to ApplicationRealm)
// Role: admin

There is no need to restart the application server.

11.4.2. Roles

Business Central uses the following roles:

  • admin

  • analyst

  • developer

  • manager

  • user

11.4.2.1. Admin

Administrates the BPMS system.

  • Manages users

  • Manages VFS Repositories

  • Has full access to make any necessary changes

11.4.2.2. Developer

Developer can do almost everything admin can do, except clone repositories.

  • Manages rules, models, process flows, forms and dashboards

  • Manages the asset repository

  • Can create, build and deploy projects

  • Can use the JBDS connection to view processes

11.4.2.3. Analyst

Analyst is a weaker version of developer and does not have access to the asset repository or the ability to deploy projects.

11.4.2.4. Business user

Daily user of the system to take actions on business tasks that are required for the processes to continue forward. Works primarily with the task lists.

  • Does process management

  • Handles tasks and dashboards

11.4.2.5. Manager/Viewer-only User

Viewer of the system that is interested in statistics around the business processes and their performance, business indicators, and other reporting of the system and people who interact with the system.

  • Only has access to dashboards

11.5. Introduction

11.5.1. Log in and log out

Create a user with the role admin and log in with those credentials.

After successfully logging in, the account user name is displayed at the top right. Click it to review the roles of the current account.

11.5.2. Home screen

After logging in, the home screen shows. The actual content of the home screen depends on the Business Central variant (Drools, jBPM, …​).

home

11.5.3. Business Central overview

Business Central is structured with Spaces and Projects:

workbenchStructureOverview
11.5.3.1. Space

Spaces are useful to model departments and divisions.

A Space can hold multiple Projects.

Space
11.5.3.2. Project

Projects are the place where assets are stored and each project belongs to a single Space.

Projects are in fact a Virtual File System based storage, that by default uses GIT as backend. Such setup allows Business Central to work with multiple backends and, at the same time, take full advantage of backend specifics features like in GIT case versioning, branching and even external access.

A new Project can be created from scratch or cloned from an existing repository.

One of the biggest advantages of using GIT as backend is the ability to clone a repository from external and use your preferred tools to edit and build your assets.

Never clone your repositories directly from .niogit directory.

11.5.4. Business Central user interface concepts

Business Central consists of different logical entities:

  • Part

    A Part is a screen or editor with which the user can interact to perform operations.

    Example Parts are "Project Explorer", "Project Editor", "Guided Rule Editor" etc.

  • Page

    A perspective is a logical grouping of related Panels and Parts. A perspective is usually named as page, since it is a term far more familiar to end users whereas a perspective is more developer oriented. Notice however, Business Central supports both developer created pages and those created by end users from the page builder (aka Content Management) tooling but, generally speaking, page is used to refer to both of them.

    The user can switch between pages by clicking on one of the top-level menu items; such as "Home", "Authoring", "Deploy" etc.

11.6. Changing the layout

11.6.1. Resizing

Move the mouse pointer over the panel splitter (a grey horizontal or vertical line in between panels).

The cursor will by changing indicate it is positioned correctly over the splitter. Press and hold the left mouse button and drag the splitter to the required position; then release the left mouse button.

11.7. Authoring (General)

11.7.1. Artifact Repository

Projects often need external artifacts in their classpath in order to build, for example a domain model JARs. The artifact repository holds those artifacts.

The Artifact Repository is a full blown Maven repository. It follows the semantics of a Maven remote repository: all snapshots are timestamped. But it is often stored on the local hard drive.

By default the artifact repository is stored under $WORKING_DIRECTORY/repositories/kie, but it can be overridden with the system property-Dorg.guvnor.m2repo.dir. There is only 1 Maven repository per installation.

The Artifact Repository screen shows a list of the artifacts in the Maven repository:

mavenRepositoryExplorer

To add a new artifact to that Maven repository, either:

  • Use the upload button and select a JAR. If the JAR contains a POM file under META-INF/maven (which every JAR build by Maven has), no further information is needed. Otherwise, a groupId, artifactId and version need to be given too.

mavenRepositoryUpload

  • Using Maven, mvn deploy to that Maven repository. Refresh the list to make it show up.

This remote Maven repository is relatively simple. It does not support proxying, mirroring, …​ like Nexus or Archiva.

11.7.2. Asset Editor

The Asset Editor is the principle component of the Business Central user interface. It consists of two main views Editor and Overview.

  • The views

    AssetEditor edit
    Figure 47. The Asset Editor - Editor tab

    • A : The editing area - exactly what form the editor takes depends on the Asset type. An asset can only be edited by one user at a time to avoid conflicts. When a user begins to edit an asset, a lock will automatically be acquired. This is indicated by a lock symbol appearing on the asset title bar as well as in the project explorer view (see Project Explorer for details). If a user starts editing an already locked asset a pop-up notification will appear to inform the user that the asset can’t currently be edited, as it is being worked on by another user. Changes will be prevented until the editing user saves or closes the asset, or logs out of Business Central. Session timeouts will also cause locks to be released. Every user further has the option to force a lock release, if required (see the Metadata section below).

    • B : This menu bar contains various actions for the Asset; such as Save, Rename, Copy etc. Note that saving, renaming and deleting are deactivated if the asset is locked by a different user.

    • C : Different views for asset content or asset information.

      • Editor shows the main editor for the asset

      • Overview contains the metadata and conversation views for this editor. Explained in more detail below.

      • Source shows the asset in plain DRL. Note: This tab is only visible if the asset content can be generated into DRL.

      • Data Objects contains the model available for authoring. By default only Data Objects that reside within the same package as the asset are available for authoring. Data Objects outside of this package can be imported to become available for authoring the asset.

    AssetEditor dataobjects
    Figure 48. The Asset Editor - Data Objects tab

  • Overview

    • A : General information about the asset and the asset’s description.

      "Type:" The format name of the type of Asset.

      "Description:" Description for the asset.

      "Used in projects:" Names the projects where this rule is used.

      "Last Modified:" Who made the last change and when.

      "Created on:" Who created the asset and when.

    • B : Version history for the asset. Selecting a version loads the selected version into this editor.

    • C : Meta data (from the "Dublin Core" standard)

    • D : Comments regarding the development of the Asset can be recorded here.

Overview
Figure 49. The Asset Editor - Overview tab

  • Metadata

    • A : Meta data:-

      "Tags:" A tagging system for grouping the assets.

      "Note:" A comment made when the Asset was last updated (i.e. why a change was made)

      "URI:" URI to the asset inside the Git repository.

      "Subject/Type/External link/Source" : Other miscellaneous meta data for the Asset.

      "Lock status" : Shows the lock status of the asset and, if locked, allows to force unlocking the asset.

Metadata
Figure 50. The Metadata tab

  • Locking

    Business Central supports pessimistic locking of assets. When one User starts editing an asset it is locked to change by other Users. The lock is held until a period of inactivity lapses, the Editor is closed or the application stopped and restarted. Locks can also be forcibly removed on the MetaData section of the Overview tab.

    A "padlock" icon is shown in the Editor’s title bar and beside the asset in the Project Explorer when an asset is locked.

    AssetEditor locked
    Figure 51. The Asset Editor - Locked assets cannot be edited by other users

11.7.3. Tags Editor

Tags allow assets to be labelled with any number of tags that you define. These tags can be used to filter assets on the Project Explorer enabling "Tag filtering".

11.7.3.1. Creating Tags

To create tags you simply have to write them on the Tags input and press the "Add new Tag/s" button. The Tag Editor allows creating tags one by one or writing more than one separated with a white space.

CreatingTags
Figure 52. Creating Tags

Once you created new Tags they will appear over the Editor allowing you to remove them by pressing on them if you want.

ExistingTags
Figure 53. Existing Tags

11.7.4. Project Explorer

The Project Explorer provides the ability to browse files inside the current Project. The Project Explorer can be accessed from the left side when an Asset Editor is open.

11.7.4.1. Initial view

If a file is currently being edited by another user, a lock symbol will be displayed in front of the file name. The symbol is blue in case the lock is owned by the currently authenticated user, otherwise black. Moving the mouse pointer over the lock symbol will display a tooltip providing the name of the user who is currently editing the file (and therefore owning the lock). To learn more about locking see Asset Editor for details.

ProjectExplorer Project Expanded
Figure 54. Expanded asset group
11.7.4.2. Different views

Project Explorer supports multiple views.

  • Project View

    A simplified view of the underlying project structure. Certain system files are hidden from view.

  • Repository View

    A complete view of the underlying project structure including all files; either user-defined or system generated.

Views can be selected by clicking on the icon within the Project Explorer, as shown below.

Both Project and Repository Views can be further refined by selecting either "Show as Folders" or "Show as Links".

ProjectExplorer Switching View
Figure 55. Switching view
Repository View examples
ProjectExplorer Repository Folders
Figure 56. Repository View - Folders
ProjectExplorer Repository Links
Figure 57. Repository View - Links
11.7.4.3. Download Project or Repository

"Download Project" or "Download Repository" make it possible to download the project or the repository as a ZIP file.

ProjectExplorer Downloads
Figure 58. Repository and Project Downloads
11.7.4.4. Filtering by Tag

Viewing elements in packages that contain a lot of assets easily is now made possible by enabling the Tag filter, which allows you to filter assets by their tags.

To see how to add tags to an asset look at: Tags Editor

ProjectExplorer Tag Filter Enable
Figure 59. Enabling Filter by Tag
ProjectExplorer Tag Filter Show
Figure 60. Filter by Tag
ProjectExplorer Tag Filter Working
Figure 61. Filtering by Tag
11.7.4.5. Copy, Rename, Delete and Download Actions

Copy, rename and delete actions are available on Links mode, for packages in of Project View and for files and directories in the Repository View. Download action is available for directories. Download option downloads the selected the selected directory as a zip file.

  • A : Copy

  • B : Rename

  • C : Delete

  • D : Download

ProjectExplorer Project Links Copy Rename Delete
Figure 62. Project View - Package actions

Business Central roadmap includes a refactoring and an impact analysis tool, but currently doesn’t have it. Until both tools are provided make sure that your changes (copy/rename/delete) on packages, files or directories doesn’t have a major impact on your project.

In cases that your change had an unexpected impact, Business Central enables you to restore your repository using the Repository editor.

Files locked by other users as well as directories that contain such files cannot be renamed or deleted until the corresponding locks are released. If that is the case the rename and delete symbols will be deactivated. To learn more about locking see Asset Editor for details.

ProjectExplorer Delete NotAllowed

11.7.5. Project Editor

The Project Editor screen can be accessed from Project Explorer. Project Editor shows the settings for the currently active project.

Unlike most of the Business Central editors, project editor edits more than one file. Showing everything that is needed for configuring the KIE project in one place.

project editor menu
Figure 63. Project Screen and the different views
11.7.5.1. Build & Deploy

Build & Deploy builds the current project and deploys the KJAR into the Business Central internal Maven repository.

11.7.5.2. Project Settings

Project Settings edits the pom.xml file used by Maven.

Project General Settings

General settings provide tools for project name and GAV-data (Group, Artifact, Version). GAV values are used as identifiers to differentiate projects and versions of the same project.

general settings
Figure 64. Project Settings
Dependencies

The project may have any number of either internal or external dependencies. Dependency is a project that has been built and deployed to a Maven repository. Internal dependencies are projects built and deployed in the same Business Central as the project. External dependencies are retrieved from repositories outside of the current Business Central. Each dependency uses the GAV-values to specify the project name and version that is used by the project.

dependencies
Figure 65. Dependencies
Package Name White List

Classes and declared types in white listed packages show up as Data Objects that can be imported in assets. The full list is stored in package-name-white-list file that is stored in each project root.

Package white list has three modes:

  • All packages included: Every package defined in this jar is white listed.

  • Packages not included: None of the packages listed in this jar are white listed.

  • Some packages included: Only part of the packages in the jar are white listed.

Metadata

Metadata for the pom.xml file.

11.7.5.3. KIE base Settings

KIE base Settings edits the kmodule.xml file used by Drools.

kmodule
Figure 66. KIE base Settings

For more information about the KIE base properties, check the Drools Expert documentation for kmodule.xml.
KIE bases and sessions

KIE bases and sessions lists the KIE bases and the KIE sessions specified for the project.

KIE base list

Lists all the KIE bases by name. Only one KIE base can be set as default.

KIE base properties

KIE base can include other KIE bases. The models, rules and any other content in the included KIE base will be visible and usable by the currently selected KIE base.

Rules and models are stored in packages. The packages property specifies what packages are included into this KIE base.

Equals behavior is explained in the Drools Expert part of the documentation.

Event processing mode is explained in the Drools Fusion part of the documentation.

KIE sessions

The table lists all the KIE sessions in the selected KIE base. There can be only one default of each type. The types are stateless and stateful. Clicking the pen-icon opens a popup that shows more properties for the KIE session.

Metadata

Metadata for the kmodule.xml

11.7.5.4. Imports

Settings edits the project.imports file used by the Business Central editors.

ExternalDataObjects
Figure 67. Imports
External Data Objects

Data Objects provided by the Java Runtime environment may need to be registered to be available to rule authoring where such Data Objects are not implicitly available as part of an existing Data Object defined within the Business Central or a Project dependency. For example an Author may want to define a rule that checks for java.util.ArrayList in Working Memory. If a domain Data Object has a field of type java.util.ArrayList, then there is no need to create a registration.

Metadata

Metadata for the project.imports file.

11.7.5.5. Duplicate GAV detection

When performing any of the following operations a check is now made against all Maven Repositories, resolved for the Project, for whether the Project’s GroupId, ArtifactId and Version pre-exist. If a clash is found the operation is prevented; although this can be overridden by Users with the admin role.

The feature can be disabled by setting the System Property org.guvnor.project.gav.check.disabled to true.

Resolved repositories are those discovered in:-

  • The Project’s POM<repositories> section (or any parent POM).

  • The Project’s POM<distributionManagement> section.

  • Maven’s global settings.xml configuration file.

Affected operations:-

  • Creation of new Managed Repositories.

  • Saving a Project definition with the Project Editor.

  • Adding new Modules to a Managed Multi-Module Repository.

  • Saving the pom.xml file.

  • Build & installing a Project with the Project Editor.

  • Build & deploying a Project with the Project Editor.

  • Asset Management operations building, installing or deploying Projects.

  • REST operations creating, installing or deploying Projects.

Users with the Admin role can override the list of Repositories checked using the "Repositories" settings in the Project Editor.

validation menu item
Figure 68. Project Editor - Viewing resolved Repositories
MavenRepositories2
Figure 69. Project Editor - The list of resolved Repositories
MavenRepositories3
Figure 70. Duplicate GAV detected

11.7.6. Validation

Business Central provides a common and consistent service for users to understand whether files authored within the environment are valid.

11.7.6.1. Problem Panel

The Problems Panel shows real-time validation results of assets within a Project.

When a Project is selected from the Project Explorer the Problems Panel will refresh with validation results of the chosen Project.

When files are created, saved or deleted the Problems Panel content will update to show either new validation errors, or remove existing if a file was deleted.

workbench problems panel
Figure 71. The Problems Panel
11.7.6.2. On demand validation

It is not always desirable to save a file in order to determine whether it is in a valid state.

All of the file editors provide the ability to validate the content before it is saved.

Clicking on the 'Validate' button shows validation errors, if any.

workbench validation

11.7.7. Data Modeller

11.7.7.1. First steps to create a data model

By default, a data model is always constrained to the context of a project. For the purpose of this tutorial, we will assume that a correctly configured project already exists and the authoring page is open.

To start the creation of a data model inside a project, take the following steps:

  1. From the home panel, select the Design page and select the given project.

    authoring
    Figure 72. Go to authoring page and select a project

  2. Open the Data Modeller tool by clicking on a Data Object file, or using the "Add Asset → Data Object" menu option. Set Data Object name to "PurchaseOrder" and click Ok.

    open data model
    Figure 73. Click a Data Object

This will start up the Data Modeller tool, which has the following general aspect:

overview
Figure 74. Data modeller overview

The "Editor" tab is divided into the following sections:

  • The new field section is dedicated to the creation of new fields, and is opened when the "add field" button is pressed.

    create new field
    Figure 75. New field creation

  • The Data Object’s "field browser" section displays a list with the data object fields.

    data object field browser
    Figure 76. The Data Object’s field browser

  • The "Data Object / Field general properties" section. This is the rightmost section of the Data Modeller editor and visualizes the "Data Object" or "Field" general properties, depending on user selection.

    Data Object general properties can be selected by clicking on the Data Object Selector.

    data object selector
    Figure 77. Data Object selector
    data object general properties
    Figure 78. Data Object general properties

    Field general properties can be selected by clicking on a field.

field selector
Figure 79. Field selector
field general properties
Figure 80. Field general properties

  • On the right side of Business Central a new "Tool Bar" is provided that enables the selection of different context sensitive tool windows that will let the user do domain specific configurations. Currently four tool windows are provided for the following domains "Drools & jBPM", "OptaPlanner", "Persistence" and "Advanced" configurations.

    tool window selector
    Figure 81. Data modeller Tool Bar
    data object drools tool window
    Figure 82. Drools & jBPM tool window
    data object optaplanner tool window
    Figure 83. OptaPlanner tool window

    To see and use the OptaPlanner tool window, the user needs to have the role plannermgmt.
    data object persistence tool window
    Figure 84. Persistence tool window
    data object or field advanced tool window
    Figure 85. Advanced tool window

The "Source" tab shows an editor that allows the visualization and modification of the generated java code.

  • Round trip between the "Editor" and "Source" tabs is possible, and also source code preservation is provided. It means that no matter where the Java code was generated (e.g. Eclipse, Data modeller), the data modeller will only update the necessary code blocks to maintain the model updated.

    source editor tab
    Figure 86. Source editor

The "Overview" tab shows the standard metadata and version information as the other workbench editors.

11.7.7.2. Data Objects

A data model consists of data objects which are a logical representation of some real-world data. Such data objects have a fixed set of modeller (or application-owned) properties, such as its internal identifier, a label, description, package etc. Besides those, a data object also has a variable set of user-defined fields, which are an abstraction of a real-world property of the type of data that this logical data object represents.

Creating a data object can be achieved using the Business Central "New Item - Data Object" menu option.

create new data object
Figure 87. New Data Object menu option

Both resource name and location are mandatory parameters. When the "Ok" button is pressed a new Java file will be created and a new editor instance will be opened for the file edition. The optional "Persistable" attribute will add by default configurations on the data object in order to make it a JPA entity. Use this option if your jBPM project needs to store data object’s information in a database.

11.7.7.3. Properties & relationships

Once the data object has been created, it now has to be completed by adding user-defined properties to its definition. This can be achieved by pressing the "add field" button. The "New Field" dialog will be opened and the new field can be created by pressing the "Create" button. The "Create and continue" button will also add the new field to the Data Object, but won’t close the dialog. In this way multiple fields can be created avoiding the popup opening multiple times. The following fields can (or must) be filled out:

  • The field’s internal identifier (mandatory). The value of this field must be unique per data object, i.e. if the proposed identifier already exists within current data object, an error message will be displayed.

  • A label (optional): as with the data object definition, the user can define a user-friendly label for the data object field which is about to be created. This has no further implications on how fields from objects of this data object will be treated. If a label is defined, then this is how the field will be displayed throughout the data modeller tool.

  • A field type (mandatory): each data object field needs to be assigned with a type.

    This type can be either of the following:

    1. A 'primitive java object' type: these include most of the object equivalents of the standard Java primitive types, such as Boolean, Short, Float, etc, as well as String, Date, BigDecimal and BigInteger.

      create field with primitive type
      Figure 88. Primitive object field types

    2. A 'data object' type: any user defined data object automatically becomes a candidate to be defined as a field type of another data object, thus enabling the creation of relationships between them. A data object field can be created either in 'single' or in 'multiple' form, the latter implying that the field will be defined as a collection of this type, which will be indicated by selecting "List" checkbox.

types entity
Figure 89. Data object field types

  1. A 'primitive java' type: these include java primitive types byte, short, int, long, float, double, char and boolean.

types primitive
Figure 90. Primitive field types

When finished introducing the initial information for a new field, clicking the 'Create' button will add the newly created field to the end of the data object’s fields table below:

new field was created
Figure 91. New field has been created

The new field will also automatically be selected in the data object’s field list, and its properties will be shown in the Field general properties editor. Additionally the field properties will be loaded in the different tool windows, in this way the field will be ready for edition in whatever selected tool window.

At any time, any field (without restrictions) can be deleted from a data object definition by clicking on the corresponding 'x' icon in the data object’s fields table.

11.7.7.4. Additional options

As stated before, both Data Objects as well as Fields require some of their initial properties to be set upon creation. Additionally there are three domains of properties that can be configured for a given Data Object. A domain is basically a set of properties related to a given business area. Current available domains are, "Drools & jBPM", "Persistence" and the "Advanced" domain. To work on a given domain the user should select the corresponding "Tool window" (see below) on the right side toolbar. Every tool window usually provides two editors, the "Data Object" level editor and the "Field" level editor, that will be shown depending on the last selected item, the Data Object or the Field.

Drools & jBPM domain

The Drools & jBPM domain editors manages the set of Data Object or Field properties related to drools applications.

Drools & jBPM object editor

The Drools & jBPM object editor manages the object level drools properties

data object drools tool window
Figure 92. The data object’s properties

  • TypeSafe: this property allows to enable/disable the type safe behaviour for current type. By default all type declarations are compiled with type safety enabled. (See Drools for more information on this matter).

  • ClassReactive: this property allows to mark this type to be treated as "Class Reactive" by the Drools engine. (See Drools for more information on this matter).

  • PropertyReactive: this property allows to mark this type to be treated as "Property Reactive" by the Drools engine. (See Drools for more information on this matter).

  • Role: this property allows to configure how the Drools engine should handle instances of this type: either as regular facts or as events. By default all types are handled as a regular fact, so for the time being the only value that can be set is "Event" to declare that this type should be handled as an event. (See Drools Fusion for more information on this matter).

  • Timestamp: this property allows to configure the "timestamp" for an event, by selecting one of his attributes. If set the Drools engine will use the timestamp from the given attribute instead of reading it from the Session Clock. If not, the Drools engine will automatically assign a timestamp to the event. (See Drools Fusion for more information on this matter).

  • Duration: this property allows to configure the "duration" for an event, by selecting one of his attributes. If set the Drools engine will use the duration from the given attribute instead of using the default event duration = 0. (See Drools Fusion for more information on this matter).

  • Expires: this property allows to configure the "time offset" for an event expiration. If set, this value must be a temporal interval in the form: [d][#h][#m][#s][[ms]] Where [ ] means an optional parameter and # means a numeric value. e.g.: 1d2h, means one day and two hours. (See Drools Fusion for more information on this matter).

  • Remotable: If checked this property makes the Data Object available to be used with jBPM remote services as REST, JMS and WS. (See jBPM for more information on this matter).

Drools & jBPM field editor

The Drools & jBPM object editor manages the field level drools properties

field drools tool window
Figure 93. The data object’s field properties

  • Equals: checking this property for a Data Object field implies that it will be taken into account, at the code generation level, for the creation of both the equals() and hashCode() methods in the generated Java class. We will explain this in more detail in the following section.

  • Position: this field requires a zero or positive integer. When set, this field will be interpreted by the Drools engine as a positional argument (see the section below and also the Drools documentation for more information on this subject).

Persistence domain

The Persistence domain editors manages the set of Data Object or Field properties related to persistence.

Persistence domain object editor

Persistence domain object editor manages the object level persistence properties

data object persistence tool window
Figure 94. The data object’s properties

  • Persistable: this property allows to configure current Data Object as persistable.

  • Table name: this property allows to set a user defined database table name for current Data Object.

Persistence domain field editor

The persistence domain field editor manages the field level persistence properties and is divided into three sections.

field persistence tool window sections
Figure 95. Persistence domain field editor sections
Identifier:

A persistable Data Object should have one and only one field defined as the Data Object identifier. The identifier is typically a unique number that distinguishes a given Data Object instance from all other instances of the same class.

  • Is Identifier: marks current field as the Data Object identifier. A persistable Data Object should have one and only one field marked as identifier, and it should be a base java type, like String, Integer, Long, etc. A field that references a Data Object, or is a multiple field can not be marked as identifier. And also composite identifiers are not supported in this version. When a persistable Data Object is created an identifier field is created by default with the properly initializations, it’s strongly recommended to use this identifier.

  • Generation Strategy: the generation strategy establishes how the identifier values will be automatically generated when the Data Object instances are created and stored in a database. (e.g. by the forms associated to jBPM processes human tasks.) When the by default Identifier field is created, the generation strategy will be also automatically set and it’s strongly recommended to use this configuration.

  • Sequence Generator: the generator represents the seed for the values that will be used by the Generation Strategy. When the by default Identifier field is created the Sequence Generator will be also automatically generated and properly configured to be used by the Generation Strategy.

Column Properties:

The column properties section enables the customization of some properties of the database column that will store the field value.

  • Column name: optional value that sets the database column name for the given field.

  • Unique: When checked the unique property establishes that current field value should be a unique key when stored in the database. (if not set the default value is false)

  • Nullable: When checked establishes that current field value can be null when stored in a database. (if not set the default value is true)

  • Insertable: When checked establishes that column will be included in SQL INSERT statements generated by the persistence provider. (if not set the default value is true)

  • Updatable: When checked establishes that the column will be included SQL UPDATE statements generated by the persistence provider. (if not set the default value is true)

Relationship Properties:

When the field’s type is a Data Object type, or a list of a Data Object type a relationship type should be set in order to let the persistence provider to manage the relation. Fortunately this relation type is automatically set when such kind of fields are added to an already marked as persistable Data Object. The relationship type is set by the following popup.

field persistence tool window sections relationship dialog
Figure 96. Relationship configuration popup

  • Relationship type: sets the type of relation from one of the following options:

    One to one: typically used for 1:1 relations where "A is related to one instance of B", and B exists only when A exists. e.g. PurchaseOrder → PurchaseOrderHeader (a PurchaseOrderHeader exists only if the PurchaseOrder exists)

    One to many: typically used for 1:N relations where "A is related to N instances of B", and the related instances of B exists only when A exists. e.g. PurchaseOrder → PurchaseOrderLine (a PurchaseOrderLine exists only if the PurchaseOrder exists)

    Many to one: typically used for 1:1 relations where "A is related to one instance of B", and B can exist even without A. e.g. PurchaseOrder → Client (a Client can exist in the database even without an associated PurchaseOrder)

    Many to many: typically used for N:N relations where "A can be related to N instances of B, and B can be related to M instances of A at the same time", and both B and A instances can exist in the database independently of the related instances. e.g. Course → Student. (Course can be related to N Students, and a given Student can attend to M courses)

    When a field of type "Data Object" is added to a given persistable Data Object, the "Many to One" relationship type is generated by default.

    And when a field of type "list of Data Object" is added to a given persistable Data Object , the "One to Many" relationship is generated by default.

  • Cascade mode: Defines the set of cascadable operations that are propagated to the associated entity. The value cascade=ALL is equivalent to cascade={PERSIST, MERGE, REMOVE, REFRESH}. e.g. when A → B, and cascade "PERSIST or ALL" is set, if A is saved, then B will also be saved.

    The by default cascade mode created by the data modeller is "ALL" and it’s strongly recommended to use this mode when Data Objects are being used by jBPM processes and forms.

  • Fetch mode: Defines how related data will be fetched from database at reading time.

    EAGER: related data will be read at the same time. e.g. If A → B, when A is read from database B will be read at the same time.

    LAZY: reading of related data will be delayed usually to the moment they are required. e.g. If PurchaseOrder → PurchaseOrderLine the lines reading will be postponed until a method "getLines()" is invoked on a PurchaseOrder instance.

    The default fetch mode created by the data modeller is "EAGER" and it’s strongly recommended to use this mode when Data Objects are being used by jBPM processes and forms.

  • Optional: establishes if the right side member of a relationship can be null.

  • Mapped by: used for reverse relations.

Advanced domain

The advanced domain enables the configuration of whatever parameter set by the other domains as well as the adding of arbitrary parameters. As it will be shown in the code generation section every "Data Object / Field" parameter is represented by a java annotation. The advanced mode enables the configuration of this annotations.

Advanced domain Data Object / Field editor.

The advanced domain editor has the same shape for both Data Object and Field.

data object or field advanced tool window
Figure 97. Advanced domain editor.

The following operations are available

  • delete: enables the deletion of a given Data Object or Field annotation.

  • clear: clears a given annotation parameter value.

  • edit: enables the edition of a given annotation parameter value.

  • add annotation: The add annotation button will start a wizard that will let the addition of whatever java annotation available in the project dependencies.

    Add annotation wizard step #1: the first step of the wizard requires the entering of a fully qualified class name of an annotation, and by pressing the "search" button the annotation definition will be loaded into the wizard. Additionally when the annotation definition is loaded, different wizard steps will be created in order to enable the completion of the different annotation parameters. Required parameters will be marked with "*".

    add annotation wizard step1 annotation loaded
    Figure 98. Annotation definition loaded into the wizard.

    Whenever it’s possible the wizard will provide a suitable editor for the given parameters.

    add annotation wizard step2 enum param editor
    Figure 99. Automatically generated enum values editor for an Enumeration annotation parameter.

    A generic parameter editor will be provided when it’s not possible to calculate a customized editor

    add annotation wizard step2 generic param editor
    Figure 100. Generic annotation parameter editor

    When all required parameters have been entered and validated, the finish button will be enabled and the wizard can be completed by adding an annotation to the given Data Object or Field.

11.7.7.5. Generate data model code.

The data model in itself is merely a visual tool that allows the user to define high-level data structures, for them to interact with the Drools engine on the one hand, and the jBPM platform on the other. In order for this to become possible, these high-level visual structures have to be transformed into low-level artifacts that can effectively be consumed by these platforms. These artifacts are Java POJOs (Plain Old Java Objects), and they are generated every time the data model is saved, by pressing the "Save" button in the top Data Modeller Menu. Additionally when the user round trip between the "Editor" and "Source" tab, the code is auto generated to maintain the consistency with the Editor view and vice versa.

save top
Figure 101. Save the data model from the top menu

The resulting code is generated according to the following transformation rules:

  • The data object’s identifier property will become the Java class’s name. It therefore needs to be a valid Java identifier.

  • The data object’s package property becomes the Java class’s package declaration.

  • The data object’s superclass property (if present) becomes the Java class’s extension declaration.

  • The data object’s label and description properties will translate into the Java annotations "@org.kie.api.definition.type.Label" and "@org.kie.api.definition.type.Description", respectively. These annotations are merely a way of preserving the associated information, and as yet are not processed any further.

  • The data object’s role property (if present) will be translated into the "@org.kie.api.definition.type.Role" Java annotation, that IS interpreted by the application platform, in the sense that it marks this Java class as a Drools Event Fact-Type.

  • The data object’s type safe property (if present) will be translated into the "@org.kie.api.definition.type.TypeSafe Java annotation. (see Drools)

  • The data object’s class reactive property (if present) will be translated into the "@org.kie.api.definition.type.ClassReactive Java annotation. (see Drools)

  • The data object’s property reactive property (if present) will be translated into the "@org.kie.api.definition.type.PropertyReactive Java annotation. (see Drools)

  • The data object’s timestamp property (if present) will be translated into the "@org.kie.api.definition.type.Timestamp Java annotation. (see Drools)

  • The data object’s duration property (if present) will be translated into the "@org.kie.api.definition.type.Duration Java annotation. (see Drools)

  • The data object’s expires property (if present) will be translated into the "@org.kie.api.definition.type.Expires Java annotation. (see Drools)

  • The data object’s remotable property (if present) will be translated into the "@org.kie.api.remote.Remotable Java annotation. (see jBPM)

A standard Java default (or no parameter) constructor is generated, as well as a full parameter constructor, i.e. a constructor that accepts as parameters a value for each of the data object’s user-defined fields.

The data object’s user-defined fields are translated into Java class fields, each one of them with its own getter and setter method, according to the following transformation rules:

  • The data object field’s identifier will become the Java field identifier. It therefore needs to be a valid Java identifier.

  • The data object field’s type is directly translated into the Java class’s field type. In case the field was declared to be multiple (i.e. 'List'), then the generated field is of the "java.util.List" type.

  • The equals property: when it is set for a specific field, then this class property will be annotated with the "@org.kie.api.definition.type.Key" annotation, which is interpreted by the Drools engine, and it will 'participate' in the generated equals() method, which overwrites the equals() method of the Object class. The latter implies that if the field is a 'primitive' type, the equals method will simply compares its value with the value of the corresponding field in another instance of the class. If the field is a sub-entity or a collection type, then the equals method will make a method-call to the equals method of the corresponding data object’s Java class, or of the java.util.List standard Java class, respectively.

    If the equals property is checked for ANY of the data object’s user defined fields, then this also implies that in addition to the default generated constructors another constructor is generated, accepting as parameters all of the fields that were marked with Equals. Furthermore, generation of the equals() method also implies that also the Object class’s hashCode() method is overwritten, in such a manner that it will call the hashCode() methods of the corresponding Java class types (be it 'primitive' or user-defined types) for all the fields that were marked with Equals in the Data Model.

  • The position property: this field property is automatically set for all user-defined fields, starting from 0, and incrementing by 1 for each subsequent new field. However the user can freely change the position among the fields. At code generation time this property is translated into the "@org.kie.api.definition.type.Position" annotation, which can be interpreted by the Drools engine. Also, the established property order determines the order of the constructor parameters in the generated Java class.

As an example, the generated Java class code for the Purchase Order data object, corresponding to its definition as shown in the following figure purchase_example.jpg is visualized in the figure at the bottom of this chapter. Note that the two of the data object’s fields, namely 'header' and 'lines' were marked with Equals, and have been assigned with the positions 2 and 1, respectively).

generate purchase example
Figure 102. Purchase Order configuration
    package org.jbpm.examples.purchases;

    /**
    * This class was automatically generated by the data modeler tool.
    */
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Label("Purchase Order")
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.TypeSafe(true)
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Role(org.kie.api.definition.type.Role.Type.EVENT)
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Expires("2d")
    @org.kie.api.remote.Remotable
    public class PurchaseOrder implements java.io.Serializable
    {

    static final long serialVersionUID = 1L;

    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Label("Total")
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Position(3)
    private java.lang.Double total;

    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Label("Description")
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Position(0)
    private java.lang.String description;

    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Label("Lines")
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Position(2)
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Key
    private java.util.List<org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderLine> lines;

    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Label("Header")
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Position(1)
    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Key
    private org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderHeader header;

    @org.kie.api.definition.type.Position(4)
    private java.lang.Boolean requiresCFOApproval;

    public PurchaseOrder()
    {
    }

    public java.lang.Double getTotal()
    {
    return this.total;
    }

    public void setTotal(java.lang.Double total)
    {
    this.total = total;
    }

    public java.lang.String getDescription()
    {
    return this.description;
    }

    public void setDescription(java.lang.String description)
    {
    this.description = description;
    }

    public java.util.List<org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderLine> getLines()
    {
    return this.lines;
    }

    public void setLines(java.util.List<org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderLine> lines)
    {
    this.lines = lines;
    }

    public org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderHeader getHeader()
    {
    return this.header;
    }

    public void setHeader(org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderHeader header)
    {
    this.header = header;
    }

    public java.lang.Boolean getRequiresCFOApproval()
    {
    return this.requiresCFOApproval;
    }

    public void setRequiresCFOApproval(java.lang.Boolean requiresCFOApproval)
    {
    this.requiresCFOApproval = requiresCFOApproval;
    }

    public PurchaseOrder(java.lang.Double total, java.lang.String description,
    java.util.List<org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderLine> lines,
    org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderHeader header,
    java.lang.Boolean requiresCFOApproval)
    {
    this.total = total;
    this.description = description;
    this.lines = lines;
    this.header = header;
    this.requiresCFOApproval = requiresCFOApproval;
    }

    public PurchaseOrder(java.lang.String description,
    org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderHeader header,
    java.util.List<org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderLine> lines,
    java.lang.Double total, java.lang.Boolean requiresCFOApproval)
    {
    this.description = description;
    this.header = header;
    this.lines = lines;
    this.total = total;
    this.requiresCFOApproval = requiresCFOApproval;
    }

    public PurchaseOrder(
    java.util.List<org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderLine> lines,
    org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrderHeader header)
    {
    this.lines = lines;
    this.header = header;
    }

    @Override
    public boolean equals(Object o)
    {
    if (this == o)
    return true;
    if (o == null || getClass() != o.getClass())
    return false;
    org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrder that = (org.jbpm.examples.purchases.PurchaseOrder) o;
    if (lines != null ? !lines.equals(that.lines) : that.lines != null)
    return false;
    if (header != null ? !header.equals(that.header) : that.header != null)
    return false;
    return true;
    }

    @Override
    public int hashCode()
    {
    int result = 17;
    result = 31 * result + (lines != null ? lines.hashCode() : 0);
    result = 31 * result + (header != null ? header.hashCode() : 0);
    return result;
    }

    }
11.7.7.6. Using external models

Using an external model means the ability to use a set for already defined POJOs in current project context. In order to make those POJOs available a dependency to the given JAR should be added. Once the dependency has been added the external POJOs can be referenced from current project data model.

There are two ways to add a dependency to an external JAR file:

  • Dependency to a JAR file already installed in current local M2 repository (typically associated the user home).

  • Dependency to a JAR file installed in current Business Central "Guvnor M2 repository". (internal to the application)

Dependency to a JAR file in local M2 repository

To add a dependency to a JAR file in local M2 repository, follow these steps.

Open the Project Editor for current project and select the Dependencies view.
add dependency 1
Figure 103. Project editor.
Click the "Add" button to add a new dependency line.
add dependency 2
Figure 104. New dependency line.
Complete the GAV for the JAR file already installed in local M2 repository.
add dependency 3
Figure 105. Dependency line edition.
Save the project to update its dependencies.

When project is saved the POJOs defined in the external file will be available.

add dependency 4
Figure 106. Save project.
Dependency to a JAR file in current "Guvnor M2 repository".

To add a dependency to a JAR file in current "Guvnor M2 repository", follow these steps.

Open the Maven Artifact Repository editor.
add dependency guvnor m2 1
Figure 107. Guvnor M2 Repository editor.
Browse your local file system and select the JAR file to be uploaded using the Browse button.
add dependency guvnor m2 2 2
Figure 108. File browser.
Upload the file using the Upload button.
add dependency guvnor m2 3
Figure 109. File upload success.
Guvnor M2 repository files.

Once the file has been loaded it will be displayed in the repository files list.

add dependency guvnor m2 4
Figure 110. Files list.
Provide a GAV for the uploaded file (optional).

If the uploaded file is not a valid Maven JAR (don’t have a pom.xml file) the system will prompt the user in order to provide a GAV for the file to be installed.

add dependency guvnor m2 not gav 1
Figure 111. Not valid POM.
add dependency guvnor m2 not gav 2
Figure 112. Enter GAV manually.
Add dependency from repository.

Open the project editor (see below) and click the "Add from repository" button to open the JAR selector to see all the installed JAR files in current "Guvnor M2 repository". When the desired file is selected the project should be saved in order to make the new dependency available.

add dependency guvnor m2 5
Figure 113. Select JAR from "Maven Artifact Repository".
Using the external objects

When a dependency to an external JAR has been set, the external POJOs can be used in the context of current project data model in the following ways:

  • External POJOs can be extended by current model data objects.

  • External POJOs can be used as field types for current model data objects.

The following screenshot shows how external objects are prefixed with the string " -ext- " in order to be quickly identified.

add dependency select external pojo
Figure 114. Identifying external objects.
11.7.7.7. Roundtrip and concurrency

Current version implements roundtrip and code preservation between Data modeller and Java source code. No matter where the Java code was generated (e.g. Eclipse, Data modeller), the data modeller will only create/delete/update the necessary code elements to maintain the model updated, i.e, fields, getter/setters, constructors, equals method and hashCode method. Also whatever Type or Field annotation not managed by the Data Modeler will be preserved when the Java sources are updated by the Data modeller.

Aside from code preservation, like in the other Business Central editors, concurrent modification scenarios are still possible. Common scenarios are when two different users are updating the model for the same project, e.g. using the data modeller or executing a 'git push command' that modifies project sources.

From an application context’s perspective, we can basically identify two different main scenarios:

No changes have been undertaken through the application

In this scenario the application user has basically just been navigating through the data model, without making any changes to it. Meanwhile, another user modifies the data model externally.

In this case, no immediate warning is issued to the application user. However, as soon as the user tries to make any kind of change, such as add or remove data objects or properties, or change any of the existing ones, the following pop-up will be shown:

extchanges reopen ignore
Figure 115. External changes warning

The user can choose to either:

  • Re-open the data model, thus loading any external changes, and then perform the modification he was about to undertake, or

  • Ignore any external changes, and go ahead with the modification to the model. In this case, when trying to persist these changes, another pop-up warning will be shown:

    extchanges forcesave reopen
    Figure 116. Force save / re-open

    The "Force Save" option will effectively overwrite any external changes, while "Re-open" will discard any local changes and reload the model.

    "Force Save" overwrites any external changes!
Changes have been undertaken through the application

The application user has made changes to the data model. Meanwhile, another user simultaneously modifies the data model from outside the application context.

In this alternative scenario, immediately after the external user commits his changes to the asset repository (or e.g. saves the model with the data modeller in a different session), a warning is issued to the application user:

extchanges reopen ignore
Figure 117. External changes warning

As with the previous scenario, the user can choose to either:

  • Re-open the data model, thus losing any modifications that were made through the application, or

  • Ignore any external changes, and continue working on the model.

    One of the following possibilities can now occur: ** The user tries to persist the changes he made to the model by clicking the "Save" button in the data modeller top level menu. This leads to the following warning message:

    +

    extchanges forcesave reopen
    Figure 118. Force save / re-open

    The "Force Save" option will effectively overwrite any external changes, while "Re-open" will discard any local changes and reload the model.

11.7.8. Data Sets

A data set is basically a set of columns populated with some rows, a matrix of data composed of timestamps, texts and numbers. A data set can be stored in different systems: a database, an excel file, in memory or in a lot of other different systems. On the other hand, a data set definition tells Business Central modules how such data can be accessed, read and parsed.

Notice, it’s very important to make the difference crystal clear between a data set and its definition since Business Central does not take care of storing any data, it just provides a standard way to define access to those data sets regardless of where the data is stored.

Let’s take for instance the data stored in a remote database. A valid data set could be, for example, an entire database table or the result of an SQL query. In both cases, the database will return a bunch of columns and rows. Now, imagine we want to get access to such data to feed some charts in a new Business Central page. First thing is to create and register a data set definition in order to indicate the following:

  • where the data set is stored,

  • how can be accessed, read and parsed and

  • what columns contains and of which type.

This chapter introduces the available Business Central tools for registering and handling data set definitions and how these definitions can be consumed in other Business Central modules like, for instance, the Page Editor.

For simplicity sake we will be using the term data set to refer to the actual data set definitions as Data set and Data set definition can be considered synonyms under the data set authoring context.
11.7.8.1. Data Set Authoring Page

Everything related to the authoring of data sets can be found under the Data Set Authoring page which is accessible from the following top level menu entry: Extensions>Data Sets, as shown in the following screenshot.

DataSetAuthoringPerspective
Figure 119. Data Set Authoring Page

The center panel, shows a welcome screen, whilst the left panel contains the Data Set Explorer listing all the data sets available

This page is only intended to Administrator users, since defining data sets can be considered a low level task.
11.7.8.2. Data Set Explorer

The Data Set Explorer list the data sets present in the system. Every time the user clicks on the data set it shows a brief summary alongside the following information:

DataSetExplorer
Figure 120. Data Set Explorer

  • (1) A button for creating a new Data set

  • (2) The list of currently available Data sets

  • (3) An icon that represents the Data set’s provider type (Bean, SQL, CSV, etc)

  • (4) Details of current cache and refresh policy status

  • (5) Details of current size on backend (unit as rows) and current size on client side (unit in bytes)

  • (6) The button for editing the Data set. Once clicked the Data set editor screen is opened on the center panel

The next section explains how to create, edit and fine-tune data set definitions.

11.7.8.3. Data Set Creation

Clicking on the New Data Set button opens a new screen from which the user is able to create a new data set definition in three steps:

  • Provider type selection

    Specify the kind of the remote storage system (BEAN, SQL, CSV, ElasticSearch)

  • Provider configuration

    Specify the attributes for being able to look up data from the remote system. The configuration varies depending on the data provider type selected.

  • Data set columns & filter

    Live data preview, column types and initial filter configuration.

Step 1: Provider type selection

Allows the user’s specify the type of data provider of the data set being created.

This screen lists all the current available data provider types and helper popovers with descriptions. Each data provider is represented with a descriptive image:

DataSetDefTypeSelection
Figure 121. Provider type selection

Four types are currently supported:

  • Bean (Java class) - To generate a data set directly from Java

  • SQL - For getting data from any ANSI-SQL compliant database

  • CSV - To upload the contents of a remote or local CSV file

  • Elastic Search - To query and get documents stored on Elastic Search nodes as data sets

Once a type is selected, click Next to continue with the next workflow step.

Step 2: Configuration
DataSetDefConfigScreen
Figure 122. CSV Configuration

The provider type selected in the previous step will determine which configuration settings the system asks for.

DataSetDefConfigTypes
Figure 123. Configuration screen per data set type

The UUID attribute is a read only field as it’s generated by the system. It’s only intended for usage in API calls or specific operations.
Step 3: Data set columns and preview

After clicking on the Test button (see previous step), the system executes a data set lookup test call in order to check if the remote system is up and the data is available. If everything goes ok the user will see the following screen:

DataSetDefLivePreview
Figure 124. Data set preview

This screen shows a live data preview along with the columns the user wants to be part of the resulting data set. The user can also navigate through the data and apply some changes to the data set structure. Once finished, we can click the Save button in order to register the new data set definition.

We can also change the configuration settings at any time just by going back to the configuration tab. We can repeat the Configuration>Test>Preview cycle as many times as needed until we consider it’s ready to be saved.

Columns

In the Columns tab area the user can select what columns are part of the resulting data set definition.

DataSetDefColumns
Figure 125. Data set columns

  • (1) To add or remove columns. Select only those columns you want to be part of the resulting data set

  • (2) Use the drop down image selector to change the column type

A data set may only contain columns of any of the following 4 types:

  • Label - For text values supporting group operations (similar to the SQL "group by" operator) which means you can perform data lookup calls and get one row per distinct value.

  • Text - For text values NOT supporting group operations. Typically for modeling large text columns such as abstracts, descriptions and the like.

  • Number - For numeric values. It does support aggregation functions on data lookup calls: sum, min, max, average, count, distinct.

  • Date - For date or timestamp values. It does support time based group operations by different time intervals: minute, hour, day, month, year, …​

No matter which remote system you want to retrieve data from, the resulting data set will always return a set of columns of one of the four types above. There exists, by default, a mapping between the remote system column types and the data set types. The user is able to modify the type for some columns, depending on the data provider and the column type of the remote system. The system supports the following changes to column types:

  • Label <> Text - Useful when we want to enable/disable the categorization (grouping) for the target column. For instance, imagine a database table called "document" containing a large text column called "abstract". As we do not want the system to treat such column as a "label" we might change its column type to "text". Doing so, we are optimizing the way the system handles the data set and

  • Number <> Label - Useful when we want to treat numeric columns as labels. This can be used for instance to indicate that a given numeric column is not a numeric value that can be used in aggregation functions. Despite its values are stored as numbers we want to handle the column as a "label". One example of such columns are: an item’s code, an appraisal id., …​

BEAN data sets do not support changing column types as it’s up to the developer to decide which are the concrete types for each column.

Filter

A data set definition may define a filter. The goal of the filter is to leave out rows the user does not consider necessary. The filter feature works on any data provider type and it lets the user to apply filter operations on any of the data set columns available.

DataSetDefFilter
Figure 126. Data set filter

While adding or removing filter conditions and operations, the preview table on central area is updated with live data that reflects the current filter status.

There exists two strategies for filtering data sets and it’s also important to note that choosing between the two have important implications. Imagine a dashboard with some charts feeding from a expense reports data set where such data set is built on top of an SQL table. Imagine also we only want to retrieve the expense reports from the "London" office. You may define a data set containing the filter "office=London" and then having several charts feeding from such data set. This is the recommended approach. Another option is to define a data set with no initial filter and then let the individual charts to specify their own filter. It’s up to the user to decide on the best approach.

Depending on the case it might be better to define the filter at a data set level for reusing across other modules. The decision may also have an impact on the performance since a filtered cached data set will have far better performance than a lot of individual non-cached data set lookup requests. (See the next section for more information about caching data sets).

Notice, for SQL data sets, the user can use both the filter feature introduced or, alternatively, just add custom filter criteria to the SQL sentence. Although, the first approach is more appropriate for non-technical users since they might not have the required SQL language skills.
11.7.8.4. Data set editor

To edit an existing data set definition go the data set explorer, expand the desired data set definition and click the Edit button. This will cause a new editor panel to be opened and placed on the center of the screen, as shown in the next screenshot:

DataSetDefEditor
Figure 127. Data set definition editor
DataSetDefEditorSelector
Figure 128. Editor selector

  • Save - To validate the current changes and store the data set definition.

  • Delete - To remove permanently from storage the data set definition. Any client module referencing the data set may be affected.

  • Validate - To check that all the required parameters exists and are correct, as well as to validate the data set can be retrieved with no issues.

  • Copy - To create a brand new definition as a copy of the current one.

Data set definitions are stored in the underlying GIT repository as JSON files. Any action performed is registered in the repository logs so it is possible to audit the change log later on.
11.7.8.5. Advanced settings

In the Advanced settings tab area the user can specify caching and refresh settings. Those are very important for making the most of the system capabilities thus improving the performance and having better application responsive levels.

DataSetDefAdvanced
Figure 129. Advanced settings

  • (1) To enable or disable the client cache and specify the maximum size (bytes).

  • (2) To enable or disable the backend cache and specify the maximum cache size (number of rows).

  • (3) To enable or disable automatic refresh for the Data set and the refresh period.

  • (4) To enable or disable the refresh on stale data setting.

Let’s dig into more details about the meaning of these settings.

11.7.8.6. Caching

The system provides caching mechanisms out-of-the-box for holding data sets and performing data operations using in-memory strategies. The use of these features brings a lot of advantages, like reducing the network traffic, remote system payload, processing times etc. On the other hand, it’s up to the user to fine tune properly the caching settings to avoid hitting performance issues.

Two cache levels are supported:

  • Client level

  • Backend level

The following diagram shows how caching is involved in any data set operation:

DataSetCacheArchitecture
Figure 130. Data set caching

Any data look up call produces a resulting data set, so the use of the caching techniques determines where the data lookup calls are executed and where the resulting data set is located.

Client cache

If ON then the data set involved in a look up operation is pushed into the web browser so that all the components that feed from this data set do not need to perform any requests to the backend since data set operations are resolved at a client side:

  • The data set is stored in the web browser’s memory

  • The client components feed from the data set stored in the browser

  • Data set operations (grouping, aggregations, filters and sort) are processed within the web browser, by means of a Javascript data set operation engine.

If you know beforehand that your data set will remain small, you can enable the client cache. It will reduce the number of backend requests, including the requests to the storage system. On the other hand, if you consider that your data set will be quite big, disable the client cache so as to not hitting with browser issues such as slow performance or intermittent hangs.

Backend cache

Its goal is to provide a caching mechanism for data sets on backend side.

This feature allows to reduce the number of requests to the remote storage system , by holding the data set in memory and performing group, filter and sort operations using the in-memory Drools engine.

It’s useful for data sets that do not change very often and their size can be considered acceptable to be held and processed in memory. It can be also helpful on low latency connectivity issues with the remote storage. On the other hand, if your data set is going to be updated frequently, it’s better to disable the backend cache and perform the requests to the remote storage on each look up request, so the storage system is in charge of resolving the data set lookup request.

BEAN and CSV data providers relies by default on the backend cache, as in both cases the data set must be always loaded into memory in order to resolve any data lookup operation using the in-memory Drools engine. This is the reason why the backend settings are not visible in the Advanced settings tab.
11.7.8.7. Refresh

The refresh feature allows for the invalidation of any cached data when certain conditions are met.

DataSetDefRefreshSettings
Figure 131. Refresh settings

  • (1) To enable or disable the refresh feature.

  • (2) To specify the refresh interval.

  • (3) To enable or disable data set invalidation when the data is outdated.

The data set refresh policy is tightly related to data set caching, detailed in previous section. This invalidation mechanism determines the cache life-cycle.

Depending on the nature of the data there exist three main use cases:

  • Source data changes predictable - Imagine a database being updated every night. In that case, the suggested configuration is to use a "refresh interval = 1 day" and disable "refresh on stale data". That way, the system will always invalidate the cached data set every day. This is the right configuration when we know in advance that the data is going to change.

  • Source data changes unpredictable - On the other hand, if we do not know whether the database is updated every day, the suggested configuration is to use a "refresh interval = 1 day" and enable "refresh on stale data". If so the system, before invalidating any data, will check for modifications. On data modifications, the system will invalidate the current stale data set so that the cache is populated with fresh data on the next data set lookup call.

  • Real time scenarios - In real time scenarios caching makes no sense as data is going to be updated constantly. In this kind of scenarios the data sent to the client has to be constantly updated, so rather than enabling the refresh settings (remember this settings affect the caching, and caching is not enabled) it’s up to the clients consuming the data set to decide when to refresh. When the client is a dashboard then it’s just a matter of modifying the refresh settings in the Displayer Editor configuration screen and set a proper refresh period, "refresh interval = 1 second" for example.

11.7.9. Data Source Management

The data source management system provides the ability of defining data sources for accessing external databases. This data sources can be later used by other Business Central components like the Data Sets.

11.7.9.1. Database Drivers

To be able to communicate with the target database a data source will need a database driver to access it. This is why the system additionally provides the ability of defining database drivers for the data sources operation. A database driver is basically a JDBC compliant driver. We will see them in the next topics.

11.7.9.2. Data Source Authoring Page

Everything related to the authoring of data sources and drivers can be found under the Data Source Authoring page accessible from the following top level menu entry: Extensions>Data Sources, as shown in the following screenshot.

DataSourceManagementPerspective
Figure 132. Data Source Authoring Page

This page is only intended for Administrator users, since defining data sources can be considered a low level task.
11.7.9.3. Data Source Explorer

The Data Source Explorer lists the data sources and drivers currently defined in the system, at the same time it provides the required actions for managing them.

DataSourceExplorer
Figure 133. Data Source Explorer

  • (1) Action link for creating a new data source

  • (2) List of currently available data sources

  • (3) Action link for creating a new driver

  • (4) List of currently available drivers

11.7.9.4. New Data Source Wizard

Clicking on the New Data Source action link opens the New Data Source Wizard:

NewDataSourceWizard
Figure 134. New Data Source Wizard

The following required parameters define a data source:

  • Name: A unique name for the data source definition.

  • Connection URL: A JDBC database connection url compliant with the selected driver type. This is an example of a connection url for a PostgreSQL database: jdbc:postgresql://localhost:5432/appformer.

  • User: A user name in the target database.

  • Password: The corresponding user password.

  • Driver: Selects the JDBC driver to be used for connecting to the target database. Note that the connection url format may vary depending on the driver, and different database vendors typically provides different drivers.

  • Test connection: Once clicked, the system will show a dialog similar to the one below showing the connection test status.

TestConnectionSuccessful
Figure 135. Test Connection Status

While not required, it’s recommended to use the test connection button to check the correctness of the data source parameters prior to finishing the data source creation.
11.7.9.5. Data Source Editor

The Data Source Editor is opened by clicking on a data source item in the Data Source Explorer.

The following screenshot shows the Data Source Editor opened for the data source of the example above.

DataSourceEditor
Figure 136. Data Source Editor

  • Main Panel: The main panel basically lets you modify the data source configuration parameters.

  • Test connection: Tests the connection.

It’s a recommended practice to test the connection prior saving a modified data source.
11.7.9.6. Data Source Content Browser

The data source content browser is opened by clicking on the Browse Content button, and enables the navigation through the database structure pointed by the data source. The navigation is performed in three levels, Schemas level, Current schema level and Current table level.

  • Schemas level: lists all the database schemas accessible by current data source. Which schemas are listed depends on the database access rights granted to the user which was used in the connection configuration. Similarly for the following item.

  • Current schema level: shows all the database tables for the selected schema.

  • Current table level: shows the table content for the selected table.

The following screenshots show the information shown at each level, for a user that realized the following navigation steps. Selects the "public" schema → Selects the "country" table.

Schema Selection:

Clicking on the Open button opens the Current schema level for the selected schema.

DataSourceContentBrowser1
Figure 137. Database schemas

Table Selection:

Clicking on the Open button opens the Current table level for the selected table.

DataSourceContentBrowser2
Figure 138. Schema tables

Table information:

The rows for the selected table are shown at this level.

DataSourceContentBrowser3
Figure 139. Table rows
11.7.9.7. External Data Sources

External data sources are typically not defined in Business Central, instead they exist in current container and for some containers like Wildfly 11 or the JBoss EAP 7 servers they can still be listed in read-only mode. In such cases, only the Data Source Content Browser is enabled.

ExternalDataSources
Figure 140. External Data Sources navigation
11.7.9.8. New Driver Wizard

Clicking on the New Driver action link opens the New Driver Wizard:

NewDriverWizard
Figure 141. New Driver Wizard

The following required parameters define a Driver:

  • Name: A unique name for the driver definition.

  • Driver Class Name: The java fully qualified name for the class that implements the JDBC driver contract.

  • Group Id: The maven group id for the artifact that contains the JDBC driver implementation.

  • Artifact Id: The maven artifact id for the artifact that contains the JDBC driver implementation.

  • Version: The maven version for the artifact that contains the JDBC driver implementation.

Some commercial database drivers (like Oracle) are not available in the maven central repository. You can use those by first uploading them via Artifact Repository page and then continue with the driver configuration as for the drivers available in the maven central repository.
11.7.9.9. Driver Editor

The Driver Editor is opened by clicking on a driver item in the Data Source Explorer.

The following screenshot shows the Driver Editor opened for the driver of the example above.

DriverEditor
Figure 142. Driver Editor

  • Main Panel: The main panel basically lets you modify the driver configuration parameters. See New Driver Wizard.

11.7.9.10. By Default Drivers

The system is shipped with a set of by default configured drivers for the most commonly used open source databases. And they are aligned with the latest database versions supported by the Wildfly 11 and the JBoss EAP 7 servers.

DefaultDrivers
Figure 143. By Default Drivers

The default drivers initialization can be enabled by setting the datasource.management.disableDefaultDrivers configuration property to false. It can be set by configuring the proper value in the datasource-management.properties file, or by passing the system property -Ddatasource.management.disableDefaultDrivers=false to the JVM. For more information see Advanced Settings.
11.7.9.11. Advanced Settings

The data source management system advanced settings can be found in the datasource-management.properties file in the WEB-INF/classes directory of the given Business Central distribution file.

The data source management system has the ability of working with two different internal implementations for the data sources and drivers. An implementation based on the Wildfly/EAP native data sources and drivers, and a container independent implementation. Wildfly/EAP Business Central distributions are configured by default for using the native Wildfly/EAP containers implementations, and Tomcat8 distributions are configured for using the container independent implementations. This latter implementation can also be used for Wildfly/EAP containers.

The valid combinations are:

WildflyDataSourceProvider + WildflyDriverProvider
or
DBCPDataSourceProvider + DBCPDriverProvider

The datasource.management.wildfly.xxxxx properties are only suited for the WildflyXXXProviders.

11.7.9.12. Advanced Settings for Business Central Wildfly/EAP distributions
Property name By default value Description

datasource.management.DataSourceProvider

WildflyDataSourceProvider

see Advanced Settings.

datasource.management.DriverProvider

WildflyDriverProvider

see Advanced Settings.

datasource.management.disableDefaultDrivers

true

Set to false to enable the default database drivers initialization.

datasource.management.wildfly.host

localhost

Name or ip address used for the Wildfly server management interface binding.

datasource.management.wildfly.port

9990

Port used for the Wildfly server management interface binding.

datasource.management.wildfly.admin

Administration user for connecting to the Wildfly server running current Business Central. In general, it’s not necessary to set this value but might be needed in cases when the Wildfly management interface is bound to an address different than localhost.

datasource.management.wildfly.password

Administration user password for connecting to the Wildfly server running current Business Central. In general, it’s not necessary to set this value but might be needed in cases when the Wildfly management interface is bound to an address different than localhost.

datasource.management.wildfly.realm

ManagementRealm

Realm for the administration user authentication.

datasource.management.wildfly.profile

The profile name used for starting the Wildfly domain, e.g. default, full, full-ha, etc. This value must only by set when Business Central is running in clustering mode and the hosting Wildfly servers are configured by using domains. Do not set if the Wildfly servers are running as standalone servers.

datasource.management.wildfly.serverGroup

The server group to which current Wildfly server instance belongs, e.g. primary-server-group, etc. This value must only by set when Business Central is running in clustering mode and the hosting Wildfly servers are configured by using domains. Do not set if the Wildfly servers are running as standalone servers.

datasource.management.DefChangeHandler

This value must only by set when Business Central is running in clustering mode. If the hosting Wildfly servers are configured by using domains the following value must be used DomainModeChangeHandler and the following value StandaloneModeChangeHandler must be used in cases when the hosting Wildfly servers are running as standalone servers. Clustering installations that uses the DBCPXXXProviders must be configured for using the StandaloneModeChangeHandler.

The properties above can also be set by passing system properties to the JVM using the Java standard mechanism. e.g. -Ddatasource.management.wildfly.port=1234. Values configured by using this mechanism will override the values configured in the datasource-management.properties file.
11.7.9.13. Advanced Settings for Tomcat distributions
Property name By default value Description

datasource.management.DataSourceProvider

DBCPDataSourceProvider

This is the only option available for Tomcat 8 distributions, see Advanced Settings.

datasource.management.DriverProvider

DBCPDriverProvider

This is the only option available for Tomcat 8 distributions, see Advanced Settings.

datasource.management.disableDefaultDrivers

true

Set to false to enable the default database drivers initialization.

datasource.management.DefChangeHandler

This value must only by set when Business Central is running in clustering mode. Tomcat distributions only support the StandaloneModeChangeHandler value.

The properties above can also be set by passing system properties to the JVM using the Java standard mechanism. e.g. -Ddatasource.management.wildfly.port=1234. Values configured by using this mechanism will override the values configured in the datasource-management.properties file.

11.8. Security management

This section describes how administrator users can manage the application’s users, groups and permissions using an intuitive and friendly user interface in order to configure who can access the different resources and features available.

11.8.1. Basic concepts

11.8.1.1. Introduction to Business Central users, groups and roles

The Business Central security domain defines three kinds of entities: user, group and role.

The security entities are being registered in the domain by consuming some realm. The realm can be either the application server’s one (Wildfly, EAP, Tomcat) or any other of the supported types, for example, using some Keycloak remote server that performs handles the target realm.

On the other hand, it’s important to notice that each realm provides, or potentially provides, its own capabilities, semantics or structure on the security domain. These kind of differences on the security domain results on inconsistencies between different environments when moving into the Business Central security domain. This way there exist some conventions which are important to understand - how security entities are being declared and how the platform behaves behind that complexity,

The way Business Central integrates the security entities from an external realm corresponds to:

  • User

A user, rather than attributes and any other kind of metadata, which can be different across domains, represents the same kind of entity in any of the supported security environments (Wildfly, EAP, Tomcat, Keycloak, etc), so the entity results in a user on Business Central as well

  • Role / Group

Both role and group are security entities, but rather than a user, the semantics, the behaviors or the structure in the domain is not usually common across environments. As an example, consider domains which do not support both of them, or domains where the semantics for group or role differs. As a result, the way the application behaves and figures out if an entity should be considered a group or a role is by checking the application’s Role Registry. This way an entity will be considered a role in case its identifier is present in the application’s Role Registry, otherwise, the entity will be considered as a group.

The Role Registry is an application’s component that provides the set of roles in the Business Central security domain. It’s being populated by consuming the entities (role-name) declared in the security-constraints section on the application’s deployment descriptor (web.xml). See source file org.uberfire.ext.security.server.RolesRegistry.

It means that depending on the concrete environment’s configuration, some entity can be as a role, on the security environment consumed by Business Central, but it results in a group in the Business Central security domain, or vice versa. It depends on the entity’s identifier by checking it it is present in the Role Registry.

A User can be assigned to multiple roles and groups, but it is mandatory to have at least, a single role assignment for being considered valid in the Business Central security domain. It does not mean, for instance, that the user is able to login, or able to consume remote services, because it depends on the concrete role/s assigned and how the roles and permissions are defined the application.
11.8.1.2. Permissions

A permission is basically something the user can do within the application. Usually, an action related to a specific resource. For instance:

  • View a page

  • Save a project

  • View a repository

  • Delete a dashboard

A permission can be granted or denied and it can be global or resource specific. For instance:

  • Global: “Create new pages”

  • Specific: “View the home page”

As you can see, a permission is a resource + action pair. In the concrete case of a page we have: read, update, delete and create as the available actions. That means that there are four possible permissions that could be granted for pages.

Permissions do not necessarily need to be tied to a resource. Sometimes it is also necessary to protect access to specific features, like for instance "generate a sales report". That means, permissions can be used not only to protect access to resources but also to custom features within the application.

11.8.1.3. Authorization policy

The set of permissions assigned to every role and/or group is called the authorization (or security) policy. Every application contains a single security policy which is used every time the system checks a permission.

The authorization policy file is stored in a file called WEB-INF/classes/security-policy.properties under the application’s WAR structure.

If no policy is defined then the authorization management features are disabled and the application behaves as if all the resources & features were granted by default.

Here is an example of a security policy file:

# Role "admin"
role.admin.permission.perspective.read=true
role.admin.permission.perspective.read.Dashboard=false

# Role "user"
role.user.permission.perspective.read=false
role.user.permission.perspective.read.Home=true
role.user.permission.perspective.read.Dashboard=true

Every entry defines a single permission which is assigned to a role/group. On application startup, the policy file is loaded and stored into memory.

11.8.1.4. Security provider

A security environment is usually provided by the use of a realm. Realms are used to restrict access to the different application’s resources. So realms contains the information about the users, groups, roles, permissions and any other related information.

In most typical scenarios the application’s security is delegated to the container’s security mechanism, which consumes a given realm at the same time. It’s important to consider that there exist several realm implementations, for example Wildfly provides a realm based on the application-users.properties/application-roles.properties files, Tomcat provides a realm based on the tomcat-users.xml file, etc. So there is no single security realm to rely on, it can be different in each installation.

Due to the potential different security environments that have to be supported, the security module provides a well defined API with some default built-in security providers. A security provider is the formal name given to a concrete user and group management service implementation for a given realm.

The user & group management features available will depend on the security provider configured. If the built-in providers do not fit with the application’s security realm, it is easy to build and register your own provider.

11.8.2. Installation and setup

At the time of this writing, the application provides two pre-installed security providers:

  • Wildfly 11 / EAP 7 distribution - Both distributions use the Wildfly security provider configured for the use of the default realm files application-users.properties and application-roles.properties

  • Tomcat distribution - It uses the Tomcat security provider configured for the use of the default realm file tomcat-users.xml

Please read each provider’s documentation in order to apply the concrete settings for the target deployment environment.

On the other hand, when either using a custom security provider or using one of the available security providers, consider the following installation options:

  • Enable the security management feature on an existing WAR distribution

  • Setup and installation in an existing or new project

NOTE: If no security provider is installed, there will be no available user interface for managing the security realm. Once a security provider is installed and setup, the user and group management features are automatically enabled in the security management UI (see the Usage section below).

11.8.2.1. Enabling user & group management

Given an existing WAR distribution, follow these steps in order to install and enable the user & group management features:

  • Ensure the following libraries are present on WEB-INF/lib:

    • WEB-INF/lib/uberfire-security-management-api-?.jar

    • WEB-INF/lib/uberfire-security-management-backend-?.jar

  • Copy the security provider library to WEB-INF/lib:

    • Eg: WEB-INF/lib/uberfire-security-management-wildfly-?.jar

    • If the provider requires additional libraries, copy them as well (read each provider’s documentation for more information).

  • Replace the whole content of the WEB-INF/classes/security-management.properties file, or if not present, create it. The settings present on this file depend on the concrete implementation used. Please read each provider’s documentation for more information.

  • If deploying on Wildfly or EAP, check if the WEB-INF/jboss-deployment-structure.xml requires any update (read each provider’s documentation for more information).

11.8.2.2. Disabling user & group management

The user & groups management features can be disabled, and thus no services or user interface will be available, by means of either:

  • Uninstalling the security provider from the application

    When no concrete security provider is installed, the user and group management features will be disabled and no services or user interface will be displayed to the user. This is the case for instance, in Weblogic and Websphere installations as there is no security provider implementation available at the time of this writing.

  • Removing or commenting the security management configuration file

    Removing or commenting all the lines in the configuration file located at WEB-INF/classes/security-management.properties is another way to disable the user and group management features.

11.8.2.3. Upgrading an existing installation

In versions prior to 7, the only way to grant access to resources like Organizational Units, Repositories or Projects was to indicate which roles were able to access a given instance. Those roles were stored in GIT as part of the instance persistent status. The CLI was the tool used to add/remove roles:

  • remove-role-repo: remove role(s) from repository

  • add-role-org-unit: add role(s) to organizational unit

  • remove-role-org-unit: remove role(s) from organizational unit

  • add-role-project: add role(s) to project

  • remove-role-project: remove role(s) from project

As of version 7, the authorization policy is based on permissions. That means is no longer required to keep a list of roles per resource instance. What is required is to define proper permission entries into the active authorization policy using the security management UI (see the Usage section below).

The commands above are no longer required so they have been removed. Basically, what those commands did is to set what roles were able to read a specific item.

In order to guarantee backward compatibility with versions prior to 7, an automatic migration tool is bundled within the application, which converts the list of roles assigned to any organizational unit, repository or project into read permission entries of the security policy.

This tool is executed when the application starts for the first time, during the security policy deployment. So existing customers, do not have to worry about it, as they will keep their security settings.

11.8.3. Usage

The Security Management page is available under the Home section in the top menu bar.

SecurityManagementMenuEntry
Figure 144. Link to the Security Management page

The next screenshot shows how this new page looks:

SecurityManagementHome
Figure 145. Security Management Home

This page supports:

  • List all the roles, groups and users available

  • Create & delete users and groups

  • Edit users, assign roles or groups, and change user properties

  • Edit both roles & groups security settings, which include:

    • The home page a user will be directed to after login

    • The permissions granted or denied to the different Business Central resources and features available

All of the above together provides a complete users and groups management subsystem as well as a permission configuration UI for protecting access to specific resources or features.

The next sections provide a deep insight into all these features.

The user and group management related features can be entirely disabled. See the previous section Disabling user & group management. If that’s the case then both the Groups and _Users tabs will remain hidden from the user.
11.8.3.1. User management

By selecting the Users tab in the left sidebar, the application shows all the users present by default on the application’s security realm:

SecurityManagementUsersExplorer

  • Searching for users

In addition to listing all the users, search is also allowed:

+ When specifying the search pattern in the search box the users listed will be reduced to only those that matches the search pattern.

+

SecurityManagementUsersSearch

+ Search patterns depend on the concrete security provider being used by the application. Please read each provider’s documentation for more information.

  • Creating new users

    By clicking on the "New user +" anchor, a form is displayed on the screen’s right.

    SecurityManagementNewUserForm

This is a wizard like interface where the application asks for the new user name, a password as well as what roles/groups to assign.

  • Editing a user

After clicking on a user in the left sidebar, the user editor is opened on the screen’s right.

For instance, the details screen for the admin user when using the Wildfly security provider looks like the following screenshot:

SecurityManagementViewUser

Same screen but when using the Keycloak security provider looks as:

SecurityManagementViewUserKC

Note that when using the Keycloak provider, a new user attributes section is displayed, but it’s not present when using the Wildfly provider. This is due to the fact that the information and actions available always depend on each provider’s capabilities as explained in the Security provider capabilities section below.

Next is the type of information handled in the user’s details screen:

  • The user name

  • The user’s attributes

  • The assigned groups

  • The assigned roles

  • The permissions granted or denied

In order to update or delete an existing user, click the Edit button present near to the user name in the user editor screen:

SecurityManagementEditUser

Once the editor is in edit mode, different operations can be done (provided the security provider supports them):

For instance, to modify the set of roles and groups assigned to the user or to change the user’s password as well.

  • Permissions summary

The Permissions tab shows a summary of all the permissions assigned to this particular user. This is a very helpful view as it allows administrator users to verify if a target user has the right permission levels according to the security settings of its roles and groups.

SecurityManagementUserPermissions

Further details about how to assign permissions to roles and groups are in the Security Settings Editor section below.

  • Updating the user’s attributes

    User attributes can be added or deleted using the actions available in the attributes table:

    SecurityManagementUserAttributes

  • Updating assigned groups

    From the Groups tab, a group selection popup is presented when clicking on the Add to groups button:

    SecurityManagementGroupsSelection

    This popup screen allows the user to search and select or deselect the groups assigned to the user.

  • Updating assigned roles

    From the Roles tab, a role selection popup is presented when clicking on Add to roles button:

    SecurityManagementRolesSelection

    This popup screen allows the user to search and select or deselect the roles assigned to the user.

  • Changing the user’s password

    A change password popup screen is presented when clicking on the Change password button:

    SecurityManagementChangePassword

  • Deleting users

    The user currently being edited can be deleted from the realm by clicking on the Delete button.

SecurityManagementDeleteUser
Security provider capabilities

Each security realm can provide support for different operations. For example, consider the use of a Wildfly’s realm based on properties files. The contents for the applications-users.properties is like:

admin=207b6e0cc556d7084b5e2db7d822555c
salaboy=d4af256e7007fea2e581d539e05edd1b
maciej=3c8609f5e0c908a8c361ca633ed23844
kris=0bfd0f47d4817f2557c91cbab38bb92d
katy=fd37b5d0b82ce027bfad677a54fbccee
john=afda4373c6021f3f5841cd6c0a027244
jack=984ba30e11dda7b9ed86ba7b73d01481
director=6b7f87a92b62bedd0a5a94c98bd83e21
user=c5568adea472163dfc00c19c6348a665
guest=b5d048a237bfd2874b6928e1f37ee15e
kiewb=78541b7b451d8012223f29ba5141bcc2
kieserver=16c6511893651c9b4b57e0c027a96075

Notice that it’s based on key-value pairs where the key is the username, and the value is the hashed value for the user’s password. So a user is just represented by a key and its user name, it does not have a name nor an address or any other meta information.

On the other hand, consider the use of a realm provided by a Keycloak server. The user information is composed by more meta-data, such as the surname, address, etc, as in the following image:

SecurityManagementViewUserKC

So the different services and client side components from the User and Group Management API are based on capabilities. Capabilities are used to expose or restrict the available functionality provided by the different services and client side components. Examples of capabilities are:

  • Create a user

  • Update a user

  • Delete a user

  • Update user’s attributes

  • Create a group

  • Update a group

  • Assign groups to a user

  • Assign roles to a user

Each security provider must specify a set of capabilities supported. From the previous examples, it is noted that the Wildfly security provider does not support the attributes management capability - the user is only composed by the user name. On the other hand the Keycloak provider does support this capability.

The different views and user interface components rely on the capabilities supported by each provider, so if a capability is not supported by the provider in use, the UI does not provide the views for the management of that capability. As an example, consider that a concrete provider does not support deleting users - the delete user button on the user interface will not be available.

Please take a look at the concrete service provider documentation to check all the supported capabilities for each one, the default ones can be found here.

11.8.3.2. Group management

By selecting the Groups tab in the left sidebar, the application shows all the groups present by default on the application’s security realm:

SecurityManagementGroupsExplorer

  • Searching for groups

In addition to listing all the groups, search is also allowed:

+ When specifying the search pattern in the search box the groups listed will be reduced to only those that matches the search pattern.

+

SecurityManagementGroupsSearch

+ Search patterns depend on the concrete security provider being used by the application. Please read each provider’s documentation for more information.

  • Creating new groups

    By clicking on the "New group +" anchor, a new screen will be presented on the center panel to perform a new group creation.

SecurityManagementNewGroup

After typing a name anc clicking Save, the next step is to assign users to it:

+

SecurityManagementNewGroupUserSelection

+ Clicking on the "Add selected users" button finishes the group creation.

  • Modifying a group

After clicking on a group in the left sidebar, the security settings editor for the selected group instance is opened on the screen’s right. Further details at the Security Settings Editor section.

  • Deleting groups

To delete an existing group just click the Delete button.

11.8.3.3. Role management

By selecting the Roles tab in the left sidebar, the application shows all the application roles:

SecurityManagementRolesExplorer

Unlike users and groups, roles can neither be created nor deleted as they come from the application’s web.xml descriptor. After clicking on a role in the left sidebar, the role editor is opened on the screen’s right, which is exactly the same security settings editor used for groups. Further details at the Security Settings Editor section.

SecurityManagementEditRole

That means both role and group based permissions can be defined. The main difference between roles and groups are:

  • Roles are an application defined resource. They are defined as <security-role> entries in the application’s web.xml descriptor.

  • Groups are dynamic and can be defined at runtime. The installed security provider determines where groups instances are stored.

They can be used together without any trouble. Groups are recommended though as they are a more flexible than roles.

  • Searching for roles

In addition to listing all the roles, search is also allowed:

+ When specifying the search pattern in the search box the roles listed will be reduced to only those that matches the search pattern.

+

SecurityManagementRolesSearch

+ Search patterns depend on the concrete security provider being used by the application. Please read each provider’s documentation for more information.

11.8.4. Security Settings Editor

This editor is used to set several security settings for both roles and groups.

SecurityManagementSecuritySettsEditor

+

11.8.4.1. Home page

This is the page where the user is directed after login. This makes it possible to have different home pages for different users, since users can be assigned to different roles or groups.

11.8.4.2. Priority

It is used to determine what settings (home page, permissions, …​) have precedence for those users with more than one role or group assigned.

Without this setting, it won’t be possible to determine what role/group should take precedence. For instance, an administrative role has higher priority than a non-administrative one. For users with both administrative and non-administrative roles granted, administrative privileges will always win, provided the administrative role’s priority is greater than the other.

11.8.4.3. Permissions

Currently, Business Central support the following permission categories.

  • Business Central: General Business Central permissions, not tied to any specific resource type.

  • Pages: If access to a page is denied then it will not be shown in any of application menus. Update, Delete and Create permissions change the behaviour of the page management plugin editor.

  • Organizational Units: Sets who can Create, Update or Delete organizational units from the Organizational Unit section at the Administration page. Sets also what organizational units are visible in the Project Explorer at the Project Authoring page.

  • Repositories: Sets who can Create, Update or Delete repositories from the Repositories section at the Administration page. Sets also what repositories are visible in the Project Explorer at the Project Authoring page.

  • Projects: In the Project Authoring page, sets who can Create, Update, Delete or Build projects from the Project Editor screen as well as what projects are visible in the Project Explorer.

For pages, organizational units, repositories and projects it is possible to define global permissions and add single instance exceptions afterwards. For instance, Read access can be granted to all the pages and deny access just to an individual page. This is called the grant all deny a few strategy.

SecurityManagementPerspectiveDenied

The opposite, deny all grant a few strategy is also supported:

SecurityManagementPerspectiveGranted
In the example above, the Update and Delete permissions are disabled as it does not make sense to define such permissions if the user is not even able to read pages.

11.8.5. Security Policy Storage

The security policy is stored under the Business Central VFS. Most concrete, in a GIT repo called “security”. The ACL table is stored in a file called “security-policy.properties” under the “authz” directory. Next is an example of the entries this file contains:

role.admin.home=HomePage
role.admin.priority=0
role.admin.permission.perspective.read=true
role.admin.permission.perspective.create=true
role.admin.permission.perspective.delete=true
role.admin.permission.perspective.update=true

Every time the ACL is modified from the security settings UI, the changes are stored in the GIT repo.

Initially, when the application is deployed for the first time there is no security policy stored in GIT. However, the application might need to set-up a default policy with the different access profiles for each of the application roles.

In order to support default policies the system allows for declaring a security policy as part of the webapp’s content. This can be done just by placing a security-policy.properties file under the webapp’s resource classpath (the WEB-INF/classes directory inside the WAR archive is a valid one). On app start-up the following steps are executed:

  • Check if an active policy is already stored in GIT

  • If not, then check if a policy has been defined under the webapp’s classpath

  • If found, such a policy is stored under GIT

The above is an auto-deploy mechanism which is used in Business Central to set-up its default security policy.

One slight variation of the deployment process is the ability to split the “security-policy.properties” file into small pieces so that it is possible, for example, to define one file per role. The split files must start by the “security-module-” prefix, for instance: “security-module-admin.properties”. The deployment mechanism will read and deploy both the "security-policy.properties" and all the optional “security-module-?.properties” found on the classpath.

Notice, despite using the split approach, the “security-policy.properties” must always be present as it is used as a marker file by the security subsystem in order to locate the other policy files. This split mechanism allows for a better organization of the whole security policy.

11.9. SSH keystore

This section provides an overview of the Business Central SSH keystore and includes a guide for platform users. It explains how to use the Business Central SSH keystore to register and use it’s SSH public keys.

11.9.1. Introduction

Business Central includes an SSH keystore service to provide proper SSH authentication for users.

It provides a configurable default SSH keystore, extensible APIs to allow custom implementations, support for multiple SSH public keys formats, and a new UI available on the Admin page to enable users to register their SSH public keys.

11.9.1.1. The default SSH keystore

The default SSH keystore included with Business Central provides a file-based storage mechanism to store users' SSH public keys.

By default, it uses Business Central .security folder as a root path. It is possible to use a custom storage path by setting the appformer.ssh.keys.storage.folder property to direct to a different folder.

The SSH public keys are stored in the {securityFolderPath}/pkeys/{userName}/ folder structure.

Each SSH public key consists of a pair of files in the storage folder:

  • {keyId}.pub: a file containing the SSH public key content. The file name determines the logic key ID on the system, so do not modify the file name during runtime. For example

    ssh-rsa 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 userName

  • .{keyId}.pub.meta: a file containing the key metadata in JSON format. If a key has no metadata, a new metadata file is dynamically generated. For example:

    {
    "name":"Key",
    "creationDate":"Oct 10, 2018 10:10:50 PM",
    "lastTimeUsed":"Oct 11, 2018 12:11:23 PM"
}
11.9.1.2. Using a custom SSH keystore

It is possible to extend and customize the platform default SSH keystore to meet more specific requirements.

Use the system property appformer.ssh.keystore to specify the Java class name of the service to use. If the property does not exist or it contains a wrong value, the default SSH keystore is loaded.

To create a custom implementation of the SSH keystore, your Java Class must implement the class org.uberfire.ssh.service.backend.keystore.SSHKeyStore defined in the uberfire-ssh-api module.

11.9.2. Using the SSH keystore

This section describes how to use the SSH keystore to register your own keys and how to use them.

11.9.2.1. The SSH keystore UI

The SSH keystore provides an intuitive UI to enable users to manage their SSH public keys on the system. It is accessible from the Admin page by using the SSH Keys menu option.

ssh keystore menu
Figure 146. SSH Keys Menu Option on Admin Page

After you click the SSH Keys menu option the SSH Keys Editor will open. the editor displays a table showing the user SSH public keys and provides access to the main action buttons.

  • Add SSH Key: Used to add an SSH public key for the user.

    ssh keystore editor new
    Figure 147. Adding new SSH public key

  • Delete SSH Key: Used to remove an existing SSH public key

    ssh keystore editor delete
    Figure 148. Deleting a SSH public key
ssh keystore editor
Figure 149. SSH keystore UI
11.9.2.2. Adding SSH keys

This section explains step by step how to add an SSH public key to the SSH keystore.

Creating the SSH key on your computer

  1. Open a terminal on your computer

  2. Run the ssh-keygen command to create the key:

    ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 4096 -C "<your_user_login_here>"

    The SSH key formats supported by the keystore are 'ssh-rsa', 'ssh-dss', 'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256', 'ecdsa-sha2-nistp384' and 'ecdsa-sha2-nistp521'.

  3. When prompted, press Enter and accept the default key file location.

    Enter a file in which to save the key (/home/<your_login_here>/.ssh/id_rsa): [Press enter]

  4. When prompted, enter the pass phrase that you want to use.

    Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase): [Type a passphrase]
Enter same passphrase again: [Type passphrase again]

  5. Start the ssh-agent:

    eval "$(ssh-agent -s)"
Agent pid <any-number-here>

  6. Add the new SSH private key to the ssh-agent. If you used a different key name, replace id_rsa with your key name

    ssh-add ~/.ssh/id_rsa
Registering your SSH public key with the SSH keystore

  1. In Business Central, go to the gear icon next to your login to open the Admin page.

    ssh keystore editor gear
    Figure 150. Accessing the Admin Page

  2. Open the SSH keystore UI by clicking the SSH Keys menu option.

    ssh keystore menu
    Figure 151. SSH Keys Menu Option on Admin Page
    ssh keystore editor empty
    Figure 152. SSH Keystore UI Without keys

  3. Copy the contents of your SSH Public key onto the clipboard. Use the cat command to display your key content. If you used a different key name: replace id_rsa with your key name, and copy it.

    cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub

  4. In the SSH keystore UI press the Add SSH Key button to open the New SSH public key form. Specify a name, copy the key content into the key field and click Add SSH Key to register the key.

    ssh keystore editor new
    Figure 153. Adding new SSH public key

    • Name field cannot be empty, this field defines a meaningful name for the user to identify the key on the SSH public keys table.

    • Key must be a valid SSH Public key, so it cannot be empty and the key format must be supported by the platform.

11.10. Embedding Business Central in Your Application

Apart from the individual perspectives (such as the Library or Content Management), Business Central provides a number of editors used for designing and managing assets in different formats. Within Business Central, each asset type has a corresponding editor.

Business Central provides the possibility to embed the perspectives and editors in the user’s application using the standalone mode. Without actually switching to Business Central, it is possible to display perspectives and edit various assets, such as rules, processes, or decision tables, in separate applications.

To embed a part of Business Central in an application, Business Central must be deployed and running on a web server or an application server. Then, in your application, include an HTML inline frame with the proper HTTP query parameters as described in the following table.

Table 35. HTTP query parameters for the standalone mode
Parameter Values Description

standalone

none

This parameter must be included in each URL of a perspective or an editor that will be used in the standalone mode.

perspective

LibraryPerspective, ContentManagerPerspective, or any custom-created page

Used for specifying the perspective to be displayed.

header

UberfireBreadcrumbsContainer

Displays the breadcrumbs at the top of the page that can be used for navigating to the lists of spaces and projects within the Library. This parameter can be used only if perspective=LibraryPerspective is specified.

path

default://master@MySpace/Shop/src/main/java/com/Product.java

Specifies the path to the asset to be opened in a corresponding editor. The path must be specified in the format default://BRANCH@SPACE/PROJECT/PATH_TO_ASSET/ASSET_NAME.FILE_EXTENSION.
Table 36. Usage examples
URL Description

http://localhost:8080/business-central/kie-wb.jsp?standalone&perspective=LibraryPerspective

Opens the Library where it is possible to select a project to be managed.

http://localhost:8080/business-central/kie-wb.jsp?standalone&perspective=LibraryPerspective&header=UberfireBreadcrumbsContainer

Opens the Library with the list of projects. The header parameter displays the breadcrumbs at the top of the page, which allow the user to switch between the spaces as well as the projects.

http://localhost:8080/business-central/kie-wb.jsp?standalone&path=default://master@MySpace/Shop/src/main/java/com/Product.java

Opens the editor of the specified asset.

http://localhost:8080/business-central/kie-wb.jsp?standalone&perspective=ContentManagerPerspective

Opens the Content Management perspective, where it is possible to create and manage custom pages.

http://localhost:8080/business-central/kie-wb.jsp?standalone&perspective=MyCustomPage

Opens the specified custom page that has been created before using the Content Management perspective. The value of the perspective parameter must correspond to the actual name of the page.

11.11. Execution Server Management UI

The Execution Server Management UI allows users create and modify Server Templates and Containers, it also allows users manage Remote Servers. This screen is available via Deploy → Rule Deployments menu.

NewExecServerUI
Figure 154. Execution Server Management

The management UI is only available for KIE Managed Servers.

11.11.1. Server Templates

Server templates are used to define a common configuration that can be used for multiple servers, thus the name: Template.

Server Templates can be created directly from the management UI. A server template is automatically created when a server connects to the jBPM controller and there isn’t a template definition for that remote server. Server templates may have one or more capabilities, such capabilities can’t be modified, if you need to modify the capabilities you’ll have to create a new template. Here is the list of current capabilities:

  • Rule (Drools)

  • Process (jBPM)

  • Planning (Optaplanner)

For Planner capability it’s mandatory to enable Rule’s capability too.

In order to create a new Server Template you have to click at New Server Template button and follow the wizard. It’s also possible to create a container during Wizard, but for now let’s limit to just the template.

NewServerTemplateWizard
Figure 155. New Server Template Wizard

Once created you’ll get the new Template listed on the left hand side, with the new Server Template highlighted. On the right hand side you get the 2nd level navigation that lists Containers and Remote Servers that are related to selected Server Template.

ServerTemplates
Figure 156. Server Templates

On top of the navigation is also possible to delete the current Server Template or create a copy of it.

ServerTemplateActions
Figure 157. Server Template Actions

11.11.2. Container

A Container is a KIE Container configuration of the Server Template. Click the Add Container button to create a new container for the current Server Template.

The search area can help users find a specific KJAR that they are looking for.

NewContainerWizard
Figure 158. New Container Wizard

For Server Templates that have Process capabilities enabled, the Wizard has a 2nd optional step where users can configure some process related behaviors.

ProcessConfigNewContainerWizard
Figure 159. Process Configuration

Kie Base Name determines which Kie Base of the deployed artifact will be used.

Kie Session Name determines which Kie Session of the selected Kie Base will be used.

Please notice that configurations on this tab take effect only if the deployed project contains some business processes. It is not enough if the server template has the extension for processes enabled.

Once created the new Container will be displayed on the containers list just above the list of remote servers. Just after created a container is by default Stopped which is the only state that allows users to remove it.

NewContainer
Figure 160. Container

A Container has the following tabs available for management and/or configuration:

  • Status

  • Version Configuration

  • Process Configuration

Status tab lists all the Remote Servers that are running the active Container. Each Remote Server is rendered as a Card, which displays to users status and endpoint.

Only started Containers are deployed to remote servers.
ContainerStatus
Figure 161. Status Container

For containers that do not have process capability the Version Configuration tab allows users to change the current version of the Container. Users can upgrade manually to a specific version using the "Upgrade" button or enable/disable the Scanner. It’s also possible to execute a Scan Now operation that will scan for new versions only once.

To redeploy SNAPSHOT kjars with your latest changes all existing containers with that version must first be removed. Executing 'build and deploy' will then create a container with the latest SNAPSHOT kjar. However, this is not possible for release versions. Following maven release conventions if the GAV of a kjar is anything but SNAPSHOT, the GAV will need to be updated to the newer release version and deployed to its own container. The new release version can also be used to upgrade an existing container as described previously provided the container does not have process capability.

ContainerVersionConfiguration
Figure 162. Version Configuration

Process Configuration is the same form that is displayed during New Container Wizard for Template Servers that have Process Capability. If Template Server doesn’t have such capability, the action buttons will be disabled.

ContainerProcessConfiguration
Figure 163. Process Configuration

11.11.3. Remote Server

Remote Server is a Managed KIE Server instance running that has a jBPM controller configured.

By default, Business Central comes with a jBPM controller embedded.

The list of Remote Servers is displayed just under the list of Containers. Once selected the screens reveals the Remote Server details and a list of cards, each card represents a running Container.

RemoteServers
Figure 164. Remote Servers

11.12. Experimental Features Framework

This section describes the Experimental Features Framework functionality and how to use it.

11.12.1. Introduction

The Experimental Features Framework is a platform service that allows developers to deliver features which are still not part of Business Central (for example, ongoing developments, tech previews, POCs…​) and expose these features to users to let them have a preview of what is coming in the future.

The Experimental Features Framework provides the following features:

  • New Editor UI, accessible on the Admin page, where users can enable and disable Experimental Features.

  • Support for user-level features (stored as system preferences for each user) and global features (only available to admin users, in the editor)

  • Ability to dynamically handle the visibility for different Experimental Resources on Business Central.

    • Business Central Perspectives

    • Business Central Screens

    • Business Central Editors

    • Library Asset Types

    • Page Builder Layout Components

11.12.2. Types of Experimental Features

There are two types of Experimental Features, each with different scopes:

  • User: This type of feature can be enabled or disabled for any platform user, making the feature available for a single user without affecting other users, storing the feature state as a user preference.

  • Global: This type of feature is global for all users. Only users with administrator permissions user can enable them.

11.12.3. Experimental Features Editor

The Experimental Features Framework provides an editor where users can configure the features that they want to use. To open the editor, navigate to the Admin page and click the Experimental menu option.

admin page experimental menu option
Figure 165. Experimental Features Menu Option

The Experimental menu option only appears if the Experimental Features Framework is enabled and there are Experimental Features installed on Business Central
admin page experimental editor screen
Figure 166. Experimental Features Editor

The features and groups displayed on this documentation are examples.

The Experimental Features Editor displays all the Experimental Features installed on Business Central. For a better user experience these features are organized in collapsible groups. Click a label to expand or collapse a group.

admin page experimental editor feature group
Figure 167. Experimental Features Group

Each row inside of the group corresponds to an experimental feature. Click toggle button to enable or disable the feature.

You can also enable or disable all group features by clicking the group’s *Enable all" / "Disable all" button.

admin page experimental editor feature group enable all
Figure 168. Enable all group features

11.12.4. Enabling the Experimental Features Framework

By default, the Experimental Features Framework is disabled. You can enable it by starting Business Central and setting the system property appformer.experimental.features=true.

Any Experimental Feature present on Business Central will not be accessible to users while the Experimental Features Framework is disabled.

11.13. Business Central profiles

Starting on 7.15.0.Final, KIE Workbench is renamed to Business Central. Business Central contains all KIE Workbench features. To select between the set of available features, the concept of profiles is introduced. This chapter describes profiles and show how you can configure them in Business Central.

11.13.1. Introduction

When you start the Business Central application, all the features are available to you by default. To configure a set of features, you can select from a list of profile.

A profile is a set of features which contains:

  • Menus

  • Resources that it can handle

  • Specific home page

Currently, we have two profiles: * Full: All workbench features will be enabled (default); * Planner and Rules: Only Optaplanner and Drools features will be available.

11.13.2. Selecting a profile

Profiles can be selected on Administration page, by selecting the Profiles preference.

Only admin users have access to the Profiles preference.
profiles menu option
Figure 169. Profile Menu Option

It is also possible to select a profile using the system property org.kie.workbench.profile, which can have the values FULL (for Full profile) and PLANNER_AND_RULES (For Planner and Rules profile).

11.14. Performance tuning considerations with Business Central

The following key concepts or suggested practices can help you optimize Business Central configuration and jBPM performance. These concepts are summarized in this section as a convenience and are explained in more detail in the cross-referenced documentation, where applicable. This section will expand or change as needed with new releases of jBPM.

Ensure that development mode is enabled during development

You can set KIE Server or specific projects in Business Central to use production mode or development mode. By default, KIE Server and all new projects in Business Central are in development mode. This mode provides features that facilitate your development experience, such as flexible project deployment policies, and features that optimize KIE Server performance during development, such as disabled duplicate GAV detection. Use development mode until your jBPM environment is established and completely ready for production mode.

For more information about configuring the environment mode or duplicate GAV detection, see the following resources:

Disable verification and validation of complex guided decision tables

The decision table verification and validation feature of Business Central is enabled by default. This feature helps you validate your guided decision tables, but with complex guided decision tables, this feature can hinder Drools engine performance. You can disable this feature by setting the org.kie.verification.disable-dtable-realtime-verification system property value to true.

For more information about guided decision table validation, see [guided-decision-tables-validation-disable-proc]

Disable automatic builds if you have many large projects

In Business Central, when you navigate between projects in the Project Explorer side panel, the selected project is built automatically so that the Alerts window is updated to show any build errors for the project. If you have large projects or frequently switch between many projects that are under active development, this feature can hinder Business Central and Drools engine performance.

To disable automatic project builds, set the org.kie.build.disable-project-explorer system property to true.

12. Business Central integration

12.1. Knowledge Store REST API for Business Central spaces and projects

jBPM provides a Knowledge Store REST API that you can use to interact with your projects and spaces in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface. The Knowledge Store is the artifact repository for assets in jBPM. This API support enables you to facilitate and automate maintenance of Business Central projects and spaces.

With the Knowledge Store REST API, you can perform the following actions:

  • Retrieve information about all projects and spaces

  • Create, update, or delete projects and spaces

  • Build, deploy, and test projects

  • Retrieve information about previous Knowledge Store REST API requests, or jobs

Knowledge Store REST API requests require the following components:

Authentication

The Knowledge Store REST API requires HTTP Basic authentication or token-based authentication for the user role rest-all. To view configured user roles for your jBPM distribution, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/standalone/configuration/application-roles.properties and ~/application-users.properties.

To add a user with the rest-all role, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/bin and run the following command:

$ ./add-user.sh -a --user <USERNAME> --password <PASSWORD> --role rest-all

For more information about user roles and jBPM installation options, see Installing the KIE Server.

HTTP headers

The Knowledge Store REST API requires the following HTTP headers for API requests:

  • Accept: Data format accepted by your requesting client:

    • application/json (JSON)

  • Content-Type: Data format of your POST or PUT API request data:

    • application/json (JSON)

HTTP methods

The Knowledge Store REST API supports the following HTTP methods for API requests:

  • GET: Retrieves specified information from a specified resource endpoint

  • POST: Creates or updates a resource

  • PUT: Updates a resource

  • DELETE: Deletes a resource

Base URL

The base URL for Knowledge Store REST API requests is http://SERVER:PORT/business-central/rest/, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/.

The REST API base URL for the Knowledge Store and for the jBPM controller built in to Business Central are the same because both are considered part of Business Central REST services.
Endpoints

Knowledge Store REST API endpoints, such as /spaces/{spaceName} for a specified space, are the URIs that you append to the Knowledge Store REST API base URL to access the corresponding resource or type of resource in jBPM.

Example request URL for /spaces/{spaceName} endpoint

http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/spaces/MySpace

Request data

HTTP POST requests in the Knowledge Store REST API may require a JSON request body with data to accompany the request.

Example POST request URL and JSON request body data

http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/spaces/MySpace/projects

{
  "name": "Employee_Rostering",
  "groupId": "employeerostering",
  "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
  "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill."
}

12.1.1. Sending requests with the Knowledge Store REST API using a REST client or curl utility

The Knowledge Store REST API enables you to interact with your projects and spaces in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface. You can send Knowledge Store REST API requests using any REST client or curl utility.

Prerequisites

  • Business Central is installed and running.

  • You have rest-all user role access to Business Central.

Procedure

  1. Identify the relevant API endpoint to which you want to send a request, such as [GET] /spaces to retrieve spaces in Business Central.

  2. In a REST client or curl utility, enter the following components for a GET request to /spaces. Adjust any request details according to your use case.

    For REST client:

    • Authentication: Enter the user name and password of the Business Central user with the rest-all role.

    • HTTP Headers: Set the following header:

      • Accept: application/json

    • HTTP method: Set to GET.

    • URL: Enter the Knowledge Store REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/spaces.

    For curl utility:

    • -u: Enter the user name and password of the Business Central user with the rest-all role.

    • -H: Set the following header:

      • Accept: application/json

    • -X: Set to GET.

    • URL: Enter the Knowledge Store REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/spaces.

    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -H "Accept: application/json" -X GET "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/spaces"

  3. Execute the request and review the KIE Server response.

    Example server response (JSON):

    [
  {
    "name": "MySpace",
    "description": null,
    "projects": [
      {
        "name": "Employee_Rostering",
        "spaceName": "MySpace",
        "groupId": "employeerostering",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
        "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill.",
        "publicURIs": [
          {
            "protocol": "git",
            "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
          },
          {
            "protocol": "ssh",
            "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
          }
        ]
      },
      {
        "name": "Mortgage_Process",
        "spaceName": "MySpace",
        "groupId": "mortgage-process",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
        "description": "Getting started loan approval process in BPMN2, decision table, business rules, and forms.",
        "publicURIs": [
          {
            "protocol": "git",
            "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Mortgage_Process"
          },
          {
            "protocol": "ssh",
            "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Mortgage_Process"
          }
        ]
      }
    ],
    "owner": "admin",
    "defaultGroupId": "com.myspace"
  },
  {
    "name": "MySpace2",
    "description": null,
    "projects": [
      {
        "name": "IT_Orders",
        "spaceName": "MySpace",
        "groupId": "itorders",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
        "description": "Case Management IT Orders project",
        "publicURIs": [
          {
            "protocol": "git",
            "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-IT_Orders-1"
          },
          {
            "protocol": "ssh",
            "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-IT_Orders-1"
          }
        ]
      }
    ],
    "owner": "admin",
    "defaultGroupId": "com.myspace"
  }
]

  4. In your REST client or curl utility, send another API request with the following components for a POST request to /spaces/{spaceName}/projects to create a project within a space. Adjust any request details according to your use case.

    For REST client:

    • Authentication: Enter the user name and password of the Business Central user with the rest-all role.

    • HTTP Headers: Set the following header:

      • Accept: application/json

      • Content-Type: application/json

    • HTTP method: Set to POST.

    • URL: Enter the Knowledge Store REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/spaces/MySpace/projects.

    • Request body: Add a JSON request body with the identification data for the new project:

    {
  "name": "Employee_Rostering",
  "groupId": "employeerostering",
  "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
  "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill."
}

    For curl utility:

    • -u: Enter the user name and password of the Business Central user with the rest-all role.

    • -H: Set the following headers:

      • Accept: application/json

      • Content-Type: application/json

    • -X: Set to POST.

    • URL: Enter the Knowledge Store REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/spaces/MySpace/projects.

    • -d: Add a JSON request body or file (@file.json) with the identification data for the new project:

    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -H "Accept: application/json" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/spaces/MySpace/projects" -d "{ \"name\": \"Employee_Rostering\", \"groupId\": \"employeerostering\", \"version\": \"1.0.0-SNAPSHOT\", \"description\": \"Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill.\"}"
    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -H "Accept: application/json" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/spaces/MySpace/projects" -d @my-project.json

  5. Execute the request and review the KIE Server response.

    Example server response (JSON):

    {
  "jobId": "1541017411591-6",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "spaceName": "MySpace",
  "projectName": "Employee_Rostering",
  "projectGroupId": "employeerostering",
  "projectVersion": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
  "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill."
}

    If you encounter request errors, review the returned error code messages and adjust your request accordingly.

12.1.2. Supported Knowledge Store REST API endpoints

The Knowledge Store REST API provides endpoints for managing spaces and projects in jBPM and for retrieving information about previous Knowledge Store REST API requests, or jobs.

12.1.2.1. Spaces

The Knowledge Store REST API supports the following endpoints for managing spaces in Business Central. The Knowledge Store REST API base URL is http://SERVER:PORT/business-central/rest/. All requests require HTTP Basic authentication or token-based authentication for the rest-all user role.

[GET] /spaces

Returns all spaces in Business Central.

Example server response (JSON)
[
  {
    "name": "MySpace",
    "description": null,
    "projects": [
      {
        "name": "Employee_Rostering",
        "spaceName": "MySpace",
        "groupId": "employeerostering",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
        "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill.",
        "publicURIs": [
          {
            "protocol": "git",
            "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
          },
          {
            "protocol": "ssh",
            "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
          }
        ]
      },
      {
        "name": "Mortgage_Process",
        "spaceName": "MySpace",
        "groupId": "mortgage-process",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
        "description": "Getting started loan approval process in BPMN2, decision table, business rules, and forms.",
        "publicURIs": [
          {
            "protocol": "git",
            "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Mortgage_Process"
          },
          {
            "protocol": "ssh",
            "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Mortgage_Process"
          }
        ]
      }
    ],
    "owner": "admin",
    "defaultGroupId": "com.myspace"
  },
  {
    "name": "MySpace2",
    "description": null,
    "projects": [
      {
        "name": "IT_Orders",
        "spaceName": "MySpace",
        "groupId": "itorders",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
        "description": "Case Management IT Orders project",
        "publicURIs": [
          {
            "protocol": "git",
            "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-IT_Orders-1"
          },
          {
            "protocol": "ssh",
            "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-IT_Orders-1"
          }
        ]
      }
    ],
    "owner": "admin",
    "defaultGroupId": "com.myspace"
  }
]
[GET] /spaces/{spaceName}

Returns information about a specified space.

Table 37. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space to be retrieved

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "name": "MySpace",
  "description": null,
  "projects": [
    {
      "name": "Mortgage_Process",
      "spaceName": "MySpace",
      "groupId": "mortgage-process",
      "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
      "description": "Getting started loan approval process in BPMN2, decision table, business rules, and forms.",
      "publicURIs": [
        {
          "protocol": "git",
          "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Mortgage_Process"
        },
        {
          "protocol": "ssh",
          "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Mortgage_Process"
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "name": "Employee_Rostering",
      "spaceName": "MySpace",
      "groupId": "employeerostering",
      "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
      "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill.",
      "publicURIs": [
        {
          "protocol": "git",
          "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
        },
        {
          "protocol": "ssh",
          "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "name": "Evaluation_Process",
      "spaceName": "MySpace",
      "groupId": "evaluation",
      "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
      "description": "Getting started Business Process for evaluating employees",
      "publicURIs": [
        {
          "protocol": "git",
          "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Evaluation_Process"
        },
        {
          "protocol": "ssh",
          "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Evaluation_Process"
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "name": "IT_Orders",
      "spaceName": "MySpace",
      "groupId": "itorders",
      "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
      "description": "Case Management IT Orders project",
      "publicURIs": [
        {
          "protocol": "git",
          "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-IT_Orders"
        },
        {
          "protocol": "ssh",
          "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-IT_Orders"
        }
      ]
    }
  ],
  "owner": "admin",
  "defaultGroupId": "com.myspace"
}
[POST] /spaces

Creates a space in Business Central.

Table 38. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

body

The name, description, owner, defaultGroupId, and any other components of the new space

Request body

Required
Example request body (JSON)
{
  "name": "NewSpace",
  "description": "My new space.",
  "owner": "admin",
  "defaultGroupId": "com.newspace"
}
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1541016978154-3",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "spaceName": "NewSpace",
  "owner": "admin",
  "defaultGroupId": "com.newspace",
  "description": "My new space."
}
[PUT] /spaces

Updates description, owner, and defaultGroupId of a space in Business Central.

Example request body (JSON)
{
  "name": "MySpace",
  "description": "This is updated description",
  "owner": "admin",
  "defaultGroupId": "com.updatedGroupId"
}
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1592214574454-1",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "spaceName": "MySpace",
  "owner": "admin",
  "defaultGroupId": "com.updatedGroupId",
  "description": "This is updated description"
}
[DELETE] /spaces/{spaceName}

Deletes a specified space from Business Central.

Table 39. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space to be deleted

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1541127032997-8",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "spaceName": "MySpace",
  "owner": "admin",
  "description": "My deleted space.",
  "repositories": null
}
12.1.2.2. Projects

The Knowledge Store REST API supports the following endpoints for managing, building, and deploying projects in Business Central. The Knowledge Store REST API base URL is http://SERVER:PORT/business-central/rest/. All requests require HTTP Basic authentication or token-based authentication for the rest-all user role.

[GET] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects

Returns projects in a specified space.

Table 40. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space for which you are retrieving projects

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
[
  {
    "name": "Mortgage_Process",
    "spaceName": "MySpace",
    "groupId": "mortgage-process",
    "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
    "description": "Getting started loan approval process in BPMN2, decision table, business rules, and forms.",
    "publicURIs": [
      {
        "protocol": "git",
        "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Mortgage_Process"
      },
      {
        "protocol": "ssh",
        "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Mortgage_Process"
      }
    ]
  },
  {
    "name": "Employee_Rostering",
    "spaceName": "MySpace",
    "groupId": "employeerostering",
    "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
    "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill.",
    "publicURIs": [
      {
        "protocol": "git",
        "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
      },
      {
        "protocol": "ssh",
        "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
      }
    ]
  },
  {
    "name": "Evaluation_Process",
    "spaceName": "MySpace",
    "groupId": "evaluation",
    "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
    "description": "Getting started Business Process for evaluating employees",
    "publicURIs": [
      {
        "protocol": "git",
        "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Evaluation_Process"
      },
      {
        "protocol": "ssh",
        "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Evaluation_Process"
      }
    ]
  },
  {
    "name": "IT_Orders",
    "spaceName": "MySpace",
    "groupId": "itorders",
    "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
    "description": "Case Management IT Orders project",
    "publicURIs": [
      {
        "protocol": "git",
        "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-IT_Orders"
      },
      {
        "protocol": "ssh",
        "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-IT_Orders"
      }
    ]
  }
]
[GET] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}

Returns information about a specified project in a specified space.

Table 41. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project to be retrieved

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "name": "Employee_Rostering",
  "spaceName": "MySpace",
  "groupId": "employeerostering",
  "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
  "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill.",
  "publicURIs": [
    {
      "protocol": "git",
      "uri": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
    },
    {
      "protocol": "ssh",
      "uri": "ssh://localhost:8001/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
    }
  ]
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects

Creates a project in a specified space.

Table 42. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space in which the new project will be created

String

Required

body

The name, groupId, version, description, and any other components of the new project

Request body

Required
Example request body (JSON)
{
  "name": "Employee_Rostering",
  "groupId": "employeerostering",
  "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
  "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill."
}
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1541017411591-6",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "spaceName": "MySpace",
  "projectName": "Employee_Rostering",
  "projectGroupId": "employeerostering",
  "projectVersion": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
  "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill."
}
[DELETE] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}

Deletes a specified project from a specified space.

Table 43. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project to be deleted

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1541128617727-10",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "projectName": "Employee_Rostering",
  "spaceName": "MySpace"
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/git/clone

Clones a project into a specified space from a specified Git address.

Table 44. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space to which you are cloning a project

String

Required

body

The name, description, and Git repository userName, password, and gitURL for the project to be cloned

Request body

Required
Example request body (JSON)
{
  "name": "Employee_Rostering",
  "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill.",
  "userName": "baAdmin",
  "password": "password@1",
  "gitURL": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
}
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1541129488547-13",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "cloneProjectRequest": {
    "name": "Employee_Rostering",
    "description": "Employee rostering problem optimisation using Planner. Assigns employees to shifts based on their skill.",
    "userName": "baAdmin",
    "password": "password@1",
    "gitURL": "git://localhost:9418/MySpace/example-Employee_Rostering"
  },
  "spaceName": "MySpace2"
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/maven/compile

Compiles a specified project in a specified space (equivalent to mvn compile).

Table 45. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project to be compiled

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1541128617727-10",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "projectName": "Employee_Rostering",
  "spaceName": "MySpace"
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/maven/test

Tests a specified project in a specified space (equivalent to mvn test).

Table 46. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project to be tested

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1541132591595-19",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "projectName": "Employee_Rostering",
  "spaceName": "MySpace"
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/maven/install

Installs a specified project in a specified space (equivalent to mvn install).

Table 47. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project to be installed

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1541132668987-20",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "projectName": "Employee_Rostering",
  "spaceName": "MySpace"
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/maven/deploy

Deploys a specified project in a specified space (equivalent to mvn deploy).

Table 48. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project to be deployed

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "jobId": "1541132816435-21",
  "status": "APPROVED",
  "projectName": "Employee_Rostering",
  "spaceName": "MySpace"
}
12.1.2.3. Jobs (API requests)

All POST and DELETE requests in the Knowledge Store REST API return a job ID associated with each request, in addition to the returned request details. You can use a job ID to view the request status or delete a sent request.

Knowledge Store REST API requests, or jobs, can have the following statuses:

Table 49. Job statuses (API request statuses)
Status Description

ACCEPTED

The request was accepted and is being processed.

BAD_REQUEST

The request contained incorrect content and was not accepted.

RESOURCE_NOT_EXIST

The requested resource (path) does not exist.

DUPLICATE_RESOURCE

The resource already exists.

SERVER_ERROR

An error occurred in KIE Server.

SUCCESS

The request finished successfully.

FAIL

The request failed.

APPROVED

The request was approved.

DENIED

The request was denied.

GONE

The job ID for the request could not be found due to one of the following reasons:

  • The request was explicitly removed.

  • The request finished and has been deleted from a status cache. A request is removed from a status cache after the cache has reached its maximum capacity.

  • The request never existed.

The Knowledge Store REST API supports the following endpoints for retrieving or deleting sent API requests. The Knowledge Store REST API base URL is http://SERVER:PORT/business-central/rest/. All requests require HTTP Basic authentication or token-based authentication for the rest-all user role.

[GET] /jobs/{jobId}

Returns the status of a specified job (a previously sent API request).

Table 50. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

jobId

ID of the job to be retrieved (example: 1541010216919-1)

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "status": "SUCCESS",
  "jobId": "1541010216919-1",
  "result": null,
  "lastModified": 1541010218352,
  "detailedResult": [
    "level:INFO, path:null, text:Build of module 'Mortgage_Process' (requested by system) completed.\n Build: SUCCESSFUL"
  ]
}
[DELETE] /jobs/{jobId}

Deletes a specified job (a previously sent API request). If the job is not being processed yet, this request removes the job from the job queue. This request does not cancel or stop an ongoing job.

Table 51. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

jobId

ID of the job to be deleted (example: 1541010216919-1)

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "status": "GONE",
  "jobId": "1541010216919-1",
  "result": null,
  "lastModified": 1541132054916,
  "detailedResult": [
    "level:INFO, path:null, text:Build of module 'Mortgage_Process' (requested by system) completed.\n Build: SUCCESSFUL"
  ]
}
12.1.2.4. Branches

The Knowledge Store REST API supports the following endpoints for managing branches in Business Central. The Knowledge Store REST API base URL is http://SERVER:PORT/business-central/rest/. All requests require HTTP Basic authentication or token-based authentication for the rest-all user role.

[GET] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/branches

Returns all branches in a specified project and space.

Table 52. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space for which you are retrieving projects

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project for which you are retrieving branches

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
[
  {
    "name":"master"
  }
]
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/branches

Adds a specified branch in a specified project and space.

Table 53. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project in which the new branch needs to be created

String

Required

body

The newBranchName and baseBranchName of a project

Request body

Required
Example request body (JSON)
{
   "newBranchName":  "branch01",
   "baseBranchName": "master"
}
Example server response (JSON)
{
    "jobId":          "1576175811141-3",
    "status":         "APPROVED",
    "spaceName":      "Space123",
    "projectName":    "ProjABC",
    "newBranchName":  "b1",
    "baseBranchName": "master",
    "userIdentifier": "bc"
}
[DELETE] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/branches/{branchName}

Deletes a specified branch in a specified project and space.

Table 54. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project where the branch is located

String

Required

branchName

Name of the branch to be deleted

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
    "jobId":          "1576175811421-5",
    "status":         "APPROVED",
    "spaceName":      "Space123",
    "projectName":    "ProjABC",
    "branchName":     "b1",
    "userIdentifier": "bc"
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/branches/{branchName}/maven/compile

Compiles a specified branch in a specified project and space. If branchName is not specified, then request applies to the master branch.

Table 55. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project where the branch is located

String

Required

branchName

Name of the branch to be compiled

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
    "jobId":       "1576175811233-4",
    "status":      "APPROVED",
    "spaceName":   "Space123",
    "projectName": "ProjABC",
    "branchName":  "b1",
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/branches/{branchName}/maven/install

Installs a specified branch in a specified project and space. If branchName is not specified, then request applies to the master branch.

Table 56. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project where the branch is located

String

Required

branchName

Name of the branch to be installed

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
    "jobId":       "1576175811233-4",
    "status":      "APPROVED",
    "spaceName":   "Space123",
    "projectName": "ProjABC",
    "branchName":  "b1",
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/branches/{branchName}/maven/test

Tests a specified branch in a specified project and space. If branchName is not specified, then request applies to the master branch.

Table 57. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project where the branch is located

String

Required

branchName

Name of the branch to be tested

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
    "jobId":       "1576175811233-4",
    "status":      "APPROVED",
    "spaceName":   "Space123",
    "projectName": "ProjABC",
    "branchName":  "b1",
}
[POST] /spaces/{spaceName}/projects/{projectName}/branches/{branchName}/maven/deploy

Deploys a specified branch in a specified project and space. If branchName is not specified, then request applies to the master branch.

Table 58. Request parameters
Name Description Type Requirement

spaceName

Name of the space where the project is located

String

Required

projectName

Name of the project where the branch is located

String

Required

branchName

Name of the branch to be deployed

String

Required
Example server response (JSON)
{
    "jobId":       "1576175811233-4",
    "status":      "APPROVED",
    "spaceName":   "Space123",
    "projectName": "ProjABC",
    "branchName":  "b1",
}

12.2. Embedded jBPM controller calls

When running Business Central with the embedded jBPM controller mode, a series of endpoints related to managing all aspects of KIE Server templates, instances, and containers are also available. For more details, see jBPM controller REST API. A Java client API is also available for interacting with these endpoints.

12.3. Keycloak SSO integration

Single Sign On (SSO) and related token exchange mechanisms are becoming the most common scenario for the authentication and authorization in different environments on the web, especially when moving into the cloud.

This section talks about the integration of Keycloak with jBPM or Drools applications in order to use all the features provided on Keycloak. Keycloak is an integrated SSO and IDM for browser applications and RESTful web services. Lean more about it in the Keycloak’s home page.

The result of the integration with Keycloak has lots of advantages such as:

  • Provide an integrated SSO and IDM environment for different clients, including Business Central

  • Social logins - use your Facebook, Google, LinkedIn, etc accounts

  • User session management

  • And much more…​

Next sections cover the following integration points with Keycloak:

  • Business Central authentication through a Keycloak server

    It basically consists of securing both web client and remote service clients through the Keycloak SSO. So either web interface or remote service consumers (whether a user or a service) will authenticate into trough KC.

  • Execution server authentication through a Keycloak server

    Consists of securing the remote services provided by the execution server (as it does not provide web interface). Any remote service consumer (whether a user or a service) will authenticate trough KC.

  • Consuming remote services

    This section describes how a third party clients can consume the remote service endpoints provided by both Business Central and Execution Server, such as the REST API or remote file system services.

  • Keycloak and Business Central’s security administration area

12.3.1. Scenario

Consider the following diagram as the environment for this document’s example:

Keycloak is a standalone process that provides remote authentication, authorization and administration services that can be potentially consumed by one or more jBPM applications over the network.

KeyCloak sso scenario

Consider these main steps for building this environment:

  • Install and set up a Keycloak server

  • Create and set up a Realm for this example - Configure realm’s clients, users and roles

  • Install and set up the SSO client adapter & jBPM application

Note: The resulting environment and the different configurations for this document are based on Business Central.

12.3.2. Install and set up a Keycloak server

Keycloak provides an extensive documentation and several articles about the installation on different environments. This section describes the minimal setup for being able to build an integrated environment for the example. Please refer to the Keycloak documentation if you need more information.

Here are the steps for a minimal Keycloak installation and set up:

  • Download the latest version of Keycloak from the Downloads section. This example is based on Keycloak 1.9.0.Final

  • Unzip the downloaded distribution of Keycloak into a folder, let’s refer to it as

    $KC_HOME

  • Run the KC server - This example is based on running both Keycloak and jBPM on same host. In order to avoid port conflicts you can use a port offset for the Keycloak’s server as:

    $KC_HOME/bin/standalone.sh -Djboss.socket.binding.port-offset=100

  • Create a Keycloak’s administration 'admin' user by navigating to http://localhost:8180/auth/

The Keycloak administration console will be available at http://localhost:8180/auth/admin/.

12.3.3. Create and set up the demo realm

Security realms are used to restrict the access for the different application’s resources.

Once the Keycloak server is running next step is about creating a realm. This realm will provide the different users, roles, sessions, etc for the jBPM application/s.

Keycloak provides several examples for the realm creation and management, from the official examples to different articles with more examples.

Follow these steps in order to create the demo realm used later in this document:

  • Go to the Keycloak administration console and click Add realm button. Give it the name demo.

  • Go to the Clients section (from the main admin console menu) and create a new client for the demo realm:

    • Client ID: kie

    • Client protocol: openid-connect

    • Access type: confidential

    • Root URL: http://localhost:8080

    • Base URL: /business-central-x.y.z.Final

    • Redirect URIs: /business-central-x.y.z.Final/*

The resulting kie client settings screen:

kie client settings

As you can see in the above settings it’s being considered the value business-central-x.y.z.Final for the application’s context path. If your jBPM application will be deployed on a different context path, host or port, just use your concrete settings here.

Last step for being able to use the demo realm from Business Central is to create the application’s user and roles:

  • Go to the Roles section and create the roles admin, kiemgmt and rest-all

  • Go to the Users section and create the admin user. Set the password with value password in the credentials tab, unset the temporary switch.

  • In the Users section navigate to the Role Mappings tab and assign the admin, kiemgmt and rest-all roles to the admin user

admin user roles

At this point a Keycloak server is running on the host, set up with a minimal configuration set. Let’s move to Business Central set up.

12.3.4. Install and set up Business Central

For this tutorial let’s use a Wildfly as the application server for Business Central, as the jBPM installer does by default.

Let’s assume, after running the jBPM installer, the $JBPM_HOME as the root path for the Wildfly server where the application has been deployed.

12.3.4.1. Install the KC adapter

In order to use the Keycloak’s authentication and authorization modules from the jBPM application, the Keycloak JBoss EAP/Wildfly Adapter must be installed on our server at $JBPM_HOME. Keycloak provides multiple adapters for different containers out of the box, if you are using another container or need to use another adapter, please take a look at the Securing Applications section from the Keycloak docs. Here are the steps to install and set up the adapter for Wildfly 11/10/9:

  • Download the adapter from Keycloak Client Adapter for Wildfly 11/10/9

  • Execute the following commands on your shell:

    cd $JBPM_HOME
unzip keycloak-wildfly-adapter-dist-3.4.3.Final.zip // Install the KC client adapter

cd $JBPM_HOME/bin
./standalone.sh -c standalone-full.xml // set up the KC client adapter.

// ** Once server is up, open a new command line terminal and run:
cd $JBPM_HOME/bin
./jboss-cli.sh -c --file=adapter-install.cli
12.3.4.2. Configure the KC adapter

Once installed the KC adapter into Wildfly, next step is to configure the adapter in order to specify different settings such as the location for the authentication server, the realm to use and so on.

Keycloak provides two ways of configuring the adapter:

  • Per WAR configuration

  • Via Keycloak subsystem

In this example let’s use the second option, use the Keycloak subsystem, so our WAR is free from this kind of settings. If you want to use the per WAR approach, please take a look Required Per WAR Configuration.

Edit the configuration file $JBPM_HOME/standalone/configuration/standalone-full.xml and locate the subsystem configuration section. Add the following content:

<subsystem xmlns="urn:jboss:domain:keycloak:1.1">
  <secure-deployment name="business-central-x.y.z.Final.war">
    <realm>demo</realm>
    <realm-public-key>MIIBIjANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAAOCA...</realm-public-key>
    <auth-server-url>http://localhost:8180/auth</auth-server-url>
    <ssl-required>external</ssl-required>
    <resource>kie</resource>
    <enable-basic-auth>true</enable-basic-auth>
    <credential name="secret">925f9190-a7c1-4cfd-8a3c-004f9c73dae6</credential>
    <principal-attribute>preferred_username</principal-attribute>
  </secure-deployment>
</subsystem>

If you have imported the example json files from this document in step 2, you can just use the same configuration as above by using your concrete deployment name. Otherwise please use your values for these configurations:

  • Name for the secure deployment - Use your concrete application’s WAR file name

  • Realm - Is the realm that the applications will use, in our example, the demo realm created in the previous step.

  • Realm Public Key - Provide here the public key for the demo realm. It’s not mandatory, if it’s not specified, it will be retrieved from the server. Otherwise, you can find it in the Keycloak admin console → Realm settings (for demo realm) → Keys

  • Authentication server URL - The URL for the Keycloak’s authentication server

  • Resource - The name for the client created on step 2. In our example, use the value kie.

  • Enable basic auth - For this example let’s enable Basic authentication mechanism as well, so clients can use both Token (Bearer) and Basic approaches to perform the requests.

  • Credential - Use the password value for the kie client. You can find it in the Keycloak admin console → Clients → kie → Credentials tab → Copy the value for the secret.

For this example you have to take care about using your concrete values for secure-deployment name, realm-public-key and credential password.

Ensure the following tag is NOT present in the Wildfly/EAP profile’s configuration file (eg: standalone.xml):

<single-sign-on/>

It’s enabled by default in some server versions. If present, it must be removed/disabled in order to allow Keycloak to properly handle the clients.
12.3.4.3. Run the environment

At this point a Keycloak server is up and running on the host, and the KC adapter is installed and configured for the jBPM application server. You can run the application using:

$JBPM_HOME/bin/standalone.sh -c standalone-full.xml

You can navigate into the application once the server is up at:

 http://localhost:8080/business-central-x.y.z.Final
jbpm login screen

Use your Keycloak’s admin user credentials to login: admin/password.

12.3.5. Securing Business Central remote services via Keycloak

Business Central provides different remote service endpoints that can be consumed by third party clients using the Knowledge Store REST API.

In order to authenticate those services through Keycloak, apply those modifications for the WEB-INF/web.xml file (app deployment descriptor) from jBPM’s WAR file:

  • Constraint the remote services URL patterns as:

    <security-constraint>
  <web-resource-collection>
    <web-resource-name>remote-services</web-resource-name>
    <url-pattern>/rest/*</url-pattern>
    <url-pattern>/maven2/*</url-pattern>
    <url-pattern>/ws/*</url-pattern>
  </web-resource-collection>
  <auth-constraint>
    <role-name>rest-all</role-name>
  </auth-constraint>
</security-constraint>

The user that consumes the remote services must be member of role rest-all. As described in previous steps, the admin user in this example is already a member of the rest-all role.

12.3.6. Securing Business Central’s file system services via Keycloak

In order to consume other remote services such as the file system ones (e.g. remote GIT), a specific Keycloak login module must be used for the application’s security domain in the $JBPM_HOME/standalone/configuration/standalone-full.xml file. By default Business Central uses the other security domain, so the resulting configuration on the $JBPM_HOME/standalone/configuration/standalone-full.xml should be such as:

<security-domain name="other" cache-type="default">
    <authentication>
        <login-module code="org.keycloak.adapters.jaas.DirectAccessGrantsLoginModule" flag="required">
            <!-- Parameter value can be a file system absolute path or a classpath (e.g. "classpath:/some-path/kie-git.json")-->
            <module-option name="keycloak-config-file" value="$JBPM_HOME/kie-git.json"/>
        </login-module>
    </authentication>
</security-domain>

Note that:

  • The login modules on the other security domain in the $JBPM_HOME/standalone/configuration/standalone-full.xml file must be REPLACED by the above given one.

  • Replace $JBPM_HOME/kie-git.json by the path (on file system) or the classpath (e.g. classpath:/some-path/kie-git.json) for the json configuration file used for the remote services client. Please continue reading in order to create this Keycloak client and how to obtain this json file.

At this point, remote services that use JAAS for the authentication process, such as the file system ones (e.g. GIT), are secured by Keycloak using the client specified in the above json configuration file. So let’s create this client on Keycloak and generate the required JSON file:

  • Navigate to the KC administration console and create a new client for the demo realm using kie-git as name.

  • Enable Direct Access Grants Enabled option

  • Disable Standard Flow Enabled option

  • Use a confidential access type for this client. See below image as example:

kie git client settings

  • Go to the Installation tab in same kie-git client configuration screen and export using the Keycloak OIDC JSON type.

  • Finally copy this generated JSON file into an accessible directory on the server’s file system or add it in the application’s classpath. Use this path value as the keycloak-config-file argument for the above configuration of the org.keycloak.adapters.jaas.DirectAccessGrantsLoginModule login module.

  • More information about Keycloak JAAS Login modules can be found Keycloak JAAS plugin.

At this point, the internal Git repositories can be cloned by all users authenticated via the Keycloak server:

# Command example:
git clone ssh://admin@localhost:8001/system

12.3.7. Execution server

The KIE Execution Server provides a REST API that can be consumed for any third party clients. This section is about how to integrate the KIE Execution Server with the Keycloak SSO in order to delegate the third party clients identity management to the SSO server.

Consider the above environment running, so consider having:

Follow these steps in order to add an execution server into this environment:

  • Create the client for the execution server on Keycloak

  • Install set up and the Execution server (with the KC client adapter)

12.3.7.1. Create the execution server’s client on Keycloak

As per each execution server is going to be deployed, you have to create a new client on the demo realm in Keycloak:

  • Go to the KC admin console → Clients → New client

  • Name: kie-execution-server

  • Root URL: http://localhost:8280/

  • Client protocol: openid-connect

  • Access type: confidential (or public if you want so, but not recommended for production environments)

  • Valid redirect URIs: /kie-server-x.y.z.Final/*

  • Base URL: /kie-server-x.y.z.Final

In this example the admin user already created on previous steps is the one used for the client requests. So ensure that the admin user is a member of the role kie-server in order to use the execution server’s remote services. If the role does not exist, create it.

Note: This example considers that the execution server will be configured to run using a port offset of 200, so the HTTP port will be available at localhost:8280.

12.3.7.2. Install and set up the KC adapter on the execution server

At this point, a client named kie-execution-server is ready on the KC server to use from the execution server.

Let’s install, set up and deploy the execution server:

  • Install another Wildfly server to use for the execution server and the KC client adapter as well. You can follow above instructions for Business Central or follow the securing applications guide

  • Edit the standalone-full.xml file from the Wildfly server’s configuration path and configure the KC subsystem adapter as:

    <secure-deployment name="kie-server-x.y.z.Final.war">
    <realm>demo</realm>
    <realm-public-key>MIGfMA0GCSqGSIb...</realm-public-key>
    <auth-server-url>http://localhost:8180/auth</auth-server-url>
    <ssl-required>external</ssl-required>
    <resource>kie-execution-server</resource>
    <enable-basic-auth>true</enable-basic-auth>
    <credential name="secret">e92ec68d-6177-4239-be05-28ef2f3460ff</credential>
    <principal-attribute>preferred_username</principal-attribute>
</secure-deployment>

Consider your concrete environment settings if different from this example:

  • Secure deployment name → use the name of the execution server war file being deployed

  • Public key → Use the demo realm public key or leave it blank, the server will provide one if so

  • Resource → This time, instead of the kie client used in the Business Central configuration, use the kie-execution-server client

  • Enable basic auth → Up to you. You can enable Basic auth for third party service consumers

  • Credential → Use the secret key for the kie-execution-server client. You can find it in the Credentials tab of the KC admin console

12.3.7.3. Deploy and run the execution server

Just deploy the execution server in Wildfly using any of the available mechanisms. Run the execution server using this command:

$EXEC_SERVER_HOME/bin/standalone.sh -c standalone-full.xml -Djboss.socket.binding.port-offset=200 -Dorg.kie.server.id=<ID> -Dorg.kie.server.user=<USER> -Dorg.kie.server.pwd=<PWD> -Dorg.kie.server.location=<LOCATION_URL>  -Dorg.kie.server.controller=<CONTROLLER_URL> -Dorg.kie.server.controller.user=<CONTROLLER_USER> -Dorg.kie.server.controller.pwd=<CONTOLLER_PASSWORD>

Example:

$EXEC_SERVER_HOME/bin/standalone.sh -c standalone-full.xml -Djboss.socket.binding.port-offset=200 -Dorg.kie.server.id=kieserver1 -Dorg.kie.server.user=admin -Dorg.kie.server.pwd=password -Dorg.kie.server.location=http://localhost:8280/kie-server-x.y.z.Final/services/rest/server -Dorg.kie.server.controller=http://localhost:8080/business-central-x.y.z.Final/rest/controller -Dorg.kie.server.controller.user=admin -Dorg.kie.server.controller.pwd=password

The users that will consume the execution server remote service endpoints must have the role kie-server assigned. So create and assign this role in the KC admin console for the users that will consume the execution server remote services.

Once up, you can check the server status as (considered using Basic authentication for this request, see next Consuming remote services for more information):

curl http://admin:password@localhost:8280/kie-server-x.y.z.Final/services/rest/server/

12.3.8. Consuming remote services

In order to use the different remote services provided by Business Central or by an Execution Server, your client must be authenticated on the KC server and have a valid token to perform the requests.

Remember that in order to use the remote services, the authenticated user must have assigned:

  • The role rest-all for using the Business Central remote services

  • The role kie-server for using the Execution Server remote services

Please ensure necessary roles are created and assigned to the users that will consume the remote services on the Keycloak admin console.

You have two options to consume the different remove service endpoints:

  • Using basic authentication, if the application’s client supports it

  • Using Bearer (token) based authentication

12.3.8.1. Using basic authentication

If the KC client adapter configuration has the Basic authentication enabled, as proposed in this guide for both Business Central (step 3.2) and Execution Server, you can avoid the token grant/refresh calls and just call the services as the following examples.

Example for a Business Central remote repositories endpoint:

curl http://admin:password@localhost:8080/business-central-x.y.z.Final/rest/repositories

Example to check the status for the Execution Server:

curl http://admin:password@localhost:8280/kie-server-x.y.z.Final/services/rest/server/
12.3.8.2. Using token-based authentication

First step is to create a new client on Keycloak that allows the third party remote service clients to obtain a token. It can be done as:

  • Go to the KC admin console and create a new client using this configuration:

    • Client id: kie-remote

    • Client protocol: openid-connect

    • Access type: public

    • Valid redirect URIs: http://localhost/

  • As we are going to manually obtain a token and invoke the service let’s increase the lifespan of tokens slightly. In production access tokens should have a relatively low timeout, ideally less than 5 minutes:

    • Go to the KC admin console

    • Click your Realm Settings

    • Click Tokens tab

    • Change the value for Access Token Lifespan to 15 minutes. That should give us plenty of time to obtain a token and invoke the service before it expires.

Once a public client for our remote clients has been created, you can now obtain the token by performing an HTTP request to the KC server’s tokens endpoint. Here is an example for command line:

RESULT=`curl --data "grant_type=password&client_id=kie-remote&username=admin&password=password" http://localhost:8180/auth/realms/demo/protocol/openid-connect/token`
TOKEN=`echo $RESULT | sed 's/.*access_token":"//g' | sed 's/".*//g'`

At this point, if you echo the $TOKEN it will output the token string obtained from the KC server, that can be now used to authorize further calls to the remote endpoints. For example, if you want to check the internal jBPM repositories:

curl -H "Authorization: bearer $TOKEN" http://localhost:8080/business-central-x.y.z.Final/rest/repositories

12.3.9. Keycloak and the Business Central’s security administration area

Business Central provides an administration area which provides user, group and role management features (see Security management).

By default the application’s security management system points to the application’s server realm. For instance, in case of using the packaged distribution for Wildfly, it points to the Wildfly’s ApplicationRealm (properties based). It means the entities from the realm presented in the administration area are not the ones from the Keycloak realm that the application is using. There exist the following options in order to change this default behavior:

  • Disable the user system administration

  • Use the built-in Keycloak security management provider instead of the default one

In order to customize an existing jBPM application (WAR file) for using the Keycloak security management provider replace the content for WEB-INF/classes/security-management.properties by:

org.uberfire.ext.security.management.api.userManagementServices=KCAdapterUserManagementService
org.uberfire.ext.security.management.keycloak.authServer=<authz_server_url>
# eg: org.uberfire.ext.security.management.keycloak.authServer=http://localhost:8180/auth

The properties org.uberfire.ext.security.management.api.userManagementServices and org.uberfire.ext.security.management.keycloak.authServer can be set as system properties as well.

The jar artifacts required in the steps above can be either downloaded from JBoss Nexus or either build from sources.

Once applying the above changes, the security administration area uses the access token present in the user’s session in order to authorize and manage the specific Keycloak realm data.

In order to be able to manage Keycloak realms remotely, please ensure the user has the realm-management client role assigned

13. Business Central High Availability

13.1. VFS clustering

The VFS repositories (usually git repositories) stores all the assets (such as rules, decision tables, process definitions, forms, etc). If that VFS is located on each local server, then it must be kept in sync between all servers of a cluster.

Use Apache Zookeeper and Apache Helix to accomplish this. Zookeeper glues all the parts together. Helix is the cluster management component that registers all cluster details (nodes, resources and the cluster itself). Uberfire (on top of which Business Central is built) uses those 2 components to provide VFS clustering.

To create a VFS cluster:

  1. Download Apache Zookeeper and Apache Helix.

  2. Install both:

    1. Unzip Zookeeper into a directory ($ZOOKEEPER_HOME).

    2. In $ZOOKEEPER_HOME, copy zoo_sample.conf to zoo.conf

    3. Edit zoo.conf. Adjust the settings if needed. Usually only these 2 properties are relevant:

      # the directory where the snapshot is stored.
dataDir=/tmp/zookeeper
# the port at which the clients will connect
clientPort=2181

    4. Unzip Helix into a directory ($HELIX_HOME).

  3. Configure the cluster in Zookeeper:

    1. Go to its bin directory:

      $ cd $ZOOKEEPER_HOME/bin

    2. Start the Zookeeper server:

      $ sudo ./zkServer.sh start

      If the server fails to start, verify that the dataDir (as specified in zoo.conf) is accessible.

    3. To review Zookeeper’s activities, open zookeeper.out:

      $ cat $ZOOKEEPER_HOME/bin/zookeeper.out

  4. Configure the cluster in Helix:

    1. Go to its bin directory:

      $ cd $HELIX_HOME/bin

    2. Create the cluster:

      $ ./helix-admin.sh --zkSvr localhost:2181 --addCluster kie-cluster

      The zkSvr value must match the used Zookeeper server. The cluster name (kie-cluster) can be changed as needed.

    3. Add nodes to the cluster:

      # Node 1
$ ./helix-admin.sh --zkSvr localhost:2181 --addNode kie-cluster nodeOne:12345
# Node 2
$ ./helix-admin.sh --zkSvr localhost:2181 --addNode kie-cluster nodeTwo:12346
...

      Usually the number of nodes in a cluster equal the number of application servers in the cluster. The node names (nodeOne:12345 , …​) can be changed as needed.

      nodeOne:12345 is the unique identifier of the node, which will be referenced later on when configuring application servers. It is not a host and port number, but instead it is used to uniquely identify the logical node.

    4. Add resources to the cluster:

      $ ./helix-admin.sh --zkSvr localhost:2181 --addResource kie-cluster vfs-repo 1 LeaderStandby AUTO_REBALANCE

      The resource name (vfs-repo) can be changed as needed.

    5. Rebalance the cluster to initialize it:

      $ ./helix-admin.sh --zkSvr localhost:2181 --rebalance kie-cluster vfs-repo 2

    6. Start the Helix controller to manage the cluster:

      $  ./run-helix-controller.sh --zkSvr localhost:2181 --cluster kie-cluster 2>&1 > /tmp/controller.log &

  5. Configure the security domain correctly on the application server. For example on WildFly and JBoss EAP:

    1. Edit the file $JBOSS_HOME/domain/configuration/domain.xml.

      For simplicity sake, presume we use the default domain configuration which uses the profile full that defines two server nodes as part of main-server-group.

    2. Locate the profile full and add a new security domain by copying the other security domain already defined there by default:

      <security-domain name="kie-ide" cache-type="default">
    <authentication>
         <login-module code="Remoting" flag="optional">
             <module-option name="password-stacking" value="useFirstPass"/>
         </login-module>
         <login-module code="RealmDirect" flag="required">
             <module-option name="password-stacking" value="useFirstPass"/>
         </login-module>
    </authentication>
</security-domain>

      The security-domain name is a magic value.

  6. Configure the system properties for the cluster on the application server. For example on WildFly and JBoss EAP:

    1. Edit the file $JBOSS_HOME/domain/configuration/host.xml.

    2. Locate the XML elements server that belong to the main-server-group and add the necessary system property.

      For example for nodeOne:

      <system-properties>
  <property name="jboss.node.name" value="nodeOne" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.nio.git.dir" value="/tmp/kie/nodeone" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.metadata.index.dir" value="/tmp/kie/nodeone" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.cluster.id" value="kie-cluster" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.cluster.zk" value="localhost:2181" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.cluster.local.id" value="nodeOne_12345" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.cluster.vfs.lock" value="vfs-repo" boot-time="false"/>
  <!-- If you're running both nodes on the same machine: -->
  <property name="org.uberfire.nio.git.daemon.port" value="9418" boot-time="false"/>
</system-properties>

      And for nodeTwo:

      <system-properties>
  <property name="jboss.node.name" value="nodeTwo" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.nio.git.dir" value="/tmp/kie/nodetwo" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.metadata.index.dir" value="/tmp/kie/nodetwo" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.cluster.id" value="kie-cluster" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.cluster.zk" value="localhost:2181" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.cluster.local.id" value="nodeTwo_12346" boot-time="false"/>
  <property name="org.uberfire.cluster.vfs.lock" value="vfs-repo" boot-time="false"/>
  <!-- If you're running both nodes on the same machine: -->
  <property name="org.uberfire.nio.git.daemon.port" value="9419" boot-time="false"/>
</system-properties>

      Make sure the cluster, node and resource names match those configured in Helix.

13.2. jBPM clustering

In addition to the information above, jBPM clustering requires additional configuration. See this blog post to configure the database etc correctly.

14. Designer

Designer is a graphical web-based BPMN2 editor. It allows users to model and simulate executable BPMN2 processes. The main goal of Designer is to provide intuitive means to both technical and non-technical users to quickly create their executable business processes. This chapter intends to describe all feature Designer offers currently.

designer overview1
Figure 170. Designer

Designer targets the following business process modelling scenarios:

  • View and/or edit existing BPMN2 processes: Designer allows you to open existing BPMN2 processes (for example created using the BPMN2 Eclipse editor or any other tooling that exports BPMN2 XML).

  • Create fully executable BPMN2 processes: A user can create a new BPMN2 process in the Designer and use the editing capabilities (drag and drop and filling in properties in the properties panel) to fill in the details. This for example allows business users to create complete business processes all inside a browser. The integration with Drools Guvnor allows for your business processes as wells as other business assets such as business rules, process forms/images, etc. to be stored and versioned inside a content repository.

  • View and/or edit Human Task forms during process modelling (using the in-line form editor or the Form Modeller).

  • Simulate your business process models. Business Process Simulation is based on the BPSIM 1.0 specification.

Designer supports all BPMN2 elements that are also supported by jBPM as well as all jBPM-specific BPMN2 extension elements and attributes.

14.1. Designer UI Explained

Designer UI is composed of a number of sections as shown below:

designer ui parts
Figure 171. Designer sections

  • (1) Modelling Canvas - this is your process drawing board. After dropping different shapes onto the canvas, you can move them around, connect them, etc. Clicking on a shape on the canvas allows you to set its properties in the expandable Properties Window (3) (as well as create connecting shapes and morph the shape into other shapes).

  • (2) Toolbar - the toolbar contains a vast number of functions offered by Designer (described later). These include operations that can be performed on shapes present on the Canvas. Individual operations are disabled or enabled depending on what is selected. For example, if no shapes are selected, the Cut/Paste/Delete operations are disabled, and become enabled once you select a shape. Hovering over the icons in the Toolbar displays the description text of the operation.

  • (3) Properties Panel - this expandable section on the right side of Designer allows you to set both process and shape properties. It is divided into four sections, namely "Core properties", "Extra Properties, "Graphical Settings" and "Simulation Properties". After clicking on a shape in the Canvas, this panel is reloaded to show properties specific to that shape type. If you click the canvas itself (not on a shape) the panel displays general process properties.

  • (4) Object Library Panel - the expandable section on the left side of Designer shows the jBPM BPMN2 (default) shape repository tree. It includes all shapes of the jBPM BPMN2 stencil set which can be used to assemble your processes. If you expand each section sub-group you can see the BPMN2 elements that can be placed onto the Designer Canvas (1) by dragging and dropping the shape onto it.

  • (5) View Tabs - currently Designer offers three tabs for Process Modelling, Simulation and Documentation. Process Modelling is the default tab. When users run process simulation, its results are presented in the Simulation tab. Process Documentation tab displays documentation generated from process definition.

  • (6) Info Tabs - there are two additional tabs at the top of Designer. The Editor tab includes the process modeling while the Overview tab displays the process metadata such as version history, creation date, last modification date etc.

14.2. Getting started with Modelling

The Object Library panel provide means for users to select and drag/drop BPMN2 shapes onto the modelling canvas. Shapes are divided into sections as shown below:

object repository
Figure 172. Object Library

Once a shape is dropped onto the canvas users have a much faster way of continuing modelling without having to go back to the Object Library panel. This is realized through the shape morphing menu which is presented when a shape on the drawing canvas is clicked on. This menu allows users to either select a connecting shape (next shape) or morph the selected node into another node type. In addition this menu includes means to store the shape name as a dictionary item (explained later), view the specific BPMN2 code of the selected shape, as well as create/edit the task form (in the case of user tasks only).

morph menu
Figure 173. Morphing Menu for shapes

When connecting shapes Designer applies connection rules that follow the BPMN2 specification. The connection shapes presented in the morphing menu only show shapes that are allowed to be connections. Similarly same rules are applied when dropping a shape from the Object Library from the canvas and trying to connect an existing shape to it. Additional connection rules for boundary events are also available (explained later) and applied when for example moving an intermediate event node onto the edge of a task node.

Users can give names to every shape on the drawing canvas. This is done by double-clicking on the shape as shown below.

naming shapes
Figure 174. Naming a shape

The name of a shape can be pulled from the Process Dictionary. If terms are set up in the dictionary, auto-complete can be used for the node names:

name autocomplete
Figure 175. Name auto-completion from dictionary

Designer also shows five buttons on top of a clicked shape as shown below.

node extra options
Figure 176. Extra in-line options

These include: * (1) Show in process Documentation - scrolls to the section of Process Documentation tab that corresponds to the shape clicked * (2) Add To Dictionary - allows users to add the name of the task to the Process Dictionary (explained in more details later) * (3) Edit Task Form - allows users to create/edit the Task Form. This option is only available for User Tasks * (4) Edit Data I/O - opens dialog for editing data input / output assignments for given node * (5) View Node Source - shows the BPMN2 for this particular shape only

The section should get you started with creating simple business process models by dragging/dropping BPMN2 shapes onto the drawing canvas. Next sections will dive deeper into many other aspects of Designer.

14.3. Designer Toolbar

The Designer toolbar contains many different functions which can be used during process modelling.

navbar1
Figure 177. Toolbar Buttons

We will now go through each of the buttons in the Designer Toolbar and give a brief overview of what it does.

(1) Save - allows users to save, copy, rename and delete the business process model. In addition users can turn on auto-save which will automatically save the business process within a defined time interval.

navbar save
Figure 178. Save Button

(2) Cut - enabled when a portion of the model is selected.

(3) Copy - enabled when a portion of the model is selected.

(4) Paste - paste the copied portion of the model onto the drawing board.

(5) Delete - enabled when there is a portion of the model is selected and removes it.

(6, 7) Undo/Redo - undo the last performed operation on the drawing canvas.

(8) Local History - local history allows continuous storage of your business process onto your browsers internal storage. Stored version of the business process can persist internet outages or browser crashes so your work will not be lost. This feature is disabled by default and must be enabled by users. Once local history has been enabled users are able to view all previously stored snapshots of their business model, clear local history, configure the snapshot interval, or disable local history. Note that local history will only take a snapshot of your business process on the set storing interval if there were some changes done in the model. If at the end of the snapshot interval Designer detects that there were no changes since the last local history save, no new snapshot will be created.

localhistory1
Figure 179. Local History

The Local History results screen allows users to select a stored snapshot of the model, view its process image and restore it back onto their drawing board.

localhistory results
Figure 180. Local History Sample Results

(9) Object positioning - allows users to position one or more nodes in the business process. Note that at last one shape must be selected first, otherwise these options are disable. Contains options "Bring to Front", "Bring to back", "Bring forward" and "Bring Backward".

(10) Alignment: enabled when a portion of the model is selected. Includes options "Align Bottom", "Align Middle", "Align Top", "Align Left", "Align Center", "Align Right" and "Align Same Size".

(11, 12) Group and Ungroup - allows grouping and ungrouping of selected shapes on the drawing board.

(13, 14) Locking and Unlocking - allows parts of the business model to be locked and unlocked. Locked parts of the model cannot be edited (visual display and properties are both locked). Locked nodes are displayed in a light blue color. This feature fosters collaboration of process modelling by allowing users to set parts of their model as "completed" and preventing any further changes to that portion. Other parts of the model can continue to be edited.

locked nodes
Figure 181. Locked Nodes

(15, 16) Add/Remove Docker - this allows users to add or remove Dockers, or edge points, to sequence flows in the model. Enabled when a sequence flow (connector) is selected. It allows users to create very customized connection points from one shape to another. Users can add and remove as many dockers as they would like on a single sequence flow.

adding dockers
Figure 182. Adding dockers to a sequence flow

(17) Color Themes - Colors are a big part or process modelling as they help with expressing intent as well as help allowing visually impaired users to better view the model. Designer provides two default color themes out of the box named "jBPM" and "High Contrast". The jBPM theme is the default theme used for all new business processes created. Users can switch color themes and the changes will be applied to all nodes that are currently on the model, as well as any new shapes added. Users have the ability to add new custom color themes by adding their own definitions in the Designer themes.json file. Color theme selection is persisted over browser close or possible crash/internet loss.

color themes
Figure 183. Color Themes selection
color themes2
Figure 184. Switching to High Contrast Color Theme

(18) Process and Task forms - here users have the ability to generate/edit process and task forms. When no user task is selected the default enabled options are "Edit Process Form" and "Generate all Forms". Generate all forms will apply the current model information such as process variables, data objects, and the user tasks data input/output parameters and associations to generate default executable input forms. Upon editing a process and task form, users have the choice between two form editors, the jBPM Form Modeler, and the Designer in-line meta editor. The Designer meta editor is targeted more to technical users as it is text based with the ability for live preview. When the user selects a user task in the model, the "Edit Task Form" and "Generate Task Form" options are enabled which allow users to edit the particular task form, or choose to apply the same generation logic to create a task form for the selected task only. Users have the ability to extend the default form generation templates in designer to create fully customized templates. Node that in the case of the Designer meta editor for forms, generating forms will overwrite existing forms for the process and user tasks. In the case of Form Modeler form generation, a merging algorithm is applied when generating.

forms1
Figure 185. Form generation selection

When selecting a task, users have the ability to edit the selected tasks form via the form button shown above the user task node.

forms2
Figure 186. In-line task editing

When editing forms, users are asked to choose between the Form Modeler and the Designer in-line meta editor. If the user selects Form Modeler the form is shown in a new asset tab separately from Designer. Designer meta editor is in-line and part of the Designer application.

forms3
Figure 187. Form Editor Selection

The Designer in-line meta form editor is a powerful text-based editor with a live preview feature as well as auto-completion on process variables and user task data inputs/outputs.

forms4
Figure 188. Designer in-line form meta editor with live-preview

(19) Process Information Sharing - this section includes many functions that help with sharing information of your model. These include:

  • Share process image - generates a stand-alone HTML image tag which contains a Base64 encoded image source of the current model on the canvas. This link can be shared with team members or other parties and embedded in any HTML content or email that allows HTML content embedding.

  • Share process PDF - generates a stand-alone HTML object tag which contains a Base64 encoded PDF source of the current model on the canvas. This can similarly be shared and embedded in any HTML content.

  • Download process PNG - generates a PNG image of the current process on the drawing board which users can download and share.

  • Download process PDF - generates a PDF of the current process on the drawing board which can be downloaded and shared.

  • View Process Sources - displays the current process sources in various formats, namely BPMN2, JSON, SVG, and ERDF. Also has the option to download the BPMN2 sources.

processsources
Figure 189. Process Sources View

(20) Extra tooling - this section allows users to import their existing BPMN2 processes into designer as well as be able to migrate their old jPDL based processes to BPMN2. For BPMN2 or JSON imports users can choose to add the import on top of the existing model on the drawing board or choose to replace the current one with the import.

extra1
Figure 190. Extra tooling section
extra2
Figure 191. Import existing BPMN2 panel
extra3
Figure 192. Process Migration panel

(21) Visual Validation - Designer includes over 100 validation checks and this list is growing. It allows users to view validation issues in real-time as they are modelling their business process. Users can enable visual validation, disable it, as well as view all validation issues at once. If Visual Validation is turned on, Designer with set the shape border of shapes that do not pass validation to red color. Users can then click that particular shape to view the validation issues for that particular shape only. Alternatively "View All Issues" present a combined list of all validation errors currently found. Note that you do not have to periodically save your business process in order for validation to update. It will do so on its own short intervals during modelling. Users can extend the list of validation issues to include their own types of validation on certain elements of their business model.

validation1
Figure 193. Visual Validation Toolbar
validation2
Figure 194. Shapes with validation errors displayed with red border
validation3
Figure 195. Single shape validation issues display
validation4
Figure 196. View all issues validation display

(22) Process Simulation - Business Process Simulation deals with statistical analysis of process models over time. It’s main goals include

  • Pre-execution and post-execution optimization

  • Reducing the risk of change in business processes

  • Predict business process performance

  • Foster continuous improvements of performance, quality and resource utilization of business processes

Designer includes a powerful simulation engine which is based on jBPM and Drools and a graphical user interface to view and interpret simulation results. In addition users are able to view all process paths included in their current model on the drawing board. Designer Process Simulation is based on the BPSim 1.0 specification. Details of Process Simulation capabilities in Designer are can be found in its Simulation documentation chapter. Here we just give a brief overview of all features it contains.

sim1
Figure 197. Simulation tooling section

When selecting Process Paths, the simulation engine find all possible paths in the business model. Users can choose certain found paths and choose to display them. The chosen path is marked with given colors as shown below.

sim2
Figure 198. View all issues validation display

When selecting "Run Simulation", users have to enter in simulation runtime properties. These include the number of instances of this business process to simulate and the interval time and units. This interval is the time in-between consecutive simulation.

sim3
Figure 199. Simulation runtime properties

Each shape on the drawing board includes Simulation properties (properties panel) where users can set numerous simulation properties for that particular shape. More info on each of these properties can be found in the Simulation chapter of the documentation. Designer pre-sets some defaults for new processes, which allows business processes to be simulated by default without any modifications of these properties. Note however that the results of the default settings may not be optimal or targeted for the users particular needs.

sim4
Figure 200. Simulation properties for shapes

Once the simulation runtime has completed, users are shown the simulation results in the "Simulation Results" tab of Designer. The results default to the process results. Users can switch to results for each particular shape in their business process to see more specific details. In addition, the results contain process paths simulation results for each path in the business process.

sim5
Figure 201. Sample simulation results

Designer simulation presents the users with many different chart types. These include:

  • Process results: Execution times, Activity instances, Total cost

  • Human Task results: Execution times, Resource Utilization, Resource Cost

  • All other nodes: Execution times

  • Process Paths: Path Execution The below image shows a number of possible chart types users can view after process simulation has completed.

sim6
Figure 202. Types of simulation results charts

In addition to the chart results, Designer simulation also offers a full timeline display that includes all details of what happened during simulation. This timeline allows users to navigate through each event that happened during process simulation and select a particular node to display results at that particular point in time.

sim7
Figure 203. Simulation timeline

The simulation timeline can be switched to the Model view. This view displays the process model with the currently selected node in the timeline highlighted. The highlighted node displays the simulation results at that particular point in time of the simulation.

sim8
Figure 204. Simulation timeline model view

Path execution results shows a chart displaying the chosen path as well as path instance execution details.

sim9
Figure 205. Path execution details

(23) Service Repository - Allows users to connect to a service repository via its URL and see the list of available services it provides. Each of the listed services can then be installed into the users project by clicking on the "wrench" icon next to each listed service. Installing a service does the following things:

  • Installs the service configuration (wid) into the users Business Central project. This can later be edited via the Workitem Definitions Editor.

  • Installs the service icon (defined in the service configuration) and if one does not exist a default one will be provided.

  • Installs the service maven dependencies into the project POM.

  • Installs the service default handler into the project Deployment Descriptor.

Users will be notified when the service is successfully installed. After the install users have to re-open the business process to be able to start using the installed services.

servicerepo
Figure 206. Service Repository installation view

(24) Full screen Mode - allows users to place the drawing board of Designer into full-screen mode. This can help with better visualizing larger business processes without having to scroll. Note that this feature is possible only if your browser has full screen mode capabilities. If it does not designer will show a message stating this to the user.

fullscreen
Figure 207. Full Screen Mode

(25) Process Dictionary - Designer Dictionary Editor allows users to create their own dictionary entries or harvest from process documentation or business requirement documents. Process Dictionary entries can be used as auto-completion for shape names. This will be expanded in future versions to allow mapping of node patterns to specific dictionary entries as well. Users can add entries to the dictionary in the Dictionary Editor or from the selected shapes directly.

dictionary1
Figure 208. Process Dictionary entry screen
dictionary2
Figure 209. Adding to process dictionary from selected shape

(26, 27, 28, 29) Zooming - zooming allows users to zoom in/out of the model, zoom in/out back to the original setting as well as zoom the process model on the drawing board to fit the currently dimensions of the drawing board.

14.4. Designer keyboard shortcuts overview

Designer includes a number of keyboard shortcuts you can use as an alternative to the mouse when modeling your business processes. These include some core functionalities such as copy, paste, delete, as well as utility shortcuts such as opening/closing menus and the property panel for example. Note that the Designer keyboard shortcuts may be somewhat different than the "traditional" shortcut options for similar operations you may encounter when dealing with browsers or word editors. This is done so that Designer does not replace or overwrite some of the keyboard shortcuts already used and claimed by different browsers you may use Designer in.

Below is the complete list of Designer keyboard shortcuts and their description.

Table 59. Designer keyboard shortcuts
Press To

CTRL-C

Copy one selected or multiple selected shapes from the Designer canvas. Note that copy and paste commands work across multiple opened business processes in the same browser (same tab or multiple tabs) as well as across multiple windows of the same browser type.

CTRL-V

Paste the copied node(s). Note that copy and paste commands work across multiple opened business processes in the same browser (same tab or multiple tabs) as well as across multiple windows of the same browser type.

CTRL-X

Cut one selected or multiple selected shapes from the Designer canvas.

CTRL-Y

Redo the last action such as a paste or node drag/resize/move/edit/cut.

CTRL-Z

Undo the last action such as a paste or node drag/resize/move/edit/cut/delete.

ALT-A

Select all shapes on the canvas.

ALT-D

Delete one selected or multiple selected shapes from the canvas. At least one shape must be selected.

ALT-M

Open/close the shape menu.

ALT-P

Open/close the properties panel. If a shape is selected it will open the properties for that shape. If no shape is selected the property panel for the canvas (process properties) will be opened.

ALT-UP (up arrow)

Move the selected shape(s) upward on the canvas. Note that all connections to the nodes being moved will be adjusted according to the move.

ALT-DOWN (down arrow)

Move the selected shape(s) downward on the canvas. Note that all connections to the nodes being moved will be adjusted according to the move.

ALT-LEFT (left arrow)

Move the selected shape(s) to the left on the canvas. Note that all connections to the nodes being moved will be adjusted according to the move.

ALT-RIGHT (right arrow)

Move the selected shape(s) to the right on the canvas. Note that all connections to the nodes being moved will be adjusted according to the move.

F2

When a shape is selected you can use F2 to change the shapes name without having to double-click it first.

14.5. Designer Customization

Designer includes a number of system properties which you can use to customize its functionality. In this section we go through each one and explain what it does and how you can use it.

14.5.1. System Properties

System properties and their values can be set on the application server’s startup with the

-DpropertyName=propertyValue

settings. There are several system properties you can set:

Table 60. Designer system properties
System Property Description Values

designer.dev

Enables/disables additional logging. Default is false.

true / false

designer.useolddataassignments

Replaces the new Data IO editor with the old style Data Assignments editor. Default is false.

true / false

designer.showpdfdoc

Enables/disables the display of PDF docs link in Process Documentation tab.

true / false

org.jbpm.designer.perspective

Use to pre-select a perspective in the Shape Menu. Default is "full"

"full" / "simple" / "ruleflow"

org.jbpm.designer.bpsimdisplay

Enables/disables the display of BPSim (simulation) options in the menu bar as well as generation of BPSim BPMN2 elements in the generated process sources. Default is true.

true / false

org.jbpm.designer.formstype

Sets the type of process/task forms to be generated/edited. If not set Designer will ask users to choose the type (".form", ".frm"). By setting this property you declare to use one of these two form types and users will no longer be asked to choose.

"form" / "frm"

designer.preprocess

Designer performs a number of pre-processing steps before it displays the process model. These include installation of default workitem definitions, icons, etc. Allows you to completely disable these pre-processing steps. Use caution when setting this to false as it will affect Designer functioning properly within Business Central. Default is true.

true / false

designer.skin

Allows users to choose between pre-defined Designer color themes. Default is "default".

"default" / "olive" / "purple" / "slickness"

org.jbpm.service.repository

You can pre-install a number of custom workitems on server startup so they are available for the users in addition to the default ones Designer installs during the pre-processing steps. This property allows you to set a location to your service repository.

location to your repository, for example http://www.myservicerepository.org/repo or file://my/service/repo

org.jbpm.service.servicetasknames

Comma-separated list of custom workitem names which you would like to be installed on server startup. Names have to match the "name" attribute as defined in your workitem definition and exist in the repository defined by system property org.jbpm.service.repository

comma-separated string, for example "MyWorkitem, MyOtherWorkitem, …​"

designerdataobjects

Can be used to enable/disable of BPMN2 Data Object nodes to be present or not in the shape menu. Default is "true".

"true" / "false"

org.jbpm.designer.storesvgonsave

Designer stores the process SVG when a business process is saved during modeling. This property allows you to enable/disable this feature. Default is "true".

"true" / "false"

14.5.2. Development System Properties

These system properties are designed for development purposes only. It is recommended not to set/change them in production environments. Designer includes an API abstraction on top of the Business Central file repository. Via these development properties you can define an alternative repository for business process data. Again in order for Designer to play along nicely in Business Central it is recommended not to set these unless in a development environment.

Table 61. Designer development environment only properties
System Property Description Values

designer.repository.protocol

Set the repository protocol.

String defining the repository protocol

designer.repository.host

Set the repository host.

String defining the repository host

designer.repository.subdomain

Set the repository subdomain

String defining the repository subdomain if one exists

designer.repository.usr

In the case custom repository needs authentication this one defines the user name for it.

String defining the user name for authentication

designer.repository.pwd

In the case custom repository needs authentication this one defines the user password.

String defining the user password for authentication

15. Runtime Management

15.1. Deployments

In version 5.x processes were stored in so-called packages produced by Guvnor and next downloaded by Business Central for execution using KnowledgeAgent. Alternatively one could drop their process files (bpmn2 files) into a predefined directory that was scanned on Business Central start. That was it. That enforces users to always use Guvnor when dynamic deployment was needed. Although there is nothing wrong with it, actually that was recommended approach but not everytime it was desired.

Version 6, on the other hand moves away from proprietary packages in favor of, well known and mature, Apache Maven based packaging - known as knowledge archives - kjar. Processes, rules etc (aka business assets) are now part of a simple jar file built and managed by Maven. Along the business assets, java classes and other file types are stored in the jar file too. Moreover, as any other maven artifact, kjar can have defined dependencies on other artifacts including other kjars. What makes the kjar special when compared with regular jars is a single descriptor file kept inside META-INF directory of the kjar - kmodule.xml. That descriptor allows to define:

  • KIE bases and their properties

  • KIE sessions and their properties

  • work item handlers

  • event listeners

By default, this descriptor is empty (just kmodule root element) and is considered as marker file. Whenever a runtime component (such as Business Central) is about to process kjar it looks up kmodule.xml to build its runtime representation. In addition to kmodule.xml a deployment descriptor (that provides fine grained control over deployment) is available (since 6.1).

15.1.1. Deployment descriptors

While kmodule is mainly targeting on KIE base and KIE session basic configuration, deployment descriptors are considered more technical configuration. Following are the items available for configuration via deployment descriptors:

  • persistence unit name for runtime data

  • persistence unit for audit data

  • persistence mode (JPA or NONE)

  • audit mode (JPA, JMS, NONE)

  • runtime strategy (SINGLETON, PER_REQUEST, PER_PROCESS_INSTANCE)

  • list of event listeners to be registered

  • list of task event listeners to be registered

  • list of work item handlers to be registered

  • list of globals to be registered

  • marshalling strategies to be registered (for pluggable variable persistence)

  • required roles to be granted access to resources of the kjar

  • additional configuration options of KIE session

  • additional environment entries for KIE session

  • list of fully qualified class names that shall be added to the classes used for serialization by remote services

  • whether or not to limit the classes from the deployment used for serialization by the remote services

Deployment descriptor is an xml file that is placed inside META-INF folder of the kjar, although it is an optional file and deployments will succeed even when such descriptor is missing.

<deployment-descriptor xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.jboss.org/jbpm deployment-descriptor.xsd" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">
    <persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</persistence-unit>
    <audit-persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</audit-persistence-unit>
    <audit-mode>JPA</audit-mode>
    <persistence-mode>JPA</persistence-mode>
    <runtime-strategy>PER_PROCESS_INSTANCE</runtime-strategy>
    <marshalling-strategies/>
    <event-listeners/>
    <task-event-listeners/>
    <globals/>
    <work-item-handlers/>
    <environment-entries/>
    <configurations/>
    <required-roles/>
    <remoteable-classes/>
    <limit-serialization-classes/>
</deployment-descriptor>

It provides more configuration options than the standard deployment has. Deployment descriptors are used in hierarchical way meaning they can be placed on various levels of the system and merged on runtime. jBPM supports following levels of deployment descriptors:

  • server level - this is the main and considered default deployment descriptors that apply to all deployments on given server

  • kjar level - this is dedicated deployment descriptor to given kjar

  • deploy time level - this is deployment descriptor that is given at the time of deployment

Deployment descriptors on different levels are merged on deployment time where the master is considered descriptor lower in the hierarchy and slave one that is higher in hierarchy. To give an example, when a kjar is deployed and it contains deployment descriptor kjar’s deployment descriptor is considered slave and server level descriptor is considered master. With default merge mode it will override all master entries with slave ones as long as they are not empty and combine all collections.

Since kjar can have dependencies to other kjars, and in turn that dependencies might have deployment descriptors as well, they will be placed in deployment descriptors hierarchy lower than the actual kjar that is being deployed. With that said, this is how it will look like from hierarchy point of view, starting with master (server level):

  • server level

  • dependency kjar level

  • kjar level

That in default merging mode will result in deployment descriptor where with non empty values from kjar’s deployment descriptors and merged collection from all levels.

So far all merging was done with default mode, which is MERGE_COLLECTIONS but that’s not the only mode that is available:

  • KEEP_ALL - meaning that the master wins - all configuration defined in master will be retained

  • OVERRIDE_ALL - meaning that slave wins - all configuration defined in master will be retained

  • OVERRIDE_EMPTY - meaning all non empty configuration items from slave will replace those in master, including collections

  • MERGE_COLLECTIONS - meaning all non empty configuration items from slave will replace those in master but collections will me merged (combined)

Deployment descriptors can be given as partial xml documents, meaning they do not need to be complete set of all configuration items, e.g. if user would like to override only the audit mode in kjar, it’s enough to have following deployment descriptor:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<deployment-descriptor xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.jboss.org/jbpm deployment-descriptor.xsd" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">
    <audit-mode>JPA</audit-mode>
</deployment-descriptor>

Although it’s worth noting that when using OVERRIDE_ALL merge mode all configuration items should be specified since it will always use them and do not merge with any other deployment descriptor in the hierarchy.

Default deployment descriptor

There is always a default deployment descriptor available, even if it was not explicitly configured, when running in jbpm-console (kie-workbench) the default values are as follows:

  • persistence-unit is set to org.jbpm.domain

  • audit-persistence-unit is set to org.jbpm.domain

  • persistence-mode is set to JPA

  • audit-mode is set to JPA

  • runtime-strategy is set to SINGLETON

  • all collection based configuration items are left empty

Regardless of collection elements in default deployment descriptor are empty there will be some work item handlers/listeners registered that are required to support functionality of Business Central such as BAM listeners or human task work item handler.

Default deployment descriptor can be altered by specifying valid URL location to an xml file that will provide fully defined deployment descriptor. By fully defined we mean that all elements should be specified as this deployment descriptor will become server level deployment descriptor.

-Dorg.kie.deployment.desc.location=file:/my/custom/location/deployment-descriptor.xml

Collection configuration items

Deployment descriptor consists of collection based items (event listeners, work item handlers, globals, etc) that usually require definition of an object that should be created on runtime. There are two types of collection based configuration items:

  • object model - that is clear definition of the object to be built or looked up in available registry

  • named object model - that is an extension to object model and allows to provide the name of the object which will be used to register the object

Object model consists of:

  • identifier - defines main information about the object, such as fully qualified class name, spring bean id, mvel expression

  • parameters - optional parameters that should be used while creating object instance from the model

  • resolver - identifier of the resolver that will be used to create object instances from the model - (reflection, mvel, spring)

Table 62. Object models
Configuration item Type of collection items

event-listeners

ObjectModel

task-event-listeners

ObjectModel

marshalling-strategies

ObjectModel

work-item-handlers

NamedObjectModel

globals

NamedObjectModel

environment-entries

NamedObjectModel

configurations

NamedObjectModel

required-roles

String

Depending on resolver type, creation or look up of the object will be performed. The default (and easiest) is reflection that will use both parameters and identifier (in this case is FQCN) to construct the object. Parameters in this case can be a String or another object model for representing other types than String. Following is an example of an object model that will create an instance of org.jbpm.test.CustomStrategy using reflection resolver that will use the constructor of that class with two String parameters. Note that String parameters are created in different ways (using object model - first param, directly by giving String - second param).

...
<marshalling-strategy>
  <resolver>reflection</resolver>
  <identifier>org.jbpm.test.CustomStrategy</identifier>
  <parameters>
    <parameter xsi:type="objectModel">
       <resolver>reflection</resolver>
       <identifier>java.lang.String</identifier>
       <parameters>
         <parameter xsi:type="xs:string" xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema">param1</parameter>
       </parameters>
       </parameter>
         <parameter xsi:type="xs:string" xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema">param2</parameter>
       </parameters>
</marshalling-strategy>
...

Same can be done by using DeploymentDescriptor fluent API:

// create instance of DeploymentDescriptor with default persistence unit name
DeploymentDescriptor descriptor = new DeploymentDescriptorImpl("org.jbpm.domain");

// get builder and modify the descriptor
descriptor.getBuilder()
.addMarshalingStrategy(new ObjectModel("org.jbpm.testCustomStrategy",
			new Object[]{
			new ObjectModel("java.lang.String", new Object[]{"param1"}),
			"param2"}));

Reflection based object model resolver is the most verbose in case there are parameters involved but there are few parameters that are available out of the box and do not need to be created, they are simply referenced by name:

  • entityManagerFactory (type of this parameter is javax.persistence.EntityManagerFactory)

  • runtimeManager (type of this parameter is org.kie.api.runtime.manager.RuntimeManager)

  • kieSession (type of this parameter is org.kie.api.KieServices)

  • taskService (type of this parameter is org.kie.api.task.TaskService)

  • executorService (type of this parameter is org.kie.internal.executor.api.ExecutorService)

So to be able to use one of these it’s enough to reference them by name and make sure that proper object type is used within your class:

...
<marshalling-strategy>
  <resolver>reflection</resolver>
  <identifier>org.jbpm.test.CustomStrategy</identifier>
  <parameters>
     <parameter xsi:type="xs:string" xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema">runtimeManager</parameter>
   </parameters>
</marshalling-strategy>
...

In case reflection based resolver is not enough, more advanced resolver can be used that utilizes power of MVEL language. It’s much easier in the configuration as it expects mvel expression as identifier of the object model. It will provide the out of the box parameters (listed above: runtime manager, kie session, etc) into the mvel context while evaluating expression. To define object model with mvel resolver use the following xml (that will be equivalent to reflection-based mentioned above):

...
<marshalling-strategy>
  <resolver>mvel</resolver>
  <identifier>new org.jbpm.test.CustomStrategy(runtimeManager)</identifier>
</marshalling-strategy>
...

Last but not least, there is Spring based resolver available as well that allows to simply look up a bean by its identifier from spring application context. This resolver is not used in Business Central (kie-workbench) as it does not use spring but whenever jBPM is used together with Spring it might become handy when deploying kjars into the runtime. It’s very simple definition in xml, again equivalent to the other one assuming org.jbpm.test.CustomStrategy is registered in spring application context under customStrategy id.

...
<marshalling-strategy>
  <resolver>spring</resolver>
  <identifier>customStrategy</identifier>
</marshalling-strategy>
...

Manage deployment descriptor

Deployment descriptor is created as soon as a project is created. It contains the most basic deployment descriptor that is based on the default one. Meaning all settings present in default deployment descriptor will be copied into the one placed in the project. Further changes can be done directly in the xml content (in next versions more user friendly editor will most likely be provided). It is accessible from Administration perspective as this is considered technical administration task rather than business related activity.

edit deployment desc

Restrict access to runtime engine

Business Central enables configuration of access restrictions to repositories (see Security management chapter for how this can be done). This protects repositories in the authoring page based on roles membership. Deployment descriptors moves this capability to the runtime engine by ensuring that access to processes will be granted only to users that belong to groups defined in the deployment descriptor as required roles. By default when project is created (at the same time deployment descriptor is created as well) required roles are automatically filled in based on repository restrictions. These roles can be still altered by editing deployment descriptor via Administration page as presented in Manage deployment descriptor section.

Security is enforced on two levels:

  • user interface - user will see only process definitions that are available for his/her roles

  • runtime manager - each access to get RuntimeEngine out of RuntimeManager is protected based on the role membership, in case unauthorized access is attempted SecurityException will be thrown

Required roles are defined as simple strings that should match actual roles defined in security realm. Following is an XML snippet that shows definition of required roles in deployment descriptor:

<deployment-descriptor>
...
    <required-roles>
        <required-role>experts</required-role>
    </required-roles>
...
</deployment-descriptor>

In case fine grained control is required defined roles can be prefixed with one of the following to control it on further level:

  • view:

    to restrict access to be able to see given process definitions/instances on UI

  • execute:

    to restrict access to be able to execute given process definitions

  • all:

    applies to both view and execute restrictions and this is the default when no prefix is given.

For example to restrict access to show process from given kjar only to group 'management' but still allow them to be executed by anyone (sort of system processes) one could define it as follows:

<deployment-descriptor>
...
   <required-roles>
      <required-role>view:management</required-role>
   </required-roles>
...
</deployment-descriptor>

Classes used for serialization in the remote services

When processes make use of custom types (or in general non primitive types) and there is a use case to include remote API invocations (REST, SOAP, JMS) such types must be available to the remote services marshalling mechanism that is based on JAXB for XML type. By default all types defined in kjar will be automatically included in JAXB context and therefore will be available for remote interaction. Though there might be more classes (like from dependent model) that shall be included there too.

Upon deployment, jBPM will scan classpath of given kjar to automatically register classes that might be needed for remote interaction. This is done based on following rules:

  • all classes included in kjar project itself

  • all classes included as dependency of projects type kjar

  • classes that are annotated with @XmlRootElement (JAXB annotation) and included as regular dependency of the kjar

  • classes that are annotated with @Remotable (kie annotation) and included as regular dependency of the kjar

If that is not enough deployment descriptor allows to manually specify classes that shall be added to the JAXB context via remoteable-classes element:

<remoteable-classes>
   ...
   <remoteable-class>org.jbpm.test.CustomClass</remoteable-class>
   <remoteable-class>org.jbpm.test.AnotherCustomClass</remoteable-class>
   ...
</remoteable-classes>

With this all classes can be added to the JAXB context to properly marshal and unmarshal data types when interacting with jBPM remotely.

Limiting classes used for serialization in the remote services

When there are classes in the kjar project or in the dependencies of the kjar project that would cause problems when used for serialization, the limit-serialization-classes property can be used to limit which classes are used for serialization.

<limit-serialization-classes>true</limit-serialization-classes>

This property limits classes used for serialization to classes which fulfill both of the following "location" and "annotation" criteria:

Classes that:

  1. are located in the kjar project

  2. are in a direct dependency of the kjar project

  3. are listed in the remoteable-classes element and are available on the classpath of the kjar

These classes must also be annotated with one of the following type annotations:

  • javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlRootElement

  • javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlType

  • org.kie.api.remote.Remotable

Additionally, classes will be excluded if they are any of the following: interfaces, local classes, member classes or anonymous classes.

15.2. Process Deployments

You can access to the Process Deployments List under the Deploy top level menu of Business Central.

process deployments

The Deployed Unit list shows all the Process Deployed Units into the platform that are already enabled to be used. Each deployment unit can contain multiple business processes and business rules. In order to have your process and rules deployed and listed in this list, you need to build and deploy your KIE projects from the Authoring Page or via the Remote Endpoints. If your processes and rules are in a KIE Project listed in this list and you have correspondent the rights you should be able to see the process definitions in the Process Definitions Page.

deployed unit list

From the Authoring Page (Build and Deploy), a default deployment will be performed, for a more advanced deployments you can trigger a custom deployment with other options from this screen.

build and deploy

By clicking the New Deployment Unit (+) button you will be able to select a different KIE Base, KIE Session, Strategy and Merge Mode for your deployment. By default the "DEFAULT" KIE Base and KIE Sessions are used, the SINGLETON Strategy is selected and the Merge Mode is set to "Merge Collection".

new deployment

16. Process Management

16.1. Management Screens Overview

Before we get into the details for the different management concepts, let’s explore the common features available in all areas. We consider this kind of view as a set of visualization parameters that modify which items can be displayed and what information should be shown.

Common features include:

  • Columns to be shown

  • Items by page

  • Sorting by column criteria

  • Restrictions over the displayed items list provided by:

    • Quick filter creation

    • Saved filters management.

  • General actions shared by all item list like 'Refresh'

  • Specific actions depending on each screen.

We find here different areas with different purposes: Filtering, general section configuration and specific view parameter setting in the data grid presentation:

process instances areas

  • (1) Breadcrumb area: Contains breadcrumbs and the server configuration selector.

  • (2) Filters area: Contains a dock for basic filter creation, a dock for advanced filter creation and a dock with saved filters. The docks are placed in the expandable panel on the left side of the screen. The selections made inside any of the docks are immediately reflected in the table on the right. That panels can be expanded or collapsed using the standard Business Central docks controls.

  • (3) Manage screen selector. The drop-down offers navigation to the all manage screens: Process Definitions, Process Instances, Tasks, Execution Errors and Jobs have been created. This selector allows the user to switch process admin screens quickly and easily.

ConsoleManageSelector
Figure 210. Manage screen selector

  • (4) Toolbar area. This toolbar has been designed to contain each screen specific actions and provides different kinds of visualizations: icons for common actions like 'Refresh' that are self-explained, buttons for primary actions and it’s prepared for containing kebab with a list of available actions.

  • (5) Filter status area. Shows the currently applied filters and provides options to clear individual filters or to clear them all. The user has the ability to save the currently applied filter as a new saved filter, which becomes available in Saved filters dock (see Filters area)

  • (6) The list table area.

16.1.1. Table preferences

By default, table preferences are persisted according to changes made by users. That includes, adding or removing columns as well as changing the number of items to be displayed for each result page.

16.1.1.1. System level preferences

Users with the Edit Global Preferences permission are able to define the default pagination option to be used for all users under the Manage items ( Process Definition, Process Instances, Tasks, Jobs and Execution Errors ) and Task Inbox. The new preference ( Process Administration ) is available in the global settings page and after a new default is applied it is effective for all users which still do not have a custom preference saved for these items.

manage preferences
Figure 211. Process administration preferences

16.1.2. Filter dock

Contains a set of available filters to create quick filters over the left side panel list. Allows you to quickly find data related to Process Instances, Jobs, Tasks and Execution Errors. A set of pre-defined filters are defined into the related views. The user is able to restrict the data by adding new active filters. This can be done by either selecting values from the dropdown list or providing values to the different attributes in the input box.

You will notice that the data is filtered as you add or remove any of the active filters.

ConsoleItemListFilters
Figure 212. Filters dock opened

There are different types of filters:

 — Checkboxes (state and errors on the image):

Allow to select multiple values for one specific field. Any action on checkbox generate and applies that restriction on the active filter.

 — Filter by:

Dropdown with the available fields to filter. Depending on the kind of field the input box have different allowed values (numeric or any text)

 — Dropdown filled with specific values. (ie: in this process instances list it is filled with the available Process names)

 — Date fields filter:

Once of the filter box is selected a list of date predefined filters like 'Last Hour', 'Today',.. are displayed, and also the possibility of define a custom range of dates

console datefilter
Figure 213. Date field filter opened

16.1.3. Advanced filter dock

Provides the ability to create more complex filters, allowing to select any item (process instance, task,..) field available (not only the pre-defined provided at 'Filters') and defining more complex restrictions. Any advanced filter have to be identified by the name and once it is saved it will be included at saved filters to be re-used. When the user is creating an advanced filter, parameters related with the new filter like the name, description and the filter restrictions can be introduced in this space.

console newAdvancedFilter
Figure 214. Advanced filter dock

If the view has to include a restriction over a specific column, then the link 'Add new' has to be selected. A drop down list with all the columns to create restrictions

console newAdvancedFilter 2
Figure 215. New Advanced filter: select column

Once the column is selected, depending on its type, a new dropdown list is opened with the kind of restrictions available for the selected column and the necessary form to add them.

console newAdvancedFilter 3
Figure 216. New Advanced filter: define condition over selected column

One filter can include a list of different conditions over different columns and the editor allows remove each one by clicking the trash button near them

Once the view creation parameters are defined, the 'Save' button launches the defined filter saving and applying that on the list.

16.1.4. Saved Filter dock

The 'Saved filters' dock allows manage the stored filters: It present a list with the current stored filters

ConsoleItemListSavedFilters
Figure 217. Saved filters dock opened

  • Filters can be deleted

  • The defaults filters can always be restored as in the previous version with the 'Restore default filters' button.

  • Filters can be applied: When a user selects one filter, that is applied on the current list and the 'Active filters' displays the restrictions contained in that filter.

  • The user has the ability to modify/complete filters and save it to be reused later. The new way to save filter is selecting 'Save filters' at 'Active filters' area. A name for the new saved filter is requested and a new filter with the current restrictions is added to 'Saved filters' list.

It’s not allowed to have filters with the same name. When the user tries to save a filter with an existing name, currently an error is shown.

ConsoleItemListSavedFiltersError
Figure 218. Not allowed save filter with the same existing filter name

16.1.5. The list table area

In this area can be done:

  • Specific view configuration like. selecting visible columns, specify the number of items by page. In this area the user can change dynamically the view editable parameters like visible columns, set the sorting column (ASC/DESC) or set the number of items to show on a page.

process instances column selector

The number of items to show in a page can be configurable too, from the page size dropdown list

process instances number items

  • Bulk actions in some of the management screens like Process Instances, Execution errors the possibility of bulk action is provided over the selected items. In this case the available actions are 'Abort' or 'Signal'

process instances specific area

  • Perform actions on individual list item using the kebab button control. When there are more than one available actions the kebab groups the available actions. There are different areas at kebab: primary actions first and separately the navigation to other screens ones.

ConsoleItemList
Figure 219. Item list design

16.2. Process Management

This chapter describes the screens related to the creation and management of process definitions and process instances.

Once you have modelled, configured all the technical details and build and deployed your projects containing your business processes you should be able to see all the available process definitions in the Manage Process Definitions section. For all the process definitions listed in there you will be able to inspect the Process Definition details and start as many Process Instances as needed. The following sections describes most features available to manage process definitions and process instances from Business Central. You can find these screens under the Manage menu: Process Definitions or Process Instances, in Business Central.

You can find the source code related to the process definition and instances screens in the jbpm-wb-process-runtime module. Feel free to report issues, send Pull Requests and get in contact with the team via comments in github.

process management

16.2.1. Process Definitions Management

The process definition section is composed by two main screens: the Process Definition Lists and the Process Definition Details.

16.2.1.1. Process Definition List

The process definition list shows all the available process definitions that were deployed into the platform. Look at the Deployments section for more information about how to check all the deployment units available in the platform runtime.

process definitions list

You can click on the items in the list to access the details of the process definition. You can also look at all the process instances for the selected process definition selecting 'View Process Instances' action.

16.2.1.2. Process Definition Details

The process definition details shows all the available information about the process definition. You can consider this screen as a brief about the process model. You can quickly see if there is a Sub Process associated with it, or how many users and groups are participating in the selected definition.

process definitions details

Notice that you can View the Process Model (Read Only mode) selecting 'Diagram' tab .

process model
16.2.1.3. Creating new Process Instances

You can create new Process Instances from the Process Definition List (Action Column), from the Process Definition Detail view or from the Process Instance section.

process definitions new instance

When you create a Process Instance usually a Form will be presented to introduce the information required by the process to be started. Once you complete the required information and click the Submit button, the instance will be created and the details of the Process Instance will be displayed on top of the Process Definition Details.

16.2.2. Process Instances Management

The process instances section is composed by two main screens: the Process Instance Lists and the Process Instance Details. In this case the Process Instance Details provides several tabs with the runtime information related with the process.

process instances list

Each row inside the process instance list represent a running process instance from a particular Process Definition. Each execution is differentiated from all the others by the internal state of the information that the process is manipulating. In order to inspect this information you can click in each row to see the process instance details in full screen mode.

process instances details
16.2.2.1. Specific actions

The user can perform the following specific action over the process instances:

  • Navigate to related tasks

  • Navigate to related jobs

  • In case there are related errors, navigate to them

process instances error
Figure 220. View related error when it exists

  • Abort process instance(s). This action requires a double confirmation before aborting the instance(s).

  • Signal process instance(s). When the action signaling a process instance is performed, a popup is opened asking for the signal name and signal data. (When this signal is done in a bulk action, the defined signal is used for all selected process instances.

process instance signal
Figure 221. Signal popup
16.2.2.2. Displaying Process Instance variables

There is a specific restriction that makes the process instance list view to behave differently. This happens when a filter over the column 'PROCESSID' is defined.

Users can simply select any Process Id from the quick filter section or alternatively, create a new Advanced Filter.

process instances process id quick filter
Figure 222. Process Id quick filter

In this case, the columns available to show have been incremented with the specified process variables which have value. The user can then, view process instance variables from a specific process id, in the same grid of the process instances.

process instances process id variables
Figure 223. Process Id advanced filter
16.2.2.3. Process Instance Details

Let’s go through the different tabs to see what kind of information is provided:

As you can see the Instance Details tab gives you a quick overview about what is going on inside the process. This is by showing the current state of the instance and also the current activity that is being executed. The Process Variables tab displays all the process variables that are being manipulated by the instance with the exception of the variables that contains documents.

process instances variables

If the process contains a variable of the type: org.jbpm.Document it will be listed in the Documents tab, for easy access, download and manipulation of the attached documents. Please note that at this point you cannot attach new documents to currently running instances, but this feature will be added in future versions. See JBPM-7572.

process instances documents

The Logs tab allows users to easily visualize the events related to a specific process instance based on a timeline Node entered events are highlighted in blue whereas completed ones have a grey out indication.

By default, the latest 10 events are presented in the timeline but users can load more data all the way back to the starting point of the process instance.

This tab also provides filtering capabilities that allow users to narrow down the timeline results according to their needs. There are two filter categories that allow the user to filter process instances logs based on event types such as either Node Entered or Node Completed or process nodes types, such as Human Task, Start and End nodes,..

When the event is related to a Human task, a link to 'Details' appears to show the basic task data.

process instances logs

Finally, to complement the process logs you can open the Diagram tab that shows the completed activities in grey and the current activities highlighted in red.

process instances running model

16.3. Tasks Management

This chapter introduces the Task Management screens and its integration with the Form Modeller component to allow users to work on their assigned tasks. You can find the source code of these screens here. Feel free to report issues, send Pull Requests and get in contact with the team via comments in github. At the end of this section you will find a technical description about how to customize these views.

Designed to be used by task and business process administrators, which can manage tasks belonging to other users and see extra task management data like related execution errors.

The Task management is available in the main menu under Manage then Tasks:

task admin menu

In this screen the management screens selector is included to allow to navigate to the other management screens described in Process Instance List section. In this list there is a column showing the related errors, that in case there are any related execution errors allow to navigate to them.

task admin list

By default, this page is only available for users with Business Central roles admin and process-admin.

16.3.1. Tasks visible to the current user

The tasks which are displayed on the tasks page are determined by the current user permissions. When the user has been declared (via system property) as 'task admin user' or belongs to the tasks administrators group, this list shows all tasks. Otherwise, if the user is not declared as a business administrator, this list will show only the tasks where the user have been declared business process administrator.

By default the system associates all tasks to the user Administrator (configured via the org.jbpm.ht.admin.user system property) and the group Administrators (configured via the org.jbpm.ht.admin.group system property), so in order to display all tasks, your admin or process-admin user needs to belong to the Administrators group.
Notice that the mentioned roles and group configurations are related to the KIE Server, not to Business Central (in case they have separate user configurations).

16.3.2. Task Inbox

This screen not belongs to the management group, but have been designed following the same patterns but for being used, by any user (not administrator) to track the tasks. For this reason, the management screens selector is not included.

Every user with access to the platform will have access to its personal task inbox where tasks assigned to him/her will be displayed. Each user will be able to create its own personal tasks or work on tasks that were created as a result of a business process execution.

You can access to the user Task List accessing Tasks Inbox main menu:

task menu
16.3.2.1. Tasks visible to the current user (Personal and Group Tasks)

Pending tasks for each user will be displayed in their task list screen. Notice that you will not be able to see assigned tasks from another user different from the one that is currently logged in.

The list will show all the tasks that match with the defined restrictions ordered by the columns presented. You can change the default ordering clicking on the column header. This view offers a more traditional BPM Task List view where you can sort the data based on different columns.

task list

Here appears again the concept of view versus just filtering as we explained in the process instance list. The default filters have the following restrictions over the tasks to show:

  • Active: all the Active tasks that user can work on. That means Personal and Group Tasks.

  • Personal: all the personal tasks that already belong to the user.

  • Group: all the group tasks that needs to be claimed by the user in order to start working on them. It will show completed tasks as well with the exception of completed tasks that belongs to a process that is already finished. In such cases the tasks are cleaned up after the process is completed and for that reason they will not be displayed.

Specific actions in Tasks Inbox.

The user can perform the following specific action over the task:

  • Task available actions depending on it’s status: Claim, release,..

  • Navigate to related processInstance

The user can always restore the default filters selecting the option 'Restore default filters' on Saved filters dock
16.3.2.2. Task Details

You can access to the Task Details by clicking in a task row. The details associated with a task can be changed, like for example the Due Date, the Priority or the task description.

task form

The task details appear in a new region with different sections that allow view the task associated information:

Work In this tab the associated form is displayed if the task has one. In this section is where the user can interact with the process, executing the available actions in each moment.

Details Here the basic task data is accessible: priority, status, description, data related with the process instance associated.

task details1

Assignments The Task Assignments tab allows you to delegate the task to another person or group if you are not able to continue working on it.

task assignments

Comments You can also add while you are working on a task comments about the progress.

task comments

Logs allows users to easily visualize the events related to a specific task based on a timeline. Events are highlighted in blue to indicate a transition in the Task lifecycle for events like 'Claim' and 'Start' and have a grey out highlight to indicate the completion of the task or a user releasing it.

By default, the latest 10 events are presented in the timeline but users can load more data all the way back to the task creation.

task logs

Admin This tab only appears when the user is a business process administrator, it allows to forward the task to another user or send a reminder to the actual owner

task admin tab
16.3.2.3. Work on a Task

Tasks can have associated a Form to store data. If tasks are part of a Business Process, usually some data needs to be collected and propagated to the business process for further usage. For that reason, tasks has to provide a way to gather and store data. Forms can be created for specific tasks using the Form Modeller. If no form is provided a dynamic form will be created based on the information that the task needs to handle.

task form
Figure 224. Work Tab showing the task related form
16.3.2.4. Task Forms generated by the Form Modeller

As part of your projects you can model your forms for your human tasks, providing a rich interface for collecting data. This shows the Form Modeller canvas while designing the previously Task Form.

task form modeller designed
16.3.2.5. Available actions for a Task.

The user can perform the following specific action over the task:

  • Task available actions depending on it’s status: Claim, release,..

  • Navigate to related processInstance

  • In case there are related errors, like in the process instance list, navigate to them.

16.3.3. Displaying Task variables in Task Inbox and Manage Tasks

As previously explained in the process instance list, this screen has been designed as a Console Management list view, providing content to the 'Filter' and 'Saved Filters' docks working over task items.

The user can create a specific filter that provides domain specific columns to be added to a task list.

Users can select any Task Name from the quick filter section or alternately, create a new Advanced Filter to display task variables as additional columns.

task list name quick filter
task basic columns
Figure 225. Basic available columns that every task list allows select to be displayed.

The custom filter that activates the capability to display task variables as columns is set a filter with the restriction Name="taskName".

task filter taskname
Figure 226. Filter by task name creation

When the filter with the restriction over a specific task name is applied, the task associated variables appear as a selectable columns, to the task list.

task var as columns
Figure 227. task list with task name restriction applied

16.4. Jobs Management

The Jobs page allows you to monitor and trigger Asynchronous Jobs scheduled to the jBPM Executor Service. You can access to the Jobs option from the Manage top level menu of Business Central.

jobs menu

The Jobs List shows all the Jobs that were scheduled and their status. The Filter on top of the table helps the administrator to monitor the Jobs execution and take corrective actions in case of Failure. Check the jBPM Executor section of the documentation for more information.

16.4.1. Bulk actions

The jobs list provides now a way to perform actions over multiple jobs, in a single operation. After one or more jobs are selected from the list, the bulk actions menu becomes available, with all supported actions. The available operations in this screen are 'Cancel' and 'Requeue'. If that operation is not allowed, regarding the job status, over any of the selected item, a notification is displayed and the operation is not executed on that item.

jobs actions

Administrators can also manually schedule new Jobs from the User Interface via the New Job option. By specifying the command class name and the parameters needed to run the command a new Job can be scheduled to run immediately or at a later time. Any job created manually, will not be associated with any process instance. Notice also that the Due Date parameter allows the execution to be deferred for a later time in the future. If the Due Date is set to Run now, the jBPM Executor Service will execute the command as soon as there is an Executor Thread available. The number of retries will help the command to be executed more than once if it fails. This can help in situations when the business logic requires an external service to be called where the runtime cannot rely on that service to be available 100% of the time.

jobs new

16.5. Execution Errors Management

This view allows to explore and acknowledge the generated execution error. It follows the same Console Management list view structure and behaviour, providing its own quick filters like error type, acknowledged or not, id and more.

You can access execution errors management through Execution Errors main menu:

errors menu

The Execution Errors view shows the list of execution errors. The purpose of this list is to equip administrators with tools to track down the errors that might have happened during execution. The errors have two basic states: Acknowledged or New, which helps the administrator to keep track of new events in the system which need higher attention.

errors list

This view also provides a set of predefined saved filters: New (pending of acknowledgement), and Acknowledged.

errors details
Figure 228. Error details opened

An error item have the basic data of the happened error like the error Date, the source of the error ( Job, Process, Task or Database) and also provide the error trace to help the administrator to know what happened and how to fix it.

16.5.1. Specific actions for Execution Errors.

  • Acknowledge the error if it’s not acknowledged.

  • Navigate to related processInstance, task, job depending on the error type

  • Bulk Acknowledge. You can acknowledge the unacknowledged errors by selecting the related error action. To acknowledge multiple errors at once, select all the errors you wish to acknowledge and use the 'Bulk Acknowledge' button.

17. Forms in Business Central

A form is a layout definition for a page, defined as HTML, that is displayed as a dialog window to the user during process and task instantiation. Task forms acquire data from a user for both the process and task instance execution, whereas process forms take input and output from process variables.

The input is then mapped to the task using the data input assignment, which you can use inside of a task. When the task is completed, the data is mapped as a data output assignment to provide the data to the parent process instance.

17.1. Form Modeler

jBPM provides a custom editor for defining forms called Form Modeler. With Form Modeler, you can generate forms for data objects, task forms, and process start forms without writing code. Form Modeler includes a widget library for binding multiple data types and a callback mechanism to send notifications when form values change. Form Modeler uses bean-based validation and supports binding form fields to static or dynamic models.

Form Modeler includes the following features:

  • Form modeling user interface for forms

  • Form auto-generation from the data model or Java objects

  • Data binding for Java objects

  • Formula and expressions

  • Customized forms layouts

  • Forms embedding

Form Modeler comes with predefined field types that you place onto the canvas to create a form.

5011
Figure 229. Example mortgage loan application form

17.2. Generating process and task forms in Business Central

You can generate a process form from your business process that is displayed at process instantiation to the user who instantiated the process. You can also generate a task form from your business process that is displayed at user task instantiation, when the execution flow reaches the task, to the actor of the user task.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, go to Menu → Design → Projects.

  2. Click the project name to open the asset view and then click the business process name.

  3. In the process designer, click the process task that you want to create a form for (if applicable).

  4. In the upper-right toolbar, click the Form Generation icon and select the forms that you want to generate:

    • Generate process form: Generates the form for the entire process. This is the initial form that a user must complete when the process instance is started.

    • Generate all forms: Generates the form for the entire process and for all user tasks.

    • Generate forms for selection: Generates the forms for the selected user task nodes.

    auto form create
    Figure 230. Form generation menu

    The forms are created in the root directory of your project.

  5. Go to the root directory of your project in Business Central, click the new form name, and use the Form Modeler to customize the form to meet your requirements.

17.3. Manually creating forms in Business Central

You can create task and process forms manually from your project asset view. This is another way to generate a form without selecting to generate forms from your business process. For example, the Form Modeler now supports creating forms from external data objects.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, go to Menu → Design → Projects and click the project name.

  2. Click Add Asset → Form.

  3. Provide the following information in the Create new Form window:

    • Form name (must be unique)

    • Package name

    • Model type: Select either Business Process or Data Object.

      • For the Business Process model type, select your business process from the Select Process drop-down menu, and then select the form that you want to create from the Select Form drop-down menu.

      • For the Data Object model type, select one of your project data objects from the Select Data Object from Project drop-down menu.

  4. Click Ok to open the Form Modeler.

  5. In the Components view on the left side of the Form Modeler, expand the Model Fields and Form Controls menus and create a new form by dragging your required fields and form controls to the canvas.

  6. Click Save to save your changes.

17.4. Document attachments in a form or process

jBPM supports document attachments in forms using the Document form field. With the Document form field, you can upload documents that are required as part of a form or process.

To enable document attachments in forms and processes, complete the following procedures:

  1. Set the document marshalling strategy.

  2. Create a document variable in the business process.

  3. Map the task inputs and outputs to the document variable.

17.4.1. Setting the document marshalling strategy

The document marshalling strategy for your project determines where documents are stored for use with forms and processes. The default document marshalling strategy in jBPM is org.jbpm.document.marshalling.DocumentMarshallingStrategy. This strategy uses a DocumentStorageServiceImpl class that stores documents locally in your PROJECT_HOME/.docs folder. You can set this document marshalling strategy or a custom document marshalling strategy for your project in Business Central or in the kie-deployment-descriptor.xml file.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, go to Menu → Design → Projects.

  2. Select a project. The project Assets window opens.

  3. Click the Settings tab.

    Selecting the settings tab
    Figure 231. Settings tab

  4. Click Deployments → Marshalling Strategies→ Add Marshalling Strategy.

  5. In the Name field, enter the identifier of a document marshalling strategy, and in the Resolver drop-down menu, select the corresponding resolver type:

    • For single documents: Enter org.jbpm.document.marshalling.DocumentMarshallingStrategy as the document marshalling strategy and set the resolver type to Reflection.

    • For multiple documents: Enter new org.jbpm.document.marshalling.DocumentCollectionImplMarshallingStrategy(new org.jbpm.document.marshalling.DocumentMarshallingStrategy()) as the document marshalling strategy and set the resolver type to MVEL.

    • For custom document support: Enter the identifier of the custom document marshalling strategy and select the relevant resolver type.

  6. Click Test to validate your deployment descriptor file.

  7. Click Deploy to build and deploy the updated project.

    Alternatively, if you are not using Business Central, you can navigate to PROJECT_HOME/src/main/resources/META_INF/kie-deployment-descriptor.xml (if applicable) and edit the deployment descriptor file with the required <marshalling-strategies> elements.

  8. Click Save.

Example deployment descriptor file with document marshalling strategy for multiple documents
<deployment-descriptor
    xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.jboss.org/jbpm deployment-descriptor.xsd"
    xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">
  <persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</persistence-unit>
  <audit-persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</audit-persistence-unit>
  <audit-mode>JPA</audit-mode>
  <persistence-mode>JPA</persistence-mode>
  <runtime-strategy>SINGLETON</runtime-strategy>
  <marshalling-strategies>
    <marshalling-strategy>
      <resolver>mvel</resolver>
      <identifier>new org.jbpm.document.marshalling.DocumentCollectionImplMarshallingStrategy(new org.jbpm.document.marshalling.DocumentMarshallingStrategy());</identifier>
    </marshalling-strategy>
  </marshalling-strategies>
17.4.1.1. Using a custom document marshalling strategy for a content management system (CMS)

The document marshalling strategy for your project determines where documents are stored for use with forms and processes. The default document marshalling strategy in jBPM is org.jbpm.document.marshalling.DocumentMarshallingStrategy. This strategy uses a DocumentStorageServiceImpl class that stores documents locally in your PROJECT_HOME/.docs folder. If you want to store form and process documents in a custom location, such as in a centralized content management system (CMS), add a custom document marshalling strategy to your project. You can set this document marshalling strategy in Business Central or in the kie-deployment-descriptor.xml file directly.

Procedure

  1. Create a custom marshalling strategy .java file that includes an implementation of the org.kie.api.marshalling.ObjectMarshallingStrategy interface. This interface enables you to implement the variable persistence required for your custom document marshalling strategy.

    The following methods in this interface help you create your strategy:

    • boolean accept(Object object): Determines if the specified object can be marshalled by the strategy

    • byte[] marshal(Context context, ObjectOutputStream os, Object object): Marshals the specified object and returns the marshalled object as byte[]

    • Object unmarshal(Context context, ObjectInputStream is, byte[] object, ClassLoader classloader): Reads the object received as byte[] and returns the unmarshalled object

    • void write(ObjectOutputStream os, Object object): Same as the marshal method, provided for backward compatibility

    • Object read(ObjectInputStream os): Same as the unmarshal method, provided for backward compatibility

    The following code sample is an example ObjectMarshallingStrategy implementation for storing and retrieving data from a Content Management Interoperability Services (CMIS) system:

    Example implementation for storing and retrieving data from a CMIS system
    package org.jbpm.integration.cmis.impl;

import java.io.ByteArrayInputStream;
import java.io.ByteArrayOutputStream;
import java.io.IOException;
import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
import java.util.HashMap;

import org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Folder;
import org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Session;
import org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.commons.data.ContentStream;
import org.apache.commons.io.IOUtils;
import org.drools.core.common.DroolsObjectInputStream;
import org.jbpm.document.Document;
import org.jbpm.integration.cmis.UpdateMode;

import org.kie.api.marshalling.ObjectMarshallingStrategy;

public class OpenCMISPlaceholderResolverStrategy extends OpenCMISSupport implements ObjectMarshallingStrategy {

	private String user;
	private String password;
	private String url;
	private String repository;
	private String contentUrl;
	private UpdateMode mode = UpdateMode.OVERRIDE;

	public OpenCMISPlaceholderResolverStrategy(String user, String password, String url, String repository) {
		this.user = user;
		this.password = password;
		this.url = url;
		this.repository = repository;
	}

	public OpenCMISPlaceholderResolverStrategy(String user, String password, String url, String repository, UpdateMode mode) {
		this.user = user;
		this.password = password;
		this.url = url;
		this.repository = repository;
		this.mode = mode;
	}

	   public OpenCMISPlaceholderResolverStrategy(String user, String password, String url, String repository, String contentUrl) {
	        this.user = user;
	        this.password = password;
	        this.url = url;
	        this.repository = repository;
	        this.contentUrl = contentUrl;
	    }

	    public OpenCMISPlaceholderResolverStrategy(String user, String password, String url, String repository, String contentUrl, UpdateMode mode) {
	        this.user = user;
	        this.password = password;
	        this.url = url;
	        this.repository = repository;
	        this.contentUrl = contentUrl;
	        this.mode = mode;
	    }

	public boolean accept(Object object) {
		if (object instanceof Document) {
			return true;
		}
		return false;
	}

	public byte[] marshal(Context context, ObjectOutputStream os, Object object) throws IOException {
		Document document = (Document) object;
		Session session = getRepositorySession(user, password, url, repository);
		try {
			if (document.getContent() != null) {
				String type = getType(document);
				if (document.getIdentifier() == null || document.getIdentifier().isEmpty()) {
					String location = getLocation(document);

					Folder parent = findFolderForPath(session, location);
					if (parent == null) {
						parent = createFolder(session, null, location);
					}
					org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Document doc = createDocument(session, parent, document.getName(), type, document.getContent());
					document.setIdentifier(doc.getId());
					document.addAttribute("updated", "true");
				} else {
					if (document.getContent() != null && "true".equals(document.getAttribute("updated"))) {
						org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Document doc = updateDocument(session, document.getIdentifier(), type, document.getContent(), mode);

						document.setIdentifier(doc.getId());
						document.addAttribute("updated", "false");
					}
				}
			}
			ByteArrayOutputStream buff = new ByteArrayOutputStream();
	        ObjectOutputStream oos = new ObjectOutputStream( buff );
	        oos.writeUTF(document.getIdentifier());
	        oos.writeUTF(object.getClass().getCanonicalName());
	        oos.close();
	        return buff.toByteArray();
		} finally {
			session.clear();
		}
	}

	public Object unmarshal(Context context, ObjectInputStream ois, byte[] object, ClassLoader classloader) throws IOException, ClassNotFoundException {
		DroolsObjectInputStream is = new DroolsObjectInputStream( new ByteArrayInputStream( object ), classloader );
		String objectId = is.readUTF();
		String canonicalName = is.readUTF();
		Session session = getRepositorySession(user, password, url, repository);
		try {
			org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Document doc = (org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Document) findObjectForId(session, objectId);
			Document document = (Document) Class.forName(canonicalName).newInstance();
			document.setAttributes(new HashMap<String, String>());

			document.setIdentifier(objectId);
			document.setName(doc.getName());
			document.setLastModified(doc.getLastModificationDate().getTime());
			document.setSize(doc.getContentStreamLength());
			document.addAttribute("location", getFolderName(doc.getParents()) + getPathAsString(doc.getPaths()));
			if (doc.getContentStream() != null && contentUrl == null) {
				ContentStream stream = doc.getContentStream();
				document.setContent(IOUtils.toByteArray(stream.getStream()));
				document.addAttribute("updated", "false");
				document.addAttribute("type", stream.getMimeType());
			} else {
			    document.setLink(contentUrl + document.getIdentifier());
			}
			return document;
		} catch(Exception e) {
			throw new RuntimeException("Cannot read document from CMIS", e);
		} finally {
			is.close();
			session.clear();
		}
	}

	public Context createContext() {
		return null;
	}

	// For backward compatibility with previous serialization mechanism
	public void write(ObjectOutputStream os, Object object) throws IOException {
		Document document = (Document) object;
		Session session = getRepositorySession(user, password, url, repository);
		try {
			if (document.getContent() != null) {
				String type = document.getAttribute("type");
				if (document.getIdentifier() == null) {
					String location = document.getAttribute("location");

					Folder parent = findFolderForPath(session, location);
					if (parent == null) {
						parent = createFolder(session, null, location);
					}
					org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Document doc = createDocument(session, parent, document.getName(), type, document.getContent());
					document.setIdentifier(doc.getId());
					document.addAttribute("updated", "false");
				} else {
					if (document.getContent() != null && "true".equals(document.getAttribute("updated"))) {
						org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Document doc = updateDocument(session, document.getIdentifier(), type, document.getContent(), mode);

						document.setIdentifier(doc.getId());
						document.addAttribute("updated", "false");
					}
				}
			}
			ByteArrayOutputStream buff = new ByteArrayOutputStream();
	        ObjectOutputStream oos = new ObjectOutputStream( buff );
	        oos.writeUTF(document.getIdentifier());
	        oos.writeUTF(object.getClass().getCanonicalName());
	        oos.close();
		} finally {
			session.clear();
		}
	}

	public Object read(ObjectInputStream os) throws IOException, ClassNotFoundException {
		String objectId = os.readUTF();
		String canonicalName = os.readUTF();
		Session session = getRepositorySession(user, password, url, repository);
		try {
			org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Document doc = (org.apache.chemistry.opencmis.client.api.Document) findObjectForId(session, objectId);
			Document document = (Document) Class.forName(canonicalName).newInstance();

			document.setIdentifier(objectId);
			document.setName(doc.getName());
			document.addAttribute("location", getFolderName(doc.getParents()) + getPathAsString(doc.getPaths()));
			if (doc.getContentStream() != null) {
				ContentStream stream = doc.getContentStream();
				document.setContent(IOUtils.toByteArray(stream.getStream()));
				document.addAttribute("updated", "false");
				document.addAttribute("type", stream.getMimeType());
			}
			return document;
		} catch(Exception e) {
			throw new RuntimeException("Cannot read document from CMIS", e);
		} finally {
			session.clear();
		}
	}

}

  2. In Business Central, go to Menu → Design → Projects.

  3. Click the project name and click Settings.

    Selecting the settings tab
    Figure 232. Settings tab

  4. Click Deployments → Marshalling Strategies→ Add Marshalling Strategy.

  5. In the Name field, enter the identifier of the custom document marshalling strategy, such as org.jbpm.integration.cmis.impl.OpenCMISPlaceholderResolverStrategy in this example.

  6. Select the relevant option from the Resolver drop-down menu, such as Reflection in this example.

  7. Click Test to validate your deployment descriptor file.

  8. Click Deploy to build and deploy the updated project.

    Alternatively, if you are not using Business Central, you can navigate to PROJECT_HOME/src/main/resources/META_INF/kie-deployment-descriptor.xml (if applicable) and edit the deployment descriptor file with the required <marshalling-strategies> elements.

    Example deployment descriptor file with custom document marshalling strategy
    <deployment-descriptor
    xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.jboss.org/jbpm deployment-descriptor.xsd"
    xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">
  <persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</persistence-unit>
  <audit-persistence-unit>org.jbpm.domain</audit-persistence-unit>
  <audit-mode>JPA</audit-mode>
  <persistence-mode>JPA</persistence-mode>
  <runtime-strategy>SINGLETON</runtime-strategy>
  <marshalling-strategies>
    <marshalling-strategy>
      <resolver>reflection</resolver>
      <identifier>
        org.jbpm.integration.cmis.impl.OpenCMISPlaceholderResolverStrategy
      </identifier>
    </marshalling-strategy>
  </marshalling-strategies>

  9. To enable documents stored in a custom location to be attached to forms and processes, create a document variable in the relevant processes and map task inputs and outputs to that document variable in Business Central.

17.4.2. Creating a document variable in a business process

After you set a document marshalling strategy, create a document variable in the related process to upload documents to a human task and for the document or documents to be visible in the Process Instances view in Business Central.

Prerequisites
Procedure

  1. In Business Central, go to Menu → Design → Projects.

  2. Click the project name to open the asset view and click the business process name.

  3. Click the canvas and click diagram properties on the right side of the window to open the Properties panel.

  4. Expand Process Data and click 6176 and enter the following values:

    • Name: document

    • Custom Type: org.jbpm.document.Document for a single document or org.jbpm.document.DocumentCollection for multiple documents

17.4.3. Mapping task inputs and outputs to the document variable

If you want to view or modify the attachments inside of task forms, create assignments inside of the task inputs and outputs.

Prerequisties

  • You have a project that contains a business process asset that has at least one user task.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, go to Menu → Design → Projects.

  2. Click the project name to open the asset view and click the business process name.

  3. Click a user task and click diagram properties on the right side of the window to open the Properties panel.

  4. Expand Implementation/Execution and next to Assignments, click btn assign to open the Data I/O window.

  5. Next to Data Inputs and Assignments, click Add and enter the following values:

    • Name: taskdoc_in

    • Data Type: org.jbpm.document.Document for a single document or org.jbpm.document.DocumentCollection for multiple documents

    • Source: document

  6. Next to Data Outputs and Assignments, click Add and enter the following values:

    • Name: taskdoc_out

    • Data Type: org.jbpm.document.Document for a single document or org.jbpm.document.DocumentCollection for multiple documents

    • Target: document

    The Source and Target fields contain the name of the process variable you created earlier.

  7. Click Save.

18. Business Activity Monitoring

18.1. Overview

Imagine you are developing a BPM solution which mixes process with business data. Imagine also you need some forms to be used within processes in order to let the users enter data. Moreover, you’ll likely want to have some kind of dashboards to display metrics and key performance indicators in order to quickly assess how your processes are doing. So far so good.

jBPM brings you all the ingredients you need to develop end-to-end business process solutions. The jBPM’s BAM module (also known as Dashbuilder) allows for composing custom business dashboards by mixing data coming from heterogeneous sources of information. The module is now fully integrated into Business Central. A new specific section for dealing with reports has been added and it can be accessed either from the home page or from the menu bar, as shown in the next figure.

KieWorkbenchBAMMenus
Figure 233. BAM menu options in the Business Central home page

In the figure, within the highlighted sections, there exists two options:

  • Business Dashboards: This option is intended to give users access to a generic dashboard tooling for the composition of brand new dashboards.

  • Process & Task Reports: It opens up the Process related reports pages which contains several performance indicators related to the jBPM engine.

18.2. Business Dashboards

BPM solutions are not only made up with processes, rules or forms but also with data belonging to the customer business domain. Such data is handled in the forms, the rules and, of course, the dashboards that are part of the solution. Usually, dashboards feed with data coming from several sources of information, from business domain entities persisted into relational databases to data hold in legacy systems. In order to cope with this kind of scenarios a generic highly customizable dashboard tooling is needed.

It’s obviously expected that a customer building a BPM solution want to track how its processes are performing. To do so the customer need a monitoring and reporting tool. This is the main reason why the Dashbuilder project has been included as a core module of the jBPM ecosystem. Notice also that Dashbuilder, as an independent project, is not only used by jBPM but also by many other projects like, for example, JBoss Teiid a data virtualization system that allows applications to use data from multiple, heterogeneous data stores.

The Business Dashboards gives users access to a rich environment where it is possible to author new content as well as configuring which entries are displayed in the top menu bar.

ContentManagementPerspective
Figure 234. Business Dashboards Page
THIS SECTION IS UNDER CONSTRUCTION

By default, Business Central uses a C3 Renderer API for chart libraries and no longer uses the Google Charts library. To revert to Google Charts, build it from sources and add it to Business Central (see the README.md file in dashbuilder-renderer-google), and then set the renderer system property to org.dashbuilder.renderer.default=gwtcharts.

18.3. Process & Task Reports

You can access to the reports accessing Process Reports and Task Reports main menu:

reports menu

18.3.1. Process Reports

The jBPM Process Process Reports is a specific use case of a dashboard feed from data coming from a relational database via SQL queries. In this case, the database tables consumed are: processinstancelog and bamtasksummary both belonging to the jBPM engine.

Every time the jBPM runtime updates the information stored into such tables the data becomes automatically available to the dashboard indicators. The following picture shows the main screen that users get when navigating to the Process Reports.

ProcessReports header
Figure 235. Process Reports header
ProcessReports dashboardView
Figure 236. Process Reports dashboard view

Notice, those are generic metrics not tied to any specific business process. Nonetheless, it’s worth to mention that it would be very easy for customers to modify, extend or adapt this generic dashboard for custom needs. A customer could take the jBPM Process Reports as the base template for building a custom dashboard which mixes data coming from the jBPM engine plus data coming from its own business domain.

To filter through the data users can click the charts in order to select, for instance, a given process, a given status, etc…​ Every time a filter is applied, all the indicators are automatically updated and synced according to the criteria set. The next picture shows, for instance, what happens when both the process Sales and the status Active are selected.

ProcessReports filtered
Figure 237. Active Process Filter

Using the built-in filter features is a good way to select the process instances the users want to look into. Additionally, at any time, no matter whether there is any active filter or not, users can also navigate to the actual list of instances the dashboard indicators are showing. The View table link at the top right side on the screen can be used to display those process instances details. Once clicked, the view is switched to the screen shown in the next picture:

ProcessReports tableView
Figure 238. Process Reports table view

From this view, users can access to process instances details just clicking on the desired row as well.

ProcessReports instanceDetails
Figure 239. Process Instance Details

Notice this is a read only view, just for monitoring purposes. After identifying a target process instance the next step is to use the jBPM Process Instance Console in case the user needs to manage such process instance.

18.3.2. Task Reports

The task reports section only contains indicators related to tasks. It basically provides the same features introduced above for process instances (filters, show instances, get details), this time related to tasks instead of process though.

The following picture shows the Task reports header that users get when navigating to the Task Reports.

TaskReports header
Figure 240. Task reports header
TaskReports dashboardView
Figure 241. Task Reports dashboard view
TaskReports tableView
Figure 242. Task Reports table view
TaskReports taskDetail
Figure 243. Task details view

To sum up, the jBPM Process & Task Reports let users:

  • To monitor their process and tasks

  • To apply the proper filters in order quickly identify problematic instances

  • To get the required information about a given instance in order to be able to fix any unexpected issue

18.4. Dashbuilder Runtime

Dashbuilder Runtime is a standalone dashbuilder distribution that can run dashboards built in Business Central. By default dashboards live inside Business Central, meaning that users must access it to interact with dashboards. Dashbuilder Runtime aims to focus on dashboards execution, users can author dashboards in Business Central, export and import on Dashbuilder Runtime to execute it.

18.4.1. Installation

Dashbuilder Runtime is a small Web Application distributed in WAR format that can be downloaded from Maven repository. Search for the war artifact for the jBPM version you are using.

Dashbuilder Runtime WAR can be installed in the latest Widlfly release, just copy the WAR in standalone/deployments and start Widlfly.

To login create a user with admin role and access context root for the Widlfly location (e.g. http://localhost:8080). By default Dashbuilder Runtime is installed on root context, this can be modified by changing dashbuilder-runtime.war/WEB-INF/jboss-web.xml.

After login, users may upload dashboard files exported from Business Central

DashbuilderRuntimeWelcomePage

18.4.2. Exporting Dashbuilder data

You can export the dashbuilder related data such as datasets, pages, and navigation from Business Central as a ZIP file.

Procedure

  1. In Business Central, select the Admin icon in the top-right corner of the screen and select Dashbuilder Data Transfer.

  2. If you want to export all dashbuilder data as a ZIP file, click Export all on the Dashbuilder Data Transfer page.

  3. If you want to select the data to be exported, click Custom Export on the Dashbuilder Data Transfer page.

GradualExport

18.4.3. Execution modes

Dashbuilder Runtime has execution modes, which are:

  • SINGLE: This is the default mode. When a dashboard is uploaded then it will be used in Runtime. It is also possible to refer on dashboards under the directory configured using the system property dashbuilder.import.base.dir, default value is /tmp/dashbuilder/models. If a file is in the models directory, then it is possible to load it using RUNTIME_URL?import=FILE_NAME in the URL. For example, the file sales_dashboard.zip, placed in the models directory, can be loaded using RUNTIME_URL?import=sales_dashboard(notice that the file extension is not necessary).

  • STATIC: In this mode Dashbuilder Runtime will not prompt users for upload and use the model file configured using system property dashbuilder.runtime.import.

  • MULTI: Finally in multi mode users can upload multiple dashboards in the same Dashbuilder Runtime installation. To enable it the system property dashbuilder.runtime.multi must be set as true.

DashbuilderRuntimeMultiMode

18.4.4. Embedding dashboards

Dashboards running in Dashbuilder Runtime can be embedded in third-party applications using an iframe. To embed dashboards, the query parameter standalone should be added to the URL along with the dashboard page name using the query param perspective:

RUNTIME_URL?standalone&perspective=PAGE_NAME

In multi it is also required to specify the import id:

RUNTIME_URL?standalone&perspective=PAGE_NAME&import=IMPORT_NAME

18.4.5. REST API

Third-party applications can interact with Dashbuilder Runtime using its REST API. All endpoints use Basic authentication:

  • GET /api: Provides server information: Runtime Mode and list of available models. Example:

curl -u 'admin:admin' http://localhost:8080/rest/api
"mode":"SINGLE_IMPORT","availableModels":[],"acceptingNewImports":true}

  • POST /api/dashboard/`: Received a POST ZIP with dashboards and register it for use (upload), returns the dashboard id. Example:

curl -u 'admin:admin' -F 'selectedFile=@/path/to/your/dashboard.zip' http://localhost:8080/rest/api/dashboard
1592937606409

  • GET /api/dashboard/{id}`: Retrieves information about the dashboard {id}

curl --cookie auth http://localhost:8080/rest/api/dashboard/{id returned from upload}
{"runtimeModelId":"1592937606409","pages":["covid19_cases_share","covid19_confirmed_share","covid19_deaths_share","covid19_evolution_summary","covid19_recovered_share","covid19_selected_cases_evolution","covid19_selected_deaths_evolution","covid19_selected_recovers_evolution","life_expectancy","world_population"]}

18.4.6. Kie Server Integration

In Business Central dashboards that uses Kie Server datasets will reuse the remote server mechanism to build Kie Server clients. Such mechanism is not available in Dashbuilder Runtime, which means that you need to configure Kie Server credentials in Dashbuilder Runtime as well.

The configuration can be done for server template. In the exported dataset we have a reference to the server template, to configure credentials and server location for this template one should use the following properties:

dashbuilder.kieserver.serverTemplate.{SERVER_TEMPLATE_NAME}.location={LOCATION}
dashbuilder.kieserver.serverTemplate.{SERVER_TEMPLATE_NAME}.user={USER}
dashbuilder.kieserver.serverTemplate.{SERVER_TEMPLATE_NAME}.password={PASSWORD}
dashbuilder.kieserver.serverTemplate.{SERVER_TEMPLATE_NAME}.token={TOKEN} * not used if user provides credentials

If you are using dashboards on a new Kie Server instance where queries were not created, the replace_query option will automatically create queries:

org.dashbuilder.kieserver.serverTemplate.{SERVER_TEMPLATE_NAME}.replace_query=true

The server template is a generic way to configure Kie Server for multiple datasets that uses the same template. It is also possible to make the same setting by dataset:

dashbuilder.kieserver.dataset.{DATA_SET_NAME}.location={LOCATION}
dashbuilder.kieserver.dataset.{DATA_SET_NAME}.user={USER}
dashbuilder.kieserver.dataset.{DATA_SET_NAME}.password={PASSWORD}
dashbuilder.kieserver.dataset.{DATA_SET_NAME}.token={TOKEN}  * not used if user provides credentials

The configuration should be either by dataset or template name. If both are set, then the configuration by dataset name is used.

18.4.7. Configuration and bootstrap switches

There are multiple configuration for Dashbuilder Runtime which can be done using system properties

System Property Description Values

dashbuilder.import.base.dir

Sets the directory where ZIP models should be placed. Default is /tmp/dashbuilder/models

a path in your system to a directory

dashbuilder.runtime.import

Path to a dashboard export that will be statically used in Dashbuilder Runtime. Also makes Dashbuilder Runtime in static mode.

a path in your system to a exported zip file

dashbuilder.runtime.upload.size

Max dashboard size used in upload in kb. Default value is 10 * 1024 * 1024 bytes.

number: bytes upload limit in kb

dashbuilder.runtime.allowExternal

If true uploads from other servers can be downloaded when using import. Example: RUNTIME_ULR?import=http://host/myfile.zip Default is false

true / false

dashbuilder.runtime.multi

Enables/disables multi mode. Default is false.

true / false

dashbuilder.dataset.partition

Enables/disables datasets partition by import in Multi mode. Default is true.

true / false

dashbuilder.components.partition

Enables/disables components partition by import in Multi mode. Default is true.

true / false

18.5. Custom Components

It is possible to extend Business Central capabilities by creating custom components and using them in pages.

List of existing components that can be used to create reports

18.5.1. Creating Custom Components

Components are disabled by default. To enable components, change the system property dashbuilder.components.enable value to true. The custom external component location is set with the dashbuilder.components.dir system property. The default value is /tmp/dashbuilder/components. This must be set when using a Windows environment.

The component should be placed under components directory with a parent directory, which will be the component’s id. For example, if the component id is mycomp and the components dir is /tmp/dashbuilder/components then the component base directory is /tmp/dashbuilder/components/mycomp.

Business Central then scans all components directory looking for files named manifest.json. Manifest files must have at least the text parameter called "name", but other parameters are supported:

  • name: The component name that will be displayed in the component pallet;

  • icon: Icon that will be displayed in the component pallet;

  • noData: A flag that indicates that the component does not require a dataset;

  • parameters: A list of parameters that the components need to be collected by the user.

The list of parameters supported by the component uses ComponentParameter type, which has the following:

  • name: The parameter internal name;

  • type: Parameter type. Possible values are: text, natural_number, combo and color. When using combo type you must set comboValues;

  • category: The category which the field property will be grouped into;

  • defaultValue: The initial value presented to the user;

  • label: The label used in the component parameters UI;

  • comboValues: A list of text values for combo parameters;

{
    "name": "Heat Map Experiment",
    "icon": "fa fa-bell-o",
    "parameters": [
        {
            "name": "svg",
            "type": "text",
            "defaultValue": "",
            "label": "SVG XML",
            "category": "SVG Content"
        },
        {
            "name": "svgUrl",
            "type": "text",
            "defaultValue": "",
            "label": "SVG URL",
            "category": "SVG URL"
        }
        ,
        {
            "name": "ksContainer",
            "type": "text",
            "defaultValue": "",
            "label": "Container ID",
            "category": "Kie Server"
        }
        ,
        {
            "name": "ksProcessId",
            "type": "text",
            "defaultValue": "",
            "label": "Process ID",
            "category": "Kie Server"
        }
    ]
}

All the properties declared in manifest file will then be available so users can fill it when dragging external components to a page.

Properties displayed to the user

Once the component is scanned by Business Central then an index.html file will be used as the entry point to render the component.

18.5.2. Custom Components API

The information coming from Business Central can be consumed by listening messages coming to the page iframe. The event data type is ExternalComponentMessage, which has a map in property properties, which you can retrieve all the values set by the user when the component was added to the page. This translates to the following javascript code:

window.addEventListener("message", receiveMessage, false);
function receiveMessage(event) {
    // consume the message
    const params = new Map(event.data.properties);
}

In the above code params contains all the properties set by the user, so if a property name was declared in component’s manifest.json, then the value can be retrieved using params.get('name').

If the component supports data, i.e. noData=false, then it will be sent in the parameter dataSet, which type is ExternalDataSet and it basically contains all the dataset values in a string two-dimensional array and a list with all columns information represented by Java type ExternalColumn.

18.5.3. Exporting Components

In Business Central the Data Transfer export will include all components living in the component directory. It can be imported in another Business Central installation or in Dashbuilder Runtime, where components will be partioned by import, avoiding conflicts.

Do not share the components directory between Dashbuilder Runtime and Business Central.

Components will override existing files in Business Central. If a ZIP file contains components that are already imported in Business Central is imported again then the existing components will be overridden after the import operation.

KIE Server

The KIE Server is a standalone execution server for rules.

19. KIE Execution Server

19.1. Overview

KIE Server is a modular, standalone server component that can be used to instantiate and execute rules and processes. It exposes this functionality via REST, JMS and Java interfaces to client application. It also provides seamless integration with the Business Central.

At its core, KIE Server is a configurable web application packaged as a WAR file. Distributions are available for pure web containers (like Tomcat) and for JEE 6 and JEE 7 containers.

Most capabilities on the Kie Server are configurable, and based on the concepts of extensions. Each extension can be enabled/disabled independently, allowing the user to configure the server to its need.

The current version of the Kie Server ships with two default extensions:

  • BRM: provides support for the execution of Business Rules using the Drools engine.

  • BPM: provides support for the execution of Business Processes using the jBPM engine. It supports:

    • process execution

    • task execution

    • asynchronous job execution

Both extensions enabled by default, but can be disabled by setting the corresponding property (see configuration chapter for details).

This server was designed to have a low footprint, with minimal memory consumption, and therefore, to be easily deployable on a cloud environment. Each instance of this server can open and instantiate multiple Kie Containers which allows you to execute multiple services in parallel.

19.1.1. Glossary

  • Kie Server: execution server purely focusing on providing runtime environment for both rules and processes. These capabilities are provided by Kie Server Extensions. More capabilities can be added by further extensions (e.g. customer could add his own extensions in case of missing functionality that will then use infrastructure of the KIE Server). A Kie Server instance is a standalone Kie Server executing on a given application server/web container. A Kie Server instantiates and provides support for multiple Kie Containers.

  • Kie Server Extension: a "plugin" for the Kie Server that adds capabilities to the server. The Kie Server ships with two default kie server extensions: BRM and BPM.

  • Kie Container: an in-memory instantiation of a kjar, allowing for the instantiation and usage of its assets (domain models, processes, rules, etc). A Kie Server exposes Kie Containers through a standard API over transport protocols like REST and JMS.

  • Controller: a server-backed REST endpoint that will be responsible for managing KIE Server instances. Such end point must provide following capabilities:

    • respond to connect requests

    • sync all registered containers on the corresponding Kie Server ID

    • respond to disconnect requests

  • Kie Server state: currently known state of given Kie Server instance. This is a local storage (by default in file) that maintains the following information:

    • list of registered jBPM controllers

    • list of known containers

    • kie server configuration

      The server state is persisted upon receival of events like: Kie Container created, Kie Container is disposed, jBPM controller accepts registration of Kie Server instance, etc.

  • Kie Server ID: an arbitrary assigned identifier to which configurations are assigned. At boot, each Kie Server Instance is assigned an ID, and that ID is matched to a configuration on the jBPM controller. The Kie Server Instance fetches and uses that configuration to setup itself.

19.2. Installing the KIE Server

The KIE Server is distributed as a web application archive (WAR) file. The WAR file comes in three different packagings:

  • webc - WAR for ordinary Web (Servlet) containers like Tomcat

  • ee6 - WAR for JavaEE 6 containers like JBoss EAP 6.x

  • ee7 - WAR for JavaEE 7 containers like WildFly 11.x

To install the KIE Execution Server and verify it is running, complete the following steps:

  1. Deploy the WAR file into your web container.

  2. Create a user with the role of kie-server on the container.

  3. Test that you can access the KIE Server by navigating to the endpoint in a browser window: http://SERVER:PORT/CONTEXT/services/rest/server/.

  4. When prompted for user name/password, type in the user name and password that you created in step 2.

  5. Once authenticated, you will see an XML response in the form of KIE Server status, similar to this:

    Example 1. Sample handshaking server response
    <response type="SUCCESS" msg="KIE Server info">
  <kie-server-info>
    <version>7.45.0.Final</version>
  </kie-server-info>
</response>

19.2.1. Installation details for different containers

19.2.1.1. Tomcat 7.x/8.x

  1. Download and unzip the Tomcat distribution. Let’s call the root of the distribution TOMCAT_HOME. This directory is named after the Tomcat version, so for example apache-tomcat-7.0.55.

  2. Download kie-server- -webc.war and place it into TOMCAT_HOME/webapps.

  3. Configure user(s) and role(s). Make sure that file TOMCAT_HOME/conf/tomcat-users.xml contains the following user name and role definition. You can of course choose different user name and password, just make sure that the user has role kie-server:

    Example 2. User name and role definition for Tomcat
    <role rolename="kie-server"/>
<user username="serveruser" password="my.s3cr3t.pass" roles="kie-server"/>

  4. Start the server by running TOMCAT_HOME/bin/startup.[sh|bat]. You can check out the Tomcat logs in TOMCAT_HOME/logs to see if the application deployed successfully. Please read the table above for the bootstrap switches that can be used to properly configure the instance. For instance:

    ./startup.sh -Dorg.kie.server.id=first-kie-server
             -Dorg.kie.server.location=http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server

  5. Verify the server is running. Go to http://SERVER:PORT/CONTEXT/services/rest/server/ and type the specified user name and password. You should see simple XML message with basic information about the server.

You can not leverage the JMS interface when running with Tomcat, or any other Web container. The Web container version of the WAR contains only the REST interface.
19.2.1.2. WildFly 11.x

  1. Download and unzip the WildFly distribution. Let’s call the root of the distribution WILDFLY_HOME. This directory is named after the WildFly version, so for example wildfly-14.0.1.Final.

  2. Download kie-server- -ee7.war and place it into WILDFLY_HOME/standalone/deployments.

  3. Configure user(s) and role(s). Execute the following command WILDFLY_HOME/bin/add-user.[sh|bat] -a -u 'kieserver' -p 'kieserver1!' -ro 'kie-server'. You can of course choose different user name and password, just make sure that the user has role kie-server.

  4. Start the server by running WILDFLY_HOME/bin/standalone.[sh|bat] -c standalone-full.xml <bootstrap_switches>. You can check out the standard output or WildFly logs in WILDFLY_HOME/standalone/logs to see if the application deployed successfully. Please read the table above for the bootstrap switches that can be used to properly configure the instance. For instance:

    ./standalone.sh  --server-config=standalone-full.xml
                 -Djboss.socket.binding.port-offset=150
                 -Dorg.kie.server.id=first-kie-server
                 -Dorg.kie.server.location=http://localhost:8230/kie-server/services/rest/server

  5. Verify the server is running. Go to http://SERVER:PORT/CONTEXT/services/rest/server/ and type the specified user name and password. You should see simple XML message with basic information about the server.

    kie server info

19.3. KIE Server system properties

The KIE Server accepts the following system properties (bootstrap switches) to configure the behavior of the server:

Table 63. System properties for disabling KIE Server extensions
Property Values Default Description

org.drools.server.ext.disabled

true, false

false

If set to true, disables the Business Rule Management (BRM) support (for example, rules support).

org.jbpm.server.ext.disabled

true, false

false

If set to true, disables the jBPM support (for example, processes support).

org.jbpm.ui.server.ext.disabled

true, false

false

If set to true, disables the jBPM UI extension.

org.jbpm.case.server.ext.disabled

true, false

false

If set to true, disables the jBPM case management extension.

org.optaplanner.server.ext.disabled

true, false

false

If set to true, disables the OptaPlanner support.

org.kie.prometheus.server.ext.disabled

true, false

true

If set to true, disables the Prometheus Server extension.

org.kie.scenariosimulation.server.ext.disabled

true, false

true

If set to true, disables the Test scenario Server extension.

org.kie.dmn.server.ext.disabled

true, false

false

If set to true, disables the KIE Server DMN support.

org.kie.swagger.server.ext.disabled

true, false

false

If set to true, disables the KIE Server swagger documentation support
Some jBPM controller properties listed in the following table are marked as required. Set these properties when you create or remove KIE Server containers in Business Central. If you use the KIE Server separately without any interaction with Business Central, you do not need to set the required properties.
Table 64. System properties required for jBPM controller
Property Values Default Description

org.kie.server.id

String

N/A

An arbitrary ID to be assigned to the server. If a headless jBPM controller is configured outside of Business Central, this is the ID under which the server connects to the headless jBPM controller to fetch the KIE container configurations. If not provided, the ID is automatically generated.

org.kie.server.user

String

kieserver

The user name used to connect with the KIE Server from the jBPM controller, required when running in managed mode. Set this property in Business Central system properties. Set this property when using a jBPM controller.

org.kie.server.pwd

String

kieserver1!

The password used to connect with the KIE Server from the jBPM controller, required when running in managed mode. Set this property in Business Central system properties. Set this property when using a jBPM controller.

org.kie.server.token

String

N/A

A property that enables you to use token-based authentication between the jBPM controller and the KIE Server instead of the basic user name and password authentication. The jBPM controller sends the token as a parameter in the request header. The server requires long-lived access tokens because the tokens are not refreshed.

org.kie.server.location

URL

N/A

The URL of the KIE Server instance used by the jBPM controller to call back on this server, for example, http://localhost:8230/kie-server/services/rest/server. Setting this property is required when using a jBPM controller.

org.kie.server.controller

Comma-separated list

N/A

A comma-separated list of URLs to the jBPM controller REST endpoints, for example, http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller. Setting this property is required when using a jBPM controller.

org.kie.server.controller.user

String

kieserver

The user name to connect to the jBPM controller REST API. Setting this property is required when using a jBPM controller.

org.kie.server.controller.pwd

String

kieserver1!

The password to connect to the jBPM controller REST API. Setting this property is required when using a jBPM controller.

org.kie.server.controller.token

String

N/A

A property that enables you to use token-based authentication between the KIE Server and the jBPM controller instead of the basic user name and password authentication. The server sends the token as a parameter in the request header. The server requires long-lived access tokens because the tokens are not refreshed.

org.kie.server.controller.connect

Long

10000

The waiting time in milliseconds between repeated attempts to connect the KIE Server to the jBPM controller when the server starts.
Table 65. Persistence system properties
Property Values Default Description

org.kie.server.persistence.ds

String

N/A

A data source JNDI name. Set this property when enabling the BPM support.

org.kie.server.persistence.tm

String

N/A

A transaction manager platform for Hibernate properties. Set this property when enabling the BPM support.

org.kie.server.persistence.dialect

String

N/A

The Hibernate dialect to be used. Set this property when enabling the BPM support.

org.kie.server.persistence.schema

String

N/A

The database schema to be used.
Table 66. Executor system properties
Property Values Default Description

org.kie.executor.interval

Integer

0

The time between the moment the jBPM executor finishes a job and the moment it starts a new one, in a time unit specified in the org.kie.executor.timeunit property.

org.kie.executor.timeunit

java.util.concurrent.TimeUnit constant

SECONDS

The time unit in which the org.kie.executor.interval property is specified.

org.kie.executor.pool.size

Integer

1

The number of threads used by the jBPM executor.

org.kie.executor.retry.count

Integer

3

The number of retries the jBPM executor attempts on a failed job.

org.kie.executor.jms.queue

String

queue/KIE.SERVER.EXECUTOR

Job executor JMS queue for KIE Server.

org.kie.executor.disabled

true, false

false

If set to true, disables the KIE Server executor.
Table 67. Human task system properties
Property Values Default Description

org.jbpm.ht.callback

mvel

ldap

db

jaas

props

custom

jaas

A property that specifies the implementation of user group callback to be used:

  • mvel: Default; mostly used for testing.

  • ldap: LDAP; requires additional configuration in the jbpm.usergroup.callback.properties file.

  • db: Database; requires additional configuration in the jbpm.usergroup.callback.properties file.

  • jaas: JAAS; delegates to the container to fetch information about user data.

  • props: A simple property file; requires additional file that keeps all information (users and groups).

  • custom: A custom implementation; specify the fully qualified name of the class in the org.jbpm.ht.custom.callback property.

org.jbpm.ht.custom.callback

Fully qualified name

N/A

A custom implementation of the UserGroupCallback interface in case the org.jbpm.ht.callback property is set to custom.

org.jbpm.task.cleanup.enabled

true, false

true

Enables task cleanup job listener to remove tasks once the process instance is completed.

org.jbpm.task.bam.enabled

true, false

true

Enables task BAM module to store task related information.

org.jbpm.ht.admin.user

String

Administrator

User who can access all the tasks from KIE Server.

org.jbpm.ht.admin.group

String

Administrators

The group that users must belong to in order to view all the tasks from KIE Server.
Table 68. System properties for loading keystore
Property Values Default Description

kie.keystore.keyStoreURL

URL

N/A

The URL is used to load a Java Cryptography Extension KeyStore (JCEKS). For example, file:///home/kie/keystores/keystore.jceks.

kie.keystore.keyStorePwd

String

N/A

The password is used for the JCEKS.

kie.keystore.key.server.alias

String

N/A

The alias name of the key for REST services where the password is stored.

kie.keystore.key.server.pwd

String

N/A

The password of an alias for REST services.

kie.keystore.key.ctrl.alias

String

N/A

The alias of the key for default REST jBPM controller.

kie.keystore.key.ctrl.pwd

String

N/A

The password of an alias for default REST jBPM controller.
Table 69. Other system properties
Property Values Default Description

kie.maven.settings.custom

Path

N/A

The location of a custom settings.xml file for Maven configuration.

kie.server.jms.queues.response

String

queue/KIE.SERVER.RESPONSE

The response queue JNDI name for JMS.

org.drools.server.filter.classes

true, false

false

When set to true, the Drools KIE Server extension accepts custom classes annotated by the XmlRootElement or Remotable annotations only.

org.kie.server.bypass.auth.user

true, false

false

A property that enables you to bypass the authenticated user for task-related operations, for example queries.

org.jbpm.rule.task.firelimit

Integer

10000

This property specifies the maximum number of executed rules to avoid situations where rules run into an infinite loop and make the server completely unresponsive.

org.jbpm.ejb.timer.local.cache

true, false

true

This property turns off the EJB Timers local cache.

org.kie.server.domain

String

N/A

The JAAS LoginContext domain used to authenticate users when using JMS.

org.kie.server.repo

Path

.

The location where KIE Server state files are stored.

org.kie.server.sync.deploy

true, false

false

A property that instructs the KIE Server to hold the deployment until the jBPM controller provides the container deployment configuration. This property only affects servers running in managed mode. The following options are available:

* false: The connection to the jBPM controller is asynchronous. The application starts, connects to the jBPM controller, and once successful, deploys the containers. The application accepts requests even before the containers are available. * true: The deployment of the server application joins the jBPM controller connection thread with the main deployment and awaits its completion. This option can lead to a potential deadlock in case more applications are on the same server. Use only one application on one server instance.

org.kie.server.startup.strategy

ControllerBasedStartupStrategy, LocalContainersStartupStrategy

ControllerBasedStartupStrategy

The Startup strategy of KIE Server used to control the KIE containers that are deployed and the order in which they are deployed.

org.kie.server.mgmt.api.disabled

true, false

false

When set to true, disables KIE Server management API.

org.kie.server.xstream.enabled.packages

Java packages like org.kie.example. You can also specify wildcard expressions like org.kie.example.*.

N/A

A property that specifies additional packages to whitelist for marshalling using XStream.

org.kie.store.services.class

String

org.drools.persistence.jpa.KnowledgeStoreServiceImpl

Fully qualified name of the class that implements KieStoreServices that are responsible for bootstrapping KieSession instances.

org.kie.server.strict.id.format

true, false

false

While using JSON marshalling, if the property is set to true, it will always return a response in the proper JSON format. For example, if the original response contains only a single number, then the response is wrapped in a JSON format. For example, {"value" : 1}.

19.4. KIE Server capabilities and extensions

The capabilities in KIE Server are determined by plug-in extensions that you can enable, disable, or further extend to meet your business needs. KIE Server supports the following default capabilities and extensions:

Table 70. KIE Server capabilities and extensions
Capability name Extension name Description

KieServer

KieServer

Provides the core capabilities of KIE Server, such as creating and disposing KIE containers on your server instance

BRM

Drools

Provides the Business Rule Management (BRM) capabilities, such as inserting facts and executing business rules

BPM

jBPM

Provides the Business Process Management (BPM) capabilities, such as managing user tasks and executing business processes

BPM-UI

jBPM-UI

Provides additional user-interface capabilities related to business processes, such as rendering XML forms and SVG images in process diagrams

CaseMgmt

Case-Mgmt

Provides the case management capabilities for business processes, such as managing case definitions and milestones

BRP

OptaPlanner

Provides the Business Resource Planning (BRP) capabilities, such as implementing solvers

DMN

DMN

Provides the Decision Model and Notation (DMN) capabilities, such as managing DMN data types and executing DMN models

Swagger

Swagger

Provides the Swagger web-interface capabilities for interacting with the KIE Server REST API

To view the supported extensions of a running KIE Server instance, send a GET request to the following REST API endpoint and review the XML or JSON server response:

Base URL for GET request for KIE Server information
http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/server
Example JSON response with KIE Server information
{
  "type": "SUCCESS",
  "msg": "Kie Server info",
  "result": {
    "kie-server-info": {
      "id": "test-kie-server",
      "version": "7.26.0.20190818-050814",
      "name": "test-kie-server",
      "location": "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server",
      "capabilities": [
        "KieServer",
        "BRM",
        "BPM",
        "CaseMgmt",
        "BPM-UI",
        "BRP",
        "DMN",
        "Swagger"
      ],
      "messages": [
        {
          "severity": "INFO",
          "timestamp": {
            "java.util.Date": 1566169865791
          },
          "content": [
            "Server KieServerInfo{serverId='test-kie-server', version='7.26.0.20190818-050814', name='test-kie-server', location='http:/localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server', capabilities=[KieServer, BRM, BPM, CaseMgmt, BPM-UI, BRP, DMN, Swagger]', messages=null', mode=DEVELOPMENT}started successfully at Sun Aug 18 23:11:05 UTC 2019"
          ]
        }
      ],
      "mode": "DEVELOPMENT"
    }
  }
}

To enable or disable KIE Server extensions, configure the related *.server.ext.disabled KIE Server system property. For example, to disable the BRM capability, set the system property org.drools.server.ext.disabled=true. For all KIE Server system properties, see KIE Server system properties.

By default, KIE Server extensions are exposed through REST or JMS data transports and use predefined client APIs. You can extend existing KIE Server capabilities with additional REST endpoints, extend supported transport methods beyond REST or JMS, or extend functionality in the KIE Server client.

This flexibility in KIE Server functionality enables you to adapt your KIE Server instances to your business needs, instead of adapting your business needs to the default KIE Server capabilities.

19.4.1. Extending an existing KIE Server capability with a custom REST API endpoint

The KIE Server REST API enables you to interact with your KIE containers and business assets (such as business rules, processes, and solvers) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface. The available REST endpoints are determined by the capabilities enabled in your KIE Server system properties (for example, org.drools.server.ext.disabled=false for the BRM capability). You can extend an existing KIE Server capability with a custom REST API endpoint to further adapt the KIE Server REST API to your business needs.

As an example, this procedure extends the Drools KIE Server extension (for the BRM capability) with the following custom REST API endpoint:

Example custom REST API endpoint
/server/containers/instances/{containerId}/ksession/{ksessionId}

This example custom endpoint accepts a list of facts to be inserted into the working memory of the Drools engine, automatically executes all rules, and retrieves all objects from the KIE session in the specified KIE container.

Procedure

  1. Create an empty Maven project and define the following packaging type and dependencies in the pom.xml file for the project:

    Example pom.xml file in the sample project
    <packaging>jar</packaging>

<properties>
  <version.org.kie>7.44.0.Final</version.org.kie>
</properties>

<dependencies>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-api</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-internal</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-api</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-services-common</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-services-drools</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-rest-common</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.drools</groupId>
    <artifactId>drools-core</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.drools</groupId>
    <artifactId>drools-compiler</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.slf4j</groupId>
    <artifactId>slf4j-api</artifactId>
    <version>1.7.25</version>
  </dependency>
</dependencies>

  2. Implement the org.kie.server.services.api.KieServerApplicationComponentsService interface in a Java class in your project, as shown in the following example:

    Sample implementation of the KieServerApplicationComponentsService interface
    public class CusomtDroolsKieServerApplicationComponentsService implements KieServerApplicationComponentsService {  (1)

    private static final String OWNER_EXTENSION = "Drools";  (2)

    public Collection<Object> getAppComponents(String extension, SupportedTransports type, Object... services) {  (3)
        // Do not accept calls from extensions other than the owner extension:
        if ( !OWNER_EXTENSION.equals(extension) ) {
            return Collections.emptyList();
        }

        RulesExecutionService rulesExecutionService = null;  (4)
        KieServerRegistry context = null;

        for( Object object : services ) {
            if( RulesExecutionService.class.isAssignableFrom(object.getClass()) ) {
                rulesExecutionService = (RulesExecutionService) object;
                continue;
            } else if( KieServerRegistry.class.isAssignableFrom(object.getClass()) ) {
                context = (KieServerRegistry) object;
                continue;
            }
        }

        List<Object> components = new ArrayList<Object>(1);
        if( SupportedTransports.REST.equals(type) ) {
            components.add(new CustomResource(rulesExecutionService, context));  (5)
        }

        return components;
    }

}
    1 Delivers REST endpoints to the KIE Server infrastructure that is deployed when the application starts.
    2 Specifies the extension that you are extending, such as the Drools extension in this example.
    3 Returns all resources that the REST container must deploy. Each extension that is enabled in your KIE Server instance calls the getAppComponents method, so the if ( !OWNER_EXTENSION.equals(extension) ) call returns an empty collection for any extensions other than the specified OWNER_EXTENSION extension.
    4 Lists the services from the specified extension that you want to use, such as the RulesExecutionService and KieServerRegistry services from the Drools extension in this example.
    5 Specifies the transport type for the extension, either REST or JMS (REST in this example), and the CustomResource class that returns the resource as part of the components list.

  3. Implement the CustomResource class that the KIE Server can use to provide the additional functionality for the new REST resource, as shown in the following example:

    Sample implementation of the CustomResource class
    // Custom base endpoint:
@Path("server/containers/instances/{containerId}/ksession")
public class CustomResource {

    private static final Logger logger = LoggerFactory.getLogger(CustomResource.class);

    private KieCommands commandsFactory = KieServices.Factory.get().getCommands();

    private RulesExecutionService rulesExecutionService;
    private KieServerRegistry registry;

    public CustomResource() {

    }

    public CustomResource(RulesExecutionService rulesExecutionService, KieServerRegistry registry) {
        this.rulesExecutionService = rulesExecutionService;
        this.registry = registry;
    }

    // Supported HTTP method, path parameters, and data formats:
    @POST
    @Path("/{ksessionId}")
    @Consumes({MediaType.APPLICATION_XML, MediaType.APPLICATION_JSON})
    @Produces({MediaType.APPLICATION_XML, MediaType.APPLICATION_JSON})
    public Response insertFireReturn(@Context HttpHeaders headers,
            @PathParam("containerId") String id,
            @PathParam("ksessionId") String ksessionId,
            String cmdPayload) {

        Variant v = getVariant(headers);
        String contentType = getContentType(headers);

        // Marshalling behavior and supported actions:
        MarshallingFormat format = MarshallingFormat.fromType(contentType);
        if (format == null) {
            format = MarshallingFormat.valueOf(contentType);
        }
        try {
            KieContainerInstance kci = registry.getContainer(id);

            Marshaller marshaller = kci.getMarshaller(format);

            List<?> listOfFacts = marshaller.unmarshall(cmdPayload, List.class);

            List<Command<?>> commands = new ArrayList<Command<?>>();
            BatchExecutionCommand executionCommand = commandsFactory.newBatchExecution(commands, ksessionId);

            for (Object fact : listOfFacts) {
                commands.add(commandsFactory.newInsert(fact, fact.toString()));
            }
            commands.add(commandsFactory.newFireAllRules());
            commands.add(commandsFactory.newGetObjects());

            ExecutionResults results = rulesExecutionService.call(kci, executionCommand);

            String result = marshaller.marshall(results);


            logger.debug("Returning OK response with content '{}'", result);
            return createResponse(result, v, Response.Status.OK);
        } catch (Exception e) {
            // If marshalling fails, return the `call-container` response to maintain backward compatibility:
            String response = "Execution failed with error : " + e.getMessage();
            logger.debug("Returning Failure response with content '{}'", response);
            return createResponse(response, v, Response.Status.INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR);
        }

    }
}

    In this example, the CustomResource class for the custom endpoint specifies the following data and behavior:

    • Uses the base endpoint server/containers/instances/{containerId}/ksession

    • Uses POST HTTP method

    • Expects the following data to be given in REST requests:

      • The containerId as a path argument

      • The ksessionId as a path argument

      • List of facts as a message payload

    • Supports all KIE Server data formats:

      • XML (JAXB, XStream)

      • JSON

    • Unmarshals the payload into a List<?> collection and, for each item in the list, creates an InsertCommand instance followed by FireAllRules and GetObject commands.

    • Adds all commands to the BatchExecutionCommand instance that calls to the Drools engine.

  4. To make the new endpoint discoverable for KIE Server, create a META-INF/services/org.kie.server.services.api.KieServerApplicationComponentsService file in your Maven project and add the fully qualified class name of the KieServerApplicationComponentsService implementation class within the file. For this example, the file contains the single line org.kie.server.ext.drools.rest.CusomtDroolsKieServerApplicationComponentsService.

  5. Build your project and copy the resulting JAR file into the ~/kie-server.war/WEB-INF/lib directory of your project.

  6. Start the KIE Server and deploy the built project to the running KIE Server. You can deploy the project using either the Business Central interface or the KIE Server REST API (a PUT request to http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/{containerId}).

    After your project is deployed on a running KIE Server, you can start interacting with your new REST endpoint.

    For this example, you can use the following information to invoke the new endpoint:

    • Example request URL: http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/instances/demo/ksession/defaultKieSession

    • HTTP method: POST

    • HTTP headers:

      • Content-Type: application/json

      • Accept: application/json

    • Example message payload:

      [
  {
    "org.jbpm.test.Person": {
      "name": "john",
      "age": 25
    }
  },
  {
    "org.jbpm.test.Person": {
      "name": "mary",
      "age": 22
    }
  }
]

    • Example server response: 200 (success)

    • Example server log output:

      13:37:20,347 INFO  [stdout] (default task-24) Hello mary
13:37:20,348 INFO  [stdout] (default task-24) Hello john

19.4.2. Extending KIE Server to use a custom data transport

By default, KIE Server extensions are exposed through REST or JMS data transports. You can extend KIE Server to support a custom data transport to adapt KIE Server transport protocols to your business needs.

As an example, this procedure adds a custom data transport to KIE Server that uses the Drools extension and that is based on Apache MINA, an open-source Java network-application framework. The example custom MINA transport exchanges string-based data that relies on existing marshalling operations and supports only JSON format.

Procedure

  1. Create an empty Maven project and define the following packaging type and dependencies in the pom.xml file for the project:

    Example pom.xml file in the sample project
    <packaging>jar</packaging>

<properties>
  <version.org.kie>7.44.0.Final</version.org.kie>
</properties>

<dependencies>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-api</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-internal</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-api</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-services-common</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-services-drools</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.drools</groupId>
    <artifactId>drools-core</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.drools</groupId>
    <artifactId>drools-compiler</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.slf4j</groupId>
    <artifactId>slf4j-api</artifactId>
    <version>1.7.25</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.apache.mina</groupId>
    <artifactId>mina-core</artifactId>
    <version>2.1.3</version>
  </dependency>
</dependencies>

  2. Implement the org.kie.server.services.api.KieServerExtension interface in a Java class in your project, as shown in the following example:

    Sample implementation of the KieServerExtension interface
    public class MinaDroolsKieServerExtension implements KieServerExtension {

    private static final Logger logger = LoggerFactory.getLogger(MinaDroolsKieServerExtension.class);

    public static final String EXTENSION_NAME = "Drools-Mina";

    private static final Boolean disabled = Boolean.parseBoolean(System.getProperty("org.kie.server.drools-mina.ext.disabled", "false"));
    private static final String MINA_HOST = System.getProperty("org.kie.server.drools-mina.ext.port", "localhost");
    private static final int MINA_PORT = Integer.parseInt(System.getProperty("org.kie.server.drools-mina.ext.port", "9123"));

    // Taken from dependency on the `Drools` extension:
    private KieContainerCommandService batchCommandService;

    // Specific to MINA:
    private IoAcceptor acceptor;

    public boolean isActive() {
        return disabled == false;
    }

    public void init(KieServerImpl kieServer, KieServerRegistry registry) {

        KieServerExtension droolsExtension = registry.getServerExtension("Drools");
        if (droolsExtension == null) {
            logger.warn("No Drools extension available, quitting...");
            return;
        }

        List<Object> droolsServices = droolsExtension.getServices();
        for( Object object : droolsServices ) {
            // If the given service is null (not configured), continue to the next service:
            if (object == null) {
                continue;
            }
            if( KieContainerCommandService.class.isAssignableFrom(object.getClass()) ) {
                batchCommandService = (KieContainerCommandService) object;
                continue;
            }
        }
        if (batchCommandService != null) {
            acceptor = new NioSocketAcceptor();
            acceptor.getFilterChain().addLast( "codec", new ProtocolCodecFilter( new TextLineCodecFactory( Charset.forName( "UTF-8" ))));

            acceptor.setHandler( new TextBasedIoHandlerAdapter(batchCommandService) );
            acceptor.getSessionConfig().setReadBufferSize( 2048 );
            acceptor.getSessionConfig().setIdleTime( IdleStatus.BOTH_IDLE, 10 );
            try {
                acceptor.bind( new InetSocketAddress(MINA_HOST, MINA_PORT) );

                logger.info("{} -- Mina server started at {} and port {}", toString(), MINA_HOST, MINA_PORT);
            } catch (IOException e) {
                logger.error("Unable to start Mina acceptor due to {}", e.getMessage(), e);
            }

        }
    }

    public void destroy(KieServerImpl kieServer, KieServerRegistry registry) {
        if (acceptor != null) {
            acceptor.dispose();
            acceptor = null;
        }
        logger.info("{} -- Mina server stopped", toString());
    }

    public void createContainer(String id, KieContainerInstance kieContainerInstance, Map<String, Object> parameters) {
        // Empty, already handled by the `Drools` extension

    }

    public void disposeContainer(String id, KieContainerInstance kieContainerInstance, Map<String, Object> parameters) {
      // Empty, already handled by the `Drools` extension

    }

    public List<Object> getAppComponents(SupportedTransports type) {
        // Nothing for supported transports (REST or JMS)
        return Collections.emptyList();
    }

    public <T> T getAppComponents(Class<T> serviceType) {

        return null;
    }

    public String getImplementedCapability() {
        return "BRM-Mina";
    }

    public List<Object> getServices() {
        return Collections.emptyList();
    }

    public String getExtensionName() {
        return EXTENSION_NAME;
    }

    public Integer getStartOrder() {
        return 20;
    }

    @Override
    public String toString() {
        return EXTENSION_NAME + " KIE Server extension";
    }
}

    The KieServerExtension interface is the main extension interface that KIE Server can use to provide the additional functionality for the new MINA transport. The interface consists of the following components:

    Overview of the KieServerExtension interface
    public interface KieServerExtension {

    boolean isActive();

    void init(KieServerImpl kieServer, KieServerRegistry registry);

    void destroy(KieServerImpl kieServer, KieServerRegistry registry);

    void createContainer(String id, KieContainerInstance kieContainerInstance, Map<String, Object> parameters);

    void disposeContainer(String id, KieContainerInstance kieContainerInstance, Map<String, Object> parameters);

    List<Object> getAppComponents(SupportedTransports type);

    <T> T getAppComponents(Class<T> serviceType);

    String getImplementedCapability();  (1)

    List<Object> getServices();

    String getExtensionName();  (2)

    Integer getStartOrder();  (3)
}
    1 Specifies the capability that is covered by this extension. The capability must be unique within KIE Server.
    2 Defines a human-readable name for the extension.
    3 Determines when the specified extension should be started. For extensions that have dependencies on other extensions, this setting must not conflict with the parent setting. For example, in this case, this custom extension depends on the Drools extension, which has StartOrder set to 0, so this custom add-on extension must be greater than 0 (set to 20 in the sample implementation).

    In the previous MinaDroolsKieServerExtension sample implementation of this interface, the init method is the main element for collecting services from the Drools extension and for bootstrapping the MINA server. All other methods in the KieServerExtension interface can remain with the standard implementation to fulfill interface requirements.

    The TextBasedIoHandlerAdapter class is the handler on the MINA server that reacts to incoming requests.

  3. Implement the TextBasedIoHandlerAdapter handler for the MINA server, as shown in the following example:

    Sample implementation of the TextBasedIoHandlerAdapter handler
    public class TextBasedIoHandlerAdapter extends IoHandlerAdapter {

    private static final Logger logger = LoggerFactory.getLogger(TextBasedIoHandlerAdapter.class);

    private KieContainerCommandService batchCommandService;

    public TextBasedIoHandlerAdapter(KieContainerCommandService batchCommandService) {
        this.batchCommandService = batchCommandService;
    }

    @Override
    public void messageReceived( IoSession session, Object message ) throws Exception {
        String completeMessage = message.toString();
        logger.debug("Received message '{}'", completeMessage);
        if( completeMessage.trim().equalsIgnoreCase("quit") || completeMessage.trim().equalsIgnoreCase("exit") ) {
            session.close(false);
            return;
        }

        String[] elements = completeMessage.split("\\|");
        logger.debug("Container id {}", elements[0]);
        try {
            ServiceResponse<String> result = batchCommandService.callContainer(elements[0], elements[1], MarshallingFormat.JSON, null);

            if (result.getType().equals(ServiceResponse.ResponseType.SUCCESS)) {
                session.write(result.getResult());
                logger.debug("Successful message written with content '{}'", result.getResult());
            } else {
                session.write(result.getMsg());
                logger.debug("Failure message written with content '{}'", result.getMsg());
            }
        } catch (Exception e) {

        }
    }
}

    In this example, the handler class receives text messages and executes them in the Drools service.

    Consider the following handler requirements and behavior when you use the TextBasedIoHandlerAdapter handler implementation:

    • Anything that you submit to the handler must be a single line because each incoming transport request is a single line.

    • You must pass a KIE container ID in this single line so that the handler expects the format containerID|payload.

    • You can set a response in the way that it is produced by the marshaller. The response can be multiple lines.

    • The handler supports a stream mode that enables you to send commands without disconnecting from a KIE Server session. To end a KIE Server session in stream mode, send either an exit or quit command to the server.

  4. To make the new data transport discoverable for KIE Server, create a META-INF/services/org.kie.server.services.api.KieServerExtension file in your Maven project and add the fully qualified class name of the KieServerExtension implementation class within the file. For this example, the file contains the single line org.kie.server.ext.mina.MinaDroolsKieServerExtension.

  5. Build your project and copy the resulting JAR file and the mina-core-2.0.9.jar file (which the extension depends on in this example) into the ~/kie-server.war/WEB-INF/lib directory of your project.

  6. Start the KIE Server and deploy the built project to the running KIE Server. You can deploy the project using either the Business Central interface or the KIE Server REST API (a PUT request to http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/{containerId}).

    After your project is deployed on a running KIE Server, you can view the status of the new data transport in your KIE Server log and start using your new data transport:

    New data transport in the server log
    Drools-Mina KIE Server extension -- Mina server started at localhost and port 9123
Drools-Mina KIE Server extension has been successfully registered as server extension

    For this example, you can use Telnet to interact with the new MINA-based data transport in KIE Server:

    Starting Telnet and connecting to KIE Server on port 9123 in a command terminal
    telnet 127.0.0.1 9123
    Example interactions with KIE Server in a command terminal
    Trying 127.0.0.1...
Connected to localhost.
Escape character is '^]'.

# Request body:
demo|{"lookup":"defaultKieSession","commands":[{"insert":{"object":{"org.jbpm.test.Person":{"name":"john","age":25}}}},{"fire-all-rules":""}]}

# Server response:
{
  "results" : [ {
    "key" : "",
    "value" : 1
  } ],
  "facts" : [ ]
}

demo|{"lookup":"defaultKieSession","commands":[{"insert":{"object":{"org.jbpm.test.Person":{"name":"mary","age":22}}}},{"fire-all-rules":""}]}
{
  "results" : [ {
    "key" : "",
    "value" : 1
  } ],
  "facts" : [ ]
}

demo|{"lookup":"defaultKieSession","commands":[{"insert":{"object":{"org.jbpm.test.Person":{"name":"james","age":25}}}},{"fire-all-rules":""}]}
{
  "results" : [ {
    "key" : "",
    "value" : 1
  } ],
  "facts" : [ ]
}
exit
Connection closed by foreign host.
    Example server log output
    16:33:40,206 INFO  [stdout] (NioProcessor-2) Hello john
16:34:03,877 INFO  [stdout] (NioProcessor-2) Hello mary
16:34:19,800 INFO  [stdout] (NioProcessor-2) Hello james

19.4.3. Extending the KIE Server client with a custom client API

KIE Server uses predefined client APIs that you can interact with to use KIE Server services. You can extend the KIE Server client with a custom client API to adapt KIE Server services to your business needs.

As an example, this procedure adds a custom client API to KIE Server to accommodate a custom data transport (configured previously for this scenario) that is based on Apache MINA, an open-source Java network-application framework.

Procedure

  1. Create an empty Maven project and define the following packaging type and dependencies in the pom.xml file for the project:

    Example pom.xml file in the sample project
    <packaging>jar</packaging>

<properties>
   <version.org.kie>7.44.0.Final</version.org.kie>
 </properties>

 <dependencies>
   <dependency>
     <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
     <artifactId>kie-server-api</artifactId>
     <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
   </dependency>
   <dependency>
      <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
      <artifactId>kie-server-client</artifactId>
      <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
    </dependency>
   <dependency>
     <groupId>org.drools</groupId>
     <artifactId>drools-compiler</artifactId>
     <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
   </dependency>
 </dependencies>

  2. Implement the relevant ServicesClient interface in a Java class in your project, as shown in the following example:

    Sample RulesMinaServicesClient interface
    public interface RulesMinaServicesClient extends RuleServicesClient {

}

    A specific interface is required because you must register client implementations based on the interface, and you can have only one implementation for a given interface.

    For this example, the custom MINA-based data transport uses the Drools extension, so this example RulesMinaServicesClient interface extends the existing RuleServicesClient client API from the Drools extension.

  3. Implement the RulesMinaServicesClient interface that the KIE Server can use to provide the additional client functionality for the new MINA transport, as shown in the following example:

    Sample implementation of the RulesMinaServicesClient interface
    public class RulesMinaServicesClientImpl implements RulesMinaServicesClient {

    private String host;
    private Integer port;

    private Marshaller marshaller;

    public RulesMinaServicesClientImpl(KieServicesConfiguration configuration, ClassLoader classloader) {
        String[] serverDetails = configuration.getServerUrl().split(":");

        this.host = serverDetails[0];
        this.port = Integer.parseInt(serverDetails[1]);

        this.marshaller = MarshallerFactory.getMarshaller(configuration.getExtraJaxbClasses(), MarshallingFormat.JSON, classloader);
    }

    public ServiceResponse<String> executeCommands(String id, String payload) {

        try {
            String response = sendReceive(id, payload);
            if (response.startsWith("{")) {
                return new ServiceResponse<String>(ResponseType.SUCCESS, null, response);
            } else {
                return new ServiceResponse<String>(ResponseType.FAILURE, response);
            }
        } catch (Exception e) {
            throw new KieServicesException("Unable to send request to KIE Server", e);
        }
    }

    public ServiceResponse<String> executeCommands(String id, Command<?> cmd) {
        try {
            String response = sendReceive(id, marshaller.marshall(cmd));
            if (response.startsWith("{")) {
                return new ServiceResponse<String>(ResponseType.SUCCESS, null, response);
            } else {
                return new ServiceResponse<String>(ResponseType.FAILURE, response);
            }
        } catch (Exception e) {
            throw new KieServicesException("Unable to send request to KIE Server", e);
        }
    }

    protected String sendReceive(String containerId, String content) throws Exception {

        // Flatten the content to be single line:
        content = content.replaceAll("\\n", "");

        Socket minaSocket = null;
        PrintWriter out = null;
        BufferedReader in = null;

        StringBuffer data = new StringBuffer();
        try {
            minaSocket = new Socket(host, port);
            out = new PrintWriter(minaSocket.getOutputStream(), true);
            in = new BufferedReader(new InputStreamReader(minaSocket.getInputStream()));

            // Prepare and send data:
            out.println(containerId + "|" + content);
            // Wait for the first line:
            data.append(in.readLine());
            // Continue as long as data is available:
            while (in.ready()) {
                data.append(in.readLine());
            }

            return data.toString();
        } finally {
            out.close();
            in.close();
            minaSocket.close();
        }
    }
}

    This example implementation specifies the following data and behavior:

    • Uses socket-based communication for simplicity

    • Relies on default configurations from the KIE Server client and uses ServerUrl for providing the host and port of the MINA server

    • Specifies JSON as the marshalling format

    • Requires received messages to be JSON objects that start with an open bracket {

    • Uses direct socket communication with a blocking API while waiting for the first line of the response and then reads all lines that are available

    • Does not use stream mode and therefore disconnects the KIE Server session after invoking a command

  4. Implement the org.kie.server.client.helper.KieServicesClientBuilder interface in a Java class in your project, as shown in the following example:

    Sample implementation of the KieServicesClientBuilder interface
    public class MinaClientBuilderImpl implements KieServicesClientBuilder {  (1)

    public String getImplementedCapability() {  (2)
        return "BRM-Mina";
    }

    public Map<Class<?>, Object> build(KieServicesConfiguration configuration, ClassLoader classLoader) {  (3)
        Map<Class<?>, Object> services = new HashMap<Class<?>, Object>();

        services.put(RulesMinaServicesClient.class, new RulesMinaServicesClientImpl(configuration, classLoader));

        return services;
    }

}
    1 Enables you to provide additional client APIs to the generic KIE Server client infrastructure
    2 Defines the KIE Server capability (extension) that the client uses
    3 Provides a map of the client implementations, where the key is the interface and the value is the fully initialized implementation

  5. To make the new client API discoverable for the KIE Server client, create a META-INF/services/org.kie.server.client.helper.KieServicesClientBuilder file in your Maven project and add the fully qualified class name of the KieServicesClientBuilder implementation class within the file. For this example, the file contains the single line org.kie.server.ext.mina.client.MinaClientBuilderImpl.

  6. Build your project and copy the resulting JAR file into the ~/kie-server.war/WEB-INF/lib directory of your project.

  7. Start the KIE Server and deploy the built project to the running KIE Server. You can deploy the project using either the Business Central interface or the KIE Server REST API (a PUT request to http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/{containerId}).

    After your project is deployed on a running KIE Server, you can start interacting with your new KIE Server client. You use your new client in the same way as the standard KIE Server client, by creating the client configuration and client instance, retrieving the service client by type, and invoking client methods.

    For this example, you can create a RulesMinaServiceClient client instance and invoke operations on KIE Server through the MINA transport:

    Sample implementation to create the RulesMinaServiceClient client
    protected RulesMinaServicesClient buildClient() {
    KieServicesConfiguration configuration = KieServicesFactory.newRestConfiguration("localhost:9123", null, null);
    List<String> capabilities = new ArrayList<String>();
    // Explicitly add capabilities (the MINA client does not respond to `get-server-info` requests):
    capabilities.add("BRM-Mina");

    configuration.setCapabilities(capabilities);
    configuration.setMarshallingFormat(MarshallingFormat.JSON);

    configuration.addJaxbClasses(extraClasses);

    KieServicesClient kieServicesClient =  KieServicesFactory.newKieServicesClient(configuration);

    RulesMinaServicesClient rulesClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(RulesMinaServicesClient.class);

    return rulesClient;
}
    Sample configuration to invoke operations on KIE Server through the MINA transport
    RulesMinaServicesClient rulesClient = buildClient();

List<Command<?>> commands = new ArrayList<Command<?>>();
BatchExecutionCommand executionCommand = commandsFactory.newBatchExecution(commands, "defaultKieSession");

Person person = new Person();
person.setName("mary");
commands.add(commandsFactory.newInsert(person, "person"));
commands.add(commandsFactory.newFireAllRules("fired"));

ServiceResponse<String> response = rulesClient.executeCommands(containerId, executionCommand);
Assert.assertNotNull(response);

Assert.assertEquals(ResponseType.SUCCESS, response.getType());

String data = response.getResult();

Marshaller marshaller = MarshallerFactory.getMarshaller(extraClasses, MarshallingFormat.JSON, this.getClass().getClassLoader());

ExecutionResultImpl results = marshaller.unmarshall(data, ExecutionResultImpl.class);
Assert.assertNotNull(results);

Object personResult = results.getValue("person");
Assert.assertTrue(personResult instanceof Person);

Assert.assertEquals("mary", ((Person) personResult).getName());
Assert.assertEquals("JBoss Community", ((Person) personResult).getAddress());
Assert.assertEquals(true, ((Person) personResult).isRegistered());

19.5. Kie Server setup

Server setup and registration changed significantly from versions 6.2 and before. The following applies only to version 6.3 and forward.

19.5.1. Managed Kie Server

A managed instance is one that requires a jBPM controller to be available to properly start up the Kie Server instance.

The jBPM controller is a component responsible for keeping and managing a Kie Server Configuration in centralized way. Each jBPM controller can manage multiple configurations at once and there can be multiple jBPM controllers in the environment. Managed KIE Servers can be configured with a list of jBPM controllers but will connect to only one at a time.

It’s important to mention that even though there can be multiple jBPM controllers they should be kept in sync to make sure that regardless which one of them is contacted by KIE Server instance it will provide same set of configuration.

At startup, if a Kie Server is configured with a list of jBPM controllers, it will try successively to connect to each of them until a connection is successfully established with one of them. If for any reason a connection can’t be established, the server will not start, even if there is local storage available with configuration. This happens by design in order to ensure consistency. For instance, if the Kie Server was down and the configuration has changed, this restriction guarantees that it will run with up to date configuration or not at all.

In order to run the Kie Server in standalone mode, without connecting to any jBPM controllers, please see "Unmanaged Kie Server".

The configuration sets, among other things:

  • kie containers to be deployed and started

  • configuration items - currently this is a placeholder for further enhancements that will allow remotely configure KIE Execution Server components - timers, persistence, etc

The jBPM controller, besides providing configuration management, is also responsible for overall management of Kie Servers. It provides a REST api that is divided into two parts:

  • the jBPM controller itself that is exposed to interact with KIE Execution Server instances

  • an administration API that allows to remotely manage Kie Server instances:

    • add/remove servers

    • add/remove containers to/from the servers

    • start/stop containers on servers

The jBPM controller deals only with the Kie Server configuration or definition to put it differently. It does not handle any runtime components of KIE Execution Server instances. They are always considered remote to jBPM controller. The jBPM controller is responsible for persisting the configuration to preserve restarts of the jBPM controller itself. It should manage the synchronization as well in case multiple jBPM controllers are configured to keep all definitions up to date on all instances of the jBPM controller.

By default jBPM controller is shipped with Business Central and provides a fully featured management interface (both REST api and UI). It uses underlying git repository as persistent store and thus when GIT repositories are clustered (using Apache Zookeeper and Apache Helix) it will cover the jBPM controllers synchronization as well.

kie server simple architecture

The diagram above illustrates the single jBPM controller (Business Central) setup with multiple Kie Server instances managed by it.

The diagram below illustrates the clustered setup where there are multiple instances of jBPM controller synchronized over Zookeeper.

kie server architecture

In the above diagram we can see that the Kie Server instances are capable of connecting to any jBPM controllers, but they will connect to only one. Each instance will attempt to connect to jBPM controller as long as it can reach one. Once connection is established with one of the jBPM controllers it will skip the others.

19.5.1.1. Working with managed servers

There are two approaches that users can take when working with managed KIE Server instances:

  • Configuration first: with this approach, a user will start working with the jBPM controller (either UI or REST api) and create and configure Kie Server definitions. That consists basically of an identification for the server definition (id and name + optionally version for improved readability) and the configuration for the Kie Containers to run on the server.

  • Registration first: with this approach, the Kie Server instances are started first and auto register themselves on jBPM controller. The user then can configure the Kie Containers. This option simply skips the registration step done in the first approach and populates it with server id, name and version directly upon auto registration. There are no other differences between the two approaches.

19.5.2. Unmanaged KIE Execution Server

An unmanaged Kie Server is in turn just a standalone instance, and thus must be configured individually using REST/JMS api from the Kie Server itself. There is no jBPM controller involved. The configuration is automatically persisted by the server into a file and that is used as the internal server state, in case of restarts.

The configuration is updated during the following operations:

  • deploy Kie Container

  • undeploy Kie Container

  • start Kie Container

  • stop Kie Container

If the Kie Server is restarted, it will try to establish the same state that was persisted before shutdown. That means that Kie Containers that were running, will be started, but the ones that were stopped/disposed before, will not.

In most use cases, the Kie Server should be executed in managed mode as that provides some benefits, like a web user interface (if using Business Central as a jBPM controller) and some facilities for clustering.

19.6. Creating a Kie Container

Once your Execution Server is registered, you can start adding Kie Containers to it.

Kie Containers are self contained environments that have been provisioned to hold instances of your packaged and deployed rule instances.

  1. Start by clicking the \+ icon next to the Execution Server where you want to deploy your Container. This will bring up the New Container screen.

  2. If you know the Group Name, Artifact Id and Version (GAV) of your deployed package, then you can enter those details and click the Ok button to select that instance (and provide a name for the Container);

  3. If you don’t know these values, you can search Business Central for all packages that can be deployed. Click the Search button without entering any value in the search field (you can narrow your search by entering any term that you know exists in the package that you want to deploy).

    INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE

    The figure above shows that there are three deployable packages available to be used as containers on the Execution Server. Select the one that you want by clicking the Select button. This will auto-populate the GAV and you can then click the Ok button to use this deployable as the new Container.

  4. Enter a name for this Container at the top and then press the Ok button.

    The Container name must be unique inside each execution server and must not contain any spaces.

Just below the GAV row, you will see an uneditable row that shows you the URL for your Container against which you will be able to execute REST commands.

19.7. Managing Containers

Containers within the Execution Server can be started, stopped and updated from within Business Central.⁠

19.7.1. Starting a Container

Once registered, a Container is in the 'Stopped' mode. It can be started by first selecting it and then clicking the Start button. You can also select multiple Containers and start them all at the same time.

Once the Container is in the 'Running' mode, a green arrow appears next to it. If there are any errors starting the Container(s), red icons appear next to Containers and the Execution Server that they are deployed on.

You should check the logs of both the Execution Server and the current Business Central to see what the errors are before redeploying the Containers (and possibly the Execution Server).⁠

19.7.2. Stopping and Deleting a Container

Similar to starting a Container, select the Container(s) that you want to stop (or delete) and click the Stop button (which replaces the Start button for that Container once it has entered the 'Running' mode) or the Delete button.⁠

19.7.3. Updating a Container

You can update deployed KieContainers without restarting the Execution Server. This is useful in cases where the Business Rules change, creating new versions of packages to be provisioned.

You can have multiple versions of the same package provisioned and deployed, each to a different KieContainer.

To update deployments in a KieContainer dynamically, click the icon next to the Container. This will open up the Container Info screen. An example of this screen is shown here:

INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE

The Container Info screen is a useful tool because it not only allows you to see the endpoint for this KieContainer, but it also allows you to either manually or automatically refresh the provision if an update is available. The update can be manual or automatic:

Manual Update: To manually update a KieContainer, enter the new Version number in the Version box and click the Update button. You can of course, update the Group Id or the Artifact Id , if these have changed as well. Once updated, the Execution server updates the container and shows you the resolved GAV attributes at the bottom of the screen in the Resolved Release Id section.

Automatic Update: If you want a deployed Container to always have the latest version of your deployment without manually editing it, you will need to set the Version property to the value of LATEST and start a Scanner. This will ensure that the deployed provision always contains the latest version. The Scanner can be started just once on demand by clicking the Scan Now button or you can start it in the background with scans happening at a specified interval (in milliseconds).You can also set this value to LATEST when you are first creating this deployment. The Resolved Release Id in this case will show you the actual, latest version number.

19.8. KIE Server REST API for KIE containers and business assets

jBPM provides a KIE Server REST API that you can use to interact with your KIE containers and business assets (such as business rules, processes, and solvers) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface. This API support enables you to maintain your jBPM resources more efficiently and optimize your integration and development with jBPM.

With the KIE Server REST API, you can perform the following actions:

  • Deploy or dispose KIE containers

  • Retrieve and update KIE container information

  • Return KIE Server status and basic information

  • Retrieve and update business asset information

  • Execute business assets (such as rules and processes)

KIE Server REST API requests require the following components:

Authentication

The KIE Server REST API requires HTTP Basic authentication or token-based authentication for the user role kie-server. To view configured user roles for your jBPM distribution, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/standalone/configuration/application-roles.properties and ~/application-users.properties.

To add a user with the kie-server role, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/bin and run the following command:

$ ./add-user.sh -a --user <USERNAME> --password <PASSWORD> --role kie-server

For more information about user roles and jBPM installation options, see Installing the KIE Server.

HTTP headers

The KIE Server REST API requires the following HTTP headers for API requests:

  • Accept: Data format accepted by your requesting client:

    • application/json (JSON)

    • application/xml (XML, for JAXB or XSTREAM)

  • Content-Type: Data format of your POST or PUT API request data:

    • application/json (JSON)

    • application/xml (XML, for JAXB or XSTREAM)

  • X-KIE-ContentType: Required header for application/xml XSTREAM API requests and responses:

    • XSTREAM

HTTP methods

The KIE Server REST API supports the following HTTP methods for API requests:

  • GET: Retrieves specified information from a specified resource endpoint

  • POST: Updates a resource or resource instance

  • PUT: Updates or creates a resource or resource instance

  • DELETE: Deletes a resource or resource instance

Base URL

The base URL for KIE Server REST API requests is http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/, such as http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/.

Endpoints

KIE Server REST API endpoints, such as /server/containers/{containerId} for a specified KIE container, are the URIs that you append to the KIE Server REST API base URL to access the corresponding resource or type of resource in jBPM.

Example request URL for /server/containers/{containerId} endpoint

http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/MyContainer

Request parameters and request data

Many KIE Server REST API requests require specific parameters in the request URL path to identify or filter specific resources and to perform specific actions. You can append URL parameters to the endpoint in the format ?<PARAM>=<VALUE>&<PARAM>=<VALUE>.

Example GET request URL with parameters

http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers?groupId=com.redhat&artifactId=Project1&version=1.0&status=STARTED

HTTP POST and PUT requests may additionally require a request body or file with data to accompany the request.

Example POST request URL and JSON request body data

http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/MyContainer/release-id

{
  "release-id": {
    "artifact-id": "Project1",
    "group-id": "com.redhat",
    "version": "1.1"
  }
}

19.8.1. Sending requests with the KIE Server REST API using a REST client or curl utility

The KIE Server REST API enables you to interact with your KIE containers and business assets (such as business rules, processes, and solvers) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface. You can send KIE Server REST API requests using any REST client or curl utility.

Prerequisites

  • KIE Server is installed and running.

  • You have kie-server user role access to KIE Server.

Procedure

  1. Identify the relevant API endpoint to which you want to send a request, such as [GET] /server/containers to retrieve KIE containers from KIE Server.

  2. In a REST client or curl utility, enter the following components for a GET request to /server/containers. Adjust any request details according to your use case.

    For REST client:

    • Authentication: Enter the user name and password of the KIE Server user with the kie-server role.

    • HTTP Headers: Set the following header:

      • Accept: application/json

    • HTTP method: Set to GET.

    • URL: Enter the KIE Server REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers.

    For curl utility:

    • -u: Enter the user name and password of the KIE Server user with the kie-server role.

    • -H: Set the following header:

      • accept: application/json

    • -X: Set to GET.

    • URL: Enter the KIE Server REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers.

    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -H "accept: application/json" -X GET "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers"

  3. Execute the request and review the KIE Server response.

    Example server response (JSON):

    {
  "type": "SUCCESS",
  "msg": "List of created containers",
  "result": {
    "kie-containers": {
      "kie-container": [
        {
          "container-id": "itorders_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
          "release-id": {
            "group-id": "itorders",
            "artifact-id": "itorders",
            "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
          },
          "resolved-release-id": {
            "group-id": "itorders",
            "artifact-id": "itorders",
            "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
          },
          "status": "STARTED",
          "scanner": {
            "status": "DISPOSED",
            "poll-interval": null
          },
          "config-items": [],
          "container-alias": "itorders"
        }
      ]
    }
  }
}

  4. For this example, copy or note the project group-id, artifact-id, and version (GAV) data from one of the deployed KIE containers returned in the response.

  5. In your REST client or curl utility, send another API request with the following components for a PUT request to /server/containers/{containerId} to deploy a new KIE container with the copied project GAV data. Adjust any request details according to your use case.

    For REST client:

    • Authentication: Enter the user name and password of the KIE Server user with the kie-server role.

    • HTTP Headers: Set the following headers:

      • Accept: application/json

      • Content-Type: application/json

    • HTTP method: Set to PUT.

    • URL: Enter the KIE Server REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/MyContainer.

    • Request body: Add a JSON request body with the configuration items for the new KIE container:

    {
  "config-items": [
    {
      "itemName": "RuntimeStrategy",
      "itemValue": "SINGLETON",
      "itemType": "java.lang.String"
    },
    {
      "itemName": "MergeMode",
      "itemValue": "MERGE_COLLECTIONS",
      "itemType": "java.lang.String"
    },
    {
      "itemName": "KBase",
      "itemValue": "",
      "itemType": "java.lang.String"
    },
    {
      "itemName": "KSession",
      "itemValue": "",
      "itemType": "java.lang.String"
    }
  ],
  "release-id": {
    "group-id": "itorders",
    "artifact-id": "itorders",
    "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
  },
  "scanner": {
    "poll-interval": "5000",
    "status": "STARTED"
  }
}

    For curl utility:

    • -u: Enter the user name and password of the KIE Server user with the kie-server role.

    • -H: Set the following headers:

      • accept: application/json

      • content-type: application/json

    • -X: Set to PUT.

    • URL: Enter the KIE Server REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/MyContainer.

    • -d: Add a JSON request body or file (@file.json) with the configuration items for the new KIE container:

    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -H "accept: application/json" -H "content-type: application/json" -X PUT "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/MyContainer" -d "{ \"config-items\": [ { \"itemName\": \"RuntimeStrategy\", \"itemValue\": \"SINGLETON\", \"itemType\": \"java.lang.String\" }, { \"itemName\": \"MergeMode\", \"itemValue\": \"MERGE_COLLECTIONS\", \"itemType\": \"java.lang.String\" }, { \"itemName\": \"KBase\", \"itemValue\": \"\", \"itemType\": \"java.lang.String\" }, { \"itemName\": \"KSession\", \"itemValue\": \"\", \"itemType\": \"java.lang.String\" } ], \"release-id\": { \"group-id\": \"itorders\", \"artifact-id\": \"itorders\", \"version\": \"1.0.0-SNAPSHOT\" }, \"scanner\": { \"poll-interval\": \"5000\", \"status\": \"STARTED\" }}"
    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -H "accept: application/json" -H "content-type: application/json" -X PUT "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/MyContainer" -d @my-container-configs.json

  6. Execute the request and review the KIE Server response.

    Example server response (JSON):

    {
  "type": "SUCCESS",
  "msg": "Container MyContainer successfully deployed with module itorders:itorders:1.0.0-SNAPSHOT.",
  "result": {
    "kie-container": {
      "container-id": "MyContainer",
      "release-id": {
        "group-id": "itorders",
        "artifact-id": "itorders",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
      },
      "resolved-release-id": {
        "group-id": "itorders",
        "artifact-id": "itorders",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
      },
      "status": "STARTED",
      "scanner": {
        "status": "STARTED",
        "poll-interval": 5000
      },
      "config-items": [],
      "messages": [
        {
          "severity": "INFO",
          "timestamp": {
            "java.util.Date": 1540584717937
          },
          "content": [
            "Container MyContainer successfully created with module itorders:itorders:1.0.0-SNAPSHOT."
          ]
        }
      ],
      "container-alias": null
    }
  }
}

    If you encounter request errors, review the returned error code messages and adjust your request accordingly.

    REST API requests for process instances

    For REST API requests that send complex data objects to the process instance endpoint /server/containers/{containerId}/processes/{processId}/instances, ensure that you include either the fully qualified class name (such as com.myspace.Person) or the simple class name (such as Person) in the request body. The class name is required for the request body to be mapped to the correct business object in jBPM. If you exclude the class name from the request, KIE Server does not unmarshall the object to the expected type.

    Correct request body for process instance
    {
  "id": 4,
  "lease": {
    "com.myspace.restcall.LeaseModel": {
      "annualRent": 109608,
      "isAutoApproved": false
    }
  }
}
    Incorrect request body for process instance
    {
  "id": 4,
  "lease": {
    "annualRent": 109608,
    "isAutoApproved": false
  }
}

19.8.2. Sending requests with the KIE Server REST API using the Swagger interface

The KIE Server REST API supports a Swagger web interface that you can use instead of a standalone REST client or curl utility to interact with your KIE containers and business assets (such as business rules, processes, and solvers) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface.

By default, the Swagger web interface for KIE Server is enabled by the org.kie.swagger.server.ext.disabled=false system property. To disable the Swagger web interface in KIE Server, set this system property to true.
Prerequisites

  • KIE Server is installed and running.

  • You have kie-server user role access to KIE Server.

Procedure

  1. In a web browser, navigate to http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/docs, such as http://localhost:8080/kie-server/docs, and log in with the user name and password of the KIE Server user with the kie-server role.

  2. In the Swagger page, select the relevant API endpoint to which you want to send a request, such as KIE Server and KIE containers → [GET] /server/containers to retrieve KIE containers from KIE Server.

  3. Click Try it out and provide any optional parameters by which you want to filter results, if needed.

  4. In the Response content type drop-down menu, select the desired format of the server response, such as application/json for JSON format.

  5. Click Execute and review the KIE Server response.

    Example server response (JSON):

    {
  "type": "SUCCESS",
  "msg": "List of created containers",
  "result": {
    "kie-containers": {
      "kie-container": [
        {
          "container-id": "itorders_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
          "release-id": {
            "group-id": "itorders",
            "artifact-id": "itorders",
            "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
          },
          "resolved-release-id": {
            "group-id": "itorders",
            "artifact-id": "itorders",
            "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
          },
          "status": "STARTED",
          "scanner": {
            "status": "DISPOSED",
            "poll-interval": null
          },
          "config-items": [],
          "container-alias": "itorders"
        }
      ]
    }
  }
}

  6. For this example, copy or note the project group-id, artifact-id, and version (GAV) data from one of the deployed KIE containers returned in the response.

  7. In the Swagger page, navigate to the KIE Server and KIE containers → [PUT] /server/containers/{containerId} endpoint to send another request to deploy a new KIE container with the copied project GAV data. Adjust any request details according to your use case.

  8. Click Try it out and enter the following components for the request:

    • containerId: Enter the ID of the new KIE container, such as MyContainer.

    • body: Set the Parameter content type to the desired request body format, such as application/json for JSON format, and add a request body with the configuration items for the new KIE container:

    {
  "config-items": [
    {
      "itemName": "RuntimeStrategy",
      "itemValue": "SINGLETON",
      "itemType": "java.lang.String"
    },
    {
      "itemName": "MergeMode",
      "itemValue": "MERGE_COLLECTIONS",
      "itemType": "java.lang.String"
    },
    {
      "itemName": "KBase",
      "itemValue": "",
      "itemType": "java.lang.String"
    },
    {
      "itemName": "KSession",
      "itemValue": "",
      "itemType": "java.lang.String"
    }
  ],
  "release-id": {
    "group-id": "itorders",
    "artifact-id": "itorders",
    "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
  },
  "scanner": {
    "poll-interval": "5000",
    "status": "STARTED"
  }
}

  9. In the Response content type drop-down menu, select the desired format of the server response, such as application/json for JSON format.

  10. Click Execute and review the KIE Server response.

    Example server response (JSON):

    {
  "type": "SUCCESS",
  "msg": "Container MyContainer successfully deployed with module itorders:itorders:1.0.0-SNAPSHOT.",
  "result": {
    "kie-container": {
      "container-id": "MyContainer",
      "release-id": {
        "group-id": "itorders",
        "artifact-id": "itorders",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
      },
      "resolved-release-id": {
        "group-id": "itorders",
        "artifact-id": "itorders",
        "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
      },
      "status": "STARTED",
      "scanner": {
        "status": "STARTED",
        "poll-interval": 5000
      },
      "config-items": [],
      "messages": [
        {
          "severity": "INFO",
          "timestamp": {
            "java.util.Date": 1540584717937
          },
          "content": [
            "Container MyContainer successfully created with module itorders:itorders:1.0.0-SNAPSHOT."
          ]
        }
      ],
      "container-alias": null
    }
  }
}

    If you encounter request errors, review the returned error code messages and adjust your request accordingly.

    REST API requests for process instances

    For REST API requests that send complex data objects to the process instance endpoint /server/containers/{containerId}/processes/{processId}/instances, ensure that you include either the fully qualified class name (such as com.myspace.Person) or the simple class name (such as Person) in the request body. The class name is required for the request body to be mapped to the correct business object in jBPM. If you exclude the class name from the request, KIE Server does not unmarshall the object to the expected type.

    Correct request body for process instance
    {
  "id": 4,
  "lease": {
    "com.myspace.restcall.LeaseModel": {
      "annualRent": 109608,
      "isAutoApproved": false
    }
  }
}
    Incorrect request body for process instance
    {
  "id": 4,
  "lease": {
    "annualRent": 109608,
    "isAutoApproved": false
  }
}

19.8.3. Supported KIE Server REST API endpoints

The KIE Server REST API provides endpoints for the following types of resources in jBPM:

  • KIE Server and KIE containers

  • KIE session assets (for runtime commands)

  • DMN assets

  • Planning solvers

  • Processes

  • Process images

  • Process and task forms

  • Tasks

  • Cases

  • Documents

  • Jobs

  • Queries for processes, tasks, and cases

  • Custom queries

The KIE Server REST API base URL is http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/. All requests require HTTP Basic authentication or token-based authentication for the kie-server user role.

For the full list of KIE Server REST API endpoints and descriptions, use one of the following resources:

  • Execution Server REST API on the jBPM Documentation page (static)

  • Swagger UI for the KIE Server REST API at http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/docs (dynamic, requires running KIE Server)

    By default, the Swagger web interface for KIE Server is enabled by the org.kie.swagger.server.ext.disabled=false system property. To disable the Swagger web interface in KIE Server, set this system property to true.
Endpoint requirements

Note the following requirements for some of the KIE Server REST API endpoints:

  • Process images: For API access to process images, the system property <storesvgonsave enabled="true"/> must be configured for your jBPM project in $SERVER_HOME/standalone/deployments/business-central.war/org.kie.workbench.KIEWebapp/profiles/jbpm.xml. If this property is not set or set to false, set it to true, restart your KIE Server, modify the relevant process and save it, and then build and deploy your project. This property enables SVG images to be stored so that they can be retrieved by the KIE Server REST API.

  • Custom queries: Some custom query requests with the KIE Server REST API require a query mapper definition to map the query results to concrete objects. You can implement your own query result mappers or use the mappers provided with jBPM. The query mappers in jBPM are similar to other object-relational mapping (ORM) providers, such as Hibernate, which maps tables to entities. For example, you can use the org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.query.mapper.ProcessInstanceQueryMapper, also registered as ProcessInstances, in custom query endpoints for returning process instance data.

    Example POST endpoint with ProcessInstances mapper parameter:

    http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/queries/definitions/jbpmProcessInstances?mapper=ProcessInstances

    For a list of available query mappers in jBPM, see the jBPM services source in GitHub.

19.9. KIE Server Java client API for KIE containers and business assets

jBPM provides a KIE Server Java client API that enables you to connect to KIE Server using REST protocol from your Java client application. You can use the KIE Server Java client API as an alternative to the KIE Server REST API to interact with your KIE containers and business assets (such as business rules, processes, and solvers) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface. This API support enables you to maintain your jBPM resources more efficiently and optimize your integration and development with jBPM.

With the KIE Server Java client API, you can perform the following actions also supported by the KIE Server REST API:

  • Deploy or dispose KIE containers

  • Retrieve and update KIE container information

  • Return KIE Server status and basic information

  • Retrieve and update business asset information

  • Execute business assets (such as rules and processes)

KIE Server Java client API requests require the following components:

Authentication

The KIE Server Java client API requires HTTP Basic authentication for the user role kie-server. To view configured user roles for your jBPM distribution, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/standalone/configuration/application-roles.properties and ~/application-users.properties.

To add a user with the kie-server role, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/bin and run the following command:

$ ./add-user.sh -a --user <USERNAME> --password <PASSWORD> --role kie-server

For more information about user roles and jBPM installation options, see Installing the KIE Server.

Project dependencies

The KIE Server Java client API requires the following dependencies on the relevant classpath of your Java project:

<!-- For remote execution on KIE Server -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
  <artifactId>kie-server-client</artifactId>
  <version>${jbpm.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For runtime commands -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>org.drools</groupId>
  <artifactId>drools-compiler</artifactId>
  <scope>runtime</scope>
  <version>${jbpm.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For debug logging (optional) -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>ch.qos.logback</groupId>
  <artifactId>logback-classic</artifactId>
  <version>${logback.version}</version>
</dependency>

The <version> for jBPM dependencies is the Maven artifact version for jBPM currently used in your project (for example, 7.44.0.Final).

Client request configuration

All Java client requests with the KIE Server Java client API must define at least the following server communication components:

  • Credentials of the kie-server user

  • KIE Server location, such as http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server

  • Marshalling format for API requests and responses (JSON, JAXB, or XSTREAM)

  • A KieServicesConfiguration object and a KieServicesClient object, which serve as the entry point for starting the server communication using the Java client API

  • A KieServicesFactory object defining REST protocol and user access

  • Any other client services used, such as RuleServicesClient, ProcessServicesClient, or QueryServicesClient

The following are examples of basic and advanced client configurations with these components:

Basic client configuration example
import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesConfiguration;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesFactory;

public class MyConfigurationObject {

  private static final String URL = "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server";
  private static final String USER = "baAdmin";
  private static final String PASSWORD = "password@1";

  private static final MarshallingFormat FORMAT = MarshallingFormat.JSON;

  private static KieServicesConfiguration conf;
  private static KieServicesClient kieServicesClient;

  public static void initialize() {
    conf = KieServicesFactory.newRestConfiguration(URL, USER, PASSWORD);

    //If you use custom classes, such as Obj.class, add them to the configuration.
    Set<Class<?>> extraClassList = new HashSet<Class<?>>();
    extraClassList.add(Obj.class);
    conf.addExtraClasses(extraClassList);

    conf.setMarshallingFormat(FORMAT);
    kieServicesClient = KieServicesFactory.newKieServicesClient(conf);
  }
}
Advanced client configuration example with additional client services
import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.client.CaseServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.DMNServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.DocumentServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.JobServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesConfiguration;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesFactory;
import org.kie.server.client.ProcessServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.QueryServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.RuleServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.SolverServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.UIServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.UserTaskServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.api.model.instance.ProcessInstance;
import org.kie.server.api.model.KieContainerResource;
import org.kie.server.api.model.ReleaseId;

public class MyAdvancedConfigurationObject {

    // REST API base URL, credentials, and marshalling format
    private static final String URL = "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server";
    private static final String USER = "baAdmin";
    private static final String PASSWORD = "password@1";;

    private static final MarshallingFormat FORMAT = MarshallingFormat.JSON;

    private static KieServicesConfiguration conf;

    // KIE client for common operations
    private static KieServicesClient kieServicesClient;

    // Rules client
    private static RuleServicesClient ruleClient;

    // Process automation clients
    private static CaseServicesClient caseClient;
    private static DocumentServicesClient documentClient;
    private static JobServicesClient jobClient;
    private static ProcessServicesClient processClient;
    private static QueryServicesClient queryClient;
    private static UIServicesClient uiClient;
    private static UserTaskServicesClient userTaskClient;

    // DMN client
    private static DMNServicesClient dmnClient;

    // Planning client
    private static SolverServicesClient solverClient;

    public static void main(String[] args) {
        initializeKieServerClient();
        initializeDroolsServiceClients();
        initializeJbpmServiceClients();
        initializeSolverServiceClients();
    }

    public static void initializeKieServerClient() {
        conf = KieServicesFactory.newRestConfiguration(URL, USER, PASSWORD);
        conf.setMarshallingFormat(FORMAT);
        kieServicesClient = KieServicesFactory.newKieServicesClient(conf);
    }

    public static void initializeDroolsServiceClients() {
        ruleClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(RuleServicesClient.class);
        dmnClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(DMNServicesClient.class);
    }

    public static void initializeJbpmServiceClients() {
        caseClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(CaseServicesClient.class);
        documentClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(DocumentServicesClient.class);
        jobClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(JobServicesClient.class);
        processClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(ProcessServicesClient.class);
        queryClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(QueryServicesClient.class);
        uiClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(UIServicesClient.class);
        userTaskClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(UserTaskServicesClient.class);
    }

    public static void initializeSolverServiceClients() {
        solverClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(SolverServicesClient.class);
    }
}

19.9.1. Sending requests with the KIE Server Java client API

The KIE Server Java client API enables you to connect to KIE Server using REST protocol from your Java client application. You can use the KIE Server Java client API as an alternative to the KIE Server REST API to interact with your KIE containers and business assets (such as business rules, processes, and solvers) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface.

Prerequisites

  • KIE Server is installed and running.

  • You have kie-server user role access to KIE Server.

  • You have a Java project with jBPM resources.

Procedure

  1. In your client application, ensure that the following dependencies have been added to the relevant classpath of your Java project:

    <!-- For remote execution on KIE Server -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
  <artifactId>kie-server-client</artifactId>
  <version>${jbpm.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For runtime commands -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>org.drools</groupId>
  <artifactId>drools-compiler</artifactId>
  <scope>runtime</scope>
  <version>${jbpm.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For debug logging (optional) -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>ch.qos.logback</groupId>
  <artifactId>logback-classic</artifactId>
  <version>${logback.version}</version>
</dependency>

  2. In the ~/kie/server/client folder of the Java client API in GitHub , identify the relevant Java client for the request you want to send, such as KieServicesClient to access client services for KIE containers and other assets in KIE Server.

  3. In your client application, create a .java class for the API request. The class must contain the necessary imports, KIE Server location and user credentials, a KieServicesClient object, and the client method to execute, such as createContainer and disposeContainer from the KieServicesClient client. Adjust any configuration details according to your use case.

    Creating and disposing a container
    import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesConfiguration;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesFactory;
import org.kie.server.api.model.KieContainerResource;
import org.kie.server.api.model.ServiceResponse;

public class MyConfigurationObject {

  private static final String URL = "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server";
  private static final String USER = "baAdmin";
  private static final String PASSWORD = "password@1";

  private static final MarshallingFormat FORMAT = MarshallingFormat.JSON;

  private static KieServicesConfiguration conf;
  private static KieServicesClient kieServicesClient;

  public static void initialize() {
    conf = KieServicesFactory.newRestConfiguration(URL, USER, PASSWORD);

  public void disposeAndCreateContainer() {
      System.out.println("== Disposing and creating containers ==");

      // Retrieve list of KIE containers
      List<KieContainerResource> kieContainers = kieServicesClient.listContainers().getResult().getContainers();
      if (kieContainers.size() == 0) {
          System.out.println("No containers available...");
          return;
      }

      // Dispose KIE container
      KieContainerResource container = kieContainers.get(0);
      String containerId = container.getContainerId();
      ServiceResponse<Void> responseDispose = kieServicesClient.disposeContainer(containerId);
      if (responseDispose.getType() == ResponseType.FAILURE) {
          System.out.println("Error disposing " + containerId + ". Message: ");
          System.out.println(responseDispose.getMsg());
          return;
      }
      System.out.println("Success Disposing container " + containerId);
      System.out.println("Trying to recreate the container...");

      // Re-create KIE container
      ServiceResponse<KieContainerResource> createResponse = kieServicesClient.createContainer(containerId, container);
      if(createResponse.getType() == ResponseType.FAILURE) {
          System.out.println("Error creating " + containerId + ". Message: ");
          System.out.println(responseDispose.getMsg());
          return;
      }
      System.out.println("Container recreated with success!");
      }
  }
}

    You define service responses using the org.kie.server.api.model.ServiceResponse<T> object, where T represents the type of returned response. The ServiceResponse object has the following attributes:

    • String message: Returns the response message

    • ResponseType type: Returns either SUCCESS or FAILURE

    • T result: Returns the requested object

    In this example, when you dispose a container, the ServiceResponse returns a Void response. When you create a container, the ServiceResponse returns a KieContainerResource object.

    A conversation between a client and a specific KIE Server container in a clustered environment is secured by a unique conversationID. The conversationID is transferred using the X-KIE-ConversationId REST header. If you update the container, unset the previous conversationID. Use KieServiesClient.completeConversation() to unset the conversationID for Java API.

  4. Run the configured .java class from your project directory to execute the request, and review the KIE Server response.

    If you enabled debug logging, KIE Server responds with a detailed response according to your configured marshalling format, such as JSON.

    Example server response for a new KIE container (log):

    10:23:35.194 [main] INFO  o.k.s.a.m.MarshallerFactory - Marshaller extensions init
10:23:35.396 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.client.balancer.LoadBalancer - Load balancer RoundRobinBalancerStrategy{availableEndpoints=[http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server]} selected url 'http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server'
10:23:35.398 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.i.AbstractKieServicesClientImpl - About to send GET request to 'http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server'
10:23:35.440 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.i.AbstractKieServicesClientImpl - About to deserialize content:
 '{
  "type" : "SUCCESS",
  "msg" : "Kie Server info",
  "result" : {
    "kie-server-info" : {
      "id" : "default-kieserver",
      "version" : "7.11.0.Final-redhat-00003",
      "name" : "default-kieserver",
      "location" : "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server",
      "capabilities" : [ "KieServer", "BRM", "BPM", "CaseMgmt", "BPM-UI", "BRP", "DMN", "Swagger" ],
      "messages" : [ {
        "severity" : "INFO",
        "timestamp" : {
  "java.util.Date" : 1540814906533
},
        "content" : [ "Server KieServerInfo{serverId='default-kieserver', version='7.11.0.Final-redhat-00003', name='default-kieserver', location='http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server', capabilities=[KieServer, BRM, BPM, CaseMgmt, BPM-UI, BRP, DMN, Swagger], messages=null}started successfully at Mon Oct 29 08:08:26 EDT 2018" ]
      } ]
    }
  }
}'
 into type: 'class org.kie.server.api.model.ServiceResponse'
10:23:35.653 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - KieServicesClient connected to: default-kieserver version 7.11.0.Final-redhat-00003
10:23:35.653 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Supported capabilities by the server: [KieServer, BRM, BPM, CaseMgmt, BPM-UI, BRP, DMN, Swagger]
10:23:35.653 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Building services client for server capability KieServer
10:23:35.653 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - No builder found for 'KieServer' capability
10:23:35.654 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Building services client for server capability BRM
10:23:35.654 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Builder 'org.kie.server.client.helper.DroolsServicesClientBuilder@6b927fb' for capability 'BRM'
10:23:35.655 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Capability implemented by {interface org.kie.server.client.RuleServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.RuleServicesClientImpl@4a94ee4}
10:23:35.655 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Building services client for server capability BPM
10:23:35.656 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Builder 'org.kie.server.client.helper.JBPMServicesClientBuilder@4cc451f2' for capability 'BPM'
10:23:35.672 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Capability implemented by {interface org.kie.server.client.JobServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.JobServicesClientImpl@1189dd52, interface org.kie.server.client.admin.ProcessAdminServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.admin.impl.ProcessAdminServicesClientImpl@36bc55de, interface org.kie.server.client.DocumentServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.DocumentServicesClientImpl@564fabc8, interface org.kie.server.client.admin.UserTaskAdminServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.admin.impl.UserTaskAdminServicesClientImpl@16d04d3d, interface org.kie.server.client.QueryServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.QueryServicesClientImpl@49ec71f8, interface org.kie.server.client.ProcessServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.ProcessServicesClientImpl@1d2adfbe, interface org.kie.server.client.UserTaskServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.UserTaskServicesClientImpl@36902638}
10:23:35.672 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Building services client for server capability CaseMgmt
10:23:35.672 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Builder 'org.kie.server.client.helper.CaseServicesClientBuilder@223d2c72' for capability 'CaseMgmt'
10:23:35.676 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Capability implemented by {interface org.kie.server.client.admin.CaseAdminServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.admin.impl.CaseAdminServicesClientImpl@2b662a77, interface org.kie.server.client.CaseServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.CaseServicesClientImpl@7f0eb4b4}
10:23:35.676 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Building services client for server capability BPM-UI
10:23:35.676 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Builder 'org.kie.server.client.helper.JBPMUIServicesClientBuilder@5c33f1a9' for capability 'BPM-UI'
10:23:35.677 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Capability implemented by {interface org.kie.server.client.UIServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.UIServicesClientImpl@223191a6}
10:23:35.678 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Building services client for server capability BRP
10:23:35.678 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Builder 'org.kie.server.client.helper.OptaplannerServicesClientBuilder@49139829' for capability 'BRP'
10:23:35.679 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Capability implemented by {interface org.kie.server.client.SolverServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.SolverServicesClientImpl@77fbd92c}
10:23:35.679 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Building services client for server capability DMN
10:23:35.679 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Builder 'org.kie.server.client.helper.DMNServicesClientBuilder@67c27493' for capability 'DMN'
10:23:35.680 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Capability implemented by {interface org.kie.server.client.DMNServicesClient=org.kie.server.client.impl.DMNServicesClientImpl@35e2d654}
10:23:35.680 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - Building services client for server capability Swagger
10:23:35.680 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.impl.KieServicesClientImpl - No builder found for 'Swagger' capability
10:23:35.681 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.client.balancer.LoadBalancer - Load balancer RoundRobinBalancerStrategy{availableEndpoints=[http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server]} selected url 'http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server'
10:23:35.701 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.i.AbstractKieServicesClientImpl - About to send PUT request to 'http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/employee-rostering3' with payload '{
  "container-id" : null,
  "release-id" : {
    "group-id" : "employeerostering",
    "artifact-id" : "employeerostering",
    "version" : "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
  },
  "resolved-release-id" : null,
  "status" : null,
  "scanner" : null,
  "config-items" : [ ],
  "messages" : [ ],
  "container-alias" : null
}'
10:23:38.071 [main] DEBUG o.k.s.c.i.AbstractKieServicesClientImpl - About to deserialize content:
 '{
  "type" : "SUCCESS",
  "msg" : "Container employee-rostering3 successfully deployed with module employeerostering:employeerostering:1.0.0-SNAPSHOT.",
  "result" : {
    "kie-container" : {
      "container-id" : "employee-rostering3",
      "release-id" : {
        "group-id" : "employeerostering",
        "artifact-id" : "employeerostering",
        "version" : "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
      },
      "resolved-release-id" : {
        "group-id" : "employeerostering",
        "artifact-id" : "employeerostering",
        "version" : "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
      },
      "status" : "STARTED",
      "scanner" : {
        "status" : "DISPOSED",
        "poll-interval" : null
      },
      "config-items" : [ ],
      "messages" : [ {
        "severity" : "INFO",
        "timestamp" : {
  "java.util.Date" : 1540909418069
},
        "content" : [ "Container employee-rostering3 successfully created with module employeerostering:employeerostering:1.0.0-SNAPSHOT." ]
      } ],
      "container-alias" : null
    }
  }
}'
 into type: 'class org.kie.server.api.model.ServiceResponse'

    If you encounter request errors, review the returned error code messages and adjust your Java configurations accordingly.

19.9.2. Supported KIE Server Java clients

The following are some of the Java client services available in the org.kie.server.client package of your jBPM distribution. You can use these services to interact with related resources in KIE Server similarly to the KIE Server REST API.

  • KieServicesClient: Used as the entry point for other KIE Server Java clients, and used to interact with KIE containers

  • JobServicesClient: Used to schedule, cancel, re-queue, and get job requests

  • RuleServicesClient: Used to send commands to the server to perform rule-related operations, such as executing rules or inserting objects into the KIE session

  • SolverServicesClient: Used to perform all OptaPlanner operations, such as getting the solver state and the best solution, or disposing a solver

  • ProcessServicesClient: Used to start, signal, and abort processes or work items

  • QueryServicesClient: Used to query processes, process nodes, and process variables

  • UserTaskServicesClient: Used to perform all user-task operations, such as starting, claiming, or canceling a task, and to query tasks by a specified field, such as by user or by process instances ID

  • UIServicesClient: Used to get String representation of forms (XML or JSON) and of a process image (SVG)

  • ProcessAdminServicesClient: Provides an interface for operations with process instances (found in ~/org/kie/server/client/admin)

  • UserTaskAdminServicesClient: Provides an interface for operations with user tasks (found in ~/org/kie/server/client/admin)

The getServicesClient method provides access to any of these clients:

RuleServicesClient rulesClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(RuleServicesClient.class);

For the full list of available KIE Server Java clients, see the Java client API source in GitHub.

19.9.3. Example requests with the KIE Server Java client API

The following are examples of KIE Server Java client API requests for basic interactions with KIE Server. For the full list of available KIE Server Java clients, see the Java client API source in GitHub.

Listing KIE Server capabilities

You can use the org.kie.server.api.model.KieServerInfo object to identify server capabilities. The KieServicesClient client requires the server capability information to correctly produce service clients. You can specify the capabilities globally in KieServicesConfiguration; otherwise they are automatically retrieved from KIE Server.

Example request to return KIE Server capabilities
public void listCapabilities() {

  KieServerInfo serverInfo = kieServicesClient.getServerInfo().getResult();
  System.out.print("Server capabilities:");

  for (String capability : serverInfo.getCapabilities()) {
    System.out.print(" " + capability);
  }

  System.out.println();
}
Listing KIE containers in KIE Server

KIE containers are represented by the org.kie.server.api.model.KieContainerResource object. The list of resources is represented by the org.kie.server.api.model.KieContainerResourceList object.

Example request to return KIE containers from KIE Server
public void listContainers() {
    KieContainerResourceList containersList = kieServicesClient.listContainers().getResult();
    List<KieContainerResource> kieContainers = containersList.getContainers();
    System.out.println("Available containers: ");
    for (KieContainerResource container : kieContainers) {
        System.out.println("\t" + container.getContainerId() + " (" + container.getReleaseId() + ")");
    }
}

You can optionally filter the KIE container results using an instance of the org.kie.server.api.model.KieContainerResourceFilter class, which is passed to the org.kie.server.client.KieServicesClient.listContainers() method.

Example request to return KIE containers by release ID and status
public void listContainersWithFilter() {

    // Filter containers by releaseId "org.example:container:1.0.0.Final" and status FAILED
    KieContainerResourceFilter filter = new KieContainerResourceFilter.Builder()
            .releaseId("org.example", "container", "1.0.0.Final")
            .status(KieContainerStatus.FAILED)
            .build();

    // Using previously created KieServicesClient
    KieContainerResourceList containersList = kieServicesClient.listContainers(filter).getResult();
    List<KieContainerResource> kieContainers = containersList.getContainers();

    System.out.println("Available containers: ");

    for (KieContainerResource container : kieContainers) {
        System.out.println("\t" + container.getContainerId() + " (" + container.getReleaseId() + ")");
    }
}
Creating and disposing KIE containers in KIE Server

You can use the createContainer and disposeContainer methods in the KieServicesClient client to dispose and create KIE containers. In this example, when you dispose a container, the ServiceResponse returns a Void response. When you create a container, the ServiceResponse returns a KieContainerResource object.

Example request to dispose and re-create a KIE container
public void disposeAndCreateContainer() {
    System.out.println("== Disposing and creating containers ==");

    // Retrieve list of KIE containers
    List<KieContainerResource> kieContainers = kieServicesClient.listContainers().getResult().getContainers();
    if (kieContainers.size() == 0) {
        System.out.println("No containers available...");
        return;
    }

    // Dispose KIE container
    KieContainerResource container = kieContainers.get(0);
    String containerId = container.getContainerId();
    ServiceResponse<Void> responseDispose = kieServicesClient.disposeContainer(containerId);
    if (responseDispose.getType() == ResponseType.FAILURE) {
        System.out.println("Error disposing " + containerId + ". Message: ");
        System.out.println(responseDispose.getMsg());
        return;
    }
    System.out.println("Success Disposing container " + containerId);
    System.out.println("Trying to recreate the container...");

    // Re-create KIE container
    ServiceResponse<KieContainerResource> createResponse = kieServicesClient.createContainer(containerId, container);
    if(createResponse.getType() == ResponseType.FAILURE) {
        System.out.println("Error creating " + containerId + ". Message: ");
        System.out.println(responseDispose.getMsg());
        return;
    }
    System.out.println("Container recreated with success!");
}
Executing runtime commands in KIE Server

jBPM supports runtime commands that you can send to KIE Server for asset-related operations, such as inserting or retracting objects in a KIE session or firing all rules. The full list of supported runtime commands is located in the org.drools.core.command.runtime package in your jBPM instance.

You can use the org.kie.api.command.KieCommands class to insert commands, and use org.kie.api.KieServices.get().getCommands() to instantiate the KieCommands class. If you want to add multiple commands, use the BatchExecutionCommand wrapper.

Example request to insert an object and fire all rules
import org.kie.api.command.Command;
import org.kie.api.command.KieCommands;
import org.kie.server.api.model.ServiceResponse;
import org.kie.server.client.RuleServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesClient;
import org.kie.api.KieServices;

import java.util.Arrays;

...

public void executeCommands() {

  String containerId = "hello";
  System.out.println("== Sending commands to the server ==");
  RuleServicesClient rulesClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(RuleServicesClient.class);
  KieCommands commandsFactory = KieServices.Factory.get().getCommands();

  Command<?> insert = commandsFactory.newInsert("Some String OBJ");
  Command<?> fireAllRules = commandsFactory.newFireAllRules();
  Command<?> batchCommand = commandsFactory.newBatchExecution(Arrays.asList(insert, fireAllRules));

  ServiceResponse<String> executeResponse = rulesClient.executeCommands(containerId, batchCommand);

  if(executeResponse.getType() == ResponseType.SUCCESS) {
    System.out.println("Commands executed with success! Response: ");
    System.out.println(executeResponse.getResult());
  } else {
    System.out.println("Error executing rules. Message: ");
    System.out.println(executeResponse.getMsg());
  }
}
A conversation between a client and a specific KIE Server container in a clustered environment is secured by a unique conversationID. The conversationID is transferred using the X-KIE-ConversationId REST header. If you update the container, unset the previous conversationID. Use KieServiesClient.completeConversation() to unset the conversationID for Java API.
Listing available business processes in a KIE container

You can use the QueryServicesClient client to list available process definitions. The QueryServicesClient methods use pagination, so in addition to the query you make, you must provide the current page and the number of results per page. In this example, the query starts on page 0 and lists the first 1000 results.

Example request to list business processes in KIE Server
public void listProcesses() {
    System.out.println("== Listing Business Processes ==");
    QueryServicesClient queryClient = kieServicesClient.getServicesClient(QueryServicesClient.class);
    List<ProcessDefinition> findProcessesByContainerId = queryClient.findProcessesByContainerId("rewards", 0, 1000);
    for (ProcessDefinition def : findProcessesByContainerId) {
        System.out.println(def.getName() + " - " + def.getId() + " v" + def.getVersion());
    }
}
Starting a business process in a KIE container

You can use the ProcessServicesClient client to start a business process. Ensure that any custom classes that you require for your process are added into the KieServicesConfiguration object, using the addExtraClasses() method.

Example request to start a business process
import java.util.HashMap;
import java.util.HashSet;
import java.util.Map;
import java.util.Set;

import javax.xml.bind.JAXBContext;
import javax.xml.bind.JAXBException;
import javax.xml.bind.Marshaller;

import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesClient;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesConfiguration;
import org.kie.server.client.KieServicesFactory;
import org.kie.server.client.ProcessServicesClient;
...

public static void startProcess() {

  //Client configuration setup
  KieServicesConfiguration config = KieServicesFactory.newRestConfiguration(SERVER_URL, LOGIN, PASSWORD);

  //Add custom classes, such as Obj.class, to the configuration
  Set<Class<?>> extraClassList = new HashSet<Class<?>>();
  extraClassList.add(Obj.class);
  config.addExtraClasses(extraClassList);
  config.setMarshallingFormat(MarshallingFormat.JSON);

  // ProcessServicesClient setup
  KieServicesClient client = KieServicesFactory.newKieServicesClient(config);
  ProcessServicesClient processServicesClient = client.getServicesClient(ProcessServicesClient.class);

  // Create an instance of the custom class
  Obj obj = new Obj();
  obj.setOk("ok");

  Map<String, Object> variables = new HashMap<String, Object>();
  variables.put("test", obj);

  // Start the process with custom class
  processServicesClient.startProcess(CONTAINER, processId, variables);
}
Running a custom query

You can use the QueryDefinition object of the QueryServicesClient client to register and execute custom queries in KIE Server.

Example request to register and execute a custom query in KIE Server
// Client setup
KieServicesConfiguration conf = KieServicesFactory.newRestConfiguration(SERVER_URL, LOGIN, PASSWORD);
KieServicesClient client = KieServicesFactory.newKieServicesClient(conf);

// Get the QueryServicesClient
QueryServicesClient queryClient = client.getServicesClient(QueryServicesClient.class);

// Build the query
QueryDefinition queryDefinition = QueryDefinition.builder().name(QUERY_NAME)
        .expression("select * from Task t")
        .source("java:jboss/datasources/ExampleDS")
        .target("TASK").build();

// Specify that two queries cannot have the same name
queryClient.unregisterQuery(QUERY_NAME);

// Register the query
queryClient.registerQuery(queryDefinition);

// Execute the query with parameters: query name, mapping type (to map the fields to an object), page number, page size, and return type
List<TaskInstance> query = queryClient.query(QUERY_NAME, QueryServicesClient.QUERY_MAP_TASK, 0, 100, TaskInstance.class);

// Read the result
for (TaskInstance taskInstance : query) {
    System.out.println(taskInstance);
}

In this example, the target instructs the query service to apply default filters. Alternatively, you can set filter parameters manually. The Target class supports the following values:

public enum Target {
    PROCESS,
    TASK,
    BA_TASK,
    PO_TASK,
    JOBS,
    CUSTOM;
}

19.10. KIE Server and KIE container commands in jBPM

jBPM supports server commands that you can send to KIE Server for server-related or container-related operations, such as retrieving server information or creating or deleting a container. The full list of supported KIE Server configuration commands is located in the org.kie.server.api.commands package in your jBPM instance.

In the KIE Server REST API, you use the org.kie.server.api.commands commands as the request body for POST requests to http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/server/config. For more information about using the KIE Server REST API, see KIE Server REST API for KIE containers and business assets.

In the KIE Server Java client API, you use the corresponding method in the parent KieServicesClient Java client as an embedded API request in your Java application. All KIE Server commands are executed by methods provided in the Java client API, so you do not need to embed the actual KIE Server commands in your Java application. For more information about using the KIE Server Java client API, see KIE Server Java client API for KIE containers and business assets.

19.10.1. Sample KIE Server and KIE container commands

The following are sample KIE Server commands that you can use with the KIE Server REST API or Java client API for server-related or container-related operations in KIE Server:

  • GetServerInfoCommand

  • GetServerStateCommand

  • CreateContainerCommand

  • GetContainerInfoCommand

  • ListContainersCommand

  • CallContainerCommand

  • DisposeContainerCommand

  • GetScannerInfoCommand

  • UpdateScannerCommand

  • UpdateReleaseIdCommand

For the full list of supported KIE Server configuration and management commands, see the org.kie.server.api.commands package in your jBPM instance.

You can run KIE Server commands individually or together as a batch REST API request or batch Java API request:

Batch REST API request to create, call, and dispose a KIE container (JSON)
{
  "commands": [
    {
      "create-container": {
        "container": {
          "status": "STARTED",
          "container-id": "command-script-container",
          "release-id": {
            "version": "1.0",
            "group-id": "com.redhat",
            "artifact-id": "Project1"
          }
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "call-container": {
        "payload": "{\n  \"commands\" : [ {\n    \"fire-all-rules\" : {\n      \"max\" : -1,\n      \"out-identifier\" : null\n    }\n  } ]\n}",
        "container-id": "command-script-container"
      }
    },
    {
      "dispose-container": {
        "container-id": "command-script-container"
      }
    }
  ]
}
Batch Java API request to retrieve, dispose, and re-create a KIE container
public void disposeAndCreateContainer() {
    System.out.println("== Disposing and creating containers ==");

    // Retrieve list of KIE containers
    List<KieContainerResource> kieContainers = kieServicesClient.listContainers().getResult().getContainers();
    if (kieContainers.size() == 0) {
        System.out.println("No containers available...");
        return;
    }

    // Dispose KIE container
    KieContainerResource container = kieContainers.get(0);
    String containerId = container.getContainerId();
    ServiceResponse<Void> responseDispose = kieServicesClient.disposeContainer(containerId);
    if (responseDispose.getType() == ResponseType.FAILURE) {
        System.out.println("Error disposing " + containerId + ". Message: ");
        System.out.println(responseDispose.getMsg());
        return;
    }
    System.out.println("Success Disposing container " + containerId);
    System.out.println("Trying to recreate the container...");

    // Re-create KIE container
    ServiceResponse<KieContainerResource> createResponse = kieServicesClient.createContainer(containerId, container);
    if(createResponse.getType() == ResponseType.FAILURE) {
        System.out.println("Error creating " + containerId + ". Message: ");
        System.out.println(responseDispose.getMsg());
        return;
    }
    System.out.println("Container recreated with success!");
}

Each command in this section includes a REST request body example (JSON) for the KIE Server REST API and an embedded method example from the KieServicesClient Java client for the KIE Server Java client API.

GetServerInfoCommand

Returns information about the KIE Server.

Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "get-server-info" : { }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
KieServerInfo serverInfo = kieServicesClient.getServerInfo();
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Kie Server info",
      "result": {
        "kie-server-info": {
          "id": "default-kieserver",
          "version": "7.11.0.Final-redhat-00001",
          "name": "default-kieserver",
          "location": "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server",
          "capabilities": [
            "KieServer",
            "BRM",
            "BPM",
            "CaseMgmt",
            "BPM-UI",
            "BRP",
            "DMN",
            "Swagger"
          ],
          "messages": [
            {
              "severity": "INFO",
              "timestamp": {
                "java.util.Date": 1538502533321
              },
              "content": [
                "Server KieServerInfo{serverId='default-kieserver', version='7.11.0.Final-redhat-00001', name='default-kieserver', location='http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server', capabilities=[KieServer, BRM, BPM, CaseMgmt, BPM-UI, BRP, DMN, Swagger], messages=null}started successfully at Tue Oct 02 13:48:53 EDT 2018"
              ]
            }
          ]
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
GetServerStateCommand

Returns information about the current state and configurations of the KIE Server.

Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "get-server-state" : { }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
KieServerStateInfo serverStateInfo = kieServicesClient.getServerState();
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Successfully loaded server state for server id default-kieserver",
      "result": {
        "kie-server-state-info": {
          "controller": [
            "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller"
          ],
          "config": {
            "config-items": [
              {
                "itemName": "org.kie.server.location",
                "itemValue": "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server",
                "itemType": "java.lang.String"
              },
              {
                "itemName": "org.kie.server.controller.user",
                "itemValue": "controllerUser",
                "itemType": "java.lang.String"
              },
              {
                "itemName": "org.kie.server.controller",
                "itemValue": "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller",
                "itemType": "java.lang.String"
              }
            ]
          },
          "containers": [
            {
              "container-id": "employee-rostering",
              "release-id": {
                "group-id": "employeerostering",
                "artifact-id": "employeerostering",
                "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
              },
              "resolved-release-id": null,
              "status": "STARTED",
              "scanner": {
                "status": "STOPPED",
                "poll-interval": null
              },
              "config-items": [
                {
                  "itemName": "KBase",
                  "itemValue": "",
                  "itemType": "BPM"
                },
                {
                  "itemName": "KSession",
                  "itemValue": "",
                  "itemType": "BPM"
                },
                {
                  "itemName": "MergeMode",
                  "itemValue": "MERGE_COLLECTIONS",
                  "itemType": "BPM"
                },
                {
                  "itemName": "RuntimeStrategy",
                  "itemValue": "SINGLETON",
                  "itemType": "BPM"
                }
              ],
              "messages": [],
              "container-alias": "employeerostering"
            }
          ]
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
CreateContainerCommand

Creates a KIE container in the KIE Server.

Table 71. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

container

Map containing the container-id, release-id data (group ID, artifact ID, version), status, and any other components of the new KIE container

Required
Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "create-container" : {
      "container" : {
        "status" : null,
        "messages" : [ ],
        "container-id" : "command-script-container",
        "release-id" : {
          "version" : "1.0",
          "group-id" : "com.redhat",
          "artifact-id" : "Project1"
        },
        "config-items" : [ ]
      }
    }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
ServiceResponse<KieContainerResource> response = kieServicesClient.createContainer("command-script-container", resource);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully deployed with module com.redhat:Project1:1.0.",
      "result": {
        "kie-container": {
          "container-id": "command-script-container",
          "release-id": {
            "version" : "1.0",
            "group-id" : "com.redhat",
            "artifact-id" : "Project1"
          },
          "resolved-release-id": {
            "version" : "1.0",
            "group-id" : "com.redhat",
            "artifact-id" : "Project1"
          },
          "status": "STARTED",
          "scanner": {
            "status": "DISPOSED",
            "poll-interval": null
          },
          "config-items": [],
          "messages": [
            {
              "severity": "INFO",
              "timestamp": {
                "java.util.Date": 1538762455510
              },
              "content": [
                "Container command-script-container successfully created with module com.redhat:Project1:1.0."
              ]
            }
          ],
          "container-alias": null
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
GetContainerInfoCommand

Returns information about a specified KIE container in KIE Server.

Table 72. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

container-id

ID of the KIE container

Required
Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "get-container-info" : {
      "container-id" : "command-script-container"
    }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
ServiceResponse<KieContainerResource> response = kieServicesClient.getContainerInfo("command-script-container");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Info for container command-script-container",
      "result": {
        "kie-container": {
          "container-id": "command-script-container",
          "release-id": {
            "group-id": "com.redhat",
            "artifact-id": "Project1",
            "version": "1.0"
          },
          "resolved-release-id": {
            "group-id": "com.redhat",
            "artifact-id": "Project1",
            "version": "1.0"
          },
          "status": "STARTED",
          "scanner": {
            "status": "DISPOSED",
            "poll-interval": null
          },
          "config-items": [

          ],
          "container-alias": null
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
ListContainersCommand

Returns a list of KIE containers that have been created in the KIE Server.

Table 73. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

kie-container-filter

Optional map containing release-id-filter, container-status-filter, and any other KIE container properties by which you want to filter results

Optional
Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "list-containers" : {
      "kie-container-filter" : {
        "release-id-filter" : { },
        "container-status-filter" : {
          "accepted-status" : ["FAILED"]
        }
      }
    }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
KieContainerResourceFilter filter = new KieContainerResourceFilter.Builder()
        .status(KieContainerStatus.FAILED)
        .build();

KieContainerResourceList containersList = kieServicesClient.listContainers(filter);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "List of created containers",
      "result": {
        "kie-containers": {
          "kie-container": [
            {
              "container-id": "command-script-container",
              "release-id": {
                "group-id": "com.redhat",
                "artifact-id": "Project1",
                "version": "1.0"
              },
              "resolved-release-id": {
                "group-id": "com.redhat",
                "artifact-id": "Project1",
                "version": "1.0"
              },
              "status": "STARTED",
              "scanner": {
                "status": "STARTED",
                "poll-interval": 5000
              },
              "config-items": [
                {
                  "itemName": "RuntimeStrategy",
                  "itemValue": "SINGLETON",
                  "itemType": "java.lang.String"
                },
                {
                  "itemName": "MergeMode",
                  "itemValue": "MERGE_COLLECTIONS",
                  "itemType": "java.lang.String"
                },
                {
                  "itemName": "KBase",
                  "itemValue": "",
                  "itemType": "java.lang.String"
                },
                {
                  "itemName": "KSession",
                  "itemValue": "",
                  "itemType": "java.lang.String"
                }
              ],
              "messages": [
                {
                  "severity": "INFO",
                  "timestamp": {
                    "java.util.Date": 1538504619749
                  },
                  "content": [
                    "Container command-script-container successfully created with module com.redhat:Project1:1.0."
                  ]
                }
              ],
              "container-alias": null
            }
          ]
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
CallContainerCommand

Calls a KIE container and executes one or more runtime commands. For information about jBPM runtime commands, see Runtime commands in jBPM.

Table 74. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

container-id

ID of the KIE container to be called

Required

payload

One or more commands in a BatchExecutionCommand wrapper to be executed on the KIE container

Required
Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "call-container" : {
      "payload" : "{\n  \"lookup\" : \"defaultKieSession\",\n  \"commands\" : [ {\n    \"fire-all-rules\" : {\n      \"max\" : -1,\n      \"out-identifier\" : null\n    }\n  } ]\n}",
      "container-id" : "command-script-container"
    }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
List<Command<?>> commands = new ArrayList<Command<?>>();
      BatchExecutionCommand batchExecution1 = commandsFactory.newBatchExecution(commands, "defaultKieSession");
      commands.add(commandsFactory.newFireAllRules());

      ServiceResponse<ExecutionResults> response1 = ruleClient.executeCommandsWithResults("command-script-container", batchExecution1);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully called.",
      "result": "{\n  \"results\" : [ ],\n  \"facts\" : [ ]\n}"
    }
  ]
}
DisposeContainerCommand

Disposes a specified KIE container in the KIE Server.

Table 75. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

container-id

ID of the KIE container to be disposed

Required
Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "dispose-container" : {
      "container-id" : "command-script-container"
    }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
ServiceResponse<Void> response = kieServicesClient.disposeContainer("command-script-container");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully disposed.",
      "result": null
    }
  ]
}
GetScannerInfoCommand

Returns information about the KIE scanner used for automatic updates in a specified KIE container, if applicable.

Table 76. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

container-id

ID of the KIE container where the KIE scanner is used

Required
Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "get-scanner-info" : {
      "container-id" : "command-script-container"
    }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
ServiceResponse<KieScannerResource> response = kieServicesClient.getScannerInfo("command-script-container");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Scanner info successfully retrieved",
      "result": {
        "kie-scanner": {
          "status": "DISPOSED",
          "poll-interval": null
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
UpdateScannerCommand

Starts or stops a KIE scanner that controls polling for updated KIE container deployments.

Avoid using a KIE scanner with business processes. Using a KIE scanner with processes can lead to unforeseen updates that can then cause errors in long-running processes when changes are not compatible with running process instances.
Table 77. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

container-id

ID of the KIE container where the KIE scanner is used

Required

status

Status to be set on the KIE scanner (STARTED, STOPPED)

Required

poll-interval

Permitted polling duration in milliseconds

Required only when starting scanner
Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "update-scanner" : {
      "scanner" : {
        "status" : "STARTED",
        "poll-interval" : 10000
      },
      "container-id" : "command-script-container"
    }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
KieScannerResource scannerResource = new KieScannerResource();
scannerResource.setPollInterval(10000);
scannerResource.setStatus(KieScannerStatus. STARTED);

ServiceResponse<KieScannerResource> response = kieServicesClient.updateScanner("command-script-container", scannerResource);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Kie scanner successfully created.",
      "result": {
        "kie-scanner": {
          "status": "STARTED",
          "poll-interval": 10000
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
UpdateReleaseIdCommand

Updates the release ID data (group ID, artifact ID, version) for a specified KIE container.

Table 78. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

container-id

ID of the KIE container to be updated

Required

releaseId

Updated GAV (group ID, artifact ID, version) data to be applied to the KIE container

Required
Example REST request body (JSON)
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "update-release-id" : {
      "releaseId" : {
        "version" : "1.1",
        "group-id" : "com.redhat",
        "artifact-id" : "Project1"
      },
      "container-id" : "command-script-container"
    }
  } ]
}
Example Java client method
ServiceResponse<ReleaseId> response = kieServicesClient.updateReleaseId("command-script-container", "com.redhat:Project1:1.1");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Release id successfully updated",
      "result": {
        "release-id": {
          "group-id": "com.redhat",
          "artifact-id": "Project1",
          "version": "1.1"
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}

19.11. Runtime commands in jBPM

jBPM supports runtime commands that you can send to KIE Server for asset-related operations, such as executing all rules or inserting or retracting objects in a KIE session. The full list of supported runtime commands is located in the org.drools.core.command.runtime package in your jBPM instance.

In the KIE Server REST API, you use the global org.drools.core.command.runtime commands or the rule-specific org.drools.core.command.runtime.rule commands as the request body for POST requests to http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/instances/{containerId}. For more information about using the KIE Server REST API, see KIE Server REST API for KIE containers and business assets.

In the KIE Server Java client API, you can embed these commands in your Java application along with the relevant Java client. For example, for rule-related commands, you use the RuleServicesClient Java client with the embedded commands. For more information about using the KIE Server Java client API, see KIE Server Java client API for KIE containers and business assets.

19.11.1. Sample runtime commands in jBPM

The following are sample runtime commands that you can use with the KIE Server REST API or Java client API for asset-related operations in KIE Server:

  • BatchExecutionCommand

  • InsertObjectCommand

  • RetractCommand

  • ModifyCommand

  • GetObjectCommand

  • GetObjectsCommand

  • InsertElementsCommand

  • FireAllRulesCommand

  • StartProcessCommand

  • SignalEventCommand

  • CompleteWorkItemCommand

  • AbortWorkItemCommand

  • QueryCommand

  • SetGlobalCommand

  • GetGlobalCommand

For the full list of supported runtime commands, see the org.drools.core.command.runtime package in your jBPM instance.

Each command in this section includes a REST request body example (JSON) for the KIE Server REST API and an embedded Java command example for the KIE Server Java client API. The Java examples use an object org.drools.compiler.test.Person with the fields name (String) and age (Integer).

BatchExecutionCommand

Contains multiple commands to be executed together.

Table 79. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

commands

List of commands to be executed.

Required

lookup

Sets the KIE session ID on which the commands will be executed. For stateless KIE sessions, this attribute is required. For stateful KIE sessions, this attribute is optional and if not specified, the default KIE session is used.

Required for stateless KIE session, optional for stateful KIE session
KIE session IDs are in the kmodule.xml file of your jBPM project. To view or add a KIE session ID in Business Central to use with the lookup command attribute, navigate to the relevant project in Business Central and go to project Settings → KIE bases → KIE sessions. If no KIE bases exist, click Add KIE base → KIE sessions to define the new KIE base and KIE sessions.
Example JSON request body
{
  "lookup": "ksession1",
  "commands": [ {
      "insert": {
        "object": {
          "org.drools.compiler.test.Person": {
            "name": "john",
            "age": 25
          }
        }
      }
    },
    {
      "fire-all-rules": {
        "max": 10,
        "out-identifier": "firedActivations"
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
BatchExecutionCommand command = new BatchExecutionCommand();
command.setLookup("ksession1");

InsertObjectCommand insertObjectCommand = new InsertObjectCommand(new Person("john", 25));
FireAllRulesCommand fireAllRulesCommand = new FireAllRulesCommand();

command.getCommands().add(insertObjectCommand);
command.getCommands().add(fireAllRulesCommand);

ksession.execute(command);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [
            {
              "value": 0,
              "key": "firedActivations"
            }
          ],
          "facts": []
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
InsertObjectCommand

Inserts an object into the KIE session.

Table 80. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

object

The object to be inserted

Required

out-identifier

ID of the FactHandle created from the object insertion and added to the execution results

Optional

return-object

Boolean to determine whether the object must be returned in the execution results (default: true)

Optional

entry-point

Entry point for the insertion

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [ {
      "insert": {
        "entry-point": "my stream",
        "object": {
          "org.drools.compiler.test.Person": {
            "age": 25,
            "name": "john"
          }
        },
        "out-identifier": "john",
        "return-object": false
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
Command insertObjectCommand =
  CommandFactory.newInsert(new Person("john", 25), "john", false, null);

ksession.execute(insertObjectCommand);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [],
          "facts": [
            {
              "value": {
                "org.drools.core.common.DefaultFactHandle": {
                  "external-form": "0:4:436792766:-2127720265:4:DEFAULT:NON_TRAIT:java.util.LinkedHashMap"
                }
              },
              "key": "john"
            }
          ]
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
RetractCommand

Retracts an object from the KIE session.

Table 81. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

fact-handle

The FactHandle associated with the object to be retracted

Required
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [ {
      "retract": {
        "fact-handle": "0:4:436792766:-2127720265:4:DEFAULT:NON_TRAIT:java.util.LinkedHashMap"
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command: Use FactHandleFromString
RetractCommand retractCommand = new RetractCommand();
retractCommand.setFactHandleFromString("123:234:345:456:567");
Example Java command: Use FactHandle from inserted object
RetractCommand retractCommand = new RetractCommand(factHandle);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container employee-rostering successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [],
          "facts": []
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
ModifyCommand

Modifies a previously inserted object in the KIE session.

Table 82. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

fact-handle

The FactHandle associated with the object to be modified

Required

setters

List of setters for object modifications

Required
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [ {
      "modify": {
        "fact-handle": "0:4:436792766:-2127720265:4:DEFAULT:NON_TRAIT:java.util.LinkedHashMap",
        "setters": {
          "accessor": "age",
          "value": 25
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
ModifyCommand modifyCommand = new ModifyCommand(factHandle);

List<Setter> setters = new ArrayList<Setter>();
setters.add(new SetterImpl("age", "25"));

modifyCommand.setSetters(setters);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container employee-rostering successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [],
          "facts": []
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
GetObjectCommand

Retrieves an object from a KIE session.

Table 83. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

fact-handle

The FactHandle associated with the object to be retrieved

Required

out-identifier

ID of the FactHandle created from the object insertion and added to the execution results

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [ {
      "get-object": {
        "fact-handle": "0:4:436792766:-2127720265:4:DEFAULT:NON_TRAIT:java.util.LinkedHashMap",
        "out-identifier": "john"
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
GetObjectCommand getObjectCommand = new GetObjectCommand();
getObjectCommand.setFactHandleFromString("123:234:345:456:567");
getObjectCommand.setOutIdentifier("john");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [
            {
              "value": null,
              "key": "john"
            }
          ],
          "facts": []
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
GetObjectsCommand

Retrieves all objects from the KIE session as a collection.

Table 84. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

object-filter

Filter for the objects returned from the KIE session

Optional

out-identifier

Identifier to be used in the execution results

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [ {
      "get-objects": {
        "out-identifier": "objects"
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
GetObjectsCommand getObjectsCommand = new GetObjectsCommand();
getObjectsCommand.setOutIdentifier("objects");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [
            {
              "value": [
                {
                  "org.apache.xerces.dom.ElementNSImpl": "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-16\"?>\n<object xmlns:xsi=\"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance\" xsi:type=\"person\"><age>25</age><name>john</name>\n <\/object>"
                },
                {
                  "org.drools.compiler.test.Person": {
                    "name": "john",
                    "age": 25
                  }
                }
              ],
              "key": "objects"
            }
          ],
          "facts": []
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
InsertElementsCommand

Inserts a list of objects into the KIE session.

Table 85. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

objects

The list of objects to be inserted into the KIE session

Required

out-identifier

ID of the FactHandle created from the object insertion and added to the execution results

Optional

return-object

Boolean to determine whether the object must be returned in the execution results. Default value: true.

Optional

entry-point

Entry point for the insertion

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [ {
    "insert-elements": {
        "objects": [
            {
                "containedObject": {
                    "@class": "org.drools.compiler.test.Person",
                    "age": 25,
                    "name": "john"
                }
            },
            {
                "containedObject": {
                    "@class": "Person",
                    "age": 35,
                    "name": "sarah"
                }
            }
        ]
    }
  }
]
}
Example Java command
List<Object> objects = new ArrayList<Object>();
objects.add(new Person("john", 25));
objects.add(new Person("sarah", 35));

Command insertElementsCommand = CommandFactory.newInsertElements(objects);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [],
          "facts": [
            {
              "value": {
                "org.drools.core.common.DefaultFactHandle": {
                  "external-form": "0:4:436792766:-2127720265:4:DEFAULT:NON_TRAIT:java.util.LinkedHashMap"
                }
              },
              "key": "john"
            },
            {
              "value": {
                "org.drools.core.common.DefaultFactHandle": {
                  "external-form": "0:4:436792766:-2127720266:4:DEFAULT:NON_TRAIT:java.util.LinkedHashMap"
                }
              },
              "key": "sarah"
            }
          ]
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
FireAllRulesCommand

Executes all rules in the KIE session.

Table 86. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

max

Maximum number of rules to be executed. The default is -1 and does not put any restriction on execution.

Optional

out-identifier

ID to be used for retrieving the number of fired rules in execution results.

Optional

agenda-filter

Agenda Filter to be used for rule execution.

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands" : [ {
    "fire-all-rules": {
        "max": 10,
        "out-identifier": "firedActivations"
    }
  } ]
}
Example Java command
FireAllRulesCommand fireAllRulesCommand = new FireAllRulesCommand();
fireAllRulesCommand.setMax(10);
fireAllRulesCommand.setOutIdentifier("firedActivations");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [
            {
              "value": 0,
              "key": "firedActivations"
            }
          ],
          "facts": []
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
StartProcessCommand

Starts a process using the process ID. You can also pass parameters and initial data to be inserted.

Table 87. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

processId

ID of the process to be started

Required

parameters

A Map <String,Object> argument to pass parameters in the process startup

Optional

data

List of objects to be inserted into the KIE session before the process startup

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [
    {
      "start-process": {
        "processId": "myProject.myProcess",
        "data": null,
        "parameter": [],
        "out-identifier": null
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
StartProcessCommand startProcessCommand = new StartProcessCommand();
startProcessCommand.setProcessId("org.drools.task.processOne");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "type": "SUCCESS",
  "msg": "Container stateful-session successfully called.",
  "result": {
    "execution-results": {
      "results": [],
      "facts": []
    }
  }
}
SignalEventCommand

Sends a signal event to the KIE session.

Table 88. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

event-type

Type of the incoming event

Required

process-instance-id

ID of the process instance to be signalled

Optional

event

Data of the incoming event

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [
    {
      "signal-event": {
        "process-instance-id": 1001,
        "correlation-key": null,
        "event-type": "start",
        "event": {
          "org.kie.server.testing.Person": {
            "fullname": "john",
            "age": 25
          }
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
SignalEventCommand signalEventCommand = new SignalEventCommand();
signalEventCommand.setProcessInstanceId(1001);
signalEventCommand.setEventType("start");
signalEventCommand.setEvent(new Person("john", 25));
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "type": "SUCCESS",
  "msg": "Container stateful-session successfully called.",
  "result": {
    "execution-results": {
      "results": [],
      "facts": []
    }
  }
}
CompleteWorkItemCommand

Completes a work item in the KIE session.

Table 89. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

workItemId

ID of the work item to be completed

Required

results

Result of the work item

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [ {
    "complete-work-item": {
        "id": 1001
    }
  }
]
}
Example Java command
CompleteWorkItemCommand completeWorkItemCommand = new CompleteWorkItemCommand();
completeWorkItemCommand.setWorkItemId(1001);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container employee-rostering successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [],
          "facts": []
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
AbortWorkItemCommand

Aborts a work item in the KIE session in the same way as ksession.getWorkItemManager().abortWorkItem(workItemId).

Table 90. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

workItemId

ID of the work item to be aborted

Required
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [ {
      "abort-work-item": {
        "id": 1001
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
AbortWorkItemCommand abortWorkItemCommand = new AbortWorkItemCommand();
abortWorkItemCommand.setWorkItemId(1001);
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container employee-rostering successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [],
          "facts": []
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
QueryCommand

Executes a query defined in the KIE base.

Table 91. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

name

Query name.

Required

out-identifier

ID of the query results. The query results are added in the execution results with this identifier.

Optional

arguments

List of objects to be passed as a query parameter.

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [
    {
      "query": {
        "name": "persons",
        "arguments": [],
        "out-identifier": "persons"
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
QueryCommand queryCommand = new QueryCommand();
queryCommand.setName("persons");
queryCommand.setOutIdentifier("persons");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "type": "SUCCESS",
  "msg": "Container stateful-session successfully called.",
  "result": {
    "execution-results": {
      "results": [
        {
          "value": {
            "org.drools.core.runtime.rule.impl.FlatQueryResults": {
              "idFactHandleMaps": {
                "type": "LIST",
                "componentType": null,
                "element": [
                  {
                    "type": "MAP",
                    "componentType": null,
                    "element": [
                      {
                        "value": {
                          "org.drools.core.common.DisconnectedFactHandle": {
                            "id": 1,
                            "identityHashCode": 1809949690,
                            "objectHashCode": 1809949690,
                            "recency": 1,
                            "object": {
                              "org.kie.server.testing.Person": {
                                "fullname": "John Doe",
                                "age": 47
                              }
                            },
                            "entryPointId": "DEFAULT",
                            "traitType": "NON_TRAIT",
                            "external-form": "0:1:1809949690:1809949690:1:DEFAULT:NON_TRAIT:org.kie.server.testing.Person"
                          }
                        },
                        "key": "$person"
                      }
                    ]
                  }
                ]
              },
              "idResultMaps": {
                "type": "LIST",
                "componentType": null,
                "element": [
                  {
                    "type": "MAP",
                    "componentType": null,
                    "element": [
                      {
                        "value": {
                          "org.kie.server.testing.Person": {
                            "fullname": "John Doe",
                            "age": 47
                          }
                        },
                        "key": "$person"
                      }
                    ]
                  }
                ]
              },
              "identifiers": {
                "type": "SET",
                "componentType": null,
                "element": [
                  "$person"
                ]
              }
            }
          },
          "key": "persons"
        }
      ],
      "facts": []
    }
  }
}
SetGlobalCommand

Sets an object to a global state.

Table 92. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

identifier

ID of the global variable defined in the KIE base

Required

object

Object to be set into the global variable

Optional

out

Boolean to exclude the global variable you set from the execution results

Optional

out-identifier

ID of the global execution result

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [
    {
      "set-global": {
        "identifier": "helper",
        "object": {
          "org.kie.server.testing.Person": {
            "fullname": "kyle",
            "age": 30
          }
        },
        "out-identifier": "output"
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
SetGlobalCommand setGlobalCommand = new SetGlobalCommand();
setGlobalCommand.setIdentifier("helper");
setGlobalCommand.setObject(new Person("kyle", 30));
setGlobalCommand.setOut(true);
setGlobalCommand.setOutIdentifier("output");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "type": "SUCCESS",
  "msg": "Container stateful-session successfully called.",
  "result": {
    "execution-results": {
      "results": [
        {
          "value": {
            "org.kie.server.testing.Person": {
              "fullname": "kyle",
              "age": 30
            }
          },
          "key": "output"
        }
      ],
      "facts": []
    }
  }
}
GetGlobalCommand

Retrieves a previously defined global object.

Table 93. Command attributes
Name Description Requirement

identifier

ID of the global variable defined in the KIE base

Required

out-identifier

ID to be used in the execution results

Optional
Example JSON request body
{
  "commands": [ {
      "get-global": {
        "identifier": "helper",
        "out-identifier": "helperOutput"
      }
    }
  ]
}
Example Java command
GetGlobalCommand getGlobalCommand = new GetGlobalCommand();
getGlobalCommand.setIdentifier("helper");
getGlobalCommand.setOutIdentifier("helperOutput");
Example server response (JSON)
{
  "response": [
    {
      "type": "SUCCESS",
      "msg": "Container command-script-container successfully called.",
      "result": {
        "execution-results": {
          "results": [
            {
              "value": null,
              "key": "helperOutput"
            }
          ],
          "facts": []
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}

19.12. jBPM controller REST API for KIE Server templates and instances

jBPM provides a jBPM controller REST API that you can use to interact with your KIE Server templates (configurations), KIE Server instances (remote servers), and associated KIE containers (deployment units) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface. This API support enables you to maintain your jBPM servers and resources more efficiently and optimize your integration and development with jBPM.

With the jBPM controller REST API, you can perform the following actions:

  • Retrieve information about KIE Server templates, instances, and associated KIE containers

  • Update, start, or stop KIE containers associated with KIE Server templates and instances

  • Create, update, or delete KIE Server templates

  • Create, update, or delete KIE Server instances

Requests to the jBPM controller REST API require the following components:

Authentication

The jBPM controller REST API requires HTTP Basic authentication or token-based authentication for the following user roles, depending on controller type:

  • rest-all user role if you installed Business Central and you want to use the built-in jBPM controller

  • kie-server user role if you installed the headless jBPM controller separately from Business Central

To view configured user roles for your jBPM distribution, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/standalone/configuration/application-roles.properties and ~/application-users.properties.

To add a user with the kie-server role or the rest-all role or both, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/bin and run the following command with the role or roles specified:

$ ./add-user.sh -a --user <USERNAME> --password <PASSWORD> --role kie-server,rest-all

To configure the kie-server or rest-all user with jBPM controller access, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/standalone/configuration/standalone-full.xml, uncomment the org.kie.server properties (if applicable), and add the controller user login credentials and controller location (if needed):

<property name="org.kie.server.location" value="http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server"/>
<property name="org.kie.server.controller" value="http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller"/>
<property name="org.kie.server.controller.user" value="baAdmin"/>
<property name="org.kie.server.controller.pwd" value="password@1"/>
<property name="org.kie.server.id" value="default-kieserver"/>

For more information about user roles and jBPM installation options, see Installing the KIE Server.

HTTP headers

The jBPM controller REST API requires the following HTTP headers for API requests:

  • Accept: Data format accepted by your requesting client:

    • application/json (JSON)

    • application/xml (XML, for JAXB)

  • Content-Type: Data format of your POST or PUT API request data:

    • application/json (JSON)

    • application/xml (XML, for JAXB)

HTTP methods

The jBPM controller REST API supports the following HTTP methods for API requests:

  • GET: Retrieves specified information from a specified resource endpoint

  • POST: Updates a resource or resource instance

  • PUT: Creates a resource or resource instance

  • DELETE: Deletes a resource or resource instance

Base URL

The base URL for jBPM controller REST API requests is http://SERVER:PORT/CONTROLLER/rest/, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/ if you are using the jBPM controller built in to Business Central.

Endpoints

jBPM controller REST API endpoints, such as /controller/management/servers/{serverTemplateId} for a specified KIE Server template, are the URIs that you append to the jBPM controller REST API base URL to access the corresponding server resource or type of server resource in jBPM.

Example request URL for /controller/management/servers/{serverTemplateId} endpoint

http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/management/servers/default-kieserver

Request parameters and request data

Some jBPM controller REST API requests require specific parameters in the request URL path to identify or filter specific resources and to perform specific actions. You can append URL parameters to the endpoint in the format ?<PARAM>=<VALUE>&<PARAM>=<VALUE>.

Example DELETE request URL with parameters

http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/server/new-kieserver-instance?location=http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server

HTTP POST and PUT requests may additionally require a request body or file with data to accompany the request.

Example PUT request URL and JSON request body data

http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/management/servers/new-kieserver

{
  "server-id": "new-kieserver",
  "server-name": "new-kieserver",
  "container-specs": [],
  "server-config": {},
  "capabilities": [
    "RULE",
    "PROCESS",
    "PLANNING"
  ]
}

19.12.1. Sending requests with the jBPM controller REST API using a REST client or curl utility

The jBPM controller REST API enables you to interact with your KIE Server templates (configurations), KIE Server instances (remote servers), and associated KIE containers (deployment units) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface. You can send jBPM controller REST API requests using any REST client or curl utility.

Prerequisites

  • KIE Server is installed and running.

  • The jBPM controller or headless jBPM controller is installed and running.

  • You have rest-all user role access to the jBPM controller if you installed Business Central, or kie-server user role access to the headless jBPM controller installed separately from Business Central.

Procedure

  1. Identify the relevant API endpoint to which you want to send a request, such as [GET] /controller/management/servers to retrieve KIE Server templates from the jBPM controller.

  2. In a REST client or curl utility, enter the following components for a GET request to controller/management/servers. Adjust any request details according to your use case.

    For REST client:

    • Authentication: Enter the user name and password of the jBPM controller user with the rest-all role or the headless jBPM controller user with the kie-server role.

    • HTTP Headers: Set the following header:

      • Accept: application/json

    • HTTP method: Set to GET.

    • URL: Enter the jBPM controller REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/management/servers.

    For curl utility:

    • -u: Enter the user name and password of the jBPM controller user with the rest-all role or the headless jBPM controller user with the kie-server role.

    • -H: Set the following header:

      • accept: application/json

    • -X: Set to GET.

    • URL: Enter the jBPM controller REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/management/servers.

    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -H "accept: application/json" -X GET "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/management/servers"

  3. Execute the request and review the jBPM controller response.

    Example server response (JSON):

    {
  "server-template": [
    {
      "server-id": "default-kieserver",
      "server-name": "default-kieserver",
      "container-specs": [
        {
          "container-id": "employeerostering_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
          "container-name": "employeerostering",
          "server-template-key": {
            "server-id": "default-kieserver",
            "server-name": "default-kieserver"
          },
          "release-id": {
            "group-id": "employeerostering",
            "artifact-id": "employeerostering",
            "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
          },
          "configuration": {
            "RULE": {
              "org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.RuleConfig": {
                "pollInterval": null,
                "scannerStatus": "STOPPED"
              }
            },
            "PROCESS": {
              "org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.ProcessConfig": {
                "runtimeStrategy": "SINGLETON",
                "kbase": "",
                "ksession": "",
                "mergeMode": "MERGE_COLLECTIONS"
              }
            }
          },
          "status": "STARTED"
        },
        {
          "container-id": "mortgage-process_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
          "container-name": "mortgage-process",
          "server-template-key": {
            "server-id": "default-kieserver",
            "server-name": "default-kieserver"
          },
          "release-id": {
            "group-id": "mortgage-process",
            "artifact-id": "mortgage-process",
            "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
          },
          "configuration": {
            "RULE": {
              "org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.RuleConfig": {
                "pollInterval": null,
                "scannerStatus": "STOPPED"
              }
            },
            "PROCESS": {
              "org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.ProcessConfig": {
                "runtimeStrategy": "PER_PROCESS_INSTANCE",
                "kbase": "",
                "ksession": "",
                "mergeMode": "MERGE_COLLECTIONS"
              }
            }
          },
          "status": "STARTED"
        }
      ],
      "server-config": {},
      "server-instances": [
        {
          "server-instance-id": "default-kieserver-instance@localhost:8080",
          "server-name": "default-kieserver-instance@localhost:8080",
          "server-template-id": "default-kieserver",
          "server-url": "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server"
        }
      ],
      "capabilities": [
        "RULE",
        "PROCESS",
        "PLANNING"
      ]
    }
  ]
}

  4. In your REST client or curl utility, send another API request with the following components for a PUT request to /controller/management/servers/{serverTemplateId} to create a new KIE Server template. Adjust any request details according to your use case.

    For REST client:

    • Authentication: Enter the user name and password of the jBPM controller user with the rest-all role or the headless jBPM controller user with the kie-server role.

    • HTTP Headers: Set the following headers:

      • Accept: application/json

      • Content-Type: application/json

    • HTTP method: Set to PUT.

    • URL: Enter the jBPM controller REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/management/servers/new-kieserver.

    • Request body: Add a JSON request body with the configurations for the new KIE Server template:

    {
  "server-id": "new-kieserver",
  "server-name": "new-kieserver",
  "container-specs": [],
  "server-config": {},
  "capabilities": [
    "RULE",
    "PROCESS",
    "PLANNING"
  ]
}

    For curl utility:

    • -u: Enter the user name and password of the jBPM controller user with the rest-all role or the headless jBPM controller user with the kie-server role.

    • -H: Set the following headers:

      • accept: application/json

      • content-type: application/json

    • -X: Set to PUT.

    • URL: Enter the jBPM controller REST API base URL and endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/management/servers/new-kieserver.

    • -d: Add a JSON request body or file (@file.json) with the configurations for the new KIE Server template:

    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -H "accept: application/json" -H "content-type: application/json" -X PUT "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/management/servers/new-kieserver" -d "{ \"server-id\": \"new-kieserver\", \"server-name\": \"new-kieserver\", \"container-specs\": [], \"server-config\": {}, \"capabilities\": [ \"RULE\", \"PROCESS\", \"PLANNING\" ]}"
    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -H "accept: application/json" -H "content-type: application/json" -X PUT "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller/management/servers/new-kieserver" -d @my-server-template-configs.json

  5. Execute the request and confirm the successful jBPM controller response.

    If you encounter request errors, review the returned error code messages and adjust your request accordingly.

19.12.2. Sending requests with the jBPM controller REST API using the Swagger interface

The jBPM controller REST API supports a Swagger web interface that you can use instead of a standalone REST client or curl utility to interact with your KIE Server templates, instances, and associated KIE containers in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface.

By default, the Swagger web interface for the jBPM controller is enabled by the org.kie.workbench.swagger.disabled=false system property. To disable the Swagger web interface for the jBPM controller, set this system property to true.
Prerequisites

  • The jBPM controller is installed and running.

  • You have rest-all user role access to the jBPM controller if you installed Business Central, or kie-server user role access to the headless jBPM controller installed separately from Business Central.

Procedure

  1. In a web browser, navigate to http://SERVER:PORT/CONTROLLER/docs, such as http://localhost:8080/business-central/docs, and log in with the user name and password of the jBPM controller user with the rest-all role or the headless jBPM controller user with the kie-server role.

    If you are using the jBPM controller built in to Business Central, the Swagger page associated with the jBPM controller is identified as the "Business Central API" for Business Central REST services. If you are using the headless jBPM controller without Business Central, the Swagger page associated with the headless jBPM controller is identified as the "Controller API". In both cases, the jBPM controller REST API endpoints are the same.

  2. In the Swagger page, select the relevant API endpoint to which you want to send a request, such as Controller :: KIE Server templates and KIE containers → [GET] /controller/management/servers to retrieve KIE Server templates from the jBPM controller.

  3. Click Try it out and provide any optional parameters by which you want to filter results, if applicable.

  4. In the Response content type drop-down menu, select the desired format of the server response, such as application/json for JSON format.

  5. Click Execute and review the KIE Server response.

    Example server response (JSON):

    {
  "server-template": [
    {
      "server-id": "default-kieserver",
      "server-name": "default-kieserver",
      "container-specs": [
        {
          "container-id": "employeerostering_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
          "container-name": "employeerostering",
          "server-template-key": {
            "server-id": "default-kieserver",
            "server-name": "default-kieserver"
          },
          "release-id": {
            "group-id": "employeerostering",
            "artifact-id": "employeerostering",
            "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
          },
          "configuration": {
            "RULE": {
              "org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.RuleConfig": {
                "pollInterval": null,
                "scannerStatus": "STOPPED"
              }
            },
            "PROCESS": {
              "org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.ProcessConfig": {
                "runtimeStrategy": "SINGLETON",
                "kbase": "",
                "ksession": "",
                "mergeMode": "MERGE_COLLECTIONS"
              }
            }
          },
          "status": "STARTED"
        },
        {
          "container-id": "mortgage-process_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",
          "container-name": "mortgage-process",
          "server-template-key": {
            "server-id": "default-kieserver",
            "server-name": "default-kieserver"
          },
          "release-id": {
            "group-id": "mortgage-process",
            "artifact-id": "mortgage-process",
            "version": "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT"
          },
          "configuration": {
            "RULE": {
              "org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.RuleConfig": {
                "pollInterval": null,
                "scannerStatus": "STOPPED"
              }
            },
            "PROCESS": {
              "org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.ProcessConfig": {
                "runtimeStrategy": "PER_PROCESS_INSTANCE",
                "kbase": "",
                "ksession": "",
                "mergeMode": "MERGE_COLLECTIONS"
              }
            }
          },
          "status": "STARTED"
        }
      ],
      "server-config": {},
      "server-instances": [
        {
          "server-instance-id": "default-kieserver-instance@localhost:8080",
          "server-name": "default-kieserver-instance@localhost:8080",
          "server-template-id": "default-kieserver",
          "server-url": "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server"
        }
      ],
      "capabilities": [
        "RULE",
        "PROCESS",
        "PLANNING"
      ]
    }
  ]
}

  6. In the Swagger page, navigate to the Controller :: KIE Server templates and KIE containers → [GET] /controller/management/servers/{serverTemplateId} endpoint to send another request to create a new KIE Server template. Adjust any request details according to your use case.

  7. Click Try it out and enter the following components for the request:

    • serverTemplateId: Enter the ID of the new KIE Server template, such as new-kieserver.

    • body: Set the Parameter content type to the desired request body format, such as application/json for JSON format, and add a request body with the configurations for the new KIE Server template:

    {
  "server-id": "new-kieserver",
  "server-name": "new-kieserver",
  "container-specs": [],
  "server-config": {},
  "capabilities": [
    "RULE",
    "PROCESS",
    "PLANNING"
  ]
}

  8. In the Response content type drop-down menu, select the desired format of the server response, such as application/json for JSON format.

  9. Click Execute and confirm the successful jBPM controller response.

    If you encounter request errors, review the returned error code messages and adjust your request accordingly.

19.12.3. Supported jBPM controller REST API endpoints

The jBPM controller REST API provides endpoints for interacting with KIE Server templates (configurations), KIE Server instances (remote servers), and associated KIE containers (deployment units). The jBPM controller REST API base URL is http://SERVER:PORT/CONTROLLER/rest/. All requests require HTTP Basic authentication or token-based authentication for the rest-all user role if you installed Business Central and you want to use the built-in jBPM controller, or the kie-server user role if you installed the headless jBPM controller separately from Business Central.

For the full list of jBPM controller REST API endpoints and descriptions, use one of the following resources:

  • Controller REST API on the jBPM Documentation page (static)

  • Swagger UI for the jBPM controller REST API at http://SERVER:PORT/CONTROLLER/docs (dynamic, requires running jBPM controller)

    By default, the Swagger web interface for the jBPM controller is enabled by the org.kie.workbench.swagger.disabled=false system property. To disable the Swagger web interface for the jBPM controller, set this system property to true.

    If you are using the jBPM controller built in to Business Central, the Swagger page associated with the jBPM controller is identified as the "Business Central API" for Business Central REST services. If you are using the headless jBPM controller without Business Central, the Swagger page associated with the headless jBPM controller is identified as the "Controller API". In both cases, the jBPM controller REST API endpoints are the same.

19.13. jBPM controller Java client API for KIE Server templates and instances

jBPM provides a jBPM controller Java client API that enables you to connect to the jBPM controller using REST or WebSocket protocol from your Java client application. You can use the jBPM controller Java client API as an alternative to the jBPM controller REST API to interact with your KIE Server templates (configurations), KIE Server instances (remote servers), and associated KIE containers (deployment units) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface. This API support enables you to maintain your jBPM servers and resources more efficiently and optimize your integration and development with jBPM.

With the jBPM controller Java client API, you can perform the following actions also supported by the jBPM controller REST API:

  • Retrieve information about KIE Server templates, instances, and associated KIE containers

  • Update, start, or stop KIE containers associated with KIE Server templates and instances

  • Create, update, or delete KIE Server templates

  • Create, update, or delete KIE Server instances

jBPM controller Java client API requests require the following components:

Authentication

The jBPM controller Java client API requires HTTP Basic authentication for the following user roles, depending on controller type:

  • rest-all user role if you installed Business Central and you want to use the built-in jBPM controller

  • kie-server user role if you installed the headless jBPM controller separately from Business Central

To view configured user roles for your jBPM distribution, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/standalone/configuration/application-roles.properties and ~/application-users.properties.

To add a user with the kie-server role or the rest-all role or both (assuming a Keystore is already set), navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/bin and run the following command with the role or roles specified:

$ ./add-user.sh -a --user <USERNAME> --password <PASSWORD> --role kie-server,rest-all

In case the Keystore is not set, then execute the following command to create a Keystore:

$ keytool -importpassword -keystore $SERVER_HOME/standalone/configuration/kie_keystore.jceks -keypass <SECRETKEYPASSWORD> -alias kieserver -storepass <SECRETSTOREPASSWORD> -storetype JCEKS

Also, add the following properties to ~/$SERVER_HOME/standalone/configuration/standalone-full.xml:

    <property name="kie.keystore.keyStoreURL" value="file:///data/jboss/rhpam780/standalone/configuration/kie_keystore.jceks"/>
    <property name="kie.keystore.keyStorePwd" value="<SECRETSTOREPASSWORD>"/>
    <property name="kie.keystore.key.server.alias" value="kieserver"/>
    <property name="kie.keystore.key.server.pwd" value="<SECRETKEYPASSWORD>"/>
    <property name="kie.keystore.key.ctrl.alias" value="kieserver"/>
    <property name="kie.keystore.key.ctrl.pwd" value="<SECRETKEYPASSWORD>"/>

To configure the kie-server or rest-all user with jBPM controller access, navigate to ~/$SERVER_HOME/standalone/configuration/standalone-full.xml, uncomment the org.kie.server properties (if applicable), and add the controller user login credentials and controller location (if needed):

<property name="org.kie.server.location" value="http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server"/>
<property name="org.kie.server.controller" value="http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller"/>
<property name="org.kie.server.controller.user" value="<USERNAME>"/>
<property name="org.kie.server.id" value="default-kieserver"/>

For more information about user roles and jBPM installation options, see Installing the KIE Server.

Project dependencies

The jBPM controller Java client API requires the following dependencies on the relevant classpath of your Java project:

<!-- For remote execution on controller -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
  <artifactId>kie-server-controller-client</artifactId>
  <version>${jbpm.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For REST client -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>org.jboss.resteasy</groupId>
  <artifactId>resteasy-client</artifactId>
  <version>${resteasy.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For WebSocket client -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>io.undertow</groupId>
  <artifactId>undertow-websockets-jsr</artifactId>
  <version>${undertow.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For debug logging (optional) -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>ch.qos.logback</groupId>
  <artifactId>logback-classic</artifactId>
  <version>${logback.version}</version>
</dependency>

The <version> for jBPM dependencies is the Maven artifact version for jBPM currently used in your project (for example, 7.44.0.Final).

Client request configuration

All Java client requests with the jBPM controller Java client API must define at least the following controller communication components:

  • Credentials of the rest-all user if you installed Business Central, or the kie-server user if you installed the headless jBPM controller separately from Business Central

  • jBPM controller location for REST or WebSocket protocol:

    • Example REST URL: http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller

    • Example WebSocket URL: ws://localhost:8080/headless-controller/websocket/controller

  • Marshalling format for API requests and responses (JSON or JAXB)

  • A KieServerControllerClient object, which serves as the entry point for starting the server communication using the Java client API

  • A KieServerControllerClientFactory defining REST or WebSocket protocol and user access

  • The jBPM controller client service or services used, such as listServerTemplates, getServerTemplate, or getServerInstances

The following are examples of REST and WebSocket client configurations with these components:

Client configuration example with REST
import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.ServerTemplateList;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClient;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClientFactory;

public class ListServerTemplatesExample {

    private static final String URL = "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller";
    private static final String USER = "baAdmin";
    private static final String PASSWORD = "password@1";

    private static final MarshallingFormat FORMAT = MarshallingFormat.JSON;

    public static void main(String[] args) {
        KieServerControllerClient client = KieServerControllerClientFactory.newRestClient(URL,
                                                                                          USER,
                                                                                          PASSWORD);

        final ServerTemplateList serverTemplateList = client.listServerTemplates();
        System.out.println(String.format("Found %s server template(s) at controller url: %s",
                                         serverTemplateList.getServerTemplates().length,
                                         URL));
    }
}
Client configuration example with WebSocket
import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.ServerTemplateList;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClient;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClientFactory;

public class ListServerTemplatesExample {

    private static final String URL = "ws://localhost:8080/my-controller/websocket/controller";
    private static final String USER = "baAdmin";
    private static final String PASSWORD = "password@1";

    private static final MarshallingFormat FORMAT = MarshallingFormat.JSON;

    public static void main(String[] args) {
        KieServerControllerClient client = KieServerControllerClientFactory.newWebSocketClient(URL,
                                                                                               USER,
                                                                                               PASSWORD);

        final ServerTemplateList serverTemplateList = client.listServerTemplates();
        System.out.println(String.format("Found %s server template(s) at controller url: %s",
                                         serverTemplateList.getServerTemplates().length,
                                         URL));
    }
}

19.13.1. Sending requests with the jBPM controller Java client API

The jBPM controller Java client API enables you to connect to the jBPM controller using REST or WebSocket protocols from your Java client application. You can use the jBPM controller Java client API as an alternative to the jBPM controller REST API to interact with your KIE Server templates (configurations), KIE Server instances (remote servers), and associated KIE containers (deployment units) in jBPM without using the Business Central user interface.

Prerequisites

  • KIE Server is installed and running.

  • The jBPM controller or headless jBPM controller is installed and running.

  • You have rest-all user role access to the jBPM controller if you installed Business Central, or kie-server user role access to the headless jBPM controller installed separately from Business Central.

  • You have a Java project with jBPM resources.

Procedure

  1. In your client application, ensure that the following dependencies have been added to the relevant classpath of your Java project:

    <!-- For remote execution on controller -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
  <artifactId>kie-server-controller-client</artifactId>
  <version>${jbpm.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For REST client -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>org.jboss.resteasy</groupId>
  <artifactId>resteasy-client</artifactId>
  <version>${resteasy.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For WebSocket client -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>io.undertow</groupId>
  <artifactId>undertow-websockets-jsr</artifactId>
  <version>${undertow.version}</version>
</dependency>

<!-- For debug logging (optional) -->
<dependency>
  <groupId>ch.qos.logback</groupId>
  <artifactId>logback-classic</artifactId>
  <version>${logback.version}</version>
</dependency>

  2. In the ~/kie/server/controller/client folder of the Java client API in GitHub , identify the relevant Java client implementation for the request you want to send, such as the RestKieServerControllerClient implementation to access client services for KIE Server templates and KIE containers in REST protocol.

  3. In your client application, create a .java class for the API request. The class must contain the necessary imports, the jBPM controller location and user credentials, a KieServerControllerClient object, and the client method to execute, such as createServerTemplate and createContainer from the RestKieServerControllerClient implementation. Adjust any configuration details according to your use case.

    Creating and interacting with a KIE Server template and KIE containers
    import java.util.Arrays;
import java.util.HashMap;
import java.util.Map;

import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.api.model.KieContainerStatus;
import org.kie.server.api.model.KieScannerStatus;
import org.kie.server.api.model.ReleaseId;
import org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.*;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClient;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClientFactory;

public class RestTemplateContainerExample {

  private static final String URL = "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller";
  private static final String USER = "baAdmin";
  private static final String PASSWORD = "password@1";

    private static KieServerControllerClient client;

    public static void main(String[] args) {
        KieServerControllerClient client = KieServerControllerClientFactory.newRestClient(URL,
                                                                                          USER,
                                                                                          PASSWORD,
                                                                                          MarshallingFormat.JSON);
        // Create server template and KIE container, start and stop KIE container, and delete server template
        ServerTemplate serverTemplate = createServerTemplate();
        ContainerSpec container = createContainer(serverTemplate);
        client.startContainer(container);
        client.stopContainer(container);
        client.deleteServerTemplate(serverTemplate.getId());
    }

    // Re-create and configure server template
    protected static ServerTemplate createServerTemplate() {
        ServerTemplate serverTemplate = new ServerTemplate();
        serverTemplate.setId("example-client-id");
        serverTemplate.setName("example-client-name");
        serverTemplate.setCapabilities(Arrays.asList(Capability.PROCESS.name(),
                                                     Capability.RULE.name(),
                                                     Capability.PLANNING.name()));

        client.saveServerTemplate(serverTemplate);

        return serverTemplate;
    }

    // Re-create and configure KIE containers
    protected static ContainerSpec createContainer(ServerTemplate serverTemplate){
        Map<Capability, ContainerConfig> containerConfigMap = new HashMap();

        ProcessConfig processConfig = new ProcessConfig("PER_PROCESS_INSTANCE", "kieBase", "kieSession", "MERGE_COLLECTION");
        containerConfigMap.put(Capability.PROCESS, processConfig);

        RuleConfig ruleConfig = new RuleConfig(500l, KieScannerStatus.SCANNING);
        containerConfigMap.put(Capability.RULE, ruleConfig);

        ReleaseId releaseId = new ReleaseId("org.kie.server.testing", "stateless-session-kjar", "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT");

        ContainerSpec containerSpec = new ContainerSpec("example-container-id", "example-client-name", serverTemplate, releaseId, KieContainerStatus.STOPPED, containerConfigMap);
        client.saveContainerSpec(serverTemplate.getId(), containerSpec);

        return containerSpec;
    }
}

  4. Run the configured .java class from your project directory to execute the request, and review the jBPM controller response.

    If you enabled debug logging, KIE Server responds with a detailed response according to your configured marshalling format, such as JSON. If you encounter request errors, review the returned error code messages and adjust your Java configurations accordingly.

19.13.2. Supported jBPM controller Java clients

The following are some of the Java client services available in the org.kie.server.controller.client package of your jBPM distribution. You can use these services to interact with related resources in the jBPM controller similarly to the jBPM controller REST API.

  • KieServerControllerClient: Used as the entry point for communicating with the jBPM controller

  • RestKieServerControllerClient: Implementation used to interact with KIE Server templates and KIE containers in REST protocol (found in ~/org/kie/server/controller/client/rest)

  • WebSocketKieServerControllerClient: Implementation used to interact with KIE Server templates and KIE containers in WebSocket protocol (found in ~/org/kie/server/controller/client/websocket)

For the full list of available jBPM controller Java clients, see the Java client API source in GitHub.

19.13.3. Example requests with the jBPM controller Java client API

The following are examples of jBPM controller Java client API requests for basic interactions with the jBPM controller. For the full list of available jBPM controller Java clients, see the Java client API source in GitHub.

Creating and interacting with KIE Server templates and KIE containers

You can use the ServerTemplate and ContainerSpec services in the REST or WebSocket jBPM controller clients to create, dispose, and update KIE Server templates and KIE containers, and to start and stop KIE containers, as illustrated in this example.

Example request to create and interact with a KIE Server template and KIE containers
import java.util.Arrays;
import java.util.HashMap;
import java.util.Map;

import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.api.model.KieContainerStatus;
import org.kie.server.api.model.KieScannerStatus;
import org.kie.server.api.model.ReleaseId;
import org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.*;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClient;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClientFactory;

public class RestTemplateContainerExample {

  private static final String URL = "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller";
  private static final String USER = "baAdmin";
  private static final String PASSWORD = "password@1";

    private static KieServerControllerClient client;

    public static void main(String[] args) {
        KieServerControllerClient client = KieServerControllerClientFactory.newRestClient(URL,
                                                                                          USER,
                                                                                          PASSWORD,
                                                                                          MarshallingFormat.JSON);
        // Create server template and KIE container, start and stop KIE container, and delete server template
        ServerTemplate serverTemplate = createServerTemplate();
        ContainerSpec container = createContainer(serverTemplate);
        client.startContainer(container);
        client.stopContainer(container);
        client.deleteServerTemplate(serverTemplate.getId());
    }

    // Re-create and configure server template
    protected static ServerTemplate createServerTemplate() {
        ServerTemplate serverTemplate = new ServerTemplate();
        serverTemplate.setId("example-client-id");
        serverTemplate.setName("example-client-name");
        serverTemplate.setCapabilities(Arrays.asList(Capability.PROCESS.name(),
                                                     Capability.RULE.name(),
                                                     Capability.PLANNING.name()));

        client.saveServerTemplate(serverTemplate);

        return serverTemplate;
    }

    // Re-create and configure KIE containers
    protected static ContainerSpec createContainer(ServerTemplate serverTemplate){
        Map<Capability, ContainerConfig> containerConfigMap = new HashMap();

        ProcessConfig processConfig = new ProcessConfig("PER_PROCESS_INSTANCE", "kieBase", "kieSession", "MERGE_COLLECTION");
        containerConfigMap.put(Capability.PROCESS, processConfig);

        RuleConfig ruleConfig = new RuleConfig(500l, KieScannerStatus.SCANNING);
        containerConfigMap.put(Capability.RULE, ruleConfig);

        ReleaseId releaseId = new ReleaseId("org.kie.server.testing", "stateless-session-kjar", "1.0.0-SNAPSHOT");

        ContainerSpec containerSpec = new ContainerSpec("example-container-id", "example-client-name", serverTemplate, releaseId, KieContainerStatus.STOPPED, containerConfigMap);
        client.saveContainerSpec(serverTemplate.getId(), containerSpec);

        return containerSpec;
    }
}
Listing KIE Server templates and specifying connection timeout (REST)

When you use REST protocol for jBPM controller Java client API requests, you can provide your own javax.ws.rs.core.Configuration specification to modify the underlying REST client API, such as connection timeout.

Example REST request to return server templates and specify connection timeout
import java.util.concurrent.TimeUnit;
import javax.ws.rs.core.Configuration;
import org.jboss.resteasy.client.jaxrs.ResteasyClientBuilder;

import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.ServerTemplateList;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClient;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClientFactory;

public class RESTTimeoutExample {

  private static final String URL = "http://localhost:8080/business-central/rest/controller";
  private static final String USER = "baAdmin";
  private static final String PASSWORD = "password@1";

  public static void main(String[] args) {

      // Specify connection timeout
      final Configuration configuration =
              new ResteasyClientBuilder()
                      .establishConnectionTimeout(10,
                                                    TimeUnit.SECONDS)
                      .socketTimeout(60,
                                       TimeUnit.SECONDS)
                        .getConfiguration();
        KieServerControllerClient client = KieServerControllerClientFactory.newRestClient(URL,
                                                                                          USER,
                                                                                          PASSWORD,
                                                                                          MarshallingFormat.JSON,
                                                                                          configuration);

        // Retrieve list of server templates
        final ServerTemplateList serverTemplateList = client.listServerTemplates();
        System.out.println(String.format("Found %s server template(s) at controller url: %s",
                                         serverTemplateList.getServerTemplates().length,
                                         URL));
    }
}
Listing KIE Server templates and specifying event notifications (WebSocket)

When you use WebSocket protocol for jBPM controller Java client API requests, you can enable event notifications based on changes that happen in the particular jBPM controller to which the client API is connected. For example, you can receive notifications when KIE Server templates or instances are connected to or updated in the jBPM controller.

Example WebSocket request to return server templates and specify event notifications
import org.kie.server.api.marshalling.MarshallingFormat;
import org.kie.server.controller.api.model.events.*;
import org.kie.server.controller.api.model.spec.ServerTemplateList;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClient;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.KieServerControllerClientFactory;
import org.kie.server.controller.client.event.EventHandler;

public class WebSocketEventsExample {

    private static final String URL = "ws://localhost:8080/my-controller/websocket/controller";
    private static final String USER = "baAdmin";
    private static final String PASSWORD = "password@1";

    public static void main(String[] args) {
        KieServerControllerClient client = KieServerControllerClientFactory.newWebSocketClient(URL,
                                                                                               USER,
                                                                                               PASSWORD,
                                                                                               MarshallingFormat.JSON,
                                                                                               new TestEventHandler());

        // Retrieve list of server templates
        final ServerTemplateList serverTemplateList = client.listServerTemplates();
        System.out.println(String.format("Found %s server template(s) at controller url: %s",
                                         serverTemplateList.getServerTemplates().length,
                                         URL));
        try {
            Thread.sleep(60 * 1000);
        } catch (Exception e) {
            e.printStackTrace();
        }
    }

    // Set up event notifications
    static class TestEventHandler implements EventHandler {

        @Override
        public void onServerInstanceConnected(ServerInstanceConnected serverInstanceConnected) {
            System.out.println("serverInstanceConnected = " + serverInstanceConnected);
        }

        @Override
        public void onServerInstanceDeleted(ServerInstanceDeleted serverInstanceDeleted) {
            System.out.println("serverInstanceDeleted = " + serverInstanceDeleted);
        }

        @Override
        public void onServerInstanceDisconnected(ServerInstanceDisconnected serverInstanceDisconnected) {
            System.out.println("serverInstanceDisconnected = " + serverInstanceDisconnected);
        }

        @Override
        public void onServerTemplateDeleted(ServerTemplateDeleted serverTemplateDeleted) {
            System.out.println("serverTemplateDeleted = " + serverTemplateDeleted);
        }

        @Override
        public void onServerTemplateUpdated(ServerTemplateUpdated serverTemplateUpdated) {
            System.out.println("serverTemplateUpdated = " + serverTemplateUpdated);
        }

        @Override
        public void onServerInstanceUpdated(ServerInstanceUpdated serverInstanceUpdated) {
            System.out.println("serverInstanceUpdated = " + serverInstanceUpdated);
        }

        @Override
        public void onContainerSpecUpdated(ContainerSpecUpdated containerSpecUpdated) {
            System.out.println("onContainerSpecUpdated = " + containerSpecUpdated);
        }
    }
}

19.14. EJB API for KIE sessions and task services

jBPM provides an Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) API that you can use for embedded use cases to access KieSession and TaskService objects remotely from an application. The EJB API enables close transaction integration between the jBPM engine in jBPM and remote customer applications.

Although KIE Server does not support EJB, you can use EJB as a remote protocol for the jBPM engine similar to remote REST or JMS operations with KIE Server.

The implementation of the EJB interface is a single framework-independent and container-agnostic API that you can use with framework-specific code. The EJB services are exposed through the org.jbpm.services.api and org.jbpm.services.ejb packages in jBPM. The implementation does not support the RuleService class, but the ProcessService class exposes an execute method that enables you to use various rule-related commands, such as InsertCommand and FireAllRulesCommand.

Contexts and Dependency Injection (CDI) is also supported through the org.jbpm.services.cdi package in jBPM. However, to avoid conflicts in your EJB integration, do not use EJB and CDI together.

For more information about jBPM integration with EJB, see Ejb.

19.14.1. Supported EJB services

For the full list of available Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) services in jBPM, see the EJB services source in GitHub.

The artifacts that provide the EJB interface to the jBPM services are in the following packages:

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api: Contains extensions of the jBPM services API for the EJB interface

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.impl: Contains EJB wrappers on top of the core service implementation

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.client: Contains the EJB remote client implementation, supported on Wildfly only

The org.jbpm.services.ejb.api package contains the following service interfaces that you can use with remote EJB clients:

  • DefinitionServiceEJBRemote: Use this interface to gather information about processes (ID, name, and version), process variables (name and type), defined reusable subprocesses, domain-specific services, user tasks, and user task inputs and outputs.

  • DeploymentServiceEJBRemote: Use this interface to initiate deployments and undeployments. The interface includes the methods deploy, undeploy, getRuntimeManager, getDeployedUnits, isDeployed, activate, deactivate, and getDeployedUnit. Calling the deploy method with an instance of DeploymentUnit deploys the unit into the runtime engine by building a RuntimeManager instance. After a successful deployment, an instance of DeployedUnit is created and cached for further use. (To use these methods, you must install the artifacts of the project in a Maven repository.)

  • ProcessServiceEJBRemote: Use this interface to control the life cycle of one or more processes and work items.

  • RuntimeDataServiceEJBRemote: Use this interface to retrieve data related to the run time, such as process instances, process definitions, node instance information, and variable information. The interface includes several convenience methods for gathering task information based on owner, status, and time.

  • UserTaskServiceEJBRemote: Use this interface to control the life cycle of a user task. The interface includes several convenience methods for interacting with user tasks, such as activate, start, stop, and execute.

  • QueryServiceEJBRemote: Use this interface for advanced queries.

  • ProcessInstanceMigrationServiceEJBRemote: Use this interface to migrate process instances when a new version of a process definition is deployed.

If you run EJB applications and Business Central on the same KIE Server instance, you can synchronize the information between EJB and Business Central at a specified interval by setting the org.jbpm.deploy.sync.int system property. After the service finishes the synchronization, you can access the updated information using REST operations.

EJB services in jBPM are intended for embedded use cases. If you run EJB applications and Business Central on the same KIE Server instance, you must also add the kie-services package on the class path of your EJB application.

19.14.2. Deploying an EJB services WAR file

You can use the Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) interface to create and deploy an EJB services WAR file that you want to use as part of your jBPM distribution.

Procedure

  1. Register a human task callback using a startup Java class, such as the following example:

    @Singleton
@Startup
public class StartupBean {

  @PostConstruct
  public void init()
  { System.setProperty("org.jbpm.ht.callback", "jaas"); }

}

  2. Build your EJB project to generate the WAR file according to your project configuration.

  3. Deploy the generated file on the Wildfly instance where jBPM is running.

    Avoid using the Singleton strategy for your runtime sessions. The Singleton strategy can cause applications to load the same ksession instance multiple times from the underlying file system and cause optimistic lock exceptions.

    If you want to deploy the EJB WAR file on a Wildfly instance separate from the one where jBPM is running, configure your application or the application server to invoke a remote EJB and to propagate the security context.

    If you are using Hibernate to create a database schema for jBPM, update the persistence.xml file in Business Central and set the value of the hibernate.hbm2ddl.auto property to update instead of create.

  4. Test the deployment locally by creating a basic web application and injecting the EJB services, as shown in the following example:

    @EJB(lookup = "ejb:/sample-war-ejb-app/ProcessServiceEJBImpl!org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.ProcessServiceEJBRemote")
private ProcessServiceEJBRemote processService;

@EJB(lookup = "ejb:/sample-war-ejb-app/UserTaskServiceEJBImpl!org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.UserTaskServiceEJBRemote")
private UserTaskServiceEJBRemote userTaskService;

@EJB(lookup = "ejb:/sample-war-ejb-app/RuntimeDataServiceEJBImpl!org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.RuntimeDataServiceEJBRemote")
private RuntimeDataServiceEJBRemote runtimeDataService;

19.15. Securing password using key store

KIE server is using for some communication (e.g. REST api) basic authentication with passwords. From a security perspective it is not safe to store such passwords in clear text form on the disc. For this purpose a mechanism was developed to store passwords in a key store and then use it in the application.

19.15.1. Simple use case

User wants to secure his password for communicating via REST client. He creates new keystore where he will put his password, he will setup system variables with the info to the keystore and KIE will automatically load the keystore and will use the password for securing the communication.

19.15.2. Implementation and business logic

Current implementation is using key store if it is defined. If not, the functionality is falling back to old behavior using config parameters.

19.15.3. System requirements

To use a key store we need to create it first. As JKS is not supporting symmetric keys we have to create JCEKS key store. Moreover, password can be stored in a key store only for Java 8 and above. For generating a key store you can use standard tool KeyTool which is part of JDK installation.

19.15.4. Initialization of a key store

For keystore initialization we recommend to use keytool. Syntax is the following:

${JAVA_HOME}/bin/keytool -importpassword -keystore _keystore_url_ -keypass _alias_key_password_ -alias _password_alias_ -storepass _keystore_password_ -storetype JCEKS

  • alias - alias name of the entry to process

  • keypass - key password

  • keystore - keystore name

  • storepass - keystore password

  • storetype - keystore type

After running this command user will be asked to enter the password which he wants to store.

19.15.5. System parameters for loading key store

  • kie.keystore.keyStoreURL - URL to a keystore which should be used

  • kie.keystore.keyStorePwd - password to a keystore

  • kie.keystore.key.server.alias - alias of the key for REST services where password is stored

  • kie.keystore.key.server.pwd - password of an alias for REST services with stored password

  • kie.keystore.key.ctrl.alias - alias of the key for default REST jBPM controller where password is stored

  • kie.keystore.key.ctrl.pwd - password of an alias for default REST jBPM controller with stored password

19.15.6. Example

  1. create user and password in application server (it has to have kie-server role)

${EAP_HOME}/add-user.sh -a -e -u kieserver -p "kiePassword1!" -g kie-server

  1. use key tool to create keystore with password in it

${JAVA_HOME}/bin/keytool -importpassword -keystore /home/kie/keystores/droolsServer.jceks -keypass keypwd -alias droolsKey -storepass serverpwd -storetype JCEKS

Enter the password to be stored:
Re-enter password:

${JAVA_HOME}/bin/keytool -importpassword -keystore /home/kie/keystores/droolsServer.jceks -keypass keypwd -alias restKey -storepass serverpwd -storetype JCEKS

Enter the password to be stored:
Re-enter password:

  1. set following system properties on application server that will let the KIE Server or jBPM controller to read password from keystore

    <system-properties>
        <property name="kie.keystore.keyStoreURL" value="file:///home/kie/keystores/droolsServer.jceks"/>
        <property name="kie.keystore.keyStorePwd" value="serverpwd"/>
        <property name="kie.keystore.key.server.alias" value="restKey"/>
        <property name="kie.keystore.key.server.pwd" value="keypwd"/>
        <property name="kie.keystore.key.ctrl.alias" value="droolsKey"/>
        <property name="kie.keystore.key.ctrl.pwd" value="keypwd"/>
    </system-properties>

  1. start server to verify configuration

19.16. Prometheus metrics monitoring in jBPM

Prometheus is an open-source systems monitoring toolkit that you can use with jBPM to collect and store metrics related to the execution of business rules, processes, Decision Model and Notation (DMN) models, and other jBPM assets. You can access the stored metrics through a REST API call to the KIE Server, through the Prometheus expression browser, or using a data-graphing tool such as Grafana.

You can configure Prometheus metrics monitoring for an on-premise KIE Server instance, for KIE Server on Spring Boot, or for a KIE Server deployment on Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform.

For the list of available metrics that KIE Server exposes with Prometheus, see the KIE Server Prometheus Extension page in GitHub.

19.16.1. Configuring Prometheus metrics monitoring for KIE Server

You can configure your KIE Server instances to use Prometheus to collect and store metrics related to your business asset activity in jBPM. For the list of available metrics that KIE Server exposes with Prometheus, see the KIE Server Prometheus Extension page in GitHub.

Prerequisites

  • KIE Server is installed.

  • You have kie-server user role access to KIE Server.

  • Prometheus is installed. For information about downloading and using Prometheus, see the Prometheus documentation page.

Procedure

  1. In your KIE Server instance, set the org.kie.prometheus.server.ext.disabled system property to false to enable the Prometheus extension. You can define this property when you start KIE Server or in the standalone.xml or standalone-full.xml file of jBPM distribution.

  2. If you are running jBPM on Spring Boot, configure the required key in the application.properties system property:

    Spring Boot application.properties key for jBPM and Prometheus
    kieserver.jbpm.enabled=true
kieserver.drools.enabled=true
kieserver.dmn.enabled=true
kieserver.prometheus.enabled=true

  3. In the prometheus.yaml file of your Prometheus distribution, add the following settings in the scrape_configs section to configure Prometheus to scrape metrics from KIE Server:

    Scrape configurations in prometheus.yaml file
    scrape_configs:
  - job_name: 'kie-server'
    metrics_path: /SERVER_PATH/services/rest/metrics
    basicAuth:
      username: USER_NAME
      password: PASSWORD
    static_configs:
      - targets: ["HOST:PORT"]
    Scrape configurations in prometheus.yaml file for Spring Boot (if applicable)
    scrape_configs:
  - job_name: 'kie'
    metrics_path: /rest/metrics
    static_configs:
      - targets: ["HOST:PORT"]

    Replace the values according to your KIE Server location and settings.

  4. Start the KIE Server instance.

    After you start the configured KIE Server instance, Prometheus begins collecting metrics and KIE Server publishes the metrics to the REST API endpoint http://HOST:PORT/SERVER/services/rest/metrics (or on Spring Boot, to http://HOST:PORT/rest/metrics).

  5. In a REST client or curl utility, send a REST API request with the following components to verify that KIE Server is publishing the metrics:

    For REST client:

    • Authentication: Enter the user name and password of the KIE Server user with the kie-server role.

    • HTTP Headers: Set the following header:

      • Accept: application/json

    • HTTP method: Set to GET.

    • URL: Enter the KIE Server REST API base URL and metrics endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/metrics (or on Spring Boot, http://localhost:8080/rest/metrics).

    For curl utility:

    • -u: Enter the user name and password of the KIE Server user with the kie-server role.

    • -H: Set the following header:

      • accept: application/json

    • -X: Set to GET.

    • URL: Enter the KIE Server REST API base URL and metrics endpoint, such as http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/metrics (or on Spring Boot, http://localhost:8080/rest/metrics).

    Example curl command for jBPM on Wildfly
    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -X GET "http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/metrics"
    Example curl command for jBPM on Spring Boot
    curl -u 'baAdmin:password@1' -X GET "http://localhost:8080/rest/metrics"
    Example server response
    # HELP kie_server_container_started_total Kie Server Started Containers
# TYPE kie_server_container_started_total counter
kie_server_container_started_total{container_id="task-assignment-kjar-1.0",} 1.0
# HELP solvers_running Number of solvers currently running
# TYPE solvers_running gauge
solvers_running 0.0
# HELP dmn_evaluate_decision_nanosecond DMN Evaluation Time
# TYPE dmn_evaluate_decision_nanosecond histogram
# HELP solver_duration_seconds Time in seconds it took solver to solve the constraint problem
# TYPE solver_duration_seconds summary
solver_duration_seconds_count{solver_id="100tasks-5employees.xml",} 1.0
solver_duration_seconds_sum{solver_id="100tasks-5employees.xml",} 179.828255925
solver_duration_seconds_count{solver_id="24tasks-8employees.xml",} 1.0
solver_duration_seconds_sum{solver_id="24tasks-8employees.xml",} 179.995759653
# HELP drl_match_fired_nanosecond Drools Firing Time
# TYPE drl_match_fired_nanosecond histogram
# HELP dmn_evaluate_failed_count DMN Evaluation Failed
# TYPE dmn_evaluate_failed_count counter
# HELP kie_server_start_time Kie Server Start Time
# TYPE kie_server_start_time gauge
kie_server_start_time{name="myapp-kieserver",server_id="myapp-kieserver",location="http://myapp-kieserver-demo-monitoring.127.0.0.1.nip.io:80/services/rest/server",version="7.4.0.redhat-20190428",} 1.557221271502E12
# HELP kie_server_container_running_total Kie Server Running Containers
# TYPE kie_server_container_running_total gauge
kie_server_container_running_total{container_id="task-assignment-kjar-1.0",} 1.0
# HELP solver_score_calculation_speed Number of moves per second for a particular solver solving the constraint problem
# TYPE solver_score_calculation_speed summary
solver_score_calculation_speed_count{solver_id="100tasks-5employees.xml",} 1.0
solver_score_calculation_speed_sum{solver_id="100tasks-5employees.xml",} 6997.0
solver_score_calculation_speed_count{solver_id="24tasks-8employees.xml",} 1.0
solver_score_calculation_speed_sum{solver_id="24tasks-8employees.xml",} 19772.0
# HELP kie_server_case_started_total Kie Server Started Cases
# TYPE kie_server_case_started_total counter
kie_server_case_started_total{case_definition_id="itorders.orderhardware",} 1.0
# HELP kie_server_case_running_total Kie Server Running Cases
# TYPE kie_server_case_running_total gauge
kie_server_case_running_total{case_definition_id="itorders.orderhardware",} 2.0
# HELP kie_server_data_set_registered_total Kie Server Data Set Registered
# TYPE kie_server_data_set_registered_total gauge
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="jbpmProcessInstanceLogs::CUSTOM",uuid="jbpmProcessInstanceLogs",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="jbpmRequestList::CUSTOM",uuid="jbpmRequestList",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="tasksMonitoring::CUSTOM",uuid="tasksMonitoring",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="jbpmHumanTasks::CUSTOM",uuid="jbpmHumanTasks",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="jbpmHumanTasksWithUser::FILTERED_PO_TASK",uuid="jbpmHumanTasksWithUser",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="jbpmHumanTasksWithVariables::CUSTOM",uuid="jbpmHumanTasksWithVariables",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="jbpmProcessInstancesWithVariables::CUSTOM",uuid="jbpmProcessInstancesWithVariables",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="jbpmProcessInstances::CUSTOM",uuid="jbpmProcessInstances",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="jbpmExecutionErrorList::CUSTOM",uuid="jbpmExecutionErrorList",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="processesMonitoring::CUSTOM",uuid="processesMonitoring",} 1.0
kie_server_data_set_registered_total{name="jbpmHumanTasksWithAdmin::FILTERED_BA_TASK",uuid="jbpmHumanTasksWithAdmin",} 1.0
# HELP kie_server_execution_error_total Kie Server Execution Errors
# TYPE kie_server_execution_error_total counter
# HELP kie_server_task_completed_total Kie Server Completed Tasks
# TYPE kie_server_task_completed_total counter
# HELP kie_server_container_running_total Kie Server Running Containers
# TYPE kie_server_container_running_total gauge
kie_server_container_running_total{container_id="itorders_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",} 1.0
# HELP kie_server_job_cancelled_total Kie Server Cancelled Jobs
# TYPE kie_server_job_cancelled_total counter
# HELP kie_server_process_instance_started_total Kie Server Started Process Instances
# TYPE kie_server_process_instance_started_total counter
kie_server_process_instance_started_total{container_id="itorders_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",process_id="itorders.orderhardware",} 1.0
# HELP solver_duration_seconds Time in seconds it took solver to solve the constraint problem
# TYPE solver_duration_seconds summary
# HELP kie_server_task_skipped_total Kie Server Skipped Tasks
# TYPE kie_server_task_skipped_total counter
# HELP kie_server_data_set_execution_time_seconds Kie Server Data Set Execution Time
# TYPE kie_server_data_set_execution_time_seconds summary
kie_server_data_set_execution_time_seconds_count{uuid="jbpmProcessInstances",} 8.0
kie_server_data_set_execution_time_seconds_sum{uuid="jbpmProcessInstances",} 0.05600000000000001
# HELP kie_server_job_scheduled_total Kie Server Started Jobs
# TYPE kie_server_job_scheduled_total counter
# HELP kie_server_data_set_execution_total Kie Server Data Set Execution
# TYPE kie_server_data_set_execution_total counter
kie_server_data_set_execution_total{uuid="jbpmProcessInstances",} 8.0
# HELP kie_server_process_instance_completed_total Kie Server Completed Process Instances
# TYPE kie_server_process_instance_completed_total counter
# HELP kie_server_job_running_total Kie Server Running Jobs
# TYPE kie_server_job_running_total gauge
# HELP kie_server_task_failed_total Kie Server Failed Tasks
# TYPE kie_server_task_failed_total counter
# HELP kie_server_task_exited_total Kie Server Exited Tasks
# TYPE kie_server_task_exited_total counter
# HELP dmn_evaluate_decision_nanosecond DMN Evaluation Time
# TYPE dmn_evaluate_decision_nanosecond histogram
# HELP kie_server_data_set_lookups_total Kie Server Data Set Running Lookups
# TYPE kie_server_data_set_lookups_total gauge
kie_server_data_set_lookups_total{uuid="jbpmProcessInstances",} 0.0
# HELP kie_server_process_instance_duration_seconds Kie Server Process Instances Duration
# TYPE kie_server_process_instance_duration_seconds summary
# HELP kie_server_case_duration_seconds Kie Server Case Duration
# TYPE kie_server_case_duration_seconds summary
# HELP dmn_evaluate_failed_count DMN Evaluation Failed
# TYPE dmn_evaluate_failed_count counter
# HELP kie_server_task_added_total Kie Server Added Tasks
# TYPE kie_server_task_added_total counter
kie_server_task_added_total{deployment_id="itorders_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",process_id="itorders.orderhardware",task_name="Prepare hardware spec",} 1.0
# HELP drl_match_fired_nanosecond Drools Firing Time
# TYPE drl_match_fired_nanosecond histogram
# HELP kie_server_container_started_total Kie Server Started Containers
# TYPE kie_server_container_started_total counter
kie_server_container_started_total{container_id="itorders_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",} 1.0
# HELP kie_server_process_instance_sla_violated_total Kie Server Process Instances SLA Violated
# TYPE kie_server_process_instance_sla_violated_total counter
# HELP kie_server_task_duration_seconds Kie Server Task Duration
# TYPE kie_server_task_duration_seconds summary
# HELP kie_server_job_executed_total Kie Server Executed Jobs
# TYPE kie_server_job_executed_total counter
# HELP kie_server_deployments_active_total Kie Server Active Deployments
# TYPE kie_server_deployments_active_total gauge
kie_server_deployments_active_total{deployment_id="itorders_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",} 1.0
# HELP kie_server_process_instance_running_total Kie Server Running Process Instances
# TYPE kie_server_process_instance_running_total gauge
kie_server_process_instance_running_total{container_id="itorders_1.0.0-SNAPSHOT",process_id="itorders.orderhardware",} 2.0
# HELP solvers_running Number of solvers currently running
# TYPE solvers_running gauge
solvers_running 0.0
# HELP kie_server_work_item_duration_seconds Kie Server Work Items Duration
# TYPE kie_server_work_item_duration_seconds summary
# HELP kie_server_job_duration_seconds Kie Server Job Duration
# TYPE kie_server_job_duration_seconds summary
# HELP solver_score_calculation_speed Number of moves per second for a particular solver solving the constraint problem
# TYPE solver_score_calculation_speed summary
# HELP kie_server_start_time Kie Server Start Time
# TYPE kie_server_start_time gauge
kie_server_start_time{name="sample-server",server_id="sample-server",location="http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server",version="7.45.0-SNAPSHOT",} 1.557285486469E12

    If the metrics are not available in KIE Server, review and verify the KIE Server and Prometheus configurations described in this section.

    You can also interact with your collected metrics in the Prometheus expression browser at http://HOST:PORT/graph, or integrate your Prometheus data source with a data-graphing tool such as Grafana:

    prometheus expression browser data
    Figure 244. Prometheus expression browser with KIE Server metrics
    prometheus expression browser targets
    Figure 245. Prometheus expression browser with KIE Server target
    prometheus grafana data dmn
    Figure 246. Grafana dashboard with KIE Server metrics for DMN models
    prometheus grafana data optimizer
    Figure 247. Grafana dashboard with KIE Server metrics for solvers
    prometheus grafana data jbpm
    Figure 248. Grafana dashboard with KIE Server metrics for processes, cases, and tasks
Additional resources

19.16.2. Extending Prometheus metrics monitoring in KIE Server with custom metrics

After you configure your KIE Server instance to use Prometheus metrics monitoring, you can extend the Prometheus functionality in KIE Server to use custom metrics according to your business needs. Prometheus then collects and stores your custom metrics along with the default metrics that KIE Server exposes with Prometheus.

As an example, this procedure defines custom Decision Model and Notation (DMN) metrics to be collected and stored by Prometheus.

Prerequisites
Procedure

  1. Create an empty Maven project and define the following packaging type and dependencies in the pom.xml file for the project:

    Example pom.xml file in the sample project
    <packaging>jar</packaging>

<properties>
  <version.org.kie>7.44.0.Final</version.org.kie>
</properties>

<dependencies>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-api</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-api</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-services-common</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-services-drools</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-services-prometheus</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-dmn-api</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-dmn-core</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
    <artifactId>jbpm-services-api</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
    <artifactId>jbpm-executor</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>org.optaplanner</groupId>
    <artifactId>optaplanner-core</artifactId>
    <version>${version.org.kie}</version>
  </dependency>
  <dependency>
    <groupId>io.prometheus</groupId>
    <artifactId>simpleclient</artifactId>
    <version>0.5.0</version>
  </dependency>
</dependencies>

  2. Implement the relevant listener from the org.kie.server.services.prometheus.PrometheusMetricsProvider interface as part of the custom listener class that defines your custom Prometheus metrics, as shown in the following example:

    Sample implementation of the DMNRuntimeEventListener listener in a custom listener class
    package org.kie.server.ext.prometheus;

import io.prometheus.client.Gauge;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.ast.DecisionNode;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.AfterEvaluateBKMEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.AfterEvaluateContextEntryEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.AfterEvaluateDecisionEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.AfterEvaluateDecisionServiceEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.AfterEvaluateDecisionTableEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.BeforeEvaluateBKMEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.BeforeEvaluateContextEntryEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.BeforeEvaluateDecisionEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.BeforeEvaluateDecisionServiceEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.BeforeEvaluateDecisionTableEvent;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.DMNRuntimeEventListener;
import org.kie.server.api.model.ReleaseId;
import org.kie.server.services.api.KieContainerInstance;

public class ExampleCustomPrometheusMetricListener implements DMNRuntimeEventListener {

    private final KieContainerInstance kieContainer;

    private final Gauge randomGauge = Gauge.build()
            .name("random_gauge_nanosecond")
            .help("Random gauge as an example of custom KIE Prometheus metric")
            .labelNames("container_id", "group_id", "artifact_id", "version", "decision_namespace", "decision_name")
            .register();

    public ExampleCustomPrometheusMetricListener(KieContainerInstance containerInstance) {
        kieContainer = containerInstance;
    }

    public void beforeEvaluateDecision(BeforeEvaluateDecisionEvent e) {
    }

    public void afterEvaluateDecision(AfterEvaluateDecisionEvent e) {
        DecisionNode decisionNode = e.getDecision();
        ReleaseId releaseId = kieContainer.getResource().getReleaseId();
        randomGauge.labels(kieContainer.getContainerId(), releaseId.getGroupId(),
                           releaseId.getArtifactId(), releaseId.getVersion(),
                           decisionNode.getModelName(), decisionNode.getModelNamespace())
                .set((int) (Math.random() * 100));
    }

    public void beforeEvaluateBKM(BeforeEvaluateBKMEvent event) {
    }

    public void afterEvaluateBKM(AfterEvaluateBKMEvent event) {
    }

    public void beforeEvaluateContextEntry(BeforeEvaluateContextEntryEvent event) {
    }

    public void afterEvaluateContextEntry(AfterEvaluateContextEntryEvent event) {
    }

    public void beforeEvaluateDecisionTable(BeforeEvaluateDecisionTableEvent event) {
    }

    public void afterEvaluateDecisionTable(AfterEvaluateDecisionTableEvent event) {
    }

    public void beforeEvaluateDecisionService(BeforeEvaluateDecisionServiceEvent event) {
    }

    public void afterEvaluateDecisionService(AfterEvaluateDecisionServiceEvent event) {
    }
}

    The PrometheusMetricsProvider interface contains the required listeners for collecting Prometheus metrics. The interface is incorporated by the kie-server-services-prometheus dependency that you declared in your project pom.xml file.

    In this example, the ExampleCustomPrometheusMetricListener class implements the DMNRuntimeEventListener listener (from the PrometheusMetricsProvider interface) and defines the custom DMN metrics to be collected and stored by Prometheus.

  3. Implement the PrometheusMetricsProvider interface as part of a custom metrics provider class that associates your custom listener with the PrometheusMetricsProvider interface, as shown in the following example:

    Sample implementation of the PrometheusMetricsProvider interface in a custom metrics provider class
    package org.kie.server.ext.prometheus;

import org.jbpm.executor.AsynchronousJobListener;
import org.jbpm.services.api.DeploymentEventListener;
import org.kie.api.event.rule.AgendaEventListener;
import org.kie.api.event.rule.DefaultAgendaEventListener;
import org.kie.dmn.api.core.event.DMNRuntimeEventListener;
import org.kie.server.services.api.KieContainerInstance;
import org.kie.server.services.prometheus.PrometheusMetricsProvider;
import org.optaplanner.core.impl.phase.event.PhaseLifecycleListener;
import org.optaplanner.core.impl.phase.event.PhaseLifecycleListenerAdapter;

public class MyPrometheusMetricsProvider implements PrometheusMetricsProvider {

    public DMNRuntimeEventListener createDMNRuntimeEventListener(KieContainerInstance kContainer) {
        return new ExampleCustomPrometheusMetricListener(kContainer);
    }

    public AgendaEventListener createAgendaEventListener(String kieSessionId, KieContainerInstance kContainer) {
        return new DefaultAgendaEventListener();
    }

    public PhaseLifecycleListener createPhaseLifecycleListener(String solverId) {
        return new PhaseLifecycleListenerAdapter() {
        };
    }

    public AsynchronousJobListener createAsynchronousJobListener() {
        return null;
    }

    public DeploymentEventListener createDeploymentEventListener() {
        return null;
    }
}

    In this example, the MyPrometheusMetricsProvider class implements the PrometheusMetricsProvider interface and includes your custom ExampleCustomPrometheusMetricListener listener class.

  4. To make the new metrics provider discoverable for KIE Server, create a META-INF/services/org.kie.server.services.prometheus.PrometheusMetricsProvider file in your Maven project and add the fully qualified class name of the PrometheusMetricsProvider implementation class within the file. For this example, the file contains the single line org.kie.server.ext.prometheus.MyPrometheusMetricsProvider.

  5. Build your project and copy the resulting JAR file into the ~/kie-server.war/WEB-INF/lib directory of your project.

  6. Start the KIE Server and deploy the built project to the running KIE Server. You can deploy the project using the Business Central interface or the KIE Server REST API (a PUT request to http://SERVER:PORT/kie-server/services/rest/server/containers/{containerId}).

    After your project is deployed on a running KIE Server, Prometheus begins collecting metrics and KIE Server publishes the metrics to the REST API endpoint http://HOST:PORT/SERVER/services/rest/metrics (or on Spring Boot, to http://HOST:PORT/rest/metrics).

19.17. Performance tuning considerations with KIE Server

The following key concepts or suggested practices can help you optimize KIE Server performance. These concepts are summarized in this section as a convenience and are explained in more detail in the cross-referenced documentation, where applicable. This section will expand or change as needed with new releases of jBPM.

Ensure that development mode is enabled during development

You can set KIE Server or specific projects in Business Central to use production mode or development mode. By default, KIE Server and all new projects in Business Central are in development mode. This mode provides features that facilitate your development experience, such as flexible project deployment policies, and features that optimize KIE Server performance during development, such as disabled duplicate GAV detection. Use development mode until your jBPM environment is established and completely ready for production mode.

For more information about configuring the environment mode or duplicate GAV detection, see the following resources:

Adapt KIE Server capabilities and extensions to your specific needs

The capabilities in KIE Server are determined by plug-in extensions that you can enable, disable, or further extend to meet your business needs. By default, KIE Server extensions are exposed through REST or JMS data transports and use predefined client APIs. You can extend existing KIE Server capabilities with additional REST endpoints, extend supported transport methods beyond REST or JMS, or extend functionality in the KIE Server client.

This flexibility in KIE Server functionality enables you to adapt your KIE Server instances to your business needs, instead of adapting your business needs to the default KIE Server capabilities.

For information about enabling, disabling, or extending KIE Server capabilities, see KIE Server capabilities and extensions.

19.18. KIE Server Task Assigning

19.18.1. Introduction to business processes

Business process management systems (BPMS) products such as jBPM have the ability to model and execute multiple business processes. A business process is typically composed of nodes such as events, gateways, and tasks that are connected to each other for defining the process flow. Every type of node has a specific semantic and is instantiated by the process runtime engine when a process instance is executed. Business processes that require human interaction are modelled by using human task nodes.

The following image shows a process where three tasks require human interaction:

PurchaseOrderProcessDefinition
Figure 249. Example process

It is usual for a system that executes several process instances to have many human task instances that are waiting for an external human action.

BPMDefaultAssignment
Figure 250. Default task list

OptaPlanner integrates with jBPM to provide the ability to assign human tasks to users as part of an optimized plan.

This is referred to as task assigning integration.

19.18.1.1. BPM standard task assigning

In general, business process runtime engines assign human tasks to users on a group basis. The target audience is usually included as part of the human task configuration.

The following image shows how the Review Purchase Order human task is configured with the PurchaseDepartment group:

ReviewPurchaseOrderTaskConfiguration
Figure 251. Human task configuration

At runtime, every time a new instance of the Review Purchase Order task is created it is automatically assigned to the PurchaseDepartment group with the status Ready. This makes the task automatically available to all users that belong to the group. All users in the group see it on their respective Task Inbox but none are the actual owner or responsible for the task. To be able to work with a particular task, a user must execute the claim operation to reserve the task for that user.

The following image shows an example of the claim operation execution for the task #152:

UserClaimsTask
Figure 252. User claims a task

When the claim operation is executed, the task status is changed to Reserved and the task is assigned to the claiming user. In the preceding example, the claimer of the task is wbadmin user. After the user claims the task, he is known as the task "actual owner”.

TaskClaimed
Figure 253. Task claimed by wbadmin

Although this is the standard procedure for most BPMS products, it is not flexible enough for all use cases. For example, this procedure does not work well with scenarios where an optimal distribution of a huge set of tasks between users by given criteria is required. In these cases, users usually find a large list of tasks up-front but do not have the knowledge to claim and execute them in the best way.

19.18.1.2. OptaPlanner driven task assigning

OptaPlanner and jBPM integration provides the ability to assign the human tasks produced by the process runtime engine between users according to an optimized plan. Instead of users having to claim the tasks, the tasks are assigned to them.

The following image shows how the tasks are assigned when integration is enabled.

TasksAlreadyDistributed
Figure 254. Assignments produced by OptaPlanner

The following assignments are shown:

  • User katy is assigned to tasks #150 and #148

  • User john is assigned to tasks #151 and #149

  • Tasks #152, #153, #154, #155, #156 and #157 are left un-assigned (these tasks will be analysed later)

Behind the scenes the following actions took place:

  1. All of the available tasks with the status "Ready" consumed by OptaPlanner.

  2. The users john and katy were identified as belonging to the "PurchaseDepartment" users group.

  3. It was identified that the "Review Purchase Order" tasks were identified as defined for the "PurchaseDepartment" group.

  4. An optimized plan was calculated and all of the tasks (including the "un-assigned" tasks) were assigned according to their configuration, for example group condition and OptaPlanner optimization rules. The resulting plan stated that:

    • Tasks #150 and #148 must be assigned to katy

    • Tasks #151 and #149 must be assigned to john

  5. OptaPlanner executed the correct process runtime actions to make these assignments happen. Note that the users were not required to execute the "claim" operation. Instead they can focus on completing their respective assigned work and leave the distribution and assignment work to OptaPlanner.

This simple example shows the main concept behind integration:

"OptaPlanner analyses the available work, calculates an optimized plan, and produces the necessary assignments in the process runtime. Users then rely on that plan and focus on executing their assigned work".

Unassigned tasks

Usually, a running BPM creates many process instances and many human tasks. At the same time, users are working and completing these human tasks. This cycle is repeated over and over.

OptaPlanner addresses this situation by re-calculating the optimized plan when new human tasks are created a/or completed and produce "new assignments" to reflect the new optimized plan. This is often achieved by combining different "Repeated Planning and Real Time Planning" techniques. For detailed information see the OptaPlanner documentation.

Additionally it might be the case that a plan that was optimal at time N is no longer optimal at time N+1. For example, a higher priority task has arrived and must be performed as soon as possible. The direct impact of this situation is that the programmed assignments at time N might change at time N+1, which means that tasks are routinely re-assigned many times when the new optimized plans are calculated. One of OptaPlanner’s strengths is the ability to react to a changing context.

User impact

If not controlled, continuous task re-assignment might negatively impact the user’s experience because they might feel that tasks come in and out of their workload randomly. This situation is present in other types of optimization problems as well and is usually managed by combining different repeated and continuous planning techniques. For detailed information see the "Repeated Planning" section of the OptaPlanner documentation.

A simple strategy is to introduce the concept of a planning window which is a defined subset of the available work that will not be changed or re-assigned even when new plans are calculated. Only this subset is available to users. The tasks in the planning window are called published tasks.

The previous example contains a planning window with a size of two. This means that only two tasks from the optimized plan are assigned in the processes runtime for each user so that users have at most two tasks assigned to them and they must focus on those two tasks. As soon they start completing these tasks OptaPlanner assigns them additional tasks according to the last optimized plan. However, internally OptaPlanner maintains information about the best assignments for all of the tasks and not only the published tasks.

This is how the assignments are distributed in the preceding example:

  • User katy is assigned to tasks #150 and #148 which belong to the planning window

  • User john is assigned to tasks #151 and #149 which belong to the planning window

  • The un-assigned tasks are outside of the planning window which means they are assigned only internally by OptaPlanner. As long as these tasks remain unpublished they can be reassigned if necessary during the different optimized plans calculation.

19.18.2. Configuring the integration

19.18.2.1. Product version

The current task assigning integration implementation is provided for the OptaPlanner, jBPM, and KIE Server 7.38.x+ series.

KIE Server provides many installation alternatives, for example controller driven servers, standalone servers, high availability, etc. The purpose of this guide is to show you how to configure your KIE Server installation for the task assigning integration.

For KIE Server and jBPM configuration information see their respective product documentation.

The following procedure is recommended:

  1. Install the KIE Servers topology that you require.

  2. If you are using the jBPM schema generation scripts be sure to execute the following sql script corresponding to the target database management system:

    jBPM installer → /db/ddl-scripts/<dbms_vendor>/task_assigning_tables_<dbms_vendor>.sql

    For example, in the case of a db2 database you must execute the following script:

    jBPM installer → /db/ddl-scripts/db2/task_assigning_tables_db2.sql

    For more information related to these scripts see jBPM documentation.

    Note: the reverse script in cases where the generated schema needs to be deleted can be found in the same location and has the following name: task_assigning_tables_drop_<dbms_vendor>.sql

  1. Be sure the process runtime is executing well.

  2. Install a dedicated Planning kie-server (see next topics).

  3. Complete the task assigning integration specific configuration parameters in all of the associated Process Runtime kie-servers and the Planning kie-server.

19.18.2.2. Simplified architecture

The following simplified architecture identifies the key components and configuration parameters for the task assigning integration.

SimplifiedArchitecture
Figure 255. Simplified architecture
Process Runtime kie-server

This is the KIE Server instance where the business processes execute. In clustered and high-availability configurations, multiple instances can be used.

The task assigning integration can manage multiple process runtime KIE Servers as long they share the same database where the process instances, human tasks instances, and so forth are stored and have the same set of deployed containers. In topologies where a KIE Server controller is configured this usually happens when they belong to the same KIE Server template. Be sure these statements are true before running the task assigning integration.
Planning kie-server

This is the KIE Server instance where OptaPlanner will execute, for example where the optimized plans and so forth, will be calculated and where the UserSystemService integration component will run. The task assigning integration requires a single dedicated KIE Server instance for this purpose. Be sure no other KIE Server extensions are enabled on this server.

19.18.2.3. Configuration parameters setup

All of the configuration parameters that are defined in the next topics are defined through the Java system properties. In Wildfly and Red Hat Enterprise Application Server (EAP) installations, these parameters are usually configured in the <system-properties> section of the selected configuration file, for example:

<server xmlns="urn:jboss:domain:8.0">
...
    <system-properties>
        ...
        <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.runtime.ext.disabled" value="false"/>
        ...
    </system-properties>
...
</server>

You can also use other methods of setting system properties, for example passing JVM parameters on the command line:

-Dorg.kie.server.taskAssigning.runtime.ext.disabled=false

It is recommended to use the same configuration method for all KIE Server required parameters.
19.18.2.4. Process Runtime kie-server configuration

The following table shows the only parameter that must be configured in all of the Process Runtime kie-servers in the target topology.

Parameter Requirement Description

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.runtime.ext.disabled

Not required

The default value is "true", meaning that the task assigning integration is always disabled.

Must be set to "false" for making it work.
Process Runtime kie-server Wildfly/EAP configuration example
<server>
...
    <system-properties>
       ...
        <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.runtime.ext.disabled" value="false"/>
       ...
    </system-properties>
...
</server>
19.18.2.5. Planning kie-server configuration

The following topics explain the parameters that you must configure in the Planning kie-server. Whatever the target topology is, only one instance of this server will exist.

The parameters tagged as "Required" must be set only in cases where the task assigning integration is enabled. Some of them have a default value that automatically applies when not set.
Global configuration parameters
Parameter Requirement Description

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.planning.ext.disabled

Not required

The default value is "true", meaning that the task assigning integration is always disabled.

Must be set to "false" for making it work.

org.kie.server.services.taskAssigning.core.model.planningUserId

Required

The default value is "planninguser".

This value configures the user for being assigned with the tasks that no other user in the system can be assigned to.

For example If a task has a required skill "astronaut" and no user can be found with this skill, it will be assigned to the planninguser.

But it is not only restricted to skills, another example might be a task configured for a users group "Finance". If no user exists in that group it will be assigned to the planning user.

It is strongly recommended that the planning user has the required human tasks administration grants in all of the target Process Runtime kie-servers. By doing so it can easily proceed to track and eventually re-assign the tasks that couldn’t be managed by the tasks assigning integration.

Note: it is recommended to keep this name.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.url

Required

The default value is http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server

This value configures the URL for connecting to the Process Runtime kie-server rest services.

In a clustered environment a list of "|" separated urls can be used for doing load balancing between the different Process Runtime kie-servers.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.user

Required

The default value is wbadmin

This value configures the user id for connecting to the Process Runtime kie-server. In a clustered environment it must exist in all of the configured target servers.

The configured user must belong to the human tasks administration group. This group is usually found by looking at the target Process Runtine kie-server configuration parameter:

<property name="org.jbpm.ht.admin.group" value="process-admin"/>

Following the example above the configured user must belong to the group "process-admin"

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.pwd

Required

No default value is set.

This value configures the password for the user configured in org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.user parameter.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.targetUser

Required

No default value is set.

This value configures the user ID used to execute the process runtime operations "on behalf of", and is usually the same as the value of the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.user parameter

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.key.alias

Not Required

No default value is set.

This parameter can be used in cases where it is required to get the runtime user password from the KIE Server keystore and represents the alias for locating it.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.key.pwd

Not Required

No default value is set.

This parameter must be used in cases where the runtime user password is stored in the KIE Server keystore, and represents the password for accessing the corresponding keystore entry.

kie.keystore.keyStoreURL

Not Required

No default value is set.

URL for the JCEKS that you want to use, for example file:///home/kie/keystores/keystore.jceks

kie.keystore.keyStorePwd

Not Required

No default value is set.

Password for the JCEKS

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.timeout

Not Required

The default value is 90000.

This value configures the timeout in milliseconds for the operation invocations on the Process runtime kie-server.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.runtimeDelegate.pageSize

Not Required

The default value is 3000.

This value configures the page size for the paged queries. The default value is good for most scenarios and it’s not recommended to be modified unless specific fine tunings are required.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solutionSyncInterval

Required

The default value is "PT2S" (two seconds).

This value configures the time interval for the tasks information refreshing from the Process Runtime kie-server.

The accepted format is based on the ISO-8601 duration format PnDTnHnMn.nS with days considered to be exactly 24 hours. For example:

"PT1.500S": configures 1500 milliseconds.

"PT0.500S": configures 500 milliseconds.

"PT3S": configures 3000 milliseconds.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solutionSyncQueriesShift

Required

The default value is "PT10M"

This value configures a timeshift for adjusting the tasks information refreshing queries. In most cases it should never be modified and should not be less than PT5M (five minutes).

The accepted format is based on the ISO-8601 duration format PnDTnHnMn.nS with days considered to be exactly 24 hours.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.publishWindowSize

Required

The default value is 2.

This value configures the maximum amount of tasks per user that will be assigned to it in the Process Runtime kie-server when an optimized plan is calculated. See "published tasks"

This value should usually be low 2, 3, or 4, since it is expected that the tasks will be assigned to the users according to an optimized plan that is changing over the time. High values might lead into the BPM Standard task assigning which could make the tasks assigning integration senseless.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.usersSyncInterval

Required

The default value is "PT2H" (two hours)

This value configures the time interval for the user’s information refreshing from the UserSystemService integration component.

The accepted format is based on the ISO-8601 duration format PnDTnHnMn.nS with days considered to be exactly 24 hours.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.waitForImprovedSolutionDuration

Not Required

The default value is "PT0S" (no wait)

This value configures the time interval to improve a solution before the corresponding optimized plan is sent to the Process Runtime kie-server.

Because this wait time is applied every time a new set of changes is processed it should usually be short, for example "PT0.500" (500 milliseconds). Use it in cases when early improvements are desired.

The accepted format is based on the ISO-8601 duration format PnDTnHnMn.nS with days considered to be exactly 24 hours.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.improveSolutionOnBackgroundDuration

Not Required

The default value is "PT1M" (one minute)

This value configures the time interval for doing a background optimization of the current solution after the corresponding optimized plan is sent to the Process Runtime kie-server.

In situations where no changes in the processes are produced and a better solution is calculated during that period, the new optimized plan is automatically sent to the Process Runtime kie-server.

The accepted format is based on the ISO-8601 duration format PnDTnHnMn.nS with days considered to be exactly 24 hours.
Solver configuration parameters

As it was mentioned, the task assigning integration delegates the calculation of "which tasks must be assigned to whom" to OptaPlanner and it will resolve this requirement by producing an optimized plan. This plan is calculated by using a Solver with a set of configured constraints. See OptaPlanner product documentation for more information.

Two mechanisms are available for configuring the OptaPlanner’s Solver specifics.

Note: The parameter tagged as "Required" must have a value independently of the selected Solver configuration mechanism.

Class path based solver configuration

This mechanism implements the ability of configuring the Solver by using a class path resource.

Parameter Requirement Description

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.configResource

Required

The default value is: "org/kie/server/services/taskassigning/solver/taskAssigningDefaultSolverConfig.xml"

This value configures the path to a class-path resource with the Solver configuration.

If the resource can’t be found or the configuration is wrong, a controlled error will be added to the Planning kie-server error messages and the task assigning integration won’t be initialized. The KIE Server’s APIs can be used for querying these error messages and checking the status.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.moveThreadCount

Not Required

The default value is AUTO.

This value configures the solver’s ability of using multithreaded incremental solving.

For more information see OptaPlanner documentation.

Note: when the container based solver configuration is used this value is not considered, the configuration provided in the KJAR is used instead.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.moveThreadBufferSize

Not Required

No default value is set.

This value power tweaks the number of moves that are selected but won’t be foraged when multithreaded incremental solving is used. Setting it too low reduces performance, but setting it too high too. Unless you’re deeply familiar with the inner workings of multithreaded solving, don’t configure this parameter.

For more information see OptaPlanner documentation.

Note: when the container based solver configuration is used this value is not considered, the configuration provided in the KJAR is used instead.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.threadFactoryClass

Not Required

No default value is set.

The threadFactoryClass allows you to plug in a custom ThreadFactory for environments where arbitrary thread creation should be avoided.

For more information see OptaPlanner documentation.

Note: when the container based solver configuration is used this value is not considered, the configuration provided in the KJAR is used instead.

The default solver configuration includes a set of constraints for implementing optimized task assigning, therefore it is not necessary to provide a different set of constraints in most cases. Use cases that require specific tunings, for example related to business data, can use this alternative. However it is recommended to use a Container based configuration for these purposes.
Container based solver configuration

This mechanism implements the ability to configure the Solver by using a container. Finally, given that the KIE Server architecture is based on containers this is usually the recommended approach. However in many of the use cases the by default configuration is good enough and no container configuration is necessary see Default Constraints

The following table shows the container-based configuration parameters:

Parameter Requirement Description

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.id

Not Required

No default value is set.

This value configures the Identifier of the container to use.

When set the container based configuration will be activated and the following container related parameters are required.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.groupId

Required if the container configuration is activated

No default value is set.

This value configures the Maven groupId of the artifact to use for creating the container when needed.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.artifactId

Required if the container configuration is activated

No default value is set.

This value configures the Maven artifactId for the artifact to use for creating the container when needed.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.version

Required if the container configuration is activated

No default value is set.

This value configures the Maven version for the artifact to use for creating the container when needed.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.configResource

Required if the container configuration is activated

This value configures the path to the resource with the Solver configuration in the container class-path.

In case of errors, analogous to the "Class path based solver configuration" proper KIE Server error messages will be generated and the task assigning integration won’t be initialized. The KIE Server’s apis can be used for querying these error messages and checking the status.

UserSystemService integration component

Calculating an optimized plan for assigning tasks to users often requires considering business related information. Common examples, included in the current task assigning integration version, are the usage of the groups, the skills that a given user has or the affinities in certain topics, etc. See Skills and Affinities. This business oriented information must be provided by each particular installation and is delegated to the UserSystemService integration component. It is up to the tasks assigning integrator to provide this component.

UserSystemService API

A user system service component must implement the following API.

public interface UserSystemService {

    /**
     * Invoked by the task assigning integration as part of the initialization procedure and
     * before any other method is invoked.
     */
    void start();

    /**
     * Invoked by the task assigning integration as part of the initialization procedure and
     * after the start() method is invoked.
     * @throws Exception if the test method failed.
     */
    void test() throws Exception;

    /**
     * @return the name of the UserSystemService implementation.
     */
    String getName();

    /**
     * @return the list of all users present in the external user system. This method is normally
     * invoked each time the solver is initialized or when the users information is updated from
     * the external user system.
     */
    List<User> findAllUsers();

    /**
     * Get the user information for a particular user.
     * @param id user identifier for querying.
     * @return the User corresponding to the given identifier, null if no user was found.
     */
    User findUser(String id);
}
UserSystemService configuration

Analogous to the Solver configuration two mechanisms are available for configuring the UserSystemService and in both cases the standard Java SPI (Service Provider Interface) and ServiceLoader mechanisms are used for its instantiation.

Class path based UserSystemService configuration

Use the following resource for configuring the different UserSystemService provider implementations:

META-INF/services/org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.api.UserSystemService

And finally add the following configuration parameters for configuring the selected implementation:

Parameter Requirement Description

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.name

Required

No default value is set.

This value configures the name of the UserSystemService provider instance to use.

See: UserSystemService.getName()

All of the configured providers are loaded from the application class-path and the one that matches with the configured name will be used.

A simple user system service implementation is provided see SimpleUserSystemService
Container based UserSystemService configuration

Use the following resource in your Kie Module (KJAR) to configure the different UserSystemService provider implementations:

project_home/src/main/resources/META-INF/services/org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.api.UserSystemService

And finally add the following configuration parameters for configuring the selected implementation:

Parameter Requirement Description

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.name

Required

No default value is set.

This value configures the name of the UserSystemService provider instance to use.

See: UserSystemService.getName()

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.id

Not Required

No default value is set.

This value configures the Identifier of the container to use.

When set the container based configuration will be activated and all of the potential UserSystemService providers that might be defined in the container class-path will be considered for selection, additionally to the ones in the application class-path.

The following parameters will be required.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.groupId

Required if the container configuration is activated.

No default value is set.

This value configures the Maven groupId of the artifact to use for creating the container when needed.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.artifactId

Required if the container configuration is activated.

No default value is set.

This value configures the Maven artifactId for the artifact to use for creating the container when needed.

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.version

Required if the container configuration is activated.

No default value is set.

This value configures the Maven version for the artifact to use for creating the container when needed.

In case of errors, for example if the configured provider name was not found, the container couldn’t be instantiated, etc, a controlled error will be added to the Planning kie-server error messages and the task assigning integration won’t be initialized. The KIE Server’s apis can be used for querying these error messages and checking the status.

SimpleUserSystemService

The SimpleUserSystemService is a basic UserSystemService implementation that loads the user definitions, skills and affinities from Java properties file in the format used by the Wildfly/EAP application servers. This implementation is always present in the Planning kie-server and is intended mainly for development and testing purposes.

The following example shows a user definitions file:

katy=analyst,HR
john=IT,Developer

In this example, two users are defined:

  • User katy that belongs to the groups analyst and HR

  • User john that belongs to the groups IT and Developer

The following parameters can be used to configure it:

Parameter Requirement Description

org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.name

Required

Must be the value SimpleUserSystemService

org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.simple.users

Required

This value configures a Planning kie-server web application accessible path with the user definitions file.

For example in Wildfly/EAP installations can be like this.

${jboss.server.config.dir}/roles.properties

Note: the configured file must have the same values as the roles.properties files of the Process Runtime kie-servers in the target topology.

org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.simple.skills

Not Required

This value configures a Planning kie-server web application accessible path with the users skills definitions if desired, see Skills and Affinities.

For example in Wildfly/EAP installations can be like this.

${jboss.server.config.dir}/skills.properties

Note: the format is analogous to the user definitions file.

katy=skill1,skill2 john=skill1,skill2

org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.simple.affinities

Not Required

This value configures a Planning kie-server web application accessible path with the users affinities definition if desired, Skills and Affinities.

For example in Wildfly/EAP installations can be like this.

${jboss.server.config.dir}/affinities.properties

Note: the format is analogous to the user definitions file.

katy=affinity1,affinity4 In this example john has no affinities.
Planning kie-server Wildfly/EAP configuration example

Below is an extract of the task assigning configuration parameters for a Wildfly/EAP server.

<server>
...
<system-properties>
...
  <!-- the following kie-server extensions must be disabled in the Planning kie-server -->
  <property name="org.optaplanner.server.ext.disabled" value="true"/>
  <property name="org.jbpm.server.ext.disabled" value="true"/>
  <property name="org.jbpm.ui.server.ext.disabled" value="true"/>
  <property name="org.jbpm.case.server.ext.disabled" value="true"/>
  <property name="org.kie.dmn.server.ext.disabled" value="true"/>
  <property name="org.kie.swagger.server.ext.disabled" value="true"/>

  <!-- enable the TaskAssigningPlanningKieServerExtension -->
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.planning.ext.disabled" value="false"/>

  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.url"
            value="http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/server"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.user" value="wbadmin"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.pwd" value="wbadmin"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.targetUser" value="wbadmin"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solutionSyncInterval" value="PT2S"/>

  <!-- example of a Solver configuration based on a user provided kjar -->
  <!--
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.configResource" value="org/kie/server/services/taskassigning/solver/taskAssigningDefaultSolverConfig.xml"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.id"
            value="kie-server-task-assigning-default-planner-kjar-container"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.groupId" value="org.kie.server"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.artifactId"
            value="kie-server-task-assigning-default-planner-kjar"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.version" value="X.XX.XXX"/>
  -->

  <!-- default SimpleUserSystemService configuration -->
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.name" value="SimpleUserSystemService"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.simple.users"
            value="${jboss.server.config.dir}/roles.properties"/>

  <!-- un-comment and configure if skills information will be loaded -->
  <!--
  <property name="org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.simple.skills"
            value="${jboss.server.config.dir}/skills.properties"/>
  -->

  <!-- un-comment and configure if affinities information will be loaded -->
  <!--
  <property name="org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.simple.affinities"
            value="${jboss.server.config.dir}/affinities.properties"/>
  -->
  <!-- end of default SimpleUserSystemService configuration -->

  <!-- example of a UserSystemService configuration based on a user provided kjar -->
  <!--
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.name"
            value="SimpleUserSystemServiceByKjar"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.id"
            value="task-assigning-user-system-service-simple-by-kjar-container"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.groupId"
            value="org.kie.server"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.artifactId"
            value="kie-server-task-assigning-user-system-simple-kjar"/>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.version" value="X.XX.XXX"/>
  -->
...
</system-properties>
...
</server>
Spring Boot configuration

When the KIE Server Spring Boot Starter version is used the following configuration parameters are used to configure the task assigning integration. These parameters are usually configured in the corresponding Spring Boot application.properties file. The same statements as for standard KIE Server topologies apply in this case.

Parameter Requirement Description

kieserver.taskAssigning.runtime.enabled

Required

Must be set to "true" in order to enable the task assigning integration in the Process Runtime kie-server

kieserver.taskAssigning.planning.enabled

Required

Must be set to "true" in order to enable the task assigning integration in the Planning kie-server

taskassigning.core.model.planningUserId

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.services.taskAssigning.core.model.planningUserId configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.processRuntime.url

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.url configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.processRuntime.user

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.user configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.processRuntime.pwd

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.pwd configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.processRuntime.targetUser

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.targetUser configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.processRuntime.key.alias

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.key.alias configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.processRuntime.key.pwd

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.key.pwd configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.processRuntime.timeout

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.processRuntime.timeout configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.runtimeDelegate.pageSize

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.runtimeDelegate.pageSize configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.solutionSyncInterval

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solutionSyncInterval configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.solutionSyncQueriesShift

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solutionSyncQueriesShift configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.publishWindowSize

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.publishWindowSize configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.usersSyncInterval

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.usersSyncInterval configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.waitForImprovedSolutionDuration

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.waitForImprovedSolutionDuration configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.improveSolutionOnBackgroundDuration

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.improveSolutionOnBackgroundDuration configuration parameter, see Global configuration parameters

taskassigning.solver.configResource

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.configResource configuration parameter, see Solver configuration parameters

taskassigning.solver.moveThreadCount

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.moveThreadCount configuration parameter, see Solver configuration parameters

taskassigning.solver.moveThreadBufferSize

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.moveThreadBufferSize configuration parameter, see Solver configuration parameters

taskassigning.solver.threadFactoryClass

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.threadFactoryClass configuration parameter, see Solver configuration parameters

taskassigning.solver.container.id

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.id configuration parameter, see Container based solver configuration

taskassigning.solver.container.groupId

Required if the container configuration is activated

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.groupId configuration parameter, see Container based solver configuration

taskassigning.solver.container.artifactId

Required if the container configuration is activated

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.artifactId configuration parameter, see Container based solver configuration

taskassigning.solver.container.version

Required if the container configuration is activated

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.container.version configuration parameter, see Container based solver configuration

taskassigning.solver.configResource

Required if the container configuration is activated

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.solver.configResource configuration parameter, see Container based solver configuration

taskassigning.userSystem.name

Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.name configuration parameter, see UserSystemService configuration

taskassigning.userSystem.container.id

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.id configuration parameter, see Container based UserSystemService configuration

taskassigning.userSystem.container.groupId

Required if the container configuration is activated

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.groupId configuration parameter, see Container based UserSystemService configuration

taskassigning.userSystem.container.artifactId

Required if the container configuration is activated

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.artifactId configuration parameter, see Container based UserSystemService configuration

taskassigning.userSystem.container.version

Required if the container configuration is activated

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.version configuration parameter, see Container based UserSystemService configuration

tastaskassigning.userSystem.simple.users

Required if the Simple User System is configured

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.simple.users configuration parameter, see SimpleUserSystemService

taskassigning.userSystem.simple.skills

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.simple.skills configuration parameter, see SimpleUserSystemService

taskassigning.userSystem.simple.affinities

Not Required

This value is analogous to the org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.simple.affinities configuration parameter, see see SimpleUserSystemService
Default Constraints

The following table gives a high level description of the set of constraints that are included in the task assigning integration. These constraints are used for the construction of the optimized plan, in other words "for determining which tasks should be assigned to whom".

In general a large set of use cases can be covered by using them and no extensions are required, but it is possible to work with a user provided-customized set of constraints if needed, see Container based solver configuration.

Optimized solutions construction is made by using a BendableLongScore with two levels of Hard constraints and six levels of Soft constraints. These constraint levels can be customized by following a set of restrictions.

Constraint Level/Requirement Description

Required Potential Owner

Hard Constraint 0 (required)

Determines that a task must be assigned to one of it is "Potential Owners", or to the "Planning User" in cases where no "Potential Owners" are found.

User provided customizations must always include this constraint as the first level hard constraint. Otherwise the business process semantics won’t be considered by the task assigning integration, i.e., tasks might be assigned to users that are not "Potential Owners" for it.

In cases where this constraint is still customized, it must always consider assigning the "Planning User" when no other user fits the customized condition.

Required Skills

Hard Constraint 1

Determines that a task can only be assigned to a user that has all of the task’s configured skills, see Skills and Affinities.

If a task has configured skills but no user with all of these skills can be found it’ll be assigned to the "Planning User".

If the task doesn’t have configured skills the constraint has no effect.

In cases where this constraint is customized, it must always consider assigning the "Planning User" when no other user fits the customized condition.

PlanningUser assignment

Soft Constraint 0 (required)

Penalizes the "Planning User" assignment. This constraint enforces the minimization of the "Planning User" assignment and ensures it’ll be assigned as the "last available option"

Do not customize or change this constraint.

High level priority

Soft Constraint 1

Enforces the assignment of higher priority tasks first whenever it is possible.

Desired Affinities

Soft Constraint 2

Makes a best effort for assigning tasks according to its configured affinities, see Skills and Affinities

If a task has configured affinities, whenever it is possible, a user with the most of them will be picked for its assignment.

If the task doesn’t have configured affinities the constraint has no effect.

Minimize makespan

Soft Constraint 3 (required)

Reduce the time to complete all tasks.

This constraint must always be included.

Medium level priority

Soft Constraint 4

Medium level priority tasks are assigned after higher priority tasks whenever it is possible.

Low level priority

Soft Constraint 5

Low level priority tasks are assigned lastly whenever it is possible.

The current TaskAssigningSolution implementation is based on a BendableLongScore scoring function and thus any potential extension of the provided constraints, etc., typically by using a user provided KJAR, will be based on it. However this scoring function as well as the core model classes might change in future releases.
Constraints configuration by using a DRL file

The following example shows the key parts of the DRL file that contains the constraints configurations.

// ############################################################################
// Hard constraints
// ############################################################################

// A task can only be assigned to one of its potential owners or to the PlanningUser
rule "Required Potential Owner"
   when
       $task : Task(user != null, !TaskAssigningConditions.userMeetsPotentialOwnerOrPlanningUserCondition($task, user))
   then
       scoreHolder.addHardConstraintMatch(kcontext, 0, -1);
end

// A task with defined skills can only be assigned to users that has all of the of them or to the PlanningUser
rule "Required Skills"
   when
       $task : Task(user != null, !TaskAssigningConditions.userMeetsRequiredSkillsOrPlanningUserCondition($task, user))
   then
       scoreHolder.addHardConstraintMatch(kcontext, 1, -1);
end

// ############################################################################
// Soft constraints
// ############################################################################

// First level soft constraint for penalizing the assignment of the PLANNING_USER.
rule "PlanningUser assignment"
   when
       Task(user != null, ModelConstants.IS_PLANNING_USER.test(user.getEntityId()))
   then
       // a penalization is added each time the PLANNING_USER is assigned.
       scoreHolder.addSoftConstraintMatch(kcontext, 0, -1);
end

// Second level soft constraint for penalizing the assignment of the PLANNING_USER.
rule "High level priority"
   when
       $task : Task(user != null, PriorityHelper.isHighLevel(priority))
   then
       scoreHolder.addSoftConstraintMatch(kcontext, 1, PriorityHelper.calculateWeightedPenalty($task.getPriority(), $task.getEndTimeInMinutes()));
end


// Third level soft constraint, when a task has defined affinities consider assigning users that match
// the most of them as possible.
rule "Desired Affinities"
   when
       $task : Task(user != null, user.isEnabled())
   then
       scoreHolder.addSoftConstraintMatch(kcontext, 2, TaskHelper.countMatchingLabels($task, $task.getUser(), DefaultLabels.AFFINITIES.name()));
end

// Fourth level soft constraint.
rule "Minimize makespan (starting with the latest ending user first)"
   when
       Task(user != null, nextTask == null, $endTimeInMinutes : endTimeInMinutes)
   then
       scoreHolder.addSoftConstraintMatch(kcontext, 3, - ($endTimeInMinutes * $endTimeInMinutes));
end

// Fifth level soft constraint.
rule "Medium level priority"
   when
       $task : Task(user != null, PriorityHelper.isMediumLevel(priority))
   then
       scoreHolder.addSoftConstraintMatch(kcontext, 4, PriorityHelper.calculateWeightedPenalty($task.getPriority(), $task.getEndTimeInMinutes()));
end

// Sixth level soft constraint.
rule "Low level priority"
   when
       $task : Task(user != null, PriorityHelper.isLowLevel(priority))
   then
       scoreHolder.addSoftConstraintMatch(kcontext, 5, PriorityHelper.calculateWeightedPenalty($task.getPriority(), $task.getEndTimeInMinutes()));
end

The current by default DRL might change in future versions and thus can not be considered as part of the product public API. Any potential customization of the provided constraints might use this DRL as a start point or could also use other mechanisms as the constraints streams for implementing them.
Skills and Affinities

The use of skills and affinities implements the ability of declaring business related data for being considered by the default provided constraints or any other user defined ones. This is a fine grained decision mechanism that you can use on top of the groups-based assignment semantics defined in the business process.

Internally, this mechanism is based on the ability to label the human tasks generated by the business processes runtime and the users information.

Labeling mechanism

The following procedure shows how the labeling mechanism converts information in human tasks, and users information to labels:

LabelingMechanismTasks
Figure 256. Tasks Labeling

  1. Any human task is created in the processes runtime.

  2. When the new task is detected by the task assigning solution refreshing mechanism, a set of LabelValueExtrators is applied.

  3. These LabelValueExtractors can transform any piece of information in the human task or user into a label.

  4. The default constraints consider these labels.

In the preceding example,the following labels are produced:

  • The input data "skills", with the value "skill1, skill2" resulted in the label SKILLS with the following set of values {"skill1", "skill2"}

  • The input data "affinities" with the value "affinity1" resulted in the label AFFINITIES with the following set of values {"affinity1"}

Task labels are calculated only the first time the task is identified by the task assigning integration and can use any of the information present in the task.

User labeling works in a similar way:

LabelingMechanismUsers
Figure 257. Tasks Labeling
Default HumanTask and User LabelValueExtractors

Four label value extractors are provided to manage the SKILLS and AFFINITIES labels.

Extractor Name Description

DefaultTaskDataSkillsValueExtractor

Processes the human task "skills" input value as a string of comma separated values, and creates a java Set<Object> with tokenized String values. The resulting set is assigned to the label SKILLS.

For example, the "skills" input value "english,finance" is extracted as a set with the values {"english", "finance"} and assigned to the label with name SKILLS.

By default extraction can be customized by using the following system property for defining the task input value from where the SKILLS will be extracted.

For example: org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.planning.data.DefaultTaskDataSkillsValueExtractor.skills=someOtherName

DefaultTaskDataAffinitiesValueExtractor

Processes the human task "affinities" input value, as a string comma separated values, and creates a java Set<Object> with tokenized String values. The resulting set is assigned to the label AFFINITIES.

Ej. The "affinities" input value "news,history" is extracted as a set with the values {"news", "history"} and assigned to the label with name AFFINITIES.

By default extraction can be customized by using the following system property for defining the task input value from where the AFFINITIES will be extracted.

For example: org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.planning.data.DefaultTaskDataAffinitiesValueExtractor.affinities=someOtherName

DefaultUserSkillsValueExtractor

Analogous to the DefaultTaskDataSkillsValueExtractor By default extraction can be customized by using the following system property for defining the user attribute from where the SKILLS will be extracted.

For example: org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.planning.data.DefaultUserSkillsValueExtractor.skills=someOtherName

DefaultUserAffinitiesValueExtractor

Analogous to the DefaultTaskDataAffinitiesValueExtractor By default extraction can be customized by using the following system property for defining the user attribute from where the AFFINITIES will be extracted.

For example: org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.planning.data.DefaultUserAffinitiesValueExtractor.affinities=someOtherName

The current core model classes like the TaskAssigningSolution, Task and User might change in future releases.
Linking the human tasks inputs with the labels

A simple approach for labeling tasks with business related information is implemented using the task inputs configuration. The following image shows an example of such a configuration.

SkillsAndAffinitiesConfigurationExample
Figure 258. Skills and affinities configuration

The example above links the process variable "variableWithTheSkills" with the task input name "skills", and the corresponding value will be processed by the "DefaultTaskDataSkillsValueExtractor" and automatically associated with the label name SKILLS.

This mechanism can be used for any other user provided LabelValueExtractor.

Custom extractors

Installations that require the definition of customized LabelValueExtractors can add them by providing their implementations in the customized KJARs with the UserSystemIntegration implementation or the Solver configuration.

  1. Add a component in the specified KJAR that implements the following interface:

    org.kie.server.api.model.taskassigning.data.LabelValueExtractor

    Note: Ensure that the following dependency is added to the given KJAR:

<dependency>
  <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
  <artifactId>kie-server-api</artifactId>
  <version>corresponding version</version>
  <scope>provided</scope>
</dependency>

  1. Declare the component implementation by using the Java standard service provider mechanism in the following resource:

    project_home/src/main/resources/META-INF/services/project_home/src/main/resources/META-INF/services/org.kie.server.api.model.taskassigning.data.LabelValueExtractor

When configured, the LabelValueExtractor will be processed accordingly.

The following example shows a custom LabelValueExtractor:

import org.kie.server.api.model.taskassigning.data.LabelValueExtractor;
import org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.api.User;

public class UserExampleValueExtractor implements LabelValueExtractor<User> {

   public Class<User> getType() {
       // consider this extractor for processing users information.
       return org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.api.User.class;
   }

   public String getLabelName() {
       return "PASSPORT";
   }

   public int getPriority() {
       return 1;
   }

   public Set<Object> extract(User source) {
       Map<String, Object> attributes = source.getAttributes();
       Object value = attributes != null ? attributes.get("passport_number") : null;
       return value != null ? new HashSet<Object>(Collections.singleton(value)) : null;
   }
}

Ensure that the following dependency is added to the specified KJAR:

<dependency>
  <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
  <artifactId>kie-server-services-task-assigning-user-system-api</artifactId>
  <version>corresponding version</version>
  <scope>provided</scope>
</dependency>

Extractors for processing the human tasks information must use the class org.kie.server.api.model.taskassigning.TaskData as source type.

The current core model classes like the TaskAssigningSolution, Task and User might change in future releases.

19.18.3. Integration alternatives

System integrators usually consume the human tasks available in the Process Runtime kie-server for different purposes. One example is the Business Central "Task Inbox" in this case, Business Central acts as an "integrator" which means that the human tasks are consumed from the Process Runtime kie-server by using the kie-server queries APIs and applying different filtering criterias. Finally these tasks are listed in the "Task Inbox" UI, etc. In this way, Business Central is decoupled from the Process Runtime kie-server, etc.

The next topics present a set of queries similar to queries used by the Business Central "Task Inbox". These queries might facilitate integrations in cases where the task assigning integration is enabled.

19.18.3.1. Task Assigning Human Tasks Query

This query facilitates the consumption of the available human tasks. The task can integrate additional information depending on the query variant. It is up to the "integrator" to select the query variant that best supports it’s needs.

Filtering parameters

The available filtering parameters are defined in the following kie-server-api enums:

org.kie.server.api.model.definition.TaskField
org.kie.server.api.model.taskassigning.PlanningTaskField

Both classes are found in the following maven artifact:

<dependency>
    <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-api</artifactId>
</dependency>

The following table shows the parameter name and the expected type.

Parameter Type Description

ACTIVATIONTIME

Date

Time when this task was activated.

ACTUALOWNER

String

Actual owner assigned to this task - only set when task is claimed.

CREATEDBY

String

User who created this task.

CREATEDON

Date

Date when task was created.

DEPLOYMENTID

String

Deployment id this task is part of, typically the KIE Server container.

DESCRIPTION

String

Description of the task if any.

DUEDATE

Date

Due date set on this task if any.

NAME

String

Name of the task.

PARENTID

Long

Parent task id if any.

PRIORITY

Integer

Priority of the task.

PROCESSID

String

Process definition id that this task belongs to.

PROCESSINSTANCEID

Long

Process instance id that this task is associated with.

PROCESSSESSIONID

Long

KieSession id used to create this task.

STATUS

String

Current status of the task.

TASKID

Long

Identifier of task.

WORKITEMID

Long

Identifier of work item assigned on process side to this task id.

PTTASKID

Long

Same value as TASKID.

ASSIGNEDUSER

String

Same value as the ACTUALOWNER for published tasks.

PUBLISHED

Integer

Indicates if the task is published. For example "published = 1" can be used as filtering criteria in cases of filtering by the task that are currently assigned by the task assigning integration.
Querying the human tasks as TaskData instances

This query execution variant enables getting the result values as instances of:

org.kie.server.api.model.taskassigning.TaskData

The following example shows how to use this variant:

Example 1)

// Create the kie-server query services client.
QueryServicesClient queryServices = createQueryServicesClient();

// Set the filtering and ordering criteria and consider only the currently published tasks.
QueryFilterSpec filter = new QueryFilterSpecBuilder()
    .equalsTo(TaskField.STATUS.toString(), "Reserved", "InProgress", "Completed")
    .equalsTo(PlanningTaskField.PUBLISHED.toString(), 1)
    .oderBy(TaskField.TASKID.toString(), true)
    .get();

// Execute the query
List<TaskData> result = queryServices.query(TaskAssigningQueries.JBPM_HUMAN_TASKS_QUERY,
                                            TaskAssigningQueries.TASK_DATA_QUERY_MAPPER,
                                            filter,
                                            0,    // staring page
                                            30,   // page size
                                            TaskData.class);

In this case, only the tasks currently assigned by the task assigning integration will be considered. This is the usual scenario when task assigning integration is enabled, because it is expected that the tasks are consumed and executed accordingly with the generated planning.

The task inputs and potential owners are not loaded by this query.

Example 2)

// Create the kie-server query services client.
QueryServicesClient queryServices = createQueryServicesClient();

// Set the filtering and ordering criteria and consider all of the tasks.
QueryFilterSpec filter = new QueryFilterSpecBuilder()
    .equalsTo(TaskField.STATUS.toString(), "Ready”, Reserved", "InProgress", "Completed")
    .oderBy(TaskField.TASKID.toString(), true)
    .get();

// Execute the query
List<TaskData> result = queryServices.query(TaskAssigningQueries.JBPM_HUMAN_TASKS_QUERY,
                                            TaskAssigningQueries.TASK_DATA_QUERY_MAPPER,
                                            filter,
                                            0,    // staring page
                                            30,   // page size
                                            TaskData.class);

In this case all of the tasks will be considered but only the property assigned by the task assigning integration will have the TaskData.planningTask filled. It means that non assigned tasks or not yet managed by the task assigning integration might be included in the results. This alternative facilitates a more advanced processing of the "potential" tasks, however it is strongly encouraged to make available to the users only the tasks that are currently assigned by the task assigning integration . i.e. the ones with TaskData.planningTask != null otherwise the integration becomes senseless.

The task inputs and potential owners are not loaded by this query.

See KIE Server API documentation for more information on how to create the KIE Server clients and the query API general functioning.

19.18.4. Examples

19.18.4.1. Credit dispute process

The following credit dispute process example is intended to show a simple use case where you can use the "skills" configuration to influence the way tasks are assigned according to the solver constraints and the process data.

CreditDisputeProcess
Figure 259. Credit dispute process
Process start

When the process starts, the user is asked to complete the information in the following image. In particular, the credit card brand for which the dispute is related to and the preferred language for receiving the process notifications are requested. This information is used for assigning the process tasks.

StartCreditDisputeForm
Figure 260. Start credit dispute process form
Process configuration

The following image shows the process variables that are used for holding the card brand and language respectively.

CreditDisputeProcessWithVariables
Figure 261. Credit dispute process variables

The process start form populates these variables with the user inputs.

Resolve dispute task configuration

The following image shows the ResolveDispute task configuration, which establishes that the task input parameter skills is assigned with the value of the process variable cardType.

ResolveDisputeTaskConfiguration
Figure 262. Resolve dispute task configuration

With this configuration, OptaPlanner assigns this task to users that meet the following criteria:

  1. Are in the user group CreditAnalyst

  2. Have all of the skills configured in the task input parameter skills

Notify customer task configuration

The following image shows the NotifyCustomer task configuration, which establishes that the task input parameter skills is assigned with the value of the process variable language.

NotifyCustomerTaskConfiguration
Figure 263. Notify customer task configuration

With this configuration OptaPlanner assigns this task to users that meet the following criteria:

  1. Are in the group ClientRelations

  2. Have all of the skills configured in the task input parameter skills

  3. Note that in this case the language selection is optional since the form field is not marked with "*" see the process start form, meaning that when no language is selected the task won’t have any configured skills. This implies that in such cases whatever users that are in group ClientRelations can be assigned to the task.

Process execution (example users)

Let’s assume that the following users configurations are used for executing the process.

users.properties file:

john=analyst,admin,user,Accounting,PM,ClientRelations
mary=analyst,admin,user,ClientRelations
katy=analyst,admin,user,HR,CreditAnalyst
maciek=admin,analyst,user,PM,HR,CreditAnalyst

skills.properties file:

john=ES,EN                     (has skills in the Spanish and English languages)
mary=ZH                        (has skills in the Chinese language)
katy=CITI,MASTER               (has skills in the CITI and MASTER cards)
maciek=VISA,AMERICAN_EXPRESS   (has skills in the VISA and AMERICAN EXPRESS cards)
Process execution (example instances)

With the preceding configurations the following execution scenarios are expected:

Process instance #1:

1) Start process

StartCreditDisputeInstance1Simple
Figure 264. Start credit dispute process instance #1

2) ResolveDispute task

ResolveDisputeTaskForProcessInstance1WasCreated
Figure 265. Resolve dispute task for process instance #1

The ResolveDispute task is assigned to the user maciek since it requires VISA skills.

In real environments there might be many users with this skill. In this case OptaPlanner assigns the new created task considering the optimized plan, which means that depending on the workload a different user could have been assigned.

3) NotifyCustomer task

NotifyCustomerTaskForProcessInstance1WasCreated
Figure 266. Notify customer task for process instance #1

When the ResolveDispute task is completed, a new task NotifyCustomer is created and assigned to the user john because that task requires skills in Spanish.

Process instance #2:

1) Start process

StartCreditDisputeInstance2Simple
Figure 267. Start credit dispute process instance #2

2) ResolveDispute task

ResolveDisputeTaskForProcessInstance2WasCreated
Figure 268. Resolve dispute task for process instance #2

The ResolveDispute task is assigned to the user katy since it requires CITI skills.

3) NotifyCustomer task

NotifyCustomerTaskForProcessInstance2WasCreated
Figure 269. Notify customer task for process instance #2

When the ResolveDispute task is completed, a new task NotifyCustomer is created and assigned to the user mary because that task requires skills in Chinese.

Process instance #3:

1) Start process

StartCreditDisputeInstance3Simple
Figure 270. Start credit dispute process instance #3

2) ResolveDispute task

ResolveDisputeTaskForProcessInstance3WasCreated
Figure 271. Resolve dispute task for process instance #3

The ResolveDispute task is assigned to the user katy because that task requires MASTER skills.

3) NotifyCustomer task

NotifyCustomerTaskForProcessInstance3WasCreated
Figure 272. Notify customer task for process instance #3

When the ResolveDispute task is completed, a new task NotifyCustomer is created and assigned to the planninguser because none of the users has the required skills in Hindi. In this case, an external interaction is required to determine the best suited user to complete the task. The planinguser must perform this action by delegating the task.

The planninguser assignment is used to cover edge cases and should not be part of the modelling strategy. In the preceding example, if it is known that no user will have skills in Hindi. A similar but softer constraint can be configured by using affinities.
19.18.4.2. Customized User System Service

For creating a custom user system service implementation follow these steps:

1) Create a KJAR project structure

2) Add the following dependency

<dependency>
  <!-- Kie Server, OptaPlanner, or any other product dependencies must use provided scope -->
  <groupId>org.kie.server</groupId>
    <artifactId>kie-server-services-task-assigning-user-system-api</artifactId>
    <version>configure the proper version number aligned with the target kie-server</version>
    <scope>provided</scope>
</dependency>

3) Provide your UserSystemService implementation, see the following example:

public class MyDBUserSystemService implements UserSystemService {

    private DataSource dataSource;

    public String getName() {
        return "MyDBUserSystemService";
    }

    public void start() {
        String dataSourceName = System.getProperty("org.example.DBUserSystemService.ds",
                                                   "java:jboss/datasources/ExampleDS");
        try {
            InitialContext initialContext = new InitialContext();
            dataSource = (DataSource) initialContext.lookup(dataSourceName);
        } catch (NamingException e) {
             // throw an exception if there are unrecoverable errors that prevent
             // the service to start.
            throw new DBUserSystemServiceException("Unable to find data source under name " +
                                                   dataSourceName, e);
       }
    }

    public void test() throws Exception {
         // test your database queries etc.
    }

    public List<User> findAllUsers() {
        try (Connection conn = dataSource.getConnection()) {
            List<User> myUsers;
            // query the users information from the database.
           return myUsers;
       } catch (SQLException e) {
           throw new DBUserSystemServiceException("An error was produced finding all users: " +
                                                  e.getMessage(), e);
       }
   }

    public User findUser(String userId) {
        if (userId == null) {
            return null;
        }
        try (Connection conn = dataSource.getConnection()) {
            User user;
            // query the user information from the database.
            return user;
        } catch (SQLException e) {
          throw new DBUserSystemServiceException("An error was produced finding user: "+
                                                  e.getMessage(), e);
        }
    }
}

4) Add the following resource to the project and declare your user system service provider class on it.

src/main/resources/META-INF/services/org.kie.server.services.taskassigning.user.system.api.UserSystemService

org.example.MyDBUserSystemService

Finally for using it in the Planning kie-server follow these steps:

1) Build your KJAR and be sure the corresponding maven generated artifact is installed in the maven repository used by your Planning kie-server.

2) Add a datasource configuration to your Planning kie-server pointing to the target DB (this step is only required for the example above) For example with JNDI name java:jboss/datasources/db-user-system-datasource

3) Finally add the following items to the Planning kie-server configuration file:

<server>
...
<system-properties>
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.name"
            value="MyDBUserSystemService" />
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.id"
            value="my-db-user-system-container" />
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.groupId"
            value="your KJARs groupId" />
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.artifactId"
            value="your KJARs artifactId" />
  <property name="org.kie.server.taskAssigning.userSystem.container.version"
            value="your KJARs version number" />
  <property name="org.example.DBUserSystemService.ds"
            value="java:jboss/datasources/db-user-system-datasource" />
</system-properties>
...
</server>

Eclipse

How to use the Eclipse-based tooling

20. jBPM Eclipse Plugin

20.1. jBPM Eclipse Plugin

The jBPM Eclipse plugin provides developers (and very technical users) with an environment to edit and test processes, and integrate it deeply with their applications. It provides the following features (on top of the Eclipse IDE):

  • Wizards for creation of

    • a jBPM project

    • a BPMN2 process

  • jBPM Perspective (showing the most commonly used views in a predefined layout)

20.1.1. Installation

The jBPM installer is capable of downloading and installing an Eclipse installation, including the Drools and jBPM Eclipse plugin (with a full jBPM runtime preconfigured) and the Eclipse BPMN2 Modeler.

Using the jBPM installer is definitely the recommended starting point for most users.

You can however also download and install the jBPM Eclipse Plugin manually. To do so, you need to:

  • Download Eclipse (Kepler recommended, but older versions like Indigo or Juno should also still work)

  • Start Eclipse

  • Select "Install New Software …​" from the Help menu. Add the Drools and jBPM update site http://downloads.jboss.org/jbpm/release/6.0.1.Final/updatesite/. You should see the plugins as shown below. Note that you can also download and unzip the Drools and jBPM update site to your local file system and use that as local update site instead.

    UpdateSite

    Select the JBoss jBPM Core and JBoss Drools Core plugins and click "Next >". Click "Next >" again after reviewing your selecting, accept the terms of the license agreement and click "Finish" to download and install the plugins. If you get a warning about installing software that contains unsigned content, click OK. After successful installation, Eclipse should ask you to restart, click Yes.

  • The plugin should now be installed. To check, check if you can for example see the new jBPM Project wizard: under the "File" menu, select "New Project …​" and there you should be able to see "New jBPM Project" under the jBPM category.

  • Register a jBPM runtime to get started, see the section on jBPM runtimes in this chapter for more information.

Note that, when doing a manual install, you still need to manually install the Eclipse BPMN 2.0 Modeler plugin as well. Check out the chapter on the Eclipse BPMN 2.0 Modeler on how to do that.

20.1.2. jBPM Project Wizard

The aim of the new project wizard is to set up an executable sample project to start using processes immediately. This will set up a basic structure, the classpath, sample process and a test case to get you started. To create a new jBPM project, in the "File" menu select "New" and then "Project …​" and under the jBPM category, select "jBPM Project". A dialog as shown below should pop up.

WizardProject

Fill in a name for your project and if necessary change the location where this project should be located (by default Eclipse will generate it inside your Eclipse workspace folder) and click "Next >".

Now you can optionally include a sample process in your project to get started. You can select to either use a simple "Hello World" process, a slightly more advanced process including human tasks and persistence or simply an empty project. You can also select to include a JUnit test class that you can use to test your process. These can serve as a starting point, and will give you something executable almost immediately, which you can then modify to your needs.

WizardProject2

Finally, the last page in the wizard allows you select a jBPM runtime, as shown below. You can either use the default runtime (as configured for you workspace, in your workspace preferences), or you can select a specific runtime for this project. For more information about runtimes and how to create them, see the section on jBPM runtimes in this chapter.

You can also select which version of jBPM you want to generate sample code for. By default it will generate an example using the latest jBPM 6.x API, but you could also generate examples using the old jBPM 5.x API. Note that you yourself are responsible for making sure that the code you generate can be understood by the runtime (for example, if you create an example using jBPM6 API but select a jBPM5 runtime, your sample will not compile). Also note that, if you want to execute a jBPM5 example on jBPM6, you will need to have the knowledge-api JAR inside your jBPM6 runtime, as this is responsible for the backwards compatibility of the jBPM5 API in jBPM6.

WizardProject3

When you selected the simple 'hello world' example, the result is shown below. Feel free to experiment with the plug-in at this point.

WizardProjectStructure
Figure 273. New jBPM project artifacts

The newly created project contains an example process file (sample.bpmn) in the src/main/resources directory and an example Java file (ProcessTest.java) that can be used to test the process in the jBPM engine. You’ll find this in the folder src/main/java, in the com.sample package. All the other JARs that are necessary during execution are also added to the classpath in a custom classpath container called jBPM Library.

You can also convert an existing Java project to a jBPM project by selecting the "Convert to jBPM Project" action. Right-click the project you want to convert and under the "Configure" category (at the bottom) select "Convert to jBPM Project". This will add the jBPM Library to your project’s classpath.

20.1.3. New BPMN2 Process Wizard

You can create a new process simply as an empty text file with extension ".bpmn", or use the "New BPMN2 Process" wizard to do so. To create a new process, in the "File" menu select "New" and then "Other …​" and under the jBPM category, select "BPMN2 Process" and click "Next >". In the next dialog, you should select the folder where the process should be created (for example the src/main/resources folder of your project) and a name for the process. Clicking "Finish" should create your new process (by default it should only contain one start node) and open it so you can start editing it.

20.1.4. jBPM Runtime

A jBPM runtime is a collection of JAR files that represent one specific release of the jBPM project JARs. To create a runtime, download the binary distribution of the version of jBPM you want to use and unzip on your local file system. You must then point the IDE to the release of your choice by selecting the folder where these JARs are located. If you want to create a new runtime based on the latest jBPM project JARs included in the plugin itself, you can also easily do that. You are required to specify a default jBPM runtime for your Eclipse workspace, but each individual project can override the default and select the appropriate runtime for that project specifically.

20.1.4.1. Defining a jBPM Runtime

To define one or more jBPM runtimes using the Eclipse preferences view you open up your Preferences, by selecting the "Preferences" menu item in the menu "Window". A "Preferences" dialog should show all your settings. On the left side of this dialog, under the jBPM category, select "Installed jBPM runtimes". The panel on the right should then show the currently defined jBPM runtimes. For example, if you used the jBPM Installer, it should look like the figure below.

PreferencesRuntimes

To define a new jBPM runtime, click the "Add" button. A dialog such as the one shown below should pop up, asking for the name of your runtime and the location on your file system where it can be found.

PreferencesAddRuntime

In general, you have two options:

  1. If you simply want to use the default JAR files as included in the jBPM Eclipse plugin, you can create a new jBPM runtime automatically by clicking the "Create a new jBPM Runtime …​" button. A file browser will show up, asking you to select the folder on your file system where you want this runtime to be created. The plugin will then automatically copy all required dependencies to the specified folder. Make sure to select a unique name for the newly created runtime and click "OK" to register this runtime.

    Note that creating a jBPM runtime from the default JAR files as included in the jBPM Eclipse plugin is only recommended to get you started the first time and for very simple use cases. The runtime that is created this way only contains the minimal set of JARs, and therefore doesn’t support a significant set of features, including for example persistence. Make sure to create a full runtime (using the second approach) for real development.

  2. If you want to use one specific release of the jBPM project, you should create a folder on your file system that contains all the necessary jBPM libraries and dependencies (for example by downloading the binary distribution and unzipping it on your local file system). Instead of creating a new jBPM runtime as explained above, give your runtime a unique name and click the "Browse …​" button to select the location of this folder containing all the required JARs. Click "OK" to register this runtime.

After clicking the OK button, the runtime should show up in your table of installed jBPM runtimes, as shown below. Click the checkbox in front of one of the installed runtimes to make it the default jBPM runtime. The default jBPM runtime will be used as the runtime of all your new jBPM projects (in case you didn’t select a project-specific runtime).

You can add as many jBPM runtimes as you need. Note that you will need to restart Eclipse if you changed the default runtime and you want to make sure that all the projects that are using the default runtime update their classpath accordingly.

20.1.4.2. Selecting a runtime for your jBPM project

Whenever you create a jBPM project (using the New jBPM Project wizard or by converting an existing Java project to a jBPM project), the plugin will automatically add all the required JARs to the classpath of your project.

When creating a new jBPM project, the plugin will automatically use the default Drools runtime for that project, unless you specify a project-specific one. You can do this in the final step of the New jBPM Project wizard, as shown below, by deselecting the "Use default Drools runtime" checkbox and selecting the appropriate runtime in the drop-down box. If you click the "Configure workspace settings …​" link, the workspace preferences showing the currently installed jBPM runtimes will be opened, so you can add new runtimes there.

WizardProject3

You can change the runtime of a jBPM project at any time by opening the project properties and selecting the jBPM category, as shown below. Mark the "Enable project specific settings" checkbox and select the appropriate runtime from the drop-down box. If you click the "Configure workspace settings …​" link, the workspace preferences showing the currently installed jBPM runtimes will be opened, so you can add new runtimes there. If you deselect the "Enable project specific settings" checkbox, it will use the default runtime as defined in your global workspace preferences.

PreferencesProject

20.1.5. jBPM Maven Project Wizard

The aim of the new Maven project wizard is to set up an executable sample project to start using processes immediately (but not as normal Java project with all jBPM dependencies added using a jBPM library but by using Maven (and thus a pom.xml) to define your project’s properties and dependencies. This wizard will set up a Maven project using a pom.xml, and include a sample process and Java class to execute it. To create a new jBPM Maven project, in the "File" menu select "New" and then "Project …​" and under the jBPM category, select "jBPM Project (Maven)". Give your project a name and click finish. The result should be as shown below.

WizardMavenProject

The pom.xml that is generated for your project contains the following:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<project xmlns="http://maven.apache.org/POM/4.0.0"
         xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
         xsi:schemaLocation="http://maven.apache.org/POM/4.0.0 http://maven.apache.org/xsd/maven-4.0.0.xsd">

  <modelVersion>4.0.0</modelVersion>

  <groupId>com.sample</groupId>
  <artifactId>jbpm-example</artifactId>
  <version>1.0.0-SNAPSHOT</version>

  <name>jBPM :: Sample Maven Project</name>
  <description>A sample jBPM Maven project</description>

  <properties>
    <version.org.jbpm>6.0.0.Final</version.org.jbpm>
  </properties>

  <repositories>
    <repository>
      <id>jboss-public-repository-group</id>
      <name>JBoss Public Repository Group</name>
      <url>http://repository.jboss.org/nexus/content/groups/public/</url>
      <releases>
        <enabled>true</enabled>
        <updatePolicy>never</updatePolicy>
      </releases>
      <snapshots>
        <enabled>true</enabled>
        <updatePolicy>daily</updatePolicy>
      </snapshots>
    </repository>
  </repositories>

  <dependencies>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
      <artifactId>jbpm-test</artifactId>
      <version>${version.org.jbpm}</version>
    </dependency>
  </dependencies>
</project>

In the properties section, you can specify which version of jBPM you would like to use (by default it uses 6.0.0.Final). It adds the JBoss Nexus Maven repository (where all the jBPM JARs and their dependencies are located) to your project and configures the dependencies.

By default, only the jbpm-test JAR is specified as a dependency, as this has transitive dependencies to almost all of the core dependencies you will need. You are free to update the dependencies section however to include only the dependencies you need.

The project also contains a sample process, under src/main/resources, in the com.sample package, and a kmodule.xml configuration file under the META-INF folder. The kmodule.xml defines which resources (processes, rules, etc.) are to be loaded as part of your project. In this case, it is defining a kbase called "kbase" that will load all the resources in the com.sample folder:

<kmodule xmlns="http://www.drools.org/xsd/kmodule">
  <kbase name="kbase" packages="com.sample"/>
</kmodule>

Finally, it also contains a Java class that can be used to execute the sample process. It will first create a kbase called "kbase" (by inspecting the kmodule.xml file and thus loading the sample.bpmn process) and then use a RuntimeManager to get access to a KieSession and TaskService. In this case, it is used to start a process and then complete the tasks created by this process one by one.

20.1.6. Drools Eclipse plugin

The Drools Eclipse Plugin, which is bundled as part of the same Eclipse Update Site as the jBPM Eclipse Plugin, provides similar features for creating and editing business rules, and execute them using the Drools engine. This for example allows you to create and edit .drl files containing business rules. You can combine your processes and rules inside one project and execute them together on the same KieSession.

20.2. Debugging

This section describes how to debug processes using the jBPM Eclipse plugin. This means that the current state of your running processes can be inspected and visualized during the execution. Note that we currently don’t allow you to put breakpoints on the nodes within a process directly. You can however put breakpoints inside any Java code you might have (i.e. your application code that is invoking the jBPM engine or invoked by the jBPM engine, listeners, etc.) or inside rules (that could be evaluated in the context of a process). At these breakpoints, you can then inspect the internal state of all your process instances.

When debugging the application, you can use the following debug views to track the execution of the process:

  1. The process instances view, showing all running process instances (and their state). When double-clicking a process instance, the process instance view visually shows the current state of that process instance at that point in time.

  2. The audit view, showing the audit log (note that you should probably use a threaded file logger if you want to session to save the audit event to the file system on regular intervals, so the audit view can be updated to show the latest state).

  3. The global data view, showing the globals.

  4. Other views related to rule execution like the working memory view (showing the contents (data) in the working memory related to rule execution), the agenda view (showing all activated rules), etc.

20.2.1. The Process Instances View

The process instances view shows the process instances currently running in the selected ksession. To be able to use the process instances view, first open the Process Instances view (Window - Show View - Other …​ and under the Drools category select Process Instances and Process Instance). Tip: it might be useful to drag the Process Instance view to the Outline View and slightly enlarge it, as shown in the screenshot below, so you can see both the Process Instances and Process Instance views at the same time.

Next, use a (regular) Java breakpoint to stop your application at a specific point (for example right after starting a new process instance). In the Debug perspective, select the ksession you would like to inspect, and the Process Instances view should show the process instances that are currently active inside that ksession. For example, the screenshot below shows one running process instance (with id "1"). When double-clicking a process instance, the process instance viewer will graphically show the progress of that process instance. An example where the process instance is waiting for a human actor to perform "Task 1" is shown below.

The process instances view shows the process instances currently active inside the selected ksession. Note that, when using persistence, process instances are not kept in memory inside the ksession, as they are stored in the database as soon as the command completes. Therefore, you will not be able to use the Process Instances view when using persistence. For example, when executing a JUnit test using the JbpmJUnitBaseTestCase, make sure to call "super(true, false);" in the constructor to create a runtime manager that is not using persistence.
Debugging

When you double-click a process instance in the process instances view and the process instance view complains that it cannot find the process, this means that the plugin wasn’t able to find the process definition of the selected process instance in the cache of parsed process definitions. To solve this, simply change the process definition in question and save again (so it will be parsed) or rebuild the project that contains the process definition in question.

20.2.2. The Audit View

The audit view can be used to show the all the events inside an audit log in a tree-based manner. An audit log is an XML-based log file which contains a log of all the events that occurred while executing a specific ksession. To create a logger, use KieServices to create a new logger and attach it to a ksession. Be sure to close the logger after usage.

KieRuntimeLogger logger = KieServices.Factory.get().getLoggers()
    .newThreadedFileLogger(ksession, "mylogfile", 1000);
// do something with the ksession here
logger.close();

To be able to use the Audit View, first open it (Window - Show View - Other …​ and under the Drools category select Audit). To open up a log file in the audit view, open the selected log file in the audit view (using the "Open Log" action in the top right corner), or simply drag and drop the log file from the Package Explorer or Navigator into the audit view. A tree-based view is generated based on the data inside the audit log. An event is shown as a subnode of another event if the child event is caused by (a direct consequence of) the parent event. An example is shown below.

audit

Note that the file-based logger will only save the events on close (or when a certain threshold is reached). If you want to make sure the events are saved on a regular interval (for example during debugging), make sure to use a threaded file logger, so the audit view can be updated to show the latest state. When creating a threaded file logger, you can specify the interval after which events should be saved to the file (in milliseconds).

20.3. Synchronizing with Business Central Repositories

From Eclipse, you can synchronize your local workspace with one or more repositories that are managed inside the Business Central application. This enables collaboration between developers using Eclipse and users of the web-based Business Central (business analysts or end users for example). Synchronization between the Business Central repositories and your local version of these projects is done using Git (a popular distributed source code version control system).

When creating and executing processes inside Eclipse, you are creating them on your local file system. You can however also import an existing repository from Business Central, apply changes and push these changes back into Business Central repositories. We are using existing Git tools for this. Note that this section will describe how to do this using the EGit tooling (Eclipse Tooling for Git which comes by default with most versions of Eclipse), but feel free to use your preferred Git tool instead.

This section is not intended to explain what Git is, or how to use EGit, in detail. If you don’t have any experience with Git and/or EGit, it might be recommended to read up on them first if necessary.

20.3.1. Importing a Business Central repository

To import an existing repository from Business Central, you can use the EGit import wizard. In the File menu, select "Import …​" and in the Git category, select "Projects from Git" and click "Next >". This should open a new dialog where you should select the location of the repository you would like to import. Since we are connecting to a repository that is managed by the Business Central application, select "URI" and click "Next >" once more.

Use the following URI to connect to your Business Central repositories:

ssh://<hostname>:8001/<repository_name>

For example, if you are running the Business Central application on your local host (for example by using the jbpm-installer), and you want to import the jbpm-playground repo, use the following URI:

ssh://localhost:8001/jbpm-playground

Note that you can change the port that is used by the server to provide ssh access to the git repository if necessary, using the system property org.uberfire.nio.git.ssh.port

Fill in the URI of the repository you would like to import, as for example shown below, and click "Next >".

ImportWizard1

You will be asked to select which branch you would like to import. Select the master branch and click "Next >" again.

Finally, you need to specify where on your local file system you would like this repository to be created. Fill in the directory (you can use the Browse button to select the folder in question, and if necessary you can create a new folder there as well) and click "Next >". This will now download the repository to the folder you just selected.

ImportWizard2

You still need to import the repository you just downloaded as a project in your Eclipse workspace. Select "Import as general project" and after clicking "Next >", give it a name and click "Finish". After doing so, your workspace should now contain your repository, and you should be able to browse, open and edit the various assets inside.

ImportWizard3

20.3.2. Committing changes to Business Central

You can commit and push changes (you do locally) back to the Business Central repositories. To commit changes, right-click your repository project and select "Team → Commit …​". A new dialog pops up, showing all the changes you have on your local file system. Select the files you want to commit (if you double-click them, you can get an overview of the changes you did for that file), provide an appropriate commit message and click "Commit".

Commit

Once you’ve committed your change to your local git, you still need to push it to the Business Central repository. Right-click your project again, and select "Team → Push to Upstream".

You are only allowed to push changes upstream if your local version includes all recent changes (otherwise you might be overriding someone else’s changes). You might be forced to update (and if necessary resolve conflicts) before you are allowed to commit any changes.

20.3.3. Updating from Business Central

To retrieve the latest changes from the Business Central repository, right-click your repository project and select "Team → Fetch from Upstream". This will fetch all changes from the Business Central repository, but not yet apply them to your local version. Now right-click your project again and select "Team → Merge …​". In the dialog that pops up next, you need to select "origin/master" branch (under Remote Tracking) to indicate that you want to merge in all changes from the original repository in Business Central, and click "Merge".

Update

It is possible that you have committed and/or conflicting changes in your local version, you might have to resolve these conflicts and commit the merge results before you will be able to complete the merge successfully. It is recommended to update regularly, before you start updating a file locally, to avoid merge conflicts being detected when trying to commit changes.

20.3.4. Working on individual projects

When you import a repository, it will download all the projects that are inside that repository. It is however useful to mount one specific project as a separate Java project in Eclipse. When you do this, Eclipse will be able to interpret the information in the project pom.xml file (that you created in Business Central), download and include any dependencies you specified, compile any Java classes you have in your project (that you for example created with the data modeler), etc.

To do so, right-click one of the projects in your repository project and select "Import …​" and under the Maven category, select "Existing Maven Projects" (as shown below) and click Next.

ImportProject1

In the next page, you should see the pom.xml of the project you selected. Click Finish.

ImportProject2

If your project requires some of the jBPM libraries to correctly compile and/or execute any Java classes in your project (for example if you have test classes in your project that start up a jBPM engine and execute some tests for your project, or if you are using the data modeler, which will add some annotations to the generated Java classes), you still need to add the jBPM libraries to the classpath of your project. To do so, simply convert your project into a jBPM project, which will add the jBPM library to your project’s classpath. Right-click your project and select "Configure → Convert to jBPM Project". Your project should now have a jBPM Library added to its classpath (it might be necessary to clean your project to pick up this change and recompile all Java classes).

ImportProject3

21. Eclipse BPMN 2.0 Modeler

21.1. Overview

The Eclipse BPMN 2.0 Modeler allows you to specify business processes, choreographies, etc. using the BPMN 2.0 XML syntax (including BPMNDI for the graphical information). The editor itself is based on the Eclipse Graphiti framework and the Eclipse BPMN 2.0 EMF meta-model.

Features:

  • It supports almost all BPMN 2.0 process constructs and attributes (including lanes and pools, annotations and all the BPMN2 node types).

  • Added additional support for the few custom attributes that jBPM introduces using a special jBPM Target Runtime.

  • Allows you to configure which elements and attributes you want use when modeling processes (so we can limit the constructs for example to the subset currently supported by jBPM, which is a profile supported by default, or even more if you like).

The BPMN2 Modeler project is being developed at eclipse.org, sponsored by Red Hat/JBoss. Red Hat understands the benefits of developing software in the community, and therefore, the Eclipse BPMN 2.0 Modeler was developed not just for the jBPM project only, but it can be used in a much broader context and is fully spec compliant. jBPM-specific features are developed as part of a separate jBPM Target Runtime. We welcome other organizations in contributing to this modeler as well and (re)using the generic functionality and/or defining their own target runtime if necessary. Not only is this a good thing for the community, but it also leaves the path open for the jBPM suite to evolve as new features are requested by customers.

Many thanks go out to the people at Codehoop that did a great job in creating a first version of this editor.

21.2. Installation

The jBPM installer is capable of downloading and installing an Eclipse installation, including the Eclipse BPMN2 Modeler and the Drools and jBPM Eclipse plugin (with a full jBPM runtime preconfigured).

Using the jBPM installer is definitely the recommended starting point for most users.

You can however also download and install the jBPM Eclipse Plugin manually. To do so, you need Eclipse 3.6.2 (Helios) or newer. To install, startup Eclipse and install the Eclipse BPMN 2.0 Modeler from the following update site (from menu Help → Install new software and then add the update site in question by clicking the Add button, filling in a name and the correct URL as shown below). It will automatically download all other dependencies as well (e.g. Graphiti etc.)

Eclipse 3.6 (Helios): http://download.eclipse.org/bpmn2-modeler/updates/helios

Eclipse 3.7 - 4.2.1 (Indigo - Juno): http://download.eclipse.org/bpmn2-modeler/updates/juno

Eclipse 4.3 (Kepler): http://download.eclipse.org/bpmn2-modeler/updates/kepler

The project is hosted at eclipse.org and open for anyone to contribute. The project home page can he found here:

http://http://eclipse.org/bpmn2-modeler/

Sources are available here (using Eclipse Public License v1.0):

https://git.eclipse.org/c/bpmn2-modeler/org.eclipse.bpmn2-modeler.git

A community forum for posting questions and exchanging ideas is also available here:

http://www.eclipse.org/forums/

A Bugzilla bug tracking system is available for reporting new bugs, or checking the status of existing bugs, here:

https://bugs.eclipse.org/bugs/buglist.cgi?product=BPMN2Modeler

21.3. Documentation

The Eclipse BPMN 2.0 Modeler documentation is available at:

http://eclipse.org/bpmn2-modeler/documentation.php

It contains various screencasts but also a full user guide, describing all its features in detail:

http://eclipse.org/bpmn2-modeler/documentation/UserGuide-v1.0.pdf

Here are some screenshots of the editor in action.

EclipseJBPM
properties
bpmn2 1 thumb

Integration

Integrating jBPM with other technologies, frameworks, etc.

22. Integration

22.1. Maven

Apache Maven is used by jBPM for two main purposes:

  • as deployment units that gets installed into runtime environment for execution

  • as dependency management tool for building systems based on jBPM - embedding jBPM into application

22.1.1. Maven artifacts as deployment units

Since version 6, jBPM provides simplified and complete deployment mechanism that is based entirely on Apache Maven artifacts. These artifacts also known as kjars are simple JAR files that include a descriptor for KIE system to produce KieBase and KieSession. Descriptor of the kjar is represented as XML file named kmodule.xml and it can be:

  • empty to apply all defaults

  • custom configuration of KieBase and KieSession

<kmodule xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns="http://www.drools.org/xsd/kmodule">
</kmodule>

Empty kmodule.xml that provides all defaults for the kjar:

  • single default KieBase that

    • contains all assets from all packages

    • event processing mode set to - cloud

    • equality behaviour set to - identity

    • declarative agenda is disabled

    • scope set to - ApplicationScope - valid for CDI integrations only

  • single default stateless KieSession that

    • is bound to above (single, default) KieBase

    • clock type is set to - real time

    • scope set to - ApplicationScope - valid for CDI integrations only

  • single default stateful KieSession that

    • is bound to above (single, default) KieBase

    • clock type is set to - real time

    • scope set to - ApplicationScope - valid for CDI integrations only

All these and more can be configured manually via kmodule.xml when defaults are not enough. The complete set of elements can be found in xsd schema of kmodule.xml.

<kmodule xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
         xmlns="https://www.drools.org/xsd/kmodule">
  <kbase name="defaultKieBase" default="true" eventProcessingMode="cloud" equalsBehavior="identity" declarativeAgenda="disabled" scope="javax.enterprise.context.ApplicationScoped" packages="*">
    <ksession name="defaultKieSession" type="stateful" default="true" clockType="realtime" scope="javax.enterprise.context.ApplicationScoped">
        <workItemHandlers>
            <workItemHandler name="CustomTask" type="FQCN_OF_HANDLER" />
        </workItemHandlers>
        <listeners>
            <listener type="FQCN_OF_EVENT_LISTENER" />
        </listeners>
    </ksession>
    <ksession name="defaultStatelessKieSession" type="stateless" default="true" clockType="realtime" scope="javax.enterprise.context.ApplicationScoped"/>
  </kbase>
</kmodule>

As illustrated in the listing above the kmodule.xml provides flexible way of instructing the runtime engine on what should be configured and how. The example above does not present all available options, but these are the most common when working with processes.

Important to note is that when using RuntimeManager, KieSession instances are created by the RuntimeManager instead of by KieContainer but kmodule.xml (or model in general) is always used as a base of the construction process. KieBase although is always taken from KieContainer.

Kjars are represented the same way as any other Maven artifact - by Group Artifact Version which is then represented as ReleaseId in KIE API. This the only thing required to deploy kjar into runtime environment such as KIE Workbench.

22.1.2. Use Maven for dependency management

When building systems that embed jBPM as workflow engine the simplest way is to configure all dependencies required by jBPM via Apache Maven. jBPM provides set of BOMs (Bill Of Material) to simplify what artifacts needs to be declared. Common way to start with integration of custom application and jBPM is to define dependency management:

  <properties>
    <project.build.sourceEncoding>UTF-8</project.build.sourceEncoding>
    <version.org.drools>6.0.0.Final</version.org.drools>
    <version.org.jbpm>6.0.0.Final</version.org.jbpm>
    <hibernate.version>4.2.0.Final</hibernate.version>
    <hibernate.core.version>4.2.0.Final</hibernate.core.version>
    <slf4j.version>1.6.4</slf4j.version>
    <jboss.javaee.version>1.0.0.Final</jboss.javaee.version>
    <logback.version>1.0.9</logback.version>
    <h2.version>1.3.161</h2.version>
    <narayana.version>5.9.0.Final</narayana.version>
    <jta.version>1.0.1.Final</jta.version>
    <junit.version>4.8.1</junit.version>
  </properties>
  <dependencyManagement>
    <dependencies>
      <!-- define drools BOM -->
      <dependency>
        <groupId>org.drools</groupId>
        <artifactId>drools-bom</artifactId>
        <type>pom</type>
        <version>${version.org.drools}</version>
        <scope>import</scope>
      </dependency>
      <!-- define drools BOM -->
      <dependency>
        <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
        <artifactId>jbpm-bom</artifactId>
        <type>pom</type>
        <version>${version.org.jbpm}</version>
        <scope>import</scope>
      </dependency>
    </dependencies>
  </dependencyManagement>

Above should be declared in top level pom.xml so all modules that need to use KIE (drools and jBPM) API can access it.

Next, module(s) that would operate on KIE API should declare following dependencies:

    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
      <artifactId>jbpm-flow</artifactId>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
      <artifactId>jbpm-flow-builder</artifactId>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
      <artifactId>jbpm-bpmn2</artifactId>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
      <artifactId>jbpm-persistence-jpa</artifactId>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
      <artifactId>jbpm-human-task-core</artifactId>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
      <artifactId>jbpm-runtime-manager</artifactId>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.slf4j</groupId>
      <artifactId>slf4j-api</artifactId>
      <version>${slf4j.version}</version>
    </dependency>

Above are the main runtime dependencies, regardless of where the application is deployed (application server, servlet container, standalone app). A good practice is to test the workflow components to ensure they work properly before actual deployment and thus following test dependencies should be defined:

    <!-- test dependencies -->
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.jbpm</groupId>
      <artifactId>jbpm-shared-services</artifactId>
      <scope>test</scope>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>ch.qos.logback</groupId>
      <artifactId>logback-classic</artifactId>
      <version>${logback.version}</version>
      <scope>test</scope>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>junit</groupId>
      <artifactId>junit</artifactId>
      <version>${junit.version}</version>
      <scope>test</scope>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.hibernate</groupId>
      <artifactId>hibernate-entitymanager</artifactId>
      <version>${hibernate.version}</version>
      <scope>test</scope>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.hibernate</groupId>
      <artifactId>hibernate-core</artifactId>
      <version>${hibernate.core.version}</version>
      <scope>test</scope>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>com.h2database</groupId>
      <artifactId>h2</artifactId>
      <version>${h2.version}</version>
      <scope>test</scope>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>jboss-transaction-api_1.2_spec</groupId>
      <artifactId>org.jboss.spec.javax.transaction</artifactId>
      <version>${jta.version}</version>
      <scope>test</scope>
    </dependency>
    <dependency>
      <groupId>org.jboss.narayana.jta</groupId>
      <artifactId>narayana-jta</artifactId>
      <version>${narayana.version}</version>
      <scope>test</scope>
    </dependency>

Last but not least, define the JBoss Maven repository for artifacts resolution:

  <repositories>
    <repository>
      <id>jboss-public-repository-group</id>
      <name>JBoss Public Repository Group</name>
      <url>http://repository.jboss.org/nexus/content/groups/public/</url>
      <releases>
        <updatePolicy>never</updatePolicy>
      </releases>
      <snapshots>
        <updatePolicy>daily</updatePolicy>
      </snapshots>
    </repository>
  </repositories>

That should allow to configure jBPM in your application and provide access to KIE API to operate on processes, rules, events.

22.2. CDI

22.2.1. Overview

jBPM 6 comes with out of the box integration with CDI (Contexts and Dependency Injection). Although most of the API can be used in CDI world there are some dedicated modules that are designed especially for CDI containers. The most important one is jbpm-services-cdi that provides cdi wrappers on top of jbpm services, these shall be used in most of the cases were CDI is available for jBPM integration. It provides the following set of services:

  • DeploymentService

  • ProcessService

  • UserTaskService

  • RuntimeDataService

  • DefinitionService

These services are first class citizens for CDI world so they are available for injection in any other CDI bean.

22.2.1.1. DeploymentService

Service responsible for deploying DeploymentUnits into runtime environment. By deploying given deployment unit becomes ready for execution and has RuntimeManager created for it.DeploymentService can next be used to retrieve:

  • RuntimeManager instance for given deployment id

  • DeployedUnit that represents complete deployment process for given deployment id

  • list of all deployed units known to the deployment service

Deployment service stores the deployed units by default in memory and thus in case of a need to restore all previously deployed units, component that uses deployment service needs to store that information itself. Common places for such a store are database, file system, repository of some sort, etc. Deployment service will fire CDI events on deployment and undeployment to allow application components to react real time to these events to be able to store deployments or remove them from the store when they are undeployed.

  • DeploymentEvent with qualifier @Deploy will be fired on deployment

  • DeploymentEvent with qualifier @Undeploy will be fired on undeployment

use CDI observer mechanism to get notification on above events. First to save deployments in the store of your choice:

    public void saveDeployment(@Observes @Deploy DeploymentEvent event) {
        // store deployed unit info for further needs
        DeployedUnit deployedUnit = event.getDeployedUnit();
    }

next to remove it when it was undeployed

    public void removeDeployment(@Observes @Undeploy DeploymentEvent event) {
        // remove deployment with id event.getDeploymentId()
    }

Deployment service comes with deployment synchronization mechanism that allows to persist deployed units into database (since version 6.2) that is by default enabled. See jbpm services section for more details.

Due to the fact that there might be several implementation of DeploymentService use of qualifiers is needed to instruct CDI container which one shall be injected. jBPM comes with two out of the box:

  • @Kjar - KmoduleDeploymentService that is tailored to work with KmoduleDeploymentUnits that are small descriptor on top of a kjar - recommended to use in most of the cases

  • @Vfs - VFSDeploymentDService that allows to deploy assets directly from VFS (Virtual File System) that is provided by UberFire framework. Due to that fact VFSDeploymentService and VFSDeploymentUnit are not bundled with jbpm core modules but with jbpm-console-ng modules.

The general practice is that every implementation of DeploymentService should come with dedicated implementation of DeploymentUnit as these two provided out of the box.

22.2.1.2. FormProviderService

FormProviderService provides access to form representations usually displayed on UI for both process forms and user task forms. It is built on the concept of isolated FormProviders that can provide different capabilities and be backed by different technologies. FormProvider interface describes contract for the implementations

public interface FormProvider {

    int getPriority();

    String render(String name, ProcessDesc process, Map<String, Object> renderContext);

    String render(String name, Task task, ProcessDesc process, Map<String, Object> renderContext);
}

Implementations of FormProvider interface should always define priority as this is the main driver for the FormProviderService to ask for the content of the form of a given provider. FormProviderService will collect all available providers and iterate over them asking for the form content (rendered) in their priority order. The lower the number the higher priority it gets during evaluation, e.g. provider with priority 5 will be evaluated before provider with priority 10. FormProviderService will iterate over available providers as long as one delivers the content. In the worse case scenario, simple text based forms will be returned.

jBPM comes with following FormProviders out of the box:

  • Freemarker based implementation to support jbpm version 5 process and task forms - priority 3

  • Default forms provider, considered last resort if none of the other providers deliver content this one will always provide simplest possible forms - lowest priority (1000)

  • when form modeler is used there is additional FormProvider available to deliver forms modeled in that tool - priority 2

22.2.1.3. RuntimeDataService

RuntimeDataService provides access to actual data that is available on runtime such as

  • available processes to be executed - with various filters

  • active process instances - with various filters

  • process instance history

  • process instance variables

  • active and completed nodes of process instance

Default implementation of RuntimeDataService is observing deployment events and index all deployed processes to expose them to the calling components. So whatever gets deployed RuntimeDataService will be aware of that.

22.2.1.4. DefinitionService

Service that provides access to process details stored as part of BPMN2 XML.

Before using any method that provides information, buildProcessDefinition must be invoked to populate the repository with process information taken from BPMN2 content.

BPMN2DataService provides access to following data:

  • overall description of process for given process definition

  • collection of all user tasks found in the process definition

  • information about defined inputs for user task node

  • information about defined outputs for user task node

  • ids of reusable processes (call activity) defined within given process definition

  • information about process variables defined within given process definition

  • information about all organizational entities (users and groups) included in the process definition. Depending on the actual process definition the returned values for users and groups can contain

    • actual user or group name

    • process variable that will be used to get actual user or group name on runtime e.g. #{manager}

22.2.1.5. Configuring CDI integration

To make use of jbpm-services-cdi in your system you’ll need to provide some beans for the out of the box services to satisfy all dependencies they have. There are several beans that depends on actual scenario

  • entity manager and entity manager factory

  • user group callback for human tasks

  • identity provider to pass authenticated user information to the services

When running in JEE environment like an JBoss Application Server following producer bean should satisfy all requirements of the jbpm-services-cdi

public class EnvironmentProducer {

    @PersistenceUnit(unitName = "org.jbpm.domain")
    private EntityManagerFactory emf;

    @Inject
    @Selectable
    private UserGroupInfoProducer userGroupInfoProducer;

    @Inject
    @Kjar
    private DeploymentService deploymentService;

    @Produces
    public EntityManagerFactory getEntityManagerFactory() {
        return this.emf;
    }

    @Produces
    public org.kie.api.task.UserGroupCallback produceSelectedUserGroupCalback() {
        return userGroupInfoProducer.produceCallback();
    }

    @Produces
    public UserInfo produceUserInfo() {
        return userGroupInfoProducer.produceUserInfo();
    }

    @Produces
    @Named("Logs")
    public TaskLifeCycleEventListener produceTaskAuditListener() {
        return new JPATaskLifeCycleEventListener(true);
    }

    @Produces
    public DeploymentService getDeploymentService() {
        return this.deploymentService;
    }

    @Produces
    public IdentityProvider produceIdentityProvider {
        return new IdentityProvider() {
             // implement IdentityProvider
        };
    }
}

Then beans.xml for the application should enable proper alternative for user group callback (that will be taken based on @Selectable qualifier)

<beans xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/javaee" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/javaee https://docs.jboss.org/cdi/beans_1_0.xsd">

  <alternatives>
    <class>org.jbpm.kie.services.cdi.producer.JAASUserGroupInfoProducer</class>
  </alternatives>

</beans>

org.jbpm.kie.services.cdi.producer.JAASUserGroupInfoProducer is just an example here which usually is a good fit for JBoss Application Server to reuse security settings on application server regardless of what it actually is (LDAP, DB, etc). Check Human Task section for more alternatives for UserGroupCallback.

Optionally there can be several other producers provided to deliver:

  • WorkItemHandlers

  • Process, Agenda, WorkingMemory event listeners

These components can be provided by implementing following interfaces

/**
 * Allows to provide custom implementations to deliver WorkItem name and WorkItemHandler instance pairs
 * for the runtime.
 * <br/>
 * It will be invoked by RegisterableItemsFactory implementation (especially InjectableRegisterableItemsFactory
 * in CDI world) for every KieSession. Recommendation is to always produce new instances to avoid unexpected
 * results.
 *
 */
public interface WorkItemHandlerProducer {

    /**
     * Returns map of (key = work item name, value work item handler instance) of work items
     * to be registered on KieSession
     * <br/>
     * Parameters that might be given are as follows:
     * <ul>
     *  <li>ksession</li>
     *  <li>taskService</li>
     *  <li>runtimeManager</li>
     * </ul>
     *
     * @param identifier - identifier of the owner - usually RuntimeManager that allows the producer to filter out
     * and provide valid instances for given owner
     * @param params - owner might provide some parameters, usually KieSession, TaskService, RuntimeManager instances
     * @return map of work item handler instances (recommendation is to always return new instances when this method is invoked)
     */
    Map<String, WorkItemHandler> getWorkItemHandlers(String identifier, Map<String, Object> params);
}

and

/**
 * Allows to define custom producers for known EventListeners. Intention of this is that there might be several
 * implementations that might provide different listener instance based on the context they are executed in.
 * <br/>
 * It will be invoked by RegisterableItemsFactory implementation (especially InjectableRegisterableItemsFactory
 * in CDI world) for every KieSession. Recommendation is to always produce new instances to avoid unexpected
 * results.
 *
 * @param <T> type of the event listener - ProcessEventListener, AgendaEventListener, WorkingMemoryEventListener
 */
public interface EventListenerProducer<T> {

    /**
     * Returns list of instances for given (T) type of listeners
     * <br/>
     * Parameters that might be given are as follows:
     * <ul>
     *  <li>ksession</li>
     *  <li>taskService</li>
     *  <li>runtimeManager</li>
     * </ul>
     * @param identifier - identifier of the owner - usually RuntimeManager that allows the producer to filter out
     * and provide valid instances for given owner
     * @param params - owner might provide some parameters, usually KieSession, TaskService, RuntimeManager instances
     * @return list of listener instances (recommendation is to always return new instances when this method is invoked)
     */
    List<T> getEventListeners(String identifier, Map<String, Object>  params);
}

Beans implementing these two interfaces will be collected on runtime and consulted when building KieSession by RuntimeManager. See RuntimeManager section for more details on this.

A complete runnable example of application built with CDI can be found here.

22.2.2. RuntimeManager as CDI bean

Even though RuntimeManager can be directly injected, it’s recommended to utilize jbpm services when frameworks like CDI, ejb or Spring is used. jBPM services bring in significant amount of features that encapsulate best practices when using RuntimeManager.

RuntimeManager itself can be injected as CDI bean into any other CDI bean within the application. It has then requirement to get RungimeEnvironment properly produces to allow RuntimeManager to be correctly initialized. RuntimeManager comes with three predefined strategies and each of them gets CDI qualifier so it can be referenced:

  • @Singleton

  • @PerRequest

  • @PerProcessInstance

Producer that was defined in Configuration section should be now enhanced with producer methods to provide RuntimeEnvironment

public class EnvironmentProducer {

    //add same producers as for services

    @Produces
    @Singleton
    @PerRequest
    @PerProcessInstance
    public RuntimeEnvironment produceEnvironment(EntityManagerFactory emf) {

        RuntimeEnvironment environment = RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder.Factory.get()
                .newDefaultBuilder()
                .entityManagerFactory(emf)
                .userGroupCallback(getUserGroupCallback())
                .registerableItemsFactory(InjectableRegisterableItemsFactory.getFactory(beanManager, null))
                .addAsset(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("BPMN2-ScriptTask.bpmn2"), ResourceType.BPMN2)
                .addAsset(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("BPMN2-UserTask.bpmn2"), ResourceType.BPMN2)
                .get();
        return environment;
    }
}

In this example single producer method is capable of providing RuntimeEnvironment for all strategies of RuntimeManager by specifying all qualifiers on the method level.

Once complete producer is available, RuntimeManager can be injected into application’s CDi bean

public class ProcessEngine {

    @Inject
    @Singleton
    private RuntimeManager singletonManager;

    public void startProcess() {

        RuntimeEngine runtime = singletonManager.getRuntimeEngine(EmptyContext.get());
        KieSession ksession = runtime.getKieSession();

        ProcessInstance processInstance = ksession.startProcess("UserTask");

        singletonManager.disposeRuntimeEngine(runtime);
    }
}

That’s all what needs to be configured to make use of CDI power with jBPM.

An obvious limitation of injecting directly RuntimeManager via CDI is that there might be only one RuntimeManager in the application. That in some case can be desired and that’s why there is such option. In general recommended approach is to make use of DeploymentService whenever there is a need to have many RuntimeManagers active within application.

As an alternative to DeploymentService, RuntimeManagerFactory can be injected and then RuntimeManager instance can be created manually by the application. In such case EnvironmentProducer stays same as for DeploymentService and following is an example of simple ProcessEngine bean

public class ProcessEngine {

    @Inject
    private RuntimeManagerFactory managerFactory;

    @Inject
    private EntityManagerFactory emf;

    @Inject
    private BeanManager beanManager;

    public void startProcess() {
        RuntimeEnvironment environment = RuntimeEnvironmentBuilder.Factory.get()
                .newDefaultBuilder()
                .entityManagerFactory(emf)
                .addAsset(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("BPMN2-ScriptTask.bpmn2"), ResourceType.BPMN2)
                .addAsset(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("BPMN2-UserTask.bpmn2"), ResourceType.BPMN2)
                .registerableItemsFactory(InjectableRegisterableItemsFactory.getFactory(beanManager, null))
                .get();

        RuntimeManager manager = managerFactory.newSingletonRuntimeManager(environment);
        RuntimeEngine runtime = manager.getRuntimeEngine(EmptyContext.get());
        KieSession ksession = runtime.getKieSession();

        ProcessInstance processInstance = ksession.startProcess("UserTask");

        manager.disposeRuntimeEngine(runtime);
        manager.close();
    }

}

22.3. Spring

jBPM can be configured in many ways with Spring though the two most frequently used approaches are:

  • direct use of runtime manager API

  • use of jbpm services

While both approaches are tested and valid, which one to choose is a matter of the system functionality. Before selecting one of the approaches the most important question to ask is:

Will my system run multiple runtime managers at the same time?

If the answer to this question is no, then go ahead with direct Runtime Manager API as it will be the simplest way to use jBPM within your application. But when the answer is yes, then go ahead with jbpm services as they encapsulate runtime manager API with best practices by providing dynamic runtime environment for your BPM logic - also known as execution server.

22.3.1. Direct use of Runtime Manager API

This is the standard (and the simplest) way to get up and running with jBPM in your application. You only configure it once and run as part of the application. With the RuntimeManager usage, both jBPM engine and task service will be managed in complete synchronization, meaning there is no need from end user to deal with "plumbing" code to make these two work together.

To provide spring based way of setting up jBPM, few factory beans where added:

  • org.kie.spring.factorybeans.RuntimeEnvironmentFactoryBean

  • org.kie.spring.factorybeans.RuntimeManagerFactoryBean

  • org.kie.spring.factorybeans.TaskServiceFactoryBean

FactoryBeans provide standard way to configure Spring application spring xml though there are not custom spring xml tags equivalent for them.

22.3.1.1. RuntimeEnvironmentFactoryBean

Factory responsible for producing instances of RuntimeEnvironment that are consumed by RuntimeManager upon creation. It allows to create following types of RuntimeEnvironment (that mainly means what is configured by default):

  • DEFAULT - default (most common) configuration for RuntimeManager

  • EMPTY - completely empty environment to be manually populated

  • DEFAULT_IN_MEMORY - same as DEFAULT but without persistence of the runtime engine

  • DEFAULT_KJAR - same as DEFAULT but knowledge asset are taken from KJAR identified by releaseid or GAV

  • DEFAULT_KJAR_CL - build directly from classpath that consists kmodule.xml descriptor

Mandatory properties depends on the selected type but knowledge information must be given for all types. That means that one of the following must be provided:

  • knowledgeBase

  • assets

  • releaseId

  • groupId, artifactId, version

Next for DEFAULT, DEFAULT_KJAR, DEFAULT_KJAR_CL persistence needs to be configured:

  • entity manager factory

  • transaction manager

Transaction Manager must be Spring transaction manager as based on its presence entire persistence and transaction support is configured. Optionally EntityManager can be provided to be used instead of always creating new one from EntityManagerFactory - e.g. when using shared entity manager from Spring. All other properties are optional and are meant to override the default given by type of the environment selected.

22.3.1.2. RuntimeManagerFactoryBean

FactoryBean responsible for creation of RuntimeManager instances of given type based on provided runtimeEnvironment. Supported types:

  • SINGLETON

  • PER_REQUEST

  • PER_PROCESS_INSTANCE

where default is SINGLETON when no type is specified. Every runtime manager must be uniquely identified thus identifier is a mandatory property. All instances created by this factory are cached to be able to properly dispose them using destroy method (close()).

22.3.1.3. TaskServiceFactoryBean

Creates instance of TaskService based on given properties. Following are mandatory properties that must be provided:

  • entity manager factory

  • transaction manager

Transaction Manager must be Spring transaction manager as based on its presence entire persistence and transaction support is configured. Optionally EntityManager can be provided to be used instead of always creating new one from EntityManagerFactory - e.g. when using shared entity manager from Spring. In addition to the above, there are optional properties that can be set on task service instance:

  • userGroupCallback - implementation of UserGroupCallback to be used, defaults to MVELUserGroupCallbackImpl

  • userInfo - implementation of UserInfo to be used, defaults to DefaultUserInfo

  • listener - list of TaskLifeCycleEventListener that will be notified upon various operations on tasks

This factory creates a single instance of task service only as it’s intended to be shared across all other beans in the system.

22.3.1.4. Configuring a sample run time manager with a spring application

The following is an example of a complete spring configuration for a single run time manager within a spring application.

  1. Configuring the entity manager factory and the transaction manager

    <bean id="jbpmEMF" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean">
  <property name="persistenceUnitName" value="org.jbpm.persistence.spring.jta"/>
</bean>

<bean id="jbpmEM" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.support.SharedEntityManagerBean">
  <property name="entityManagerFactory" ref="jbpmEMF"/>
</bean>

<bean id="narayanaUserTransaction" factory-method="userTransaction" class="com.arjuna.ats.jta.UserTransaction" />

<bean id="narayanaTransactionManager" factory-method="transactionManager" class="com.arjuna.ats.jta.TransactionManager" />

<bean id="jbpmTxManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager">
  <property name="transactionManager" ref="narayanaTransactionManager" />
  <property name="userTransaction" ref="narayanaUserTransaction" />
</bean>

    As a result of these settings, you have the following ready persistence configuration:

    • JTA transaction manager (backed by Narayana JTA - for unit tests or servlet containers)

    • entity manager factory for persistence unit named org.jbpm.persistence.spring.jta

  2. Configure resource that we are going to use - business process

    <bean id="process" factory-method="newClassPathResource" class="org.kie.internal.io.ResourceFactory">
  <constructor-arg>
    <value>jbpm/processes/sample.bpmn</value>
  </constructor-arg>
</bean>

    this configures single process that will be available for execution - sample.bpmn that will be taken from class path. This is the simplest way to get your processes included when trying out jbpm.

  3. Configure RuntimeEnvironment with our infrastructure (entity manager, transaction manager, resources)

    <bean id="runtimeEnvironment" class="org.kie.spring.factorybeans.RuntimeEnvironmentFactoryBean">
  <property name="type" value="DEFAULT"/>
  <property name="entityManagerFactory" ref="jbpmEMF"/>
  <property name="transactionManager" ref="jbpmTxManager"/>
  <property name="assets">
    <map>
      <entry key-ref="process"><util:constant static-field="org.kie.api.io.ResourceType.BPMN2"/></entry>
    </map>
  </property>
</bean>

    that gives us a default runtime environment ready to be used to create an instance of a RuntimeManager.

  4. Create RuntimeManager with the environment we just setup

    <bean id="runtimeManager" class="org.kie.spring.factorybeans.RuntimeManagerFactoryBean" destroy-method="close">
  <property name="identifier" value="spring-rm"/>
  <property name="runtimeEnvironment" ref="runtimeEnvironment"/>
</bean>

    with just four steps you are ready to execute your processes with Spring and jBPM 6, utilizing EntityManagerFactory and JTA transaction manager.

    Complete Spring configuration files for different strategies can be found here.

This is just one configuration setup that jBPM 6 supports - JTA transaction manager and EntityManagerFactory, others are:

  • JTA and SharedEntityManager

  • Local Persistence Unit and EntityManagerFactory

  • Local Persistence Unit and SharedEntityManager

If your application is configured with Local Persistence Unit and is also utilizing AuditService for querying jBPM history related data, then it’s necessary to add org.kie.api.runtime.EnvironmentName.USE_LOCAL_TRANSACTIONS environment entry to the RuntimeEnvironment, for example:

<bean id="runtimeEnvironment" class="org.kie.spring.factorybeans.RuntimeEnvironmentFactoryBean">
...
    <property name="environmentEntries" ref="env" />
  </bean>
  ...

  <util:map id="env" key-type="java.lang.String" value-type="java.lang.Object">
		<entry>
			<key>
				<util:constant
					static-field="org.kie.api.runtime.EnvironmentName.USE_LOCAL_TRANSACTIONS" />
			</key>
			<value>true</value>
		</entry>
	</util:map>

For more details about difference configuration options look at the example configuration files and test cases.

22.3.2. jBPM services with Spring

In case more dynamic nature is required in your Spring application then it would be more appropriate to build the so-called execution server based on jbpm services. jBPM services has been designed in a way to make them framework agnostic and in case framework specific addons are required they will be brought by additional module. So the code logic of the services is embedded in jbpm-kie-services. These are pure java services and by that can be easily consumed by Spring application.

Dynamic nature means that processes (And other assets like data model, rules, forms, etc) can be added and removed without restarting application.

There is almost no code involved to completely configure jBPM services in spring besides single interface that needs to be implemented - IdentityProvider that depends on your security configuration. One built with Spring Security can be like following though it might not cover all features one can have for Spring application.

import java.util.ArrayList;
import java.util.Collections;
import java.util.List;

import org.kie.internal.identity.IdentityProvider;
import org.springframework.security.core.Authentication;
import org.springframework.security.core.GrantedAuthority;
import org.springframework.security.core.context.SecurityContextHolder;

public class SpringSecurityIdentityProvider implements IdentityProvider {

	public String getName() {

		Authentication auth = SecurityContextHolder.getContext().getAuthentication();
		if (auth != null && auth.isAuthenticated()) {
			return auth.getName();
		}
		return "system";
	}

	public List<String> getRoles() {
		Authentication auth = SecurityContextHolder.getContext().getAuthentication();
		if (auth != null && auth.isAuthenticated()) {
			List<String> roles = new ArrayList<String>();

			for (GrantedAuthority ga : auth.getAuthorities()) {
				roles.add(ga.getAuthority());
			}

			return roles;
		}

		return Collections.emptyList();
	}

	public boolean hasRole(String role) {
		return false;
	}

}
22.3.2.1. Configure jBPM services in Spring application

As usual, the first thing to start with is transaction configuration:

<context:annotation-config />
<tx:annotation-driven />
<tx:jta-transaction-manager />

<bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager" />

Next configuration of JPA and persistence follows:

<bean id="entityManagerFactory" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean" depends-on="transactionManager">
   <property name="persistenceXmlLocation" value="classpath:/META-INF/jbpm-persistence.xml" />
</bean>

Configure security and user/group information providers

<util:properties id="roleProperties" location="classpath:/roles.properties" />

<bean id="userGroupCallback" class="org.jbpm.services.task.identity.JBossUserGroupCallbackImpl">
  <constructor-arg name="userGroups" ref="roleProperties"></constructor-arg>
</bean>

<bean id="identityProvider" class="org.jbpm.spring.SpringSecurityIdentityProvider"/>

Configure runtime manager factory that is Spring context aware and by that can interact with spring container in correct way and supporting services (transactional command service and task service)

<bean id="runtimeManagerFactory" class="org.kie.spring.manager.SpringRuntimeManagerFactoryImpl">
  <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/>
  <property name="userGroupCallback" ref="userGroupCallback"/>
</bean>

<bean id="transactionCmdService" class="org.jbpm.shared.services.impl.TransactionalCommandService">
  <constructor-arg name="emf" ref="entityManagerFactory"></constructor-arg>
</bean>

<bean id="taskService" class="org.kie.spring.factorybeans.TaskServiceFactoryBean" destroy-method="close">
  <property name="entityManagerFactory" ref="entityManagerFactory"/>
  <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/>
  <property name="userGroupCallback" ref="userGroupCallback"/>
  <property name="listeners">
    <list>
      <bean class="org.jbpm.services.task.audit.JPATaskLifeCycleEventListener">
        <constructor-arg value="true"/>
      </bean>
    </list>
  </property>
</bean>

Configure jBPM services as spring beans

<!-- definition service -->
<bean id="definitionService" class="org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.bpmn2.BPMN2DataServiceImpl"/>

<!-- runtime data service -->
<bean id="runtimeDataService" class="org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.RuntimeDataServiceImpl">
  <property name="commandService" ref="transactionCmdService"/>
  <property name="identityProvider" ref="identityProvider"/>
  <property name="taskService" ref="taskService"/>
</bean>

<!-- deployment service -->
<bean id="deploymentService" class="org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.KModuleDeploymentService" depends-on="entityManagerFactory" init-method="onInit">
  <property name="bpmn2Service" ref="definitionService"/>
  <property name="emf" ref="entityManagerFactory"/>
  <property name="managerFactory" ref="runtimeManagerFactory"/>
  <property name="identityProvider" ref="identityProvider"/>
  <property name="runtimeDataService" ref="runtimeDataService"/>
</bean>

<!-- process service -->
<bean id="processService" class="org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.ProcessServiceImpl" depends-on="deploymentService">
  <property name="dataService" ref="runtimeDataService"/>
  <property name="deploymentService" ref="deploymentService"/>
</bean>

<!-- user task service -->
<bean id="userTaskService" class="org.jbpm.kie.services.impl.UserTaskServiceImpl" depends-on="deploymentService">
  <property name="dataService" ref="runtimeDataService"/>
  <property name="deploymentService" ref="deploymentService"/>
</bean>

<!-- register runtime data service as listener on deployment service so it can receive notification about deployed and undeployed units -->
<bean id="data" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.MethodInvokingFactoryBean" depends-on="deploymentService">
  <property name="targetObject" ref="deploymentService"></property>
  <property name="targetMethod"><value>addListener</value></property>
  <property name="arguments">
  <list>
      <ref bean="runtimeDataService"/>
  </list>
  </property>
</bean>

And this is all that is needed to build fully featured execution server with Spring and jBPM services. A complete Spring web application with this setup can be found here.

22.4. Ejb

jBPM since version 6.2 provides out of the box integration layer with Enterprise Java Beans (EJB) for both local and remote interaction.

Ejb services are brought by following modules:

  • jbpm-services-ejb-api

    API module that extends jbpm-services-api with EJB specific interfaces and objects

  • jbpm-services-ejb-impl

    EJB extension to core services

  • jbpm-services-ejb-timer

    jBPM Scheduler Service implementation backed by EJB Timer Service

  • jbpm-services-ejb-client

    EJB remote client implementation for remote interaction, provides JBoss AS support out of the box

EJB layer is based on jbpm services and thus provides almost the same capabilities as the core module though there are some limitations when it comes to remote interfaces. Main difference is for the DeploymentService that has been limited for remote ejb service to following methods:

  • deploy

  • undeploy

  • activate

  • deactivate

  • isDeployed

Main rationale behind is to avoid returning runtime objects such as RuntimeManager over EJB remote as it won’t bring any value because it will be "disconnected" state.

All other services do provide exact same set of functionality as core module.

22.4.1. Ejb services implementation

Ejb services as an extension of core services provide EJB based execution semantic and based on various EJB specific features.

  • DeploymentServiceEJBImpl

    is implemented as ejb singleton with container managed concurrency and lock type set to write

  • DefinitionServiceEJBImpl

    is implemented as ejb singleton with container managed concurrency with overall lock type set to read, except buildProcessDefinition method that has lock type set to write

  • ProcessServiceEJBImpl

    is implemented as stateless session bean

  • RuntimeDataServiceEJBImpl

    is implemented as ejb singleton with majority of methods with lock type read, except following that are with lock type write:

    • onDeploy

    • onUnDeploy

    • onActivate

    • onDeactivate

  • UserTaskServiceEJBImpl

    is implemented as stateless session bean

Transactions

Transaction is managed by EJB container thus there is no need to setup any sort of transaction manager or user transaction within application code.

Identity provider

Identity provider by default is backed by EJBContext and will rely on caller principal information for both name and roles. When inspecting IdentityProvider interface there are two methods related to roles:

  • getRoles

    this method returns empty list due to the fact EJBContext does not provide options to fetch all roles for given user

  • hasRole

    this method will delegate to context’s isCallerInRole method

This means that ejb must be secured according to JEE security practices to authenticate and authorize users so valid information will be available. In case no authentication/authorization is configured for EJB services an anonymous user is always assumed.

In addition to that, EJB services accept CDI-style injection for IdentityProvider in case another (non ejb) security model is used. Simply create valid CDI bean that implements org.kie.internal.identity.IdentityProvider and make it available for injection with application and such implementation will take precedence over EJBContext based identity provider.

Deployment synchronization

Deployment synchronization is enabled by default and will attempt to synchronize any deployments every 3 seconds. It is implemented as ejb singleton with container managed concurrency and lock type set to write. Under the covers it utilizes EJB TimerService to schedule the synchronization jobs.

EJB Scheduler Service

jBPM uses scheduler service to deal with time based activities such as timer events, deadlines, etc. When running in an EJB environment, the EJB Timer Service based scheduler will be used. It will be automatically registered for all instances of RuntimeManager. When it comes to cluster support application server specific configuration might be required.

UserGroupCallback and UserInfo selection

UserGroupCallback and UserInfo might differ for various applications and thus should be sort of pluggable. With EJB we could not make it directly available for injections as they could not be injected with common type so there is another mechanism that allows to select one of provided out of the box implementation or to give a custom one. This mechanism is based on system properties:

  • org.jbpm.ht.callback

    specify what implementation of user group callback will be selected

    • mvel - default mostly used for testing

    • ldap - ldap backed implementation - requires additional configuration via jbpm.usergroup.callback.properties file

    • db - database backed implementation - requires additional configuration via jbpm.usergroup.callback.properties file

    • jaas - delegates to container to fetch information about user data

    • props - simple property based callback - requires additional file that will keep all information (users and groups)

    • custom - custom implementation that requires to have additional system property set (FQCN of the implementation) - org.jbpm.ht.custom.callback

  • org.jbpm.ht.userinfo

    specify what implementation of UserInfo shall be used, one of:

    • ldap - backed by ldap - requires configuration via jbpm-user.info.properties file

    • db - backed by database - requires configuration via jbpm-user.info.properties file

    • props - backed by simple property file

    • custom - custom implementation that requires to have additional system property set (FQCN of the implementation) - org.jbpm.ht.custom.userinfo

System properties can either be added to the startup configuration of the server (jvm) which is recommended or be set programmatically before services will be used - for example with custom @Startup bean that will configure it properly for selected callback and user info.

An example application that utilizes EJB services can be found here.

22.4.2. Local interface

Local EJB services are brought via dedicated local interfaces that extends core services:

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.DefinitionServiceEJBLocal

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.DeploymentServiceEJBLocal

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.ProcessServiceEJBLocal

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.RuntimeDataServiceEJBLocal

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.UserTaskServiceEJBLocal

These interfaces should be used as injection points and shall be annotated with @EJB:

@EJB
private DefinitionServiceEJBLocal bpmn2Service;

@EJB
private DeploymentServiceEJBLocal deploymentService;

@EJB
private ProcessServiceEJBLocal processService;

@EJB
private RuntimeDataServiceEJBLocal runtimeDataService;

Once injected operations can be invoked on them as with core modules, there are no restrictions on their usage.

22.4.3. Remote interface

Remote EJB services are defined as dedicated remote interfaces that extends core services:

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.DefinitionServiceEJBRemote

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.DeploymentServiceEJBRemote

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.ProcessServiceEJBRemote

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.RuntimeDataServiceEJBRemote

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.api.UserTaskServiceEJBRemote

These can be used in a similar way as local interfaces except for handling custom types. Custom types can be defined:

  • globally

    such types are available on application classpath - included in the enterprise application

  • locally to the deployment unit

    such types are declared as project (kjar) dependency and are resolved on deployment time Globally available types do not require any special handling as they will be available for EJB container when remote requests are handled - marshalling of incoming data. Though local custom types won’t be visible by default to EJB container as they are not on application classpath. Thus special handling of such types is required.

EJB services provides easy yet rather powerful mechanism to resolve the issue - it comes with two additional types:

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.remote.api.RemoteObject

    Serializable wrapper class for single value parameters

  • org.jbpm.services.ejb.remote.api.RemoteMap

    Dedicated java.util.Map implementation to simplify remote invocation of service methods that accept custom object input. This map is backed by an internal map that holds already serialized content to avoid additional serialization on sending time. That removes the burden of ensuring that container will know about all custom data model classes as part of global classpath.

    This implementation does not support all methods that are usually not used when sending data. It shall be considered only as a wrapper only and not actual and complete implementation of a map.

These special objects will perform eager serialization to bytes using ObjectInputStream to remove the need of serialization from the EJB client/container. Though it might be worse in case of performance it does overcome much more complicated handling of class loaders on EJB container side to allow use of custom types defined in the project.

Here is an example code needed to work with local types and remote EJB:

// start a process with custom types via remote EJB

Map<String, Object> parameters = new RemoteMap();
Person person = new org.jbpm.test.Person("john", 25, true);
parameters.put("person", person);

Long processInstanceId = processService.startProcess(deploymentUnit.getIdentifier(), "custom-data-project.work-on-custom-data", parameters);

// fetch task data and complete task with custom types via remote EJB
Map<String, Object> data = userTaskService.getTaskInputContentByTaskId(taskId);

Person fromTaskPerson = data.get("_person");
fromTaskPerson.setName("John Doe");

RemoteMap outcome = new RemoteMap();
outcome.put("person_", fromTaskPerson);

userTaskService.complete(taskId, "john", outcome);

In a similar way, the RemoteObject can be used for example to send an event to a process instance:

// send event with custom type via remote EJB
Person person = new org.jbpm.test.Person("john", 25, true);

RemoteObject myObject = new RemoteObject(person);

processService.signalProcessInstance(processInstanceId, "MySignal", myObject);

These illustrates how to wrap custom data when interacting with remote EJB services. Next section will introduce how to make a connection to a remote service vai client code.

22.4.3.1. Remote EJB client

Remote client support is provided by implementation of ClientServiceFactory interface that is a facade for application server specific code:

/**
 * Generic service factory used for remote lookups that are usually container specific.
 *
 */
public interface ClientServiceFactory {

	/**
	 * Returns unique name of given factory implementation
	 * @return
	 */
	String getName();

	/**
	 * Returns remote view of given service interface from selected application
	 * @param application application identifier on the container
	 * @param serviceInterface remote service interface to be found
	 * @return
	 * @throws NamingException
	 */
	<T> T getService(String application, Class<T> serviceInterface) throws NamingException;
}

Implementations can be dynamically registered using ServiceLoader mechanism and by default there is only one available for JBoss AS/EAP/Wildfly. Each ClientServiceFactory must provide the name which will be used to register it within the client registry so it can then be easily looked up.

Here is a code used to get hold of default JBoss based remote client:

// get hold of valid client service factory
ClientServiceFactory factory = ServiceFactoryProvider.getProvider("JBoss");

// application is the name known to application server aka module name
String application = "sample-war-ejb-app";

// get given service out of the factory
DeploymentServiceEJBRemote deploymentService = factory.getService(application, DeploymentServiceEJBRemote.class);

With service available all know to its interface methods are ready to be used.

When working with JBoss AS and remote client you can add following maven dependency to bring in all EJB client libraries:

<dependency>
  <groupId>org.jboss.as</groupId>
  <artifactId>jboss-as-ejb-client-bom</artifactId>
  <version>7.2.0.Final</version> <!-- use valid version for the server you run on -->
  <optional>true</optional>
  <type>pom</type>
</dependency>

22.5. OSGi

All core jBPM JARs (and core dependencies) are OSGi-enabled. That means that they contain MANIFEST.MF files (in the META-INF directory) that describe their dependencies etc. These manifest files are automatically generated by the build. You can plug these JARs directly into an OSGi environment.

OSGi is a dynamic module system for declarative services. So what does that mean? Each JAR in OSGi is called a bundle and has its own Classloader. Each bundle specifies the packages it exports (makes publicly available) and which packages it imports (external dependencies). OSGi will use this information to wire the classloaders of different bundles together; the key distinction is you don’t specify what bundle you depend on, or have a single monolithic classpath, instead you specify your package import and version and OSGi attempts to satisfy this from available bundles.

It also supports side by side versioning, so you can have multiple versions of a bundle installed and it’ll wire up the correct one. Further to this Bundles can register services for other bundles to use. These services need initialisation, which can cause ordering problems - how do you make sure you don’t consume a service before its registered? OSGi has a number of features to help with service composition and ordering. The two main ones are the programmatic ServiceTracker and the XML based Declarative Services. There are also other projects that help with this; Spring DM, iPOJO, Gravity.

The following jBPM JARs are OSGi-enabled:

  • jbpm-flow

  • jbpm-flow-builder

  • jbpm-bpmn2

Advanced Topics

Some more advanced topics

23. Domain Specific Processes

23.1. Introduction

jBPM provides the ability to create and use domain-specific task nodes in your business processes. This simplifies development when you’re creating business processes that contain tasks dealing with other technical systems.

When using jBPM, we call these domain-specific task nodes "custom work items" or (custom) "service nodes". There are two separate aspects to creating and using custom work items:

  • Adding a node with a custom work item to a process definition using the Eclipse editor or jBPM designer.

  • Creating a custom work item handler that the jBPM engine will use when executing the custom work item in a running process.

With regards to a BPMN2 process, custom work items are certain types of <task> nodes. In most cases, custom work items are <task> nodes in a BPMN2 process definition, although they can also be used with certain other task type nodes such as, among others, <serviceTask> or <sendTask> nodes.

When creating custom work items, it’s important to separate the data associated with the work item, from how the work item should be handled. In other words, separate the what from the how. That means that custom work items should be:

  • declarative (what, not how)

  • high-level (no code)

On the other hand, custom work item handlers, which are Java classes, should be:

  • procedural (how, not what)

  • low-level (because it’s code!)

Work item handlers should almost never contain any data.

Users can thus easily define their own set of domain-specific service nodes and integrate them with the process language. For example, the next figure shows an example of a healthcare-related BPMN2 process. The process includes domain-specific service nodes for measuring blood pressure, prescribing medication, notifying care providers and following-up on the patient.

CDSSExample
Figure 274. Healthcare: Clinical Decision Support

23.2. Overview

Before moving on to an example, this section explains what custom work items and custom work item handlers are.

23.2.1. Work Item Definitions

In short, we use the term custom work item when we’re describing a node in your process that represents a domain-specific task and as such, contains extra properties and is handled by a WorkItemHandler implementation.

Because it’s a domain-specific task, that means that a custom work item is equivalent to a <task> or <task>-type node in BPMN2. However, a WorkItem is also Java class instance that’s used when a WorkItemHandler instance is called to complete the task or work item.

Depending on the BPMN2 editor you’re using, you can create a custom work item definition in one of two ways:

  • If you’re using Designer, then this means creating a MVEL based definition and adding the definition in Designer itself. Once this is done, a new service node will appear on the BPMN 2.0 palette. For more information, see Designer.

  • If you’re using the Eclipse BPMN 2.0 modeler plugin (which can be found here), then you’ll can modify the BPMN2 <task> or <task>-type element to work with WorkItemHandler implementations. For more information, see the Eclipse BPMN 2.0 Modeler chapter.

23.2.2. Work Item Handlers

A work item handler is a Java class used to execute (or abort) work items. That also means that the class implements the org.kie.runtime.instance.WorkItemHandler interface. While jBPM provides some custom WorkItemHandler instances (listed below), a Java developer with a minimal knowledge of jBPM can easily create a new work item handler class with its own custom business logic.

Among others, jBPM offers the following WorkItemHandler implementations:

  • In the jbpm-bpmn2 module, org.jbpm.bpmn2.handler package:

    • ReceiveTaskHandler (for use with BPMN element <receiveTask>)

    • SendTaskHandler (for use with BPMN element <sendTask>)

    • ServiceTaskHandler (for use with BPMN element <serviceTask>)

  • In the jbpm-workitems module, in various packages under the org.jbpm.process.workitem package:

    • ArchiveWorkItemHandler There are many more WorkItemHandler implementations present in the jbpm-workitems module. If you’re looking for specific integration logic with Twitter, for example, we recommend you take a look at the classes made available there.

In general, a WorkItemHandler's .executeWorkItem(…​) and .abortWorkItem(…​) methods will do the following:

  1. Extract information about the task being executed (or aborted) from the WorkItem instance

  2. Execute the necessary business logic. This might be mean interacting with a web service, database, or other technical component.

  3. Inform the jBPM engine that the work item has been completed (or aborted) by calling one of the following two methods on the WorkItemManager instance passed to the method:

WorkItemManager.completeWorkItem(long workItemId, Map<String, Object> results)
WorkItemManager.abortWorkItem(long workItemId)

In order to make sure that your custom work item handler is used for a particular process instance, it’s necessary to register the work item handler before starting the process. This makes the jBPM engine aware of your WorkItemHandler so that the jBPM engine can use it for the proper node. For example:

ksession.getWorkItemManager().registerWorkItemHandler("Notification",
    new NotificationWorkItemHandler());

The ksession variable above is a StatefulKnowledgeSession (and also a KieSession) instance. The example code above comes from the example that we will go through in the next session.

Work item handler life cycle management

Work item handler is registered on kie session and then can be used whenever jBPM engine encounters a node that should be handled by that handler. Depending on the implementation of the handler (e.g. some handler might keep state or depend on some resources such as database connection) there might be a need to maintain life cycle of the handler. To ease the way of doing that jBPM comes with two additional interfaces that handler might implement:

  • org.kie.internal.runtime.Closeable - allows auto close of the handler whenever owner (work item handler manager) of it is closed or disposed. This is useful in case a handler can be quickly and frequently recreated so the jBPM engine will have it for the execution and when disposed it will dispose as well all handlers of Closeable type.

  • org.kie.internal.runtime.Cacheable - allows handlers to be cached and reused to avoid recreation of the objects. There might be several reasons of doing so - expensive bootstrap of the handler, dependency on external resources - socket connections, db connections, web service client. While this brings powerful feature to the work item handler management it does put additional requirement on the implementation - needs to deal with exceptions internally and recover from any failures. In case recovery cannot be performed it needs to remove itself from the cache.

Closeable interface is handled for all use cases, while Cacheable is available only when RuntimeManager is used. RuntimeManager provides caching capabilities via its CacheManager (available via InternalRuntimeManager in case self removal is required).

You can use different work item handlers for the same process depending on the system on which it runs: by registering different work item handlers on different systems, you can customize how a custom work item is processed on a particular system. You can also substitute mock WorkItemHandler instances when testing.

23.3. Example: Notifications

Let us start by showing you how to include a simple work item for sending notifications. A work item is defined by a unique name and includes additional parameters that describe the work in more detail. Work items can also return information after they have been executed, specified as results.

Our notification work item could be defined using a work definition with four parameters and no results. For example:

  • Name: "Notification"

  • Parameters:

    • From [String type]

    • To [String type]

    • Message [String type]

    • Priority [String type]

23.3.1. The Notification Work Item Definition

23.3.1.1. Creating the work item definition

In this example, let us create an MVEL work item definition that defines a "Notification" work item. Using MVEL is the default way to configure work items. This file is placed in the project classpath in a directory called META-INF. Note that, imports to the default jBPM data types (in the org.jbpm.process.core.datatype.impl.type package) are added by default and do not need to be explicitly defined. If you are using any custom defined data type, an import statement for it (using the java standard) is necessary to be added before any work item definitions begin.

The work item configuration file for this example, MyWorkDefinitions.wid, will look like this:

[
  // the Notification work item
  [
    "name" : "Notification",
    "parameters" : [
      "Message" : new StringDataType(),
      "From" : new StringDataType(),
      "To" : new StringDataType(),
      "Priority" : new StringDataType(),
    ],
    "displayName" : "Notification",
    "icon" : "icons/notification.gif"
  ]
]

The project directory structure could then look something like this:

project/src/main/resources/META-INF/MyWorkDefinitions.wid

We also want to add a specific icon to be used in the process editor with the work item. To add this, you will need .gif or .png images with a pixel size of 16x16. We put them in a directory outside of the META-INF directory, for example, here:

project/src/main/resources/icons/notification.gif
23.3.1.2. Registering the work definition

The jBPM Eclipse editor uses the configuration mechanisms supplied by Drools to register work item definition files. That means adding a drools.workDefinitions property to the drools.rulebase.conf file in the META-INF.

The drools.workDefinitions property represents a list of files containing work item definitions, separated using spaces. If you want to exclude all other work item definitions and only use your definition, you could use the following:

drools.workDefinitions = MyWorkDefinitions.wid

However, if you only want to add the newly created node definition to the existing palette nodes, you can define the drools.workDefinitions property as follows:

drools.workDefinitions = MyWorkDefinitions.wid WorkDefinitions.conf

We recommended that you use the extension +.+wid for your own definitions of domain specific nodes. The +.+conf extension used with the default definition file, WorkDefinitions.conf, for backward compatibility reasons.

23.3.1.3. Using your new work item in your processes

We’ve created our work item definition and configured it, so now we can start using it in our processes. The process editor contains a separate section in the palette where the different service nodes that have been defined for the project appear.

NotificationPalette

Using drag and drop, a notification node can be created inside your process. The properties can be filled in using the properties view.

Besides any custom properties, the following three properties are available for all work items:

  1. Parameter Mapping: Allows you to map the value of a variable in the process to a parameter of the work item. This allows you to customize the work item based on the current state of the actual process instance (for example, the priority of the notification could be dependent on some process-specific information).

  2. Result Mapping: Allows you to map a result (returned once a work item has been executed) to a variable of the process. This allows you to use results in the remainder of the process.

  3. Wait for completion: By default, the process waits until the requested work item has been completed before continuing with the process. It is also possible to continue immediately after the work item has been requested (and not waiting for the results) by setting wait for completion to false. h

Here is an example that creates a domain specific node to execute Java, asking for the class and method parameters. It includes a custom java.gif icon and consists of the following files and resulting screenshot:

[
  // the Java Node work item located in:
  // project/src/main/resources/META-INF/JavaNodeDefinition.wid
  [
    "name" : "JavaNode",
    "parameters" : [
      "class" : new StringDataType(),
      "method" : new StringDataType(),
    ],
    "displayName" : "Java Node",
    "icon" : "icons/java.gif"
  ]
]

// located in: project/src/main/resources/META-INF/drools.rulebase.conf
drools.workDefinitions = JavaNodeDefinition.wid WorkDefinitions.conf

// icon for java.gif located in:
// project/src/main/resources/icons/java.gif
JavaNode

23.3.2. The NotificationWorkItemHandler

23.3.2.1. Creating a new work item handler

Once we’ve created our Notification work item definition (see the sections above), we can then create a custom implementation of a work item handler that will contain the logic to send the notification.

In order to execute our Notification work items, we first create a NotificationWorkItemHandler that implements the WorkItemHandler interface:

package com.sample;

import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItem;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItemHandler;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItemManager;

public class NotificationWorkItemHandler implements WorkItemHandler {

  public void executeWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {
    // extract parameters
    String from = (String) workItem.getParameter("From");
    String to = (String) workItem.getParameter("To");
    String message = (String) workItem.getParameter("Message");
    String priority = (String) workItem.getParameter("Priority");

    // send email (1)
    EmailService service = ServiceRegistry.getInstance().getEmailService();
    service.sendEmail(from, to, "Notification", message);

    // notify manager that work item has been completed
    manager.completeWorkItem(workItem.getId(), null); (2)
  }

  public void abortWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {
    // Do nothing, notifications cannot be aborted
  }

}
1 The ServiceRegistry class is simply a made-up class that we’re using for this example. In your own WorkItemHandler implementations, the code containing your domain-specific logic would go here.
2 Notifying the WorkItemManager instance when your work item has been completed is crucial. For many synchronous actions, like sending an email in this case, the WorkItemHandler implementation will notify the WorkItemManager in the executeWorkItem(…​) method.

This WorkItemHandler sends a notification as an email and then notifies the WorkItemManager that the work item has been completed.

Note that not all work items can be completed directly. In cases where executing a work item takes some time, execution can continue asynchronously and the work item manager can be notified later.

In these situations, it might also be possible that a work item is _aborted_before it has been completed. The WorkItemHandler.abortWorkItem(…​) method can be used to specify how to abort such work items.

Remember, if the WorkItemManager is not notified about the completion, the jBPM engine will never be notified that your service node has completed.
23.3.2.2. Registering the work item handler

WorkItemHandler instances need to be registered with the WorkItemManager in order to be used. In this case, we need to register an instance of our NotificationWorkItemHandler in order to use it with our process containing a Notification work item. We can do that like this:

StatefulKnowledgeSession ksession = kbase.newStatefulKnowledgeSession();
ksession.getWorkItemManager().registerWorkItemHandler(
  "Notification", (1)
  new NotificationWorkItemHandler() (2)
);
1 This is the drools name of the <task> (or other task type) node. See below for an example.
2 This is the instance of our custom work item handler instance!

If we were to look at the BPMN2 syntax for our process with the Notification process, we would see something like the following example. Note the use of the tns:taskName attribute in the <task> node. This is necessary for the WorkItemManager to be able to see which WorkItemHandler instance should be used with which task or work item.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<definitions id="Definition"
             xmlns="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/MODEL"
             xs:schemaLocation="http://www.omg.org/spec/BPMN/20100524/MODEL BPMN20.xsd"
...
             xmlns:tns="http://www.jboss.org/drools">

...

  <process isExecutable="true" id="myCustomProcess" name="Domain-Specific Process" >

...

    <task id="_5" name="Notification Task" tns:taskName="Notification" >

...

Different work item handlers could be used depending on the context. For example, during testing or simulation, it might not be necessary to actually execute the work items. In this case specialized dummy work item handlers could be used during testing.

23.4. Service Repository

A service repository allows easy discovery and use of existing services, as well as contributing new services to the jBPM community. It should allow public access via URL as well as allow users to locally build and update it as they see fit. The content of the service repository are domain-specific services that provide integration of your processes with different types of systems. Their implementation should work out-of-the-box or with minimal configuration to the users. Users can benefit from the service repository by having pre-tested and ready to use integration points which they do not have to implement themselves.

23.4.1. Public jBPM service repository

jBPM provides a public service repository which contains contributed reusable services:

https://docs.jboss.org/jbpm/service-repository/7.5.0.Final

This repository is dynamically generated from the jBPM Workitems GitHub module. It includes a user-friendly "Home Page" where you can view details about all services provided as well as download links to specific service definitions and implementation (jar). jBPM tooling as for example the jBPM Designer can be used to discover this service repository and easily install these services into Business Central for you to start using them inside business processes.

jBPMServiceRepoHome
Figure 275. Generated service repository example \"Home Page\""
jBPMServiceRepoWorkitemInfo
Figure 276. Example work item info page

To start implementing and contributing your own service integration points please take a look at jBPM Workitems Archetype module which can get you up and running with a Maven project quickly. Otherwise feel free to contact someone from the dev team and we will be happy to help you get started.

23.4.2. Building and extending the jBPM Service Repository

You can build and extend the jBPM service repository locally. For this simply build the jBPM work items module in GitHub. The look/feel of the repository can be changed by updating the repository index file. jBPM tooling can discover your repository even if it’s not available on a public URL.

23.4.3. Using repository workitems in your processes

Within Business Central you can use jBPM Designer editor to easily start importing your services into existing processes. Inside Designer open up the workitem repository editor and type in the repository URL to connect to, for example

https://docs.jboss.org/jbpm/service-repository/7.5.0.Final

or if you build your repository locally it could look something like

file:///Users/tsurdilovic/devel/jbpm-work-items/repository/target/repository-7.5.0-SNAPSHOT

The repository import feature then will scan the workitem repository and list its content for you to start importing:

ServiceRepoImport
Figure 277. Service repo import

Once imported, workitems are going to be included in the Designer shapes section when new processes are created or existing are re-opened.

Another option is to tell your app server that is running Business Central to automatically install specific workitems from your repository on Business Central startup. This is a very nice option which saves time of having to manually import individual workitems via the repository importer. It automatically registers your workitem handler and its maven dependencies to Business Central which is very handy (same is done via the manual install using Designer).

For example let’s say you have a service repository available at http://mysite.com/myservicerepo and there you have two services, namely BuyStock and SellStock. To have these services automatically installed in Business Central, you can add the following startup parameters:

AS/bin/standalone.sh -Dorg.jbpm.service.repository=http://mysite.com/myservicerepo -Dorg.jbpm.service.servicetasknames=BuyStock,SellStock

Or if you wanted just the SellStock service installed:

AS/bin/standalone.sh -Dorg.jbpm.service.repository=http://mysite.com/myservicerepo -Dorg.jbpm.service.servicetasknames=SellStock

Currently there is no install-all option available so service names must be individually specified. When creating a new or opening an existing business process then Business Central will attempt to install the specified services from the provided repository URL. This will install the service wid configuration, the specified icon (if there is one or if not Business Central will provide a default one for it), the default handler will be added to the deployment descriptor of your Business Central project as well as the specified maven dependencies in the service configuration will be added to the Business Central project pom.xml file. Please note that currently there is no option to specify maven repositories via the service task configuration so they must be added via Business Central in its POM Editor by the users.

23.4.4. Setting up your own service repository

With previous versions of the jBPM Service repository users had to manually set up their workitem configuration (.wid) files as well as provide jars and the maintain a repo configuration file (index.conf). With the new version this is no longer the case and if you use Maven most if not all of the repository artifacts can be generated for you.

If you do have an existing custom repository already set up be rest assured that it will still work as the overall structure has not changed. In this case there are two things you will notice. One that there is no longer the need for you to maintain the index.conf file which lists all your repository workitems, and two that you now can add maven dependencies into your workitem configurations to define depends which can be pulled in at compile or runtime rather than dependencies which you had to previously provide manually.

Ok, so let’s see what are some easy ways to set up your own repository:

23.4.4.1. Create own workitem inside jBPM WorkItems module

Here you would clone the jBPM WorkItems module from GitHub and create your own modules for your services. You can follow one of the existing modules to set up your own workitem implementation. Once you have added your module to the list of modules in the main pom, then also add it to the repository Home Page setup and you are good to go. Once you build the main module all the artifacts and the repository itself will be generated for you under $moduleHome$/repository/target/repository-$version$.

This is a also a nice way to contribute your workitem impl to the community as it will be already set-up and ready to do a pull request if you so choose so.

23.4.4.2. Create own workitem with the workitem Maven Archetype

We mentioned before the jBPM Workitem Archetype module. Creating a workitem project with this archetype will provide you with full generation of all elements needed for the repository.

To get started run the following maven command (update the archetypeVersion as needed):

mvn archetype:generate -DarchetypeGroupId=org.jbpm -DarchetypeArtifactId=jbpm-workitems-archetype -DarchetypeVersion=7.5.0-SNAPSHOT -DgroupId=org.jbpm.demo.workitems -DartifactId=myworkitem -DclassPrefix=MyWorkItem -DarchetypeCatalog=local -Dversion=1.0

This will create a base workitem project for you called myworkitem. If you within that workitem run

mvn clean install

you will find that the Maven build process will generate the workitem configuration, the implementation jar as well as html that contains your workitem information in the myworkitem/jbpm-workitems-myworkitem/target/jbpm-workitems-myworkitem-1.0.zip file. You can then simply extract the contents of this zip into your existing custom repository or anywhere on the file system. The zip will have the following structure (for the base project):

index.conf
MyWorkItem/
  - MyWorkItem.json
  - MyWorkItem.wid
  - MyWorkItem.png
  - index.html
  - jbpm-workitems-myworkitem-1.0.jar

23.4.5. Workitem Configuration (wid) from Handler Annotations

Generating the workitem configuration used to be a manual process which involved creating a workitem .wid file and having to know mvel to define your workitem input/output parameters, handler, dependencies etc. You can still manually do that but we have added a way to define your workitem configuration information in your workitem Java implementation using annotations. Here is an example of this approach

@Wid(widfile = "DropboxDownloadFileDefinitions.wid", name = "DropboxDownloadFile",
        displayName = "DropboxDownloadFile",
        defaultHandler = "mvel: new org.jbpm.process.workitem.dropbox.DownloadFileWorkitemHandler()",
        parameters = {
                @WidParameter(name = "DocumentPath")
        },
        results = {
                @WidResult(name = "Document")
        },
        mavenDepends = {
                @WidMavenDepends(group = "com.dropbox.core", artifact = "dropbox-core-sdk", version = "3.0.5")
        })
public class DownloadFileWorkitemHandler extends AbstractLogOrThrowWorkItemHandler {
...
}

Annotating your workitem handler implementation tells the jBPM Workitem Processor to use the defined information by this annotation to generate the workitem configuration from. It has a number of different properties you can use:

  • widFile: defines the name of the generated config file

  • name: - unique name for your service

  • displayName: - display name to be used within editors such as jBPM Designer

  • parameters: - define the service data inputs given their name and type

  • results: - define the service data outputs

  • mavenDepends: - define a list of maven dependencies needed for your workitem to be executable at runtime.

  • icon: - should refer to a file with the given file name in the same folder as the extended configuration file (so it can be downloaded by the import wizard and used in the process diagrams). Icons should be 16x16 GIF files.

  • category: - defines the category this service should be placed under when browsing the repository.

  • defaultHandler: - defines the default handler implementation (i.e. the Java class that implements the WorkItemHandler interface and can be used to execute the service). This can automatically be registered as the handler for that service when importing the service from the repository. You can also use mvel to resolve the default handler expression which has the additional benefit of being able to resolve the handlers parameters, for example:

"defaultHandler" : "mvel: new org.jbpm.process.workitem.twitter.TwitterHandler(ksession)",

Some of the available named parameters you can use are:

ksession
taskService
runtimeManager
classLoader
entityManagerFactory

  • documentation: - defines a documentation file that describes what the service does and how it works. This property should refer to an HTML file with the given name in the same folder as the extended configuration file (so it can be shown by the import wizard when browsing the repository).

  • version: - the version (String) of the workitem implementation

Only setup needed for the @Wid annotation is to use an already provided annotation processor, namely

org.jbpm.process.workitem.core.util.WidProcessor

To add this in your projects pom.xml, you can define in the poms <plugins> section:

<plugin>
    <groupId>org.apache.maven.plugins</groupId>
    <artifactId>maven-compiler-plugin</artifactId>
    <configuration>
      <annotationProcessors>
        <annotationProcessor>org.jbpm.process.workitem.core.util.WidProcessor</annotationProcessor>
      </annotationProcessors>
      <compilerArgs>
        <arg>-AwidName=${project.artifactId}</arg>
      </compilerArgs>
    </configuration>
</plugin>

23.4.6. Programmatically interacting with the service repository

jBPM provides classes in the org.jbpm.process.workitem package which allows you to connect and retrieve your service information. For example:

Map<String, WorkDefinitionImpl> workitemsFromRepo =
  WorkItemRepository.getWorkDefinitions("https://docs.jboss.org/jbpm/service-repository/7.5.0.Final");

This will provide you with all services defined in the repository. You can then get more detailed information about each of services in the repository using their name as declared in the service wid file, for example we could do (for an example Workitem called "MyWorkitem"):

workitemsFromRepo.get( "MyWorkitem" ).getName();
workitemsFromRepo.get( "MyWorkitem" ).getDescription();
workitemsFromRepo.get( "MyWorkitem" ).getDefaultHandler();
workitemsFromRepo.get( "MyWorkitem" ).getMavenDependencies();
...

or you could for example check if the correct version of the service you need is contained in the repository:

if( workitemsFromRepo.containsKey( "MyWorkitem" ) && workitemsFromRepo.get( "MyWorkitem" ).getVersion().equals( "1.0" )) {
  // do something
}

Currently all operations are read-only. There isn’t a way to update the service repository automatically.

23.4.7. Defining extended service configuration with JSON

The previous extended configuration example for the Twitter service was defined with the default mvel configuration. It is also possible to do this with JSON and the Twitter example would look like this:

[
  [
    "java.util.HashMap",
    {
      "name":"TestServiceFour",
      "displayName":"Twitter",
      "description":"Send a Twitter message",
      "parameters":[
        "java.util.HashMap",
        {
          "Message":["org.jbpm.process.core.datatype.impl.type.StringDataType", {}]
        }
      ],
      "eclipse:customEditor":"org.drools.eclipse.flow.common.editor.editpart.work.SampleCustomEditor",
      "defaultHandler" : "org.jbpm.process.workitem.twitter.TwitterHandler",
      "documentation" : "index.html",
      "dependencies":[
        "java.util.ArrayList", ["file:./lib/jbpm-twitter.jar", "file:./lib/twitter4j-core-2.2.2.jar"]
      ]
    }
  ]
]

In your service repository you can define the extended configuration of your services with mvel or JSON (or have some defined in one way and some in the other as well). Defining the extended configuration with JSON might have some benefits if being read by custom web-based clients for example but the mvel configuration option is default and currently still prefered.

24. Exception Management

24.1. Overview

This chapter will describe how to deal with unexpected behavior in your business processes using both BPMN2 and technical mechanisms.

The first section will explain Technical Exceptions: we’ll go through an example that uses both BPMN2 and WorkItemHandler implementations in order to isolate and handle exceptions caused by a technical component. We will also explain how to modify the example to suit other use cases.

The second section will define and explain the types of (BPMN2) exceptions that can happen or be used in a business process.

24.2. Introduction

What happens to a business process when something unexpected happens during the process? Most of the time, when creating and designing a new process definition, the first step is to describe the normative or desirable behaviour. However, a process definition that only describes all of the normal tasks and their execution order is incomplete.

The next step is to think about what might go wrong when the business process is run. What would happen if any of the human or technical actors in the process do not respond in unexpected ways? Will any of the technical systems that the process interacts with return unexpected results — or not return any results at all?

Deviations from the normative or "happy" flow of a business process are called exceptions. In some cases, exceptions might not be that unusual, such as trying to debit an empty bank account. However, some processes might contain many complex situations involving exceptions, all of which must be handled correctly.

The rest of chapter assumes that you know how to create custom <task> nodes and how to implement and register WorkItemHandler implementations. More information about these topics can be found in the Domain-Specific Processes chapter.

24.3. Technical Exceptions

24.3.1. Introduction

Technical exceptions happen when a technical component of a business process acts in an unexpected way. When using Java based systems, this often results in a literal Java Exception being thrown by the system.

Technical components used in a process can fail in a way that can not be described using BPMN2. In this case, it’s important to handle these exceptions in expected ways.

The following types of code might throw exceptions:

  • Any code that is present in the process definition itself

  • Any code that is executed during a process and is not part of jBPM

  • Any code that interacts with a technical component outside of the jBPM engine

However, those are somewhat abstract definitions. We can narrow down the places at which an exception might be thrown. Technical exceptions can occur at the following points:

  1. Code present in <scriptTask> nodes or in the jbpm-specific <onEntry> and <onExit> elements

  2. Code executed in WorkItemHandlers associated with <task> and task-type nodes

It is much easier to ensure correct exception handling for <task> and other task-type nodes that use WorkItemHandler implementations, than for code executed directly in a <scriptTask>.

Exceptions thrown by <scriptTask> can cause the process to fail in an unrecoverable fashion. While there are certain things that you can do to contain the damage, a process that has failed in this way can not be restarted or otherwise recovered. This also applies to other nodes in a process definition that contain script code in the node definition, such as the <onEntry> and <onExit> elements.

When jBPM engine does throw an exception generated by the code in a <scriptTask> the exception thrown is a special Java exception called the WorkflowRuntimeException that contains information about the process.

Again, exceptions generated by a <scriptTask> node (and other nodes containing script code) will leave the process unrecoverable. In fact, often, the code that starts the process itself will end up throwing the exception generated by the business process, without returning a reference to the process instance.

For this reason, it’s important to limit the scope of the code in these nodes to operations dealing with process variables. Using a <scriptTask> to interact with a different technical component, such as a database or web service has significant risks because any exceptions thrown will corrupt or abort the process.

<task> nodes, <serviceTask> nodes and the rest of the task-type nodes are explicitly meant for interacting with other systems — not <scriptTask> nodes! Use <task>-type nodes to interact with other technical components.

24.3.2. Handling exceptions in WorkItemHandler instances

` WorkItemHandler` classes are used when your process interacts with other technical systems. For an introduction to them and how to use them in processes, please see the Domain-Specific Processes chapter.

While you can build exception handling into your own WorkItemhandler implementations, there are also two “handler decorator” classes that you can use to wrap a WorkItemhandler implementation.

These two wrapper classes include logic that is executed when an exception is thrown during the execution (or abortion) of a work item.

Table 94. Exception Handling WorkItemHandler wrapper classes
Decorator classes in the org.jbpm.bpmn2.handler package Description

SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator

This class wraps an existing WorkItemHandler implementation. When the .executeWorkItem(…​) or .abortWorkItem(…​) methods of the original WorkItemHandler instance throw an exception, the SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator will catch the exception and signal the process instance using a configurable event type. The exception thrown will be passed as part of the event. This functionality can be used to signal an Event SubProcess defined in the process definition.

LoggingTaskHandlerDecorator

This class reacts to all exceptions thrown by the .executeWorkItem(…​) or `.abortWorkItem(…​)`WorkItemHandler methods by logging the errors. It also saves any exceptions thrown so to an internal list so that they can be retrieved later for inspection or further logging. Lastly, the content and format of the message logged upon an exception are configurable.

While the two classes described above should cover most cases involving exception handling, a Java developer with some experience with jBPM should be able to create a WorkItemHandler that executes custom code upon an exception.

If you do decide to write a custom WorkItemHandler that includes exception handling logic, keep the following checklist in mind:

  1. Are you catching all possible exceptions that you want to (and no more, or less)?

  2. Are you making sure to either complete or abort the work item after an exception has been caught? If not, are there mechanisms to retry the process later? Or are incomplete process instances acceptable?

  3. What other actions should be taken when an exception is caught? Do you want to simply log the exception, or is it also important to interact with other technical systems? Do you want to trigger a (BPMN2) subprocess that will handle the exception?

When you use the WorkItemManager to signal that the work item has been completed or aborted, make sure to do that after you’ve sent any signals to the process instance. Depending on how you’ve defined your process, calling WorkItemManager.completeWorkItem(…​) or WorkItemManager.abortWorkItem(…​) will trigger the completion of the process instance. This is because these methods trigger the jBPM engine to continue the process flow.

In the next section, we’ll describe an example that uses the SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator to signal an event subprocess when a work item handler throws an exception.

24.3.3. Examples

24.3.3.1. Example: service task handlers

We’ll go through one example in this section, and then look quickly at how you can change it to get the behavior you want. The example involves an <error> event that’s caught by an (Error) Event SubProcess.

When an Error Event is thrown, the containing process will be interrupted. This means that after the process flow attached to the error event has executed, the following will happen:

  1. process execution will stop, and no other parts of the process will execute

  2. the process instance will end up in an aborted state (instead of completed)

The example we’ll go through contains an <error>, but at the end of the section, we’ll show how you can change the process to use a <signal> instead.

The code and BPMN2 process definition shown in the next section are available in the jbpm-examples module. See the org.jbpm.examples.exceptions.ExceptionHandlingErrorExample class for the Java code. The BPMN2 process definition is available in the exceptions/ExceptionHandlingWithError.bpmn2 file in the src/main/resources directory of the jbpm-examples module.
BPMN2 configuration

Let’s look at the BPMN2 process definition first. Besides the definition of the process, the BPMN2 elements defined before the actual process definition are also important. Here’s an image of the BPMN2 process that we’ll be using in the example:

exception flow

The BPMN2 process fragment below is part of the process shown above, and contains some notes on the different BPMN2 elements.

If you’re viewing this on a web browser, you may need to widen or narrow your browser window in order to see the "callout" or note numbers on the right hand side of the code.

 
 <itemDefinition id="_stringItem" structureRef="java.lang.String" /> (1)
  <message id="_message" itemRef="_stringItem"/>  (2)

  <interface id="_serviceInterface" name="org.jbpm.examples.exceptions.service.ExceptionService">
    <operation id="_serviceOperation" name="throwException">
      <inMessageRef>_message</inMessageRef> (2)
    </operation>
  </interface>

  <error id="_exception" errorCode="code" structureRef="_exceptionItem"/> (3)

  <itemDefinition id="_exceptionItem" structureRef="org.kie.api.runtime.process.WorkItem"/> (4)
  <message id="_exceptionMessage" itemRef="_exceptionItem"/> (4)

  <interface id="_handlingServiceInterface" name="org.jbpm.examples.exceptions.service.ExceptionService">
    <operation id="_handlingServiceOperation" name="handleException">
      <inMessageRef>_exceptionMessage</inMessageRef> (4)
    </operation>
  </interface>

  <process id="ProcessWithExceptionHandlingError" name="Service Process" isExecutable="true" processType="Private">
    <!-- properties -->
    <property id="serviceInputItem" itemSubjectRef="_stringItem"/> (1)
    <property id="exceptionInputItem" itemSubjectRef="_exceptionItem"/> (4)

    <!-- main process -->
    <startEvent id="_1" name="Start" />
    <serviceTask id="_2" name="Throw Exception" implementation="Other" operationRef="_serviceOperation">

    <!-- rest of the serviceTask element and process definition... -->

    <subProcess id="_X" name="Exception Handler" triggeredByEvent="true" >
      <startEvent id="_X-1" name="subStart">
        <dataOutput id="_X-1_Output" name="event"/>
        <dataOutputAssociation>
          <sourceRef>_X-1_Output</sourceRef>
          <targetRef>exceptionInputItem</targetRef> (4)
        </dataOutputAssociation>
        <errorEventDefinition id="_X-1_ED_1" errorRef="_exception" /> (3)
      </startEvent>

      <!-- rest of the subprocess definition... -->

    </subProcess>

  </process>
1 This <itemDefinition> element defines a data structure that we then use in the serviceInputItem property in the process.
2 This <message> element (1rst reference) defines a message that has a String as its content (as defined by the <itemDefinition> element on line above). The <interface> element below it refers to it (2nd reference) in order to define what type of content the service (defined by the <interface>) expects.
3 This <error> element (1rst reference) defines an error for use later in the process: an Event SubProcess is defined that is triggered by this error (2nd reference). The content of the error is defined by the <itemDefinition> element defined below the <error> element.
4 This <itemDefinition> element (1rst reference) defines an item that contains a WorkItem instance. The <message> element (2nd reference) then defines a message that uses this item definition to define its content. The <interface> element below that refers to the <message> definition (3rd reference) in order to define the type of content that the service expects.

In the process itself, a <property> element (4th reference) is defined as having the content defined by the initial <itemDefinition>. This is helpful because it means that the Event SubProcess can then store the error it receives in that property (5th reference).

When you’re using a <serviceTask> to call a Java class, make sure to double check the class name in your BPMN2 definition! A small typo there can cost you time later when you’re trying to figure out what went wrong.
SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator and WorkItemHandler configuration

Now that BPMN2 process definition is (hopefully) a little clearer, we can look at how to set up jBPM to take advantage of the above BPMN2.

In the (BPMN2) process definition above, we define two different <serviceTask> activities. The org.jbpm.bpmn2.handler.ServiceTaskHandler class is the default task handler class used for <serviceTask> tasks. If you don’t specify a WorkItemHandler implementation for a <serviceTask>, the ServiceTaskHandler class will be used.

In the code below, you’ll see that we actually wrap or decorate the ServiceTaskHandler class with a SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator instance. We do this in order to define what happens when the ServiceTaskHandler throws an exception.

In this case, the ServiceTaskHandler will throw an exception because it’s configured to call the ExceptionService.throwException method, which throws an exception. (See the _handlingServiceInterface <interface> element in the BPMN2.)

In the code below, we also configure which (error) event is sent to the process instance by the SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator instance. The SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator does this when an exception is thrown in a task. In this case, since we’ve defined an <error> with the error code “code” in the BPMN2, we set the signal to Error-code.

When signalling the jBPM engine with an event of some sort, you should keep in mind the rules for signalling process events.

  • Error events can be signalled by sending an "Error-" + <the errorCode attribute value> value to the session.

  • Signal events can be signalled by sending the name of the signal to the session.

 
import java.util.HashMap;
import java.util.Map;

import org.jbpm.bpmn2.handler.ServiceTaskHandler;
import org.jbpm.bpmn2.handler.SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator;
import org.jbpm.examples.exceptions.service.ExceptionService;
import org.kie.api.KieBase;
import org.kie.api.io.ResourceType;
import org.kie.api.runtime.KieSession;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.ProcessInstance;
import org.kie.internal.builder.KnowledgeBuilder;
import org.kie.internal.builder.KnowledgeBuilderFactory;
import org.kie.internal.io.ResourceFactory;

public class ExceptionHandlingErrorExample {

    public static final void main(String[] args) {
        runExample();
    }

    public static ProcessInstance runExample() {
        KieSession ksession = createKieSession();

        String eventType = "Error-code"; (1)

        SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator signallingTaskWrapper (2)
            = new SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator(ServiceTaskHandler.class, eventType);
        signallingTaskWrapper.setWorkItemExceptionParameterName(ExceptionService.exceptionParameterName); (3)
        ksession.getWorkItemManager().registerWorkItemHandler("Service Task", signallingTaskWrapper);

        Map<String, Object> params = new HashMap<String, Object>();
        params.put("serviceInputItem", "Input to Original Service");
        ProcessInstance processInstance = ksession.startProcess("ProcessWithExceptionHandlingError", params);

        return processInstance;
    }

    private static KieSession createKieSession() {
        KnowledgeBuilder kbuilder = KnowledgeBuilderFactory.newKnowledgeBuilder();
        kbuilder.add(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("exceptions/ExceptionHandlingWithError.bpmn2"), ResourceType.BPMN2);
        KieBase kbase = kbuilder.newKnowledgeBase();
        return kbase.newKieSession();
    }
1 Here we define the name of the event that will be sent to the process instance if the wrapped WorkItemHandler implementation throws an exception. The eventType string is used when instantiating the SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator class.
2 Then we construct an instance of the SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator class. In this case, we simply give it the class name of the WorkItemHandler implementation class to instantiate, but another constructor is available that we can pass an instance of a WorkItemHandler implementation to (necessary if the WorkItemHandler implementation does not have a no-argument constructor).
3 When an exception is thrown by the wrapped WorkItemHandler, the SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator saves it as a parameter in the WorkItem instance with a parameter name that we configure the SignallingTaskHandlerDecorator to give it (see the code below for the ExceptionService).
ExceptionService setup and configuration

In the BPMN2 process definition above, a service interface is defined that references the ExceptionService class:

<interface id="_handlingServiceInterface" name="org.jbpm.examples.exceptions.service.ExceptionService">
    <operation id="_handlingServiceOperation" name="handleException">

In order to fill in the blanks a little bit, the code for the ExceptionService class has been included below. In general, you can specify any Java class with the default or an other no-argument constructor and have it executed during a <serviceTask>

public class ExceptionService {

  public static String exceptionParameterName = "my.exception.parameter.name";

  public void handleException(WorkItem workItem) {
    System.out.println( "Handling exception caused by work item '" + workItem.getName() + "' (id: " + workItem.getId() + ")");

    Map<String, Object> params = workItem.getParameters();
    Throwable throwable = (Throwable) params.get(exceptionParameterName);
    throwable.printStackTrace();
  }

  public String throwException(String message) {
      throw new RuntimeException("Service failed with input: " + message );
  }

  public static void setExceptionParameterName(String exceptionParam) {
      exceptionParameterName = exceptionParam;
  }

}
Changing the example to use a <signal>

In the example above, the thrown Error Event interrupts the process: no other flows or activities are executed once the Error Event has been thrown.

However, when a Signal Event is processed, the process will continue after the Signal Event SubProcess (or whatever other activities that the Signal Event triggers) has been executed. Furthermore, this implies that the process will not end up in an aborted state, unlike a process that throws an Error Event.

In the process above, we use the <error> element in order to be able to use an Error Event:

  <error id="_exception" errorCode="code" structureRef="_exceptionItem"/>

When we want to use a Signal Event instead, we remove that line and use a <signal> element:

   <signal id="exception-signal" structureRef="_exceptionItem"/>

However, we must also change all references to the _exception <error> so that they now refer to the exception-signal <signal>.

That means that the <errorEventDefinition> element in the <startEvent>,

   <errorEventDefinition id="_X-1_ED_1" errorRef="_exception" />

must be changed to a <signalEventDefinition> which would like like this:

   <signalEventDefinition id="_X-1_ED_1" signalRef="exception-signal"/>

In short, we have to make the following changes to the <startEvent> in the Event SubProcess:

  1. It will now contain a <signalEventDefinition> instead of a <errorEventDefinition>

  2. The errorRef attribute in the <errorEventDefinition> is now a signalRef attribute in the <signalEventDefinition>.

  3. The id attribute in the signalRef is of course now the id of the <signal> element. Before it was id of <error> element.

  4. Lastly, when we signal the process in the Java code, we do not signal “`Error-code`” but simply “`exception-signal`”, the id of the <signal> element.

24.3.3.2. Example: logging exceptions thrown by bad <scriptTask> nodes

In this section, we’ll briefly describe what’s possible when dealing with <scriptTask> nodes that throw exceptions, and then quickly go through an example (also available in the jbpm-examples module) that illustrates this.

Introduction

If you’re reading this, then you probably already have a problem: you’re either expecting to run into this problem because there are scripts in your process definition that might throw an exception, or you’re already running a process instance with scripts that are causing a problem.

Unfortunately, if you’re running into this problem, then there is not much you can do. The only thing that you can do is retrieve more information about exactly what’s causing the problem. Luckily, when a <scriptTask> node causes an exception, the exception is then wrapped in a WorkflowRuntimeException.

What type of information is available? The WorkflowRuntimeException instance will contain the information outlined in the following table. All of the fields listed are available via the normal get* methods.

Table 95. Information contained in WorkflowRuntimeException instances.
Field name Type Description

processInstanceId

long

The id of the ProcessInstance instance in which the exception occurred. This ProcessInstance may not exist anymore or be available in the database if using persistence!

processId

String

The id of the process definition that was used to start the process (i.e. “`ExceptionScriptTask`” in ksession.startProcess("ExceptionScriptTask"); )

nodeId

long

The value of the (BPMN2) id attribute of the node that threw the exception.

nodeName

String

The value of the (BPMN2) name attribute of the node that threw the exception.

variables

Map<String, Object>

The map containing the variables in the process instance (experimental).

message

String

The short message indicating what went wrong.

cause

Throwable

The original exception that was thrown.
Example: Exceptions thrown by a <scriptTask>.

The following code illustrates how to extract extra information from a process instance that throws a WorkflowRuntimeException exception instance.

import org.jbpm.workflow.instance.WorkflowRuntimeException;
import org.kie.api.KieBase;
import org.kie.api.io.ResourceType;
import org.kie.api.runtime.KieSession;
import org.kie.api.runtime.process.ProcessInstance;
import org.kie.internal.builder.KnowledgeBuilder;
import org.kie.internal.builder.KnowledgeBuilderFactory;
import org.kie.internal.io.ResourceFactory;

public class ScriptTaskExceptionExample {

    public static final void main(String[] args) {
        runExample();
    }

    public static void runExample() {
        KieSession ksession = createKieSession();
        Map<String, Object> params = new HashMap<String, Object>();
        String varName = "var1";
        params.put( varName , "valueOne" );
        try {
            ProcessInstance processInstance = ksession.startProcess("ExceptionScriptTask", params);
        } catch( WorkflowRuntimeException wfre ) {
            String msg = "An exception happened in "
                    + "process instance [" + wfre.getProcessInstanceId()
                    + "] of process [" + wfre.getProcessId()
                    + "] in node [id: " + wfre.getNodeId()
                    + ", name: " + wfre.getNodeName()
                    + "] and variable " + varName + " had the value [" + wfre.getVariables().get(varName)
                    + "]";
            System.out.println(msg);
        }
    }

    private static KieSession createKieSession() {
        KnowledgeBuilder kbuilder = KnowledgeBuilderFactory.newKnowledgeBuilder();
        kbuilder.add(ResourceFactory.newClassPathResource("exceptions/ScriptTaskException.bpmn2"), ResourceType.BPMN2);
        KieBase kbase = kbuilder.newKnowledgeBase();
        return kbase.newKieSession();
    }

}

24.4. Business Exceptions

Business Exceptions are exceptions that are designed and managed in the BPMN2 specification of a business process. In other words, Business Exceptions are exceptions which happen at the process or workflow level, and are not related to the technical components.

Many of the elements in BPMN2 related to Business Exceptions are related to Compensation and Business Transactions. Compensation, in particular, is complexer than many other parts of the BPMN2 specification.

Full support for compensation and business transactions is expected with the release of jBPM 6.1 or 6.2. Once that has been implemented, this section will contain more information about using those BPMN2 features with jBPM.

24.4.1. Business Exceptions elements in BPMN2

The following attempts to briefly describe Compensation and Business Transaction related elements in BPMN2. For more complete information about these elements and their uses, see the BPMN2 specification, Bruce Silver’s book BPMN Method and Style or any of the other available books about the use of BPMN2.

Table 96. BPMN2 Exception Handling Elements
BPMN2 Element types Description

Errors

Error Events can be used to signal when a process has encountered an unexpected situation: signalling an error is often called throwing an error.

Boundary Error Events in a different part of the process can then be used to catch the error and initiate a sequence of activities to handle the exception.

Errors themselves can be extended with extra information that is passed from the throwing to catching event. This is done with the use of an Item Definition.

Compensation

Exception handling activities associated with the normal activities in a Business Transaction are triggered by Compensation Events.

There are 3 types of compensation events: Intermediate (a.k.a. Boundary) (catch) events, Start (catch) events, and Intermediate or End (throw) events.

Compensation Boundary (catch) events may only be attached to activities (e.g. tasks) that could cause an exception. These Boundary events are then associated (not linked!) with a Task that will be executed if the Boundary event catches a (thrown) Compensation signal.

Start (catch) events are used when defining a Compensation Event SubProcess, which requires them in order to be able to catch a (thrown) Compensation signal.

Compensation Intermediate and End events are used in order to throw Compensation Events. These events often follow decision nodes that determine whether the workflow executed up to that point has succeeded. If not, the path including the Intermediate or End Event is chosen in order to trigger Compensation for the activities that did not succeed.

BPMN2 contains a number of constructs to model exceptions in business processes. There are several advantages to doing exception handling at the business process level (as opposed to handling it with code):

  • Transparency

    • Being able to quickly see what happens in exceptional situations means that the results and performance of a process is more easily monitored and measured.

    • It also increases how easily a process can be implemented as well as how maintainable a process definition is.

  • Business Logic Isolation

    • Again, the idea behind using a business process is to isolate the business logic from the technical code. This simplifies the complexity of the system and increases how quickly you can create new business processes and change existing ones.

    • Implementing exception handling at a technical level often takes more time because it’s often complexer and specific to a system.

24.4.2. Designing a workflow with Business Exceptions

Where are business exceptions likely to occur? There is academic research on this, but some possible examples are:

  • When an interaction with an external party or 3rd party system does not go as planned

  • When you can not fully check the input data in your process (like a client’s address information, for example)

  • In general, if there are parts of your process that are particularly dependent on one of the following, a business exception will be a good idea:

    • Company policy or policy governing certain (in-house) procedures

    • Laws governing the business process (such as age requirements, for example)

25. Flexible Processes

Case management and its relation to BPM is a hot topic nowadays. There definitely seems to be a growing need amongst end users for more flexible and adaptive business processes, without ending up with overly complex solutions. Everyone seems to agree that using a process-centric approach only in many cases leads to complex solutions that are hard to maintain. The "knowledge workers" no longer want to be locked into rigid processes but wants to have the power and flexibility to regain more control over the process themselves.

The term case management is often used in that context. Without trying to give a precise definition of what it might or might not mean, as this has been a hot topic for discussion, it refers to the basic idea that many applications in the real world cannot really be described completely from start to finish (including all possible paths, deviations, exceptions, etc.). Case management takes a different approach: instead of trying to model what should happen from start to finish, let’s give the end user the flexibility to decide what should happen at runtime. In its most extreme form for example, case management doesn’t even require any process definition at all. Whenever a new case comes in, the end user can decide what to do next based on all the case data.

A typical example can be found in healthcare (clinical decision support to be more precise), where care plans can be used to describe how patients should be treated in specific circumstances, but people like general practitioners still need to have the flexibility to add additional steps and deviate from the proposed plan, as each case is unique. And there are similar examples in claim management, help desk support, etc.

So, should we just throw away our BPM system then? No! Even at its most extreme form (where we don’t model any process up front), you still need a lot of the other features a BPM system (usually) provides: there still is a clear need for audit logs, monitoring, coordinating various services, human interaction (e.g. using task forms), analysis, etc. And, more importantly, many cases are somewhere in between, or might even evolve from case management to more structured business process over time (when we for example try to extract common approaches from many cases). If we can offer flexibility as part of our processes, can’t we let the users decide how and where they would like to apply it?

Let me give you two examples that show how you can add more and more flexibility to your processes. The first example shows a care plan that shows the tasks that should be performed when a patient has high blood pressure. While a large part of the process is still well-structured, the general practitioner can decide himself which tasks should be performed as part of the sub-process. And he also has the ability to add new tasks during that period, tasks that were not defined as part of the process, or repeat tasks multiple times, etc. The process uses an ad-hoc sub-process to model this kind of flexibility, possibly augmented with rules or event processing to help in deciding which fragments to execute.

Healthcare
Figure 278. Healthcare: high blood pressure

The second example actually goes a lot further than that. In this example, an internet provider could define how cases about internet connectivity problems will be handled by the internet provider. There are a number of actions the case worker can select from, but those are simply small process fragments. The case worker is responsible for selecting what to do next and can even add new tasks dynamically. As you can see, there is not process from start to finish anymore, but the user is responsible for selecting which process fragments to execute.

Internet
Figure 279. Telecom: process fragments

And in its most extreme form, we even allow you to create case instances without a process definition, where what needs to be performed is selected purely at runtime. This however doesn’t mean you can’t figure out anymore what 's actually happening. For example, meetings can be very ad hoc and dynamic, but we usually want a log of what was actually discussed. The following screenshot shows how our regular audit view can still be used in this case, and the end user could then for example get a lot more info about what actually happened by looking at the data associated with each of those steps. And maybe, over time, we can even automate part of that by using a semi-structured process.

Meeting
Figure 280. Audit log for dynamic case

26. Concurrency and asynchronous execution

26.1. Concurrency

In the following text, we will refer to two types of "multi-threading": logical and technical. Technical multi-threading is what happens when multiple threads or processes are started on a computer, for example by a Java or C program. Logical multi-threading is what we see in a BPM process after the process reaches a parallel gateway, for example. From a functional standpoint, the original process will then split into two processes that are executed in a parallel fashion.

Of course, the jBPM engine supports logical multi-threading: for example, processes that include a parallel gateway. We’ve chosen to implement logical multi-threading using one thread: a jBPM process that includes logical multi-threading will only be executed in one technical thread. The main reason for doing this is that multiple (technical) threads need to be able to communicate state information with each other if they are working on the same process. This requirement brings with it a number of complications. While it might seem that multi-threading would bring performance benefits with it, the extra logic needed to make sure the different threads work together well means that this is not guaranteed. There is also the extra overhead incurred because we need to avoid race conditions and deadlocks.

26.1.1. Engine execution

In general, the jBPM engine executes actions in serial. For example, when the jBPM engine encounters a script task in a process, it will synchronously execute that script and wait for it to complete before continuing execution. Similarly, if a process encounters a parallel gateway, it will sequentially trigger each of the outgoing branches, one after the other. This is possible since execution is almost always instantaneous, meaning that it is extremely fast and produces almost no overhead. As a result, the user will usually not even notice this. Similarly, action scripts in a process are also synchronously executed, and the jBPM engine will wait for them to finish before continuing the process. For example, doing a Thread.sleep(…​) as part of a script will not make the jBPM engine continue execution elsewhere but will block the jBPM engine thread during that period.

The same principle applies to service tasks. When a service task is reached in a process, the jBPM engine will also invoke the handler of this service synchronously. The jBPM engine will wait for the completeWorkItem(…​) method to return before continuing execution. It is important that your service handler executes your service asynchronously if its execution is not instantaneous.

An example of this would be a service task that invokes an external service. Since the delay in invoking this service remotely and waiting for the results might be too long, it might be a good idea to invoke this service asynchronously. This means that the handler will only invoke the service and will notify the jBPM engine later when the results are available. In the meantime, the jBPM engine then continues execution of the process.

Human tasks are a typical example of a service that needs to be invoked asynchronously, as we don’t want the jBPM engine to wait until a human actor has responded to the request. The human task handler will only create a new task (on the task list of the assigned actor) when the human task node is triggered. The jBPM engine will then be able to continue execution on the rest of the process (if necessary) and the handler will notify the jBPM engine asynchronously when the user has completed the task.

26.1.2. Multiple KIE sessions and persistence

The simplest way to run multiple processes is to run them all using one KIE session. However, there are cases in which it’s necessary to run multiple processes in different KIE sessions, even in different (technical) threads. Both are supported by jBPM.

When we add persistence (using a database, for example) to a situation in which we have multiple KIE sessions (and processes), there is a guideline that users should be aware of. The following paragraphs explain why this guideline is important to follow.

Please make sure to use a database that allows row-level locks as well as table-level locks.

For example, a user could have a situation in which there are 2 (or more) threads running, each with its own KIE session instance. On each thread, jBPM processes are being started using the local KIE session instance.

In this use case, a race condition exists in which both thread A and thread B will have coincidentally simultaneously finished a process. At this point, because persistence is being used, both thread A and B will be committing changes to the database. If row-level locks are not possible, then the following situation can occur:

  • Thread A has a lock on the ProcessInstanceInfo table, having just committed a change to that table.

  • Thread A wants a lock on the SessionInfo table in order to commit a change there.

  • Thread B has the opposite situation: it has a lock on the SessionInfo table, having just committed a change there.

  • Thread B wants a lock on the ProcessInstanceInfo table, even though Thread A already has a lock on it.

This is a deadlock situation which the database and application will not be able to solve. However, if row-level locks are possible (and enabled!!) in the database (and tables used), then this situation will not occur.

26.2. Asynchronous execution

26.2.1. Asynchronous handlers

How can we implement an asynchronous service handler? To start with, this depends on the technology you’re using. If you’re only using Java, you could execute the actual service in a new thread:

public class MyServiceTaskHandler implements WorkItemHandler {


  public void executeWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {
    new Thread(new Runnable() {
      public void run() {
        // Do the heavy lifting here ...
      }
    }).start();
  }

  public void abortWorkItem(WorkItem workItem, WorkItemManager manager) {
  }
}

It’s advisable to have your handler contact a service that executes the business operation, instead of having it perform the actual work. If anything goes wrong with a business operation, it doesn’t affect your process. The loose coupling that this provides also gives you greater flexibility in reusing services and developing them.

For example, you can have your human task handler simply invoke the human task service to add a task there. To implement an asynchronous handler, you usually have to simply do an asynchronous invocation of this service. This usually depends on the technology you use to do the communication, but this might be as simple as asynchronously invoking a web service, or sending a JMS message to the external service.

26.2.2. jbpm executor

In version 6, jBPM introduces new component called jbpm executor which provides quite advanced features for asynchronous execution. It delivers generic environment for background execution of commands. Commands are nothing more than business logic encapsulated within simple interface. It does not have any process runtime related information, that means no need to complete work items, or anything of that sort. It purely focuses on the business logic to be executed. It receives data via CommandContext and returns results of the execution with ExecutionResults.

Before looking into details on jBPM support for asynchronous execution let’s look at what are the common requirements for such execution:

  • allows asynchronous execution of given piece of business logic

  • allows to retry in case of resources are temporarily unavailable e.g. external system interaction

  • allows to handle errors in case all retries have been attempted

  • provides cancellation option

  • provides history log of execution

When confronting these requirements with the "simple async handler" (executed as separate thread) you can directly notice that all of these would need to be implemented all over again by different systems. Due to that a common, generic component has been provided out of the box to simplify and empower usage.

jBPM executor operates on commands, which are essential piece of code that is going to be executed as background job.

/**
 * Executor's Command are dedicated to contain purely business logic that should be executed.
 * It should not have any reference to the underlying jBPM engine and should not be concerned
 * with any process runtime related logic such as completing work item, sending signals, etc.
 * <br/>
 * Information that are taken from process will be delivered as part of data instance of
 * <code>CommandContext</code>. Depending on the execution context that data can vary but
 * in most of the cases following will be given:
 * <ul>
 *  <li></li>
 *  <li>businessKey - usually unique identifier of the caller</li>
 *  <li>callbacks - FQCN of the <code>CommandCallback</code> that shall be used on command completion</li>
 * </ul>
 * When executed as part of the process (work item handler) additional data can be expected:
 * <ul>
 *  <li>workItem - the actual work item that is being executed with all its parameters</li>
 *  <li>processInstanceId - id of the process instance that triggered this work</li>
 *  <li>deploymentId - if given process instance is part of an active deployment</li>
 * </ul>
 * Important note about implementations is that it shall always be possible to be initialized with default constructor
 * as executor service is an async component so it will initialize the command on demand using reflection.
 * In case there is a heavy logic on initialization it should be placed in another service implementation that
 * can be looked up from within command.
 */
public interface Command {

    /**
     * Executed this command's logic.
     * @param ctx - contextual data given by the executor service
     * @return returns any results in case of successful execution
     * @throws Exception in case execution failed and shall be retried if possible
     */
    public ExecutionResults execute(CommandContext ctx) throws Exception;
}

Looking at the interface above, there is no specific integration with the jBPM engine, it’s decoupled from it to put main focus on the actual logic that shall be executed as part of that command rather to worry about integration with the jBPM engine. This design promotes reuse of already existing logic by simply wrapping it with Command implementation.

Input data is transferred from the jBPM engine to command via CommandContext. It acts purely as data transfer object and puts single requirement on the data it holds - all objects must be serializable.

/**
 * Data holder for any contextual data that shall be given to the command upon execution.
 * Important note that every object that is added to the data container must be serializable
 * meaning it must implement <code>java.io.Serializable</code>
 *
 */
public class CommandContext implements Serializable {

    private static final long serialVersionUID = -1440017934399413860L;
    private Map<String, Object> data;

    public CommandContext() {
        data  = new HashMap<String, Object>();
    }

    public CommandContext(Map<String, Object> data) {
        this.data = data;
    }

    public void setData(Map<String, Object> data) {
        this.data = data;
    }

    public Map<String, Object> getData() {
        return data;
    }

    public Object getData(String key) {
        return data.get(key);
    }

    public void setData(String key, Object value) {
        data.put(key, value);
    }

    public Set<String> keySet() {
        return data.keySet();
    }

    @Override
    public String toString() {
        return "CommandContext{" + "data=" + data + '}';
    }
}

Next outcome is provided to the jBPM engine via ExecutionResults, which is very similar in nature to the CommandContext and acts as data transfer object.

/**
 * Data holder for command's result data. Whatever command produces should be placed in
 * this results so they can be later on referenced by name by the requester - e.g. process instance.
 *
 */
public class ExecutionResults implements Serializable {

    private static final long serialVersionUID = -1738336024526084091L;
    private Map<String, Object> data = new HashMap<String, Object>();

    public ExecutionResults() {
    }

    public void setData(Map<String, Object> data) {
        this.data = data;
    }

    public Map<String, Object> getData() {
        return data;
    }

    public Object getData(String key) {
        return data.get(key);
    }

    public void setData(String key, Object value) {
        data.put(key, value);
    }

    public Set<String> keySet() {
        return data.keySet();
    }

    @Override
    public String toString() {
        return "ExecutionResults{" + "data=" + data + '}';
    }


}

Executor covers all requirements listed above and provides user interface as part of Business Central applications.

executor ui

Above screenshot illustrates history view of executor’s job queue. As can be seen on it there are several options available:

  • view details of the job

  • cancel given job

  • create new job

26.2.2.1. WorkItemHandler backed with jbpm executor

jBPM (again in version 6) provides an out of the box async work item handler that is backed by the jbpm executor. So by default all features that the executor delivers will be available for background execution within a process instance. AsyncWorkItemHandler can be configured in two ways:

  • as generic handler that expects to get the command name as part of work item parameters

  • as specific handler for given type of work item - for example web service

Option 1 is by default configured for Business Central web applications and is registered under async name in every ksession that is bootstrapped within the applications. So whenever there is a need to execute some logic asynchronously following needs to be done at modeling time (using jbpm web designer):

  • specify async as TaskName property

  • create data input called CommandClass

  • assign fully qualified class name for the CommandClass data input

Next follow regular way to complete process modeling. Note that all data inputs will be transferred to the executor so they must be serializable.

Second option allows to register different instances of AsyncWorkItemHandler for different work items. Since it’s registered for dedicated work item most likely the command will be dedicated to that work item as well. If so CommandClass can be specified on registration time instead of requiring it to be set as work item parameters. To register such handlers for Business Central additional class is required to inform what shall be registered. A CDI bean that implements WorkItemHandlerProducer interface needs to be provided and placed on the application classpath so CDI container will be able to find it. Then at modeling time TaskName property needs to be aligned with those used at registration time.

26.2.2.2. Configuration

jbpm executor is configurable to allow fine tuning of its environment. In general jbpm executor runs as a thread pool executor that schedules or directly executes jobs when needed. This is based on specialised executor to take into consideration job priority (important when there are many jobs to be fired at exact same time). Thread pool is backed by database to make sure jobs will survive server restarts. When executor is initialised it will load all jobs that are awaiting execution into the thread pool executor.

Configuration of jbpm executor is done via system properties:

  • org.kie.executor.disabled = true|false - allows to completely disable executor component

  • org.kie.executor.pool.size = Integer - allows to specify thread pool size where default is 1

  • org.kie.executor.retry.count = Integer - allows to specify number of retries in case of errors while running a job

  • org.kie.executor.interval = Integer - allows to specify interval (by default in seconds) that executor will use to synchronize with database - default is 0 seconds which means it is disabled

  • org.kie.executor.timeunit = String - allows to specify timer unit used for calculating interval, value must be a valid constant of java.util.concurrent.TimeUnit, by default it’s SECONDS.

26.2.2.3. Clustering and failover

jBPM executor will run jobs on the same server instance (jvm) that they were scheduled on. Unless that server crashes or is shutdown. In single server setup this will mean that until that server is brought up again, jobs are not going to be executed. In case of cluster, job might be executed by any cluster member if synchronisation with database was enabled or on the same server when it was not enabled.

Whenever jBPM executor needs to run in cluster (meaning more than one instance using same database) it’s recommended to enable synchronisation with underlying database. That will ensure jobs from instances that failed will be processed by another cluster member.

To enable it, set org.kie.executor.interval system property to a valid interval. It’s recommended to take into account the demands of your system, such as maximum acceptable delay for jobs to avoid too frequent synchronisations.

26.2.2.4. Reoccurring jobs

jbpm executor introduced (in version 6.2) extension to jobs (aka commands) that allow single job to be executed multiple times. That feature is brought to the executor via additional interface that command should implement.

/**
 * Marks given executor command it is reoccurring and shall be rescheduled after completion of single instance.
 *
 */
public interface Reoccurring {

	/**
	 * Returns next time to be scheduled. Date must be in future as jobs cannot be scheduled in past.
	 * Returns null in case it should not be scheduled any more.
	 * @return
	 */
	Date getScheduleTime();
}

Reoccurring interface is very simple and enforces implementation to provide the next schedule time that the command should be executed at. It must already be valid date that is not in the past. In case no more invocation of given command should happen return value of this method should be null.

An excellent example of such command is org.jbpm.executor.commands.LogCleanupCommand that provides an easy and convenient way to schedule periodic clean up of jBPM log tables on defined time intervals. See this article to see it in action and how to configure and run it.

26.2.2.5. Run jobs on same server node on which it was scheduled

By default jbpm executor is cluster ready and by that might distribute jobs across all cluster members. That might result in execution of given job on different cluster member than it was scheduled which is not always desired. To override this mechanism job can set 'Owner' as part of their data when being registered where owner is the executor instance that is scheduling the job.

 CommandContext ctx = new CommandContext();
 ctx.setData("some data", "data...");
 ctx.setData("retries", 0);
 ctx.setData("owner", ExecutorService.EXECUTOR_ID);

That will ensure that only the instance that scheduled the job will be the one which will execute it. Note that it might impact the time when the job is executed especially in cases where given cluster member will be unavailable.

26.2.2.6. Assign priority to jobs

Asynchronous jobs are by default executed based on their scheduled time thus in case several jobs are scheduled to be executed at the same time there might be an issue with which one will be executed first. To override default behavior priorities can be assigned to individual jobs. Priority is given as an integer from 0-9 range where 0 is the lowest priority and 9 is the highest. This can be done:

  • directly via CommandContext using priority context data object where value is a valid integer from 0-9 range

  • via data inputs of Async task where data input property name is Priority and value is a valid integer from 0-9 range

With assigned priority jBPM executor will pick the jobs based on the scheduled time and their priority. In case there is no priority assigned jBPM executor will set it to 5 as default.

jBPM executor can utilize JMS broker for notifying about job to be executed (only jobs to be executed immediately) and the priority then is also set on JMS message so the JMS broker will take this into account on delivery.

27. Release Notes

27.1. jBPM 7.43

27.1.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.43.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.43.0

27.1.1.1. Process Fluent API

The process fluent API has been revamped a bit. This is a Java API that allows you to create business processes through a fluent API (so in code, rather than graphically using BPMN 2.0 XML standard). The API has been moved to the public kie-api. A quick example of how it can be used to create a process:

ProcessBuilderFactory factory = ProcessBuilderFactories.get();
Process process = factory
    // start process definition
    .processBuilder(processId)
    // package and name
    .packageName(packageName)
    .name(processName)
    .setMetadata("pepe", true)
    // start node
    .startNode(1).name("Start").done()
    // script node in Java language that prints "action"
    .actionNode(2).name("Action")
    .action(Dialect.JAVA,
            "System.out.println(\"Action\");").done()
    // end node
    .endNode(3).name("End").done()
    // connections
    .connection(1, 2)
    .connection(2, 3)
    .build();
27.1.1.2. Dashbuilder Runtime

Dashbuilder Runtime can run dashboards authored in Business Central. It can also connect to Kie Server and run multiple dashboards. Please refer to Dashbuilder Runtime Documentation for more information.

27.1.1.3. Custom Components

It is now possible to extend Business Central reports capabilities by creating custom components that can be part of a dashboard page. Please refer to the Custom Components section for more information.

27.1.1.4. Immutable SpringBoot Deployments

When building a SpringBoot application that embeds the jBPM process engine, the necessary processes (rules, forms, and so in), bundled in a kjar, can be either embedded as part of the application or loaded on the fly. In cloud environments, immutable applications are often wanted, and we have therefore improved our kie-maven-plugin that includes all necessary kjars (and dependencies) as part of the application so it is self-contained, by adding a new package-dependencies-kjar goal.

27.1.1.5. Task Notification using Emails

Earlier it was possible to send task notification emails to specific users (by looking up the email associated with the provided user id), now you can also add additional email addresses directly.

27.1.1.6. JMS Audit Data Replication in Springboot

A new module is added that allows you to automatically configure how JMS audit events are managed.

27.2. jBPM 7.42

27.2.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.42.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.42.0

Link Events can now be used in the Process Designer. They were supported in the core engine for quite a while, but you can now also use them in the new Process Designer to easily link different parts of your process without drawing long sequence flows. This includes both an intermediate throwing link event and intermediate catching link event, which are matched by the engine at runtime based on matching node names.

27.3. jBPM 7.41

27.3.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.41.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.41.0

27.3.1.1. Core process engine

  • When retrieving information about user tasks, the correlation Id of the associated process and the type of process (for example, process or case instance) is now also returned.

  • Additional operations where added to retrieve information about case instances where information about the case file data is included in the results.

27.3.1.2. Data Object support in Process Designer

Data Objects can now be used in the Process Designer. They are similar to process variables, but also have a visual representation on the process diagram itself.

27.4. jBPM 7.40

27.4.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.40.0

jBPM 7.40.0 contains bug fixes and enhancements.

27.5. jBPM 7.39

27.5.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.39.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.39.0

27.5.1.1. Core process engine

  • You can now start a process instance from a given set of node IDs instead of starting a process instance from the start node.

  • The REST service task (REST work item handler implementation) now supports configuring an HTTP proxy.

Wildfly is upgraded to Wildlfy 19.1.0 and EAP is upgraded to EAP 7.3.0 Many of the dependencies are also updated to align.

27.5.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Server 7.39.0

27.5.2.1. KIE Server Task Assigning

KIE Server optimization and business process management capabilities are integrated to provide the ability to assign the processes human tasks to users as part of an optimized plan see Kie Server Task Assigning.

27.6. jBPM 7.38

27.6.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.38.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.38.0

Wildfly is upgraded to Wildfly 18.0.0. SpringBoot is upgraded to 2.2.6.

27.7. jBPM 7.37

27.7.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.37.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.37.0

27.7.1.1. Search for Process Instances, Cases and Tasks

The KIE Server has been extended with more out-of-the-box operations to search for specific process instances, cases, or tasks based on multiple constraints. This introduces more flexible search criteria, where you can combine any number of these constraints, including for example process variables or task inputs and outputs. You can also combine constraints from different elements, for example, search for tasks where the associated process instances have specific variable values. The implementation generates a SQL query on the fly based on the provided constraints and executes on the underlying database. The following operations are added to the KIE Server APIs including: queryProcessesByVariables, queryCasesByVariables, and queryUserTaskByVariables.

27.7.1.2. Case identifier customization

The case id typically consists of a prefix and a generated number (for example, CASE-000000001). This can now be further customized, using a 'CaseIdPrefix' process metadata property. The custom case id can use a combination of CASE_PREFIX_ID, DEPLOYMENT_ID, CASE_DEFINITION_ID, and any of the case variables (passed in when starting the case). This allows you to provide a completely custom case identifier (provided as case variable) or to generate a case id based on a combination of the provided information.

27.7.2. New and Noteworthy in Business Central 7.37.0

27.7.2.1. Enhanced DMN KIE Server endpoint

Previously, a Drools project containing DMN assets and explicitly defining a default session, required to specify the default KieSession as a stateful session. Also, other non-DMN assets required to modify all other requests explicitly to use a stateless KieSession. In this release, the limitation is resolved, and all DMN models and runtimes execute with default KieBase, including the instance when KieBase is manually specified by default (ref: DROOLS-4431).

27.8. jBPM 7.36

27.8.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.36.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.36.0

In the management console, when showing the details of a process instance, you can now navigate to any linked sub-process instances directly, either by clicking on the diagram itself or by using the process instance details panel (required in case there are more than one sub-process instance active).

27.8.1.2. Process Metadata support in Process Designer

A new section in the process properties allows you to define additional metadata related to the process. Metadata is just a set of simple key-value pairs and is stored as part of the process definition. This metadata can be accessed, either from within the process or by various features, or listeners at runtime, that take that information into account. For example, this feature can provide more customized case identifiers in the next release.

27.8.1.3. Tagging process variables

You can now tag the process or case variables in the process designer with additional metadata. There are three predefined tags and custom tags that you can add too.

  • required: it is mandatory to assign a value to the variable to start a process or case instance

  • readonly: variable modification is not possible

  • restricted: variable modification is only allowed based on implemented restriction policy (required role and identity provider)

27.9. jBPM 7.33

27.9.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.33.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.33.0:

27.9.1.1. New navigation between the child Process Instance Details page and the parent Process Instance Details page in Business Central

In the Process Instance Details page in Business Central, you can now click the Parent Process Instance ID field to navigate to the parent Process Instance Details page.

new navigation between child parent process instance
Figure 281. New navigation between child parent process instance details page
27.9.1.2. New navigation between the child Process Instance Diagram page and parent Process Instance Diagram page in Business Central

In the Process Instance Diagram page in Business Central, you can now use the parent Process Instance ID or Sub Process Instance ID field to navigate between the parent and the sub process Process Instance Diagram page.

new navigation between child parent process instance diagram page
Figure 282. New navigation between child process instance diagram page and parent process instance diagram page

27.10. jBPM 7.30

27.10.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.30.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.30.0

27.10.1.1. New quick search filter and parent instance ID column in process instance list in Business Central

In the Process Instances page in Business Central, you can now use the Parent Process Instance ID column to filter process instances based on their parent process instance ID.

27.11. jBPM 7.27

27.11.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.27.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.27.0

27.11.1.1. Support for quick search in process definitions list in Business Central

In the Process Definitions page in Business Central, you can now filter the process definitions based on their names using the built-in filter feature.

Process Definitons 7.27.0
Figure 283. Quick Search of Process Definition

27.12. jBPM 7.25

27.12.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.25.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.25.0

27.12.1.1. Bulk reassignment supported for tasks in Business Central

In the Task Inbox and Tasks pages in Business Central, you can now perform bulk reassignment over multiple tasks in a single operation. To reassign tasks in bulk, select two or more tasks, click the Bulk Actions drop-down menu in the upper-right corner of the window, and select Bulk Reassign.

TaskBulkReassignment 7.25.0
Figure 284. Task Bulk reassignment

In the pop-up, enter the user identifier of the user to reassign the tasks, and click Delegate. For each task selected, a notification is displayed showing the reassignment result.

27.12.1.2. Import and export Dashbuilder data in Business Central

You can now import and export Dashbuilder data as ZIP files in Business Central. To export or import Dashbuilder data, select the Admin icon in the upper-right corner of the screen and select Dashbuilder Data Transfer.

DashbuilderDataTransfer 7.25.0
Figure 285. Dashbuilder Data Transfer

27.13. jBPM 7.24

27.13.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.24.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.24.0

27.13.1.1. User role requirement for WebSocket clients to access the built-in jBPM controller in Business Central

Starting this release, if you use WebSocket protocol in your Java client to connect to the built-in jBPM controller in Business Central, you must configure the client with the rest-all user role in order to access the jBPM controller REST API. This enhancement ensures that WebSocket clients have proper access and security when interacting with the jBPM controller in Business Central.

27.13.1.2. Bulk actions supported for tasks in Business Central

In the Task Inbox and Tasks pages in Business Central, you can now perform bulk actions over multiple tasks in a single operation. To update tasks in bulk, select two or more tasks, click the Bulk Actions drop-down menu in the upper-right corner of the window, and select one of the following bulk actions:

  • Bulk Claim

  • Bulk Release

  • Bulk Resume

  • Bulk Suspend

TaskBulkActions 7.24.0
Figure 286. Task Bulk actions

If a specified bulk action is not permitted, based on the task status, a notification is displayed and the operation is not executed on that task.

27.14. jBPM 7.23

27.14.1. New and Noteworthy in Business Central 7.23.0

27.14.1.1. Enhanced BC collaboration features

The following enhancements were added to Business Central to provide additional options for managing access to spaces and projects.

collaboration security management
Figure 287. Security Management user interface

With the introduction of this new feature, it is now possible to manage spaces and projects permissions directly in their respective screens, using the Contributors tab. When contributors are added to a space, they are able to open it and see its projects and other information available. Based on their contributor role, they also have the following permissions granted:

  • Owner: Update contributors, delete spaces, create and delete projects

  • Admin: Update contributors (except owners) and create projects

  • Contributor: Create projects

collaboration space contributors
Figure 288. Space Contributors tab

When a project is created inside a space, its contributors are copied from the space and the project creator becomes the owner of the new project. It is also possible to add new contributors to the project if they are also contributors to the project’s space. Contributors can view the project, and depending on their role, they may also have the following permissions:

  • Owner: View, update, build, deploy, and delete projects

  • Admin: View, update, build and deploy projects

  • Contributor: View, update and build projects

collaboration project contributors
Figure 289. Project Contributors tab

The security check uses both the Security Management user interface and Contributors tab to assign permissions to spaces and projects. For example, users can delete a space if they are assigned to a role with the required permissions or is an owner of that space.

27.14.1.2. Role based access control for branches

In addition to the new collaboration features, you can customize contributor role permissions for each branch of a project.

collaboration branch management
Figure 290. Branch Management settings section

Select which permissions each contributor role has for the selected branch.

27.14.1.3. Importing a subset of branches

When importing projects from a repository, you can select only the branches that you want to persist in Business Central.

  1. In Business Central, click Menu → Design → Projects.

  2. Select or create the space into which you want to import the project. The default space is MySpace.

  3. Click the three dots on the right side of the screen and select Import Project.

import project menu
Figure 291. Import project popup access

In the Import Project window, enter the URL and credentials for the Git repository that contains the project that you want to import and click Import.

import project repository url
Figure 292. Import project popup

After clicking on Import, all projects found in that repository will be listed:

import project list of projects
Figure 293. List of projects to import

On the right side of each project name, click the branch icon. Select the branches that you want to import.

import project branch selector popup
Figure 294. List of projects to import

Only the selected branches are persisted:

import project imported branches
Figure 295. List of imported branches
27.14.1.4. DMN included models

The DMN designer contains a new Included Models tab that you can use to include externally defined DMN models in the specified DMN file. When you add an included model in a DMN file, you can reuse components of the included model in that DMN file. This enhancement helps you more efficiently integrate DMN logic between different DMN models in your project.

27.15. jBPM 7.22

27.15.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.22.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.22

View task comments in Work tab

You can now add and view task-related comments in the Work tab of tasks in Business Central. This enhancement creates more streamlined workflow and collaboration around tasks.

TaskCommentsAtWorkTab 7.22.0
Figure 296. Task Work tab displaying comments

To enable or disable this feature, you can select or clear the Show task comments at work tab parameter in the process administration settings in Business Central.

TaskCommentsAtWorkTabConf 7.22.0
Figure 297. Process Administration settings

You cannot add comments to tasks in a Completed state and you cannot delete comments added by other users.

New chart API for Business Central

Business Central uses a new API for chart rendering based on C3 and D3. The C3 Renderer API is used by default and implements all of the features from the previous chart library, Google Charts. The Google Charts library is now deprecated and removed from Business Central. To revert to Google Charts, build it from sources and add it to Business Central (see the README.md file in dashbuilder-renderer-google), and then set the renderer system property to org.dashbuilder.renderer.default=gwtcharts.

NewChartAPI 7.22.0
Figure 298. New Chart API

27.16. jBPM 7.21

27.16.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.21.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.21

27.16.1.1. Added access to Service Level Agreement (SLA) tracking of tasks

Task-related SLA information is now visible in the Tasks and Task Inbox pages in Business Central. The SLA Compliance status is shown in the task details and two new selectable columns have been added to the task lists: SLA compliance and SLA due date. The filters now have a new SLA Compliance selector that enables you to filter the tasks by their SLA Compliance status.

27.16.1.2. KIE Server and Business Application monitoring using Prometheus

In this release, the KIE Server has been extended for collecting jBPM related metrics using Prometheus. A new server extension has been included, responsible for collecting and exposing this information in the format required by Prometheus.

To enable this new extension, set the Prometheus system property to org.kie.prometheus.server.ext.disabled=false. When you enable this extension, a series of metrics will be collected, including information about KIE Server deployments, start time, data sets, execution errors, jobs, tasks, processes, cases, and more. For the complete list of metrics, see the Prometheus services repository in GitHub.

After the extension is started, you can access the available metrics at $kie-apis/services/rest/metrics. For example:

curl -u wbadmin:wbadmin http://localhost:8080/kie-server/services/rest/metrics

Additionally, this extension is also available for your Business Application. To enable it, update your application.properties file to include the setting kieserver.prometheus.enabled=true. After your application is running, all metrics will be available under /rest/metrics.

27.16.1.3. Default filter selection

You can set a saved filter as the default filter that is displayed when other users navigate to the relevant page. The following pages in Business Central support default filters:

  • Process Instances

  • Execution Errors

  • Jobs

  • Tasks

  • Task Inbox

DefaultFilter 7.21.0
Figure 299. Default filter selection

Users can also click Restore default filters to remove any custom filters and restore the default filters that an administrative user has configured.

27.17. jBPM 7.20

27.17.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.20.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.20

27.17.1.1. Ability to invoke a DMN decision service from jBPM business rule tasks

Business rule tasks have been improved to enable you to invoke a DMN decision service.

27.17.1.2. KIE container ID filters for process and task instances

You can now filter process and task instances by KIE container ID (deployment unit ID).

27.17.1.3. Form generation for classes from external dependencies

The forms designer supports form generation from classes that are not part of the project but that are added as dependencies of the project.

27.17.1.4. Added support to document lists on forms

A new Document Collection widget is available in the forms designer that enables you to upload multiple documents to a process or task form. You can use the Document Collection widget for process or task forms that have a variable with the type org.jbpm.document.DocumentCollection. Additionally it also supports the legacy type org.jbpm.document.Documents.

27.17.1.5. Significant improvement of JMS client for KIE Server

The JMS client for KIE Server has been enhanced to enable you to reuse JAXB context that significantly improves overall performance of KIE Server client operations with JMS.

27.18. jBPM 7.19

27.18.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.19.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.19

27.18.1.1. Simplified access to Task and Process variables in Manage and Task Inbox sections

In this release, the Manage Process Instance, Manage Tasks and Task Inbox, have been enhanced to facilitate access to custom variables. Previously, the only way to access these custom variables was to create an Advanced Filter using either the Task Name or the Process Id. Now users can use the newly added pre-defined filters (based on Task Name and Process Id) to filter a specific instance or task and also make use of the extra variables as columns in the resulting table.

27.18.1.2. New predefined filters for process instances and tasks

In this release, a new set of quick-search filters has been created to allow you to easily filter relevant data of process instances and tasks. These new filters include SLA Compliance and Deployment Id.

27.18.1.3. jBPM XES Export

This release includes a new tool that aims to facilitate exporting XES based logs from the jBPM runtime. These logs can then be consumed by different process mining tools to analyse different aspects from the process runtime execution such as conformance, performance, deviations, process discovery and more. eXtensible Event Stream (XES) is an xml based standard that unifies the interchange event data information between information systems on one side and analysis tools on the other side. For more information regarding the XES standard, please visit: http://www.xes-standard.org/. To get started using the export tool, please check instructions in: https://github.com/kiegroup/jbpm/tree/master/jbpm-xes.

27.18.1.4. Added color configurations for process instance diagrams

The following new properties were added in Settings → Process Administration in Business Central to enable you to change the node colors used in process instance diagrams:

  • Completed node color

  • Completed node border color

  • Active node border color

When you modify these configurations, the change is applied to all process instance diagrams in Business Central.

27.19. jBPM 7.18

27.19.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.18.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.18

27.19.1.1. Enhanced process instance diagram view

In this release, the process diagram view has been enhanced to show extra information regarding the number of node instances (either completed or in progress) for a specific node in the process. This new feature is displayed in form of counter badges below each node in the process diagram view. It is also possible to toggle the badges visibility to show or hide it.

process diagram nodes 7.18.0

27.19.1.2. Upgrade of SpringBoot to 2.1.1

jBPM 7.18 comes with long awaited SpringBoot upgrade. Business applications are now based on 2.1.1.RELEASE of SpringBoot. All components shipped with jBPM have been tested and confirmed to work without issues after upgrade.

When upgrading your business application to 7.18, make sure to increase the version of spring boot as well. 
<parent>
  <groupId>org.springframework.boot</groupId>
  <artifactId>spring-boot-starter-parent</artifactId>
  <version>2.1.1.RELEASE</version>
</parent>
27.19.1.3. Upgrade of Hibernate to 5.3.6

Following up on the recent upgrade of the run time (Wildfly 14), with jBPM 7.18, Hibernate has been upgraded to match this run time. Since Hibernate 5.3.x is already on JPA 2.2, it resulted in a split in the KIE Server WAR file:

  • ee8 - Comes with upgraded Hibernate and targets WildFly 14+ and EAP 7.2

  • ee7 - Comes with Hibernate version as in 7.17 (5.1.x) and targets environments like WAS and WLS

  • webc - Comes with Hibernate 5.3.6 and targets Tomcat

Please ensure you run the right version of the WAR file for your run time.

27.19.1.4. New development mode for KIE Server

Added ability to KIE Server to start in development mode to provide a more fluent experience during the development and testing phases of projects. Development mode provides a more flexible deployment policy that enables you to update existing containers while keeping the active process instances for small changes, or to reset the container state before updating active process instances for bigger changes.

KIE Server also provides a production mode that you can use for production environments. This mode was the default mode in previous releases.

You can select the KIE Server mode by setting the system property org.kie.server.mode to production or development. If no other configuration is provided, KIE Server starts in development mode by default.

27.19.2. New and Noteworthy in Business Central 7.18.0

27.19.2.1. Guided rules designer filtering

The guided rules designer now supports filtering of DSL (domain specific language) files and Fact Types when you add new Condition or Action elements.

guided rule editor filter
Figure 300. Filtering
27.19.2.2. Test Scenario (Preview) renamed to Test Scenario and List/Map support

Old Test Scenario has been renamed as Test Scenario (Legacy) and Test Scenario (Preview) now is Test Scenario. The editor now supports also List and Map as supported data types for testing.

27.19.2.3. Development streamline lifecycle

Along with the new development mode on KIE Server, Business Central also adds a simplified deployment mechanism for SNAPSHOT modules to improve the user experience during the development and testing phases of a module. Some of the changes introduced:

  • More flexible deployment policy, allowing you to run module updates with no need of undeploying previous deployments.

  • Once a SNAPSHOT module is deployed, Business Central will store the user deployment preferences making subsequent deployments update the previously deployed container. This mechanism also keeps the active process instances.

  • Added ability to redeploy a module, updating the container with latest changes but aborting the active process instances.

Other changes introduced:

streamline dev mode toggle
Figure 301. New Development Mode toggle on the module General Settings screen to turn the module into SNAPSHOT
streamline build and install
Figure 302. Changed Build button to drop-down with Build & Install option
streamline redeploy
Figure 303. Changed Deploy button to drop-down with Redeploy only (only available on SNAPSHOT modules)

27.20. jBPM 7.17

27.20.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.17.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.17

27.20.1.1. Enhanced capabilities for managing node and timer instances using the process instance diagram view

In this release, the process diagram view has been enhanced to offer new capabilities for visualizing and managing node and timer information. By default, information about all node and timer instances are displayed in the new side panel. By expanding each instance, users can access extra details like id, start and updated time, and SLA status. For active timer instance, users can also view specific details such as the last and next activation time, as well as the delay and activation time. Apart from displaying information, users are now also able to execute certain operations on each of the nodes and timers, which includes:

  • Trigger a specific node.

  • Cancel a node instance.

  • Retrigger a node instance.

  • Reschedule a timer instance.

A context menu is available for nodes and timers that allow operations to be executed.

The process diagram viewer has also been enhanced allowing users to easily control the zoom level on the process image. Furthermore, it is also possible for users to interactively select nodes in the diagram image to filter down the nodes panel on the left for a more specific visualization of the node data.

process admin operations 7.17.0

27.20.1.2. Service task repository integrated with Business Central

Service task repository (aka work item repository) has been integrated into Business Central. It provides two areas to manage service tasks

  • Global administration - accessible via settings page with dedicated Service Task Administration tile

  • Project level management - accessible via project settings

Global administration allows process administrators to define what service tasks can be used within projects by either enabling or disabling them. Most of service tasks available in repository are disabled by default except those that come with jBPM out of the box e.g. REST, Email, Decision, Business rule.

Administrators can also upload custom service tasks to make them available for projects.

Project level management allows to install given service task into the project. Installation consists of

  • updating project dependencies (modifies pom.xml of the project)

  • updating deployment descriptor - registers work item handler for the service task

  • installs icon and work definition file into project resources (global area)

To learn more read this article

27.20.1.3. Docker service task

jbpm work items have been equipped to provide several service tasks to interact with docker

  • Create container

  • Inspect container

  • Kill container

  • List containers

  • Start container

  • Stop container

  • List images

These can be used directly by taking advantage of service task repository integrated into Business Central.

27.20.1.4. VS Code Extension for jBPM Business Applications

If you are developing your apps using Visual Studio Code you can now install a new jBPM Business Application extension. With this extension and the great tooling support of VSC you can now generate, develop, and launch your jBPM business apps without ever leaving your development environment.

Have a look at this video to see it in action.

27.20.2. New and Noteworthy in Business Central 7.17.0

27.20.2.1. Test Scenario (Preview) enabled by default

Test Scenario (Preview) is now enabled by default so there is no additional configuration needed.

27.20.2.2. Test Scenario DMN support

Test Scenario (Preview) now support DMN model testing

27.20.2.3. DMN Decision Service support

A DMN decision service node is now available in the DMN designer palette in Business Central.

27.21. jBPM 7.16

27.21.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.16.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.16

27.21.1.1. jBPM Server Distribution context update

Following up on the recent development to rename jBPM Console to Business Central, the single server zip distribution has been updated to reflect the new naming convention. Business Central will now be available on http://localhost:8080/business-central.

27.21.1.2. Enhanced Kie Controller Swagger documentation

In this release, the Swagger documentation for the Controller REST API endpoints has been enhanced to include more details such as examples for body payloads and urls.

27.21.1.3. New Okta work item handler

This release includes a new work item handler to easily integrate your business application with Okta identity management service. See git repository for more details.

27.21.1.4. Kie Server rendered forms in Business Central

Following up on the recent enhancements to render forms directly in the Kie Server, two new system properties: org.jbpm.wb.forms.renderer.ext and org.jbpm.wb.forms.renderer.name now allow you to switch between Business Central and Kie Server rendered forms. By default, forms are still rendered by Business Central but you can easily switch to either one of the standard renderers from Kie Server ('bootstrap' or 'patternfly') or your custom render implementation. NOTE: When using Business Central rendered forms, only the 'workbench' render fully integrates with all the needed requirements. Users can, in this case, extend this render for further customization.

27.21.1.5. Enhanced data source configuration for SpringBoot

In this release, the jBPM data source configuration has been refactored to allow easier migration to latest SpringBoot. Data source configuration are now externalised to allow switch of different versions of data sources setup and allow both easier upgrade to spring boot 2.x and to use the latest versions of jBPM to run with both spring boot 2.x and 1.5.x.

27.21.2. New and Noteworthy in Business Central 7.16.0

27.21.2.1. DMN and Test Scenario keyboard control

For both DMN and Test Scenario tables, the following keyboard control support was added:

  • Table navigation: After you select a cell in a DMN or Test Scenario table, you can use the arrow keys to navigate between other cells. The way you select the first cell differs in DMN and Test Scenario tables:

    • In a DMN table, the top-left cell is selected by default. Next to standard navigation, press Enter to select a nested expression and Esc to return to the parent expression.

    • In a Test Scenario table, no cell is selected by default. Press Shift+Home to select the first available cell.

  • Table editing: After you select a cell in a DMN or Test Scenario table, you can input a new value into the cell or change the already added value. To edit a cell, press Enter. To stop the editing, press Shift+Tab.

27.22. jBPM 7.15

27.22.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.15.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.15

27.22.1.1. Manage section error messages handling

This release includes improvements to error scenarios when using any of the manage section operations, providing more detailed information about exceptions when communicating with a remote server. A more specific alert panel for when no Kie Server instance is connected or is missing the required Process capability is also included to better inform users.

ConsoleErrorBlockingUI

27.22.1.2. New timeline view for Task Logs

In this release, Task Logs view was redesigned, allowing users to easily visualize the events related to a specific task based on a timeline of events. Events are highlighted in blue to indicate a transition in the Task lifecycle for events like 'Claim' and 'Start' and have a grey out highlight to indicate the completion of the task or a user releasing it.

By default, the latest 10 events are presented in the timeline but users can load more data all the way back to the the task creation.

task logs 7.15.0

27.22.1.3. KIE Server forms HTML elements support for variables

Recently added KIE Server Form Rendering has been enhanced to extract variables in HTML elements of the form. When designing forms and using HTML elements users can refer to process/task variables to be extracted on rendering time.

<h3>Hello ${user.name}!</h3>

Above expression (${user.name}) will be extracted at rendering time assuming there is user (task or process) variable available.

27.22.1.4. Camel component for jBPM has been significantly improved.

Apache Camel comes with huge set of components to integrate with various systems. There has been camel-jbpm for quite some time (since 2.6 version of Camel) but it was based on v6 kie-remote-client and supported only producer.

With Camel version 2.23.0 camel-jbpm component has been significantly improved and upgraded. It now supports the latest version of jBPM and for producer it relies on kie-server-client instead kie-remote-client. In addition to that consumer support has been added which allows to use camel routes that will be initiated by:

  • process event listeners

  • task life cycle event listeners

  • case event listeners

On top of that there is also camel based event emitter that allows to send events through event emitter infrastructure using camel routes.

See the article for more details and a sample project.

27.22.1.5. Audit log mode applies to task and case audit logs

Well known audit mode setting from deployment descriptor now supports all three types of audit logs

  • process (has been supported from the beginning)

  • task

  • case

Audit modes that are supported are:

  • JPA (default)

  • JMS

  • None

None does not apply to case audit data as these are mandatory to be stored (either directly or via JMS).
27.22.1.6. Variable indexer supported for case file data

Process and task variables allow to use custom VariableIndexer to store the information in log tables. 7.15 comes with support for using VariableIndexer for case file data. An example of case variable indexer can be found below

public class PatientCaseVariableIndexer implements CaseVariableIndexer {

    @Override
    public boolean accept(Object variable) {
        return Patient.class.isAssignableFrom(variable.getClass());
    }

    @Override
    public List<CaseFileData> index(String name, Object variable) {
        List<CaseFileData> indexed = new ArrayList<CaseFileData>();

        CaseFileDataLog caseVariable = new CaseFileDataLog();
        caseVariable.setItemName(name);
        caseVariable.setItemValue(variable == null ? "" : variable.toString());
        caseVariable.setItemType(variable.getClass().getName());

        indexed.add(caseVariable);

        // add mapped information as another entry
        CaseFileDataLog caseVariableMapped = new CaseFileDataLog();
        caseVariableMapped.setItemName(name + "_name");
        caseVariableMapped.setItemValue(((Patient) variable).getName());
        caseVariableMapped.setItemType(String.class.getName());

        indexed.add(caseVariableMapped);

        return indexed;
    }
}

In the above mentioned example single Patient case variable will be stored in data log table as two entries (rows) to allow more fine grained searching capabilities.

27.22.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.15.0

27.22.2.1. Git hooks notifications

Improved git hooks integration to provide feedback notifications to the user with customized messages.

27.22.2.2. KIE Workbench Consolidation

KIE Workbench is now called Business Central and it is available on business-central web context. Profiles provide a set of Business Central features and you can choose a profile based on your requirements. The FULL profile is a default profile that includes all features. The PLANNER_AND_RULES profile includes only drools-kie-wb features. You can select a profile either by using the org.kie.workbench.profile system property (possible values are FULL or PLANNER_AND_RULES) or from the Profile option in the Administration screen.

27.23. jBPM 7.14

27.23.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.14.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.14

27.23.1.1. Support for WildFly 14

jBPM 7.14 comes with support (and used by default) latest and greatest version of WildFly application server. This long awaited support provides a number of upgrades to the libraries which allows the server to execute smoothly.

Installation component (single zip distribution) has been also updated so it’s enough to download single zip jBPM distribution to directly take advantage of this feature.

27.23.1.2. Query performance enhancements for displaying Process and Task variables in Manage section

In this release, changes have been made to enhance the performance of the underlying Kie Server queries responsible for retrieving data about Process and Task variables. If you’re upgrading jBPM from a previous version, we encourage you to review the new table indexes that were introduced in this release. You can review it in more detail here.

For more details on how to use these filters please refer to the following documentation:

27.23.1.3. Swagger documentation for jBPM controller REST API

This release includes enhanced documentation about the jBPM controller REST API. You can access this documentation by running the headless jBPM controller .war application or Business Central (which contains a built-in jBPM controller). Both applications will allow you to explore the available endpoints by accessing the /docs context. Example: http://localhost:8080/controller/docs or http://localhost:8080/jbpm-console/docs.

A static version of the API is also available at jbpm.org.

KieServerControllerSwagger

27.23.1.4. Multi sub forms rendering in KIE Server

Kie Server form rendering was enhanced to add forms that include lists of items (called multi sub forms in the workbench). For more info you can watch this short screencast showing the multi sub forms support in action.

27.23.1.5. Enhanced KIE Server documentation with payload information

In addition to the above mentioned enhanced Swagger docs about the jBPM controller REST API, in this release we also improvements to Swagger docs to include payload information (examples). These are presented in the Swagger UI and the generated documentation.

Here is an example of the improved Swagger UI with examples: SwaggerUIWithExamples

And here is an example of generated asciidoc from Swagger docs: GeneratedAsciiFromSwaggerDocs

27.23.1.6. ElasticSearch event emitter for runtime events

Added out of the box support for a new event emitter that pushes data out to ElasticSearch. This enables process data to be pushed and stored in ElasticSearch.

27.23.1.7. Filtering capabilities for Process Instance Logs

In this release, we have enhanced the Process Instance Logs view by introducing filtering capabilities that allow users to narrow down the timeline results according to their needs. There are now two new filter categories that allows a user to filter process instances based on event types such as either Node Entered or Node Completed or process nodes, such as Human Task, Start and End nodes, and so on.

Apart from the filtering enhancements, users can now also view extra details about Human Task nodes, such as State, Owner, Description, and so on.

ProcessInstanceLogsTimelineFilters

27.23.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.14.0

27.23.2.1. SSH and Git Daemon Port Assignment Changes

If the SSH or Git daemon default or assigned ports are already in use, a new port is automatically selected. Ensure that the ports are available and check the log for more information.

Before this change, the application used to fail to start.

27.24. jBPM 7.13

27.24.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.13.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.13

27.24.1.1. Default pagination system preference for Manage result lists in jBPM Console

Starting from this version, users with the Edit Global Preferences permission will be able to define the default pagination option to be used for all users under the Manage items ( Process Definition, Process Instances, Tasks, Jobs and Execution Errors ) and Task Inbox. The new preference ( Process Administration ) is available in the global settings page and once a new default is applied it will be effective for all users which still don’t have a custom preference saved for these items.

manage preferences
Figure 304. Process administration preferences
27.24.1.2. Managing work item handler exception

Work items are very powerful concept in jBPM, they are responsible for heavy lifting in your business processes. In many cases there is a need to handle exception situations in their execution. jBPM 7.13 comes with additional handling support based on special type of exception ProcessWorkItemHandlerException. As implementor of the work item handler you can throw such exception that allows to specify

  • process id

  • handling strategy

which in turn will be automatically used to start sub process instance to deal with that exception. To read more take a look at this article

27.24.1.3. Form renderer in KIE Server

This has been on the todo list for quite a bit and finally it goes out!

KIE Server can now deliver fully functional form (HTML) that allows to

  • start process instance

  • start case instance

  • work on user task

KIE Server can easily render forms designed in workbench’s form modeller. The same forms can then be used in workbench or directly through KIE Server REST api.

To learn more about this feature have a look at this article

Currently there are few limitations that will be tackled in the coming releases

  • multi sub forms are not supported yet

  • date picker relies on HTML5 input type date - thus is browser dependant

  • multi select dropdowns are not supported yet

27.24.1.4. HTTPS support for smart router

Smart Router (aka Kie Server Router) has been enhanced to allow to enable HTTPS traffic on it. See here to learn on how to enable it.

27.24.1.5. Deactivation of kie containers on KIE Server

KIE Server got two additional features on KIE Container level that allows to deactivate given container. This is mainly for jBPM extension of KIE Server and allows to pause creation of new process instances from given container but at the same time allow to work on already existing process instances and tasks.

In case the deactivation should only be temporary, given container can be activated again. All these operations do not require server restarts.

27.24.1.6. Resolution of data source in advanced queries

Data source in advanced queries can be given as expression that points to a system variable. That allows to create query definition and deployed to multiple runtime environments. With 7.13 the resolution mechanism has been improved to resolve it on actual registration in runtime environment instead of at creation time. This in turn makes it possible to change data source between server restarts without errors in already defined queries.

27.24.1.7. Process instance migration support for async jobs

Process instance migration has been improved to deal with asynchronous jobs that are started as part of process instance. The mechanism mainly guards the migration to not be allowed when

  • there are queued jobs

  • there are running jobs

  • there are retrying jobs

Migration is only allowed when async job is in error state so it can be requeued after process instance migration.

27.24.1.8. New timeline view for Process Instance Logs

In this release, the Process Instance Logs view was redesigned, allowing users to easily visualize the events related to a specific process instance based on a timeline of events. Node entered events are highlighted in blue whereas completed ones have a grey out indication. By default, the latest 10 events are presented in the timeline but users can load more data all the way back to the starting point of the process instance. In future releases, we will introduce extra details about relevant node types as well as filtering capabilities to limit the items in the timeline view.

ProcessInstanceLogsTimeline

27.24.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.13.0

27.24.2.1. Test Scenarios (Preview) editor

This version contains a preview of the new Test Scenarios editor that tests a rule with a completely new user experience.

See section [test-scenarios-intro-con_kie-apis] for details on enabling and using the editor.

27.24.2.2. Experimental Features support

New Experimental Features Framework added to the Workbench. It provides an easy mechanism for users to preview features which are not part of the product but might be interesting for them (for example, ongoing developments, tech previews, POCs…​).

See section Experimental Features Framework for more details.

27.24.2.3. SSH keystore

In order to provide the Workbench VFS with proper SSH authentication, a new keystore must added. This keystore enables users to register their SSH public keys.

ssh keystore editor
Figure 305. SSH keystore UI

You can access it from the Admin page using the new SSH Keys menu option.

ssh keystore menu
Figure 306. SSH Keys Menu Option on Admin Page

See the SSH keystore section for details.

27.25. jBPM 7.12

27.25.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.12.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.12

27.25.1.1. Business application - first rollout

jBPM with 7.12 introduces concept of Business Applications to enable developers to take advantage of latest technology and combine it with battle tested business automation. This brings in brand new approach on how jBPM can be used in enterprise application and deployed to any environment (primary to cloud) with ease.

This is the first release and is considered beta release so expect some issues but we are heavily working on them to make it as smooth as possible. Your feedback and any contribution is welcome (in fact wanted).

Read more about Business Applications and how to get started in following sections of the documentation

27.25.1.2. Test helper classes for jBPM Services and Case management

jBPM services are the primary API that developers should use when embedding jBPM. 7.12 provides standalone test helper classes to simplify test cases for jBPM services and case management services. The aim is to allow developers to quickly test the APIs with or without additional services.

  • org.jbpm.test.services.AbstractCaseServicesTest

  • org.jbpm.test.services.AbstractServicesTest

There are two methods that need to be overridden so the proper business assets are added to the kjar and maven coordinates for the kjar itself. Everything else will be automatically configured. All jBPM Services / Case management services will be available for tests.

An example of what it takes to create a test case for jBPM Services

public class ProcessServiceImplPerProcessInstanceTest extends AbstractKieServicesTest {

    @Override
    protected DeploymentUnit createDeploymentUnit(String groupId, String artifactid, String version) throws Exception {
        // optionally override createDeploymentUnit method in case runtime strategy should be changed
        DeploymentUnit unit = super.createDeploymentUnit(groupId, artifactid, version);
        ((KModuleDeploymentUnit) unit).setStrategy(RuntimeStrategy.PER_PROCESS_INSTANCE);
        return unit;
    }

    @Override
    protected List<String> getProcessDefinitionFiles() {
        List<String> processes = new ArrayList<String>();
        // add here your process, rules and other business assets that should be added to kjar
        processes.add("repo/processes/general/signal.bpmn");
        return processes;
    }

    @Override
    public DeploymentUnit prepareDeploymentUnit() throws Exception {
        // specify GROUP_ID, ARTIFACT_ID, VERSION of your kjar
        return createAndDeployUnit(GROUP_ID, ARTIFACT_ID, VERSION);
    }
}

An example of what it takes to create a test case for Case Management Services

public class CaseServiceImplTest extends AbstractCaseServicesTest {

    @Override
    protected List<String> getProcessDefinitionFiles() {
        List<String> processes = new ArrayList<String>();
        // add here your process, case, rules and other business assets that should be added to kjar
        processes.add("cases/EmptyCase.bpmn2");
        return processes;
    }

    @Override
    protected DeploymentUnit prepareDeploymentUnit() throws Exception {
        // specify GROUP_ID, ARTIFACT_ID, VERSION of your kjar
        return createAndDeployUnit(GROUP_ID, ARTIFACT_ID, VERSION);
    }

    @Test
    public void testStartEmptyCase() {
        String caseId = caseService.startCase(deploymentUnit.getIdentifier(), EMPTY_CASE_P_ID);
        assertNotNull(caseId);
        assertEquals(FIRST_CASE_ID, caseId);
        try {
            CaseInstance cInstance = caseService.getCaseInstance(caseId);
            assertNotNull(cInstance);
            assertEquals(deploymentUnit.getIdentifier(), cInstance.getDeploymentId());

            caseService.cancelCase(caseId);
            CaseInstance instance = caseService.getCaseInstance(caseId);
            Assertions.assertThat(instance.getStatus()).isEqualTo(CaseStatus.CANCELLED.getId());
            caseId = null;
        } catch (Exception e) {
            logger.error("Unexpected error {}", e.getMessage(), e);
            fail("Unexpected exception " + e.getMessage());
        } finally {
            if (caseId != null) {
                caseService.cancelCase(caseId);
            }
        }
    }
27.25.1.3. jBPM Executor Service available in ServiceRegistry

Couple releases back, jBPM introduced ServiceRegistry so developers could easily look up jBPM services such as ProcessService or UserTaskService. ExecutorService was unfortunately left out of this registry and thus did not allow to be used easily in custom code.

with 7.12 this has been fixed and developers can get hold of fully configured instance of jBPM ExecutorService through the registry. It will only be there if it was enabled.

ExecutorService executorService = (ExecutorService) ServiceRegistry.get().service(ServiceRegistry.EXECUTOR_SERVICE);

27.26. jBPM 7.11

27.26.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.11.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.11

27.26.1.1. CMMN support in the jBPM Console

In addition to the recent support for executing CMMN 1.1 models, the jBPM Console now allows you to import, view and modify the content of .cmmn files. When authoring a project, you will be able to import your Case Management Model and select it from the asset list for viewing or modifying using the standard XML editor.

27.26.1.2. jBPM Console Task Comments enhancements

In this release, the Task Management, Task Inbox and Task Report sections have been enhanced to display comments from completed tasks. This allows users to review any relevant mention that was added to accomplish certain task.

Task comments deletion is now restricted to the comment owner and task administrator users only.

  • Note: Task comments are available only if the deployment unit where the process lived still active and the task data still persisted. By default, the Kie Server runs a clean up job that removes any task related data from completed processes. If you wish to access the task comments once the process is completed, make sure you set the system property: org.jbpm.task.cleanup.enabled to false once starting the Kie Server instance.

27.26.1.3. Spring Boot support for KIE projects enhancements

We have further enhanced the Spring Boot support for KIE projects. Now you have the ability to use regular Spring beans for:

  • Process Event Listeners

  • Task Event Listeners

  • Case Event Listeners

  • KIE Server Event Listeners

  • Custom Workitem Handlers

In addition the following features were added:

  • Updated to the latest Narayana Spring Boot transaction manager

  • Added ability to register custom REST endpoints in KIE Server Spring Boot applications

  • Support for adding aliases when interacting with jBPM services from Spring Boot based applications

  • Support for Swagger documentation of REST api for custom Spring Boot applications

  • Replaced Jersey with the Spring Boot CXF JAX-WS Starter for serving REST endpoints. This enhancement will require a small change in your existing application.properties, namely remove existing

kieserver.restContextPath=/rest

and replace with

cxf.path=/rest
27.26.1.4. SLA support enhancements

SLA support has been enhanced, it is now possible to define SLA (due date) on intermediate catch event nodes to track SLA on them.

27.26.1.5. Business model validation enhancement

Enhanced validation on business models for checks on empty Subprocess nodes.

27.26.1.6. Runtime engine enhancement

Updated support for broadcasting signals with expressions (e.g myevent-#{variable}). Event Subprocesses receive those correctly now.

27.26.1.7. Designer marshalling backend

This version officially switches to a rewritten marshalling backend. If you find any issues, you can temporarily revert to the legacy marshalling backend by setting the system property bpmn.marshaller.legacy=true.

27.26.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.11.0

27.26.2.1. Multiple Git branches support

You can now work on multiple Git source branches interchangeably in Business Central to improve the Git workflow of your projects.

After you have created and opened a project, you can see all the assets of your project:

project master

In the breadcrumbs navigation, you can now see a drop-down menu that, when clicked, displays all the Git branches available:

branches breadcrumb only master

You can click Add Branch to add more branches to your project:

add branch popup

After adding the new branch, you are redirected to the new branch with all the assets that you had in the base branch:

feature branch
branches breadcrumb

You can also click Delete Branch in the top-right corner of the screen to delete any branch except for the master branch:

delete branch option

27.27. jBPM 7.10

27.27.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.10.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.10

27.27.1.1. jBPM Server Full Distribution Docker image

Version 7.10 introduces another way for people to get started very quickly. As an addition to the single zip distribution that we recently added on version 7.8.0.Final, you can now also use the jbpm-server-full Docker image to have a fully configured and running environment.

If you already have Docker installed on your local machine, all you need to do is run the following command:

docker run -p 8080:8080 -p 8001:8001 -d --name jbpm-server-full jboss/jbpm-server-full:latest

Once container and web applications started, you can navigate to it and login using the user name wbadmin and password wbadmin or any of the users available in the getting started document.

http://localhost:8080/jbpm-console

that’s all that is needed to get fully configured and running jBPM distribution that includes:

  • WildFly server

  • jBPM Console (aka workbench)

  • KIE Server

  • jBPM Case Management showcase

  • jBPM Service repository

Everything configured to work together smoothly and you can access them at the following locations:

For mode details please read our updated Getting Started page, where you can find advanced information about using this new Docker image.

27.27.1.2. Jobs Management: Added bulk actions

The jobs list provides now a way to perform actions over multiple jobs, in a single operation. After one or more jobs are selected from the list, the bulk actions menu becomes available, with all supported actions. The available operations in this screen are 'Cancel' and 'Requeue'. If that operation is not allowed, regarding the job status, over any of the selected item, a notification is displayed and the operation is not executed on that item.

jobs actions
27.27.1.3. Process Instances Management: Further flexibility to access process instance related data

When retrieving process instance data, from one or more Kie Server instances, we used to enforce the rule that only data from active deployment units would be available. That is not a requirement any longer, as long as the data is persisted in the database, it is now possible to list and display most of the information for any process instance. There is no need for the container to be running in order to list process instances in the Manage Process Instances area. Please note that the following data is not available when the deployment unit is not available:

  • Process instance diagram: As the actual image is hosted as part of the container resources, it is not possible to display the diagram.

  • Process instance variables: Only variables that changed its value during the process execution are listed.

27.27.1.4. CaseData type information is auto-imported into the process context

Prior to version 7.10 whenever referring to CaseData type a fully qualified class name has to be given. This applies to:

  • Milestone conditions

  • Stage (activation and completion) conditions

This has now been improved to allow short and direct reference to CaseData instead of org.kie.api.runtime.process.CaseData and CaseAssignment instead of org.kie.api.runtime.process.CaseAssignment.

27.27.1.5. Stage name to trigger adhoc fragments

Initially to trigger adhoc fragments within given stage that required to use the identifier of the stage, 7.10 brings in additional option to refer to stage by name. This simplifies usability of the trigger operations and allow more human friendly approach.

27.27.1.6. Parameterized stage names

In addition to referring to stages by names, stages can now have parameterized names which will allow to distinguish them between each other in situations when there are multiple stage instances of the same stage (definition). This makes it possible to trigger ad hoc fragments in particular stage instance when referring to it my name and the name is unique due to use of parameters in the stage definition - Stage #{variable}

27.27.1.7. Archetypes

jBPM 7.10 introduces new maven archetypes to easily generate:

  • KJAR projects outside of workbench - allows to generate regular project and case project

  • service project - a fully featured service based on SpringBoot and equipped with business automation capabilities (kie server apis)

Work in progress - This is an initial delivery which will be significantly improved over the coming weeks to provide comprehensive solution to build business applications with jBPM as one of the capabilities.

Take a look at the following documentation to learn more about these archetypes - kjar archetype and service archetype.

27.27.1.8. Process instance migration with timers

This is a worth noting bug fix that affects process instances with timers within subprocesses. Prior to this version such timers were simply canceled and not rescheduled after migrating process instances. This has been fixed and thus it is strongly recommended to upgrade to version 7.10 as soon as possible if you plan to migrate active process instances and there are timers within subprocesses.

27.27.1.9. JPA entities can be used as case file variables

Case file follows same approach for externalizing data storage, meaning different type of data can be stored in different systems. With 7.10 it is now possible to use JPA entities as case file variables that will be stored in separate database columns.

The only requirement is to configure the marshaller in deployment descriptor

.withJpa("org.jbpm.persistence.patient.example")

and the complete registration of the marshaller is:

org.jbpm.casemgmt.impl.marshalling.CaseMarshallerFactory.builder().withDoc().withJpa("org.jbpm.persistence.patient.example").get()

27.28. jBPM 7.9

27.28.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.9.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.9

27.28.1.1. Installation of work items directly from service repository

Service repository that has been improved a lot over the last two releases received another feature - install work items into existing workbench. This then allows to have the project directly prepared for work items without a need to install it from within jBPM designer.

To read more have a look at this article.

27.28.1.2. Running the service repository on Heroku

Another feature added to the service repository was the ability to deploy the springboot repository war on Heroku.

For more information see this documentation

27.28.1.3. Service repository rest service

When using the service repository springboot or wildfly deployments in addition to the numerous workitems hosted users now have a rest api available to query information about these workitems.

The rest service include following end points:

/repository/rest/services
/repository/rest/services/{name}
/repository/rest/services/{name}/parameters
/repository/rest/services/{name}/results
/repository/rest/services/{name}/mavendepends
/rest/services/category/{category}
/rest/servicetriggers
/rest/servicetriggers/count
/rest/serviceactions
/rest/serviceactions/count
27.28.1.4. SpringBoot jBPM auto configuration update

SpringBoot auto configuration for jBPM (and KIE Server that uses jBPM extension) has been improved to allow to use custom entities as part of the EntityManagerFactory used by the execution engine. That enables colocation of business logic and business assets.

It’s enough to provide a bean that will override entityManagerFactory bean that comes with jBPM auto configuration.

@Bean("entityManagerFactory")
 public LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean entityManagerFactory(JpaProperties jpaProperties, DataSource dataSource){
     LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean factoryBean = new LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean();
     factoryBean.setPersistenceUnitName(PERSISTENCE_UNIT_NAME);
     factoryBean.setPersistenceXmlLocation(PERSISTENCE_XML_LOCATION);
     factoryBean.setJtaDataSource(dataSource);
     factoryBean.setJpaPropertyMap(jpaProperties.getProperties());

     factoryBean.setPersistenceUnitPostProcessors(new PersistenceUnitPostProcessor() {
         @Override
         public void postProcessPersistenceUnitInfo(MutablePersistenceUnitInfo pui) {
             pui.addManagedClassName("org.jbpm.springboot.samples.entities.Person");
         }
     });

     return factoryBean;
 }
27.28.1.5. Performance baseline for jBPM 7

Wondering how good jBPM performs when it comes to execution? Here is a very interesting study describing base performance of jBPM execution through KIE Server.

27.28.1.6. Creation of indexes for all database tables

With the update to JPA 2.1 all jBPM entities received an update to declare index creation information. This results in a better query performance overall.

27.28.1.7. Process Designer

This release allows the user to enable/disable HiDPI via system preferences, that results on performance improvements for users with non HiDPI screens.

It also improves the performance and user experience by adding support for image strips, on both canvas and DOM side, making all icons appear instantaneously on all browsers and all components.

Also some other issues has been fixed. The most relevant ones are:

  • Fixed issues when changing between different element types, restricted the available morphing types for tasks, sub-processes and events

  • Fixed issues related to boundary events

  • Fixed issues when saving properties for the ad-hoc and multiple instance sub-process

27.29. jBPM 7.8

27.29.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.8.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.8

27.29.1.1. CMMN 1.1 native execution

jBPM version 7.8 introduces native support for execution of CMMN 1.1 cases. It provides main constructs support and does not aim at full specification coverage. Constructs that are currently available are:

  • tasks (human task, process task, decision task, case task)

  • discretionary tasks (same as above)

  • stages

  • milestones

  • case file items

  • sentries (both entry and exit)

Not all attributes of tasks are supported - required, repeat and manual activation are currently not supported. Although most of the behaviour can still be achieved using different constructs. Sentries for individual tasks are limited to entry criteria while entry and exit are supported for stages and milestones.

Decision task by default maps to DMN decision although ruleflow group based is also possible with simplified syntax - decisionRef should be set to ruleflow-group attribute.

Event listeners are not supported as they do not bring much value for execution and instead CaseEventListener support in jBPM should be used as a substitute.

jBPM does not provide any modeling capabilities for CMMN and focuses purely on execution of the model.

Even with the support of CMMN jBPM still promotes BPMN2 and the most powerful way of designing your case definition where you can take advantage of both the specifications.

27.29.1.2. Single zip distribution of jBPM

Version 7.8 introduces simplified distribution to let people start very quickly. It is a single zip distribution that requires just three steps:

 curl https://download.jboss.org/jbpm/release/7.8.0.Final/jbpm-server-7.8.0.Final-dist.zip --output jbpm-server-distribuion.zip  (1)

 unzip jbpm-server-distribuion.zip -d jbpm-server (2)

 jbpm-server/bin/standalone.sh (3)
1 download
2 unzip
3 run

that’s all that is needed to get fully configured and running jBPM distribution that includes:

  • WildFly server

  • Business Central

  • KIE Server

  • jBPM case management showcase

  • jBPM Service repository

Everything configured to work together smoothly and you can access them at the following locations:

In addition, this distribution simplifies switching to other databases - MySQL and PostgreSQL. As simple as just running a script from within jbpm-server/bin directory

./jboss-cli.sh --file=jbpm-mysql-config.cli      (Unix / Linux)

jboss-cli.bat --file=jbpm-mysql-config.cli     (Windows)

To read more have a look at this article.

27.29.1.3. Pluggable Startup strategy in KIE Server

KIE server has been equipped with additional pluggable mechanism that allows to control the startup behaviour. Main use case is to allow finer control over what KIE containers are deployed and in what order. Primary usage pattern is to allow to use monitoring application (workbench) to manage processes and tasks on immutable KIE Servers. That means they are not under the control of the KIE Server jBPM controller but rather decide themselves what containers should be deployed.

There are two out of the box strategies provided:

  • ControllerBasedStartupStrategy - default startup strategy that will favour jBPM controller configuration whenever is given and thus override any local configuration. In case jBPM controller endpoint is not present it will fallback to what is known in the local server state file

  • LocalContainersStartupStrategy - strategy that will always deploy containers configured in the server state file regardless of the jBPM controller configuration although when jBPM controller endpoint is given it will connect to it.

Users can implement they own startup strategies by implementing org.kie.server.services.api.StartupStrategy interface and then packaging it in ServiceLoader way - it needs to have services file that defines the implementation class which is then used upon startup of the server via discovery mechanism.

To specify which startup strategy should be used a system property org.kie.server.startup.strategy should be set to the name of the class (simple name) implementing given strategy.

Example: -Dorg.kie.server.startup.strategy=ControllerBasedStartupStrategy

27.29.1.4. Custom queries as data set editor in workbench

Custom queries are really powerful features and frequently used. jBPM 7.8 introduces a data set editor to allow use of it in workbench environment. This editor allows to build data sets that can later on be used to build pages and dashboards based on actual information retrieved from KIE servers on runtime.

These data sets are scoped to server configurations and by that will only target particular subset of KIE Servers. Moreover by using KIE Server as the source of data, it removes the need to directly access databases which (especially in cloud environments) might not be desired or even possible. Additionally, these queries are executed in user context (user performing the query is actually user who is logged into workbench) which makes the results tailored to given user - important from a security point of view - will only see data that is authorised to see.

To learn more, have a look at this article.

27.29.1.5. Support for FEEL language as expressions for sequence flows

Drools provides support for DMN and FEEL language from the early days of version 7. jBPM added support for decision evaluation some time ago too. Now it was time to add FEEL language support for sequence flows of the process definition. Users who work with DMN can unify the language used for expressing condition logic to just single one - FEEL.

27.29.1.6. Milestone condition support for multiple instances

Milestone used in specific situation where there are multiple instances of the same milestone node active at the same time requires additional check upon match. This is to allow extra filtering of matches to find the right instance to be completed.

This advanced use case manifests itself when users model logic for multi instance activation where just simple rule is not enough. An example of it is to have a stage that includes milestone and each of the stage deals with other types of document to be processed. Milestone in that stage tracks progress of the document, although it should track individual documents of each stage. So an extra validation on the milestone is required. And for that exact scenario a MatchVariable was introduced. This is an extra parameter on milestone itself (next to condition) that specifies the name of the variable it should compare with matched items. So if the stage has a variable documentType and then the rule in milestone is as follows:

$caseData : CaseData()
$documentType : DocumentType(uploaded == true) from $caseData.getData(docName)

user can set MatchVariable parameter to documentType to compare the activation item ($documentType) with documentType variable taken from stage instance and only if this match that milestone instance will be completed.

27.29.1.7. Case instance migration

Similar as there is support for process instance migration, version 7.8 introduces case instance migration. This essentially allows to move given case instance from one definition to another - in other words migrate to another case project version. This instance migration ensures that all active process instances for given case instance are migrated at the same time, thus it’s required to provide mapping of case definition and process definitions at the time when doing migration.

Same as for process instance migration, there is an optional parameter for mapping nodes from old to new version of case or process definition.

27.29.1.8. Even more improvements around service repository and work items

jBPM 7.8 continues with improvements for service repository and work items to make them as simple as possible to be built and used. It’s a very powerful feature that is underused usually due to the difficult entry level…​ but that is now the past. The future looks much brighter than ever. Have a look at this article to see how easy it is to build your own service tasks and make use of them in your processes.

After that, read these tips and tricks on how to get even more from it.

27.29.1.9. Process Designer

One of the most important updates is that Stunner becomes the default process editor. As it’s still not fully feature complete, this new release also includes support for the jBPM process designer editor. This way there exists two editors for business processes, the Business Process, which relies on Stunner, and the Business Process (legacy) one, which relies on the legacy process editor.

It also includes new features, improvements and some bug fixings.

Features and improvements

  • Stunner becomes the default process editor (also for processes from the built-in examples)

  • Improved the overall performance, response and computation times spent by the editor’s engine

  • Fixed support for Internet Explorer 11

  • Platform integrations

    • Backend generation for the process' SVG image

    • Process SVG integration into the workbench (console)

    • Integration with the jBPM validation engine

    • Support for the Overview panel

    • Open an XML Editor in case it is not possible to open a process file in the graphical editor. This allows manual fixing of the issue in the process file.

    • Automatic deployment for service tasks (from both the default and from external repositories)

  • New preferences

    • Default canvas size

    • Palette close behavior

  • Properties panel

    • Automatic grouping for fields

    • Brand new actors field editor for User Task - it supports filtering and inline creation of new items

Bug fixings - most relevant

  • Fixed memory leaks after opening several processes

  • Fixed intermediate event connection cardinality rules

  • Fixed issues with control points inside containers

  • Fixed the inline editor for the element’s name

  • Make notifications more user friendly

  • Editor for tasks' data assignments is now filtering by the current project

  • Allow to see old process versions

  • Do not allow updates on view mode (old process versions)

  • Fixed issues about wrong shape locations after applying zoom

  • Fixed issues during process import that were making the editor show an error and so not be usable

  • Fixed issues when nesting containers

  • Fixed the limited command registry, that was causing the editor stop working after long time

  • Fixed issues about docking (boundary events)

27.29.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.8.0

27.29.2.1. New System Property for setting the Default Maven Repository in Project pom.xml files

To make building Workbench projects outside of the Workbench easier, it is now possible to set the URL for the default Maven Repository that is added into each new Project pom.xml. It is recommended that you set this before starting you Workbench for the first time.

27.30. jBPM 7.7

27.30.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.7.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.7

27.30.1.1. jBPM executor redesigned

up to version 7.7, jBPM executor used default mechanism based on polling. It periodically polls the database to check if there are any jobs to be executed. This does not scale too good and was the main motivation to approach redesign. With version 7.7, jBPM executor is enhanced to remove polling mechanism and instead relies on specialised ScheduledThreadPoolExecutor that respects job’s priority.

This allows to have really efficient processing with less load on the database (and less locks on database). New mechanism does cover all possible types of jobs including retries and requeues. With additional JMS trigger (that was already present since version 6.3) this provides complete and fast asynchronous job processing solution. To read up more on this see this article and async section in the docs.

27.30.1.2. UserInfo interface allows to get user id by email

Small addition to UserInfo interface (and its default implementations) was provided to allow to find user id by email address. This is the reverse operation that was already there - get email address by user id. With this, email integration (such as completing task by email) can be easily implemented.

27.30.1.3. Service Level Agreement (SLA) tracking for processes and cases

SLA tracking has been added to jBPM to allow to easily keep track of the execution of:

  • processes

  • cases

  • individual activities of the process/case

This allows administrators to be always up to date with what is happening with running processes and be notified when SLA are violated. More can be found in SLA overview article and SLA with cases article.

27.30.1.4. Case stages activation condition

Case stages (ad hoc subprocesses) are equipped (next to completion condition) with activation condition. This means that ad hoc stage can be automatically activated when defined condition is met. Conditions should be defined as rule expressions and usually refer to case file data, although are not limited to that.

27.30.1.5. NoSQL integration

Initial integration with NoSQL (and not only that) has been introduced. This is based on additional so-called Emitters that can be implemented to receive notifications when the jBPM engine executes processes. In general, this allows users to plugin their own emitters that will be responsible for sending data to external data stores. Note that this is integration and not replacement of persistence layer of jBPM. You can read up more about it in this article and if would like to see an implementation based on Elasticsearch, take a look at this article

27.30.1.6. Process Designer (Preview)

The new version of the jBPM Process Designer (Stunner) provides lots of new features, plus some other stability and usability improvements as well.

StunnerBPMNShapes 7.0.0

Here is a summary of some of the most relevant new features and improvements included in this release:

  • Palette visual and structural re-design

StunnerPalette 7.0.0

  • Visual enhancements for shape states

StunnerHighlightState 7.7.0

StunnerStateInvalid 7.7.0

  • Shape resize constraints capabilities

  • Increased the available modelling area size

  • Improved docking related capabilities (boundary shapes)

    • Enhanced the usability by doing automatic adjustment (snap) to the docking magnets while dragging the boundary shapes

    • Ability to dock boundary shapes directly when dragging from the palette

  • UI Exporting capabilities improved

    • Export into BPMN2

    • Export into an SVG image

  • Added new drop-down selector field type with filtering capabilities

  • Support for connector’s bend-points (eg: move points, add/remove points)

StunnerBendpoints 7.7.0

  • Added new connector type that renders as a regular poly-line

  • Process import/export capabilities

  • Toolbar re-design

StunnerToolbar 7.0.0

  • Automatic migration capabilities between both process designers

  • Keyboard mappings improved (eg: arrow key)

  • Form generation capabilities

  • BPMN2

    • Support for service tasks

    • Support for event sub-process

    • Support for ad-hoc sub-process

    • Support for multiple instance sub-process

    • Support for parallel gateway

    • Shapes re-design

    • Icons re-design

    • Support for interrupting events (start events)

    • Included brand new marshaller and unmarshaller implementations, which rely on the Eclipse BPMN2 domain model, and new complete suite of unitary tests (still experimental)

27.30.1.7. jBPM Manage section redesign

The entire admin console screens have been re-designed focusing on:

  • Create new layout and re-styling existent elements.

  • Revise master/detail navigation

  • Review and improve quick filter creation

  • Review and improve saved filters

  • Rename top level menus

New layout

A new layout have been created as part of the admin console screens re-design. The new layout of jBPM Manage section contains the following new areas:

ConsoleLayout 7.7.0
Figure 307. Console screen new layout defined areas

  • (1) Breadcrumb area: Contains breadcrumbs and the server configuration selector.

  • (2) Filters area: Contains the dock for filter creation and dock with saved filters

The new docks are placed in the expandable panel on the left side of the screen. The selections made inside any of the docks are immediately reflected in the table on the right.

That panels can be expanded or collapsed using the standard workbench docks controls.

ConsoleItemListDocks 7.7.0
Figure 308. Different status of screen depending on the selected dock panel

  • (3) Manage screen selector.

The new drop-down offers navigation to the all manage screens: Process Definitions, Process Instances, Tasks, Execution Errors and Jobs have been created. This selector allows the user to switch process admin screens quickly and easily.

ConsoleManageSelector 7.7.0
Figure 309. Manage screen selector

  • (4) Toolbar area.

This toolbar has been designed to contain each screen specific actions and provides different kinds of visualizations: icons for common actions like 'Refresh' that are self-explained, buttons for primary actions and it’s prepared for containing kebab with a list of actions.

  • (5) Filter status area.

As in previous version shows the currently applied filters and provides options to clear individual filters or to clear them all. The new feature introduced is the ability to save the currently applied filter as a new saved filter, which becomes available in Saved filters dock (see Filters area above)

  • (6) The list table area.

The previous table layout has been redesigned to list-like layout, matching with PatternFly guidelines. Some of the changes that have been added:

 — New styles are applied to the different list elements.

 — The page size selector and the pagination footer has been re-styled and placed closer to the list.

 — PatternFly standards applied to list item’s actions. Perform actions on individual list items using the kebab button control. When there are more than one available actions the kebab groups the available actions. There are different areas at kebab: primary actions first and separately the navigation to other screens ones

ConsoleItemList 7.7.0
Figure 310. Item list new design
Revised master/detail navigation

The different management screens have been redesigned to change the way to open the item detail. When the user selects an item by clicking on the list row to drill into the details, the item details are shown in full screen and the master list disappears, instead of being open in a right side panel as was in the previous versions

ConsoleItemDetails 7.7.0
Figure 311. Item detail opened

Some changes have been introduced for that purpose:

  • Migrated details views to full screen/adjust styling and breadcrumbs

  • Moved process model popup in process definition and instance to tab in details ( process definitions and process instances)

  • Moved actions to the new layout toolbar.

  • Re-styling the tabs items details to be shown in full screen mode

  • Navigate back to list view using “X” close button or breadcrumbs

Reviewed and improved quick filter creation

The quick filter bar have been placed to the dock panel and reorganized in vertical disposition.

A new type of basic filters has been introduced to allow multiple value selection. It’s using checkboxes controls to set the different values. The resulting restriction of selecting different values is retrieve the items that match with one of selected values.

ConsoleItemListFilters 7.7.0
Figure 312. Filters dock opened

This new type of filter has been applied on the following fields:

  • Process instances: State (Active, Aborted,..) and Errors (With errors, Without errors)

  • Task: Status (Completed, Created, ..)

  • Execution Errors: Type (DB, Task, Process, Job)

  • Jobs: Status (Canceled, Completed,..)

Reviewed and improved saved filters

Different changes have been done in this area:

  • Migrated filter tabs to 'Saved filters' dock, in side panel that shows the list of stored filters.

  • Moved the 'Add advanced filter' that opens the previous creation filter popup, to 'Filters' dock.

  • The 'Saved filters' dock allows manage the stored filters:

    • Filters can be deleted

    • The default filters can always be restored as in the previous version with the 'Restore default filters' button.

    • Filters can be applied: When a user selects one filter, that is applied on the current list and the 'Active filters' displays the restrictions contained in that filter.

ConsoleItemListSavedFilters 7.7.0
Figure 313. Saved filters dock opened

  • The user has now the ability to modify/complete filters and save it to be reused later. The new way to save filter is selecting 'Save filters' at 'Active filters' bar. A name for the new stored filter is requested and a new filter with the current restrictions is added to 'Saved filters' list.

It’s not allowed to have filters with the same name. When the user tries to save a filter with an existing name, currently an error is shown.

ConsoleItemListSavedFiltersError 7.7.0
Figure 314. Not allowed save filter with the same existing filter name
Reviewed Reports section design allowing to work with master / detail

The reports screen has been separated in two sections: Task reports and Process reports.

This new screens are using the new layout, The item details are opened in full screen mode too and the breadcrumb has been added to allow the navigation and keep consistency with the other console screens.

The new layout toolbar has been filled with the action to change between dashboard and table view.

ConsoleProcessReports 7.7.0
Figure 315. New process report screen, showing dashboards
ConsoleProcessReportsTable 7.7.0
Figure 316. New process report screen, showing items in table
Renamed top level menus

Some naming adjustments have been done to the top level menu:

  • 'Task Administration' → 'Tasks'

  • 'Task List' → 'Task Inbox'

  • 'Process & Task Reports' → two new options: 'Process Reports' and 'Task Reports'

ConsoleNewTopLevelMenu 7.7.0
Figure 317. Updated top level menu
27.30.1.8. Other specific changes on Admin console screens
Process Definitions

  • Navigation to process instances has been placed in process definitions list.

  • View 'Process model' has been placed as a new tab 'Diagram' on the process definition detail.

Process Instances

  • View 'Process model' has been placed as a new tab 'Diagram' on the process definition detail.

  • Signal and abort actions are exposed as a primary actions at new layout toolbar.

Task ( previously Tasks Administration)

  • In the previous version Tasks were only displayed when the current user was part of the following system properties in Kie Server: org.jbpm.ht.admin.user (default: Administrator) or org.jbpm.ht.admin.group (default: Administrators). With the current implementation when this criteria isn’t met, this screen retrieve the list of tasks where the logged user or any of its groups have 'Business Administrator' relationship with them.

  • An error count column added to task information. Same as the error column in process instance list. Also add navigation link (View Errors).

Task details

  • Removed 'Process Context' tab. Leaving the navigation to process instance screen at task list.

  • 'Process Instance Id' and 'Process Definition Id' have been placed at 'Details' tab

  • Reviewed styles on primary actions buttons

27.30.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.7.0

27.30.2.1. Project Oriented Workbench

Workbench becomes Project Oriented. Meaning each project is now in a dedicated repository. Previously each project was in a folder and one repository could hold several projects. These changes merge the concepts of Project and Repository.

One project one repository approach makes the UI simpler and improves releasing or freezing a single project. Previously if a project was frozen, branched or tagged the repository was still shared with other projects, making the release control harder and more complicated.

Projects from older Workbench versions need to be migrated to the new setup. For this we offer a command line migration tool.

Project Oriented does not, at the moment, offer support for multi-module setup. This feature is planned, but not in this release. The now deprecated Asset Management features depended on multi-module support and can not be migrated to this Workbench version.

27.30.2.2. Connecting to a headless jBPM controller

When running a Workbench instance, there is now greater flexibility to decide how Kie Server instances will be managed. Previously, whenever a Workbench is started, it would always start an embedded jBPM controller. This setup is still available but now there is also an option to not start this service and instead connect to a headless jBPM controller. This allows a more fine grained deployment model where it’s possible to decide the best approach for a specific scenario.

To switch between these modes, a key system property is used: org.kie.workbench.controller. By default, the Workbench will continue to start the embedded service if this system property is missing. Otherwise, it will try to connect to the remote service and also ensure that none of the embedded services are started.

It is important to note that only Web Socket connection protocol is available to use when connecting to headless jBPM controller.

For more details regarding all possible system configs regarding user name, password, token and secured password via key store, please refer to Workbench system properties.

27.30.2.3. Content management enhancements
Properties panel

It is possible to edit the properties of the different page elements including, the page itself or any of its rows and components. Once an element is selected, either by hovering on the element and clicking on the editor’s area or selecting the element in the Properties panel dropdown, its properties are displayed in the left docked panel. See screenshot:

ContentManagementPropertiesPanel
Figure 318. Content management properties panel

The properties available in this version are basically those related with the element style such as width, height or margins, amongst others. The properties available might differ for each type. Notice for example, the HTML component provides an extra set of properties all related with the text style.

Once a property is changed, its value is reflected in the editor’s area, both in design and preview modes.

Screen component removed

The Screen component, which was placed under the Core group in the right sidebar’s Components panel, has been removed. The reason is, this component was not suitable for production environments.

In future versions though, domain related components, such as a BPM’s task list, will be available for easy consumption by end users.

27.30.2.4. New Migration Tool

A new command line Migration tool with support for Linux and Windows has been provided to move different resources to it’s latest version. It makes possible to perform different migrations:

  • Project Migration: migrates KIE projects from the old project layout (7.4.x and previous) to the new project-oriented structure.

  • Forms Migration: migrates old jBPM Form Modeler forms into the new Forms format.

MigrationTool
Figure 319. Command Line Migration Tool

You can find more info here.

27.31. jBPM 7.6

27.31.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.6.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.6

27.31.1.1. Process Designer (Preview)

The new version of the jBPM Process Designer (Stunner) provides stability enhancements again by introducing several bug fixings, tests and other improvements.

StunnerEventsPalette 7.6

Most relevant features and improvements for this version are:

  • Support for multiple selection (operations with multiple elements)

StunnerSelectionMultiple
Figure 320. Stunner - Multiple selection

  • Added cut/copy/paste capabilities

  • Support for shape size constraints

  • Improved BPMN2 support:

    • Added Start Message Event

    • Added Start Error Event

    • Added End Message Event

    • Added End Error Event

    • Added Catching Intermediate Error Event

    • Added Catching Intermediate Message Event

    • Added Throwing Intermediate Message Event

    • Improved signal management for events

    • New widget which improves the declaration for the timer event related properties

    • Added some help messages

27.31.1.2. Form Modeler

Old jBPM Form Modeler has been deprecated and new Form Modeler has become the default Forms Engine (a migration tool will be provided to move old forms into the new forms format). This new version improves the Forms Engine stability and provides several fixes for different bugs.

Most important features:

  • Added form synchronization on editor startup to fix possible errors caused by model changes (properties removed, type changes…​)

Forms FormSynchronization 7.6

  • Added ability to show Help Messages on fields properties (supports plain text or HTML)

Forms HelpMessage 7.6

27.31.1.3. Quartz upgraded to 2.2.3

Scheduler Service based on Quartz has been upgraded to use the latest version of Quartz library 2.2.3. That means when updating to 7.6.0 of jBPM and existing installation uses Quartz as scheduler service that will require upgrade before moving further. jBPM comes with upgrade script that is delivered as part of jBPM installer and is specific to database being used by Quartz.

It is located in jBPM installer/db/upgrade-scripts/{database-name}/quartz-upgrade.sql

Procedure to be followed is:

  • stop jBPM (for example kie server)

  • upgrade Quartz database with suitable quartz-upgrade.sql script (according to database used)

  • upgrade jBPM (for example kie server binaries)

  • start jBPM

There are no changes in the quartz.properties file as it will work exactly the same.

27.31.1.4. Support for lazy loaded variables

Pluggable variable persistence strategy has been improved to support (optionally) lazy loaded variables. That is mainly to improve performance and reduce load on external systems that store these variables. Especially valid for documents that could be of significant size and could be stored in external document management systems. To read up more on this see this article

27.31.1.5. Expose readiness and liveness checks in KIE Server

KIE Server has been equipped by default with readiness and liveness checks (REST endpoints)

  • readiness will either respond with 200 (OK) when it’s actually ready or with 503 (Service Unavailable) when it’s still booting/deploying containers/waiting for jBPM controller.

  • liveness (aka health check) will perform following:

    • check readiness

    • check for failed kie containers

    • ask each active extension to health check itself response codes for health check are same as for readiness. Meaning that any error found will result in response 503, regardless if that is failed container, failed extension or not ready yet.

Health check can be invoked in two modes:

  • basic - that will return status only (200 or 503)

  • report - will respond with both status and report in response body that will provide info like below (body can be XML or JSON)

Examples:

27.31.1.6. Allow to disable management api of KIE Server

Administrators can decide to disable management api of KIE Server - that is to disallow modifying server configuration once the server was started. This is especially important when running in cloud-based environments where the image consists of kjars to be active and no other kjars should be deployed to it.

By setting system property org.kie.server.mgmt.api.disabled to value true KIE Server will disable management api (that changes the state of it) and when attempted will always respond with code 400 (Bad Request). This applies both to REST api and JMS api.

27.31.1.7. Spring Boot support for KIE projects

KIE projects (jBPM, Drools and OptaPlanner) has been prepared for running in Spring Boot setup for a while now but with 7.6.0 release they are providing so-called starters that can be easily used to bootstrap your projects with Spring Boot.

Following is a list of Spring Boot starters:

  • jBPM business process management - embedded engine

    • groupId: org.kie

    • artifactId: jbpm-spring-boot-starter-basic

    • guide

  • Fully featured KIE Server (Drools, jBPM, Optaplanner)

    • groupId: org.kie

    • artifactId: kie-server-spring-boot-starter

    • guide

  • Rules and Decisions KIE Server (Drools, DMN)

    • groupId: org.kie

    • artifactId: kie-server-spring-boot-starter-drools

    • guide

  • Rules and Decisions, Process and Cases KIE Server (Drools, DMN, jBPM, Case mgmt)

    • groupId: org.kie

    • artifactId: kie-server-spring-boot-starter-jbpm

    • guide

  • Planning KIE Server (Optaplanner)

    • groupId: org.kie

    • artifactId: kie-server-spring-boot-starter-optaplanner

    • guide

Starters can also be used directly from https://start.spring.io to generate the project.

27.31.1.8. Jobs creation (Admin Console): Allow Launching the job immediately or scheduling

The Job creation interface has been modified to allow start the job immediately or schedule it for being executed later.

JobCreationRunNow
Figure 321. Launch the job immediately

A new Date & time picker has been integrated to allow the user to select the exact moment when the job has to be executed. This option is only available when the 'Run Later' option is selected.

JobCreationRunLater
Figure 322. Launch the job at the specified moment

27.31.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.6.0

27.31.2.1. Content management enhancements

A few extra changes have been introduced in the Content Management tooling (aka Page Authoring) in order to improve the user experience. The following screenshot reveals the changes introduced since the latest version.

ContentManagementEnhancements
Figure 323. Content management new look & feel
Fluid/Page editor mode selection

The new page pop up allows for the selection of two edition modes:

NewPagePopup
Figure 324. Content management’s new page pop up

  • Fluid: it acts more as a classical web page, showing a vertical scrollbar when the page exceeds the available height.

  • Page: it was the default in previous versions. When selected, it forces the page to always fit the window’s 100% height.

Preview feature

Page authors can go back and forth from the Editor to the Preview mode as many times as needed. In the Preview mode all the editor’s controls are removed, allowing for the display of the page as it would be seen by end users once the page is published.

Use dock panels to increase the editor content area

In order to increase the available space in the editor’s central area, the page listing, the navigation configuration and the component palette panels have all been moved to the left sidebar as docked panels.

Component palette reorganization

In previous versions, there only existed one single category of components in the palette. As of version 7.6, the components are now grouped into three main categories:

  • Core: HTML and Page components

  • Navigation: Menu Bar, Tree, Tiles, Tab List, Carousel and Target Div

  • Reporting: Bar, Pie, Line, Area, Map, Bubble, Metric, Meter, Table and Filter

The goal of these changes is to make the palette more appealing as well as to ease the selection of the target component to drag.

27.32. jBPM 7.5

27.32.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.5.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.5

27.32.1.1. Case management

jBPM 7.5 brings number of case management improvements.

Sub case support

Sub case support is provided as additional activity that can be easily drag and dropped into existing case definitions or even into regular processes to allow creating case instances from within business process.

It allows to provide all information as for regular start case plus enables users to decide what should happen after case is started. For more information take a look at this article

Case file and case comment authorization

Access to case file and case comments can be restricted to particular case roles. By default the access is open unless specified differently.

Access restrictions can be set for comment:

  • when adding a comment

  • when updating a comment

Access restrictions to case file can be set:

  • in case definition

  • when starting a case

  • when setting case file items

More detailed explanation of this feature can be found here

Case close with message

Support for close of case instance was added with optional message. That message will then show up in case instance as outcome message. It accompanies case abort and destroy operations to provide complete coverage of the possible end states of the case instance.

Case comments notifications

Case comments have been equipped with optional support for notifications, by default email notifications with template support. Whenever any of the case roles is mentioned in the comment (@onwer) email notification will be sent to user or group of users assigned to that role. See more details in this article

27.32.1.2. Document list marshalling strategy

A common requirement is to have a list of documents to be handled by business process, jBPM does provide support for physical documents (e.g. pdf) since version 6 with custom marshalling strategy. Though it only allows to handle single document per process variable. With version 7.5 there is a new marshalling strategy provided to allow handling list of documents org.jbpm.document.marshalling.DocumentsMarshallingStrategy. It does rely on the DocumentMarshallingStrategy to process individual documents so they are properly stored in document management system.

This marshalling strategy accepts only org.jbpm.document.Documents type that represents list of documents.

27.32.1.3. Update task metadata and variables in single operation

UserTaskService has been extended to provide operation to update metadata of a task and its input and output data at the same time. It allows to update following metadata of a task:

  • name

  • description

  • priority

  • expiration date

  • form name

Same feature is available via KIE Server REST and JMS api.

27.32.1.4. Quartz improvements - db job store aware of deployed kjars

Quartz scheduler service has been improved to allow to fetch jobs only for deployments (kie containers) that are currently available in the running system. This applies only to Quartz setup with database job store and requires additional changes in quartz configuration file:

org.quartz.jobStore.driverDelegateClass=org.jbpm.process.core.timer.impl.quartz.DeploymentsAwareStdJDBCDelegate

there is another PostgreSQL delegate class (due to handling of blob data)

org.quartz.jobStore.driverDelegateClass=org.jbpm.process.core.timer.impl.quartz.DeploymentsAwarePostgreSQLDelegate

they both do the same logic to find next trigger to fire - query for triggers based on trigger group id that now is set to deploymentId of the kjar.

27.32.1.5. Move of jBPM work items into dedicated repository

As part of preparation work for revamped Service Repository, some jBPM work items have been moved to dedicated GitHub repository. This is intended to allow easier contribution from community to build up a comprehensive list of work items that users can simply import from Service repository and use in their processes.

27.32.1.6. XStream security improvements

XStream is used as one of data formats (next to JSON and XML-JAXB) used by KIE Server when interacting with runtimes. It might be exposed to certain security issues that could allow to push malicious code over the wire and affect server upon serialization process. This has been addressed by hardening security policy on XStream instances used by KIE Server marshaller. By default it allows only few selected classes from KIE projects plus classes found in kjar.

Additional classes can be added to the policy globally by system property org.kie.server.xstream.enabled.packages that accepts wildcard expressions.

27.32.1.7. KIE Server < - > jBPM controller communication security

KIE server uses either REST or WebSocket to communicate with jBPM controller. Up till now, the only way to provide password was to use system properties which had certain drawbacks from security standpoint. Version 7.5 brings in support for keystore based password storage that KIE Server and jBPM controller can use on runtime to load password.

Take a look at section 'KIE Execution Server → Securing password using key store' for more details

27.32.1.8. Business rule task fire limit

Business rule task has been enhanced to limit the number of fired rules to avoid the situation where rules run into an infinite loop and make the server completely unresponsive. Fire limit is set by default to 10000 and can be configured:

  • globally (per JVM) via system property org.jbpm.rule.task.firelimit

  • per business rule task via data input named FireRuleLimit

in case fire rule limit is reached service will throw an exception to indicate possible dangerous situation.

27.32.1.9. Swagger based KIE Server documentation

KIE Server documentation, that is hosted on running KIE Server has been completely rewritten based on Swagger. It provides nice looking UI plus possibility to try different endpoints directly from within the documentation.

Moreover, it does filter endpoints based on active KIE Server extensions and shows endpoints that are actually available.

It is build as KIE Server extension itself and thus can be disabled if not needed, like production environments. More on this can be found here.

27.32.1.10. Email work item with template support

Email work item (jar that provides support for emails) has been enhanced with support for html templates based on freemarker template engine. It is automatically available as soon as the jbpm-work-item-email library is on class path. It supports three system properties that configure it:

  • org.jbpm.email.templates.dir - mandatory property that specifies absolute directory path where templates can be found

  • org.jbpm.email.templates.watcher.enabled - (default false) optional setting to enable watcher thread for added/changed/deleted template files so they can be seen without server restart

  • org.jbpm.email.templates.watcher.interval - (default 5) optional setting for watcher thread that specifies polling interval

Templates are loaded on startup and when discovered any changes to it (in case watcher thread is configured).

To use this feature from Email work item (service node) add extra data input called Template that will be the file name of the template (without extension .html).

27.32.1.11. Updated jBPM Service Repository

jBPM Service Repository has had a complete overhaul and is now generated from the list of contributed work items. It now contains a user-friendly "Home Page" that lists all available workitems, specific workitem information, as well direct download links the workitem resources. Community contributions to the workitem repository are welcome and contributors names are showcased on the repository home page.

jBPMServiceRepoHome 7.5.0
Figure 325. Generated service repository "Home Page"
jBPMServiceRepoWorkitemInfo 7.5.0
Figure 326. Example work item info page

The service repository can also be generated locally by building the jBPM workitems module. The look/feel of the generated repository can be completely customized by updating the repository home page.

Need to have and maintain a repository-wide index.conf file has been removed. service repository importer available in jbpm-designer has also been updated to list all workitems available in the given repository regardless of the existence of this index.conf file.

27.32.1.12. Process Designer (Preview)

The new version of the jBPM Process Designer (Stunner) provides stability enhancements - it introduces several bug fixings, tests and usability improvements.

Most relevant added features and improvements:

  • Support for text auto-wrapping - text is being automatically wrapped to fit the shape size

StunnerTextWrapping
Figure 327. Stunner - Text auto-wrap

  • Improved usability on connectors by making easier to achieve straight lines

  • Improved BPMN2 support:

    • Events - more common attributes being supported

    • Added Start Signal Event

    • Added Start Timer Event

    • Added End Signal Event

    • Added End Timer Event

    • Added catching intermediate signal event

    • Added throwing intermediate signal event

  • Re-styling BPMN2 shapes (still in progress)

StunnerBpmnShapes 7.5
Figure 328. Stunner - Example of a BPMN2 diagram

27.32.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.5.0

27.32.2.1. Content management enhancements

Remarkable changes have been introduced in the Content Management (aka Dashboards) tooling in order to improve the user experience.

Perspective to page renaming

The "page" term is far more familiar to users. Notice that, "perspective" is a concept that was borrowed from the Eclipse development tool, thus it is a concept mostly used in developer circles. Page is more related to web content, easier to understand by regular people. For this reason, perspective has been renamed to page all over the tooling.

Left sidebar new look and feel

This is the most noticeable change introduced. The left sidebar has been completely rewritten in order to provide an enhanced look and feel.

ContentManagementLeftSideBar
Figure 329. Content management tooling’s left side bar

The two sections Pages and Navigation have been merged into a single view. From this view users can either create new pages or change the navigation configuration.

The Navigation section lists the navigation trees. Specifically, the tree named Workbench is available by default, it can not be deleted and it contains the entries displayed in the workbench’s top mega menu. Any change applied to it will cause the mega menu to modify its entries. This is actually the mechanism users must use to extend the workbench with new pages.

Tags button disabled

The tags feature or the ability to attach a set of labels to a page during edition time has been removed. This feature in combination with the former "Apps" perspective was used to allow users to publish their dynamic pages in a categorized way. This feature is no longer needed. During the edition of a page, the Tags button, that used to appear at the editor’s top right button bar, has been removed.

As a replacement, users can leverage the existing navigation features to create new pages and attach them to the workbench’s mega menu.

27.32.2.2. Extra navigation components

The existing navigation components available in the Content Management tooling have been extended with some extra types. To date there exist the following components:

  • Tile navigator

  • Tab list

  • Carousel

The following have recently been added to the release:

Menu bar

As its name states, this component displays the entries of a navigation tree in a menu bar shape. There is no limit to the number of levels supported. When a page item is clicked, the page content is displayed in the Target div (see details below) component specified in the menu bar’s configuration.

MenubarComponent
Figure 330. Menu bar navigation component
Tree navigator

Same as the Menu bar, but the entries are displayed as a vertical tree structure.

TreeNavigatorComponent
Figure 331. Menu bar navigation component
Target div

Both the Carousel and the Tile navigator components can handle by themselves the display of the items the user clicks on. Others like Tab list, Menu bar and Tree navigator require a Target div component as its display output since they have a clear separation between the display of its entries and the content of the last item clicked.

So, every time, a Target div based navigation component is dropped into a page, a Target div component must have been dropped as well, so that the first one can link to it. The following screen shows the configuration panel that is displayed every time a target div based component is dropped into a page.

NavComponentTargetDivModal
Figure 332. Target div based navigation components configuration

The navigation group is mandatory for all the navigation components as it indicates the navigation structure to display whereas the Target div setting is not available for non target div components like Carousel or Tile navigator.

27.32.3. New jBPM controller client API

In order to facilitate the management of jBPM controller related tasks such as creating server templates, starting and stopping containers, etc, we developed a new Java client API available under the kie-server-controller-client Maven module. With this API, you can connect to a jBPM controller using either REST or Web Socket protocols. For more details, see jBPM controller Client API chapter.

27.32.4. Breaking changes in Kie Server 7.5.1 from 7.0

27.32.4.1. jBPM controller API changes

Changes to SpecManagementService interface:

  • Included new method getContainerInfo that allows to retrieve a single ContainerSpec defined in a ServerTemplate.

  • Changed methods listContainerSpec, listServerTemplateKeys, and listServerTemplates return types from generic collection to specific domain list types (ContainerSpecList, ServerTemplateKeyList, and ServerTemplateList) in order to properly serialize and deserialize the returned values using JAXB and JSON.

Changes to RuleCapabilitiesService interface:

  • startScanner method now uses a java.lang.Long time instead of a primitive long for the interval parameter in order to avoid JSON and JAXB serialization issues.

Changes to RuntimeManagementService interface:

  • Changed methods getContainers and getServerInstances return types from generic collection to specific domain list types (ContainerList and ServerInstanceKeyList) in order to properly serialize and deserialize the returned values using JAXB and JSON.

For more details, see JBPM-6243.

27.32.4.2. Kie Server API changes

Changes to ServiceResponse wrapper:

  • Moved ResponseType enum and common methods to a new interface called KieServiceResponse, allowing it to be extended to multiple implementations.

27.33. jBPM 7.4

27.33.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.4.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.4

27.33.1.1. KIE Server Router enhancements

KIE Server Router received number of enhancements where majority of them were around connectivity with KIE Servers and jBPM controller. Most of the work was to make it more reliable in case of failures of the other components

  • when jBPM controller is not available during router start a retry mechanism is in place to connect to it as soon as the jBPM controller becomes available

  • when jBPM controller is not available when there are updates to be sent to it a retry mechanism is in place

  • when KIE Server that request is sent to does not respond it is removed from the active servers and thus subsequent requests won’t target it any more, at the same time such server is put on a list to be verified if that server was only temporarily unavailable and if so will be put back on the active servers list

With these enhancements KIE Server Router is more resilient to failures and thus provides a much higher level of reliability, especially important in cloud-based environments.

27.33.1.2. User task update (properties and data)

Besides regular life cycle of user task, users could set task content while working on the task or change the task priority, name or description. This is all possible but requires users to do that individually. 7.4 comes with a feature that allows to update certain properties and data in one shot. Following is a list of user task properties that can be updated:

  • name

  • description

  • priority

  • expiration date

  • form name

Both user task inputs and outputs can be given to be updated. Data will be merged with existing values if any. That means if there are task inputs or outputs with same name already present on a task they will be replaced with given values.

27.33.1.3. Work Item archetype

To help users build custom service tasks (work items) jBPM 7.4 comes with Work Item Archetype that aims at generating majority of things required to build a custom service task. It does include:

  • WID file (work item definition)

  • Work Item Handler implementation class

  • WorkItem handler test class

  • maven assembly (zip) that will package everything on the build time so it can be consumed by Service Repository and thus used from within Web Designer

A detailed article can be found here

27.33.1.4. KIE Workbench enhancements

In this release, a series of bug fixes have been resolved. This list highlights some of the major fixes:

  • When selecting items in the different runtime views (Process List, Task List, Jobs, etc), selection will now be persistent across different pages. See JBPM-6374 for more details.

  • When searching for Jobs, it is now possible to filter by Due On dates in the future, see JBPM-6437 for more details.

  • Improved overall query performance for listing process instances. See JBPM-6292 for more details.

  • Consolidated process related columns name in the Task and Job search pages. See JBPM-5957 and JBPM-5955 for more details.

  • Forwarding a task via the task details page, now correctly moves the task into Ready state. See JBPM-6438 for more details.

27.33.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.4.0

27.33.2.1. Guided Decision Table improvements

In addition to fixing numerous bugs the Wizard used to create and edit columns has been improved to show descriptions of the different steps required for the different column types.

dtable wizard help text1
Figure 333. Guided Decision Table Wizard example 1
dtable wizard help text2
Figure 334. Guided Decision Table Wizard example 2
27.33.2.2. Disable experimental editors

The following features are considered experimental and can be disabled using the Security/User Management administration screen:-

  • Guided Decision Tree Editor

  • Guided Score Card Editor

  • XLS Score Card Editor

  • (New) BPMN2 Process Editor

  • Deployments/Server Provisioning Perspective

These features are enabled by default.

disable experimental features1
Figure 335. Disabling an Editor

27.34. jBPM 7.3

27.34.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.3.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.3

27.34.1.1. KIE Workbench Monitoring Web Application

A new distribution war has been added to the project in this release. The goal for the KIE Monitoring Web Application is to be used along with Kie Server instances, managing all runtime capabilities. This includes managing containers, process instances, tasks, dashboards and more. As opposed to the standard Kie Workbench distribution, no authoring capabilities are offered,

27.34.1.2. KIE Server Maven Plugins

With version 7.3 KIE Server has been empowered with additional Maven Plugins that allow to interact with KIE Server and jBPM controller REST api directly from within a build. This enables easier integration with CI/CD pipelines when building KJars so they can be directly deployed to execution environment (both managed and unmanaged KIE Servers).

KIE Server Deploy Maven Plugin - read more

  • deploy - deploy kjar to runtime environment

  • dispose - dispose running kjar (kie container) in runtime environment

  • update - update version of running kjar (kie container) in runtime environment

KIE Server Controller Deploy Maven Plugin - read more

  • get-template - retrieves existing server templates from jBPM controller

  • create-template - creates new server templates with set of containers

  • delete-template - removes server template

  • get-containers - retrieves containers in given server template

  • get-container - retrieves given container from server template

  • create-container - create new container in given server template

  • delete-container - delete container from given server template

  • start-container - starts container in given server template

  • stop-container - stops container in given server template

  • deploy-container - creates and starts container in given server template

  • dispose-container - stops and removes container from given server template

Process Designer (Preview)

The new jBPM Process Designer (Stunner) provides stability enhancements again by introducing several bug fixings, tests and reviews.

On the other hand this release includes some new cool core features:

  • Improving user experience & usability by introducing enhancements in the connections and magnets capabilities. At this point:

    • Connections can be attached to a concrete shape magnet. Irrespective of the location of shape, the connection will target the specified magnet

    • Connections can be attached to the shape’s center magnet. In this case the connector/connections point to the shape’s border, depending on its location

    • Connections can be attached to the shape area, instead of a concrete magnet. This produces the magnet to be automatically updated depending on the shape’s location

    • Notice this information is also being persisted and stored in the BPMN diagram files

StunnerMagnets 7.1
Figure 336. Stunner’s connections & magnets capabilities

  • Integration for validation and error messages into the workbench’s IDE. This way users can keep track of the validations and errors produced during the modelling phase and link back to the canvas and the affected shapes in order to fixing the issues

StunnerProblemsWidgetInteg
Figure 337. Stunner’s messages & workbench integration

  • Toolbox re-design & usability enhancements. Many visual visual and usability improvements applied on the toolbox for this release. It now supports multiple grids, floating grids, automatic layouts and much more

StunnerToolbox 7.1
Figure 338. Stunner’s new toolbox

27.34.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.3.0

27.34.2.1. New Home and Menu Bar

The Home page, Menu bar and About popup now have a new design. Menu items are split into groups representing major functional areas.

home with menu expanded
Figure 339. Home view with Menu expanded
about popup
Figure 340. About popup
27.34.2.2. Admin page changes

The Admin page is now accessible with the cog icon on the Menu bar and has more items. Access to the perspective artifacts, Data Sets, Data Sources and Language options have been moved there.

admin page 7 3 x
Figure 341. Admin page

27.35. jBPM 7.2

27.35.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.2.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.2

27.35.1.1. Improved validation in deployment descriptor editor

Deployment descriptor editor in workbench has been improved to validate content of entered data for

  • work item handlers

  • event listeners

  • marshalling strategies

  • globals

  • environment entries

  • configuration

Validation is performed automatically when build is invoked or manually when user clicks on Validate button

Validation mainly focuses on checking if data entered are valid based on selected types:

  • MVEL type resolver will perform compilation of the expression that was given as an identifier, it can produce warning messages as it might not have access to all classes that will be available on runtime, thus it’s only warning to not block the build.

  • Reflection type resolver will verify if the identifier has valid name according to Java standard (class name)

27.35.1.2. Websocket based KIE Server communication with jBPM controller

Default communication mechanism for KIE Server to connect to jBPM controller is HTTP/REST based. This fits well in non-restricted environments where both components can freely talk to each other. Though it requires both components to know how to access and authorize itself when sending requests. That does not play well in cloud-based environments or environments that utilize load balancer.

To overcome these issues, an alternative mechanism was introduced. It is based on Websocket where KIE Server is solely responsible for connection. Thus only KIE Server needs to be aware of jBPM controller and it’s authentication, while jBPM controller simply reuses already opened communication channel. More on this can be found in this article.

Process Designer (Preview)

This release includes several important bug fixes for the jBPM Process Designer (Stunner).

Here are some relevant ones:

  • Fixed conditional form fields and marshalling issues for the BPMN Script language property

  • Fixed some CSS issues of the palette

  • Use of the right title for BPMN diagrams. Add information about the file extensions and resource type description as well

  • Avoid shape interaction when right-clicking on the canvas

  • Included a few missing properties for the BPMN Embedded Subprocess

  • Removed toolbar’s refresh button. No longer need for it, it was causing confusion

  • Bug fixings for the Properties and Diagram Explorer panels, once moving between different diagrams

  • Do not show save confirm dialog only if no changes has been applied

27.36. jBPM 7.1

27.36.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.1.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.1

27.36.1.1. Business Central

The following are the jBPM-specific enhancements made in the workbench.

Quick search filters for runtime data

To allow you to quickly find data related to Process Instances, Jobs, Tasks and Errors, a new set of pre-defined filters has been introduced into the related views. These filters are always available in the "Search" tab when you first access any of the pages related to the domain mentioned above. By default, you will notice that at least one filter is defined. That is done so that only the most relevant data is shown. You’re free to restrict the data even further by adding new filters. This can be done by either selecting values from the dropdown list or providing values to the different attributes in the input box. You will notice that the data is filtered as you add or remove any of the active filters.

RuntimeViewQuickSearch
Figure 342. Process instance list quick search

The complete list of views where quick search filters have been added include:

  • Process Instances

  • Tasks

  • Task Administration

  • Jobs

  • Execution Errors

New error handling

The system now detects and stores execution errors, such as exceptions while running a process instance or a job once the maximum retry number has been exceeded. The process instance list includes a new column that displays the number of errors per process instance which are not marked as acknowledged. When the column is clicked a popup is displayed, which will allow users to navigate to the new error perspective.

New Execution Errors View

A new view to explore and acknowledge the new generated execution error has been added.

ExecutionErrorViewAccess
Figure 343. Access to the new Execution Errors view

The Execution Errors view shows a list of errors. It contains a 'Search' tab that provides quick search capabilities filtered by fields like Process Instance Id, Job Id, and Type.

This view also provides a set of predefined filters: All, New (pending of acknowledgement), and Acknowledged.

ExecutionErrorViewList
Figure 344. Error list view with an error details opened

You can acknowledge the unacknowledged errors by selecting the related error action. This new view also allows acknowledgment of multiple errors. To acknowledge multiple errors at once, select all the errors you wish to acknowledge and use the 'Bulk Acknowledge' button.

Navigation between views

New actions that allow navigation between views, have been added. This actions link an origin list view that shows the action, and a destination list view prepared for filtering.

Basically this new navigation is composed by: a set of validations at the origin view to check if the action have to be displayed, a group of parameter that the action pass and a predefined filter at the destination view that uses that parameters.

The list of origin views and the new navigation allowed:

  • Process Instances: view jobs, tasks and errors

  • Tasks: view process instance

  • Task Administration: view process instance

  • Jobs : view process instance

  • Execution Errors: view job, process instance and task

Over all this new actions, there is a basic validation, checking if the user has granted privileges to access to the destination view.

New task admin perspective and actions

The former task list perspective has been divided into two:

  • Task list perspective: Aims to be used by task operators, in order to work with their assigned (or potentially assigned) tasks.

  • Task administration perspective: Designed to be used by administrators, which can manage tasks belonging to other users. This perspective is only available for users with roles admin and process-admin. It is similar to the former "Admin" filter tab on the former task list perspective.

The tasks which are displayed on the task administration perspective are determined by the current user permissions. The list shows the tasks that have the current user or the current user’s group associated as business administrator. By default the system associates all tasks to the user Administrator (configured via the org.jbpm.ht.admin.user system property) and the group Administrators (configured via the org.jbpm.ht.admin.group system property), so in order to display all tasks, your admin or process-admin user needs to belong to the Administrators group.

Notice that the mentioned roles and group configurations are related to the KIE server’s, not the Workbench’s (in case they have separate user configurations).

In addition, the Suspend and Resume action buttons have been enabled on both perspectives. They are visible depending on the state of the associated task in regard to the current user.

Advanced Queries with ORDER BY clause

The QueryService used in executing advanced queries only supported sorting with ORDER BY clauses having the following pattern:

ORDER BY Column1, Column2, ... ASC|DESC;

which limited the sorting to either ascending or descending for all columns.

The desired behavior, that of a full ORDER BY clause

ORDER BY Column1 ASC|DESC, Column2 ASC|DESC, ..., ColumnN ASC|DESC;

allowing sort order per column, is now possible. Please see the documentation for examples of how to apply the new full ORDER BY clause when using the QueryService.

Process Designer (Preview)

The new jBPM Process Designer (Stunner) has enhanced stability. Several bugs and issues are identified and fixed in this release.

Following is a list of new features and relevant updates:

  • Re-design for some BPMN shapes and icons. The following picture shows an example BPMN process:

StunnerExampleProcess 7.1.0
Figure 345. BPMN example process (most recent shapes & icons)

  • Palette re-design & usability enhancements

StunnerPalette 7.1.0
Figure 346. Stunner’s palette enhancements for 7.1.0.Final

  • Improved stability, performance and design for the Diagram Explorer

StunnerTreeExplorer 7.1.0
Figure 347. Stunner’s Diagram Explorer improvements

  • More BPMN specification support: Inclusion of the Embedded Subprocess, including its own validations and constraints given by the BPMN specification

StunnerEmbeddedSubprocessRules
Figure 348. BPMN Embedded Subprocess - Example trying to create connection from the subprocess, it results invalid due to BPMN specification constraints

  • Improved some core features of the connector. Some examples:

    • Removing a node means removing its incoming connections as well

    • Once removing a node, if the node has single incoming and outgoing connections to other nodes, the connections are being shortcut into a single one

  • Improved target locations for elements created using the toolbox. The new elements are co-located with the previous ones

  • Export capabilities for the Diagram’s picture. Multiple image types (like jpg or png) and PDF formats are supported

  • Notifications and error messages displaying in much pretty and configurable workbench’s popups

27.36.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.1.0

27.36.2.1. Project Metrics Dashboard

A brand new dashboard is now available for every project listed in the authoring library. After opening the project details page, a metrics card shows up on the right side of the screen.

project metrics card
Figure 349. Project Metrics Card

The card shows the history of contributions (commits) made to that specific project over time. Click the View All link to access the full dashboard that shows several metrics all about the project’s contributions.

project metrics dashboard
Figure 350. Project Metrics Dashboard

Notice that different filter controls are available for selecting the contributions made either by a concrete user or in a specific time frame.

27.36.2.2. Teams Metrics Dashboard

A brand new dashboard has also been added to the Teams page. A metrics card on the right side shows the history of all contributions (commits).

teams metrics card
Figure 351. Teams Metrics Card

Click the View All link to access the full dashboard showing overall contributions metrics.

teams metrics dashboard
Figure 352. Teams Metrics Dashboard

Note that different filter controls are available for selecting the contributions by different criteria:

  • by a concrete user,

  • within a specific time frame,

  • by team or,

  • by project.

This dashboard replaces the former Authoring>Contributors dashboard, which is no longer available at the top menu bar of the workbench.

27.37. jBPM 7.0

27.37.1. New and Noteworthy in jBPM 7.0.0

The following features were added to jBPM 7.0

27.37.1.1. jBPM engine
Case management

jBPM v7 comes with a lot of improvements to better support 'case management' use cases. These use cases are different from more traditional business processes since they (typically) require more flexibility and support more unstructured and unplanned work. Rather than following a nicely predefined plan from start to finish, actions are more ad-hoc decisions, what to do next is more based on the data associated with the case, the end user needs to be given the flexibility to decide what to do next (although recommendations are welcome), etc.

We have added a lot of features to the jBPM engine to be able to support these 'case management' use cases better. Note that we have added these as an extension of our existing jBPM engine (based on BPMN 2.0 specification) rather than as a separate effort, as we believe that case management is an extension of more traditional BPM, and that there is a spectrum of processes (from well-structured business processes to adaptive cases all the way to completely dynamic use cases) that we want to support with one unified solution.

As a result, the jBPM engine has been extended to support features like:

  • Cases have a unique case identifier (which can be customised per case) and a longer life cycle (close, reopen, etc.)

  • A Case File that is responsible for collecting all data (documents, structured data, etc.) related to a case

  • Ad hoc fragments allow you to model optional paths that might be recommended to end users or automatically triggered by rules

  • Dynamic tasks can be dynamically executed in the context of a specific case instance even though it was not defined upfront in the case definition

  • Milestones and Stages to better keep track of progress

  • Case comments to be able to have discussions related to a specific case instance

  • Session per case strategy to allow reuse of the same jBPM engine (ksession) per case

Process and task administration API

A Process and task admin API has been introduced to simplify some of the more complex administrator use cases.

The process admin API allows you to:

  • get all process definition nodes

  • cancel node instance

  • retrigger node instance

  • update timer (absolute or relative)

  • list timer instances

  • trigger node

The task admin API allows you to:

  • add/remove potential owners, excluded owners and business admins

  • add/remove task inputs and outputs

  • list/create/cancel escalations and notifications

Advanced task routing

When tasks are assigned to a group of users, pluggable task assignment strategies can be used to automatically assign tasks to a suitable individual immediately (when the task is being created or later released etc.). This allows more efficient task allocation, based on basically all properties associated with the task (for example potential owners and task priority but also task data that could include information like geography, required skills, etc.). Business rules can be used to define the assignment logic, making it easy to customize this to your needs.

Other

  • Java requirement was updated to JDK 1.8

  • Business rule task was enhanced to support execution of DMN rules and to externalize rule evaluation on a remote rule decision services

  • Defining which (asynchronous) jobs to execute next based on job priority

27.37.1.2. Process Execution Server

The process execution server (also known as kie-server) has been extended to support the jBPM engine features above (related to case management, admin APIs, etc.) and to offer a remote API for these operations. On top of that, two other important architectural changes were done.

Separate workbench from execution server

While in v6 the workbench came with an embedded execution server to execute all the process and task requests that users were performing in the web-based UI, in v7 this embedded execution server has been removed and the workbench delegates all its requests to the kie-server as well. The main advantage is that the workbench can now be used to monitor any (set of) kie-server(s). By linking the kie-server to the workbench, the process and task monitoring UIs in the workbench can now connect to this kie-server and show all relevant information. When multiple independent kie-servers are used, you can either connect to a specific one or use the smart router to aggregate information across multiple servers (see below). As a result, a few missing features that were not yet available in v6 on kie-server but only on the remote API of the workbench have also been migrated to the kie-server.

Smart router

When managing multiple independent process execution servers (for example each only having a few projects deployed, with persistence configured to a separate datasource), it might be difficult to keep track of where all these servers are and to collect information from all of these. The smart router (also known as kie-server-router) can be used as a proxy:

  • requests can be sent to the smart router, it will be able to figure out which of the known kie-server instances the request should be sent to

  • when trying to retrieve information, the smart router can collect information from different servers and aggregate that information for you

So if you have an architecture where you might end up with a lot of independent process execution servers (for example in a cloud environment), the smart router will try to hide some of this complexity for you again.

27.37.1.3. Case Management Showcase

A new (web-based) case management showcase application has been added that allows an easy and comprehensive look into the case management capabilities that were added to the jBPM engine. This application gives a quick view at available cases (both definitions and instances) and allows you to interact with them. To make it possible to deal with any kind of case, the application is generic (so not applied to a specific domain) and:

  • Brings visibility to the technical users on case definitions and instances

  • Provides insight in where the case instance is

  • Allows to perform certain operations on a case instance

End-user focused case management applications should be domain-specific: they should be using the terminology the user is familiar with and focus on the tasks the user wants to perform. As a result, this generic showcase application should more be considered a showcase application to demonstrate some of the capabilities. However, our generic showcase application is built as a combination of various UI building blocks that each focus on a specific feature.

In this version we can find the following building blocks:

  • Case List. Allows sort and filter the case list, perform general case operations and start new cases.

CaseManagementCasesList
Figure 353. Case List building block, list the cases that are accessible by the user

  • Case Details.

  • Case Stages.

  • Case Comments.

  • Case Roles.

  • Case Milestones.

  • Case Overview. This building block, provides a generic, building block composition and exposes the general case actions like 'Complete'.

CaseManagementCaseVisualization
Figure 354. Case Overview brings a default building block composition

This application can be used standalone or can be automatically provisioned by workbench and accessible from within the workbench UI.

CaseManagementWorkbenchLink
Figure 355. Case Management Showcase access from Workbench
The Case Management Showcase application launcher is only available from the workbench UI if the application has been automatically provisioned or a url has been provided via org.jbpm.casemgmt.showcase.url system property.
27.37.1.4. Business Central

Apart from the generic improvements to the workbench (listed below in a separate section), there are also some jBPM-specific enhancements in the workbench.

Case management in the workbench

To better support case management, following enhancements were added:

  • When creating a new project, you can choose to create a case management project. This will auto-configure some additional services for you that are typically used in the context of case management.

  • Our web-based process designer has been extended with a few more properties and custom service tasks to support some of the new features related to case management.

Business Dashboards

The Business Dashboards section in the top menu bar opens up a new perspective which can be used to author brand new dashboards.

ContentManagementPerspective
Figure 356. Business Dashboards Perspective

From this very new perspective, aside from creating new content, it is also possible to change the layout of the top menu bar by adding, removing or moving entries around. The menu entries are linked to existing perspectives and can be modified, thus making extremely easy to create and publish new perspectives in the top menu bar.

Altogether, it provides a rich environment which allows for both changes in the application content and its menus. A detailed introduction to the new solution can be found at the Business Dashboards section.

Notice, the former dashboard tooling was a separated web application. The new solution has been completely rewritten from scratch and it is fully integrated into the workbench.
New columns available on process instances, tasks and jobs

The following columns have been added to the corresponding perspectives:

  • Process instance list perspective: Last update and correlation key.

  • Task list: Last update, correlation key (of the associated process instance ID), process instance description (of the associated process instance).

  • Jobs perspective: Name of the associated process (if any), ID of the associated process instance (if any), Description of the associated process instance (if any).

These columns are sometimes optional so some of them aren’t displayed by default. In order to show them it’s necessary to select them in the column picker of the corresponding table.

Process Designer (Preview)

We are working on a completely new web-based process designer, and this release introduces an early preview (where we only support a small subset of the full feature set).

The new jBPM process designer, also known as Stunner, is an open-source software that brings to users exciting representation and authoring capabilities for business process diagrams. It is completely focused on, built and designed for end users, providing an easy yet powerful and rich modelling experience.

The following image shows an example of a BPMN2 diagram authoring screen:

StunnerAuthoringScreen
Figure 357. Stunner - BPMN2 Diagram authoring screen

Our long-term experience along with the community and customers' feedback have allowed us to bring the most state-of-the-art modelling tool.

Built as an open-source library, it is intended for developers as well, providing useful customization and extensibility capabilities.

The following two process designers are included in the workbench: the already existing JBPM Designer and the Stunner, the new one. It is important to notice that the previously existing jBPM Designer is still being considered the full BPMN compliant process designer for production and regular use, meanwhile Stunner is available as a preview feature, supporting only a few BPMN elements. More amazing features are still in progress.

StunnerNewAssetPopup The new jBPM process designer (Stunner) can be only used when creating new BPMN diagrams from scratch, being associated with the Business Process (Preview) resources.

Some of the key features currently available are:

  • Visual authoring and representation capabilities for diagrams

  • Runtime server and client side processing, validation, and constraint features

  • Rich client multi-platform support

  • Rich set of client features - complex shapes, toolboxes, poly-line support, animations, layout alignment and distribution, keyboard integration and much more

  • Rich set of client components - viewer, editor and preview authoring modes, components palette, visual diagram structure , property editors, and toolbars

  • Properties rendering and authoring capabilities by extensible an form mechanism

  • Easy extensibility of data models, behaviors, validations, constraints, and shapes

  • Additional serialization formats

  • Native workbench integration

  • Built-in support for HTML5 & canvas

  • Built-in BPMN2 support

Form Modeler (Preview)

jBPM v7 includes a preview of the new Form Modeler. This new version comes with an improved Look and Feel and improvements to simplify the form creation and rendering.

Some of the new features are:

  • Form Layout based on Bootstrap Grid System

  • Drag & Drop Form Editor to simplify the form composition

  • New widget library including TextBoxes, TextAreas, DatePickers, ListBoxes, Radios, Nested Forms

  • Supports both simple Data Types (such as String, numbers, boolean) and Data Objects created using the Data Modeler

  • Ability to easily generate forms for Data Objects and Business Processes. Improved way to modify field bindings over the previous jBPM Form Modeler

  • Field validation based on Bean Validation

Forms FormEditor
Figure 358. New Form Editor (Preview)
Forms jBPMIntegration
Figure 359. New forms are fully integrated on the jBPM runtime

27.37.2. New and Noteworthy in KIE Workbench 7.0.0

The workbench has been updated to support Wildfly 10 and EAP7. Minimum Java requirement is JDK8.

27.37.2.1. New Authoring (Library)

Authoring now has a new design, with a better information organization. It’s now possible to manage (create, delete and edit) Teams (Organizational Units), list Projects in a Repository and the Assets in a Project. When an Asset is selected, you can see the Asset Editor and the Project Explorer.

The Library uses the indexing of the Workbench. It is, therefore, imperative that existing index information is deleted so that the Workbench can rebuild them with the necessary information. Index information is stored in the .index folder within your application servers \bin folder (or as you may have configured otherwise with the org.uberfire.metadata.index.dir System Property).
library teams view
Figure 360. Teams view
library team creation
Figure 361. Teams creation
library empty library
Figure 362. Empty Repository
library projects list
Figure 363. Repository with Projects
library empty project
Figure 364. Empty Project
library assets list
Figure 365. Project with Assets
library asset view
Figure 366. Asset View

Also, you can set some preferences about your default workspace by accessing Home > Admin > Library.

library preferences
Figure 367. Library Preferences
27.37.2.2. Authoring - Imports of Examples

Prior to 7.x the Workbench used to install pre-defined examples at startup.

Version 7.x brings the ability to import examples from git repositories. The Authoring Perspective contains a menu item for 'Examples' clicking this launches a Wizard to guide you through the import.

Example 3. Menu item

The Authoring Perspective contains a menu item for 'Examples'.

examples wizard1
Example 4. Wizard - Enter source Repository

Page 1 of the Wizard allows the User to select a pre-defined examples repository, or enter their own URL.

examples wizard2
Example 5. Wizard - Select Project(s)

Page 2 of the Wizard lists Projects available in the source repository.

examples wizard3
Example 6. Wizard - Enter target Repository

Page 3 of the Wizard allows the User to enter a target Repository name and associate it with an Organizational Unit.

examples wizard4
27.37.2.3. Authoring - Pop-ups improvements

All system pop-ups had their UX improved.

The "comment" field is hidden by default.

popups comment field

Now, the destination package can be selected when a project file is copied from any package.

popups package field
27.37.2.4. Authoring - Project Editor - Reimport button

The "Reimport" button invalidates all cached dependencies, in order to handle scenarios where a specific dependency was updated without having its version modified.

27.37.2.5. Security Management

The User and Group management perspectives released in version 6.4 have been unified into a single perspective which delivers a shared view for managing both users and groups as well as the permissions granted to any of the application roles.

This very new perspective is placed under the Home section in the top menu bar.

SecurityManagementMenuEntry
Figure 368. Link to the Security Management perspective

The next screenshot shows how this new perspective looks:

SecurityManagementHome
Figure 369. Security Management Home

A tabbed pane is shown on the left, allowing the User to select the Roles, Groups or Users tab. After clicking on a Role (or Group) a detailed screen is displayed allowing the user to configure some security settings.

SecurityManagementRoleView
Figure 370. Role security settings

  • Home Perspective: The target perspective where the user is directed after login, which makes it possible to have different home pages per role/group.

  • Priority: Used to determine what settings (home perspective, permissions, …​) have precedence for those users with more than one role or group assigned.

  • Permissions: A full ACL (Access Control List) editor for grant/deny permissions over the different resources available in the platform like Perspectives, Organizational Units, Repositories or Projects. Global permissions on top of any of those resource types can be overwritten by means of adding individual exceptions which makes it possible to implement both the grant all deny a few or the deny all grant a few strategies.

27.37.2.6. kie-config-cli has been removed

The command-line tool kie-config-cli.[sh/bat] for managing remote repositories that was present in 6.x has been removed for the following reasons:

  • The security-related operations it provided (add-role-repo, remove-role-repo, add-role-org-unit, remove-role-org-unit, add-role-project, remove-role-project) have been replaced by more comprehensive Security management feature.

  • The operations related to managing deployments (list-deployment, add-deployment, remove-deployment) no longer make sense, since jBPM Runtime has been removed from workbench. Deployments can still be managed programmatically using Kie Server REST API.

  • The remaining operations (create-org-unit, remove-org-unit, list-org-units, create-repo, remove-repo, list-repo, add-repo-org-unit, remove-repo-org-unit, list-project-details) are available as a part of Knowledge Store REST API.

27.37.2.7. User and Project Admin Pages and Preferences

The workbench now has a new menu item: "Admin". In there, you can find some admin tools, like "Users", "Groups" and "Roles" management, and also general preferences. When a preference is changed there, it will affect all places that depend on it, but only for the logged user.

admin page user access
Figure 371. User admin page access
admin page user
Figure 372. User admin page, that contains user level tools and preferences

Each project also has its own admin page, with admin tools and preferences. When a preference is changed there, it will affect only that project, and only for the logged user.

admin page project access
Figure 373. Project admin page access
admin page project
Figure 374. Project admin page, that contains project level tools and preferences
27.37.2.8. GAV conflict check and child GAV edition

It is now possible, for each user, to set the GAV conflict check flag, and also allow or block child GAV edition for all their projects, or specifically for each project.

The configuration can be found inside the admin tool "Project", in case the access is made through the "Admin" menu item. It can also be found by entering the admin tool "General", on the Project admin page.

gav preferences
Figure 375. Group Artifact Version (GAV) preferences
27.37.2.9. Data Source Management

The new data source management system empowers the workbench with the ability of defining data sources and drivers for accessing external databases.

Some of the included functionalities are:

  • A new perspective for managing the data sources:

DataSourceManagementPerspective
Figure 376. Data Source Authoring Perspective

  • A new wizard for guiding the data source creation.

NewDataSourceWizard
Figure 377. New Data Source Wizard

  • A new wizard for guiding the drivers creation.

NewDriverWizard
Figure 378. New Driver Wizard

And the ability of browsing the database information for the databases pointed to by the data sources.

  • Available schemas browsing

DataSourceContentBrowser1
Figure 379. Database schemas

  • Available tables browsing

DataSourceContentBrowser2
Figure 380. Schema tables

  • Table content browsing

DataSourceContentBrowser3
Figure 381. Table information

27.37.3. Breaking changes in Kie Server 7.0 from 6.x

27.37.3.1. ServiceResponse XStream marshalling changes
This release note applies only when directly interfacing with the Kie Server (kie-server) API, not when using the Kie Server Java Client (kie-server-client) API.

In an effort to be more consistent with JAXB marshalling, XStream marshalling has undergone the following changes:

  • The XML ServiceResponse element’s response object no longer renders with the canonical name.

  • XStream now uses type and msg as attributes, not child elements.

For more details, see DROOLS-1509.

27.37.3.2. Simplified Planner REST API
ServiceResponse wrapper removal

ServiceResponse wrapper has been removed from Planner service responses returned by KIE Server. This allows an easier processing of the responses on the client side.

<solver-instance>
    ...
    <status>SOLVING</status>
    <score scoreClass="org.optaplanner.core.api.score.buildin.hardsoft.HardSoftScore">0hard/-10soft</score>
    <best-solution class="curriculumcourse.curriculumcourse.CourseSchedule">
        ...
    </best-solution>
</solver-instance>
New Planner API overview

Register a solver:

Submit a solution:

Get the best solution:

Terminate a solver:

Dispose a solver: